&

&

&
&

Presents

Secret Space Programs,

& “Cosmic Disclosure”
Vol. III
BY

Michael E. Salla Ph.D.

Justin Deschamps
& David Wilcock
w/ Secret Space Program Whistleblower Corey Goode

1
 PRINTED FOR RESEARCH USE ONLY

Not For Sale

____ of 10 Copies

[Pictures & articles found on the net]

©2016
WARNING CONCERNING COPYRIGHT RESTRICTIONS:
The copyright law of the United States (Title 17, United States Code)
governs the making of photo copies or other reproductions of copyrighted material.
Under certain conditions specified by law, libraries and archives
are authorized to furnish a photocopy or other reproduction.
One of these specified conditions is that the photocopy or reproduction is not to be
"used for any purpose other than private study, scholarship, or research."
If a user makes a request for, or later uses, a photocopy or reproduction
or purposes in excess of "fair use," that user may be liable for copyright infringement.

F.R.E.D. Productions
May 2016
FIRST EDITION
0987654321

2
 Contents
Operation Highjump And The German UFO Connection - Mid 20th Century Secret Space Program History 5
Top Aerospace Designer Blows Whistle On Secret US Navy Space Battle Fleets 31
A Complete Disconnect 36
Apollo Missions Ended Because Extraterrestrials Prevented US Navy Bases on Moon 44
Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 - Episode 4: Revelations from the Inner Earth - Summary and Analysis 48
Pravda: Aliens Forced Americans Out From The Moon 65
Cosmic Disclosure: Inner Earth: The Grand Tour 67
Ancient Inner Earth Civilization May Be The Anunnaki Of Sumerian Texts 69
Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 - Episode 5: Inner Earth: The Grand Tour - Summary And Analysis 71
Sitchin’s Sumerian Text Translations Contrived By Illuminati To Promote False Alien Religion 94
Sitchin’s Sumerian Text Translations Contrived By Illuminati To Promote False Alien Religion 97
New Science In Human History And Cataclysm | DNA Shows 15,000 Years Ago, Hunter-Gatherers Were
Replaced By Mystery Group Of People 99
Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 - Episode 6: Inner Earth: The Library - Summary and Analysis 102
Gravity Waves Detection Supports Whistleblower Claims Of Secret Development Of Antigravity Spacecraft 114
Cosmic Disclosure: Inner Earth: The Library – A Synopses Plus A Premonition Of A Monumental Testimony118
Corey Goode On: Disclosure, Mass Arrests Rumor: Pope Francis Signed Off On What Is Being
Called A Binding “Galactic Agreement” This Past Sunday 121
Thousands Of Documents Disclosing Aliens-UFOs Soon To Be Released By US Navy Whistleblower 124
Corey Goode Warned To Back Off Of Full Disclosure Narrative, Partial Disclosure Of Lower
Level Secret Space Programs Actively Rolling Out 127
COBRA | Important Situation Update - February 18th 2016: Full Disclosure Is The Only Option,
Return Of Fairies And Angels, Soft And Partial Disclosure Ongoing 132
Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 - Episode 7: Inner Earth: Into The Hall Of Records - Summary And Analysis 135
Declassified KGB Nazi Maps Confirm The Existence Of Subterranean Breakaway Civilizations In Antarctica 150
Alliance of Secret Space Programs Adopts Scaled Back Alien-UFO Disclosure Plan 159
Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 - Episode 8: Inner Earth: Debriefing With The Alliance - Summary And Analysis 161
David Wilcock And Corey Goode: History Of The Solar System And Secret Space Program 173
Planet Sized Spheres Visiting The Solar System By The Thousands - NASA's Secret Discovered: Sun Cruisers 224
Corey Goode Stalked By Black Chinook Helicopter 227
Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 - Episode 9: Ubuntu And The Blue Avians' Message Part 2 –
Summary And Analysis 229
David Wilcock Update Just Say No To Partial Disclosure! 247
Unveiling Earth’s Ancient History – The Emerald Doorway – Book Review 255
Cosmic Disclosure Season 4 - Episode 1: Super Earth - Summary and Analysis 257
Time Traveling Presidential Candidate Releases 100 Campaign Proposals 169
Moon Is Artificial And Arrived With Refugees From Destroyed Planet In The Asteroid Belt 273
Moon Is Artificial And Arrived With Refugees From Destroyed Planet In The Asteroid Belt – Analysis 275
Cosmic Disclosure Season 4 - Episode 2: Who Built The Moon? - Summary And Analysis 277
Partial Disclosure Is NOT an Option - Unity, Kindness and Creating Tolerance for Diversity 290
Cosmic Disclosure Season 4 - Episode 3: Age Regression And Time Travel Technology
- Summary And Analysis 296
Age Regression & Time Travel In Secret Space Programs 310
Age Reversal Is Real And Is Currently Being Tested On Humans 313
Age Regression Used In Secret Space Programs Confirmed As Scientifically Feasible 316
Exonews TV – Navy Disseminated Nazi Antigravity Secrets To Leading U.S. Companies & Think Tanks 318
Interview Transcript – Navy Disseminated Nazi Antigravity Secrets to Leading U.S. Companies
& Think Tanks 319
Comparative Analysis Of Benjamin Fulford And Corey Goode | Red Swastika And Inner-Earth
Group, Long Life Spans, China's ET Backers, Partial Vs Full Disclosure And New Financial System 321
Transcript Of Fade-To-Black EP. 428 - Corey Goode: The Breakaway Civilizations 326
Awakened Stasis Giants Secretly Located & Imprisoned by Global Elite 346
Cosmic Disclosure Season 4 - Episode 4: Government Troll Data Center - Summary and Analysis 350
Hidden Hand Dialogue Reveals Extraterrestrial Factor In Illuminati Control Of Earth 368
US Navy Spies Learned Of Nazi Alliance With Reptilian Extraterrestrials During WWII 372
Clinton Pledge to Release UFO Files & Sanders Vatican Visit – Prelude to Disclosure? 376
Rob Potter and Corey Goode Interview -Part 1 379
3
Cosmic Disclosure Season 4 - Episode 5: Voice Of God Technology - Summary And Analysis 394
Reptilian Aliens Helped Nazi Germany Build Secret Space Program in Antarctica 410
Cosmic Disclosure Season 4 - Episode 6: The Dark Fleet - Summary And Analysis 415
Secret Nazi Space Program Joined Reptilian Alliance In Interstellar Conquest 433
US Navy Spies Learned Of Italian Secret Space Program Led By Marconi 436
Cosmic Disclosure Season 4 - Episode 7: Viewer Questions Part 3 - Summary And Analysis 439
Rob Potter And Corey Goode - Part 2 AI Threat, Smart Glass Pads And Super Federation History,
The Grand Experiment Explained, And More 453
Inner Earth Beings Take First Step To Openly Reveal Themselves To Humanity 461
Lower Level SSP Group Broke Away From SSP Alliance Council, Intends On Pushing Partial Disclosure
And Inner-Earth Anshar To Begin Contact With Surface 464
Cosmic Disclosure Season 4 - Episode 8: Inner Earth Update - Summary And Analysis 468
Our Technology Decades Ahead Of What's Known 484
Independence Day Resurgence Depicts Elements Of Alien Disclosure 499
Cosmic Disclosure Season 4 - Episode 9: Personality Metamorph Program - Summary And Analysis 502

4
Operation Highjump And The German UFO Connection -
Mid 20th Century Secret Space Program History
By Justin Deschamps
Monday, January 25, 2016
The official history of the 20th century tells
us that the Allies defeated the Axis powers
in a grand coordinated effort. Nazi
Germany in particular, we are told, was
completely dismantled so that it could
never again rise to power and wreak havoc
on the planet.
But according to declassified documents
and several high-level whistleblowers, a
secret group within the German
government broke away for the official
body, developing incredibly advanced
technology that allowed them to eventually
settle in Antarctica as well as venture out
into the solar system.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 2 -
Episode 1: Contact Is Made - Summary
and Analysis | Corey Goode and David
Wilcock
Corey Goode is a secret space program
whistleblower and insider that has been
5
disclosing information that rewrites some of
modern history. One of the more
sensational items of importance described
by Goode is the infiltration of the American
military industrial complex by a faction of
this advanced German group during a 20
year period after the end of World War II.
This same German group formed its own
secret space program prior to the start of
the war. They accomplished this via a
series of contacts made with at least two
separate races. One was the Draco, a race
of advanced reptilian extraterrestrial
humanoids that have a long history of
activity in our solar system, that are in a
service to self-orientation. And the
Agarthans, a race of Nordic-like humanoids
which at one time claimed to be
extraterrestrial but are in fact an ancient
breakaway civilization of the Earth.
Related Ancient Earth Break-Away-
Civilization Subterranean Council
Meeting & SSP Alliance Debrief Part I -
"Honeycomb Earth"
When a sect of a society advances to the
point where it gains material and logistical
independence from the main population,
then that group has the potential to form a
breakaway civilization. According to
Goode, there are countless examples in
Earth's deep history of groups on the
surface forming breakaway civilizations,
often settling within the Inner Earth or
venturing out into the stars. The German
group which settled in Antarctica is one
such example.
The Agartha Network, as it is called by
some of these groups, live in incredibly
ancient underground cities. This group,
along with the Draco, possess advanced
technology and high-level mental abilities,
which they used to contact the Germans in
the early part of the 20th century.
Related The Black Sun and the
Luminous Lodge The Vril Society, the
Luminous Lodge and the Realization of
the Great Work
The Germans, via occult societies known
as the Vril and Thule, established contact
with these two groups, which helped
advanced the German secret space
program to the point where they had
developed craft capable of traversing the
globe, pole to pole, in minutes. When the
Germans began to realize that they would
lose the overt war with the Allies, they
began developing contingency plans, one
of which was to expand the settlement
program of Antarctica, which according to
their Agarthan allies, was well suited for
secret underground military bases. This
program was already well underway before
the war started.
Related Antarctic Tunnels as Tall as the
Eiffel Tower Found | Connections to
Operation Highjump and Secret German
Bases?
Related Are there really Pyramids in
Antarctica?
When the Germans arrived there, they
found huge abandoned cities under the ice,
some of which were apparently from the
distant past. The Germans built several
large bases, and by the end of World War
II, a group had settled there.
Here is a passage from the below-linked
article that seems to confirm that a group of
Germans did in fact escape the Allies.
It is interesting to note that at the end of the
war the Allies determined that there
were 250,000 Germans unaccounted for,
even taking into account casualties and
deaths. This would be quite a population
base for a fledgling colony, and provide the
essential degree of skill, expertise, and
pure manpower for an industrial base of
any sort, let alone the production of, even
by today’s standards, extremely high
technology. (Emphasis added)
If this number is accurate, a 250,000 strong
force with the aid of advanced technology
6
could have easily settled in the southern
pole, and even on the Moon and
elsewhere. According to Corey Goode, this
is exactly what transpired.
The American military industrial complex,
during this time, was developing their own
secret space program. Unlike the
Germans, they were far behind their
German counterparts as World War II
raged. But by the end of the war, the
Americans learned of some of the German
advances, and in an effort to bolster their
own program, moved many high level
German scientists to the states during
Operation Paperclip.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 2 -
Episode 4: Breakaway Begins -
Summary and Analysis | Corey Goode
and David Wilcock
The Germans managed to hide most of
their best technology from the Americans,
but to satisfy the Americans, the Germans
provided their lower level technology to the
Americans, which they developed prior to
making greater advances through their
Agarthan and Draco contacts. Alien
Reproduction Vehicles, as they are called,
were based off ancient vimana reverse
engineered by the Germans during the
1920's and 30s.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 2 -
Episode 2: Agarthans: Advancing the
Frontier - Summary and Analysis |
Corey Goode and David Wilcock
The corporate interests backing the
American military industrial complex bit off
more than they could chew, as shortly after
Operation Paperclip was completed, the
Germans now in the states, began to
infiltrate the American group. The
Americans must have discovered that the
Germans were in contact with their
comrades in Antarctica, and as a result
Admiral Bird was sent to Antarctica to
invade the icy continent and put an end to
the German problem.
By the beginning of the 1960s, after
Operation Highjump had ended, the
American group had been completely taken
over by the Germans. Apparently the
famous UFO flyover of Washington DC in
1952 was actually this German group
threatening to dismantle the delicate
 secrecy program of the Americans, as it
related to extraterrestrials, unless they
signed treaties with the Germans, allowing
the industrial might of the United States to
be exploited for their space conquest plans
in the solar system.
Related Agarthans or ETs? |
Eisenhower's 1954 Meeting With
Extraterrestrials or Ancient Breakaway
Civilization Humans From Inner Earth?
President Dwight D Eisenhower made his
famous speech in the early 1960's shortly
after a series of treaties were signed with
various groups, one of which was
apparently the Germans.
Related Agarthans or ETs? | aircraft and rocket shoot-downs”, but did not realize the
Eisenhower's 1954 Meeting With
Extraterrestrials or Ancient Breakaway
Civilization Humans From Inner Earth?
The following article details much of the
history after World War II and what Admiral
Bird encountered as he traveled to
Antarctica in an effort to deal with the
German force there. What is suggested by
all this historical data is that the Germans
didn't actually lose the war, as the official
history books would tell us. Instead, it
appears that the US and its allies have
become part of a hidden fourth Reich, one
that continues to dominate the planet, and
beyond, to this day.
- Justin
Source - Biblioteca Pleyades
By Erich J. Choron
From Greyfalcon Website
In 1947, Admiral Richard E. Byrd led 4,000 military
troops from the U.S., Britain and Australia in an invasion
of Antarctica called “Operation Highjump”, and at least
one follow-up expedition.
That is fact. It is undeniable. But... the part of the story that
is seldom told, at least in “official” circles, is that Byrd and
his forces encountered heavy resistance to their Antarctic
venture from “flying saucers” and had to call off the
invasion.
7
This aspect of the story was pushed forward, again, a few
years ago, when a retired Rear Admiral, allegedly living in
Texas, who had been involved in the “invasion”, said he
was “shocked” when he read material from a documentary,
entitled "Rire from the Sky".
He allegedly claimed that he knew there had been “a lot of
situation was as serious as the documentary presented it.
Operation “High Jump”, which was, basically an invasion
of the Antarctic, consisted of three Naval battle groups,
which departed Norfolk, VA, on 2 December 1946. They
were led by Admiral Richard E. Byrd’s command ship, the
ice-breaker “Northwind,” and consisted of the catapult
ship “Pine Island,” the destroyer “Brownsen,” the aircraft-
carrier “Phillipines Sea,” the U.S. submarine “Sennet,” two
support vessels “Yankee” and “Merrick,” and two tankers
“Canisted” and “Capacan,” the destroyer “Henderson” and
a floatplane ship “Currituck.”
A British-Norwegian force and a Russian force, and I
believe some Australian and Canadian forces were also
involved.
Interestingly, the Pine Island (AV-12), one of the seaplane
tenders involved in the expedition, has a rather colorful
history. The USS Pine Island, a Currituck Class Seaplane
Tender, was laid down, 16 November 1942, at Todd
Shipyard Corporation, in San Pedro, California. It was
launched, 26 February 1944, and given the commissioned
name, USS Pine Island on 26 April 1945.
The ship served through the final months of the Second
World War, and the immediate post-war period, but was
decommissioned on 1 May 1950 When the Korean War
broke out, the ship was re-commissioned, on 7 October
1950, at Alameda, California. She was finally
decommissioned, for good, on 16 June 1967 and laid up in
the Reserve Fleet.
But... here’s where the story gets interesting... The USS
Pine Island was struck from the Naval Register, on an
unknown date... Her title was transferred to the Maritime
Administration for lay up in the National Defense Reserve
Fleet... on an unknown date... and... the ship’s final
disposition is unknown... Now... how does one go about
“losing” a major surface ship, over 640 feet long, almost
seventy feet wide, with a displacement of over 15,000
tons? [see Rejoinder below]
Rejoinder:
As a federal employee with immediate
access to the NDRF (National Defense
Reserve Fleet) archives, which are all
unclassified, let me provide additional
information as it relates to the subject story
of 3/15.
Mr. Choron states:
“The USS Pine Island was struck from the
Naval Register, on an unknown date... Her
title was transferred to the Maritime
Administration for lay up in the National
Defense Reserve Fleet... on an unknown
date... and... the ship’s final disposition is
unknown... “
Here’s what I can tell you: PINE
ISLAND was delivered to Zidell
Explorations in Portland, OR (now Zidell
Marine) on 3/7/72 under a standard
scrapping contract. Zidell paid $166K for
the ship, which would be typical. In 1971
PINE ISLAND was towed to Bremerton to
be stripped out by the Navy, which is not
uncommon for a ship to be scrapped. The
fact that she (nor the other AVs) is not
listed on the Naval Vessel Register is
strange, but probably just an oversight on
the Navy’s part (as is not uncommon).
Should you E-mail the nice folks running
the NVR today, they would probably thank
you for pointing out the ommission and add
the missing ships.
Now, all this is not a refutation of
OPERATION HIGHJUMP; that will be left
up to others.
The story, of course, gets stranger, still. The Pine Island is
not the only ship involved in “Antarctic Research” or
“exploration” to have disappeared. There were numerous
others. The question is not so much “how many”, that is
fairly well established.
The question is “how and why”... particularly “why”...
On 5 March, 1947 the “El Mercurio” newspaper of
Santiago, Chile, had a headline article “On Board the
Mount Olympus on the High Seas” which quoted Byrd in
an interview with Lee van Atta:
“Adm. Byrd declared today that it was
imperative for the United States to initiate
8
immediate defense measures against
hostile regions. Furthermore, Byrd stated
that he “didn’t want to frighten anyone
unduly” but that it was “a bitter reality that
in case of a new war the continental United
States would be attacked by flying objects
which could fly from pole to pole at
incredible speeds”.
Interestingly, not long before he made these comments, the
Admiral had recommended defense bases AT the North
Pole.
These were not “isolated” remarks... Admiral Byrd later
repeated the each of these points of view, resulting from he
described as his “personal knowledge” gathered both at the
north and south poles, before a news conference held for
International News Service.
He was hospitalized and was not allowed to hold any more
press conferences. Still, in March 1955, he was placed in
charge of Operation Deepfreeze which was part of the
International Geophysical Year, 1957-1958, exploration of
the Antarctic. He died, shortly thereafter... in 1957... many
have suggested he was murdered...
So... who was the enemy that owned or flew these flying
objects? Germany was apparently defeated, and there was
no evidence that the new emerging enemy, Russia,
certainly had such superior technologies. They were, like
the United States, only on the verge of the “rocket age”,
and totally dependent upon technology, and expertise
captured from Germany at the end of the War. There was
no other known threat could that could account for the
United States’ invasion of Antarctica nor for the
development of any craft that could fly “fly from Pole to
pole with incredible speeds.”
Of course, the Roswell Incident had been in the news the
past summer, but... it had been “officially” explained, and
hushed up by the time Highjump began.
Rumors began to circulate that even though Germany had
been defeated, a selection of military personnel and
scientists had fled the fatherland as Allied troops swept
across mainland Europe and established themselves at a
base on Antarctica from where they continued to develop
advanced aircraft based on extraterrestrial technologies.
It is interesting to note that at the end of the war the Allies
determined that there were 250,000 Germans unaccounted
for, even taking into account casualties and deaths. This
would be quite a population base for a fledgling colony,
and provide the essential degree of skill, expertise, and
pure manpower for an industrial base of any sort, let alone
the production of, even by today’s standards, extremely
high technology.
All Unidentified Flying Object researchers are, of course,
aware of the multitude of reports concerning sightings of
‘flying saucers’ with swastikas or iron crosses on them,
‘aliens’ speaking German, etc. Most have also heard of
abductees who have been taken to underground bases with
swastika emblems on the walls, or as in the case of noted
abductee Alex Christopher, have seen “Reptiloids” and
“Nazis” working together aboard antigravity craft or
within underground bases.
Barney Hill was apparently, not the only one to describe
the so-called “Nazi” connection to Unidentified Flying
Object abductions. However, reports such as Christopher’s
and Hill’s must be taken with a rather large grain of salt...
There is a far more plausible explanation than the so-called
“reptiloids”.
Another noted example is the American Reinhold Schmidt,
a man whose father was born in Germany, and who tells in
his book “Incident At Kearney”, that he was taken on a
‘flying saucer’ on several occasions. Schmidt states that
“the crew spoke German and acted like German soldiers”.
He also stated that they took him to the “Polar” region.
Now, one must admit that if a person were making up such
a story, why would they claim to be taken, of all places, to
the pole? Of course, one must also realize that at the time
of Schmidt’s comments, the rumors of “secret Nazi bases”
at the poles were already fairly common... After returning
he was allegedly subjected to persecution by the U.S.
Government. In his defense, it must be noted that his
description of the aerial discs, as he called them, matched
pictures captured from the Germans in the final days of the
Second World War.
In 1959, three large newspapers in Chile reported front-
page articles about Unidentified Flying Object encounters
in which the crew members appeared to be German
soldiers. In the early 1960s there were reports in New
York, and New Jersey, of flying saucer ‘aliens’ who spoke
German, or English with a German accent. Nor, can it be
neglected to mention that in one of the most spectacular
legal cases of the Twentieth Century... the “atomic
espionage” trials... Julius and Ethel Rosenberg spoke of
“warships of space.”
9
Since they had access to top secret information, and, at that
point, no reason to lie, what was it, exactly, that they
meant?
So... now we get to the point...
In late 1947, only months after the famous Roswell
Incident, then Secretary of the Navy James Forrestal sent
a naval task force to Antarctic including Admiral Nimitz,
Admiral Krusen and Admiral Byrd, called “Operation
Highjump”. It was touted to be an expedition to find “coal
deposits” and other valuable resources, but... the facts
indicate otherwise... In actuality they were apparently
trying to locate an immense underground base constructed
by the Germans, before, during and immediately after the
Second World War, with the aid of Alien Entities, which
were described as “Aryans”.
This base was allegedly located in Neuschwabenland, an
area of Antarctica which Germany explored, and claimed,
before the outbreak of the Second World War... In fact,
Germany had done a very detailed study of Antarctic and
were alleged to have built a small underground base there
before the War.
At this point, one must ask why, exactly, the United States,
and, in fact, her allies, suspected that German activity at
the pole was continuing, after the conclusion of the Second
World War... The answer, quite honestly, has nothing at all
to do with Unidentified Flying Objects... That part of the
story came to light from a completely different set of
sources...
The fact is that there was plenty of evidence, at the time, to
indicate that as late as 1947, elements of the Kriegsmarine,
or German Navy, were still very much active in the South
Atlantic, operating either out of South America, or some
base, previously unsuspected, in the Antarctic. Many
stories were circulating at the time...
One of which even has a German U-boat stopping an
Icelandic whaler named Juliana in Antarctic waters, in
1947 and insisting that its captain, named Hekla, sell the
U-boat crew supplies from her available stores. In
exchange for the supplies (which had been paid for in U.S.
dollars, along with a ten dollar bonus to each member of
Juliana’s crew... ) the U-boat commander told the whaler
where a large school of whales were to be found. Hekla
and his crew later found the whales in the exact position
claimed by the U-boat commander.
The presence of such boats, all late construction Type XXI
and Type XXIII U-Boats, with the “snorkel” that allowed
them to make the entire passage from Germany
submerged... was no secret.
Many were thought to be operating out of Argentina,
possibly under the Argentine flag, but crewed by German
crew.
The fact that in the dying moments of the Second World
War, ten U-Boats, based in Oslofjord, Hamburg and
Flensburg, were made available to transport several
hundred German officers and officials to Argentina to
found a new Reich is widely accepted. These officers,
mostly involved in “secret” projects, and many of whom
were members of the SS and Kriegsmarine, itself, sought
to escape the “vengeance” of the Allies, and continue their
work, abroad.

The U-boats were filled with their luggage, documents

and, more than likely, gold bullion, to finance their efforts.
All the U-boats departed their home ports between 3 and 8
May 1945. They were to proceed to Argentina where they
would be welcomed by the friendly regime of Juan Peron
and his charismatic wife Eva Peron. Seven of the ten of the
U-Boats, based on the German/Danish border, set off for
Argentina through the Kattegat and Skagerrak. None were
ever seen again... “officially”.

It has been, however, documented that three of the boats

did, in fact, arrive in Argentina... These were U-530, U-
977 and U-1238. U-530 and U-977 surrendered to the
Argentine Navy at Mar del Plata in early July and August,
1945... U-1238 was scuttled, by her crew, in the waters of
San Matias Gulf, off Northern Patagonia.
Seven boats are as yet unaccounted for... and...
Kriegsmarine archives, recently discovered, indicate that a
total of more than forty boats are completely unaccounted
for... all of which were late construction, state-of-the-art
craft, and could have made either Argentina or Antarctica,
completely submerged... and completely unnoticed by
existing “allied” technology of the time... for the entire
duration of their crossing.
The question arises, of course, why these men would make
such a perilous crossing. It must surely be seen as a act of
either desperation or fanaticism, or both... and such men as
crewed U-Boats were neither. Nor, were the scientists and
military officers who were their passengers. The fact is, it
would seem that most of those who fled the ruin of
Germany to the far South, were scientists and engineers,
and their dedication sprang from the project on which they
were working...
To understand this dedication, it is necessary to go back,
before the outbreak of the Second World War, to an
isolated section of the Bavarian Alps, It was there, in the
summer of 1938, that an Unidentified Flying Object,
crewed by a distinctly human, and Aryan appearing race,
made a forced landing, very similar to the one which was
to occur, some ten years later, in the desert, near Roswell,
New Mexico, in the United States.
While the occupants of the two craft were completely
unrelated, the technology involved, seems to have been
strikingly similar. Also, the outcome of the recovery effort,
undertaken by Germany, just as a similar recovery effort
was undertaken by the United States, had strikingly
different results.
The Bavarian crash of 1938, seems to have yielded an
functioning, or almost functioning and repairable (with the
technology of the time) power plant, and a nearly
completely destroyed, or unrepairable airframe. The
Roswell crash resulted in exactly the opposite... a nearly
intact airframe and a ruined power plant. Because of this,
the German research, which was to follow, took a vastly
different turn from that which was undertaken in the
United States, some ten years later... Germany needed an
airframe which was capable of supporting the “engine”
(for lack of a better term), while the United States would
eventually need an “engine” capable of giving maximum
performance to the airframe.

This, of course, would explain the vast array of

“experimental” aircraft... of extremely “unique” design...
to literally pour out of the design bureaus of

10
Messerschmidt, Focke Wulf, Fokker and a multitude of
smaller firms in the period between 1939 and 1945. The
most notable, of course, is the Sänger “Flying Wing”
which was later copied by the United States, and is, of
course, the ancestor of today’s “stealth” bomber and
fighter designs... notably, the B-2 Heavy Bomber.
It is also beyond doubt that both Unidentified Flying
Object recoveries are the initial impetus for the long
standing and ongoing research in “anti-gravity” propulsion
seen in work of current aircraft manufacturers such as
Boeing and Lockheed in the United States, and PanAvia in
Europe.
In any case, it was the work on “reverse engineering” the
downed Bavarian Unidentified Flying Object that was the
catalyst for the “exodus” to the South in the final days of
the Second World War. Germany was in ruins, and the
research was viewed, by those conducting it, as vital...
vital enough to risk packing up all that they had and
risking a perilous submerged crossing of the Atlantic.. to
an isolated experimental and research base on a frozen
continent...
Granted, by modern standards... even by the standards of
the day... U-Boats were small and cramped. They had very
little cargo capacity. Still, a tiny fleet of them... ten to
twelve boats... could easily transport the essential
equipment, making several “runs”, and serve to supply
and, later re-supply the Antarctic bastion of the research.
Speculation exists, with much to support it, that at least
one of the boats in the valiant little fleet contained the
biggest prize of all... at least one living survivor of the
1938 crash... an Extraterrestrial... a literal Human Being...
not a “Grey”... born on a distant planet. The best evidence
indicates that there were several survivors of the crash, and
that they worked, and are most likely still working, with
the original German scientists and engineers, or their
descendants, in an effort to construct a viable “flying disc”.
These are not the “Grey Aliens” of Roswell. These beings,
biologically, completely human, are described as “Aryan”
in appearance, and completely human, although at least
two to three generations more advanced, technologically
than Earth born Human Beings. While their technology is
similar to that of the Grays in general theory, it is
somewhat different, apparently, in application.
This would tend to indicate that Earth technology and
science is, at most, only one “major breakthrough” away
from parity with the extraterrestrial cultures in question,
and also explain the “urgency” of the project, as viewed by
the German (and undoubtedly United States, as well...)
scientists and engineers involved in such research.
In any case, Operation Highjump, began... The task force
of over 40 ships, included the flagship “Mount Olympus”,
the aircraft carrier “Philippine Sea”, the seaplane tender
11
“Pine Sea”, the submarine “Senate”, the destroyer
“Bronson”, the ice breaker “Northwind”, and other tanker
and supply ships. An armed contingent of 1400 sailors, and
three dog sled teams were also on board.
The expedition was filmed by the Navy and brought to
Hollywood to be made into a commercial film called “The
Secret Land”.
It was narrated by Hollywood actor Robert Montgomery,
father of “Bewitched” star, Elizabeth Montgomery, who
was, himself, an officer in the Naval Reserve.
It seems incredible that so shortly after a war that had
decimated most of Europe and crippled global economies,
an expedition to Antarctica was undertaken with so much
haste (it took advantage of the first available Antarctic
summer after the war), at such cost, and with so much
military hardware - unless the operation was absolutely
essential to the security of the United States.
At the time of the operation, the US Navy itself was being
taken apart piece by piece as the battle-tested fleet was
decommissioned with its mostly civilian crew bidding
farewell to the seas forever. The Navy was even reduced to
further recruitment to man the few remaining ships in
service.
Tensions across the globe were also mounting as Russia
and America edged into a Cold War, possibly a Third
World War that the US would have to fight with
“tragically few ships and tragically half trained men.” This
made the sending of nearly 5,000 residual Navy personnel
to a remote part of the planet where so much danger lurked
in the form of icebergs, blizzards and sub-zero
temperatures even more of a puzzle. The operation was
also launched with incredible speed, “a matter of weeks.”
Perhaps it would not be uncharitable to conclude that the
Americans had some unfinished business connected with
the war in the polar region. Indeed this was later confirmed
by other events and the operation’s leader,
Admiral Richard Byrd, himself.
The official instructions issued by the then Chief of Naval
Operations, Chester W. Nimitz were:
a. to train personnel and test material in the
frigid zones
b. to consolidate and extend American
sovereignty over the largest practical area of
the Antarctic continent
c. to determine the feasibility of establishing
and maintaining bases in the Antarctic and to
investigate possible base sites
 d. to develop techniques for establishing and
maintaining air bases on the ice, (with
particular attention to the later applicability of
such techniques to Greenland)
e. to amplify existing knowledge of hydro
graphic, geographic, geological,
meteorological and electromagnetic
conditions in the area
Little other information was released to the media about
the mission, although most journalists were suspicious of
its true purpose given the huge amount of military
hardware involved.
The US Navy also strongly emphasized that Operation
Highjump was going to be a navy show; Admiral
Ramsey’s preliminary orders of 26th August 1946 stated
that “the Chief of Naval Operations only will deal with
other governmental agencies” and that “no diplomatic
negotiations are required. No foreign observers will be
accepted.” Not exactly an invitation to scrutiny, even from
other arms of the government.
Some facts, however, are well known... There were three
divisions of Operation High Jump: one land group with
tractors, explosives, and plenty of equipment to refurbish
“Little America”, and make an airstrip to land the six R-
4D’s (DC-3’s), and two seaplane groups. The R4-D’s were
fitted with jet-assist takeoff bottles (JATO) in order to
takeoff from the short runway of the aircraft carrier
“Philippine Sea”.
They also were fitted with large skis for landing on the ice
field prepared for them. The skis were specially fitted at
three inches above the surface of the carrier deck. When
landing on the ice at “Little America” the three inches of
tire in contact with the snow and ice provided just enough
and not too much drag for a smooth landing.
Following its arrival at Antarctica, the force began a
reconnaissance of the continent. Byrd himself was onboard
the first of the planes to take off on 29 January 1947.
Rocket propulsion tubes (JATO bottles) had been attached
to the side of the aircraft and the carrier was maneuvered
for a 35mph run to help get the planes airborne.
“From the vibration of the great carrier”,
Byrd later wrote, “I knew when the captain
had got the ship up to about 30 knots (35
mph... maximum, full emergency speed for
such a vessel).
We seemed to creep along the deck at first and it looked as
if we would never make it but when our four JATO bottles
went off along the sides of the plane with a terrific,
deafening noise I could see the deck fall away. I knew we
had made it."
12
Admiral Byrd’s team of six R4-D’s were fitted with the,
then, super secret “Trimetricon” spy cameras and each
plane was trailing a magnetometer.
The aircraft flew over as much of the continent as they
could in the short three month “summer” period, mapping
and recording magnetic data. They also carried
magnetometers show anomalies in the Earth’s magnetism,
i.e. if there is a “hollow” place under the surface ice or
ground, it will show up on the meter. On the last of many
“mapping” flights where all six planes went out, each on
certain pre-ordained paths to film and “measure” with
magnetometers, Admiral Byrd’s plane returned three hours
late...
“Officially”, it was stated that he had “lost
an engine” and had had to throw everything
overboard except the films themselves and
the results of magnetometer readings in
order to maintain altitude long enough to
return to Little America. If we are to believe
the published and private accounts of what
actually took place, this is almost certainly
the time when he met with representatives
of the “Aryan” Extraterrestrials, and a
contingent of the German scientists
working on the reverse engineering and
construction of “flying discs”...
Over the next four weeks the planes spent 220 hours in the
air, flying a total of 22,700 miles and taking some 70,000
aerial photographs. Then the mission that had been
expected to last for between six to eight months came to an
early and faltering end. The Chilean press reported that the
mission had “run into trouble” and that there had been
“many fatalities”.
(However... the official record, states that one plane
crashed killing three men; a fourth man had perished on
the ice; two helicopters had gone down although their
crews had been rescued and a task force commander was
nearly lost.)
It is an indisputable fact that the Central Group of
Operation Highjump were evacuated by the Burton Island
ice-breaker from the Bay of Whales on 22 February 1947;
the Western Group headed home on 1st of March 1947 and
the Eastern Group did likewise on 4 March, a mere eight
weeks after arrival.
In the end, the task force came steaming back to the United
Sates with their data, which then, immediately became
classified “top secret”. Secretary of the Navy (by this time,
Secretary of Defense)James Forrestal retired... and
started to “talk”.... not only about Highjump, but about
other things, as well... He was put in Bethesda Naval
Hospital psychiatric ward where he was prevented from
seeing or talking to anyone, including his wife... and...
after a short while he was thrown out the window while
trying to hang himself with a bed sheet.
So the story goes... It was, of course, ruled a suicide, case
closed. However, some of what he knew... about
Highjump... about Roswell... and other things... did
manage to “leak”... How much is truth, how much is
speculation is difficult to tell. However, in every “myth”
there is a grain of truth...
This much is certain... As incredible as it may sound, there
is considerable supporting evidence for these claims about
a German base in Antarctica... On the very eve of the
Second World War, the Germans themselves had invaded
part of Antarctica and claimed it for the Third Reich.
In fact Hitler had authorized several expeditions to the
poles shortly before WWII. Their stated objective was to
either to rebuild and enlarge Germany’s whaling fleet or
test out weaponry in severely hostile conditions. Yet, if
true, all of this could have been achieved at the North Pole
rather than at both poles and been much closer to home.
For some reason, however, the Germans had long held an
interest in the South Polar region of Antarctica with the
first Germanic research of that area being undertaken in
1873 when Sir Eduard Dallman(1830-1896) discovered
new Antarctic routes and the "Kaiser-Wilhelm-Inseln" at
the western entrance of the Biskmarkstrasse along the
Biscoue Islands with his ship Grönland during his
expedition for the German polar Navigation Company of
Hamburg. The Grönland also achieved the distinction of
being the first steamer to operate in the southern ocean.
A further expedition took place in the early years of the
twentieth century in the ship the Gauss (which became
embedded in the ice for 12 months), and then a further
expedition took place in 1911 under the command of
Wilhelm Filchner with his ship the Deutschland.
Between the wars, the Germans made a further voyage in
1925 with a specially designed ship for the Polar Regions,
the Meteor under the command of Dr. Albert Merz.
Then, in the years directly preceding the Second World
War, the Germans laid claim to parts of Antarctica in order
to set up a permanent base there. Given that no country
actually owned the continent and it could not exactly be
conquered as no-one lived there during the winter months
at least, it appeared to the Germans that the most effective
way to conquer part of the continent was to physically
travel there, claim it, let others know of their actions and
await any disagreements.
Captain Alfred Ritscher was chosen to lead the proposed
strike. He had already led expeditions to the North Pole
and had proved himself in adverse and critical situations.
For the mission Ritscher was given the Schwabenland; a
German aircraft carrier that had been used for transatlantic
13
mail deliveries by special flightboats, the famous 10 ton
Dornier Super Wals since 1934.
These Wals were launched by catapult from the
Schwabenland and had to be accelerated to 93mph before
they could become airborne. At the end of each flight a
crane on the ship lifted the aircraft back on board after they
landed in the sea.
The ship was refitted for the expedition in the shipyards of
Hamburg, and around one million Reichsmark, nearly a
third of the entire expedition budget - was spent on this
refit alone.
The crew was prepared for the mission by the German
Society of Polar Research and as these preparations neared
completion, the organization invited Admiral Byrd to
address them, which he did.
The Schwabenland left the port of Hamburg on 17
December 1938 and followed a precisely planned and
determined route towards the southern continent. In little
over a month the ship arrived at the ice covered Antarctica,
dropping anchor at 4B0 30B” W and 69B0 14B” S on
January 201939..
The expedition then spent three weeks off Princess Astrid
Coast and Princess Martha Coast off Queen Maud Land.
During these weeks, the two Schwabenland aircraft, the
Passat and Boreas, flew 15 missions across some 600,000
square kilometers of Antarctica, taking more than 11,000
pictures of the area with their specially designed Zeiss
Reihenmess-Bildkameras RMK 38b.
Nearly one fifth of Antarctica was reconnoitered in this
way and, for the first time, ice-free areas with lakes and
signs of vegetation were discovered. This area was then
declared to be under the control of the German expedition,
renamed Neu-Schwabenland and hundreds of small stakes,
carrying the swastika, were dumped on the snow-covered
ground from the Wals to signal the new ownership.
Ritscher and the Schwabenland left their newly claimed
territory in the middle of February 1939 and returned to
Hamburg two months later, complete with photographs
and maps of the new German acquisition.
Now bear in mind that all of this took place before the
recovery of the Unidentified Flying Object, in the Bavarian
Alps, in 1938... There is no conceivable reason, at least on
the surface, for such an intense interest in the South Polar
regions... unless something else had already transpired to
make such an investigation worthwhile... The true purpose
of this expedition has never been satisfactorily explained;
there is merely a series of puzzles, related reports and
snippets of information that are no longer open to
verification. What is not open to doubt however, is that in
the decade preceding the Second World War, the Germans
did almost nothing that did not put the entire structure of
the country on a war footing.
This activity affected all aspects of German life; military,
civilian, economic, social and foreign policies,
engineering, industry etc. Given that the seizing of Neu-
Schwabenland occurred on the very eve of the war, it can
only be concluded that that the polar expedition was of
major importance and significance to the goals and
development of the German nation.
Nor did activity end with the outbreak of the war... In fact,
it intensified... The South Atlantic, including South Polar
waters became quite active...
Between 1939 and 1941, well after the outbreak of war in
Europe, Captain Bernhard Rogge of the commerce raider
Atlantis made an extended voyage in the South Atlantic,
Indian and South Pacific Oceans, and visited the Iles
Kerguelen between December 1940 to January 1941.
The Atlantis is known to have been visited by an RFZ-2
(the UFO style craft which had served as a reconnaissance
aircraft since late 1940.) The ship then adopted a new
disguise as Tamesis before being sunk by HMS
Devonshire near Ascension Island, on 22 November 1941
The Kerguelen Archipelago – ideal for secret supply
bases
This island of Kerguelen (named the Most Useless Island
In the World in 1995) continued to feature prominently in
Nazi plans.
14
(the Atlantis was also known as Hilfskreuzer 16 and was,
at various times, disguised as Kasii-Maru or Abbekerk.)
Although the activities of the German ship Erlangen, under
the captaincy of Alfred Grams, do not appear to be of
consequence during 1939-40, the same cannot be said of
the Komet which was commanded by Captain Robert
Eyssen.
Following her passage along the Northern Sea Route in
1940, this commerce raider operated in the Pacific and
Indian oceans, including a voyage along the Antarctic
coastline from Cape Adare to the Shackleton Ice Shelf in
search of whaling vessels during February 1941. There she
met the Pinguin and supply vessels Alstertor andAdjutant.
(Komet was sunk off Cherbourg in 1942.)
The Pinguin itself under the command of Captain Ernst-
Felix Kruder was a commerce raider that operated chiefly
in the Indian Ocean. In January 1941 she captured a
Norwegian whaling fleet (factory ships Ole
Wegger and Pelagos, supply ship Solglimt and eleven
whale catchers) in about 59B0 S, 02B0 30W. One of these
catchers (renamed Adjutant) remained as a tender and the
rest were sent to France. This ship also made anchorages at
the Iles Kerguelen and may have landed a party on Marion
Island.
Pinguin was sunk off the Persian Gulf by HMS Cornwall
on 8 May 1941 after she had captured 136,550 tons of
British and allied shipping.
For example, in 1942 the German Navy planned to
establish a meteorological station there. In May of that
year the ship Michel transferred a meteorologist and two
radio operators with full equipment to a supply
vessel Charlotte Schlieman that went on to the island,
however the orders for the station were later counter-
manned. It is interesting to note that Kerguelen Island was
also the centre of a mid 19th Century mystery.
Then entirely uninhabited, except for seals and seabirds,
British Captain Sir James Clark Ross landed there in May
1840. He found in the snow unidentifiable “traces of the
singular footprints of a pony, or ass, being 3 inches in
length and 2 inches in breadth, having a small deeper
depression in either side, and shaped like a horseshoe.”
Similar markings appeared overnight in the Devon area of
England fifteen years later and have also defied adequate
explanation.
Then in 1942 Captain Gerlach in his ship the Stier
investigated nearby Gough Island as a possible temporary
base for raiders and a camp for prisoners.
This ship activity does not appear considerable, however
the level of U-boat activity in the South Atlantic was much
higher. The exact nature and extent of how high will
probably never be known, however some insight might be
gleaned from the fact that between October 1942 and
September 1944 16 German U-boats were sunk in the
South Atlantic area. And... some of these submarines did
appear to be engaged in covert activities.
A fine example of this would be that of U-859 which, on 4
April 1944 at 04.40hrs, left on a mission carrying 67 men
and 33 tons of mercury sealed in glass bottles in watertight
tin crates. The submarine was later sunk on 23 September
by a British submarine (HMS Trenchant) in the Straits of
Malacca and although 47 of the crew died, 20 survived.
Some 30 years later one of these survivors spoke openly
about the cargo and divers later confirmed the story on
rediscovering the mercury. The significance being that
mercury is usable as a fuel source for certain types of
aerospace propulsion. Why would a German submarine be
transporting such a cargo so far from home?
It is not odd, at all, if one considers the fact that
aviation/avionics construction is what the Polar Base
seems to be all about...
Although Germany surrendered unconditionally to the
Allies, on 8 May 1945, events after that date suggested
something was happening that did not form a part of
recognized world history. Something fuelled by a
statement made by German Grand Admiral Karl Dönitz...
Dönitz (16 September 1891 b 24 December 1980) had
become Commander of the German Kriegsmarine (Navy),
on 31 January 1943 and he led the German U-Boat fleet
until the end of the Second World War. He also has the
distinction of briefly becoming head of the German state
for 20 days after Hitler’s death until his own capture by the
Allies on 23 May 1945. His contribution to the mystery of
post-war Antarctic activity came in a statement he made in
1943 when he declared that a substantial portion of the
15
German submarine fleet had rebuilt “in another part of the
world a Shangri-La land... an impregnable fortress.”
Could he have been referring to the alleged base in
Antarctica?
Certainly there are records of continued German naval
activity in the area after the war had apparently ended. For
example, on 10 July 1945, more than two months after the
cessation of known hostilities, the German submarine U-
530 surrendered to Argentine authorities. The background
to this event is puzzling. It is known that the boat had left
Lorient in France on 22nd May 1944 under the captaincy
ofOtto Wermuth for operations in the Trinidad area, and
after successfully rendezvousing with the incoming
Japanese submarine I-52, it headed for Trinidad before
finally returning to base after 133 days at sea.
The boat’s official record states that between October 1944
and May 1945 it formed part of the 33rd Flotilla and on
Germany’s surrender Otto Wermuth’s captaincy and the
submarine’s career came to an end. Yet two months later it
arrived in Rio de la Plata in Argentina and surrendered to
the authorities there on 10 July 1945.
The future may well reveal that fate of more of these
submarines; however given the French and South
American reports, and the number of missing U-boats, it
may not be unreasonable to conclude that at least some of
them relocated to the South Polar area.
History also gives us further clues as to a German-
Antarctica connection, for it records that Hans-Ulrich
Rudel of the German Luftwaffe was being groomed by
Hitler to be his successor. It is known that Rudel made
frequent trips to Tierra del Fuego at the tip of South
America nearest Antarctica. And...one of Martin
Bormann’s last messages from the bunker in Berlin to
Dönitz also mentioned Tierra del Fuego.
Then there are also claims about Rudolf Hess, Hitler’s best
friend who went to England and was arrested as a war
criminal on 10 May 1941. Following his arrest, Hess was
held in Spandau Prison in isolation until his death. Such
unique treatment is suggestive that he had information that
the Allies considered dangerous.
Indeed, in his book Secret Nazi Polar
Expeditions Christof Friedrich states Hess,
“was entrusted with the all-important
Antarctic file. Hess, himself, kept the Polar
file.”
Now, granted, such information as Hess possessed, if any,
would have been complete only to the time that he took off
on his solo flight to England... but... that period... prior to
1941... would have covered the initial recovery of the
Bavarian “flying disc”, and at the very least, the early
stages of any project or projects arising from such a
recovery. It would also contain any information with
regard to any survivors of the crash, and their eventual
fate(s).
Many believe that Hess, who had no part in any of the so-
called “war crimes” was deliberately kept in Spandau
Prison, for life, in an attempt to keep him quiet. It has also
been speculated that the man who died, in Spandau Prison,
was, in fact, not Hess at all... that Hess had been murdered,
years before, in an effort to keep the truth... on several
highly embarrassing matters... from getting out.
For the moment, however, let’s return to Operation
Highjump... which seems to have been an attempt to ferret
out a remaining German base on the Antarctic continent,
and perhaps, to determine where, exactly the sudden rash
of Unidentified Flying Object activity of the past eighteen
months, had originated, and, exactly who/what was behind
it... There would have, of necessity, been two prerequisites
for a mission of this type.
Firstly, Operation Highjump would have to provide
evidence that the mission included a reconnaissance
of Neu-Swabenland and secondly, there would have to be
an area of the frozen continent that could allow such a base
to exist throughout the year.
Both of these criteria were met...
Both the Eastern and Western Groups of Operation
Highjump had been active around Neu-Schwabenland. So
was a Russian boat that “proved to be unfriendly”. The
Eastern group were frustrated in their efforts to make a
reconnaissance of the area, despite incredible efforts to
secure photographs for later examination.
However by then,
“it was very late in the season ... The sun
had only been briefly glimpsed in the past
few weeks, but everyone could tell that the
continually grey skies and clouds were
darkening daily. In another month all light
would be gone from Antarctica. The waters
girdling the continent would begin to freeze
rapidly, binding unwary ships in a crushing
embrace.
Dufek [the commander] was loath to
surrender. He ordered his ships northwards
away from the pack. Perhaps one or two
more flights might be possible. But on the
morning of 3 March virgin ice was seen to
be forming on the water’s surface [and the]
Eastern group steamed out of Antarctica.”
The Western Group, however, were to make a remarkable
discovery.
16
At the end of January 1947 a PBM piloted by Lieutenant
Commander David Bunger of Coronado, California, flew
from his ship, the Currituck and headed towards the
continent’s Queen Mary Coast.
On reaching land, Bunger flew west for a time, then,
coming up over the featureless, white horizon, he saw a
dark, bare area which Byrd later described as,
“a land of blue and green lakes and brown
hills in an otherwise limitless expanse of
ice”.
Bunger and his men carefully reconnoitered the area
before racing back to the Currituck with news of their find.
The oasis they had discovered covered an area of some
three hundred square miles of the continent and contained
three large, open water lakes along with a number of
smaller lakes. These lakes were separated by masses of
barren, reddish-brown rocks possibly indicating the
presence of iron ore.
Several days later, Bunger returned to the area, and found
that the water was warm to the touch and the lake itself
was filled with red, blue and green algae giving it a
distinctive color. Bunger filled a bottle with the water
which later “turned out to be brackish, a clue to the fact
that the lake was actually an arm of the open sea”.
This is important for two reasons; warm, inland lakes
connected to the surrounding oceans would be perfect for
submarines to hide within, and similar lakes have been
noted in Neu-Schwabenland, the site of the alleged
German (and suspected Alien) base.
While there is, still, no conclusive evidence of a
German/Alien base on Antarctica, It is beyond doubt that
something highly unusual was happening on, or around,
the frozen continent. In general, it appears that the
probability for such a base to have existed... and perhaps
continue to exist, to this day, are rather high...
The evidence, a large volume of it, is there for all to see...
1. The Germans explored and claimed part of
Antarctica on the very eve of the war when the
vast majority of their activity was geared towards
the rebuilding of the German economy and
military infrastructure. This activity began shortly
before the recovery of the Bavarian “flying disc”,
in 1938, but picked up pace immediately
afterward.
2. There was ongoing ship and submarine activity in
the South Atlantic and polar regions throughout
and after the war had apparently ended. This
activity continued well into the 1950s, and if
some accounts are to be believed, continues to
this day, with what can only be considered U-
 Boat sightings, and a very high incidence of
Unidentified Flying Object sightings in the South
Atlantic and South Polar regions, including the
Southern portions of South America.
3. The US literally invaded the continent of
Antarctica, itself, with considerable naval
resources leaving mainland America exposed
and vulnerable as the world edged into the Cold
War. The task force limped home as if defeated
only weeks later, and the local South American
press wrote of such a defeat. This coincided with
a substantial increase in Unidentified Flying
Object activity... generally attributed to the first
major “wave” of such activity in modern times,
with an inordinate amount of this activity taking
place in the Southern Hemisphere, particularly in
South America.
4. Admiral Byrd spoke of objects that could fly from
pole to pole at incredible speeds being based on
Antarctica.
5. Hundreds of thousands of Germans and a
minimum of forty (40) U-boats were missing at
the end of the war. Documentation and
eyewitness accounts prove that at least a portion
of these craft made it as far as South America, in
some cases, several months after the end of the
war in Europe.
The connection between Antarctica and the
UFO phenomenon was sealed with claims
made by one Albert K. Bender who stated
that he “went into the fantastic and came
up with an answer and I know what the
saucers are.”
Bender ran an organization called the International Flying
Saucer Bureau (IFSB) a small UFO organization based in
Connecticut, USA and he also edited a publication known
as the Space Review which was committed to the
dissemination of news about UFOs. In truth, the
organization had only a small membership and the
publication circulated amongst hundreds rather than
thousands, but that its members and readers valued it was
17
in little doubt. The publication itself advocated that flying
saucers were spacecraft of extraterrestrial origin.
However... in the October 1953 edition of Space Review,
there were two major announcements.
The first was headed Late Bulletin and stated:
A source which the IFSB considers very
reliable has informed us that the
investigation of the flying saucer mystery
and the solution is approaching final
stages. This same source to whom we had
referred data, which had come into our
possession, suggested that it was not the
proper method and time to publish the data
in 'Space Review'.
The second announcement read “Statement of
Importance":
The mystery of the flying saucers is no
longer a mystery. The source is already
known, but any information about this is
being withheld by order from a higher
source. We would like to print the full story
in Space Review, but because of the
nature of the information we are very sorry
that we have been advised in the negative.
The statement ended in the sentence :
We advise those engaged in saucer work
to please be very cautious.
These announcements were of little
significance in and of themselves.
Bender’s publication was considered “fringe”, at best, even
at the time... However... what gained them wider attention
was the fact that immediately after publishing this October
1953 issue, Bender suspended further publication of the
magazine and closed the IFSB down without any further
explanation.
This is completely consistent with the “prudent” approach,
shown by many who have been “gently” warned to “cease
operations” by the Majestic 12 Group and other agencies
involved in “keeping a lid” on any real investigation into
the Unidentified Flying Object phenomenon.
Related The Ultimate Secret: Majestic-12 | Secret
Space Programs, ET Contacts, UFO's, Above Top
Secret
Bender might very well have known “what the flying
saucers” were, at least a portion of them... but he later
revealed in a local newspaper interview that he was
keeping his knowledge a secret following a visit by three
men who apparently confirmed he was right about
his Unidentified Flying Object theory, but put him in
sufficient fear to immediately close down his organization
and cease publication of the journal.
It has been argued that the story of being visited by three
strangers and being warned off was a front to close a
publication that was losing money, however the fact that
Bender had been “scared to death” and “actually couldn’t
eat for a couple of days” was verified by his friends and
associates. It is also widely known that such “stories” are
often spread by the United States, and other governments
to discredit those who might just have the truth, or at least
a portion of it.
In 1963, a full decade after his visit from the three
strangers, Bender was seemingly prepared to reveal more
of his story in a largely unreadable book entitled Flying
Saucers and the Three Men in Black. The book was scant
on facts, however, it described extraterrestrial spacecraft
that had bases in Antarctica.
This was apparently the truth Bender was terrorized into
not revealing.
Bender also provided images of the saucers he was aware
of. He produced drawings of Unidentified Flying Objects
that he was aware of... not saucers, as were the common
depictions of the time, but rather “flying wings” which
showed three bubble-like protrusions on the underside,
reminiscent of the German designed Haunebu II (which
was allegedly only in the “design stage” at the end of the
Second World War) alongside a cylindrical, cigar shaped
object.
Ernst Zündel was NOT a 'Paperclip
Scientist':
I realized that North Americans were not
interested in being educated. They want to
be entertained. The book was for fun. With
a picture of the Führer on the cover
andflying saucers coming out of
Antarctica it was a chance to get on radio
and TV talk shows. For about 15 minutes of
an hour program I'd talk about that esoteric
stuff.
Then I would start talking about all those
Jewish scientists in concentration camps,
working on these secret weapons. And that
was my chance to talk about what I wanted
to talk about.
Ernst Zündel, a German scientist turned author (known
for his internet “ZGrams”) who had entered the US
under Operation Paperclip, a United States Army/CIA
program to bring German scientific talent into the United
States in spite of any so-called “war crimes” which they
18
were alleged to have committed... at the end of the war and
who worked at Wright Field (later Wright Patterson AFB
where the Roswell debris were eventually housed), also
made claims about the nature of the activity in Antarctica.
In the 1970s Zündel’s book UFOs: Nazi Secret
Weapons? made the claim that at least some Unidentified
Flying Objects were German secret Weapons which were
developed during the Second World War, and that some of
them had been shipped out towards the end of the war and
hidden at the poles.
Publication of the book coincided with a tidal wave of
renewed interest in all things paranormal... coming on the
heel of what was to be the last major Unidentified Flying
Object “wave” of the Twentieth Century, and Zündel was
a guest on to countless talk shows where he shared his
views on spaceships, free energies, electromagnetism,
emergent technologies and some of the positive
contributions made by the Germans in these fields.
Zündel, who was one of the first of the “revisionist”
historians of the Second World War, was actually only
really interested in promoting his holocaust theory,
described in his book Did Six Million Really
Die? However, he found that his Unidentified Flying
Object and Hollow Earth ideas proved a greater attraction
to television producers. The idea seized hold of the popular
imagination and took on a life of its own. Zündel’s
publishing company, Samisdat, started to make a name for
itself by issuing newsletters and books on the subject. An
expedition to Antarctica itself was even proposed to seek
out Hitler’s UFO bases there.
The fact is that such claims would have died out had they
not been based on at least some real events...
Now, keep in mind that South America has always been a
“hotbed” of Unidentified Flying Object activity. Many of
the reports coming out of the area are unverified, and
unverifiable... However, many have credence. The claims
that something extremely unusual was taking place around
the foreboding reaches of the frozen continent took a major
leap forward in the 1960s when the Argentine Navy was
charged with the official investigation into strange
sightings in the sky.
A 1965 official report prepared by Captain Sanchez
Moreno of the Naval Air Station Comandante Espora in
Bahia Blanca stated that,
“Between 1950 and 1965, personnel of
Argentina’s Navy alone made 22 sightings
of Unidentified Flying Objects that were not
airplanes, satellites, weather balloons or
any type of known (aerial) vehicles. These
22 cases served as precedents for
intensifying that investigation of the subject
by the Navy.”
Following a series of sightings at Argentine and Chilean
meteorological stations on Deception Island, Antarctica, in
June and July 1965, Captain Engineer Omar
Pagani disclosed at a press conference that,
“Unidentified Flying Objects do exist. Their
presence in Argentine airspace is proven”.
The report went on to state, however,
“their nature and origin are unknown and
no judgment is made about them”.
More details of these UFO sightings were given in a report
in the Brazilian newspaper O Estado de Sao Paulo in its
8th July 1965 edition.
“For the first time in history, an official
communiqué has been published by a
government about the flying saucers. It is a
document from the Argentine Navy, based
on the statements of a large number of
Argentine, Chilean and British sailors
stationed in the naval base in Antarctica.
The communiqué declared that the
personnel of Deception Island (left) naval
base saw, at nineteen hours forty minutes
on 3 July, a flying object of lenticular
shape, with a solid appearance and a
coloring in which red and green prevailed
and, for a few moments, yellow. The
machine was flying in a zig-zag fashion,
and in a generally western direction, but it
changed course several times and
changed speed, having an inclination of
about forty-five degrees above the horizon.
The craft also remained stationary for
about twenty minutes at a height of
approximately 5,000 meters, producing no
sound.
The communiqué states moreover that the
prevailing meteorological conditions when
the phenomenon was observed can be
considered excellent for the region in
question and the time of year. The sky was
clear and quite a lot of stars were visible.
The Secretariat of the Argentine Navy also
states in its communiqué that the
occurrence was witnessed by scientists of
the three naval bases and that the facts
described by these people agree
completely.”
Practically everyone in the “UFO Community” is aware
that in March 1950 Commodore Augusto Vars Orrego of
the Chilean Navy shot still pictures and 8mm movie
footage of a very large cigar shaped flying object that
19
hovered over and maneuvered about in the frigid skies
above the Chilean Antarctic.
The photos and the report of Orrego’s sighting have, quite
literally, been seen by millions over the half century since
he saw, and photographed the objects. Orrego stated,
“during the bright Antarctic night, we saw
flying saucers, one above the other, turning
at tremendous speeds. We have
photographs to prove what we saw .”
There have, of course, been numerous other Chilean
sightings.
During January 1956 another major Unidentified Flying
Object “event” was witnessed by a group of Chilean
scientists who had been flown by helicopter to Robertson
Island in the Wendell Sea to study geology, fauna and
other features.
This experience was the subject of a later article entitled A
Cigar-Shaped UFO over Antarctica.
“At the beginning of January 1956, during a
period of stormy weather, the party
suddenly became aware of something
which, in other circumstances, could have
been very grave for them. This was that
their radio had mysteriously ceased to
function. This was not too worrying a
disaster in so much as it was firmly settled
that the helicopter would return to take
them off again on January 20.”
One of the scientists, a doctor, was in the habit of getting
up in the night to observe anything of meteorological
interest, but another of the group, a professor, did not like
to be disturbed. However on the night of 8 January 1956,
the Doctor decided to wake the professor.
He pointed upwards, almost overhead. Still
in a bad temper due to being disturbed, the
professor looked as directed, and beheld
two,
“metallic, cigar-shaped objects in verticular
positions, perfectly still and silent, and
flashing vividly the reflected rays of the
sun”.
Just after 7.00am, two other members of the party, an
assistant and a medical orderly joined the two men.
The group watched the two craft.
“At about 9.00am object No. 1 (the nearest to the zenith)
suddenly assumed a horizontal posture and shot away like
a flash towards the west. It had now lost its metallic
brightness and had taken on the whole gamut of visible
colors of the spectrum, from infrared to ultra-violet.
The report of the sighting went on to say...
“Without slowing down it performed an incredible acute-
angle change of direction, shot off across another section
of the sky and then did another sharp turn as before. These
vertiginous maneuvers, the zig-zagging, abrupt stopping,
instantaneous accelerating, went on for some time right
overhead, the object always following tangential
trajectories in respect to the Earth and all in the most
absolute silence”.
The demonstration lasted about five minutes.
Then, according to the witnesses, the object returned and
took up position beside its companion in almost the same
area of the sky as before.
Then, it was the turn of No. 2 to show its paces and do a
convoluted, zigzagging dance across the sky. Shooting off
towards the east, it performed a series of ten disjointed
bursts of flight, broken by abrupt changes of direction, and
marked by the pronounced color changes when
accelerating or stopping. After about three minutes, object
No. 2 was observed to resume its station near its
companion, and return to its original solid and metallic
appearance.
Due to the nature of their mission, the group had with them
two Geiger-Miller counters of high sensitivity, one of the
auditory and the other of the flash-type. When the two
objects had finished their dance and reassumed their
stations in the sky, someone discovered that the flash-type
Geiger counter now showed that radioactivity around them
had suddenly increased 40 times... far more than enough to
kill any organism subjected long enough to it. The
discovery greatly increased the anxiety felt by the four
men.
Although they had no telescopic lens, they did have
cameras with them, and managed to take numerous
photographs of the objects, both in color and black and
white. The report does not state what became of these
photographs, but it is safe to assume that they are in the
possession of the Chilean Government, and there is no
reason to assume that they have not been shared with that
of the United States, as well as others.
Of course... no names are given in this report, but... it has
the ring of truth, and is consistent with any number of
similar sightings... Would that we knew their names! It is
one of the exasperating facts of Unidentified Flying Object
research that so many of the South American and South
Atlantic sightings are attributed to “anonymous sources” or
the names of the witnesses involved, have been expunged
from the “official” records.
20
So many of the witnesses being cited would be, with
reference to their stated credentials, credible sources, but
because of the practice of expunging names from records
which might fall into “public hands” are practically
impossible to trace. The absence of names... in many, if
not most cases deliberately expunged from official
reports... simply lends to an aura of “unbelievability”, even
though it is a common practice, especially in most
countries.
Yet another documented account of a UFO sighting over
Antarctica is by Rubens Junqueira Villela, a meteorologist
and the first Brazilian scientist to participate in an
expedition to the South Polar region, and now, a veteran of
eleven expeditions to Antarctica (two with the US Navy,
eight with the Brazilian Antarctic Program and another on
the sailing ship Rapa Nui).
While on board the US Navy icebreaker Glacier, which
had set sail from New Zealand at the end of January 1961,
Villela claims that he witnessed a UFO event in the skies
over Antarctica which he immediately recorded in his
diary, even including the emotions felt by all those
involved. On 16 March 1961, after a fierce storm had
forced the expedition to retreat to Admiralty Bay in the
King George Isles, “a strange light suddenly crossed the
sky, and everyone started to shout”.
Speculation went wild. Some thought the object to be an
incoming missile. Others thought it to be a meteor.
The excitement was widespread and growing.
“Trying to describe the light which
appeared over Almirantado Bay” he told
interviewers, later, “wasn’t easy b& I wrote
in my diary: Positively the colors, the
configuration and contours of the object, as
a bodied light, with geometric forms, did not
seem to be from this world, and I did not
know what could possibly reproduce it”.
The object, he went on to report, was
“multi-colored”, and had a luminous, oval-
shaped body. It left, behind it, a “long tube-
like orange/red trail”.
Allegedly, it split into two pieces, as if it had exploded.
Then, each part shone even more intensively, with white,
blue and red colors projecting V shaped rays behind it.
They quickly moved away and could be seen 200 meters
above the ground b& According to the witnesses, the
entire display was completely silent.
The US Navy officially registered the incident as “a
meteor or some other natural luminous phenomenon”
according to the report submitted by the Glacier’s captain,
Captain Porter. However, this is a common practice, and
has been, ever since the inception of the Unidentified
Flying Object cover-up, under the auspices of the Majestic
12 group.
This policy of “official denial” and “logical explanation”
no matter how far fetched, would seem, has been followed
by all branches of the United States Government since the
first days after the Roswell Incident, in July 1947. It
certainly applies to any sightings or alleged sightings in
and around Antarctica...
Villela, on the other hand, easily dismissed the official
line.
“How could they mistake a meteor with an
object carrying antennae, completely
symmetrical and followed by a tail without
any sight of atmospheric disturbance?”
According to most “official” sources... and certainly
according to world renowned skeptic and self-styled
debunker, Phillip Klaus, this particular episode is a classic
example of plasma, however the late meteorologist, James
McDonald argued that the highly structured nature of the
object and the low cloud overcast present at about 1500
feet were not compatible with Klaus’s hypothesis.
The list of sightings in the South Atlantic area is
practically endless. It is, and has been, particularly since
the end of the Second World War, one of the most active
areas on earth with respect to Unidentified Flying Object
activity. Another classic sighting took place on 16 January
1958 when the Brazilian naval vessel Almirante Salddanha
was escorting a team of scientists to a weather station on
Trindade Island. As the ship approached the island (or
rather an outcrop of rock) an Unidentified Flying Object
reportedly flew low, over the water, past the ship, circled
the island, then flew off in front of dozens of witnesses.
One of the witnesses to this particular event, the expedition
photographer, took a number of photographs of the object.
Later, the film was handed over to the military by the
Captain. Amazingly, after the initial analysis, the Brazilian
government released the film stating that they were unable
to account for the images.
Why did the United States Government, in late 1947, only
months after the famous Roswell Incident, send a naval
task force to Antarctic including Admiral Nimitz,
Admiral Krusen and Admiral Byrd, called “Operation
Highjump”. As we observed earlier, the operation was said
to be an expedition to find “coal deposits” and other
valuable resources, but... the facts indicate otherwise...
In actuality, there seems to be no doubt that they were
trying to locate an immense underground base constructed
by the Germans, before, during and immediately after the
Second World War, with the aid of Alien Entities which
were described as “Aryans”. This base, allegedly located
in an area that the Germans called “Neuschwabenlandt”...
21
an area of Antarctica which Germany explored, and
claimed, before the outbreak of the Second World War...
was thought to hold
“flying objects which could fly from Pole to
Pole in a matter of minutes”...
For years, rumors have circulated as to why German
submarines... U-Boats... would operate in South American
and Antarctic waters long after the end of the Second
World War, in Europe.
Some have said that the boats spirited away such notables
as Adolf Hitler and Martin Bormannn... both of whom can
be demonstrated to have died in Berlin at the end of the
war. the death... and physical remains of both men have
been verified beyond doubt, the latter with very recent
DNA testing. Thus neither of them escaped via U-boats to
South America. The fact is, Wolfgang Eisenmenger, a
forensic science professor at Munich University,
conducted the DNA testing of Bormann’s remains. He
seems to have done the work for the Frankfurt justice
officials.
He also had Bormann’s dental, medical, and fingerprint
records. Bormann’s children (or a distant family member,
details a bit fuzzy) provided the blood for the DNA match
which was proven conclusive, i.e. that the body was of
Martin Bormann. The cause of death was deemed to be
self inflicted poisoning. Adolf Hitler, of course, died in his
Bunker in Berlin, of poison... and a self inflicted gunshot.
Everyone has heard stories of vast amounts of gold or
other valuables being “smuggled” out of Germany in the
last days of the war... secreted away to South America... to
support so-called “criminals” abroad. So far, none of those
stories has shown any sign of merit. If they were so, then
men such as Eichman would not have worked on the
assembly line in a Volkswagen plant. Müller would not
have run a chicken farm, and Mengele would not have
been dependent upon the generosity of his wealthy family.
There is a story floating around that this said U-boat
commander worked on some highly classified US National
Secrets after the war, and that his boat was operating in the
far South... He was reported to have been a commander of
a VIIC or IXC U-boat in the Atlantic during the war,
named Otto Schneider. This theory is also easy to
disprove...
There simply was no U-Boat commander by that name in
the Kriegsmarine (German Navy). Only two commanders
with that last name saw service in the war; Herbert
Schneider who died while in command of U-522,
and Manfred Schneider only commander the small XXIII
boat U-4706 for the last 3 months of the war, and never
left his home port. This story is just that, a story.
The fact is, Unidentified Flying Object researchers are well
aware of strange sightings of ‘flying saucers’ with
swastikas or iron crosses displayed on them.
They are also well aware of ‘aliens’ speaking German, and
have also heard of abductees who have been taken to
underground bases with swastika emblems on the walls, or
as in the case of one abductee... Alex Christopher... who
claims to have seen “Reptiloids” and Germans working
together aboard antigravity craft or within underground
bases.
 Is this what America feared?
 Is it a secret Antarctic facility where these experiments
and developments continued?
 What Operation Highjump was actually looking for?
 Is this secret, among others, the one that cost James
Forrestall his life?
.
22
 Did an unrecorded, three hour long meeting with a
group of German scientists and engineers and “Aryan”
Extraterrestrials in the frozen wastelands near the
South Pole cost Admiral Byrd his life?
 Is this the origin of the “warships of space”, that the
Rosenberg’s mentioned in the very shadow of the
electric chair?
One thing is certain... The United States did not “invade”
Antarctica, at the end of a World War and the very
beginning of a Cold War... using a disproportionate share
of it’s diminishing fleet... for “exploration” purposes.
If they were looking for something, they surely knew what
it was they were looking for... and... a “scientific”
expedition does not go forth prepared for WAR...
The map of Neu Schwabenland that cannot be exhibited in
Germany, on penalty of imprisonment...
23
24
25
26
27
28
A Secret U.S. Post Office operated in Antarctica 1946-
1948 causing speculation about the real reason behind two
concurrent U.S. expeditions...
Finn Ronne was a Norwegian immigrant who later joined
the United States Navy and was a member and officer in
Admiral Byrd's earlier expeditions to Antarctica. In 1946-
8, he led a privately-financed expedition to Antarctica,
following upon the heels of Operation Highjump.
Ronne's expedition was to the Marguerite Bay area, where
he reoccupied Byrd's 1939 Base. One of the most
29
important results of this expedition was a showing that the
Antarctic Peninsula was connected to the rest of
Antarctica, thus solving one of the last great public
mysteries of the continent.
Writing in his book entitled "Antarctic Conquest", he
stated:
Although no one knew it, I had been
operating a United States Post office too,
but for reasons of state (emphasis added)
had been compelled to keep it secret.
Secrecy seems to be in no scarcity as it relates to several
Antarctic expeditions; perhaps in no small way due to a
continued concern that the Nazis had a remnant left in
Antarctica from their infamous 1938-9 "New
Schwabenland" colonization of Antarctica.
The web is abundant with sites setting forth information
about suspected and actual German involvement in
Antarctica possibly dating back even to the late 1800's. It
does make one wonder if there were in fact, covert or as
they say today, "black-ops" reasons for one or more of the
Byrd Expeditions (including Operation Highjump for this
discussion) as well as the private expedition of Captain
Ronne.
Many online sources are available with information
concerning what I have dubbed the "Byrd Conspiracy",
which was not a conspiracy by Admiral Byrd, rather what
may have been an apparent conspiracy by the government
to keep particular information that he had uncovered
during Operation Highjump as a secret. I am not passing
judgment at this time, as I am still investigating the whole
thing to my satisfaction.
However, lending credence to this conspiracy theory is the
observation that Admiral Byrd does in effect seem to
"disappear" from public view shortly after his return from
Operation Highjump in 1947-- until approximately 1955
when he organized Operation Deep Freeze I, and he was
reported to have been hospitalized (in a mental ward)
shortly after his return in 1947.
This forced hospitalization is said to have came upon the
tails of Byrd having made some remarkably candid
comments (which included what smacked of being a
description of a UFO) to a South American newspaper
about what he had found during Operation Highjump. His
disappearance from the scene after his arrival back in the
states, would make it appear he may have been promptly
squelched! Remember that this time period coincided
roughly with the Roswell UFO sightings.
Operation Highjump would have been first, early in 1947,
and then Roswell to follow in the summer of 1947.
This was a situation that was the last thing the government
would have wanted, another military official (in this case a
quite prominent and popular man who had spent years
criss-crossing the United States giving lectures and whose
word would have been quite respected and accepted) who
apparently reported having seen/and or believing in
UFOs!!
NOTE: If Op HJ had continued to its full
expected duration of six to eight months,
they would have still been in Antarctica at
the time of Roswell. The expedition headed
back to the U.S. in early 1947, well short of
its expected ending. Some would say
"limped back", after suffering great losses
30
of personnel and equipment. The official
record only sets forth a limited loss of life
and aircraft, but conspiracists feel the
record has been doctored or we are not
being told the full story.
Contrast this lack of public accessibility after Operation
Highjump, to the previous well-known availability of
Admiral Byrd in the period following his first two
Antarctic Expeditions, where there are documented
philatelic items from cities all over the country serving as
commemorations of where Byrd visited lecturing to the
public about his travels in Antarctica. That Byrd loved to
travel and lecture about his polar explorations is quite
evident.
The polar regions and his expeditions were his very reason
for existence; he had said from the time he was a child that
he felt destined to be a polar explorer. He had a passion for
all things polar, especially exploration, that could scarcely
be contained.
Operation Highjump was at least as important in many
respects, it would appear, as his previous expeditions... so,
 Where was he after his return?
 Where did he go?
 Was he locked away so he couldn't share the story of
what he really had found in Antarctica?
 As some theorists suggest, during Operation Highjump,
did he encounter and engage Nazi forces operating
from bases that lodged advanced aircraft with
advanced propulsion systems?
Many think so, and I am beginning to see some curiosities
about many aspects of Operation Highjump and now,
perhaps even with Ronne's Expedition.
The little tidbit mentioned above that Ronne forked us in
his book, only begins to tell us why the Oleana Base,
Antarctica postmark is one of the rarest polar cancels that
exist. With this being the first American post office
established on the Antarctic continent, it is a shame that
the cancel was not used more often. Is there perhaps a
larger reason why this post office was kept secret? We do
know that many countries, including Britain, had
concurrent secret bases and or expeditions in the same
general time period, notably Port Lockroy on the Antarctic
peninsula.
Port Lockroy was part of a top secret World War II British
expedition called Operation Tabarin.
Operation Tabarin was the beginning of Britain's
permanent presence on the Antarctic continent, and was
built to serve as a southern outpost and to keep an eye on
suspected Nazi presence on the ice. In a 2001 BBC
interview, one of the last remaining survivors of that secret
expedition, Gwion Davies, noted that the posting of mail
from their secret base was a way of their laying claim to,
or establishing that section of Antarctica as British
sovereign territory.
In other words, just as the Nazis are known to have
dropped metal dart/markers with the Third Reich swastika
emblem over a large area of Antarctica during their
expedition in 1939, to act as a laying of a claim; for any
country (such as Britain) to have a post office that actually
accepted and postmarked mail definitely shows an
intention on their part of not only establishing a base, but
of staying.
While the United States did not then, and does not now,
recognize any country as having specific territorial claims
upon Antarctica, for Ronne to have allowed his expedition
members to have open mailing of letters from Oleana
Base would have served a similar purpose as with Port
Lockroy, but for some reason, he would not allow that to
be done.
Why?
Some mail did escape, and other mail from members of
the Ronne Expedition is known to have been posted from
nearby British bases. The posting of mail often serves a
geo-political purpose in addition to the simple fact it
carries mail back home to loved ones; and it is a great
curiosity to many polar philatelists and followers of
Antarctic history that it was not done in this instance.
.
31
The full story about the existence of the post office (as
well as even greater secrets?) may have passed with
Captain Ronne.
The "Holy Grail" of Antarctic Covers
The Oleana Bay covers are most commonly seen with a
date of March 12, 1947, which was the date the expedition
arrived at Marguerite Bay, Antarctica.
In this instance, the cover illustrated above is extraordinary
in that it is on a printed envelope from the Byrd II
Antarctic Expedition, postmarked with the less common
hand cancellation from that mission; then repost marked
at Oleana Base in 1947, with the addition of Captain
Ronne's "corner card" and the IGY Ellsworth Station
octagonal cachet, and the best part of all, Ronne's signature
in which he adds the word "Postmaster", rounding it out to
make a splendid cover!
A cover like this would fare extremely well in a polar
auction. I would go so far to term it as the "Holy Grail" of
a polar collection; only very few covers I can think of
would be more collectable, in my opinion.
 Top Aerospace Designer Blows Whistle
On Secret US Navy Space Battle Fleets
Written by Dr. Michael Salla
January 26, 2016
Over a 12 year period beginning in 1951, William
Tompkins worked for an above Top Secret think tank
within the Douglas Aircraft Company designing kilometer-
long antigravity spacecraft covertly requested by the U.S.
Navy. Now aged 92, Tompkins becomes an important
whistleblower by exposing the secret projects he worked
on in his newly released autobiography, Selected By
Extraterrestrials: My Life In The Top Secret World Of
UFOs, Think-Tanks And Nordic Secretaries.
Tompkins supports his claims with numerous documents
including two designs he completed for space battle
cruisers and space carriers that would decades later
become the backbone of U.S. Navy Space Battle Groups.
Tompkins was given the job at the “Advanced Design”
Douglas think tank, due to exceptional skills he exhibited
in his war time service with Navy Intelligence from 1942-
1945. Significantly, during his service at San Diego’s
Naval Air Station, Tompkins directly participated in
intelligence debriefings of Navy agents embedded within
Nazi Germany’s most secret aerospace facilities during
and immediately after World War II.
In his autobiography, Tompkins describes what the Navy
spies had found:
The Navy agents (spies) in Germany
discovered what all those “out of this world”
aliens gave Hitler: UFOs, antigravity
propulsion, beam weapons, extended life
and plenty of mind-controlled willing girls
programs. The reptilians made a deal with
the Third Reich SS giving them this big box
full of toys in exchange for letting Hitler
enslave the rest of the planet. (pp. 70-71)
32
Over his four years with Navy Intelligence, Tompkins
helped in the covert distribution of data from Nazi
Germany’s two distinct secret space programs to Douglas
Aircraft Company, along with other select aerospace
companies and universities that had the scientific expertise
to understand what the Nazis were doing.
When Tompkins joined Douglas Aircraft Company in
1950, it had already formed its Advanced Design think
tank to design antigravity space craft. Once Tompkins
moved over to Advanced Design in 1951, he was
specifically tasked to design a variety of antigravity space
vehicles, using his knowledge of Naval Intelligence
gathered from Nazi Germany and his own talent for
technical detailing.
Tompkins describes his two superiors at the Advanced
Design Think Tank:
I reported directly to Dr. [Wolfgang]
Klemperer and Elmer Wheaton, the V.P. of
engineering who wore two hats. He was
V.P. of all the classified missile and space-
systems programs. Unknown to 99.9%,
Wheaton was V.P. of the above top secret
compartmentalized extraterrestrial threats
research Think Tank, too, sometimes
referred to as Advanced Design. (p. 48)
Further, Tompkins relates the covert way in which the
Navy went about making design requests to Advanced
Design:
After receiving our unsolicited proposal for
star ships [the Navy put out a sole source
request for a proposal for exploratory star
mission vehicles…]. Actually we didn’t even
get an RFP (Request for Proposal); it was
just slipped in under the floor door to our
Advanced Design…. on the envelope it
only said: “To Whom it may concern.” [p.
68]
Tompkins says that he approached his work by studying
the mission parameters for the requested future space
battle groups. He then was able to come up with designs
that would allow the Navy to fulfill its future space ships, and two 2k space personal
missions. transports. (p. 80)

Creating the configuration of a Naval Space Battle Group Tompkins writes about two Navy star ship designs
comprising kilometer-long vehicles from the mission completed at the Douglas think tank, and includes the
parameters he had been given, Tompkins explains: documents in his autobiography:

I redefined a standard Naval space battle The figures following show two original
group complement, stating that it would drawings of Naval spacecraft carriers and
consist of one 2.5 kilometer spacecraft battle cruisers that were visualized in
carrier, with a two-star on board as flag, Advanced Design, in 1954, from dozens of
three to four 1.4k heavy space cruisers, alternate configurations. Scale modes of
four to five 1k space destroyers, two 2k these kilometer-long craft were
space landing assault ships for drop subsequently made. (p. 67)
missions, two 2k space logistic support
The first design is for the 1.4 km battle cruiser.

33
The second design is for the 2.5 km long spacecraft carrier.
Tompkins later worked for TRC, General Dynamics and
other aerospace companies that were working on different
classified aspects of the space battle cruisers and carriers
being secretly built by the U.S. Navy. More of this
information will be released in future volumes of his
autobiographical accounts.
After his initial designs of the space carriers were
completed in the early 1960s, Tompkins claims that it took
nearly a decade for detailed architectural plans to be
developed, enabling official construction to begin.
Consequently, building began in the 1970’s and the first
operational space carriers were deployed in the 1980’s,
34
under a highly classified space program called Solar
Warden.
Tompkins’ claim corroborates the testimony of other secret
space program whistleblowers who state that the Solar
Warden Program became operational in the 1980’s under
President Reagan.
Eventually, there were eight space carrier battle groups
that were built for the U.S. Navy in the 1980’s and 1990’s,
according to Tompkins.
How credible is Tompkins extraordinary testimony?
 To support his claims, Tompkins includes several
documents in his autobiography. These include copies of
two separate passes he received to enter and leave the San
Diego Naval Air Station with up to three packages. These
packages contained the alleged secret data provided by the
Navy agents that was being distributed by Tompkins to
select corporations.

The passes were signed by the head of Naval Intelligence

at the Naval Air Station, Admiral Rick Obatta. These
documents provide hard evidence that Tompkins was
indeed acting as a courier for Naval Intelligence during
World War II, as he claimed.

As for what was in the packages that Tompkins was

carrying, he has supplied a copy of his mission statement
that provides an answer.

35
His mission orders confirm that he was authorized to work
as a “Disseminator of Aircraft Research and Information.”
This is compelling documentary evidence that the
packages Tompkins was carrying contained classified
Naval intelligence on advanced aircraft designs, which
include those developed in Nazi Germany.
In addition to the documents presented in his book, there is
further confirmation of Tompkins’ background in
advanced aerospace programs. Tompkins employment, at
Douglas Aircraft from 1950 to 1963, has been verified by
another former Douglas Aircraft Company employee, Dr.
Robert Wood.
Dr. Wood worked for 43 years at Douglas Aircraft (which
later merged to form McDonnell Douglas), and was able to
confirm Tompkins thorough knowledge of senior company
officials such as Elmer Wheaton and Dr. Klemperer. Dr.
Wood was so impressed with Tompkins detailed testimony
that he decided to assist him by becoming the editor of his
autobiography.
A March 26, 1941 article in the Evening Outlook
newspaper of Santa Monica shows Tompkins explaining
his ship models to Navy Captain G.C. Gearing,
Commandant of the 11th Naval District in San Diego.
Finally, Tompkins phenomenal design abilities were
publicly recognized by Navy officials back in 1941, who
.
36
made statements to the national press about his highly
detailed models of previously classified naval battle
groups. This led to Tompkins being recruited into Navy
Intelligence in 1942.
The documents that Tompkins has supplied in support of
his testimony, confirm that he had the skills, background
and employment history to have worked on large
antigravity spacecraft that were secretly designed under
contract to the U.S. Navy, while he was employed at
Douglas Aviation from 1950 to 1963.
Tompkins testimony impressively corroborates the core
claims made by Corey Goode and other independent
whistleblowers about the secret space programs examined
in the book, Insiders Reveal Secret Space Programs and
Extraterrestrial Alliances (2015).
After the publication of Selected by Extraterrestrials in
December 2015, Tompkins received a copy of Insiders
Reveal Secret Space Programs from Dr. Robert Wood. In
subsequent phone conversations, Tompkins stated that
much of information that he read in Insiders Reveal Secret
Space Programs, which is substantially based on
disclosures made by Corey Goode, is accurate.
During Tompkins long career with U.S. Navy Intelligence
and the aerospace industry, he compiled an impressive
collection of documents that substantiate his testimony and
background. Some of these can be found in his book,
Selected by Extraterrestrials.
According to Tompkins to support the U.S. Navy had
corporate contractors design kilometer-long antigravity
spacecraft in the 1950s to early 1960s, with construction
beginning in the 1970s, leading to their deployment in the
1980s. His documentary support of these claims is
substantive and compelling.
Tompkins testimony and documents provide powerful
evidence that in the 1980’s and 1990’s, the U.S. Navy did
indeed covertly deploy eight space carrier battle groups in
a top secret space program called Solar Warden.
 A Complete Disconnect
By Preston James, Ph.D
January 28, 2016
The American people have become
completely disconnected from their own
government which is supposed to be
"Of the People By the People". The
visible government comprised of
Congress, the Administration and the
Judiciary are merely ceremonial and are
used as tools to keep the masses in line
by those who give them orders and set
policy. The real government that runs
everything from behind closed doors in
abject secrecy is the Secret Shadow
Government (SSG).
[ Note: This article builds on past articles
on this subject. For those who haven’t read
those, reading this article is likely a waste
of time and it will be difficult to fit this
information into their heads.
This is a long article and is written as a
two-tiered piece. Those short of time can
read the bold print and pass over the rest,
and then finish with the conclusion. Many
thanks to my sources, some still living but
most passed. None of the novel information
included is associated with Veterans Today
in any way. I do not enjoy writing this type
of article for a number of reasons not
appropriate to be discussed here. But I do
feel an obligation to get this information
out.]
When you stop and ask what the
average American man or woman what
they think about their government, the
37
typical answer you get is that it is not
responsive to their needs.
And many will also state further that they believe that
instead of serving the needs of the common man the
government appears to be more concerned with serving its
own needs, that is the needs of the elected politicians
themselves and wealthy, powerful, elite special interests
they represent.
You will also often hear resentment expressed about the
USG continuing to embark on expensive foreign wars and
its doling out billions of dollars to the leaders of foreign
nations as foreign aid while not adequately providing for
the American taxpayers who provide the funds used in the
first place.
Politicians are elected by social
contract, a sacred trust that is best
summarized as this:
“If we entrust you with power to rule over
us and lead us, we expect you to represent
our interests and obey your Oath to the
Constitution. You need to make laws which
represent our interests as We The People
and not on the behalf of special interest
groups or the wealthy elites.”
Right now if you ask, most middle-aged Americans will
respond that their government is failing them at all levels
and has not fulfilled this basic social contract they have
been entrusted with when they are elected and allowed to
assume political office.
And you will frequently be told that there seems to be no
more Rule of Law in America for the wealthy, powerful
elites but only to restrict and keep the common man down
and take away his basic freedoms which are supposed to
be guaranteed by the US Constitution.
Many will tell you that there appears no
way for the common man to adequately
address grievances to the government
at any level, nor any reason to believe
that government officials even give a
damn about the common man at all.

Roman God Janus which symbolized skillful political lying and
manipulation and the ability to be secretly two-faced
Many view most elected officials as blatant two-faced liars
and sociopaths that have become more concerned with
feathering their own beds.
Some political researchers will tell you that many
Members of Congress are very motivated to play to special
interests in order to obtain “outside income” from lucrative
corporate director appointments, fat honorariums, and
revolving door jobs including the typical fat K-Street
lobbying positions they can get upon leaving office.
Once they are elected, take their Oath of
Office, and are sworn and seated, they
abandon We The People that elected
them.
The course they take after being seated is best described a
“Complete Disconnect” from We The People who elected
them that they are obligated to represent.
What happens instead of keeping their social contract with
We The People, is that they proceed to serve the wealthy,
powerful special interest groups that provided vast sums of
money for their campaigns and who pulled strings to get
them elected. Often these strings pulled involve expensive
covert operations, smear jobs, fake news, and electronic
vote fraud.
What would have to be changed to
prevent this disconnect that has gripped
the American Political process ever
since 1913 when the foreign City of
London KM private Central Banksters
hijacked the American money creation
and distribution system?
First, large political contributions from special interest
groups and PACs would have to be made illegal.
Donations would have to be limited to small amounts and
allowed only by individual citizens.
38
Second, outside income for elected officials would have
to be severely restricted as well as revolving door jobs
after leaving office at least for an extended period of time..
Third, Major TV networks would have to
be required to provide at no charge
blocks of time for all of the candidates
who reach a certain threshold in local
political party caucuses.
This would be fair too because the airwaves are licensed to
the Major Mass Media as a privilege. And this licensing is
good because the airways give enormous power to these
media because of the access it provides to the American
mass-mind. Certain standards of behavior must be met.
But the current standards required are insufficient,
especially for the network news because the FCC allows
all kinds of purchased corporate and government
propaganda and outright lies, false-narratives and
deceptions which are used to mind-kontrol We The People
and keep them satiated as the USG steals them blind and
fattens their own pockets and and the wealthy powerful
elite special interest groups they really represent.
Fourth, those running the Major Mass
Media must be sanctioned and
prevented from used it to mind-kontrol
the American Masses anymore.
The Major Mass Media is a powerful force in American
Society and must be carefully regulated and forced to
accurately present the major news stories in a balanced and
honest fashion. Normally competition between various
media would attract users to the most honest and the one
promoting big lies, false-narratives and propaganda would
be discredited, ignored and marginalized.
But this normal market process has been disrupted because
the Major Mass Media in America has been hijacked by
the same entity that hijacked our monetary creation and
distribution system in 1913, the Khazarian Mafia (KM)
private central Banksters from the City of London.
Let’s take a quick snapshot of what this
Complete Disconnect between the
American people and their Government
has allowed to evolve, some describe as
an evil secret hierarchy, but best
described as the Secret Shadow
Government (SSG).
1-We have an unresponsive USG and
Congress that generally ignores the
interests of the American common man.
During their election process they
“play” to the public and seem oh so
concerned about their needs, but this
abruptly ends after the get elected and
 seated (unless you are rich, powerful or
represent a large special interest
group).
This sad reality is made clear with the fact that all sitting
Members of Congress except one signed the AIPAC
Loyalty Oath to place Israel’s interest first even before
America’s own interests. This “American betrayal”
technically constitutes Treason because when Israel
attacked America on 9-11-01 to manipulate Americans
into fighting more Mideast wars for Israel this was an act
of war. Therefore Israel is now America’s secret enemy
and a secret state of war exists between Israel and its
“owned” members of Congress and versus We The People.
2-We have a Congress which uses
secret “Executive Sessions” when
handling any sensitive committee
matters and this process is claimed to
be necessary to protect “National
Security” when the real reason it is to
protect the illegal acts of our elected
officials on behalf of special interest
groups who they serve as puppets for.
Key leaders of Congressional Committees become vetted
and “read in” on national security matters after receiving
proper clearances, which means that they can be trusted to
keep serious USG, Banking, Intel, military and corporate
crimes covered up. What do you think is wrong with the
minds of the folks behind FEMA and DHS? Could they
prove they have souls and are still human?
3-We have an out of control Military
Industrial Complex and foreign
espionage groups allowed to operate
inside America that provide large
hidden bribes to Members of Congress
for what is called “sweetheart special
defense contracts.
39
But extremely lucrative revolving door positions await the
Members of Congress who play this game well.
Loopholes, vacuous regulations and lack of proper
enforcement allows these incredibly large bribes which are
often made to foreign numbered accounts as “set-aside
allocations”. And the KM and its various Intel factions and
espionage fronts inside America like AIPAC have crafty
ways to human compromise elected politicians and coerce
them to conform to their wishes if the usual incentives and
bribes don’t work.
4-We have the use of factions within
Intel Agencies that use custom-
engineered terror consisting of Gladio-
style, inside-job False-flag attacks
initiated to create enemies from which
the USG must defends Americans from.
This could mean a major foreign war to get these terrorists
there before they come here, or to oppress and abuse
American dissidents and patriots after labeling them as
domestic Terrorists. It’s hard work and expensive to create
a faux enemy that Americans will believe in order to start
wars and manipulate the American people to support them.
Staged, synthetic terror works great to attain this end.
Once the shooting starts, the folks the US Military attacks
will certainly fight back and then it becomes “kill or be
killed”. This is so for foreign wars and will be true here if
the USG is dumb enough or criminally insane enough to
deploy DHS against the American gun owners, dissidents
and patriots. And of course we now know for certain that
DHS is nothing more than a secret KM/Zio/Israeli run
police state army inside America.
Another well guarded secret are the special agreements
that allow foreign Intel agencies to operate inside each
others turf, obtain stand-downs from the federal type LE
agencies and local police in order to conduct operations to
protect their own national security. Sometimes these stand-
downs are used for sanctions with extreme prejudice, aka
terminations. Most local police are trained by the ADL and
are so impressed by the feds and DHS officers that they
would jump out the window from an upper floor on their
heads if told to do so in order to help protect US National
Security.
 5-The US Department of Justice has
become the US Department of Just-Us
and has been transformed into a cover
up mechanism which serves the needs
of the Secret Shadow Government.

Instead of prosecuting the most corrupt government

officials, it ignores them (under National Security” of
course) and occasionally goes after the “little ones” as
token symbols of good enforcement. The FBI has become
known as the Federal Blackmail Agency thanks to the
patterns of behavior started by J. Edgar Hoover, a known
pedophile who victims were supplied by notorious attorney
Roy Cohn. One investigator filed a secret police Intel
report that these little boys who were pedophiled at parties
by J. Edgar were murdered afterwards and buried on
Cohn’s personal upstate farm to keep things covered up. It
is unknown if Hoover knew these little boys were
murdered after his encounters with them.
Richard Dolan, well known and highly respected researcher, speaker
and writer on UFOs.
6-We have a Secret Space War Program
that has evolved so far that the essence
of it is best described as a “breakaway
society”.
The private researcher and author that probably knows the
most about this is Richard Dolan who is highly respected
for his balanced fact based approach to this whole issue.
His books and presentations are excellent and the best
available on this subject. One of his videotaped death bed
confessions is staggering in its implications.

The Disclosure Project of Steven Greer, M.D. is an

Unfortunately after Hoover was assassinated by two well-
known CIA men with shellfish toxin in his toothpaste, the
FBI has never been cleaned up. It still serves as a cover up
agency for KM and RICO USG crimes. And the FBI has
now morphed into a new role, that of creating, arming and
entrapping “domestic terrorists” in America using
retarded/and or mentally ill patsies. Their favorite trick
lately is to advertise to new Somali immigrants for a free
round trip ticket for jihad training to become a man.
interesting source of good documentation about the USG’s
handling of real Alien ET, crashed and recovered UFOs.
And another source of information is the very interesting
web site exopolitics.org run by former academic Michael
Salla, Ph.D. who has a record of rational and balanced
presentations of these matters (I like the way he
approaches these controversial issues).
Michael Salla, Ph.D. of exopolitics.org is a respected
researcher with impeccable academic credentials. He is no
lightweight in the field of exopolitics and has done some
very excellent, balanced work.

When the mentally deficient ones respond they are

arrested, charged with terrorism under the Patriot Act, and
manipulated into horrid plea bargains by compromised
attorneys and given exceedingly long prison sentences.
This is all part of the Terror Theater started by former
DHS Director Mr. Janet Napolitano and her infamous
paranoid wet-dream which was rolled out first at Walmart,
“If You See Something Say Something”.

True to J. Edgar’s ways, she allowed a culture of

perversion and sexual abuse of her male DHS managers to
evolve. Some of the male managers had their offices
moved into the men’s lavatory. Lawsuits for sexual abuse
resulted and are likely still being litigated.
40
The average American has no clue of just how much
information has been withheld about crashed, recovered
and back engineered anti-gravity craft (AGCs). Everyone
must examine the facts, testimonies and information
available and then consider their sources for credibility and
support of the facts. Very strong evidence that this Secret
Space War Program exists are the numerous documented
testimonies of well vetted witness with high security
clearances who either worked for the US Military or a
contractor in deep-black, special access or
unacknowledged programs.
Other strong and convincing evidence this Secret Space
War Program exists. Consider the frequent past use of
“national security suppression units” set up around the
Secret Space War Programs using private security
contractors like Whackem’out World Services and the use
of special Men in Black (MIBS). These national security
suppression units are used to suppress reports, seize
evidence and sometime assassinate those from the inside
who have chosen to speak out despite threats against them.
Men like Philip Schneider was one such person murdered
by MIBS. He was a man of great courage who showed
significant evidence at his presentations before he was
murdered that his story was real. You can access some of
his presentations on youtube.com
Some insiders have reported that MIBS have taken over
parts of the Pentagon and the Administration and are
actually soulless alien ET/human hybrids that occasionally
murder those who leak USG and SSG secrets. Come to
your own conclusions about this, but take time to do some
detailed internet and youtube.com searches before you just
reject this out of hand. Are MIBS part of an evil Alien
Agenda to seed Planet earth with a transitory hybrid race
along the way to a new World completely depopulated by
humans and repopulated by soulless, completely hived,
predatory alien creations?
The existence of the Secret Space War
Program has taken America down a
sinister path.
And this path has allowed a certain incredibly evil Alien
ET group to assume control over the USG and manipulate
it into deploying several nasty eugenics and terra-forming
programs, including the most notorious one, one the
atmospheric toxic chemical and biological spraying
program, commonly referred to as “Chem-trails”. The old
boy core of the SSG greatly fears the disclosure of the
public ever finding out crashed, recovered, back
engineered Alien ET anti-gravity craft (AGCs) and the
presence of Alien ETs and treaties with them. They believe
this would quickly erode the absolute power of the SSG
because it requires abject secrecy to operate and keep the
American masses suppressed and neutralized.
Despite this, the Aliens have told the top SSG leaders they
must disclose and if they don’t it will be done for them
after a certain time limit. And the younger MJs and those
new ones who have been “read in” want disclosure as
soon as possible along with zero point aka free energy for
41
the whole world and a quick end to the oil cartel. They
know that most of the oil goes to plastics manufacturing
and more necessary things.
Insider leaks suggest that the unenforced borders of the
southern USA and Europe and the massive immigrations
are part of a sinister NWO plan to Globalize the USA and
Europe in order to breakdown national sovereignty is
being enacted by KM Cutout who are being directed by
Alien ET controllers according to their Alien Agenda.
The so-called Alien Agenda which is incredibly parasitical
and evil requires globalizing the whole Earth and setting
up one central police state government under the Alien top
command by using a Hierarchy of Cutouts. This is
necessary to be able to assert the degree of control
necessary over the masses in order to thin the human herd
by 90% and prevent any serious organized resistance,
rebellion or revolution while doing so. Some top
researchers believe that the top Alien ETs in charge of the
City of London and the Select few who run the Khazarian
mafia (KM) and the SSG are “insect types”, others claim
praying mantis types, while others claim it is large
dragon/lizard type Dracos.
Alien ET groups have their own websites and are required
to use an identifying logo usually based on the head
profile. In fact the official USAF logo is based on the
group that runs it at the top, the same group running the
BCC and has notably consistent Luciferian beliefs and
practices.
Many believe that the Little greys and are the worker bee
androids and large greys are the lieutenants and henchmen.
All are soulless. The Tall White or Nordics seems to be
peaceful and defense oriented only and have secret
working arrangements with a small faction in “four
corners” SW America with one American Defense
Contractor and with a certain faction inside the Russian
Federation.
The emergence of the Secret Shadow Government (SSG)
as well as the Secret Space War Program could have never
occurred without the gradual emergence of a complete
disconnect between the American People and the USG.
And this was all forcefully and unjustifiably imposed on
We The People by the imposition of so-called “National
Security” as a false cloak for every kind of unimaginable
USG and major defense contractor evil.
The USG’s power to create and enforce National Security
was solidified and enhanced by the Pentagon’s war
machine that emerged during WW2 and was solidified by
winning the war. But it also gained major traction by the
notorious Roswell Crash and recovery of an Alien ET anti-
gravity craft with dead alien ETs and at least one surviving
alien ET.
The most difficult part of the Secret
Space War Program narrative that we do
have good evidence for are the
“Exchange Treaties” that have been
entered into independently between
certain Alien ET groups and the leaders
of certain nations of the World.
Under these treaties, certain Alien ET groups are allowed
to abduct humans in exchange for access to Alien ET high
technology including anti-gravity, zero point “free
energy”, advanced psychotronic mind-kontrol systems,
biological warfare to thin the human herd, and advanced
weapon systems.
The treaty the USG made with a certain group referred to
as “Tall Greys” supposedly required the Greys to return
humans after they were abducted with their memories
erased and no negative consequences. But soon several of
Alien ET AGCs that crashed showed they were breaking
this agreement by butchering humans.
One later treaty in particular has allegedly allowed a
certain group of Alien ETs to work in an underground base
with humans doing genetic experiments ranging from
creating alien/human hybrids, to make androids, to blend
electronic devices with human genetics, to clone, to make
human/animal chimeras, and to attempt to synthesize the
human soul.
42
It has been reported and I tend to believe it that some
select defense contractor officials were so hungry for
advanced alien technology that they became “parasitically
infected” (taken over) by the alien mindset and now appear
to be hived to the alien ETs and their master goal. And
what is their master goal?
Apparently if leaked reports are
accurate the Alien Agenda includes
terra-forming the Earth, making it
uninhabitable for humans, thus
prepping it for Alien ET mining
operations and for their colonization.
The Draco guarding over the City of London Financial
District. Is the Draco a “Fallen One” and the secret ruler of
the Khazarian Mafia and its world’s largest Organized
crime Syndicate which includes all private Central Fiat
Banking which lends counterfeit money out for use at
pernicious usury to create worldwide debt-slavery?
This Alien Agenda appears to be an age-old one that has
taken many centuries to roll out and follows a rigid plan of
industrializing the World through war and then
centralizing control through a process of Globalization.
Insiders have claimed that despite all the apparent Alien
ET high technology and power that would allow them to
just take over publicly and do whatever they want, they are
constricted under “Cosmic Rules of Play” by a single
Creator of all which many view as Almighty God.
Therefore as this narrative goes, these
Alien ETs must gain the consent of
humans one at a time.
Allegedly in the past on at least two occasions these
Dracos which are male only descended (Nephilim) and
bred with female humans to create hybrids. they were so
evil that God Almighty destroyed them and forbade them
to ever walk around freely above ground. Allegedly the
Draco leaders believe that if they gain the consent of each
human that is alive they can take over without God’s
destruction. So the less humans left to gain consent with,
the easier it is.
So they do it the most efficient way, they do whatever is
necessary to gain the consent of the World’s leaders, the
leaders of the largest and most powerful nations of the
World.
And then these leaders who have become major Cutouts
(aka the “Select Few”) then use advanced mind-kontrol
technology provided by the Aliens to influence the public
using the Controlled Major Mass Media (CMMM) and to
gain mass consent to the various societal changes that
erode the soul and make it much easier for folks to lose
their very soul.
And it is believed by some insiders that one must lose
their soul before they will ever cooperate with the
major parts of the Evil Alien Agenda which involves
eugenics to thin the human herd by 90% and massive
chem-trail spraying to terra-form the Earth and alter the
climate according to the Draco’s needs.
It is strongly suspected that the Khazarian Mafia (KM)
formed an secret alliance with an evil Alien ET group
known as the Dracos and received the secret knowledge of
Babylonian Talmudism to make money from nothing and
create worldwide debt-slavery through the use of Fiat
counterfeit money and pernicious usury for renting it out
for use to the commoners.
So here is the situation We The People
in America find ourselves in.
Without our continued consent to this
criminal USG that has been hijacked by
a foreign power in 1913, the Alien
Agenda cannot continue. So each of us
must withdraw consent in any
reasonable way we can.
And those on the forefront of denying consent are labeled
as Domestic Terrorists by DHS and placed on Terror
Watch, No Work and No Fly lists and treated as Enemies
of the State.
43
And we already see evidence that consent is now in the
process of being withdrawn. What is that evidence?
It is the massive worldwide wave of nuggets of truth which
are emerging all over the Internet and which the masses
are connecting and coming to their own conclusions about
reality and these view appears to now be quite populist and
directly against the USG’s big lies, false-narratives and
propaganda dispensed by the CMMM. Yes, it is apparent
that the CMMM’s spell of mind control is now being
broken by the Internet, the World’s New Gutenberg Press.
And as the US economy worsens as
more and more US jobs are exported
under all the illegal, unConstitutional
Free-Trade Agreements, coupled with
the mass influx of millions of
immigrants, legal and illegal, Americans
are being squeezed financially as never
before and are waking up by the
millions.
How long do you think the average American middle class
person who is now in the process of losing everything they
ever worked for will sit back and do nothing?
And especially so once they figure out that the RICO
criminals who hijacked the USG make their money by
printing and issuing it, that is by distributing it or renting it
out for pernicious usury in return, while the average
American has to work for it at least five days a week?
When mass dissent reaches a certain
critical mass, a tipping point will be
reached and the ability of the criminal
USG to maintain power will erode like
snow melting on the first hot, sunny
spring day.
Their RICO criminal system will crumble from all sides
like a sand castle collapsing in a hard rain.
Yes the forces arrayed against us are foreboding, but do
not get discouraged or give up hope. We are making
serious progress every day. Never before has the truth
emerged and been diffused to the degree it has the last
year, thanks to the Worldwide Internet. New facts and
important reports and testimonies are now communicated
around the World at the speed of light instead of the speed
of paper.
One of the biggest immediate threats to
the USG’s system of big lies, false-
narratives and propaganda dispensed
by the CMMM right now is the truth
about Sandy Hook that there were no
dead kids.
You can download this banned book for free which
documents how Nobody Died at Sandy Hook. Share this
book with your family and friends and tell everyone that is
interested in hearing the truth. How interesting that Wayne
Carver M.D., the official coroner who spoke and appeared
strangely at the Sandy Hook News Conference when he
stated that he hoped this whole thing didn’t come down on
their heads, referring to the residents of Sandy Hook.
44
An interesting development in the issue of disclosure of
crashed, recovered and back-engineered UFO and
exchange treaties with Alien ETs is the recent large
number or programs on TV such as Hanger One, featuring
MUFON recovered documents and the Ancient Aliens
Series.
The recent production and broadcast of the X-files in a
six episode series has many wondering if the official USG
disclosure that has been predicted by insiders for many
years is now approaching. And the X-files and other TV
shows and movies have been disclosing more and more
ideas illustrating staged false-flag terror operations. Stay
tuned because this is likely to get very interesting soon.
Note: Special thanks and much gratitude to the Directors
of VT who have allowed this type of disclosure article and
all the various Intel Cowboys who are supportive of this
kind of work. You know who you are.
 Apollo Missions Ended Because Extraterrestrials
Prevented US Navy Bases on Moon
Written by Dr. Michael Salla
January 29, 2016
The U.S. Navy planned to put 10,000 people on the Moon
in the early 1970’s as part of a secret lunar bases program
that was to be established through the NASA Apollo
program. According to William Tompkins, a top aerospace
designer who worked for major NASA corporate
contractors during the Apollo era, the covert Navy plan
came to a crushing end during the Apollo 11 mission when
Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin were met by a fleet of
menacing extraterrestrial spacecraft.
Tompkins’ account of what really happened on the Moon
is explained in his recently published autobiography,
Selected By Extraterrestrials. At the time of the Moon
landing, Tompkins worked for TRW, a leading aerospace
corporation that built the first NASA satellite, Pioneer 1.
TRW was responsible for a range of critical components
used in Apollo spacecraft, and its personnel were in the
operations center for Apollo missions. Tompkins was a
45
TRW employee from July 1967 to March 1971, and
describes his role in helping design the Launch Operations
Center at Cape Canaveral, Florida.
Earlier, during the final two years of his 12 year
employment at the Douglas Aviation Company (1950-
1963), Tompkins’ innovative designs for planned Apollo
missions had greatly impressed Dr. Kurt H. Debus. In July
1962, Debus had become the first Director of NASA’s
Launch Operation Center (renamed the Kennedy Space
Center after the JFK Assassination), a position he held
until his retirement in November 1974.
In 1963, Debus appointed Tompkins to a Working Group
for the future Launch Operations Center. The two held
many confidential meetings over the future of the Apollo
program, and discussed its real mission as part of an
ambitious Navy space program called “NOVA” for
secretly establishing military garrisons on the Moon, Mars
and nearby star systems.
The Apollo Moon landings were only the first stage of an
ambitious four stage plan for NOVA. Stage 2 of NOVA
was to put 10,000 people on the Moon. Stage 3 was to
place bases on Mars and other planetary bodies in the
Solar System. Finally, Stage 4 was to place manned Navy
bases in 12 adjoining star systems.
To support his radical claims, Tompkins provided several
documents in his autobiography. The first is a 1963
Douglas Aviation Company study of the launch vehicles to
be used in the covert NOVA program.
The second is an April 15, 1963 Memorandum from the Douglas Aviation Company. It confirms Tompkins’ appointment by
Dr. Debus to the Launch Operations Center and the designs he was working on for NASA.

46
Tompkins describes what he designed for the Apollo
Missions and NOVA:
As Engineering Section Chief, I conceived
dozens of missions and spaceships
designed for exploratory operations to the
planets that orbit our nearest stars. I
designed a station to be built on Mars,
massive NOVA vehicles and equatorial
launching facilities. I also designed multiple
2,000-man military bases for our Moon… I
designed the checkout and launch-test
systems for the Apollo Moon Saturn V, SIV-
1B and reassembly with the command
control Moon vehicle, a near complete
redesign of the major facilities operations
for the entire Launch Control Center.
(Selected by Extraterrestrials, p. xix)
During the Apollo 11 Moon landing in July 1969,
Tompkins says he was in the NASA Launch Operations
Center at Cape Canaveral as part of a large TRW
contingent. He states that television cameras from the
Apollo Lander provided a live feed of what was being
witnessed by Armstrong and Aldrin.
47
Tompkins explains how Armstrong and Aldrin were met
by a fleet of extraterrestrial spaceships that were
ominously close to the Apollo Lunar Lander:
The Landing Module (LEM) actually
impacted the Moon surface in the Sea of
Tranquility Crater, which had tremendous
size vehicles parked around part of its rim.
When astronaut Neil Armstrong made that
First Step for Man on the Moon he looked
up to the edge of the crater and said to
mission control: “There are other ships
here, they are enormous. The public did
not hear that statement or see the massive
alien starships. Armstrong panned his
camera in a 360 degree motional all around
the crater and the CIA then classified the
information as way above top secret. ”
(Selected by Extraterrestrials, p. 418)
Tompkins drew a picture of what he witnessed on the
Apollo live feed camera along with other TRW and NASA
personnel.
How this extraterrestrial action effectively put an end to
the covert Navy plan, thereby endings its support for the
Apollo program, is described by Tompkins:
The Extraterrestrials put up their “NO
TRESPASSING” sign but allowed us to
make several other additional Apollo
landings to pick up a few rocks and play in
the sand. The action of the extraterrestrials
stopped our plans to build our manned
Naval Base on the Moon. (Selected by
Extraterrestrials, p. 428)
What Tompkins claims he saw happen via the NASA live
feed of the Moon landing is consistent with HAM radio
intercepts of the live feed, and the claims of former NASA
employee Otto Bender.
According to Bender, the Apollo 11 astronauts transmitted
that they were being watched by large alien vehicles.
Bender confirmed that HAM radio operators had indeed
intercepted VHF signals transmitted from Apollo 11 to
NASA’s Houston headquarters with the following
message, which NASA screened from the public:
Mission Control: What’s there ? Mission
Control calling Apollo 11.
Apollo 11: These babies are huge, sir …
enormous….Oh, God, you wouldn’t believe
it! I’m telling you there are other space craft
out there… lined up on the far side of the
crater edge… they’re on the moon
watching us.
In an August 27, 2012 blog post, Dr. Stephen Greer
revealed that he spoke with close relatives of both
Armstrong and Aldrin who had been told the truth about
what the astronauts had seen on the moon:
Close friends and very close family members of both Neil
Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin have separately told me that
indeed there were numerous, large UFOs around the crater
where the Lunar Module landed and that these were seen
by both Armstrong and Aldrin. I have also spoken to
military officers that have seen the footage of this event –
but it has never been made public.
Greer’s testimony is significant since it supports
Tompkins’ claim that there was a live video feed recording
what Armstrong and Aldrin were seeing.
.
48
So why did NASA eventually terminate the Apollo
missions if extraterrestrial visitors were there and watching
the Earth? The answer according to Armstrong, as relayed
by an unnamed Professor at a NASA symposium, is as
follows:
Professor: What really happened out there
with Apollo 11?
Armstrong: It was incredible … of course,
we had always known there was a
possibility … the fact is, we were warned
off. There was never any questions then of
a space station or a moon city.
Professor: How do you mean “warned off”?
Armstrong: I can’t go into details, except to
say that their ships were far superior to
ours both in size and technology – Boy,
where they big! … and menacing …. No,
there is no question of a space station.
Professor: But NASA had other missions
after Apollo 11?
Armstrong: Naturally – NASA was
committed at that time, and couldn’t risk a
panic on earth…. But it really was a quick
scoop and back again. (Above Top Secret,
p. 186)
The unnamed Professor was first quoted by Timothy Good
in his ground breaking book, Above Top Secret (1987), and
he corroborates Tompkins’ claim that NASA was warned
off the moon, and that there were plans to build a “moon
city.” The city was in fact planned to be a U.S. Navy base
that was part of the NOVA program.
The extraterrestrial occupants of the large star ships
intimidating the Apollo 11 mission did not want the U.S.
Navy establishing a beachhead for future military bases on
the Moon. By preventing the U.S. Navy in moving forward
with its plan to put 10,000 people on the Moon using a
number of NOVA rocket launchers throughout the 1970’s,
the NOVA program effectively came to a crushing end in
July 1969.
It would take the U.S. Navy more than a decade before it
could complete the construction of its first antigravity
space vehicles as part of its Solar Warden program.
According to Tompkins and other whistleblowers, the first
U.S. Navy space battle groups were deployed in the early
1980’s during the Reagan Administration, thereby
establishing a U.S. Navy presence in deep space for the
first time.
 Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 - Episode 4:
Revelations from the Inner Earth - Summary and Analysis
Corey Goode and David Wilcock
By Justin Deschamps
Friday, January 29, 2016
In September, Corey Goode had a meeting with
a newly formed Inner Earth Alliance council. This
was an unprecedented meeting, as these groups
normally do not associate with each other.
During the gathering, they claimed to be the first
race of humans to evolve on Earth, apparently
tracing their origins to as early as 20 million
years ago. By comparison, modern Earth history
seems like a single drop in an ocean of time.
According to what was shared at the council
meeting, these seven different Inner Earth
groups had once walked the surface in their own
time of evolution, each having descended below
as a result of impending cataclysm.
In what seems like a similar story from each
group, the elites or high priests of their respective
cultures discovered that cataclysms would one
day ravage the surface. Instead of taking the
whole of their civilization with them, they left the
'undesirable ones' on the surface to fend for
themselves. In many cases, after the cataclysm,
the surface population would be reduced to a
cavemen-like society, at which time these Inner
49
Earth groups would reappear as way showers
and guides, often claiming to be gods, despite
the fact they were merely distant cousins to their
now fallen brothers and sisters.
Goode and Gonzales were taken aback by this
testimony from the Inner Earth groups. Yet given
how little we know about the events that
transpired during their time, the council implored
Goode and Gonzales to reserve their judgments.
After the meeting, the seven groups disbanded
back to their places of origin, except for one
priestess and her associate, who approached
Gonzales with a special request. Kaaree, the
priestess, wanted to access a memory that
Goode experienced during his time as an
adolescent in the MILAB Intuitive Empath
program. During that period of his life, he was
taken to a crystal cave, being told that the
objects within it were living beings able to be
contacted via mental techniques. He was told to
connect with them mentally, and although Goode
did not recall anything specific from the interface,
apparently Kaaree and her compatriots were
keenly interested in what Goode was able to pick
up off the crystal.
Goode describes this exchange as one of the
single most transformative moments of his life.
He says that since this encounter, he has felt
very different.
Apparently the crystal cave location had been
lost to Kaaree's group during a series of
skirmishes with a raptor-like race many years
ago. This was a sacred location for them, and in
an effort to broker good relations with this group,
Goode agreed to participate in the exchange.
This is part two of a sub-series covering Goode's
trip to Inner Earth. For part one see the below-
linked article.
 Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 2: A Goode Trip to the Inner Earth -
Summary and Analysis | Corey Goode and
David Wilcock
Goode also produced an extensive written report,
which he references through this sub-series. See
the below-linked article for the full trip report.
Related Ancient Earth Break-Away-
Civilization Subterranean Council Meeting &
SSP Alliance Debrief Part I - "Honeycomb
Earth"
Overview of Corey Goode, the Secret Space
Program Alliance and the Sphere Being Alliance:
Corey Goode is a Secret Space Program (SSP) insider and
whistleblower that began disclosing information in 2009
under the pseudonym GoodETxSG. In 2014, he started
revealing a great deal more information in an effort to
prepare humanity for what he calls 'data dumps', set to
occur at an opportune moment in the future. Much of the
information he provides comes from 'Smart Glass Pads',
iPad like devices supplied to SSP personnel for
information dissemination purposes. This will be a ground
breaking event, revealing the totality of Earth's history and
the activities of the Cabal which will ultimately lead to a
truth and reconciliation style tribunal to hold criminal
elements accountable for wrongdoing. Additionally, the
SSP Alliance intends on releasing all of the hidden
technology to the people in preparation for a 'Star Trek-
type golden age'.
According to Goode, the Cabal or the secret Earth
government and their syndicates (as termed by the SSP
Alliance) have enslaved humanity under a false paradigm
of a technological advancement, while secretly developing
incredible technology (a Star Trek level of advancement)
used to colonize the solar system and beyond, engaging in
trade with thousands of extraterrestrial races.
Space programs have been developed in secret all
throughout Earth's history, and in many cases, groups
broke away from the main culture forming what is called a
Breakaway Civilization. Some of these civilizations have
existed in secret, on Earth and beyond for. thousands of
years. The Agartha Network is one such group that claims
to be the original human race. It was this group in addition
to the Draco Alliance, that made contact with a secret
German space program in the early 20th century.
In modern times, the Germans were the most advanced of
the SSP groups, beginning their efforts in earnest during
the early 1920's and 30's. The Americans were also
developing a SSP, but were much further behind in
technological advances. Later, the American SSPs were
infiltrated and taken over by the Germans after the end of
50
World War II. It was after this forced merger that the SSP,
under the direction of the Interplanetary Corporate
Conglomerate (ICC), expanded into the solar system and
beyond, setting up dozens of bases and mining facilities
chiefly using slave labor.
In the early 1990's, a faction within the SSP known
as Solar Warden slowly began to go against the ICC,
allying with a group of highly evolved extraterrestrials
known as the Sphere Being Alliance in 2012. Since then,
more factions have joined the alliance which is actively
working to free humanity on Earth and beyond, known as
the SSP Alliance. Despite their good intentions, the SSP
Alliance is a group of highly damaged and morally
ambiguous individuals, according to Goode, that recognize
at some level the need to change the status quo, but are
hardly angels.
The Sphere Beings are a group of five extraterrestrial
races, one of which is known as the Blue Avians, that
arrived in the solar system during the late 1980's. Two of
the races remain unrevealed, however, there is also a race
of 'golden triangle head' beings and 'blue orb' beings made
of light. Over the course of 20 years, they began bringing
massive spheres into the solar system and surrounding
area, some which are the size of Jupiter. This is in an effort
to downstep galactic energy waves, which are slowly
changing life as we know it. These spheres are cloaked and
not detectable by the surface population of Earth.
According to the Sphere Beings, a massive shift in
energetic expression is now occurring in the solar system,
as the result of a natural process of consciousness
evolution, assisted by our solar system's movement
through the galaxy and increasingly coherent energy
fields encountered as a result. The Sphere Being Alliance
specifically asked for Goode to represent them in SSP
Alliance meetings as a Sphere Being Alliance delegate.
Presently, the SSP Alliance is negotiating with the
remaining cabal aligned programs, as well as innumerable
races that have lived in the solar system for millions of
years, and even breakaway civilizations once resident on
the Earth's surface. The Sphere Beings have erected an
energy barrier around the solar system preventing ingress
and egress, trapping many of he negatively oriented groups
that have been loosely allied with the secret Earth
government syndicates for thousands of years. Since this
event, the pyramid of power known on Earth as the Cabal
or Illuminati has fallen into disarray, as the Draco Alliance
attempted to 'sell out' their underlings to the Sphere Beings
in an attempt to gain passage out of the solar system and
escape the coming justice of the SSP Alliance.
SSP factions encountered many intriguing things as they
ventured out into the solar system. Apparently there are
remnants of extremely old settlements and technology
from what is called the Ancient Builder race. These beings
were incredibly advanced, using a type of consciousness
technology that appears to be an inanimate object until
activated by a user. They are also responsible for
building ancient stargates found on nearly every major
body in the solar system. According to the Agarthans, the
Sphere beings are in fact the ancient builder race, although
the SSP has yet to confirm this directly from them.
The dark side of the Moon is home to many different
groups, including the ICC, the Draco Alliance, the SSP
Alliance, the Dark Fleet, and more. The Moon is
apparently an artificial object, and has become a neutral
zone for all of these groups, which have maintained a
peaceful armistice for thousands of years. The Moon
serves as an observational outpost for over 60 groups of
extraterrestrial races engaged in 22 genetic programs and
social experiments on Earth. Some of these programs
conflict with each other, yet all of them have influenced
Earth's history for millennia.
Show Description:
When the delegates from the newly-formed inner earth
alliance gather, startling secrets concerning the origin and
fate of humanity are revealed. These astounding
revelations are just the beginning of a thoroughly mind-
blowing experience for Corey Goode. It seems memories
of a past event from his MILAB training hold vital
importance for the spiritual beliefs of his host.
This interview with David Wilcock was originally webcast
January 26, 2016.
Summarized notes will be in black, with my commentary
in [Ariel bolded brackets]. Alterations to the transcript for
ease of reading will be in [brackets], but the original
content of the dialog is always maintained. The images
with black letter boxing were captured from this episode
on Gaia TV.
Transcribed by Hugues. Commentary by Justin
Deschamps.
DW = David Wilcock, CG = Corey Goode.
[Be sure to review part one of this series.
Here is a brief summary of that episode which
51
is essential to follow what is presented
below.]
Human civilization has existed for at least 6,000
years, according to modern archeology. Even in
accepting this point at its face value, the
possibility of other advanced civilizations
developing since the formation of the human
race, some 240,000 years ago, is highly likely.
But according to secret space program insider
Corey Goode, ancient humans claim to have
existed deep within the Earth for far longer than
that, with some of the most ancient groups citing
a time period of 18 million years.
Goode clarifies his relationship to the SSP
Alliance, which is far from friendly. The SSP
Alliance did not want Goode to be the Sphere
Being Alliance delegate, as they already had a
well-suited person for the job, Lt. Col. Gonzales.
There were several heated exchanges between
Goode and persons in the SSP Alliance, and at
one point communication slowed to a trickle.
Goode was contacted by Gonzales in regard to
an unprecedented development for the
geopolitical workings of the Inner Earth.
Apparently, seven previously separate groups
formed an alliance, due to feeling threatened by
their once former allies, the secret Earth
government syndicates or Cabal. Gonzales told
Goode to prepare himself to eventually meet this
subterranean council, and in September 2015,
Goode did descend into Inner Earth.
According to what he was told by the council
there, the Earth and solar system has been
home to many different humanoid races, some of
which have an extrasolar origin, whereas others,
evolved in the solar system itself, and are our
stellar brothers and sisters, so to speak. The
history recounted by this group strongly
resembles other works, namely the Law of One
series. Apparently a super-Earth-sized planet
named Maldek once existed where the asteroid
belt is now, but was destroyed in an ancient
interstellar conflict. The peoples of that sphere
were eventually transferred here, and some of
them became the current surface population.
Apparently some of these Inner Earth groups are
ancient breakaway civilizations from the deep
past. The usual process is for a sect within a
surface population, often the elite or priest
caste develops advanced technology and
anticipates cataclysms that periodically affect the
Earth. In many instances, this elite caste will take
shelter inside the planet, allowing the surface
 population to die off and then later appear to the
survivors as ETs or gods.
These groups were once allied with some of the
secret Earth government syndicates now in
power, but after coming under threat of these
same groups, an alliance was recently formed.
Additionally, the Inner Earth groups have a deep
reverence for what they call 'the Guardians',
which are apparently one of the Sphere Being
races.
Part of their motivation to have Goode present
during this meeting was to discover why the
Sphere beings or Guardians refused to speak
with the Inner Earth groups directly.
Since then, Goode has met with the Inner Earth
groups again, in the Kuiper Belt, wherein they
finally got the chance to meet one of the Sphere
Being races.
[And now here is the latter section of part on
in this sub-series, which leads right into the
beginning of this episode.]
(Excerpt from Season 3 Episode 2)
GOING TO INNER EARTH:
DW – So how, let’s walk it through now, what is the first
thing that happens? Do you get told a couple of days ahead
that you are going to be going on this trip? How much
notice did you get? Just walk through it.
CG – I was just told a timeframe it was going to occur. I
assumed it was going to be the blue sphere picking me up
as usual.
DW – Okay.
CG – I got up and was ready for this to happen.
DW – And you were given a time to wake up? A
window?
CG - The time, he says: “same bat time; same bat
channel.” He’s <shakes head>, it’s usually the same time
so, and it was past time that I would usually see the little
blue sphere come in the room and I was thinking okay,
there’d been times in the past where a meeting was
supposed to occur, nothing happened, and I stayed up, I
got up early for nothing.
DW – So, do you get dressed when you get out of bed?
CG – Yes and usually I just wear something really simple;
I don’t get dressed all up like this.
52
DW – Do you get to bring a backpack or anything with
you?
CG – No, I can’t bring anything with me.
DW – Okay. So you get simple dressed.
CG – Yeah, usually I arrive at the LOC and I get a jump
suit or something else to wear. I was expecting the same
kind of thing. I was given no information.
DW – So now you’re twiddling your thumbs and whistling
Dixie and going: "what the heck’s going on here?"
CG – I go to the living room, and I decide I’m going to go
to the couch, on the internet, twiddle around on the internet
and see what’s been going on, and a bright flash of light,
just a bright flash of light. And I’m still...
DW – Like blinding white?
CG – Just blinding, yeah, flash of white light.
DW – Okay. And did you feel an electrical sensation? Or
any type of prickling or tingling sensation or anything?
CG – Yeah, it was a static. And all of a sudden I could feel
I was in a, just totally different, the pressure changed; I
mean the environment was just totally different.
DW – Like the air pressure?
CG – Yeah. And the environment.
DW – How did it feel it had changed? Was it more
pressure or less pressure?
CG – Less. And I could smell stone and mineral types and
my eyes were kind of blurry and I was looking and I could
see I was in a giant domed, huge domed room made of
granite. And the ceiling, I mean guesstimating a hundred
feet tall. It was huge and there were four doors.
DW – How wide was the room would you say?
CG – Probably a hundred, a hundred and fifty feet, huge.
DW – And so when you say it was a granite room, is it
made out of blocks?
CG – No, it was polished all one piece, polished.
DW – Polished like gleaming mirror polished?
CG – Yeah.
DW – Really?
CG – Yeah.
DW – So that’s a technology we wouldn’t have here
obviously.
CG – Yeah
DW – And what was the color of the granite?
CG – It was, the granite was a dark brown. And there were
four doors at each side with people standing on either side
of the door.
CG – And my eyes were still adjusting when I saw a group
of people coming out of one of the doors and then I
realized that Gonzales was there.
DW – Well when we come back in the next episode we’re
going to get into what actually happens to you once you
get into this area and all of these amazing things that take
place. So that’s coming up next time on Cosmic
Disclosure. Don’t miss this next episode; it’s going to
really rock your world. And as always we thank you for
watching.

(And now Season 3 Episode 4)

MEETING THE SEVEN INNER EARTH GROUPS:

DW - Alright, welcome to "Cosmic Disclosure." I’m your

host, David Wilcock. I’m here with Corey Goode. So,
where we left off was that you see a group of people
comes towards you and apparently one of them is
Gonzales. He's now wearing the same costume, if you
want to call it that, as everybody else’s.

CG – And I was standing there not knowing whether to
call out because they didn’t look at me or acknowledge
me.
DW – And there were guards at each door? How many?
CG – Yes. There were two each standing on each side of
the door.
DW – What did these guys look like? What were they
wearing?
CG – They were wearing white robes with pendants,
different pendants on each...
CG - Yeah.
DW - Okay, so let's start there. What happens next? How
many people came towards you?
CG - Including Gonzales, there were five.
DW - Okay
CG - And about halfway to where I was standing, … four
of the five stopped, one of the five being Gonzales,
continued, walked towards me, greeted me, I started [to
stretch] my hand out to shake his hand. He put his hand up
and told me and he didn’t want to have to go through the
cleansing ceremony again. Basically, he couldn’t touch
me.

DW - <giggling>

CG - Then he told me that I was gonna have to go through

a cleansing ceremony, and we started heading the other
direction. There was a woman and three men that were all
together.

DW – Like amulets on a necklace?

CG – Umm hmm.

DW – Okay.

53
CG - They had hoods up.
In a later report, Goode says that the priestess's name is Kaaree.
CG - And she had white hair, eyes that are just slightly
larger than ours that were blue.
DW - So…
CG - And she was my - I'm just a hair under 6' 1”, and she
was my height. And they were wearing flat-footed sandal
shoes.
DW - Was she disturbing or unpleasant to look at?
CG - No, she was stunning.
DW - Okay, she was a very beautiful woman.
CG - She was attractive, different looking but attractive.
DW - What was different about her?
CG - She had narrow features. I mean, she was just narrow
…
DW - Her face was narrower?
CG - Yes and [she had] the larger eyes. She’s pale, got
white hair. I mean, she obviously looks different.
54
DW - So if you saw somebody like this walking around,
you’d be like, “Whoa, what’s going on with that lady?”
CG - She would get your attention. <Both: Yeah!> She’s
not going to walk among us without being noticed.
DW - Right. And the other people that you saw, what did
they look like?
CG - In her group, they had white hair, blond hair, some of
them had brown hair, and some of them had black hair.
Priestess group showing white haired beings only.
CG - They weren’t all exactly the same with white hair.
She was really tall and not really frail looking but very
thin. I mean, she was just really thin.
DW - Was the narrower face also consistent among them,
or was that more just her particular look?
CG - Most of them [had the narrower face]. But there were
some of them [who were] somewhat a shorter, closer to
our heights and a little bit different body [type], a little bit
more… meat to them. They wore the same symbol.
DW - What was this symbol they were wearing?
CG - Saturn symbol that was gold. There were three
different ones. The people who were obviously hosting
[the meeting] had a stone [with the Saturn symbol on it]
that was kind of a red, [a] rose-ish look at the six o’clock
[position].
Red Saturn symbol group, the hosts of the meeting. Priestess Kaaree
is on the left.
CG - One group, at the three o’clock position, had a black
stone.
Black Saturn symbol group.
CG - And the other group had a stone that was jade…
Jade Saturn symbol group.
CG - All three of these groups were genetically
cousins/related, and worked together [forming] a [larger]
group: some sort of related group beyond all of the other
groups.
DW - So, did you walk through one of these four doors…
to get out of that room?
CG - At that point, the woman and two of the men had
already left, leaving one man standing and…
DW - And nobody spoke to you, other than Gonzales?
CG - No, no, no one spoke…
DW - So that’s this weird, quiet kind of vibe…
CG - There was a lot of that…
DW - Like a meditative monastic silence…
CG - Yeah, this was a temple complex.
DW - Okay.
CG - So this was a very ceremonial kind of thing.
DW - Right.
55
THE FOUNTAIN ROOM:
CG - We go through the door and it looks like the tunnel
ends at a certain point but it actually continues going
down.
DW - So there’s a tunnel after the door?
CG - Right, it’s a carved corridor as if it’s molded or laser-
cut just like the room was.
DW - All-granite polished?
CG - Yeah. There’s light and I'll talk about the source
later. There’s light coming [from] everywhere, no
shadows. It’s perfectly lit. So anyway, I could hear the
sound of water and kind of smell wet stone, minerals, and
that kind of a smell…
DW - Like you’re in a cave?
CG - Right, that’s where we were heading. Down the hall,
there’s apparently… there were a door there. On each side
of the door, there was an eight-pointed star. One was gold,
about the size of a hand stretched like this and slightly
smaller. On the right side of the opening of the door, there
was a red eight-pointed star slightly lower.
Not an exact rendition of the doorway described by CG, but these are
the two symbols mentioned.
CG - As we’re heading in, I immediately - I mean you
could feel it - like a slight breeze…
DW - As you go through this door: was it on the right or
the left?
CG - Left. And the room lit up just like the other rooms. It
looked the same.
DW - So the same size ceiling, very tall ceiling?
CG - It’s not as tall
DW - Okay
CG - But it’s domed. And as it comes close to the area
where it goes flat up into the dome, there was a port [from
where] the water was flowing out of…
DW - Like a hole…
CG - Probably a good three or four feet wide.
DW - Hmm
CG - And there was water pouring out of it. The water was
almost milk-white. There were also stalactites about this
big [about 8”] [that] were building underneath the port
[hole].
DW - Okay
56
CG - And they were off-white. The water was falling on
the back of a statue that [represented] a woman, I guess a
goddess of some sort. [She] was holding something in her
arm, I couldn’t tell what it was and [she] had her hand held
out like this [see above image]. And she was…
DW - Did she have a hairstyle? Did she have her hair done
a certain way?
CG - Her hair was up, kind of stylized but she was
completed encrusted [in] mineral deposits like calcium…
DW - Was it a life-size human effigy?
CG - It was life-size, yes. The water filled a pool
up…really, she was up kind of high. There was a stone
[wall] that came around in a circle, then a kind of a cut in
the circle and the water came flowing out … down to a
larger pool.
CG - The larger pool was about this high [ ~26”] off the
ground. It was large and wide.
DW - So this dais that she was on must have been raised
up pretty high then.
THE CLEANSING CEREMONY:
CG - Yes, at that point … the Inner Earth guide [who] was
with Gonzales and I, but was staying several paces back,
turned and walked outside the room and stayed [there].
Gonzales told me to take off my clothes <half laughing> like that other room. And that’s when I was looking around
and put them over a pillar next to his. thinking to myself about the light.

DW - <laughing>

CG - And that’s when he really told me much more about

their Venus worship, their rule big [on] the cleansing
ceremony.

DW - What is the cleansing ceremony?

CG - Before you enter into certain temples, you have wear

proper clothing and you have to cleanse your body in
certain pools.

DW - So is it similar to the right of baptism or something?

CG - It’s cleansing yourself before going to a holy place.
DW - Okay, [it’s] similar to people saying that you got to
take off your shoes off…
CG - Yeah, <laughing> except …
DW - <Laughing> You have to take everything off!
CG - The woman [who] greeted us, walked in, and carried
the items to me, turned to me and with a very strange
accent in English said, “The light is created by frequency.”
I was kind of shocked [that] she spoke to me. And before I
got the chance to say anything, another woman came
walking in wearing the same symbol that she wears, the
Saturn symbol, and looked at each of us.

CG - <Also laughing> You have to take everything off… I

was already cold… [It was] chilly and a bit breezy in that
room. Not long after, I had taken my clothes off [and
Gonzales] kind of snickered a little bit. The woman who
had somewhat greeted us when we arrived, comes walking
in with one the robes [folded up in her hands], a couple of
towels, and the sandals on it. She came walking into the
room.

DW - <Laughing> While you stayed there…

CG - Yes!
DW - ... just like the day you were born…
CG - And Gonzales sticks one foot behind [himself and]
slides [a] steps back so that she had a clear path [of sight]
to me. That was when… <sighing comically> I was not
pleased. But she walked right up to me. She handed me the
pile of linens and went like this [nodded], and turned and
nodded at Gonzales and turned around and left the room.
But, yeah, Gonzales guided me through the cleaning in the
pool and using one rag for one part of my body, one towel
for the other.
DW - Okay, so you’re now in the robe. Do other people
show up in the room once you got the robe on?
CG - Yes, we exit the room. We are then brought down
the hall, which starts to slope down the hall. And it starts
to curve to the right and going down and down as it curves.
Then it starts to open up. The ceiling starts to open up.
And it comes to a room that is probably around 90 feet tall,
57
CG - For some reason, I just knew that everybody ought to
put our hoods on and walk down a semi-circle [flight] of
stairs that were cut into the rock, just like everything else
[was cut] out of granite. Then we were down to the next
floor and there was another room. Inside that room there
were all of these different groups who we were there to
meet. That was the meeting hall.
MEETING THE SEVEN INNER EARTH GROUPS:
DW - Is this also a very large room with a high ceiling,
with a domed roof?
CG - It was kind of a medium-size room. There weren’t a
whole lot of people in [it]. There was approximately three
people for every group, plus Gonzales and I. There were
seven groups.
 Based on the numbers CG just presented,
that would come to about 23 total people
present, including him and Gonzales.]

DW - Was there something to sit on in this room?

CG - Yes.

DW - What did it look like? What did you sit on?

CG - There were just… not really pews, because there was

no back to it. But [there were] stone benches.
Stylized Swastika group.
DW - Okay, that makes sense.
CG - There was a horseshoe or omega symbol with an
CG - Several would sit [on each bench], and it was not a eight-pointed star in it.
semicircle, but kind of like an oval, not a full oval [shaped]
room, because it flattened [out] where you walked in —
the door where you walked in — it was a flat wall, and
then … the room was kind of an oval and the ceiling [was]
in stone. There were people standing and people sitting on
the pew kind of benches. And up to the front was a
group of people sitting around a stone table. We were
walked up towards the front. When I got up to the front, I
could see on the stone table [that] it had some carvings on
it. I couldn’t make out what they were but I saw the gold
star, the red star, [and the] eight-pointed stars on the
table. Gonzales and I sat down and that’s when I started
seeing all the different groups sitting around the table in
the room with all the different symbols [adorning them]. Omega group.
There was a silver star.
CG - There were three different types of the Saturn
symbol that I’ve described in detail.

Silver Star group.

CG - There was a stylized swastika. Red Saturn symbol group.

58
 groups had their amulets [they] were tapping on their
amulets, and doing like this <gestures hands to show
tapping on an amulet hanging from one's neck>. There
were these little holograms coming off [of the amulets as a
result]. So these were a technology and not just [a] piece of
jewelry or symbols.

Black Saturn symbol group.

Jade, Black and Red amulets. Image Source

DW - And that goes back to what this insider once told me

that the more technology you have, the less technology
you need. Right? The amulet could potentially do
everything they need.

CG - Right. And there were different looking groups. I

briefly described the people already with the Saturn
[symbol] …

DW - Now, a swastika: were these folks Nazis? Were

they…
Jade Saturn symbol group.

CG - And then there was [a symbol] that looks kind of like

an hourglass, or it could be a symbol of Orion; I'm not
really sure.

DW - But it’s like triangles?

CG - Right, it’s like two triangles meeting together.

Stylized Swastika group.

CG - They had nothing to do with anything Nazi. And

there were different looking groups. There was an African-
looking group that had bronze [colored] skin. [They were]
stocky, not real tall but about the same height, six-foot
height.

Hourglass symbol group.

DW - And each of these amulets represented one of the

seven major groups—[the] differentiations of groups down
there?

CG - [Each represented] the symbol of each group that

was present. And when we walked in, each of the different

59
 African-looking group.
CG - There was sort of an Asian-looking group, but their
body type wouldn’t match quite what you’d picture on the
Surface.
Asian-looking group.
CG - And [there were] people [who] looked like they were
from India with a very pale-blue skin color, almost like
[when] you see veins under your skin.
India-looking group.
CG - There was a shorter, Mediterranean-looking group
and then there was a group.
60
Mediterranean-looking group.
CG - And then there was a group – the group that wore the
omega symbol – that looked very much like they could
walk among us on the surface.
Omega symbol group.
DW - So you basically just described some variations of
all the major races that are here on Earth's [surface]?
CG - Right. And they were all coming together to meet
[and] discuss all of the events that were going on that had
pretty much caused them to form this council. There had
been a lot of battles and attacks.. a lot of things going on
underground that were very troubling to them that had
caused casualties among their people. So they’re very
much purists of their cultures and genetics. The omega
group mentioned that they were worshipers of Venus and
they mentioned a couple of times “Prince of Venus,” the
“Morning Star”…
DW - The eight-pointed apparently is a symbol of Venus.
CG - There might be other meanings for it as well: there
was a gold one and a red one. I have not had all of these
symbols deciphered for me. I don’t know what they mean.
THE INNER EARTH COUNCIL MEETING:
DW - Gonzales ends up speaking at some point. You said
that was a pretty big part of it.
CG - Right, they had their conversations and they were
asked to speak English for their guests. That really didn’t
happen much. They started speaking this — what Gonzales
referred to me as pre-Akkadian, pre-ancient Sumerian
language. Then [there was] another language that they
were speaking around each other [and] speaking some
English. It was pretty confusing but we were able to pick
up the gist of what was going on.
[Transcriber, Hugues Prévost’s Note:
Sumerian is considered an isolate; that is, a
language constituting the only attested
representative of its family with no modern
offshoots. In contrast, Akkadian is one of many
examples of languages belonging to the Semitic
families, such as the modern Classic Arabic and
Hebrew. Therefore, Akkadian and Sumerian
should not be confused with each other although
the Akkadians were greatly influenced by the
Sumerians both culturally and linguistically. This
is somewhat similar to the influence of the
Greeks on the Romans.]
CG - They were talking about the surface population
becoming more of a threat to them with [via] advanced
weapons. [They talked about] skirmishes that they’d been
having with other subterranean groups, not human groups.
They were also discussing the return of what they called
the “Guardians.” We’ll get into that more later.
Related Sphere Beings, Guardians and
Ancient Builder Race Connections to Thoth
and the Law of One | Secret Negotiations over
Disclosure of Extraterrestrial Life & Inner
Earth Civilizations
CG - And a couple of other things, bits and pieces that we
were picking up. And when they were done, the guy from
the omega group—the omega symbol with the star—
motioned to Gonzales and asked him to deliver his
message.
CG - And we could feel [that] all of the other groups there
didn’t really seem to like them or feel comfortable with
them. That was the only group that was all men. [In] all of
61
the other groups [there] were either two or one woman in
the group.
DW - You said in the writeup that him throwing to
Gonzales was a breach of the normal protocol.
CG - Right, so Gonzales stood up and…
DW - What was the normal protocol?
CG - Well the host of the area where we were was
supposed to invite [one of us to speak].
DW - So he would ask the host to ask Gonzales but not go
directly [to Gonzales]?
CG - Right, he basically just…
DW - He was just being arrogant!
CG - Right. So Gonzales looked to the proper person, they
nodded, and he got up and delivered his typical short but to
the point message that he appreciated some of them
visiting one of our bases out in the Kuiper Belt at great
personal risk to themselves in the previous weeks.
DW - This is an Alliance Space Program’s base?
CG - Right. And that we had to start working together
more, and really had to stop any type of deception, to be
open and honest with each other. And that in the future,
they wanted them to quit deceiving people on the surface,
telling them they were ETs and other types of beings…
DW - Or gods.
CG - Or gods, which they had done mainly in the past
before we were sophisticated [enough]. It was [a] really
short [address], [then] Gonzales finished and sat
down. And [then,] immediately the energy went up in the
room. They were not really comfortable with what he had
said. They started speaking amongst themselves, passed
ourselves, motioning at us like this, as they were talking.
<makes hand gesture as if speaking about someone else in
the third person who is also in the vicinity> .
DW - So what was their “counterattack?” What did they
say in response?
CG - They stood up and basically told us that they had
been on the Earth for nearly twenty million years. They
[claim they] were the original humans [who] developed on
the planet. Over oceans of time, there had been major and
minor cataclysms that changed the Earth’s tilt, its place in
the solar system, [and] its orbit. The Earth has been
through quite a lot. And through it all, they have lasted.
They formed, basically, in the beginning … It happened
through many cycles. They had moved underground, their
elites and priestess caste left the less sophisticated part of
their civilization on the surface to fend for itself. [They]
then came back after some time and appeared to these
people as gods or elders, and helped kick-start the
civilization again. [They gave] them agriculture [and]
medicine. [They] helped them with language and arts and
all that kind of thing to them kick-start again. This is
something that had happened in cycles over eons and eons
of time.
[This account by the Inner Earth peoples
sounds very similar to the Sumerian creation
myths, wherein the Annunaki brought culture,
science, law, and many more aspects of
modern civilization to the surface population.
And this is not the only story like this, there
are many other myths and legends that also
speak of 'the gods' descending to Earth for
various purposes. For example, the Vedic
epic the Mahabharata is an enormous volume
of work discussing the gods and even wars
between the gods.]
Related The Origins Of Human Beings
According To Ancient Sumerian Texts
DW - In the aftermath of these conflagrations and
cataclysms?
CG - Yeah, this has happened in cycles and cycles before
our accepted history. And they decided to allow the people
to believe they were gods for what they said was
operational security; so the people wouldn’t be a threat to
them. This continued on for eons. And they stated that
there were other planets in our solar system that were
inhabited by similar types of lifeforms — [including]
human-like lifeforms. They were also going through
cataclysms but they were much more aggressive and
warlike. They were destroying their worlds and societies.
And eventually, they caused some major problems and
other races that came into our solar system started to move
them to the Earth as refugees. [DW covers this aspect of the
narrative extensively in his series Wisdom Teachings;
Season 19 in particular.] Once they were moved to the
Earth as refugees, they started [displaying] their
aggressiveness here. They started taking over the surface
of the planet and mixing their genetics [with] each other
and the surface humans — the original humans — to
create a mixed-breed human group, [which] is what they
consider us on the surface [today].
DW - I can see why you think this is going to be
controversial <laughing>.
CG - Yeah, so… And they were… they scolded us and
said they knew that the Secret Space Program had been
involved in some atrocities. They were withholding
judgement on us and they expected us to do the same
because we have very little understanding of our own
existence, let alone theirs.
62
DW - So it’s almost like an Aryan ideology kind of thing,
like they’re the pure bloodline and we’re the dirty mixed
bloodline that has all this aggressive genetics and they
don’t want to get dirtied by [it].
CG - Right.
DW - So it’s certainly not going to go well with Gonzales,
I’m sure.
CG - Oh, it didn’t go well with me either. When all of this
was being said, I was sitting down next to Gonzales and
when they were just about done, he leaned over and he
said, “That went over well, didn’t it?” I was still… just
having all of this going through my head, so I didn’t even
really hear as the meeting was coming to a close. Everyone
started standing up and put their hoods on, so I did the
same. And we’re standing there, everyone is forming a line
and shuffling to go back out the way we came. So
everyone is quiet. We shuffled away, all the way back up,
back through the corridor that goes to the cleansing room.
And I’m wondering if we’re about to go through a more...
DW - <Laughing>
CG - ... Large public cleansing. But everyone is going
passed… I see everyone is going passed the cleansing
room and I’m seeing flashes down off in the big room
[where] I appeared in originally.
DW - Like they’re portaling out or something.
COREY'S MIND MELD WITH THE PRIESTESS
KAAREE:
CG - Right. And I’m still walking and I feel a tap [on] my
left arm. I took a few more steps and I looked back.
Gonzales is standing back like this <make gesture as if he
was standing to one side with his hands down clasped
together> with two of the females from the host clan. I
quickly stepped next to him and I found out that they had a
personal request from the woman [who] had greeted us.

CG - [She was the one] that I’ve mentioned before with
the white hair. [She] had found out about an experience I
had in the MILAB program when I was a youth. That had
something to do with this favor [she was asking of me]. I
said I would hear her out. She said, “Walk with me.” She
started walking. Gonzales and the other lady walked about
five or so paces behind us. I had expected her to start
talking. She was totally quiet. We walked completely
through the giant room where the portaling happened.
[We] walked across into the next tunnel/corridor. There
were doorways all up and down that had a light barrier
across them — white light barrier, in the doorway.
DW - You couldn’t see through it?
CG - No. We went a [certain] way and she touched her
amulet. The light [barrier of a particular doorway] went
down and I could see in the room. It looked like a real
simple lounge or … I don’t think there was a bedroom… It
seemed like a lounge kind of room. She walked in and
said, “Come with me.” I looked at Gonzales and he was
like… You know, he kind of had a look on his face
<gestures a bewildered look>. And I walked in. She closed
the barrier and I was feeling very anxious. I’m kind of an
introvert anyway so being in the room with a lady I don’t
know… I just didn’t know what to expect. Then she
interfaced with me mentally. [She] told me to relax.
DW - Now the other people, [during the meeting], were
speaking with their mouths most of the time?
CG - Right. There was interfacing going on one-to-one,
but when they were communicating [with] more than one
[at once]… But to bring a long story short, she told me that
she knew of a place I had been brought in my adolescence,
a crystal cave. It was a cave [where] we were brought into.
[There were] beautiful crystals that we were told to
connect to mentally [and] not to touch because we could
damage them [or] they could damage us. The crystals were
[said to be] living beings…
DW - You said they glowed?
CG - Well, not until you tried to interface with them. I was
able to successfully interface. There were other kids [who]
were in the chamber — the cave — and they had an aura
63
around them: pink, purple auras. They had different auras.
I sent her a quick mental picture of it. She just beamed
with happiness and tears welled up in her eyes.
DW - Why would you be able to access something that she
and her people couldn’t access on their own?
CG - She explained to me that there was a group that had
hundreds of years ago taken over that area. And it was …
the word in their language, I can’t remember right now, it
means feathered serpent. But she sent me a mental picture:
it was an image of this raptor group.
CG - I got a better image. I got to see how they move
instead of just … [the still image, which] I had seen on the
[smart] glass pad.
DW - This very creepy reptilian bird-like species that you
described that will eat human beings <CG: Right> … Very
nasty.
CG - Yeah, they had the control of the area. Without
getting into too many details, they require a flesh sacrifice
from their allies on the surface for access to certain areas
below.
DW - Which I’m sure the Cabal has no trouble providing
them…
CG - Right… So she said, “Would you be willing to share
that full experience with me?” I didn’t know what that
meant. I asked her. She told me about the process: we
would hold hands [while] she would open my mind to her.
I let her know that I was not comfortable with that for a
number of reasons [including] security [and] personal
sovereignty … She started giving me the hard sell: it was
important. She was saying that basically [myself and
Gonzales] don’t really have that much more to offer them.
It was really important to her people… I was kind of
pacing around, thinking about how…
DW - What did they think was going to be in the crystals?
What was so important to them about the crystals?
CG - I don’t know at that point. I asked her if I could
speak to Gonzales. I’m abbreviating this. It’s all in the
report. She quickly went to the door, released the field, and
left. He came in. He was like, “What’s going on in here?” I
told him what was going on. He said that he understood
my concerns that unless there was Sphere Being Alliance
[intel] or information that happened between Raw-Teir-Eir
and I that I didn’t want her to know about, there was
nothing to worry about because the SSP Alliance Council
hadn’t shared anything with me [of a sensitive nature
anyway]. They basically hadn’t trusted me with a lot of
different information that was actionable [or] data to be
worried about. He said that I didn’t work for him. He
couldn’t order me to do it but it might be a bi-directional
exchange of information.
DW - So since you were already on a skid with them
before and you had this aggressiveness and yelling [that
had happened at one point], you were worried that if you
just arbitrarily took her offer, that potentially intel could be
extracted out of you that could get you in even more
trouble or get you booted out of the alliance, or something?
DW - I wouldn’t drink it <laughing>.
CG - She took [the goblet] and took several drinks of it.
Immediately she changed… I don’t know if it was
inebriation but immediately she was just different,
changed, relaxed.
DW - Wow.
CG - She [put] the drink down. She had me sit down in a
chair that looked like you have an egg and you cut this
way. She had me sit down and it was barely off the floor
hovering.
DW - Hmm, it hovered?
CG - Yeah, it was not on the floor. And with two fingers
she guided another chair right in front of me.

CG - Or they wouldn’t give me data in the future. They

would cut me off from intel, which it sounds like that they
already had done quite a bit <laughing>. Or I was
concerned about personal sovereignty… I didn’t know
what could happen.

DW - Exactly.

CG - So....

DW - He gives you the go-ahead basically.

CG - Yeah, yeah. I said, “Alright, go ahead.” I told her she

can get back in. And she came in and looked right at me in CG - She sat down right across from me.
the eyes just like… <stairs long and hard at DW>
DW - Closer than we are now?
DW - Like she was on the edge of her seat?
CG - Oh yeah. Yeah, we got real close. [She] asked for my
CG - Yeah, and I told her that I would do it. And she was hands. I gave her my hands. She turned my hand up like
just started buzzing around. She went over to a wall. There this and put her hands like this, [except clasped together].
was nothing there but a wall. She turns around and she has
a crystal goblet in her hand. There wasn’t anything there
[for her to pull it out from] but she had a crystal goblet in
her hand with this amber liquid…

DW - <laughing> Uh-oh!

CG - Yeah. And she walks over to me and offers it to me.

I looked at it. I asked her what it is and she said it was the
elixir of Isis. She explained that it was basically wine
that’s made out of this rare flower that grows beneath the
ground. I told her…

DW - So you could be tripped brain if you drink this

thing… DW - So this kind of deal <mimicking>.
CG - I didn’t know. I told her I wasn’t comfortable CG - Yeah, like this…
drinking it. [I asked her,] “Is it a necessary step?” And she
said, “No, it’s customary…” basically. DW - On top of her knees?
64
 CG - On top of both of our knees like this. And we were
both leaning like this. Her hands were bony and her skin
was very warm.
CG - The body temperature [was] different. And she
looked at me in the eyes and said, “I need you to relax.”
And I needed to open my mind up. I started to use some of
my techniques to lower my consciousness a little bit, get
relaxed, and there’s no way to describe what happened
next. I felt like my light-body or astral body was being
pulled towards hers and they were kind of [blending]
together. I started having… She was obviously very more
advanced <half-laughing> than I was mentally. She was
honing in on time periods of my life [and] I was getting all
these random flashes of what I perceived to be a hundred
and thirty years of time of her life. I got flashes of her as a
child, in priestess training, meeting different people on the
surface, meeting with secret society groups, meeting with
different military [people] and groups with different
political systems from Europe and United States…
DW - Presenting herself as an extraterrestrial?
CG - Presenting herself as an extraterrestrial with other
people with her from her group…
DW - Wow.
CG - And I could see the clothes they were wearing [in
this stream of flashing images]. It was all these different
time periods that she’d been meeting with them.
DW - So is this is sort of like the life flashes before your
eyes but it was her life?
CG - Yeah, it was really random. I couldn’t hold on to
them. When she locked on to the memory of mine in the
cave, I got a memory of her at the same age. It was a
memory of her losing someone in some sort of skirmish or
attack [by] some insectoid type attack. I was pulled back
into the experience in the crystal cave and it was very
vivid. We relived it [together. Then after it was over, we
both sat back and I was just shaking, quivering, and my
brain was [releasing] all [these] pleasurable endorphins,
65
nothing in any type of sexual or weird way at all. But it
was just very overwhelming. Since then, I’ve been very
different. I’ve been up in my head a lot, thinking about a
lot of stuff. It affected me in that I’ve been a lot more
intuitive about things. It’s been very weird. And we
composed ourselves.
DW - She got a similar reaction [as] you?
CG - Oh yeah. She was doing the same things. We had
tears that were just coming down our eyes.
DW - Both of you?
CG - Yeah. This was extremely emotional. It’s unlike any
type of connection I’ve ever had with another person.
DW - Is this something that any of her people could do or
was it something that she specifically trained for as the
priestess?
CG - I think that’s something that all of their people can
do. When we were done, she said that there would be some
people that are not going to approve of her doing this with
a mixed surface person but there are going to be a lot of
other people [who] are going to be extremely happy with
the information that she was able to pull from the crystals
that I interfaced with. I have no conscious … I don’t know
what information that was pulled.
DW - You’ve told me that they blank-slated you, they
wiped your memory after you got the crystal data. Right?
CG - Right but…
DW - But she somehow could get it?
CG - Right. But you know, memory exists on your
physical hard-drive but also on your light-body in that
virtual hard-drive as well.
DW - So this is sort of like the Vulcan mind-meld
<laughing>…
CG - A that's what I referred to it when I talked to her. I
said, “I will go through with your Vulcan mind meld”,
kind of as a joke. And after this, we kind of got our
composure together and we went back out to the
hallway where Gonzales and his hostess were waiting. And
she was very pleased and at that point she was basically
offering if we had the time, she’d like to give us a tour.
Gonzales had been wanting a tour of the other place that
he’d been on so he just snapped and accepted the offer.
I’m sure we can go into the very interesting tour I had…
DW - Alright, so we got a lot more coming up in the next
episode as we continue this fascinating story here on
Cosmic Disclosure. I’m your host, David Wilcock and we
thank you for watching!
 Pravda: Aliens Forced Americans Out From The Moon
By GPD Translated by Maria Gousseva - Pravda.ru 03.10.2007
January 30, 2016
One of Russia’s central television channels, RTR, has
recently aired a documentary about US astronauts
who allegedly came across extraterrestrial civilizations.
The film showed Russian ufologist Vladimir Azhazha and
astronomer Yevgeny Arsyukhin telling that expeditions to
the Moon launched within 1969-1972 allegedly came
across UFOs.
The researchers state that flying objects of extraterrestrial
origin were persistently spying on American Apollos.
They said the expeditions to the Moon looked very much
like a race and presented a film demonstrating a luminous
object closely following an American spaceship. Records
of communication between astronauts and the Mission
Control Center were also included into the film but they
were absolutely inaudible as they had been purposefully
jammed by Americans. They expected that the expeditions
would find something astonishing on the Moon and with
the view of keeping their communication with the surface
secret they encoded their messages to the MCC. When the
records of communication were later deciphered it turned
out that the US missions came across lunar bases, remains
of space vehicles and deserted towns on the Moon.
The film stated that lunar creatures would not tolerate the
presence of Earth dwellers for long. When Americans
brought a dummy car to furrow Moon craters, the creatures
living on the satellite began to demonstrate their furious
protest against the US presence on the Moon. Filmmakers
said that green dwellers of the Moon told Americans to go
home as they wanted to keep secret the sublunar bases that
they used to observe the life on the Earth. It was alleged
that NASA was afraid of conflicting with a highly
developed civilization and immediately stopped the
program. Does the film sound believable?
In a couple of days, Americans demonstrated their
documentary about the Apollo expeditions, In the Shadow
of the Moon, with records of the flights to the Moon that
were specially processed after the video archives of the
Moon program had disappeared. Is it true that the archives
were lost? It seems that the CIA wanted to wipe out tracks
of a contact between US astronauts and extraterrestrials.
It is an open secret by the way that films demonstrating the
landing of American astronauts on the Moon and Neil
Armstrong’s walk about the lunar surface were lost. What
is more, records telling about astronauts’ health during the
66
flights to the Moon, information about spaceships and
other 700 messages sent from the board of spaceships
launched in the framework of the Apollo program are also
missing. Before the late 1970s the films had been kept at
the US National Archives then were moved to NASA and
later disappeared at all. It took NASA officials a year to
conduct searches of the films but they managed to find just
not more than ten films. Will anyone believe that evidence
of US’s biggest triumph may so easily disappear from the
NASA archives?
An expertise of the Moon pictures demonstrated in the
Russian documentary revealed that they were no ordinary
photos but simply some daub. Deputy director of the
Comparative Planetology Laboratory Doctor of geological
sciences Alexander Bazilevsky says that experts are from
time to time requested to conduct an expertise of this type
of photos. The Lunar Orbiter stations shot the Moon
surface, then developed films right on board the spaceships
and telecast them to the surface. As a result of this film
development any unexpected things or elements could
appear on pictures, and it explains why one of the pictures
showed in the documentary had the word ‘spire’. In a
word, none of the pictures demonstrated in the
documentary can be the evidence of aliens’ existence on
the Moon.
This is strange that films with really important evidence
can disappear from NASA. Several years ago, over 100 g
of lunar soil and meteorites were stolen from the collection
of the Johnson Space Center. And that was not the only
incident of the kind there. A former NASA official
explained that the unique films had been probably lost
after they were several times moved from one place to
another within the past forty years.
The NASA official who requested anonymity also told a
really interesting story. When President Bush announced
recommencement of the lunar program the National
Aeronautics and Space Administration asked aged
researchers who had taken part in the Apollo expeditions
earlier to meet experts who were going to start a new
mission. One of the aged researchers who came to the
meeting had designed a device to measure lunar radiation.
The device could measure radiation before humans landed
the planet and could transmit information even when the
Apollos were back to the surface. In the framework of the
program heaps of records were collected. But when the
program was no longer financed and stopped the bobbins
with ciphered films were discarded. But the old engineer
took the films and placed them to his basement where they
are still being kept. Unfortunately there is no opportunity
to decipher the films as a special device able to decode
such records was also utilized when the program ended.
The NASA official admits that the flights to the Moon
were rather a political mission as the USA wanted to gain
revenge after the Soviet spaceman Gagarin was the first to
enter the space. And the USA spent $150 billion to start
the lunar program to demonstrate the power of the
American science and engineering. It was a very expensive
project that was easily abandoned as soon as financing was
stopped.
The American Internet service Google is ready to pay $20
million to a private company that succeeds in landing a
buggy on the Moon for transmitting photo and video
information of one gigabyte in size right to the Earth
surface. The sum is to be paid in case a buggy lands the
Moon before 2012, and a company may get just $15
million if it launches such a buggy within the two next
years after 2012.
At that, Google conditions that such a buggy must walk at
least 40 centimeters along the Moon surface, transmit a
series of pictures from the Moon including ‘a self-portrait’
against the lunar background, a panoramic picture of the
planet and on-line video.
As it turned out, meteorites hit the lunar surface oftener
than is usually believed which is really dangerous for
.
67
automatic stations and manned spaceships. The Moon has
no atmospheric protection, and even a small meteor can
cause a tragedy if it hits a spaceship or a manned space
station.
Today, the Russian project of the Moon expedition is even
less developed than it was under the direction of Korolev.
The documentary In the Shadow of the Moon includes an
interview given by five of the eight extant men who had
ever entered space. They are now aged over seventy. None
of them has ever officially stated that he saw something
supernatural in space. At that, they are unanimous that the
lunar race was part of the cold war when pure science was
of second importance.
Neil Armstrong, the first man to land the Moon, is now
living an anchorite life in Ohio where he teaches
astronautics at the university.
NASA is going to conduct another mission to the Moon
with a spaceship Orion resembling Apollo and stuffed with
steroids. It is planned that four astronauts will fly round the
Moon in 2018. If the project goes OK a landing module is
to land the lunar surface in 2020.
Russia’s ambitions as concerning Moon exploration are
rather modest. A Russian astronaut may land the planet
only as a member of a Chinese-Russian expedition.
Chinese researchers are working on this project and invite
Russia to participate in it as well.
 Cosmic Disclosure:
Inner Earth: The Grand Tour
With Corey Goode And David Wilcock | Short Summary
By Justin Deschamps
Tuesday, February 2, 2016
I will still be producing a summary and
analysis of this episode, which will come
out in a few days. Several volunteers were
kind enough to help with transcription, but
this adds more time to the whole process,
and I appreciate everyone's patience in this
regard.
In lieu of that post, here is a short summary
of Cosmic Disclosure produced by Shem
over at Discerning The Mystery.
- Justin
Source - Discerning The Mysery
This week's episode of Cosmic Disclosure began where
last week's episode left off.
Corey Goode described the tour of the Inner Earth
habitation that he and Gonzalez received after the
conference, and after Corey's "mind meld" experience. The
descriptions of the environment he gave from this tour
were quite impressive—towering ceilings, elaborate
architecture and stonework, enclosed, subterranean caverns
the size of entire states, along with the highly advanced
technology the priestess and tour guides used for most
68
tasks. The scene was painted quite well, yet I found myself
still wanting to know more (as well as to see this scene for
myself).
Some of the other environments that were included in this
depiction were expanses so large that you could barely see
the ceiling. Corey mention that in one expanse, the pillars
were so big, that they could easily dwarfed any city
skyscraper, and told about how these pillars served as
massive living spaces for many of the inhabitants. One of
these expanses, as he put it, was filled with flying craft.
These craft ranged from the stereotypical saucer design, to
cigar-shaped craft, and even egg-shaped craft as well. One
of the most interesting details to hear was that these craft
were flying through the walls of this enormous expanse as
though there were no walls at all.
The description went on about the immense agricultural
system which these people successfully sustained for ages
of time. One might imagine growing food underground
might be difficult, but these inhabitants seemed to have no
issue with it. The soil, as Corey described, was made from
ground up crystal fragments, and the irrigation and
fertilization were self-recycling. These people
accomplished this by filtering the water through a compost
filtration system where vital minerals and nutrients were
infused into the water, and that water was pumped out to
the crops. The operation seemed extremely efficient
(which would be expected in a completely enclosed
system.
There was one scene in Corey's depiction where his tour
guide took him to see an open area that sounded like
something similar to a marketplace, or a busy walkway.
His description of the people gave me the feeling that they
were well-adapted to the subterranean environment. After
all, these people had lived in this environment for several
million years, as Corey put it, so the adaptation to this way
of life seems quite understandable.
interesting). It was the point when Corey described this
terraformed, subterranean environment. He talked about an
artificial sun technology which was a ball of plasma
suspended above a large, "weathered" obelisk. It turned out
that just by chance, this scene was the exact idea for the
cover art that David Wilcock pictured for a new book that
is soon to be published. David was taken back by this
apparent synchronization, but along with it, he had been
having some type of psychic contact with someone much
like the priestess that Corey described. I find it very
intriguing that even though only one of these men had
been to Inner Earth, somehow both were consciously
aware of its existence at some level.

It was interesting to hear about how these Inner Earth

dwellers had preserved some wildlife that we, on the
surface, would consider ancient. There was one point in
which Corey talked about an immense wildlife preserve .
I enjoy hearing about these types of occurrences, as they
In this place, there were trees that would dwarf any tree we
begin to thin the veil of the illusion of separation, and
see here on the surface (though, to be fair, Corey was not
allow us to see the fact that in many cases, the people in
familiar with the size of the larger, red wood trees here on
our lives share in our higher purpose. Though I don't have
the surface, and didn't want to give an inaccurate
any certainty about my own personal experiences of the
comparison). He went on to talk about the sounds that he
"supernatural" kind, I can say that it is a joy to watch the
heard, as there were not many animals visible at the time.
pieces come together. I imagine that Corey and David are
At one point he described a gut-shaking, roar-like sound
enjoying uncovering their own personal mysteries as well.
which I imagine sounded similar to an African lion.

There was one point in this episode which I found more

interesting than the rest (though the rest was very much
.

69
 Ancient Inner Earth Civilization May Be
The Anunnaki Of Sumerian Texts
Written By Dr. Michael Salla
February 3, 2016

Detailing a private encounter he had after the meeting with

Secret Space Program whistleblower Corey Goode made
an astonishing revelation in yesterday’s episode of Cosmic
Disclosure in which he described his extensive tour of a
massive underground cavern system belonging to an Inner
Earth Civilization dating back millions of years. These
people of the Inner Earth had helped the Ancient
Sumerians rebuild civilization after a minor cataclysm on
the surface. In whole or in part, the representatives of the
Inner Earth were suggesting they were the Anunnaki, who
Zecharia Sitchin described in his famed Earth Chronicles
series of books.
This and the previous episode of Cosmic Disclosure have
focused on a Goode’s meeting with select members of up
to seven ancient Earth civilizations, and his subsequent
tour of underground facilities, which took place in
September 2015. Goode had earlier released a written
report of this meeting on September 23.
Last week, in the January 26 episode, Goode described key
points in this meeting with the representatives, whose
civilizations ranged in age from the youngest dating from
approximately four ice ages ago, to the oldest enduring a
staggering 17-18 million years.
a priestess from the hosting civilization, Goode told of
accepting her request to link their minds together, because
she wanted to experience a visit he had to a crystal cave
while a child participant in the MILAB program that
indoctrinated him.
After the “mind meld”, the Priestess, “Kaaree” (Car-ee),
offered to give Goode and his companion, Lt. Col.
Gonzales (a pseudonym), a tour of three large caverns
belonging to the oldest of the inner Earth civilizations.
The first cavern Goode and Gonzalez visited was massive
in size, encompassing an area similar in size to the U.S.
state of Texas, and it contained a futuristic looking city.
Here huge buildings loomed along with, light domes, and
people were walking about, with flying saucers and cigar
shaped vehicles flying overhead. Remarkably, their craft
could easily fly through the cavern walls. Goode’s
narration was accompanied by a number of illustrations in
this latest Cosmic Disclosure episode.

Goode further described their various racial characteristics

and pendant amulets (a form of technology), with specific
symbols uniquely meaningful to each of the civilizations.
In appearance, they seemed to represent all the major
racial groups present on the Earth’s surface. The oldest of
the civilizations wore a Saturn-like amulet, while the
youngest used an Omega symbol.
Flying craft in Inner Earth cavern. Source: Cosmic
Disclosure – February 2, 2016

70
Next, Goode and Gonzalez were then taken to a large
garden-like agricultural area where they viewed crops
being grown. The crops could feed an approximate
population of millions, according to Goode’s estimate.
Finally, they were taken to a large wildlife sanctuary with
birds and other animals. There sky here was pale blue and
a large obelisk stood in the center, which had a large
energy source above it. This appeared to eminate the
famed Vril force that Edward Bulwer Lyton wrote about in
his 1871 novel, Vril, The Power of the Coming Race.
Goode was told that this particular cavern had been terra-
formed.
Plasma Sun above Obelisk. Source: Cosmic Disclosure – February 2,
2016
Towards the end of this tour, led by the priestess Kaaree,
she told Goode how her people had helped the ancient
Sumerians after a minor cataclysm on the Earth’s surface.
Kaaree revealed that the Sumerians had been taught
agriculture and writing by the Inner Earth Civilization
whose spoken language was a form of
Akkadian/Sumerian.
This stands out as a paradigm shifting revelation from
Goode given the literature produced by authors such as
Zecharia Sitchin. After translating Sumerian cuneiform
texts, Sitchin’s interpretation convinced him that the
Sumerians were helped in starting their remarkable
civilization in 3800 BC by the Anunnaki, highly advanced
beings who came from a planet called Nibiru, orbiting in
the far reaches of our solar system.
The History Channel’s Ancient Aliens series has widely
popularized this view that alien visitors had helped the
Sumerians build their civilization. When Goode explained
this contradiction to our own historical understanding,
Kaaree told him that he would need to visit their ancient
library to get the answers he sought.
Goode will cover the library visit in the next episode of
Cosmic Disclosure, and soon release the long awaited
.
71
second installment on his written report of the inner Earth
encounter first released on September 23, 2015.
For the moment, it is clear that one of the representatives
from the Inner Earth civilization was plainly stating that
they had brought civilization to the Sumerians. In addition,
Kaaree was suggesting that her people had deceived the
Sumerians into believing that they were gods from a
planet, real or not, called Nibiru, which had a long period
orbit around our sun– 3,600 years according to Sitchin’s
translations.
The February 2 episode of Cosmic Disclosure, and next
week’s, are likely to be very controversial due to the
widely promoted belief that the Anunnaki were ancient
aliens who visited the Earth, according to Sitchin’s
respected translations. It will be fascinating to learn the
perspective of the oldest of the inner Earth Civilizations
about the true history of our planet, and what happened in
particular with the ancient Sumerians.
At this point, many readers may ask, can Goode’s account
be possibly true?
According to my own research and investigation, which I
detailed in the book, Insiders Reveal Secret Space
Programs and Extraterrestrial Alliances, there is much
evidence and documentation to support Goode’s
testimony. More recently, another whistleblower has
emerged, William Tompkins, who has provided
documents in his autobiography, Selected By
Extraterrestrials, that corroborate major elements of
Goode’s claims.
Tompkins testimony is especially relevant when it comes
to the Germany’s pioneering role in the development of
Secret Space Programs, and how they were helped by an
alleged extraterrestrial race from Aldebaran that used the
Sumerian language. If Goode’s claims are accurate, then
the alleged extraterrestrial race may in fact have been an
inner Earth civilization masquerading as aliens.
Just as the Sumerians were possibly deceived into
believing that the Annunaki were extraterrestrials from
Nibiru, so too the Germans may have been deceived into
believing that Nordic looking aliens from Alderbaran had
made psychic contact. In reality, both the Sumerians and
Germans had more likely made contact with one or more
of the multiple Inner Earth civilizations that Goode
recently encountered in September 2015. In conclusion,
Sitchin’s Anunnaki may have a very terrestrial explanation
after all!
 Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 - Episode 5:
Inner Earth: The Grand Tour - Summary And Analysis
Corey Goode And David Wilcock
By Justin Deschamps
Thursday, February 4, 2016
In the next installment of the Inner Earth
sub-series, Corey Goode describes what
happened after the Inner Earth Alliance
Council meeting.
Following an incredibly personal mind
meld, Goode and Gonzales head towards a
vast cave system, apparently the size of a
state like Texas. They were joined by two
companions, one of which had intimate
contact with Goode moments before.
In what could easily be described as a
fantastic science fiction scene, Goode and
Gonzales move through a series of service
corridors that lead to an enormous cave
system, complete with settlements, flying
saucer spacecraft, artificial lighting domes,
and much more. Some of the spacecraft
seen were apparently flying in and out of
the cavern walls, using some type of phase
technology.
72
After taking stock of this scene, the party
moved onward to an agricultural area,
where huge tracks of gardens were
growing food using a vast self-sustained
hydroponic system. The priestess close to
Corey picked up some of the growing
medium showing him what appeared to be
an assembly of crystals. She said that the
crystals and natural minerals in the water
produces a high-frequency food.
Moving on from there, the group made their
way to another vast cavern area that
contained what appeared to be a nature
preserve. It was an artificially maintained
environment, with a blue sky, trees,
vegetation and fauna that at one time lived
on the surface. Goode was only able to see
birds but heard many other creatures,
some that sounded like elephants or big
cats.
In what could have been the center of this
preserve cavern, was a very tall weathered
obelisk. Above the obelisk was an artificial
light source that mimicked the sun.
Gonzales and his companion were
scheduled to leave the underground
complex, but Gonzales advised Goode to
continue on and remember as much as he
could.
The next stop on the grand tour was the
library, but that story will have to wait for
the next episode.
Several topics of interest were raised in this
episode, related to the Inner Earth groups
policy in dealing with the surface
population, which I offered some
commentary on.
 In one of the more staggering disclosures
during this tour, the hostess, Kaaree, said
that the Sumerian culture was apparently
assisted by the Inner Earth peoples, who
could have been the god-like figures
described as the Anunnaki. And that there
were many more instances of her
people appearing to surface populations.
Quite possibly, mythic descriptions of the
gods appearing to offer aide were actually
these Inner Earth groups.
Related Ancient Inner Earth Civilization
May Be the Anunnaki of Sumerian Texts
This is part three of a sub-series covering
Goode's trip to Inner Earth. For part one
and two, see the below-linked articles.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 2: A Goode Trip to the Inner
Earth - Summary and Analysis | Corey
Goode and David Wilcock
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 4: Revelations from the Inner
Earth - Summary and Analysis | Corey
Goode and David Wilcock
If you have not already reviewed these first
to sections I strongly suggest doing so in
order to comprehend what is covered here
in part three.
Goode also produced an extensive written
report, which he references through this
sub-series. See the below-linked article for
the full trip report.
Related Ancient Earth Break-Away-
Civilization Subterranean Council
Meeting & SSP Alliance Debrief Part I -
"Honeycomb Earth"
Overview of Corey Goode, the Secret Space
Program Alliance and the Sphere Being Alliance:
Corey Goode is a Secret Space Program (SSP) insider and
whistleblower that began disclosing information in 2009
under the pseudonym GoodETxSG. In 2014, he started
revealing a great deal more information in an effort to
prepare humanity for what he calls 'data dumps', set to
occur at an opportune moment in the future. Much of the
information he provides comes from 'Smart Glass Pads',
iPad like devices supplied to SSP personnel for
information dissemination purposes. This will be a ground
breaking event, revealing the totality of Earth's history and
the activities of the Cabal which will ultimately lead to a
truth and reconciliation style tribunal to hold criminal
73
elements accountable for wrongdoing. Additionally, the
SSP Alliance intends on releasing all of the hidden
technology to the people in preparation for a 'Star Trek-
type golden age'.
According to Goode, the Cabal or the secret Earth
government and their syndicates (as termed by the SSP
Alliance) have enslaved humanity under a false paradigm
of a technological advancement, while secretly developing
incredible technology (a Star Trek level of advancement)
used to colonize the solar system and beyond, engaging in
trade with thousands of extraterrestrial races.
Space programs have been developed in secret all
throughout Earth's history, and in many cases, groups
broke away from the main culture forming what is called a
Breakaway Civilization. Some of these civilizations have
existed in secret, on Earth and beyond for. thousands of
years. The Agartha Network is one such group that claims
to be the original human race. It was this group in addition
to the Draco Alliance, that made contact with a secret
German space program in the early 20th century.
In modern times, the Germans were the most advanced of
the SSP groups, beginning their efforts in earnest during
the early 1920's and 30's. The Americans were also
developing a SSP, but were much further behind in
technological advances. Later, the American SSPs were
infiltrated and taken over by the Germans after the end of
World War II. It was after this forced merger that the SSP,
under the direction of the Interplanetary Corporate
Conglomerate (ICC), expanded into the solar system and
beyond, setting up dozens of bases and mining facilities
chiefly using slave labor.
In the early 1990's, a faction within the SSP known
as Solar Warden slowly began to go against the ICC,
allying with a group of highly evolved extraterrestrials
known as the Sphere Being Alliance in 2012. Since then,
more factions have joined the alliance which is actively
working to free humanity on Earth and beyond, known as
the SSP Alliance. Despite their good intentions, the SSP
Alliance is a group of highly damaged and morally
ambiguous individuals, according to Goode, that recognize
at some level the need to change the status quo, but are
hardly angels.
The Sphere Beings are a group of five extraterrestrial
races, one of which is known as the Blue Avians, that
arrived in the solar system during the late 1980's. Two of
the races remain unrevealed, however, there is also a race
of 'golden triangle head' beings and 'blue orb' beings made
of light. Over the course of 20 years, they began bringing
massive spheres into the solar system and surrounding
area, some which are the size of Jupiter. This is in an effort
to downstep galactic energy waves, which are slowly
changing life as we know it. These spheres are cloaked and
not detectable by the surface population of Earth.
According to the Sphere Beings, a massive shift in This interview with David Wilcock was originally webcast
energetic expression is now occurring in the solar system, February 2, 2016.
as the result of a natural process of consciousness
evolution, assisted by our solar system's movement
through the galaxy and increasingly coherent energy
fields encountered as a result. The Sphere Being Alliance
specifically asked for Goode to represent them in SSP
Alliance meetings as a Sphere Being Alliance delegate.
Presently, the SSP Alliance is negotiating with the
remaining cabal aligned programs, as well as innumerable
races that have lived in the solar system for millions of
years, and even breakaway civilizations once resident on
the Earth's surface. The Sphere Beings have erected an
energy barrier around the solar system preventing ingress
and egress, trapping many of he negatively oriented groups
that have been loosely allied with the secret Earth
government syndicates for thousands of years. Since this
event, the pyramid of power known on Earth as the Cabal Summarized notes will be in black, with my commentary
or Illuminati has fallen into disarray, as the Draco Alliance in [Ariel bolded brackets]. Alterations to the transcript for
attempted to 'sell out' their underlings to the Sphere Beings ease of reading will be in [brackets], but the original
in an attempt to gain passage out of the solar system and content of the dialog is always maintained. The images
escape the coming justice of the SSP Alliance. with black letter boxing were captured from this episode
on Gaia TV.
SSP factions encountered many intriguing things as they
ventured out into the solar system. Apparently there are Transcribed by Hugues. Commentary by Justin
remnants of extremely old settlements and technology Deschamps.
from what is called the Ancient Builder race. These beings
were incredibly advanced, using a type of consciousness DW = David Wilcock, CG = Corey Goode.
technology that appears to be an inanimate object until
activated by a user. They are also responsible for AGE OF THE INNER EARTH GROUPS:
building ancient stargates found on nearly every major
body in the solar system. According to the Agarthans, the DW - Alright, welcome back to Cosmic Disclosure. I’m
Sphere beings are in fact the ancient builder race, although your host, David Wilcock. I’m here with Corey Goode.
the SSP has yet to confirm this directly from them. And it's a really fascinating story, something that when he
wrote this up, it went nuts on the Internet, right? I mean
The dark side of the Moon is home to many different this blew out all the records of viewership and user
groups, including the ICC, the Draco Alliance, the SSP engagement. The type of feedback you’ve been getting on
Alliance, the Dark Fleet, and more. The Moon is this was just phenomenal. [See part one and part two as
apparently an artificial object, and has become a neutral needed].
zone for all of these groups, which have maintained a
peaceful armistice for thousands of years. The Moon CG - Yes.
serves as an observational outpost for over 60 groups of
extraterrestrial races engaged in 22 genetic programs and DW - So we have a discussion about this alliance and
social experiments on Earth. Some of these programs some of the things we zipped through kind of quickly
conflict with each other, yet all of them have influenced because we wanted to chunk in a lot of narrative into a half
Earth's history for millennia. an hour. Some of the inevitable questions that are going to
come up when people watch the previous episode who
Show Description: haven't read the paper, and we've got to assume they
haven't, would be for example: You said that these groups
Rolling fields of green and vast hectares of crops thriving have roughly million year history. Are all [the groups you
in the brilliant light may be the last you would thing you met at the inner Earth council meeting] 20 million years
expect to find miles below the surface of the Earth. But old?
that is exactly what Corey Goode encountered as he was
taken on a tour through the inner earth civilization he CG - The group with the Saturn symbol claimed to be 17
visited. More than just agriculture, it is the technological to 18 million years old.
achievements of these civilizations which set them apart
from our own. Strangely enough Corey finds that they all
bear many similarities with other subterranean civilizations
already sprawling throughout our solar system.

74

CG - And the youngest of the groups, they said—they
didn't give a date—but they said, a few ice ages previous.
[Let me take a moment to discuss a few
points regarding cycles of upheaval and
the choice of these Inner Earth groups
to help only some of the
surface population.
According to mainstream science, ice
ages occur every 100,000 years or so,
as a function of overlapping celestial
cycles.
The following excerpt from a
mainstream scientific paper asserts that
these patterns are largely due to
interactions between maximum and
minimum points of the Earth-Sun cyclic
system. But, they do not suppose any
extra ordinary events such as changes
in solar energy output, galactic
influences, or other objects, such as
comets or asteroids. Even so, the
inference is clear, I think:
"The explanation for the cyclical alternation of ice and
warm periods stems from Serbian mathematician Milutin
Milankovitch (1879-1958), who calculated the changes in
Earth's orbit and the resulting insolation on Earth, thus
becoming the first to describe that the cyclical changes in
insolation [how much heat is retained by the Earth] are the
result of an overlapping of a whole series of cycles: the tilt
of Earth's axis fluctuates by around two degrees in a
41,000-year cycle. Moreover, Earth's axis gyrates in a
cycle of 26,000 years, much like a spinning top. Finally,
Earth's elliptical orbit around the sun changes in a
cycle of around 100,000 years in two respects: on the one
hand, it changes from a weaker elliptical (circular) form
into a stronger one. On the other hand, the axis of this
ellipsis turns in the plane of Earth's orbit. The spinning of
Earth's axis and the elliptical rotation of the axes cause the
day on which Earth is closest to the sun (perihelion) to
migrate through the calendar year in a cycle of around
20,000 years: currently, it is at the beginning of January; in
around 10,000 years, however, it will be at the beginning
of July." - Science Daily
75
Essentially, the Earth goes through
cycles of increased and decreased
insolation, causing an increase in ice
formation (ice age) or a decrease
(deluge when the ice age ends). Just
focusing on ice ages, it is clear that the
Earth goes through periodic major and
minor cataclysms (deluges) that seem
to act as a sort of cosmic test for any
society living on the surface. Either they
achieve a level of advancement and
cooperation to ensure survival by going
underground or off planet, or they are
destroyed in a cataclysm, getting the
chance to try again in the next cycle of
stability, but in a fundamentally different
social climate or culture. It is this
'wiping the slate clean' in a cultural
sense that actually gives the next
culture a better chance at passing the
cosmic test, so to speak.
Some of these ancient human Inner
Earth breakaway civilizations have
already disclosed that they select the
"best" out of the surface population to
help or even offer sanctuary to some
groups when these upheavals occur.
And in some cases, surface societies
took shelter within the Earth without
aide from the older Inner Earth groups.
In a sense, this seems to be a built in
'harvesting' mechanism for the Earth,
despite the fact that this term causes
uneasy reactions. If the goal of
evolution on a world such as ours is to
produce a population of spiritually
conscious and altruistic beings, one
that works together in a
harmonious relationship with all other
life, then this type of built in 'reset'
feature would help facilitate this
process because it provides the whole
surface population a singular event that
requires cooperation to transcend. In
the absence of this cooperation, the
society effectively dies, which seems
tragic when considering this notion
from a material point of view. But from a
spiritual point of view, wherein each
individual being is an eternal soul
incarnating to experience life and
further development, than it is like a
type of cosmic reset. Anything of
spiritual import will survive the death
experience and influence the next
incarnation, according to some.
One last anecdote on this cosmic reset
or initiation idea is what DW spoke of in
his Gaia TV show Wisdom Teachings.
During Season 19, DW describes how a
race of beings inhabited a super-Earth
sized planet that once existed where the
asteroid belt is now. This civilization
had ties to another more bellicose or
war-like group that lived on moons
orbiting Saturn. This other war-like
group constructed a massive
transparent aluminum ring around
Saturn that was designed to draw in
solar energy and channel it into a
massive energy discharge capable of
destroying planets from across the
galaxy.
Before the Saturnian group got a
chance to use the ring weapon (which is
very similar to the weapon in the
popular video game series Halo), one of
the races that the Saturnian beings was
targeting conducted preemptive strikes
on the Saturn civilization, as well as the
society living on the super-Earth. This
attack destroyed the ring weapon,
creating the rings we see today, and it
also completely rent the super-Earth
asunder, forming the asteroid belt.
This event was so traumatic to the
souls sojourning on these spheres, that
it took over 300,000 years of healing in
what we could call etheric realms,
before they were ready to incarnate
again. Some of these groups incarnated
on Earth, and eventually settled below
the surface. Quite possibly, the Inner
Earth peoples using the Saturn symbol
harken back to these traumatized souls.
And according to DW, as described by
the Law of One, when these souls finally
incarnated again, the scenario provided
to them via the incarnative experience
was designed to help them
'transcend bellicosity' or to form a
culture that was not as war-like, and
more service to others.
If this anecdote is true, then the variable
which has the most influence on a
society's capacity to survive long
epochs of time is the ability
to transcend self destructive and
chaotic traditions and cultural norms. If
this premise is true, when new ideas
make contact with well established
traditions, an evaluation of merit and
76
validity must be conducted; a people
can't just blindly follow the social norms
else these will eventually destroy the
society. And since questioning the
status quo requires a level of self
mastery and personal bravery, than the
whole mechanism encourages
sovereignty of the individual, which is a
very apt topic of discussion for
humanity at this time in history.
The point here, is that what determines
a cultures spiritual viability is largely
dependent on the social fabric
established by tradition. If the bonds of
tradition and culture are too strong,
then the spiritualization process,
seeking to teach the culture to be kind,
compassionate and altruistic, fails and
the culture destroy's itself either due to
war (as was mentioned above) or failure
to overcome the cosmic initiation event,
like a cataclysm. But that does not mean
everything is lost and the individuals
within this culture have to start all over
again. For souls there is no death in a
material sense, only transformation
from one form into another.
The moral to the story provided by DW
is that these souls got a chance to try
again, and what really 'died' was the
aggressive and war-like culture that was
holding the spiritualization process
back, not the beings in that culture, who
continued on. From this long of sight
point of view, I can see how these Inner
Earth cultures rationalize what we could
effectively call selective evolution for
the surface population. In a way, the
cosmos at large has a built in process
for ensuring spiritual or service to
others societies continue on, and so,
highly advanced cultures seem to have
recognized this process and
incorporated it into their own policies
for dealing with evolving societies;
some of which included offering
wisdom to the evolving races in an
effort to help them create a harmonious
society and culture. According to CG
and DW, this is exactly what some of
these Inner Earth and extraterrestrial
groups did, possibly even some of the
22 programs currently unfolding on
Earth are under this umbrella of
cosmic tutelage.
But to be clear, just because a culture
has advanced beyond our level, doesn't
 mean they are all wise and perfect.
Most-likely these cultures are going
through the experience of learning how
to help evolving races, and as such,
mistakes can happen. Whether or not
the actions of the Inner Earth peoples
are ultimately inline with this notion of
cosmic initiation and assistance is
unclear.
The notion that some people will be left
on the surface to die is still very
disturbing to most of us on Earth at this
time. But like all things, it seems, if we
are too quick to judge a thing, we will
blind ourselves to anything of value
within it. I can't claim to know if what I
just described is wholly accurate, but as
an exploration of the ideas presented in
CG's work, it will hopefully demonstrate
that events have a much deeper level of
complexity then we may care to admit.]
DW - The youngest of the groups. And which one was
that?
CG - I thought to myself it was the group that looked most
like us, the human.
DW - I see.
CG - I mean, to me that seemed to make sense.
DW - Now these people were all wearing the robes and
sandals?
CG - Yes.
DW - And that's a ceremonial clothing that they all have to
wear to be there?
CG - It's not what they would normally wear. It was
[something] to wear where we were at — I guess you
would say — holy ground [or] temple complex. And I
don't know if that was just for that group, what was their
custom, or if that's what they wear whenever they meet at
other people’s locations.
77
DW - Did you notice anything specific on these holograms
that you said were coming out of the amulets? Like was
it—what [were] the scenes? Did it look like a heads-up
display or…?
Artist rendition of Saturn amulets, apparently a type of holographic
technology. Image Source
CG - Yeah, it looked like some sort of heads-up [display]
but I could not [tell] from my perspective. I couldn't see
what it was. I could just see it was light coming up. And
they were looking at it, messing with their pendants. I
couldn't see what it was. I guess it's kind of like you have
to be right in front of it. You know, viewing from my
angle, I couldn't see what it was, other than it was light.
DW - What was the weirdest thing that you saw from this
woman's life that surprised you the most when you were
getting this flash, something that really was unexpected?
CG - Well, the fact that she was a virgin … She was in a
priestess class. She was over 130 years old and [yet] she
was [still] a virgin. [She] had not been with a man or had
not been involved in any type of sexual activity in her life.
DW - When the Japanese were contacted by their gods,
[they] described what they called, Ame-no-torifune
(天鳥船), which they said [it] was [a] bird-boat universe or
flying boats from the universe. These people came down,
gave [the Japanese] [a] written language, taught them a tea
ceremony, taught them to make silk and kimonos. And I'm
wondering if you think it's possible that one of these Inner
Earth groups, because of the swastika is associated with
the Shinto gods as well: do you think there may be a
connection between Shinto and some of these Inner Earth
folks?
CG - Most likely. They claim to have done it cycle after
cycle after cycle… They brought these types of
technologies to struggling and recovering civilizations
time after time after time. [They] really curtailed that and
slowed it down more after these ET races from outside
started coming in.
STARTING THE GRAND TOUR:
DW - So you have this exchange with this woman.
Gonzales must be wondering what the heck was going on
in that room?
CG - Yes.
DW - Because you were there for a while, right? It didn't
happen right away.
CG - Yeah, that's the first thing he said, "What's going on
in here?”
DW - <laughs> Now, you’re with Gonzales: what happens
next?
CG - We've been invited to go and take a tour. She's much
more relaxed, … real happy about the experience.
DW - <jokingly> You both had a cigarette?
CG - <Corey catches a quick laugh> She was elated that
the experience I shared with her, she was going to be able
to share [it] with others [too]. So she was feeling generous,
wanting to show us around. And so, we walked down the
hall, went to a small domed room, and stood in the center.
CG - She rubbed and tapped on her dial: flash of light.
We’re in another room, another big room. [In] this area,
the stone is slightly darker. It's a different area. [Then] we
start walking through some different passages and rooms.
DW - The overall look is the same, just the stone is
darker?
CG - Right. And we're working our way. She wants to take
us to see their gardens. We came out into— out kind of
78
like — we were in the wall of like a cavern coming out,
and there is a cavernous area that is so huge. And there are
pillars that go all the way up to the ceiling. I couldn't even
begin to estimate how tall the ceiling was.
DW - Wow.
CG - I mean this cavern was the size of a state [like]
Texas. It was absolutely huge. [CG shared the following
comment and related link on his Facebook page, which
relates to this section of the interview:
Sphere Being Alliance Posted here by one of you... This
would have been a good tool to give the artists to help
describe the strange perspectives from within the even
larger caverns from the "inner Earth"...
Drone Captures Jaw-Dropping Footage Inside Hang
Son Doong, The World's Largest Cave
http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2015/03/16/hang-son-
doong-drone-worlds-largest-cave-
vietnam_n_6882916.html
http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2014/06/29/son-
doong_n_3873341.html
[Here are some photographs (from the
above-linked article) of the cave system
in Hang Son Doong to aide in
visualization.]
79
80
81
CG - And built into the pillar were some structures …
DW - Like where people live?
CG - Where people lived or worked or did something. And
[the pillars] were bigger around than any skyscrapers I’ve
seen… And there were all these…
DW - Did you feel like vertigo, like … “Whoa!” You can’t
even stand up?
CG - No, when you looked up, there was a — not really a
vertigo feeling but a forced perspective feeling of — [you]
did not expect to come out into such a large area.
DW - Was it the same type of diffuse lighting, where it’s
just right everywhere, and…?
CG - Not up high, down low there was — the lighting was
everywhere.
DW - Okay.
CG - But there were people walking all around. We got to
see just this one little area of this big city. And there were
people walking around in one-piece clothing, different age
people: young [and] older people.
DW - One-piece like jumpsuits?
Artist rendition of the Inner Earth cave system.
82
CG - Yeah, kind of jumpsuits, one-piece suits.
DW - And what were the colors?
CG - They were red, green… I mean all these different
colors. And they were just walking about doing their
business.
DW - Did this represent all the different types of people in
the Inner Earth Alliance? Or was this just one of the
groups?
CG - This is just her — this is one of her cities, of her
group.
DW - So the people with the Saturn amulet.
INNER EARTH SETTLEMENT COMPLEX:
CG - Right. And those people were not wearing amulets
that were walking around. And as we were walking along,
still staying close to the cavern wall, we’ve seen [only] a
very small part of the city. There were some buildings that
were built up in domes, some in kind of oval domes that
seemed to emanate light from themselves, kind of a white
light. A lot of the buildings … were built out of the stone,
like they were just molded out of the stone.
CG - [As] we were looking around, Gonzales bumped me again. I looked up and there were all these craft flying around on the
inside.

CG - It looked like a 1950’s movie. They were classic UFO … saucer-shaped [craft] flying around, large cigars and egg[s] —
almost perfect egg-shaped [craft].

83
DW - So these craft are zipping around inside this huge, huge room?

CG - Not only that, they’re flying through the side of the cavern [wall] at full speed, not slowing down, flying right through the
rock—right through the walls.

Cigar shaped craft half materialized into a cave wall (center).

CG - And I mean, as if they’re water or air: just flying right through them.

[In Cosmic Disclosure Season 1 Episode 14, Parallel Earth, CG and DW have a lengthy discussion about
phasing technology that allows individuals to move through walls as if there was nothing there at all. Even in
84
 mainstream science, it is accepted that the amount of empty space inside seemingly solid objects, like the
cave wall, is enormous. The force of electromagnetism is what causes solid objects to appear as such, but if
one properly shifted the scalar frequencies operating in a material, this would conceivably make it possible for
one object to pass completely through another, as if by magic.]

DW - So clearly they can go out phase with the rock and just zip through it.

CG - So we got to see [this] just very briefly … as she walked us down into—back and towards the wall of the cavern.

DW - About how many craft were airborne any one time that you could see?

CG - There were over thirty.

DW - Wow

THE AGRICULTURAL GARDEN:

CG - I don’t — there were a bunch. She brought us down into what were obviously like more service-type corridors. They
weren't quite like the corridors before. They were a little bit more narrow. They were, I guess, kind of like city works or service
corridors. She brought us to this area to where we walk out and we’re out on somewhat of a ledge. And there’s—and you walk
out the door, and then there’s like a staging kind of platform. And then you walk to the edge of the staging platform. There's no
rails. And then there's like a cliff down, and then you're looking out into this huge cavern area. And there are segmented crops
and vineyards. I mean as far as you can see.

85
 Massive agricultural zone of the Inner Earth settlement.

CG - And I couldn’t really make out exactly what was DW - Wow

what, but you could just see segmented-off crops, trees off
in the distance, vineyard areas, and there was water that
was rushing in and then coming out on another side that
you could hear.
DW - Like a hydroponic system?
CG - I mean, it’s huge. And she pulled up a bunch of
different types of rocks and crystals that were crushed up
[in her hand]. She said, “This is the medium that the roots
grow in.” And she [added,] “The water has natural
minerals in it and we … recycle everything.”

CG - It was hydroponic system, [yes]. She said the light — [Growing plants using hydroponic
the full spectrum light — is produced in the same way techniques is done today. Here is an
described before, [using frequency]. image describing how a system would
work, followed by an example of clay
DW - Did you ever get an estimate of how many people pebbles used as a growing medium.
were in her population? Is it like 30 million? Or… Conceivably any solid object can be
used to facilitate growth, but arguably a
CG - I don't know how many people but… crystal medium could offer a more
electromagnetically inclusive setting to
DW- But that's enough food for a lot of people. facilitate the germination of seeds and
general growth.
CG - It was, yes.

DW - I mean, we can grow most of the food for America

in California, and you're saying that this one room that you
were in was as big as a state.

CG - This—yeah, the garden area was…

DW - Just colossal.

CG - Like hectare[s].

86

An example of a crystal-like growing medium.
See the below-linked article containing a
presentation by Dan Winter, wherein he
discusses how holistic systems that are
electromagnetically inclusive facilitate
an ideal environment for growth.]
Related Science Of Ascension,
Evolution and much more | Fractality:
What Makes a LIVE ENZYME - Alive?
with Dan Winter
CG - And on the other side of the wall, … the water flows
through … some composting and other materials to give it
nutrients. It flows through the rocks. Then the rocks filter
the water and the water returns back to its source clean.
And the nutrients go to the plants. The crystals and the
type of light create a very high-yield and high-vibratory
food for them. When she said, “high-vibratory,” she kind
of looked at me and smiled because she knew that I had, I
guess, she knew that I’d been talking about high-vibratory
food after our little mind-meld thing.
THE NATURE PRESERVE:
DW - Okay, so you go through a few places. And where’s
the major thing that you end up going to?
CG - We exit out of this [area] into the park. It had a larger
opening doorway that the four of us walked out [from the
urban area] into… We could smell all kinds of pollens…
[There were] just so many smells. [It was a] sensory
overload… [with] sounds of animals. I mean, it was just
[a] sensory overload. And we walked in…
DW - Was it warmer?
CG - Yeah … when you walked in, there was … an
atmospheric pressure change. There was an artificial
ecosystem in this giant cavern that was as big if not bigger
than the garden.
87
DW - Wow.
CG - And there were stairs that went up almost all the way
to the very top [so] that you could walk up. The trees were
so tall that we had to climb up the stairs to be able to see
over [them].
DW - You said before that the natural caverns inside the
Earth only had vegetation that went up to like knee height.
How did they get trees down in the Earth?
CG - This is… they terraformed. They created this
environment.
DW - Wow
CG - … It had a pale blue sky.
DW - Really?
CG - And clouds—not full clouds but misty kind of
clouds. And…
DW - These trees are bigger than the redwoods in
Northern California?
CG - I would assume so. I haven’t seen a redwood since I
was a kid.
DW - Well, they’re pretty darn big.
CG - But we had to climb really tall up the stairs. And we
were looking out over all these trees. We were seeing some
birds flying around with long-tailed feathers, blue, red, and
yellow.
CG - Very beautiful birds. She said, “Don’t be alarmed.
There are some animals from [your] era that we preserved
down here. They’re not dangerous in their current stage of
development.” She say didn’t anything other than that.
DW - Did these birds look like anything we would
normally see on Earth?
CG - Not too terribly unusual. I mean, there could be birds
like that. I'm not that well-traveled on the surface of the
Earth. There could be birds like that I haven't seen but…
DW - So they could look tropical with the colors you
described?
CG - Yeah, I guess they could be tropical but I haven't
seen birds like that.
DW - Okay.
CG - But there weren't like pterodactyls or anything like
that <short laugh>.
DW - Ah, okay.
CG - So when we were up to where we could see over the
trees and towards what I would think is the middle —
because we couldn’t see all the way because of the mist —
88
there was a giant obelisk that went up that was [made out
of] stone and weathered.
CG - And then up even higher above it, up at the top of the
cavern, [there] was a huge plasma ball that I guess was
supposed to represent the Sun or an imitation of the Sun.
CG - It was part of this, I guess, fake ecosystem that they created.

[The use of certain kinds of geometries has the ability to focus energy into plasma. According to Electric
Universe theory, the sun is a focal point for in-streaming galactic energies, a holistic system not a hot ball of
burning gas like what is described in mainstream cosmology. Here is a photograph of a pyramid taken using
Kirlian photography, wherein a tesla coil feeds charge up through a copper capstone, which then organizes
the energy into a double helix plasma.

89
The quality and intensity of the plasma
created is directly dependent on the
frequency ranges used, as it is
holistically fed by the surrounding
environment. If the Inner Earth peoples
constructed an obelisk out of the proper
materials and in the right proportions,
harmonically inclusive (tuned) to the
cave system of its use, then a huge
amount of energy could be focused in
such a way as to create a radiant ball of
plasma; essentially an artificial sun.]
90
DW - Now, let’s just stop right there because this is one of
the very bizarre things. You had this experience, you said,
the beginning of September. I can prove that I sent the
design. I got a sudden intuitive flash of what the cover of
my new book, “The Ascension Mysteries,” is supposed to
look like. And I asked for an obelisk that had a star type of
light source at the top. And I showed it to you today, and
you darn near fell over backwards.

CG - Yeah, and there was Saturn in the background!
DW - And Saturn in the background, like the amulet.
CG - <shaking his head in puzzlement> I don’t know how
to explain that.
DW - And I was having what appears to be the mind of
this priestess trying to contact me this morning
telepathically as I was waking up. And she kept saying,
“Do you recognize me, do you recognize me?” So this is
very much an evolving story. It makes me wonder if she
has been working on us already. This is very bizarre.
When you told me that — when I read that part of your
story, and then I’m looking at the book cover, I’m going,
“Wow, this is nuts.”
CG - Yeah. People will have a hard time not believing we
collaborated together to make this happen. I mean, I
couldn’t — it’s strange, but…
DW - So what’s this obelisk for?
CG - I don’t know.
DW - What’s… Was it the biggest thing there?
CG - It was below the light source.
DW - Oh.
CG - So we walked back down the stairs and started
walking towards the tree line [while] having conversations.
And we could hear [various sounds] in the background.
We heard at one point some elephant kind of sounds. We
were hearing different things but we weren’t seeing them.
DW - I’m dying to know. Were there anything in this area
besides trees? Did they have like paths that were made
91
out? Did they have little buildings. Did it looked like
Stonehenge or anything like that?
CG - No, it was…
DW - Just all nature preserve.
CG - All nature.
DW - Okay
CG - And I started walking with my hostess towards a
clearing. I wanted to see something. I wanted to see one of
these animals. And we stopped. We were talking. Gonzales
was talking with a girl. They were talking about —
Gonzales was talking about [that] we’d love to have things
on the surface this peaceful and have everybody openly
working together. And you know talking about a great
future for humanity. And the lady we [were] with said
[with a] kind of a derogatory statement, that she didn’t see
that being a possibility for the surface — the mixed surface
race. [She added] that we had…
DW - <Smiling> With our aggressive Draco genes.
CG - Or not just the Draco genes, the mixed genes of the
beings from the other planets from our solar system.
DW -The survivors.
[I find it interesting that the Inner Earth
peoples, according to CG's testimony,
attribute the apparently undesirable
qualities of the surface population to
genetic heritage appose to cultural
conditioning, as if free will choice
somehow doesn't play as large a factor
in shaping the attitudes and behaviors
of a society. In my view, the genetic and
cultural influences are undoubtedly very
strong, so much so that most people
never transcend them. But
certain individuals can and do
overcome their pre-existing programs,
wither genetic or cultural, which I think
is the whole point behind an
evolutionary process centered around
free will choice.
As countless works describe, free will is
not only the greatest source of
harmony, but also the greatest source
of chaos, because we always have a
choice. In this sense, just because
genetic predisposition precludes one to
make a certain choice, from an
unconscious state, that doesn't mean
that is always be the course taken. Free
will, in my view, can only make wise
decisions from a fertile soil of
knowledge and experience, as such, if
the goal is to overcome limitations from
the past, what the Inner Earth people
describe as the aggressiveness from
our genetic mixed race, then wouldn't
the more effective course of action be to
educate a population so that individuals
can have a solid basis in knowledge to
make a wiser choice?
But from my position of unawareness I
can hardly claim that the present policy
of the Inner Earth peoples is
wholly ineffective. Possibly, if they are
as old as they claim to be, then their
judgement of a culture's capacity to
change, made possible by free thinking
individuals, could be more accurate
then my own assessment. Still, when
the topic of interaction with the surface
is raised by Corey or Gonzales, the
response is often that we are too
barbaric and genetically inferior, leading
me to conclude that this is their primary
rationale for continuing the a
xenophobic policy.
Given that the Inner Earth peoples claim
to have existed here for 20 million years,
I theorize that their current attitude
toward the surface is probably sourced
from a series of negative occurrences
that came about as a result of these
more aggressive beings arriving. In
other words, their prejudice against the
surface population, if I may be so bold
as to characterize it as such, could be a
very old cosmic grudge.
And their xenophobic policy of non-
interference, over the ages, eventually
produced a culture that is capable of
greatly impacting the Inner Earth
people; that culture being ours. In the
meeting discussed in the previous
episode, the seven Inner Earth groups
stated that they formed the Inner Earth
Alliance Council because the surface
population is now capable of doing
them great harm.
Possibly this situation is a type of
cosmic initiation for them, in that, they
are finally having to reap the fruits of a
xenophobic policy, one that assumes
the surface population is to 'barbaric' to
be given a chance to change pre-
existing programs. But the Sphere
Being Alliance said, in a more recent
92
meeting with the Inner Earth
groups, that they have "not been proper
stewards" of the Earth, advising them to
begin making contact with the surface
population in a more truthful way.
All things considered, it seems that at
least part of the rationale these Inner
Earth groups had in relation to dealing
with the surface was in error. And due
to contacts made with the Guardians,
the Sphere Beings, a group these
people highly revere, they are re-
evaluating their former policy.]
INNER EARTH CONNECTIONS TO THE
SUMERIANS:
CG - Right, that mix. But she said that she thought it
would take forever. This is something that would not have
occurred very quickly. And they started conversating about
it. And I started talking with my hostess. I said, “Gonzales
said that the language you all speak is pre-Akkadian or
Sumerian. Do you all have anything to do with the
Sumerians? And she told me “Yes.” She said, “Very much
so.” She said after one of the minor cataclysms — and she
went to talk about many different minor cataclysms again,
and what the Earth had been through. They had brought
agriculture and different things to the Sumerians and had
brought them written language and that kind of thing. And
then I started bringing up philosophical questions and
mentioned that on the surface, more and more people are
believing in ancient aliens and genetic manipulation and us
being created by the Anunnaki. And you know, [I] was
starting to lead questions with her that way. That’s when
she said, maybe our next stop should be the library. And…
Related Hidden History Revealed |
Zecharia Sitchin - Sumerians & The
Anunnaki played a major role in Earth's
History up until ~ 3,000 years ago
Related Evolution of Humans |
Everything You Know Is Wrong (about
Human Origins) - Lloyd Pye
DW - Real quick though: these cataclysms, I want to point
something out, because I’ve done some new research,
[when] I did not know you were having this experience
while this was going on. I’ve been led to study the
etymology of the word ‘cataclysm’ and ‘kataklusmos’
[κατακλυσμός], which is Greek and it means, “destruction
by water.”But there’s another word, conflagration, which
means destruction by fire. There’s a very widespread, as
I’ve now discovered — it’s going to be in the new book —
a very widespread ancient tradition through Greek and
Roman, Stoicism, Akkadian, Babylonian, Sumerian, where
they all say that at the end of the big cycle, there’s a
conflagration. There’s a solar flash. So they differentiate
“by fire” or “by water.”
[In a recent article, I outlined some of
the science to support what DW
mentions here, in relation to
conflagration at the end of the major
cycle. See the below linked article for
more on this.]
Related Ancient Inner Earth Civilization
May Be the Anunnaki of Sumerian Texts
DW - Now these people, [the Inner Earth groups,] had to
have something to do with that message coming in. So I’m
wondering if they ever got into the idea of a flash — of a
solar flash — as one of the seeds of these catastrophic
changes?
CG - We spent a lot of time in the library talking about a
lot of very in-depth things like this.
DW - Okay, this is the part that I haven’t heard yet.
CG - Yeah.
DW - Good.
LEAVING THE NATURE PRESERVE:
CG - A lot of very, very controversial things for most
people came up. But once she suggested this, about this
time we heard the sound of a very loud, large cat.
DW - Oh my God.
CG - That wasn’t that far away and you could feel it in
your chest. It was very deep [and] loud.
DW - We know that sabertooth tigers were all over the
Earth up until 50 thousand years ago.
CG - Yeah. So, we didn’t get to see it but…
DW - They said they were all safe, right? Like the animals
aren’t going to attack you?
CG - Well, yeah, they said they are not dangerous in their
current state of development, whatever that means.
DW - Okay. I don’t know if that would make me feel all
that comfortable if I heard that.
CG - It didn’t make me feel all that comfortable but where
we were [where] we already talked about, [at] the library.
We started to head back towards the big entrance. And
after the cat sound, we looked back and Gonzales was still
in the same area with the lady he was talking to. They had
looked in the direction of the cat and he was looking back
93
and saw now that we were heading back out towards the
door, and then they headed our direction.
DW - So is this like the typical creepy lion roar? <Funny
roar imitation with “scary” facial expression>
CG - Yeah, it was… <nodding yes>
DW - Wow, okay. And you felt it in your chest? <CG:
Yes> It was that close?
CG - Well, it was that powerful, that deep. Like it rattled
your insides.
DW - Okay. Did you see any other beasts, elephants, or
anything like that?
CG - No, I didn’t see anything other than the birds and the
plants.
DW - Okay.
CG - We were heading out. She seemed to know that
Gonzales already had a — it seemed prearranged situation
to where in one of their craft, they were going to fly him
back to one of the bases.
DW - Okay
CG - And she [asked] if it was okay, she wanted to take
me to the library and Gonzales was visibly disappointed.
And he wanted to talk to me before he left. He mentioned
to me, “This isn’t going to go over well.” He [continued,]
“I wish we would have [gone] to the library first.” He
[added,] “I really would like to have been there. But when
I report back to the Council — Secret Space Program
Council — you know, I’ll report that you got to go to the
library. Just make sure you remember as much as possible
and give me a briefing within 48 hours so that you don’t
forget what you’ve learned.”
DW - I thought [that] Gonzales, from what you described,
and I don’t know how much we really covered this here,
but you said that he had been through several meetings
with these people already.
CG - He’d never gotten a tour.
DW - So he was seeing all this for the first time too.
CG - Yes. He jumped…
DW - What did he look — what was the look on his face
as he’s seeing all these things, the gardens and the saucers
flying through the air?
CG - Well, he was looking like he was in awe a couple of
times, like with the saucer thing but I really wasn’t
watching him that closely.
DW - Right.
CG - I was looking around but I imagine he was taking it
in as much as I was. And I had forgotten a lot of the
protocols about remember how many paces this way…
You know, you’re supposed to, when you go into a new
environment, you’re supposed to mentally map it out and
that kind of thing. I wasn’t doing any of that and I imagine
he probably was. He had a lot more going on up here
tactically, strategically.
DW - Now, you’ve seen a lot of heavy stuff that most
people would probably do anything to see. You’ve seen
bases on other planets. You’ve been inside spacecraft of
very advanced faster-than-light travel, portal travel. Is
there anything else that you’ve ever seen that was as
amazing as what this stuff looked like?
CG - No. This was a truly amazing experience in a
positive, awe-inspiring kind of way.
.
94
DW - Very interesting indeed. So what was the reason
why Gonzales was so concerned about this library? Did he
know there was something in there that was very valuable?
CG - Intel. <Short laugh> Library: information,
intelligence. And he got to see a garden and a park. <Both
laughing> So he wanted to see the intelligence.
DW - Right.
CG - And he was about to be walked to one of their
vessels and flown to a base [while] I was about to be
walked to see and have a discussion in the library.
DW - Alright. Well, coming up next time here on Cosmic
Disclosure, you’re going to be getting my authentic
reactions [on] stuff I’ve never heard him say before: the
journey to the library. And we thank you for watching.
We’ll see you next time.
 Sitchin’s Sumerian Text Translations Contrived By
Illuminati To Promote False Alien Religion
Written By Dr. Michael Salla
February 10, 2016

Once in the library, Goode got the answer he sought.

During a discussion of a very large ancient dictionary
defining terms in the ancient Sumerian language, Kaaree
pointed up at Zecharia Sitchin’s books, and said:

All of the information in those books is

Zecharia Sitchin is widely acknowledged as a pioneer in
disseminating the idea that one or more extraterrestrial
races have visited Earth in antiquity and assisted the
development of human civilizations. His translation of
Sumerian cuneiform texts suggesting that an alien race
called the “Anunnaki” created humanity has been
translated into over 25 languages and sold millions of
copies worldwide. The problem, according to the latest
revelation by Secret Space Program whistleblower, Corey
Goode, is that Sitchin’s translations contain contrived
information!
pretty much contrived… You cannot
take those books, and you cannot go
into an ancient Sumerian tablet, to the
tablets and texts, and do translations
and get what is said in those books.
She gave as an example the word ‘Anunnaki’ which
Sitchin defined in his first book, The Twelfth Planet, as
‘those who from the heavens came.” According to Kaaree,
the word actually means “royal seed.” Her translation of
‘Anunnaki’ is supported by more conventional Sumerian
scholars, as Sitchin critics have previously pointed out.

Goode made his startling claim about Sitchin’s translation

in the February 9 episode of his Cosmic Disclosure series
of interviews by David Wilcock aired on Gaia TV. It arose
out of an account Goode was giving of his meeting with
representatives of seven Inner Earth Civilizations back in
September 2015. He described being taken to a library
created by the oldest of the civilizations, dating as far back
as 18 million years in age.

The High Priestess, “Kaaree” (Car-ee), who led Goode on

this library tour, showed him different levels of an ancient
library hosting a variety of manuscripts, scrolls, tablets and
books of various ages. In a section of books, Goode
recognized titles authored by Zecharia Sitchin which
collectively are known as the Earth Chronicles. Artist illustration of Kaaree. Source Cosmic Disclosure

Goode says that Kaaree told him that

In an earlier episode of Cosmic Disclosure released on
Sitchin had been approached by three
February 2, Goode reported being told that the Ancient
members of a secret society whose goal
Sumerians had been helped by the Inner Earth beings who
was to promote an elite inspired religion
had decided to teach them agriculture and language. This
based on fictitious extraterrestrial creators.
was necessary due to a minor cataclysm that had wiped out
They fed Sitchin their translations of the
surface civilizations. Goode asked how this information
Sumerian cuneiform texts which he
meshed with those who believed the Sumerians had been
proceeded to release in his Earth
helped by alien visitors, and was told by Karee that he
Chronicle series books that began in 1976
would find his answer in the library.
with publication of The Twelfth Planet.

According to Goode,
95
 She said that the writer [Sitchin] had three
people that were giving him the narrative to
write, and that these three people gave him
the narrative that he wrote, that was a very
clever infiltration of these, I guess,
Illuminati into the ufology esoteric
community to make their religion, our, or
their religion
Goode then claimed that this contentious information was
also known to the Secret Space Programs because he read
it in on the “smart glass pads” he was given access to
during his covert service from 1987 to 2007. If Goode’s
revelations are accurate, as my own research so far has
found them to be, then this is independent corroboration of
Kaaree’s claims.
Adding another level of plausibility to the accusation that
Sitchin’s translations of the Sumerian texts were secretly
contrived by others, was an anecdote shared by Wilcock,
host of Cosmic Disclosure, during yesterday’s episode.
Wilcock revealed that a Spanish college friend, who he
was unwilling to identify on air, regularly talked with
Sitchin who confidentially told him that he was told what
to write in his Earth Chronicles books.
Goode’s information is certain to be very controversial due
to many supporters of Sitchin who believe that more
conventional academic translations of Sumerian texts are
inaccurate. On the contrary, Goode points out, that many
conventional scholars are correct in their interpretations, as
illustrated earlier with discussion over the correct
translation of the word ‘Anunnaki’. He encourages people
to research conventional Sumerian translations to
determine for themselves the accuracy of Sitchin’s
translations.
As far as the inner Earth civilization that Kaaree belongs
to, it is important to clarify what may appear to be a
contradiction in what Karee said in regard to Sitchin’s
translation. In a September 23, 2015 report about his
meeting with Kaaree earlier that month, Goode said that
the Inner Earth civilizations would often assist surface
civilizations after a cataclysm. In such cases, the Inner
Earth beings would say they were gods or extraterrestrials
from other planes or planets:
They stated that they would emerge from
time to time to kick-start the civilization of
the survivors who were the most closely
related to them in terms of their genetics.
They claimed that these surviving races
assumed they were the gods of their own
ancient legends. It was decided that they
would allow those they were assisting to
believe they were gods, in order to keep
their subterranean civilizations secret and
secure.
96
Kaaree acknowledged that her civilization had aided the
Sumerians with agriculture and language. Presumably, the
Inner Earth civilization had also told the Sumerians that
they were ‘gods’; or at least encouraged the Sumerians to
adopt such a belief, which was in alignment with their
legends.
This suggests that the translations provided by Sitchin
were based on a partial truth, that the Sumerians had been
helped by a technologically developed society, the
“Anunnaki”, who claimed to be gods.
However, Sitchin’s translation that the
Anunnaki came from the planet Nibiru, and
had bio-engineered humanity by splicing
their own DNA with early hominids, is
contrived information. This appears to be
what Kaaree was referring to as an effort
by an Illuminati secret society to
manufacture an elite-inspired religion
involving extraterrestrial creators.
Significantly, Clive Prince and Lynne Picknett authored a
book in 2001 called The Stargate Conspiracy, which
traced efforts by global elites to manufacture a new
religion that would revolve around the idea of
extraterrestrial creators.
This idea has been further developed by authors such as
Tom Horn and Chris Putnam, in their book Exovaticana,
in which the Roman Catholic Church is leading a secret
effort by Jesuits (the Catholic order to which Pope Francis
belongs) to establish a new global religion with
extraterrestrials playing a key role in humanity’s creation.
Indeed, the Pope took a dramatic step in this direction with
an October 27, 2014 statement explaining how
extraterrestrial activities were part of God’s plan.
In my own 2013 book, Galactic Diplomacy, I pointed out
that Sitchin’s account of a single set of extraterrestrial
creators was inconsistent with the evidence that there have
been multiple extraterrestrial races blending their genetics
with humanity over a long historical period. According to
Goode, and “extraterrestrial contactees” such as Alex
Collier, there are 22 different alien races that have
contributed their DNA to humanity.
The Inner Earth civilizations, however, insist that their
own genetics long predate the multiple interventions by
visiting extraterrestrials who bio-engineered surface
humanity. Kaaree’s people date their origins to the time of
the “Guardians,” a very ancient race of higher dimensional
beings that helped establish and/or protect the first human
civilizations on Earth.
Presumably, the genetics of the first humans were more
compatible with manifesting a higher universal
consciousness, referred to in the Law of One material as
the Logos or creative principle, in physical form.
Consequently, the Inner Earth Civilizations have
maintained a strict separation from the genetically mixed,
and by implication ‘inferior’, surface humanity for many
millennia.
This greatly contrasts with Collier’s claims, in which
extraterrestrials from the Andromeda constellation
consider our mixed human extraterrestrial DNA as a form
of genetic royalty. In a 2000 interview, Collier said:
According to the A’s [Andromedans] we are
genetic royalty ,everyone on this planet and
it has nothing to do with where we are on a
soul level. People confuse the two. It is like
people don’t listen as well as they hear.
They say we are genetic royalty because
we the subtotal in our genetics of 22
different races. Many different races have
been here, over millions and millions of
years they have genetically tampered with
.
97
us and left us and ended up mating while
they were here.
The complex situation with the Inner Earth beings appears
set to change, however, since a group of five
extraterrestrial races Goode describes as the Sphere Being
Alliance, appeared in our solar system very recently. The
Inner Earth civilizations have recognized members of the
Sphere Being Alliance as their Guardians who have
returned at a time of great change at the planetary, stellar
and galactic levels.
According to a January report by Goode of a face-to-face
meeting between the Sphere Being Alliance and
representatives of the Inner Earth civilization, which
occurred in the Kuiper Belt in late 2015, they were told
that they had “not been proper stewards” of the planet.
This has led to some of the Inner Earth civilizations
reevaluating their policy of strict separation, and
considering ways to reveal themselves more to surface
humanity, which will in some future time lead to planetary
unity.
Goode’s accounts of his meeting with Inner Earth
civilizations are astounding, and will lead to a great re-
evaluation of humanity’s ancient origins, and the roles of
different extraterrestrial and Inner Earth groups as more
evidence emerges to substantiate his claims. As far as
exposing Zecharia Sitchin’s translations of the Sumerian
cuneiform texts as contrived information, Goode is
suggesting that there is an implicit warning by the Inner
Earth civilization that Sitchin was part of a secret
Illuminati effort to create a new elite driven global religion
based on extraterrestrial intervention in human affairs.
Sitchin’s Sumerian Text Translations Contrived By
Illuminati To Promote False Alien Religion
By Justin Deschamps
Friday, February 12, 2016
Above is Dr. Salla's summary and analysis
of the recent revelations that came out this
week on Cosmic Disclosure with Corey
Goode and David Wilcock, in regard to
Zecharia Sitchin's work being apparently a
fabrication.
I did my own analysis on the matter, in
several articles, which I have embedded
within Salla's report. I also wanted to
include a few points in this preamble
regarding links to satanism and the Cabal's
dark religion.
Salla offers more supporting evidence for
the notion offered by Goode, that state, the
contrived nature of these translations was
part of an effort to create an NWO religion
for the elite.
According to several whistleblowers who
were involved in Satanism, rank and file
cabal members believe they are
descended from a race of 'dark gods' or
extraterrestrials, claiming they have the
divine right to rule because of this 'royal
blood'.
98
Related Jay Parker and Mark Passio:
Satanic Ritualistic Abuse | Truth
Connections Radio
When Goode revealed that his hostess, the
priestess Kaaree, stated that the term
Anunnaki has a root which means "royal
seed," it suggested that the people behind
Sitchin's work could have been
promulgating material that supports their
dark NWO religion. And that this
conspiracy to entrap a whole population of
lower level cabal members may have been
in operation since the times of Sumer and
Babylon, which would fit the testimony of
insiders.
According to these same former Satanists
and whistleblowers, the Cabal have a form
of 'mini-me' satanism for the average
syndicate member. These members are
fed a narrative which allows them to feel
superior to the average person, claiming to
have genetic stock that traces its origins to
extraterrestrial gods and the times of
Atlantis. But all of this could be part of
compartmentalization programs within
these dynastic families, which have existed
in secret for all of modern history.
In other words, if Sitchin's work is largely
contrived, the target audience may not be
the awakening community, but could
actually be for the lower level members of
the Cabal, which like the people they
control, need a worldview or belief system
that keeps them in line.
Considering that the notion of the divine
right to rule is antithetical to the concepts of
personal sovereignty and true freedom, this
idea that a 'royal seed' was planted
thousands of years ago, when humanity
was allegedly created by the Anunnaki,
would lend itself perfectly to a
compartmentalization program.
 Related Evolution of Humans |
Everything You Know Is Wrong (about
Human Origins) - Lloyd Pye
David Wilcock revealed during his
presentation at the Consciousness Life
Expo in 2015, that the Cabal have a dark
religion and prophecy, which claims when
their plans are finally coming to going to
come to fruition their dark gods will return
to raise them to the status of godhood over
the planet. Clearly, this would entice
members to adhere to the agenda of the
greater cabal.
Related David Wilcock Major Update:
History of 'Old One's', Draco's, SSP,
Plan for Disclosure in 2015, Cabal
Surrender, Sphere Beings, and Much
More
No doubt, if the neo form of cabal religion
was based, in part, on the work of Sitchin,
.
99
then this revelation that his work is false
could have the effect of causing, even
more, dissolution of the once firmly united
secret government syndicates or cabal.
Given that the Cabal itself is a network of
heavily compartmentalized groups within
groups, then it stands to reason there is a
great deal of high-level
propaganda primarily to keep lower level
ranks in check.
But like many of their dark projects, the
efforts are multi-pronged and long of sight,
able to achieve a goal in one area while
simultaneously achieving it in another as
well. In this case: a) to keep members of
the group inline; and b) to create a
honeypot for the truth community.
- Justin
.
 New Science In Human History And Cataclysm | DNA
Shows 15,000 Years Ago, Hunter-Gatherers Were Replaced
By Mystery Group Of People
By Justin Deschamps
Thursday, February 11, 2016
A team of researchers at the Max Planck
Institute for the Science of Human History
in Germany of using forensic DNA testing
of Mitochondrial samples of bones and
teeth from prediluvian and modern era
humans discovered that a mystery
population of humans 'replaced' a previous
more ancient group after a major cataclysm
some 15,000 years ago.
What this means is that the population of
humans that existed before the flood was
essentially wiped out and replaced by a
new set of genetic stock. This discovery
supports the assertions of several
researchers, in particular Graham Hancock
and Corey Goode.
Related Graham Hancock | Our Past
Was Erased by Catastrophes, Fall of the
House of History
Hancock asserts and is supported by the
geologic record, that human events has
been shaped by major and minor
100
cataclysms that have ravaged human
populations reaching far back in history.
Gobekli Tepe is one such example of a
civilization that seemed to anticipate
upheaval was imminent, and decided to
preserve the site by covering it with debris.
Related The Secret of Gobekli Tepe:
Cosmic Equinox and Sacred Marriage
This study also confirms an aspect of
Corey Goode's narrative, in relation to
secret space program disclosures having to
do with ancient Inner Earth breakaway
civilizations.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 5: Inner Earth: The Grand Tour
- Summary and Analysis | Corey Goode
and David Wilcock
Goode claims to be an insider within the
secret space program that has been
actively meeting with various groups in an
effort to free the planet from the Cabal or
what he calls secret Earth government
syndicates. He claims to have meet with an
Inner Earth alliance council of seven
ancient breakaway human groups. Some of
the groups he met claimed to have existed
below the surface for over 18 million years,
witnessing the rise and fall of many
civilizations.
According to these councils, major and
minor cataclysms have wreaked havoc on
the Earth's surface since time immemorial,
as a function of celestial cycles that
converge in a fairly regular fashion. And
what would often occur, is that the
civilization, if it had advanced far enough,
would flee underground or into space when
a cataclysm was on the horizon. Some of
the more recent Inner Earth groups made
their descent into the Earth several ice age
cycles ago, while others state they have
lived there for much longer.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 5: Inner Earth: The Grand Tour
- Summary and Analysis | Corey Goode
and David Wilcock
What would often occur, is that the surface
civilization would be completely destroyed,
leaving a population that was lost to the
ravages of time. These Inner Earth groups
would then appear to these survivors as
gods or extraterrestrials, providing them
help in rebuilding civilization. If true, this
would help explain the peculiar appearance
of white bearded men, often described as
gods, offering technology and wisdom to
societies throughout history.
According to one of the Inner Earth council
members, the Sumerian civilization, which
sprung up from seemingly nowhere
approximately 6,000 years ago, was
assisted by one of these highly advanced
Inner Earth groups.
Related Ancient Inner Earth Civilization
May Be the Anunnaki of Sumerian Texts
These claims by Goode and his associates
have shaken the alternative history field,
and until recently, there was very little
evidence to support his claims.
But this recent study by a mainstream
institution lends a great deal of support to
this notion. For the scientists at the Max
Plank Institute clearly state they are unsure
where this mysterious population came
from.
Could one of these Inner Earth groups
have assisted a fledgling surface
population, helping them to replace the
once dominant groups that died off from a
cataclysm in the past? Considering that
scientists are unsure where this newer
group came from, I propose that an Inner
Earth explanation is highly plausible.
Especially given that the Sumerian culture
is a complete mystery assuming the slow
progress of civilization theory is valid, a
major tenant of modern day archeological
theory.
So where did the Sumerians civilization
come from? Given the data listed below,
and the testimony of insiders and
whistleblowers, the notion of an advanced
101
civilization making contact with survivors of
a cataclysm, helping them to repopulate
the surface takes on more credence.
If true, more discoveries of this nature will
no doubt come to light as time goes on.
The research paper is listed below for
reference.
- Justin
Source - Ancient Code
“New models suggest that during a period
of climatic upheaval, the descendants of
the hunter-gatherers who survived through
the Last Glacial Maximum were replaced
by a population from another source”
According to a new research, there is a completely
unknown chapter in the history of our species. In Europe,
roughly 15,000 years ago, DNA tests who that hunter-
gatherers were replaced by a mystery group of people after
the Ice Age.
According to experts, nearly 15,000 years ago, Europe’s
population changed drastically in ways that scholars have
never seen before Experts analysed mitochondrial DNA
from ancient teeth and bones, identifying a marked change
in the DNA of the population roughly 15,000 years ago.
The unique markers (M-Haplotype) were seen
disappearing from Europe.
This major change in the genetic makeup of people in the
region mysteriously came at the same time as a major
climatic shift, that altered our planet forever.
According to reports, this discovery is so unprecedented
that experts refer to it as an ‘unknown chapter in the
human history’ when hunter-gatherer groups were replaced
by a mysterious population marking the beginning of a
new history.
Reports also indicate that during that time, non-African
humans moved east, travelling towards Asia and
Australasia before the great ice sheets receded across
Europe.
The study, which is referred to as unprecedented was
carried out by researchers at the Max Planck Institute for
the Science of Human History in Germany.
Researchers were able to trace the maternal lines using
fragments extracted from ancient remains that go back
over 30,000 years. This allowed researchers top
reconstruct the DNA of people that inhabited parts of
Europe sometime between 35,000 years ago and as recent
as 7,000 years ago. Scientists found out that specific
genetic markers present in the population suddenly
banished at the end of the ice age, a historic period were
many ‘great changes’ occurred that eventually shaped the
human species in a very specific way.
Interestingly, researchers report that particular fragments
of DNA were used to reconstruct mitochondrial DNA of
individuals from different parts of Europe, including Italy,
Germany, Belgium, France, the Czech Republic, and
Romania during the period. Scientists state that three of the
earliest individuals who inhabited parts of modern day
France and Belgium during the last ice age were found to
have a specific and unique set of identifiable genetic
markers or haplotype. Researchers note that by the time
the ice sheets had melted in Europe, the mysterious
markers had disappeared from the European population.
According to scientists, DNA studies showed that
Europeans who lived after the last Ice Age lack the
haplotype seen in older Europeans.
.
102
The new findings indicate that non-African populations
moved out in what is called “a single event” around 50,000
years ago. Also, researchers indicate that the M-Haplotype
disappeared from Europe completely some 14,000 years
ago.
‘We uncovered a completely unknown
chapter of human history: a major
population turnover in Europe at the end of
the last Ice Age,’ explained lead author
Professor Johannes Krause.
‘There has been a real lack of genetic data
from this time period, so consequently, we
knew very little about the population
structure or dynamics of the first modern
humans in Europe,’ said Krause.
‘Our model suggests that during this period
of climatic upheaval, the descendants of
the hunter-gatherers who survived through
the Last Glacial Maximum were largely
replaced by a population from another
source,” explained Adam Powell, another
senior author.
In the study, researchers add: ‘In European
hunter-gatherers, our model explains this
period of upheaval as a replacement of the
population by another source.
‘Although the exact origin for this later
population is unknown, the inferred
demographic history suggests that it
descended from another, separate [isolated
population.]
 Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 - Episode 6:
Inner Earth: The Library - Summary and Analysis
Corey Goode and David Wilcock
By Justin Deschamps
Thursday, February 11, 2016
This week is special in the annals of Corey
Goode testimony, in that, hitherto
unrevealed data is being released in
relation to his trip to Inner Earth in
September of this year. His report of that
journey sent waves through the awakening
community, and many have been waiting
for part two. Although it has yet to be
released, the following episode finally
provides readers with some more of the
story.
The Library of this one particular Inner
Earth group is vast, containing a huge
number of literary works, some of which
were ancient scrolls, tablets, and bound
books. There were also modern works
there as well, some of them so new that
walking through the library could easily
seem like one was perusing through a
repository on the surface.
The library was divided into several areas,
one of which had a level where individuals
were apparently using their minds to make
contact with people on the surface.
103
Although this aspect was not discussed in
this episode, the inference is that this
location could be some center of activity for
liaising with other groups.
According to Goode, some Inner Earth
peoples claim to have existed below the
surface for over 20 million years. If true,
then these beings have been witness to
oceans of time and the emergence and
recession of many surface civilizations.
In previous episodes, Goode revealed that
the Inner Earth people have appeared to
humans throughout their dynamic history,
offering assistance to survivors of major
and minor cataclysms. One example from
modern times, that we learned of in last
weeks episode, was the Sumerian
civilization. Apparently the Anunnaki,
according to some translations of Sumerian
records, are beings from the heavens that
came to Earth, specifically to provide aid to
the fledgling Sumerian civilization. Kaaree,
Goode's hostess inferred that it, was in
fact, her people that were called the
Anunnaki by the Sumerians. If true, it would
transform the alternative research
community, which has long contended that
the Anunnaki were extraterrestrial in origin,
largely due to the work of Zecharia Sitchin.
If this development wasn't enough, in this
week's episode, Kaaree and Goode dive
into more about this Sumerian story. She
tells him that the work of Sitchin, which has
been echoed throughout ufology and
alternative history theories, is largely
contrived.
Goode goes on to say that this was a major
shock to him, and that there were
controversial items discussed that he
was reticent to reveal due to the already
 fragmented nature of the truther
community.
Later, Kaaree and Goode discuss what this
Inner Earth group's viewpoints are, wherein
she tells him that they think the Earth, solar
system, and galaxy are each sentient forms
of life. These correlate with what the Law of
One describes as logos and sub-logos.
She goes on to tell Goode that each of
these sentient beings emits a vibratory
energy that entrains or generates a
template for life, and that many cycles of
natural evolution have produced humanoid-
type life forms on Earth.
This is part four of a sub-series covering
Goode's trip to Inner Earth. For part one,
two and three, see the below-linked
articles.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 2: A Goode Trip to the Inner
Earth - Summary and Analysis | Corey
Goode and David Wilcock
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 4: Revelations from the Inner
Earth - Summary and Analysis | Corey
Goode and David Wilcock
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 5: Inner Earth: The Grand Tour
- Summary and Analysis | Corey Goode
and David Wilcock
If you have not already reviewed these first
sections I strongly suggest doing so in
order to comprehend what is covered here.
Goode also produced an extensive written
report, which he references through this
sub-series. See the below-linked article for
the full trip report.
Related Ancient Earth Break-Away-
Civilization Subterranean Council
Meeting & SSP Alliance Debrief Part I -
"Honeycomb Earth"
Overview of Corey Goode, the Secret Space
Program Alliance and the Sphere Being Alliance:
Corey Goode is a Secret Space Program (SSP) insider and
whistleblower that began disclosing information in 2009
under the pseudonym GoodETxSG. In 2014, he started
revealing a great deal more information in an effort to
prepare humanity for what he calls 'data dumps', set to
occur at an opportune moment in the future. Much of the
104
information he provides comes from 'Smart Glass Pads',
iPad like devices supplied to SSP personnel for
information dissemination purposes. This will be a ground
breaking event, revealing the totality of Earth's history and
the activities of the Cabal which will ultimately lead to a
truth and reconciliation style tribunal to hold criminal
elements accountable for wrongdoing. Additionally, the
SSP Alliance intends on releasing all of the hidden
technology to the people in preparation for a 'Star Trek-
type golden age'.
According to Goode, the Cabal or the secret Earth
government and their syndicates (as termed by the SSP
Alliance) have enslaved humanity under a false paradigm
of a technological advancement, while secretly developing
incredible technology (a Star Trek level of advancement)
used to colonize the solar system and beyond, engaging in
trade with thousands of extraterrestrial races.
Space programs have been developed in secret all
throughout Earth's history, and in many cases, groups
broke away from the main culture forming what is called a
Breakaway Civilization. Some of these civilizations have
existed in secret, on Earth and beyond for. thousands of
years. The Agartha Network is one such group that claims
to be the original human race. It was this group in addition
to the Draco Alliance, that made contact with a secret
German space program in the early 20th century.
In modern times, the Germans were the most advanced of
the SSP groups, beginning their efforts in earnest during
the early 1920's and 30's. The Americans were also
developing a SSP, but were much further behind in
technological advances. Later, the American SSPs were
infiltrated and taken over by the Germans after the end of
World War II. It was after this forced merger that the SSP,
under the direction of the Interplanetary Corporate
Conglomerate (ICC), expanded into the solar system and
beyond, setting up dozens of bases and mining facilities
chiefly using slave labor.
In the early 1990's, a faction within the SSP known
as Solar Warden slowly began to go against the ICC,
allying with a group of highly evolved extraterrestrials
known as the Sphere Being Alliance in 2012. Since then,
more factions have joined the alliance which is actively
working to free humanity on Earth and beyond, known as
the SSP Alliance. Despite their good intentions, the SSP
Alliance is a group of highly damaged and morally
ambiguous individuals, according to Goode, that recognize
at some level the need to change the status quo, but are
hardly angels.
The Sphere Beings are a group of five extraterrestrial
races, one of which is known as the Blue Avians, that
arrived in the solar system during the late 1980's. Two of
the races remain unrevealed, however, there is also a race
of 'golden triangle head' beings and 'blue orb' beings made
of light. Over the course of 20 years, they began bringing
massive spheres into the solar system and surrounding
area, some which are the size of Jupiter. This is in an effort
to downstep galactic energy waves, which are slowly
changing life as we know it. These spheres are cloaked and
not detectable by the surface population of Earth.
According to the Sphere Beings, a massive shift in
energetic expression is now occurring in the solar system,
as the result of a natural process of consciousness
evolution, assisted by our solar system's movement
through the galaxy and increasingly coherent energy
fields encountered as a result. The Sphere Being Alliance
specifically asked for Goode to represent them in SSP
Alliance meetings as a Sphere Being Alliance delegate.
Presently, the SSP Alliance is negotiating with the
remaining cabal aligned programs, as well as innumerable
races that have lived in the solar system for millions of
years, and even breakaway civilizations once resident on
the Earth's surface. The Sphere Beings have erected an
energy barrier around the solar system preventing ingress
and egress, trapping many of he negatively oriented groups
that have been loosely allied with the secret Earth
government syndicates for thousands of years. Since this
event, the pyramid of power known on Earth as the Cabal
or Illuminati has fallen into disarray, as the Draco Alliance
attempted to 'sell out' their underlings to the Sphere Beings
in an attempt to gain passage out of the solar system and
escape the coming justice of the SSP Alliance.
SSP factions encountered many intriguing things as they
ventured out into the solar system. Apparently there are
remnants of extremely old settlements and technology
from what is called the Ancient Builder race. These beings
were incredibly advanced, using a type of consciousness
technology that appears to be an inanimate object until
activated by a user. They are also responsible for
building ancient stargates found on nearly every major
body in the solar system. According to the Agarthans, the
Sphere beings are in fact the ancient builder race, although
the SSP has yet to confirm this directly from them.
The dark side of the Moon is home to many different
groups, including the ICC, the Draco Alliance, the SSP
Alliance, the Dark Fleet, and more. The Moon is
apparently an artificial object, and has become a neutral
zone for all of these groups, which have maintained a
peaceful armistice for thousands of years. The Moon
serves as an observational outpost for over 60 groups of
extraterrestrial races engaged in 22 genetic programs and
social experiments on Earth. Some of these programs
conflict with each other, yet all of them have influenced
Earth's history for millennia.
Show Description:
As the tour of the inner earth concludes, Corey Goode and
Gonzales must part ways as Corey is offered a chance to
visit a great library. In a flash, he finds himself surrounded
by white marble walls and shelves containing vast volumes
105
of arcane knowledge. What Corey learns this day will
prove to be controversial to many different groups seeking
the truth about human origins and control of our planet.
This interview with David Wilcock was originally webcast
February 9, 2016.
Summarized notes will be in black, with my commentary
in [Ariel bolded brackets]. Alterations to the transcript for
ease of reading will be in [brackets], but the original
content of the dialog is always maintained. The images
with black letterboxing were captured from this episode
on Gaia TV.
Transcribed by Hugues. Commentary by Justin
Deschamps.
DW = David Wilcock, CG = Corey Goode.
KEEPING YOUR REALITY BUBBLES
PERMEABLE:
DW - Are you ready? This is “Cosmic Disclosure.” I'm
your host, David Wilcock. I'm here with Corey Goode.
And for the first time ever in the history of this show, I'm
going to be getting information that I am dying to know
about from [Corey], in real time, on camera – stuff that's
very significant for both of our lives, because you've
gotten pulled into this, and I'm obviously on this journey
with you. But up until now, I have no conscious
recollection of having any experiences off-planet or in the
planet, even though maybe I have had them. If that is
happening, I'm being blank-slated. I'm not remembering
anything yet. So there's something going on here. These
people are very intimately connected to us, and this
information is eventually going to bridge the gap and lead
to a family reunion if they can get past the idea that we're
mixed-blood and inferior to them. But the other thing that I
just wanted to point out is they're acting as if we're not
going to have such a sudden leap. But if you read “The
Law of One”, which I've scientifically validated, it very
clearly says that the 25,000-year cycles of third-density –
there's three of them, that we're at the end of all three - that
there's a very massive sudden quantum upgrade of the
human condition at the end of that cycle. They call it a
quantum leap. So the idea that it's going to take
generations and generations for us to grow up isn't
necessarily true.
Related Science and Evidence For The
Transformation of the Solar System |
The Divine Cosmos by David Wilcock
CG - Everyone has their own belief systems, and that's one
of the things that we need to put into perspective for this
part of the discussion, because a lot of this information is
going to be difficult for a lot of people's established belief
systems. And I took time out . . .
DW - “Difficult.” <making quotation hand gesture>
CG -Yes. I took time out to write an article about keeping
your reality bubble permeable just because after this
meeting . . . because my brain has been so overwhelmed
with all of this information. And it's . . . People will need
to sit back, buckle up your seat belts, open up your minds a
little bit. Everything that you're certain that you know, just
be ready to open your mind to other possibilities.
DW - Some people are going to believe what you're
saying. Other people are just going to go right on thinking
whatever they already thought is true, so.
CG - Right.
DW - You don't need to be too worried.
CG - Okay.
DW - But it is going to . . . I know you've been preparing
us for this. It's going to rattle people . . .
CG - Right.
[The trepidation in offering information
that counter's accepted belief systems
is understandable. I'd argue that the
challenge of any truth seeker is to find a
way to share what they've found in a
way that considers the delicate nature
of what CG terms a reality bubble.
In my observation of the awakening
experience, of myself and others, what
often happens are several waves of
intense transformation. First pre-
existing belief systems have a
momentum that tends to close the mind
to information that counters what was
believed to be true. But eventually, if the
belief system is not entirely accurate,
which arguably no one's is, then the
weight of denied truth eventually causes
a crisis of belief.
106
For example, we may initially believe
that the medical industry is a well-
intentioned organization, that would
never make people sick to maintain
profits. But a friend or relative may tell
us as a part of their awakening
experience that, in fact, the medical
industry is making people sick, which
we reject because it counter's what we
want to be true. Yet that seed of truth
can only be denied for so long, and
eventually, we experience something
that causes us to reconsider what was
previously dismissed.
In the moment we genuinely examine
this new idea, a storm of transformation
occurs, whereby, denied truth of the
past is acknowledged, destroying the
fragile false belief that seemed so true
before. This is usually a very intense
experience, as our worldviews are
changing and the sense of emotional
comfort that they brought us begins to
dissolve. In this space of disquiet we
yearn to make sense of the new data we
now acknowledge, and here, a new
worldview and resulting identity is
formed. I wrote about this in the below-
linked article.
Related Paths to Awakening: Spiritual
Activism or Disempowerment |
Understanding the Spiritual Causes of
Depression
For one seeking to reveal truth,
especially data that conflicts with an
established belief system, compassion
and empathy are essential tools. The
truth remains true, even when denied.
By this I mean that we need not attempt
to force another to accept our truth, for
that is impossible. Instead, we can
create the conditions so that our
perspective is received with an open
mind and heart, by being kind and
acknowledging when another may not
be ready to hear what we have to say.
This way another will not feel compelled
to blindly accept what is offered,
allowing their discernment to exercise
itself free of social pressure.
The risk with any belief system is that it
remains fixed or unchanging. Iin my
view, tThis is crucial to understand as
truth seekers.
 If the truth is an infinite and eternal they just said, “We're going to pick Corey and send
reality, then all truths we can lay claim Gonzales on his way.”
to are only half truths. The sky is blue
here, but it's not clear somewhere else; DW - So, what happens to Gonzales? How does he end up
point of views unreconciled, lead to leaving?
disagreement and limitation of
understanding. CG - We leave together.

So to echo CG's article, keep your
reality bubbles permeable. Be open to
new information, and take solace in
knowing that anything of true
importance that you once believed will
still be there on the other side of the
awakening experience. And while for a
short time, things will feel uneasy or
uncertain, this too shall pass, especially
if we stay on the path of truth and gain
more knowledge as time goes on. An
identity built on a foundation of truth
will whether the storm of the unknown
with far more grace than one based on
egocentric belief, where we seek to
deny what IS in favor of what we want to
be true.
DW - So you hear the lion, or whatever it is, the cat
roaring.
CG - Yeah. We leave, and then we go through another one
of the kind of small, little corridor areas, out-of-the-way
corridor areas. We come out into another domed room
that's kind of, I guess, a portal-type room. We're all four
standing there. Sorry, tapping happens on the little
amulets. Flash of light.
And now it's just the priestess and myself. And we're now
in a completely different environment, to where it is white,
polished stone and beautiful.
DW - Like white marble?
CG - Like white marble.

In light of these psychological realities, DW - Were there marblings in the stone?

in my view, CG's choice not to reveal
controversial aspects until he was able CG - Yes.
to vet the information for himself is
understandable. Hopefully, those DW - Cool.
who've felt uneasy about him not
releasing part two of his Inner Earth
CG - It was beautiful.
report can consider this point although
it may not be the only reason for the
DW - Wow! How big?
delay.]
CG - And all one piece. It was not a super large room. It
MOVING TO THE LIBRARY:
was about the same size of the smaller portal rooms. And I
looked straight up to see a gold bar come out of the ceiling
DW - So I'm really interested. So let's not play around with
with a hand and a crystal ball inside the hand.
the amulet. Let's just . . .

CG - Get on with it.

DW - Get into that library. What happens next? Gonzales

is pissed.

CG -Yes.

DW - He can't . . . He can't believe . . .

CG - He's missing out on the library.

DW - That they've chosen you and he doesn't get to go in

himself.
DW - Was there any other stuff like that or was it kind of a
CG - Well, and I think the library thing happened just unique distinguishing feature in the room?
because the priestess and I connected, and I got assigned to
the conversation, and things just led that way. I don't think

107
CG -There were other things like that in another part of the DW - Okay. And they’re anti-gravity [chairs], right?
library.

DW - Okay. And it's a normal human-sized hand?

CG - No, it was smaller.

DW - Oh, it was smaller?

CG - Yeah.

DW - Okay.

CG - It was a smaller — and a smaller globe, smaller

hand.
CG - Right.

DW - Okay.

CG - And there were three levels of the library. There was

the library proper that had actual shelves in it. As we
walked through it, there were scrolls sitting on kind of an
angled shelf. They were just sitting there. There were—as
we went along—tablets that were on different types of
stone.

DW - Interesting. Okay. What are you feeling at this

point? Are you excited about it? Are you nervous? Are
you…?

CG - I’m excited because I know that we’re about to go

talk about what we had initially started to talk about, which
was the ancient aliens, the genetic programs, the “meaning
of life” kind of stuff that we were starting to discuss: their
belief systems that I was curious about.

DW - Okay.
THE LIBRARY:
CG - So this whole library complex was made of this
white marble.
DW - Now you say library. Are you seeing book stacks,
like a library?
CG - We do, at one point. But when we first walk out,
there’s a big, largely uninhabited area of those same kind
of seats and some of them were reclined back.
DW - Wow.
CG - And then some that looked like they were molded
tablets: that were molded out of some type of composite
material [different from] stone. Then as we moved, they
started to look more like books. Some were bound in
leather, and some were bound in hemp, or something like
that.
DW - Now, if you go to the Louvre and you see the “Mona
Lisa” or things like that, they’re going to be behind glass.
Was there any protective stuff around these scrolls and
things [or] the tablets?

DW - The egg-shaped thing that you sat in when you CG - No. Not unless it was energetic.
interfaced with [Kaaree the priestess]?
DW - Wow.
CG - Yeah.
CG - It looked like you could just reach and touch it.
108
DW - Wow, okay.
CG - So she was just — it was like we were walking
through, almost like a time capsule. It was changing. And
then we started getting to an area that looked like books
from [the] 1500’s, 1600’s, all the way up to an area that
[had] books [looking like they] could have arrived from
amazon.com. They had ISBN number kind of things on
them that looked…
DW- Really?
CG - Yes… that were on a bookshelf.
DW - [They came through] UPS, FedEx?
CG - I don’t know how… <Both laughing>
DW - Who drives down there?
CG - I don’t know. But…
DW - Maybe the drones, right? The Amazon drone.
CG - Right. And I asked her. I said, “Are all of your books
in physical form?” And she [replied,] “No, we keep certain
books in physical form that are on subjects that we find
intriguing.” She [added,] “Most of them are in a format
that we can pull up, read, and look at.”
DW - And I suppose they’re not so interested in
underwater basket-weaving and Betty Crocker’s “Guide to
Home Cooking.”
CG - Right.
DW - This is more of the kind of stuff that they’re
interested in?
WALKING THROUGH THE LIBRARY:
CG - Well, where she’d stopped me was at a place that a
whole bunch of books on the subject of ancient aliens.
DW - Did you see any books that you recognized from the
surface?
CG - Yes.
DW - Could you give some examples?
CG - Ah, yes. Zecharia Sitchin’s books.
DW - Really?
CG - And some books of some authors — I really can’t
remember their names… Erich von Däniken… some other
ones. There were a lot of books [in] German and French,
and other languages on the subject that were there.
109
DW - Well now, if they can get books, that would also
imply they can read anything that’s on the Internet.
CG - Yes. They have complete access and follow the
Internet very closely.
DW - Wow. Very interesting. <After a few seconds of
pondering silence> So this is crazy! They’re—but if they
could portal you out of the room, then they could
potentially be portaling these books out of a warehouse or
something as well, right? They don’t need FedEx to be
driving down into the cavern? <Laughing>
CG - Right.
DW - Yeah, okay.
CG - So I — I really was not looking at all the logistics of
— you know — how exactly they got the books. <Short
laugh>
DW - Right.
CG - Very quickly we started to talk about the ancient
Sumerian culture, the ancient pre-Akkadian Sumerian
language that her people spoke. And she brought out a —
she went and then came back with a book that was a
dictionary, that was an ancient Sumerian dictionary. She
says we have one very similar. It was — she said, ours has
— it’s a dictionary, a complete Sumerian dictionary that
has two different languages — I think Akkadian and
Sumerian, or I can’t exactly remember — that is a
dictionary for every ancient Sumerian word, what it
means. They tell us, the scribes tell us in their own words.
Their book…
DW - This is sort of similar to the Rosetta Stone, which is
what allowed people to crack a lot of these ancient
languages in the first place. Because it was the same words
in, like three or four different languages.
[Transcriber, Hugues Prévost’s Note:
The Rosetta Stone has only two languages
written in three scripts. Specifically, it has
Ancient Egyptian in hieroglyphic and
“demotic” (cursive) forms. Since it also has
the same text is translated on the stone in
well-understood Ancient Greek, it provided
the key to decipher Ancient Egyptian
hieroglyphs.]
CG - Yeah, and we’ve had this, supposedly, on the surface
for I don’t know how long, that our mainstream scholars
use. But her book had three languages. It included her
language, the proto or pre-language.
DW - So she brings out this dictionary. Was it an
unusually large book?
CG - It was a very large book. And we didn’t really — she
just showed it to me. I looked at it, looked at some of the
symbols, the writing. We really didn’t flip around it
because I didn’t understand what it said anyway.
DW - Okay.
ZECHARIA SITCHIN'S WORK IS CONTRIVED:
CG - And she began to tell me a story that made me a little
uncomfortable in the beginning. [It was] about the story of
the Anunnaki, the ancient Sumeria, and the current
narrative that many in ufology and believers in ancient
aliens subscribe to. And she went on to talk about how all
of the information — and she pointed up to Zecharia
Sitchin’s books — she said all of the information in those
books is pretty much contrived. She said, you cannot take
those books and go into an ancient Sumerian tablet, to the
tablets and texts, and do translations and get what is said in
those books. And she asked me, “Do you know what
Anunnaki means?” And I [replied,] “Well, I’ve been told
and I’ve read, that it’s a catch-all term that just means
‘extraterrestrial.’ It can mean any group that comes from
the sky.” And she said, “The root of the word means ‘royal
seed’.” And I was like, okay, I can’t dispute that. I can’t —
how do you argue or dispute that? I was like, okay, I’ll just
listen. And she went on to describe that there was a secret
society that had put out this narrative, very cleverly, to
make an elitist religion — to take an elitist religion —
from the surface and put it into the esoteric community.
DW - Wow. This is really mind-blowing, and I feel like I
got to add something here. When I went to college, I had a
buddy who ended up living in a boarding house with me
after I graduated. And we’ll call him Antonio. It’s not his
real name. He was from Spain. Here’s the thing I have
never said before, okay? He was personal friends with
Zecharia Sitchin. He told me that he talked to Zecharia in
person, and Zecharia told him that he was told what to
write in the books by these “Illuminati.” <making the
quotation gesture> None of it was really based on research.
It was all contrived. Now, I’ve never shared that before
and this is blowing my mind that she’s telling you the
same things. Very interesting.
CG - Well, she said that the writer had three people that
were giving him the narrative to write. And that these three
people gave him the narrative that he wrote: a very clever
infiltration of these, I guess, Illuminati into the ufology
esoteric community to make their religion, our, or their
religion. So this opened up all kinds of questions for me.
You know. Because I — before — I never would have
entertained this [idea] before. Because I had seen a lot of
information in the glass pads that led me to believe that the
ancient Sumerian texts translations were not accurate. But
I stayed away from it because a lot of people have made a
religion out of it.
110
DW - Well, and at the Conscious Life Expo a few years
ago, before he died, I ended up in the elevator with
Zecharia Sitchin. And he was scared to death of being in
the same elevator with me. He did not want to
acknowledge that he knew who I was, but it was obvious
that he did. He was highly uncomfortable. He didn’t want
to look at me in the eye. In fact, he actually kind of turned
his whole body towards the wall of the elevator because he
didn’t want to be in it with me. It was a weird
synchronicity that we ended up, just the two of us, in this
elevator for a ride going up, I guess, seven stories or
something… Wow.
CG - So for me…
DW - But people see Zecharia Sitchin — it’s like you
can’t question — it’s like sacrosanct!
CG - Yeah.
DW - The stone tablets…
CG - It’s like a prophet. Yeah.
DW - Here it is. Boom.
CG - So, but I was very — you know — I was considering
the source. I had a connection with her but at the same
time I wasn’t sensing [as an] intuitive empath, any
deception. [CG has stated in the past, that he was trained as
an Intuitive Empath in the secret space program. See
Season 1 Episode 11 for more on this.] Skipping later on,
over weeks, I started studying online, looking at ancient
Sumerian websites for mainstream science, looking [and]
trying to verify what she said. And I was shocked.
DW - So you’re looking at words in Sitchin’s books and
he what says they mean, and then looking at the actual
online translations of Sumerian?
CG - And actually, storylines that just don’t exist.
DW - Wow.
CG - And just don’t exist. And…
DW - So if that’s true, then that means that we’ve been
sold a bill of goods, if we combine what Antonio said, it’s
the Cabal, the secret Earth government syndicates, just like
the William Shakespeare plays, where they’re actually
leaking royal scandals from that era in the British Royalty,
into these plays. And Shakespeare was illiterate. He could
only sign his name with an X. It was actually probably
Francis Bacon and a bunch of others.
CG - Right.
DW - [He was] Queen Elizabeth’s illegitimate son. This is
like the same thing again: Sitchin is just the front man for a
team of writers.
CG - This was just a little way to open up a huge
conversation that just has blown my mind with her.
DW - So this is still just the beginning?
CG - Just the beginning.
DW - Wow! Okay.
CG - Because we got into…
DW - Well, we got time. <Laughing> We’ll do more
episodes here.
MORE CLARIFICATION FROM KAAREE:
CG - We got into which came first, the chicken or the egg
kind of thing. Because I asked her, I was like — you know
— we’ve talked. You’ve talked about how many, many
hundreds of thousands of years ago, a group came into our
solar system and started messing with our genetics. And
your people called them a genetic farmer group. So doesn’t
that match what these texts are saying? How — you know,
how can you be the first humans on the planet? Who
created you? You know, who genetically developed you?
Were you brought here from another planet? And that
opened up a whole other area.
And she says, “Well, doesn’t that get you to start asking
questions [such as] ‘who engineered the engineer of the
engineer of the engineer?’ ” <bouncing ball finger
gesture> "At some point, there has to be some sort of an
original being that wasn’t engineered genetically. And how
did they come into being?" So I’m sitting here, my mind’s
just — my grapes just went, “tuh, tuh, tuh, tuh!” You
know?
DW - Okay, but a couple basics. Sitchin’s saying
Anunnaki were extraterrestrials. [They] came to Earth
mining gold and created a primitive worker called the
Adamu, which becomes Adam in the Bible. True or not
true according to her?
CG - Not true according to her.
DW - Really?
CG - No.
DW - That whole narrative?
CG - The whole narrative.
DW - Oh! That’s a big adjustment.
111
CG - Yeah, it’s a major adjustment that — out there, don’t
take my word for it. There’s plenty of information to go
out there. I had to go and do the research myself. There’s a
website, “Sitchin is Wrong,” that has a whole bunch of
information. The person that has the site definitely is
biased in certain areas. But there’s a lot of other
information out by mainstream academics that are
professionals on Akkadian and Sumerian, that have looked
at all of these tablets. And the information, when I looked
at it myself, I had to come — <sigh> I had to come to the
conclusion that they were correct.
[In preparation for this analysis, I
reviewed several items on the
sitchiniswrong.com website. As CG
said, Mike Heiser, the author of all the
material, has a clear distaste for
Sitchin's work But if one can look past
these incendiary statements, there is a
great deal of raw data presented so as
to exercise one's personal discernment
on the matters at hand. In the below-
linked article, I provided one of Heiser's
papers on Nibiru.
Related Zecharia Sitchen Was Wrong? |
The Myth of a Sumerian 12th Planet:
“Nibiru” According to the Cuneiform
Sources
One piece of commentary I'll offer when
it comes to the study of ancient
languages is that interpretation is not
objectively concrete. Meanings are
usually agreed upon by consensus,
becoming rigid systems of
interpretation; so the risk of errors
compounding into major discrepancies
is present.
As outsiders trying to make sense of
who are what to believe, resting our
conclusions with absolute certainty on
experts, whether Sitchin, Heiser or
Kaaree is not advisable. The method I
personally employ is to listen to all with
an open mind, yet believe none without
question. This way if new information
emerges my reality bubble won't be
sealed against it.
Language in general, is devoid of
meaning; like all symbols, a mind is
required in a contextual setting in order
to generate meaning. As such, in the
realms of scholarly research, meanings
are derived using context and
comparison of the whole lexicon.
If a symbol is used in most depictions to
represent the Sun, then in places where
a similar symbol is used, it is
agreed that this similar symbol could
have the same meaning, known as a
convention. Once a convention has
been established, words and symbols
are defined against them, forming a
complete tapestry of meanings. The
process is a huge undertaking, as it
requires cataloging every known
occurrence of a symbol or word within
the body of evidence available. The
product of this effort is a dictionary
complete with references to each tablet
where any given word is mentioned. In
regard to Sumerian and Akkadian, this
dictionary is known as the Chicago
Assyrian Dictionary (CAD), which forms
the basis of Heiser's conclusions.
How can we trust Heiser, Goode or
Kaaree over Sitchen?
In short, we can't trust any of them
blindly. But we can entertain the ideas
offered by each, using our discernment
to verify claims as they are presented. In
this way, Sitchin's interpretations will
seem true until an attempt is made to
verify them using the CAD, which is
what Heiser did.
But meanings provided in the CAD are
not perfect, they are subject to error of
interpretation just like any other
subjective process; because ultimately
words and symbols, as we said earlier,
are objectively meaningless. So while
objectively, meanings do not exist,
subjectively, meanings are constantly
generated by way of observation. And
the challenge of any communicator is to
use agreed upon symbols to
communicate ideas effectively.
In some cases, words or symbols do not
have just one intended meaning, they
have many embedded ones, and ancient
cultures used symbolism to encode a
great deal of information into written
and visual form. The term exoteric
refers to an overt socially promulgated
meaning, whereas esoteric refers to a
hidden or occulted meaning, all in
relation to the same set of symbols.
Alchemy is one example of this dual
capacity for meaning, and the Cabal use
dual meaning structures in imagery all
the time.
112
Given that meanings are not fixed, even
when an effort to make them concrete is
made, the whole notion of establishing a
rigid dictionary probably needs to be
considered as a somewhat flawed
concept. Language expression changes
constantly with time and regional usage,
known as idioms or colloquialisms. On
the other hand, the notion of socially
accepted definitions, an agreed upon
lexicon used by individuals to
communicate ideas, what we call
language, is valid.
In the final analysis, it appears, based
on the scholarly work of over 90-years
of study, in addition to the claims of
others, such as Kaaree, that Sitchin's
work cannot be verified by a review of
the Sumerian tablets, which is what
Sitchin claimed to have translated.
But as truth seekers, we would do well
not to form rigid conclusions, even
here. And as outsiders who do not have
access to Inner Earth priestesses or
ancient tablets to analyze for ourselves,
being realistic with our conclusions and
what they are based on is essential to
maintain a clear truth receptivity
process.
For now, it appears that Sitchin's work,
which was once accepted by many as
unquestioned fact, is potentially invalid.
No doubt other well-established
perspectives will be uprooted as more
disclosures come out.]
BELIEF SYSTEMS OF THE INNER EARTH
GROUP:
CG - I started to ask, “What did your people first think,
before you all became an advanced civilization? How did
you all come about?” And she [replied,] “We believe that
the Earth is a sentient life form, the Sun is a sentient life
form, and that everything in the Cosmos is a sentient life
form.” And that the Earth was a sentient life form and that
each of us are an expression or sentient life form that
comes from the Earth, and that we would live and die and
return to the consciousness of the Earth. “And that’s what
our root belief system was when we were developing
civilization.” And I was like, “That’s interesting.”
DW - Yeah, that’s cool.
CG - And then she started talking about how the solar
system and the galaxy are sentient. And they are a creative,
sentient life force.
DW - Just like the Law of One says.
Kaaree, the priestess sitting across from Corey having a
conversation.
CG - Well, if — I haven’t read all of that. But I told her
that I’ve heard the term “logos” used. Is that an accurate
term? And I’m not exactly sure [about] the full
ramifications of what the word “logos” mean, I’ve heard
that used similarly to what she was saying.
[Transcriber, HP's, Note: this is a Greek
term (λόγος “word”) that developed several
meanings but its verbal root sense simply
means “to say, speak” as in λέγω, “I say”]
DW - Right.
CG - And she smiled and said, “That’s as good a word as
any.”
DW - And that word is all over in the Law of One,
describing that intelligence of the Cosmos [and]
intelligence of the Sun. In fact, they say, the One Infinite
Creator, the intelligence of the universe, is the Logos; that
there’s a galactic logos, which is the mind of the galaxy,
that designs an evolutionary curriculum for all intelligent
civilizations in the galaxy.
[Last year, I produced a presentation
discussing the fractal or holographic
evolution of living systems, evolving in
complexity from smaller more
primordial units into larger systems that
form the body vehicles for spiritual
personalities. This discussion with CG
and DW goes along well with what is
covered in the below-linked article.]
Related The Orders of Life,
Consciousness Evolution and
Personality Emergence - (with images)
PKFTA March 8th 2015 at 6:00 PM EST
CG - Okay, so this goes onto what she says. To get to the
point of how life comes up and how not everything is
genetically engineered by a genetic engineering race that
113
travels all over the cosmos, creating and seeding, you
know, bipedal creatures. <Short laugh>
DW - Right.
CG - She said that each solar system — I mean, each
sentient galaxy and each sentient solar system have a
resonant or vibratory template that drive the life form that
they will create. And that depending on where the planet is
in the solar system, it will determine what type of sentient
life form it will try to create. And that throughout the many
cycles on Earth, the Earth and the Sun have kept on, and
kept on and kept on creating sentient bipedal life forms,
and that there have been many, many, [evolved races].
Some of them have died off in cataclysms and many of
them had been killed off by us, the mixed race on the
surface. They’re so aggressive. And [there are] ones that
exist now in solitude, in regions of the Earth hiding from
us.
DW - Well, I guess if you’re actually not going to read the
Law of One, that the Sphere Beings will introduce you to
people who will explain it to you. <Laughing>
CG - Yeah.
DW - Because it’s all in there. And you haven’t read these
books yet, but that is exactly what it’s saying. There [are]
subtle differences. [The Law of One doesn't] really go into
detail about previous human civilizations on Earth. But the
bulk of what you just said is what the Law of One teaches,
that the human form is the Logos. That it’s the
embodiment of the Logos. The Logos made flesh, the
Word made flesh. Logos and Word are the same thing. So
you look in the Book of Genesis: “In the beginning, there
was the Logos. And the Logos was God, and the Logos
was one with God.” And in the Law of One, that seems to
be implying the Logos is the mind of the Cosmos and the
mind of the Galaxy, and they’re one. But they’re also
distinct from each other. It’s very interesting stuff.
CG - We had a little bit more of a conversation. We were
sitting at a table, at a corner of a table. She was sitting and
I was sitting having this conversation. And then after this,
we finished the rest of the tour, to where we were done
with the library level. She took me down to the second
level to where people were reaching out with their minds
to people on the surface and having communications with
each other in group sessions. And then below that, was
what they called their Hall of Records.
DW - Cool. So let’s get back to this logos thing for a
moment in the short time we have remaining. Because I
want to point out a couple of thing the Law of One said
that are really interesting. First of all, they say that the Sun
is indistinguishable from the consciousness of the Galaxy.
The Sun is the Logos. Then they say that the planet Earth
is a sub-Logos. And then they say that we, as human
beings are sub-sub-Logoi, meaning that we are also… It’s
like the principle of a fractal, where you can zoom in on it, DW - Well, and you see images of Krishna and he’s got
and you keep seeing the same image repeated as you go in blue-tinted skin, and you’re saying one the groups that you
more and more. You just zoom in, and you keep seeing the saw down there had blue-tinted skin.
same pattern. [The below video is a 'zoom' of the Mandelbrot
fractal, showing how the same pattern is repeated across
multiple scales of size.]

DW - And so in the Law of One, they explain the universe Blue skinned Krishna.
is like that. That it’s the same embodiment of the same
cosmic mind that ultimately made everything. And that we
are that mind, that any one of us has enough power within
ourselves to reconstruct the entire universe. And I think
we’ve been greatly disempowered. The degree to which
we are wired into the cosmos has been very carefully
occulted from us. Now, did these people say that there was
any truth to the Sumerian tablets at all? Were they the
Anunnaki, in fact?

CG - She said that the Sumerian tablets were an extremely
accurate scribe history of the time and should be taken
fairly literally. She said that some of the Sanskrit writings
had some of the more interesting information about some
of the things that happened above the Earth and in the
stars.
DW - So that would be like, the Hindu Vedas, the
Vendidad, the Mahābhārata?
[Transcriber, HP's, Note: the Vendidad
aren’t written in Sanskrit but in Avestan. It
is related to Sanskrit but situated on the
distinct Iranian branch of the overall Indo-
European family to which they both belong.
In contrast, Sanskrit is on the Indo-Aryan
branch of that family.]
CG - Right.
DW - Okay, that makes sense.
CG - She said some of that information had a lot more —
we had a conversation about ancient myths, and then how
the surface people, how we are with our myths, that we
create our current myths. We have our ancient myths. And
some of the myths are very historical.
114
Artist depiction of one of the Inner Earth alliance council groups.
DW - So those wars that we read about in the
Mahābhārata, the vimānas — which it does say in the
Mahābhārata they can fly right through the side of a
mountain, just like you saw — this could have been the
same people at that time warring it out on the surface.
CG - And she — the Council, their group, had talked
about they had open conflict with these ET races in the
skies that all of the Earth humanity saw through different
cycles, including our current accepted Earth history cycle.
DW - And this gets into blond-haired, blue-eyed Greek
gods on Mount Olympus which could apparently lift off
the surface of the Earth and disappear!
CG - Right.
DW - Wow. So we’re going to come back next time,
because obviously there’s more to discuss with this. We’re
going to get into the rest of his experience with the tour —
including, as you were saying, this very bizarre scene that
you kind of alluded to in the write-up, about people sitting
in chairs and telepathically influencing folks on the
surface. And the Hall of Records, which I have never
heard you describe before, so I’m very interested. I am on
the edge of my seat. That’s coming up next time here on
Cosmic Disclosure. I’m your host, David Wilcock, and I
thank you for watching.
 Gravity Waves Detection Supports Whistleblower Claims
Of Secret Development Of Antigravity Spacecraft
Written By Admin
February 13, 2016
On February 11, scientists at the Laser Interferometer
Gravitational-Wave Observatory (LIGO), which is jointly
run by the California Institute of Technology (Caltech) and
the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT), publicly
announced the detection of gravity waves, first predicted
by Albert Einstein in his Theory of General Relativity
(1915). The scientific discovery supports claims by
whistleblowers concerning the existence of gravity wave
propulsion (antigravity) technologies secretly studied by
the U.S. Navy, in conjunction with Caltech, MIT and other
scientific institutions, which date back as far as 1942.
LIGO achieved its scientific feat by studying the collision
of two distant black holes, which generated gravity waves
that sensitive monitoring equipment could detect through
fluctuations in the space time continuum. A press release
by Caltech and LIGO announced:
For the first time, scientists have observed ripples in the
fabric of spacetime called gravitational waves, arriving at
the earth from a cataclysmic event in the distant
universe…. Physicists have concluded that the detected
gravitational waves were produced during the final fraction
of a second of the merger of two black holes to produce a
single, more massive spinning black hole.
The power generated by the black holes merging was
enormous according to the press release:
About 3 times the mass of the sun was
converted into gravitational waves in a
fraction of a second—with a peak power
output about 50 times that of the whole
visible universe.
115
Caltech astronomers played a key role in conceiving and
building the scientific equipment to detect the gravity
waves, and have produced a video illustrating how the
colliding black holes bend space and time locally, and
generated gravity waves that would spread throughout the
universe.
In this regard, Caltech’s David H. Reitze, executive
director of the LIGO Laboratory said:
Our observation of gravitational waves
accomplishes an ambitious goal set out
over 5 decades ago to directly detect this
elusive phenomenon and better understand
the universe, and, fittingly, fulfills Einstein’s
legacy on the 100th anniversary of his
general theory of relativity.
What Reitze is not publicly acknowledging is that some of
Caltech’s leading scientists were aware that gravity waves
had been earlier detected in Nazi Germany in top secret
aerospace projects focused on developing innovative
propulsion systems.
According to William Tompkins, who worked for U.S.
Navy Intelligence at Naval Air Station, San Diego, from
1942 to 1945, the Navy was receiving debriefings from 28
spies embedded in top secret Nazi aerospace projects. The
Navy spies were revealing Germany’s progress in
developing flying saucer craft, some of which used gravity
waves as a means of propulsion.
In his autobiography, Selected by Extraterrestrials,
Tompkins provided documentation revealing that his
service mission was to disseminate the results of the Navy
Intelligence debriefings to select military facilities and
scientific organizations.
Among the facilities visited by Tompkins was China Lake,
where the Navy and Caltech were cooperating in studying
the various aerospace technologies under development in
Nazi Germany.
On February 12, Tompkins confirmed that among the
debriefing packages he delivered to China Lake was
information concerning gravity wave propulsion
technologies then being studied in Nazi Germany.
Tompkins said that the Nazis had multiple underground
facilities in Europe where they were at various stages of
development in designing and constructing advanced
aerospace technologies.
I asked Tompkins whether Caltech was made aware, as far
back as 1942, that the Germans were using gravity waves
as part of the propulsion system for their space craft. He
replied:
I would have to say yes. There were
several different propulsions used, and that
method was definitely being used…. The
diversified methods of propulsion were …
numerous and for different purposes. It was
staggering to the Admiral [Rick Obatta –
head of Naval Intelligence] and one or two
of the captains who were in the Admiral’s
116
conference room listening to the Navy
operatives discuss the [propulsion]
systems.
Tompkins testimony reveals that more than 70 years
before Caltech’s February 11 announcement that gravity
waves had been scientifically detected. Leading Caltech
and MIT scientists, from 1942 to 1945, were aware of the
work done by the Nazis in detecting and developing
gravity waves as part of the propulsion system for
advanced aerospace projects.
The way in which gravity waves are used to propel
spacecraft is illustrated by the testimony of another
whistleblower, who is also linked with U.S. Navy
Intelligence. Bob Lazar says that in 1988, he was recruited
to work out of a remote location at Nevada’s Area 51,
called S-4, where he studied one out nine flying saucers
that were at the highly classified facility.
Lazar provided a W-2 in support of his testimony that
listed his employer as the “Department of Naval
Intelligence,” which ‘officially’ hasn’t existed since a brief
period during World War II. Researchers found that the
address on the W-2 was redirected by the U.S. Postal
Service to Naval Intelligence Command in Maryland.
Lazar says that the flying saucer he studied used gravity
waves powered by an antimatter generator based on
element 115. It’s important to note that at the time of his
public emergence in 1989, 115 had not yet been
discovered. It was over a decade later, in 2003, that an
unstable isotope of 115 was first created in a laboratory,
and in December 2015 it was officially added to the table
of periodic elements as Ununpentium.
Bob Lazar was claiming that a stable isotope of 115
existed, and that it was used for generating gravity waves
as he described in an interview with popular Las Vegas
news host George Knapp.
Knapp: How is this anti-matter reactor
connected to gravity generation that you
were talking about earlier?
Lazar: Well, that reactor serves two
purposes; it provides a tremendous amount
of electrical power, which is almost a by-
product. The gravitational wave gets
formed at the sphere, and that’s through
some action of the 115, and the exact
action I don’t think anyone really knows.
The wave guide siphons off that gravity
wave, and that’s channeled above the top
of the disk to the lower part where there are
three gravity amplifiers, which amplify and
direct that gravity wave….
Lazar went on to describe the capabilities of gravity wave
propulsion systems:
117
Knapp: So you can produce your own
gravity. What does that mean? What does
that allow you to do?
Lazar: It allows you to do virtually anything.
Gravity distorts time and space. By doing
that, now you’re into a different mode of
travel, where instead of traveling in a linear
method — going from Point A to B — now
you can distort time and space to where
you essentially bring the mountain to
Mohammed; you almost bring your
destination to you without moving. And
since you’re distorting time, all this takes
place in between moments of time. It’s
such a far-fetched concept!
Lazar’s testimony is very significant since it reveals that in
1988-1989, a branch of U.S. Navy Intelligence was
studying gravity wave propulsion systems – more
generally known as antigravity – that had been
successfully developed in flying saucers located at S-4.
According to yet another whistleblower, a former CIA
agent who used the pseudonym ‘Kewper’, four of the
flying saucers he saw at S-4 in 1958 were developed in
Germany by the Nazis and the mysterious Vril Society.
The disc on the very end was a huge one and Col. Jim said
that was a German WWII craft built in 1938 and was
jacked up higher on stands because it had a gun
emplacement underneath, which he said the Germans
called a ‘death ray.’ It was a different shape than the other
[two smaller Vril] craft, was dark in color and had a larger
top that stood up probably 10 or 12 feet above the saucer.
That one had a diameter of about 50 or 60 feet.
Kewper’s testimony helps corroborate claims that the
Nazis had successfully developed antigravity technologies
for their advanced aerospace programs.
Based on the testimony of Tompkins, Lazar and ‘Kewper’,
it can be concluded that in 1942, US Navy Intelligence had
begun receiving briefings about the Nazis developing
gravity wave propulsion systems, and that several flying
saucers of Nazi and other unknown origins were later
secretly studied at Area 51’s S-4 facilities.
118
Consequently, the announcement by Caltech and MIT
astronomers claiming that gravity waves were detected for
the first time in 2015 is at best incorrect, and, at worst, an
attempt to falsify the historical record. The U.S. Navy’s
role in gathering intelligence on Nazi Germany’s advanced
aerospace projects, which included the development of
antigravity propulsion systems, confirms that gravity
waves were first detected as far back as 1942, if not earlier,
and this was revealed to select scientists at both Caltech
and MIT.
 Cosmic Disclosure:
Inner Earth: The Library – A Synopses Plus A Premonition
Of A Monumental Testimony
By Justin Deschamps
Saturday, February 13, 2016
Here are some interesting perspectives
from Shem on the latest Cosmic Disclosure
with Corey Goode and David Wilcock.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 6: Inner Earth: The Library -
Summary and Analysis | Corey Goode
and David Wilcock
- Justin
Source - Discerning The Mystery
By Shem El-Jamal
Synopses
This week's episode of Cosmic Disclosure is making
significant waves, and I have a feeling that these waves
will be reverberating throughout the alternative community
for some time. If anyone has not heard the details of these
new revelations, one need not look far. This article
includes the episode's synopses, as each of the other
updates for this title. However, I felt this particular subject
required further reflection, investigation, and
119
consideration. With regard to the reflection and
consideration of the personal nature, I have published
another article along this same subject line (linked below).
To take a crack at the investigative aspect, read on.
Disillusionment: An Unexpected Opportunity:
Commentary on the Recent Revelations of Corey
Goode
http://discerningthemystery2000plus.blogspot.com/201
6/02/disillusionment-unexpected-opportunity.html
This week, Goode described the portion of his journey
through Inner Earth where the priestess lead him to the
library. However, as one might imagine, this was no
ordinary library. It was lined from top to bottom with
multiple types of literature from multiple time periods, and
in every language a person might be interested in. There
were ancient scrolls in multiple languages, books bound in
leather, a hemp-like material, and more. There were books
from eras long past, literature from present day, and
everything in between. Corey even described books that
had actual ISBN numbers that looked brand new, as
though they were just recently purchased. (Keep in mind,
this is Inner Earth we're discussing.) All of this material
was stored behind a sort of energy protection which
sounded like a form of preservation for these materials.
Goode went on to describe the scene of this library as
ancient, and at the same time, futuristic. The walls made of
white marble, the books and records spanning thousand
upon thousands of years... The scene sounded spectacular.
Accompanied by this backdrop, Corey spoke to the
priestess on the subject of the origin of humankind on
Earth, both that of the Inner Earth people, as well as we the
surface-dwellers. The conversation then moved toward the
translations of Zecharia Sitchin. It turned out that this
library had copies of the ancient Sumerian writings, and
that these people were well aware of Sitchin's work. The
priestess informed Corey that Sitchin's translation was
mostly, if not entirely contrived. According to her account,
Sitchin was manipulated into writing these false
translations by what sounded to be Illuminati influences
for the purpose of causing deception. It was intended to
cause the Ufology community to adopt the Illuminati
belief system with regard to the history of Earth humans.
David Wilcock chimed in at this point to add an interesting
anecdote of synchronicity to this information. He shared,
for the first time ever, the fact that he had a college friend
who knew Sitchin, and this friend passed on the fact from
Sitchin, himself, to Wilcock that the translations were
contrived. There was also another instance of
synchronicity in which Wilcock and Sitchin shared an
awkward elevator ride together. During this ride, Sitchin
was completely silent and visibly uncomfortable even
though the two had never met. It was obvious that Sitchin
knew who he was, as Wilcock was fairly well-known at
the time. For some reason, Zecharia avoided speaking to
him and refused to even acknowledge that David was
standing right next to him in this otherwise empty elevator.
It was as though Sitchin was ashamed for some reason.
In his testimony, Corey references the website
“Sitchiniswrong.com”. This site refers to many different
subjects, but the one of interest is, of course, on the
Anunnaki. This Anunnaki section gives multiple resources
for translating and verifying Corey's claims. Here is that
section from the website.
As I noted in my openletter to Zecharia Sitchin, I have
challenged him and other ancient astronaut researchers to
produce one line of one cuneiform text that demonstrates
his ideas about the Anunnaki are really in the Sumerian
texts. I want to see one line of one text that says things like
the Anunnaki inhabit a planet or inhabit Nibiru, or that the
term "Anunnaki" means "people of the fiery rockets, that
sort of thing.
Now, I could drone on about Mr. Sitchin's bogus
translations and understanding of the Anunnaki, but I
thought of something much better. You don't need to take
my word for any of this. The Sumerian texts are online in
English translation and are searchable -- even by Sumerian
word! I invite you -- no, I challenge you -- to click on the
link below and watch me search the Electronic Text
Corpus of Sumerian Literature right before your eyes for
the Sumerian word "Anunnaki." Here is a PDF file of the
search results, but it's best if YOU do the search, since you
will be able to click through the search results and get to
English translations of the hits.
Watch the VIDEO below and then do the search at the
link below (shown in the video) and see if what I'm saying
is true. Mr. Sitchin was making it up when it comes to
what he says about the Anunnaki. The evidence is waiting
for you now. Don't take my word for it.
ElectronicText Corpus of Sumerian Literature search for
Anunnaki
NOTE on the above video and the search it shows: Some
readers have been unable to replicate the search shown in
120
the video. I don't know why that would be (maybe
something under the hood at ETCSL), so here is another
way to find all the occurrences of "Anunnaki" on that site>
1. Go to thisURL (it's the "advanced search" from the front
page).
2. Then at the top of that web page (see image below),
type in "a-nun-na" (with the dashes, but not the
quotation marks) next to "search for"; then select
"lemma" from the next pull down menu (after the word
"as").
http://www.sitchiniswrong.com/anunnaki/anunnaki.htm
There are many alternative as well as mainstream sources
one can reference in order to verify accurate Sumerian
translation of these accounts. The above website serves as
a useful springboard for such a search.
Corey went on to speak on the priestess's account of the
origins of humankind on a galactic level. She described to
Corey how they (the Inner Earth dwellers) believed that
the entire universe is sentient, that all of the stars, the
planets, and everything in general is sentient on some
level. They believe that on every level and in every size,
life/sentience reproduces itself in fractal form. This is very
similar to the text of the Law of One, as Wilcock pointed
out. We see the same forms on every level, from galaxy to
atom. Everything in the universe has the same general
form, dynamic, and sentience. This is an actual, verifiable
fact in both science, and in proven, esoteric texts as well.
Below is a excerpt from the Law of One describing the
fractal nature of universal form, referred to by the source
of the texts as “Logos”.
19.12 Questioner: This seems to be a carefully planned or
engineered stage of development. Can you tell me
anything of the origin of this plan for the development?
Ra: I am Ra. We go back to previous information.
Consider and remember the discussion of the Logos. With
the primal distortion of free will, each galaxy developed its
own Logos. This Logos has complete free will in
determining the paths of intelligent energy which promote
the lessons of each of the densities given the conditions of
the planetary spheres and the sun bodies.
28.1 Questioner: I may be backtracking a little bit and
make a few false starts today because I think we are at
possibly the most important part of what we are doing in
trying to make it apparent through questioning how
everything is one, and how it comes from one intelligent
infinity. This is difficult for me to do, so please bear with
my errors in questioning.
The concept that I have right now of the process, using
both what you have told me and some of Dewey Larson’s
material having to do with the physics of the process, I
have the concept that intelligent infinity expands outward
from all locations everywhere. It expands outward in every
direction uniformly like the surface of a balloon or a
bubble expanding outward from every point everywhere. It
expands outward at what’s called unit velocity or the
velocity of light. This is Larson’s idea of the progression
of what he calls space/time. Is this concept correct?
Ra: I am Ra. This concept is incorrect as is any concept of
the one intelligent infinity. This concept is correct in the
context of one particular Logos, or Love, or focus of this
Creator which has chosen Its, shall we say, natural laws
and ways of expressing them mathematically and
otherwise.
The one undifferentiated intelligent infinity, unpolarized,
full and whole, is the macrocosm of the mystery-clad
being. We are messengers of the Law of One. Unity, at this
approximation of understanding, cannot be specified by
any physics but only be activated or potentiated intelligent
infinity due to the catalyst of free will. This may be
difficult to accept. However, the understandings we have
to share begin and end in mystery.
http://www.lawofone.info/results.php?q=logos
As previously stated, this universally repetitive form and
dynamic can be seen on every level and is fractal in nature.
For more information on the Law of One, visit the
website here.
This episode concluded with the discussion of the ancient
Indian accounts of both vimana (flying craft/cities) and the
.
121
open battles these craft were seen having on the surface
during ancient times. These accounts are extensively
documented in ancient sanskrit, though many of them have
not yet been translated. This subject was the interlude to
next week's episode.
http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/vimanas/esp_vimanas_
9.htm
So, it seems that the claim that Sitchin's translations were
incorrect are true. Though what you, the reader, choose to
do with this information is completely up to you. There is
a specific reason why I, personally, consider this revelation
significant. It is because of a dream I had two nights before
watching this episode and seeing the reaction that much of
the audience has had. This dream seemed to telegraph this
particular event fairly accurately. Though in a figuratively
representational manner, the dream seemed to predict the
near future that we are now experiencing.
My Dream: The Evening of February 7, 2016
There have been many times in the past when I woke up
from a dream feeling as though there was more
significance to the dream than your average
representational imagery. So I decided to start recording
them. One night in particular stood out more than the rest.
At the time, I had no clue as to why, but after I watched
this weeks episode of Cosmic Disclosure, and saw the
reactions thereto, I believe I know why those images
appeared to me.
Corey Goode On: Disclosure, Mass Arrests Rumor: Pope
Francis Signed Off On What Is Being Called A Binding
“Galactic Agreement” This Past Sunday
By Justin Deschamps
Sunday, February 14, 2016
The following article discusses rumors of
the Pope Francis signing off on a binding
"Galactic Agreement" is shared below.
Corey Goode, a secret space program
insider, and whistleblower, who claims to
be working with an interplanetary group
called the secret space program Alliance,
shared the article on his facebook page,
offering commentary on these ongoing
negotiations for the freedom of the planet.
Before reviewing his remarks, here is a
brief summary of some of the key points.
In his work, Goode characterizes the Cabal
as secret Earth governments and their
syndicates, a clandestine organization of
transnational and interplanetary alliances
between humans and extraterrestrials. This
organization is not a singular entity, in the
common sense. It is a tapestry of groups,
centered in the U.S., Europe, Russia,
China, and so on. Each group has their
own interests and goals, but all are
122
generally united in so far as the
overarching agenda is the same: the
'management of humanity.'
Goode states that a secret space program
alliance is making efforts to end slavery
and restore peace to the planet and
elsewhere. The alliance defected away
from the cabal run secret space program
as early as the mid-1990's, but more
overtly after 2012. The SSP alliance is also
working with the Sphere Being alliance,
which made contact with the secret space
program defector group, forming a greater
alliance sometime in 2012.
The Sphere Being alliance brought
thousands of extremely large sphere's into
the solar system and surrounding areas in
an effort to dampen what Goode calls
'tsunami waves of galactic energy' which
are currently changing the solar system
and all life in it. These spheres will provide
humanity more time to prepare for a grand
energetic shift set to occur at some point in
the future.
Goode disclosed last year, that an attack
which occurred in late December 2014 on
one of these massive spheres. Apparently
at a facility in Pine Gap Australia, a particle
beam weapon was fired from the secret
government facility. The sphere glowed red
hot for a short time and was captured on
cameras close to the International Space
Station. The sphere reflected the energy
beam back down to the facility, destroying
it and all personnel there.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 2 -
Episode 16: New Frontiers in the A.I.
War - Summary and Analysis | Corey
Goode and David Wilcock
According to Goode, immediately after this
attack occurred, an energy barrier went up
around the entire solar system, preventing
ingress or egress. Apparently this barrier
trapped very high-level Cabal operatives of
an extraterrestrial origin in the solar
system. The white royal Draco, as they are
known, are essentially the top of the cabal
pyramid of power.
Shortly after this barrier went up, a large
meeting took place with the secret space
program alliance, the still cabal controlled
secret space program, the white royal
Draco, and the secret Earth government
and their syndicates. In an unprecedented
event, the white royal Draco, which
normally stay well hidden behind proxy
agents, offered to turn over all of their cabal
underlings to the secret space program
alliance in exchange for safe passage out
of the solar system. This offer was made in
the presence of these same underlings.
Since this event, the cabal pyramid of
power has been in complete disarray. The
once somewhat united syndicate groups,
such as the Western and Eastern power
centers, are now in a type of stealth cold
war, battling for control of the financial
system and other items.
Negotiations have been ongoing since this
event, with various power players in the
secret Earth governments offering partial
disclosure of history and technology. The
Chinese, according to Goode, have made
offers to release free energy technology,
limited disclosure, and their turn at 100
years of power, in contrast to the western
group centered in the U.S. and Europe,
who has maintained a superior position for
hundreds of years.
Related It's Time For Unity | Analysis of
Mini Update by Corey Goode: The Art of
Negotiation and Who Represents
Humanity in SSP AllIance Meetings?
In short, 2015 has seen more false flag
attacks, fear mongering, and financial
turmoil then the past 15 years of post 9/11
history.
Related 22 Signs That The Global
Economic Turmoil We Have Seen So Far
In 2016 Is Just The Beginning
123
Many of these events, according to Goode,
are a result of infighting between formerly
united syndicates as they jockey for power
and dominance over the remaining groups.
Rumors of mass arrests, financial resets,
releases of free energy technology and an
enormous amount of soft disclosure has
slowly been trickling out of the mainstream
and alternative media since this
unprecedented dematerialization of the
cabal pyramid of power.
Related 2016 Agenda for Disclosure? |
The Opening of Pandora's Suitcase
The following is a comment left by Goode
in relation to the below article from The
Event Chronicle:
Sphere Being Alliance [The powers that] TPT (were) are
indeed showing signs of capitulation in this great struggle
and negotiation between their syndicates and various Earth
Based Alliance groups.
Some are feigning compliance while working on dirty
tricks and false flags in the background. They do not
realize it will only make their situation worse.
There are many meetings between people/groups that
many may scratch their heads over and wonder why the
meeting is occurring. There is much that hasn't been
reported recently about the quiet movement of troops to
various cities in the U.S. driving in unmarked caravans and
wearing plain clothes.
One try's not to get their hopes up too much but things are
looking to be coming to an end for one group and a
beginning for another group (their 100 years).
All the signs are there and the movement that is now
occurring in the public eye is enough to cause knee jerk
reaction stories and indeed they make you wonder.
Kissinger was not meeting Putin to discuss global finances
or their old "friendship" in his recent flight to Moscow.
IMHO you could see the shame and confusion on his face.
(now… try to prove that!)
CG
Goode also left the following supportive
information for his comments:
Sphere Being Alliance NNWO (NEW New World
Order??)... Is that what the Earth Alliance is in the middle
of setting up?
 Kissinger’s Meeting With Putin: The
Pitch to Bring Russia into the New
World Order
(TRUNEWS) Russian insider, Alexander Sobyanin,
believes Henry Kissinger pitched Vladimir Putin to join
the New World Order during their Feb 3 meeting, in
exchange for Russia agreeing to bail out western banks and
facilitate the Vatican led push for a one world religion.
Sphere Being Alliance
Henry Kissinger’s “mad and illegal”
bombing: What you need to know about
his real history — and why the
Sanders/Clinton exchange matters
Sanders is right about Kissinger. His civilian death toll
nears 4 million, his policies built today's Middle East
Sphere Being Alliance
Henry Kissinger came to Moscow to
discuss new financial system with Putin
On February 3, 2016, Russian President Vladimir Putin
had a meeting with Henry Kissinger, a US diplomat,
former national security advisor and US Secretary of State.
February 12, 2016 is said to be the date for an epoch-
making meeting between the heads of the Russian
Orthodox Church Patriarch Krill and the head of the
Roman Catholic Church, Pope Francis.
The picture being painted, by the above
links alone, suggests that a new financial
system may not be the huge sweeping
reform spoken of my many in the
alternative media. It may actually just be a
form of softer slavery, with all the same
hallmarks of the Babylonian money magic
system.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 3: Ubuntu and the Blue Avians’
Message Part 1 - Summary and Analysis
| Corey Goode and David Wilcock
We already know that the Pope is a major
figurehead in the secret world of human
enslavement. And that some shift in power
seems to be taking place, as marked by
some of the developments that have come
about from the Vatican over the years.
124
Related Pope 'Ruler of the World' to go
after War Criminals?
I think we would all do well to gain personal
knowledge of these things and not place
our trust into any promise of change that
does not also focus on full disclosure and a
total restoration of individual sovereignty for
all people, everywhere.
In the absence of a genuine effort to free
the planet, the people must unite amongst
themselves for change.
- Justin
Source - The Event Chronicle
Pope Francis signed off on what is
being called a binding “Galactic
Agreement” this past Sunday inside the
walls of the Vatican, witnessed by
Christine Legarde and legal counsel of
the IMF
Former USA, Inc President Barack Obama will soon be
revealed as a Rome/CIA operative, and publicly be made
to relinquish Presidential status, and be amnestied to a
foreign country – Dubai – it is rumored. Privately,
Obama’s resignation has already occurred and he’s just
awaiting a public dismissal announcement. Also the
United States Congress, including all members of the
Senate and House of Representatives, no longer hold legal
authority to make any laws for the citizens of the Republic
of the United States. They too will all be dismissed or
removed.
The same punishment holds true for all members of the
Supreme Court, who secretively pledged allegiance to
Rome before taking their oath to serve the laws and people
of the United States. Washington, D.C. is also no longer a
sovereign territory exclusively serving the interests of the
Holy Roman Empire under the control of the American
Jesuit Order.
Other sovereign diplomatic territories have also been
released of their international “safe haven” status, such as
Vatican City, City of Jerusalem & City of London. All
Jesuit ordained operatives still in any of these “safe haven”
territories are now being arrested, amnestied, exiled or
exterminated depending on their individual agreements
with the new global governance authority. This clean up
includes diplomats, bankers, lawyers, politicians and
judges involved in the secrete conspiracy against mankind,
known collectively as the cabal.
 Thousands Of Documents Disclosing Aliens-UFOs
Soon To Be Released By US Navy Whistleblower
Written By Dr. Michael Salla
February 17, 2016
On February 15, Britain’s Express newspaper announced
that a new whistleblower is about to publicly emerge with
thousands of documents concerning extraterrestrial life.
Nick Pope, a former government official that led an
investigation by Britain’s Ministry of Defense into UFO
files for three years, has declared that the whistleblower is
a genuine insider.
The Express described the whistleblower as a third-class
petty officer with the U.S. Navy who worked for three
years (1986-1989) at the Naval Telecommunications
Center within the former Naval Air Station at Moffet
Field, near San Francisco, where he gained access to the
documents.
The whistleblower, according to the Express, filed a report
with the Mutual UFO Network on February 13 claiming he
wants to promote “disclosure”. He was quoted as saying:
I’m not reporting a UFO sighting rather a UFO related
experience. I have copies of my security clearances. I
125
personally handled, viewed and delivered thousands of
documents involving UFO/ET Projects. My secrecy
agreement with the US Government expired in October
2014.
The Express story continued:
“He said that UFO/ET were real [sic] and
that hopefully disclosure would happen in
my lifetime since he was in his early 60s at
the time.” In the report he said: “I was
required to deliver TS Code word
designation COSMIC to SRI,
ESL/SYLVANIA, LOCKHEED
SKUNKWORKS, TRW, RATHEON,
BERKELEY LABS, LAWRENCE
LIVERMORE LABS, and other think tanks
throughout Silicon valley.”
The whistleblower’s background has important similarities
with another recent whistleblower, William Tompkins,
who also claims he worked with the U.S. Navy as a courier
of highly classified information concerning extraterrestrial
life and technology to major aerospace industries and think
tanks from 1942 to 1945.
After this, Tompkins worked with a number of leading
aerospace companies from 1947, which included Northrup,
Lockheed, Douglas Aircraft Corporation, TRW, and
General Dynamics. Tompkins has included a number of
documents in his autobiography, Selected by
Extraterrestrials. They reveal his work in designing
kilometer long spacecraft in the 1950s and 1960s. These
were eventually built and deployed by the U.S. Navy as
space battle fleets in the 1980s.
Tompkins is working on the next edition to his
autobiography where he will release more of the
documents he accumulated during his military and
corporate career that support his claims of U.S. Navy and
corporate involvement in extraterrestrial/UFO projects.
Could the thousands of documents soon to be released by
the new whistleblower mark the start of the long
anticipated document dumps Secret Space Program
whistleblower Corey Goode has been discussing since
mid-2015?
On June 15, Goode wrote:
A full disclosure event would consist of a
major data dump on the Internet with many
hundreds of thousands of document, audio
and video files on multiple mirrored sites for
126
everyone to have access to. There would
be a collapse of the corporate media
machine and a 24/7 television and radio
education campaign would be initiated. Not
all channels and stations would be co-
opted so people are not overwhelmed and
could “tune out” as they needed to due to
the stress.
As originally envisaged, the document dumps would
reveal all the truth about secret space programs and
extraterrestrial alliances, and this would lead to war crimes
trials and major global changes. A catalyzing event, such
as global economic collapse, was argued by a Secret Space
Program Alliance to be necessary for the document dumps
plan to move forward.
In a previous article published on January 1, I wrote about part of a partial disclosure plan intended to cover up
recent meetings by elite groups which indicated that crimes in space, or a genuine disclosure initiative designed
negotiations were secretly underway to prevent the to acclimate the general public to what lies ahead.
catalyzing event from occurring:

A catalyzing event such as economic

collapse, as Goode was told, could be
prevented by a new financial system being
put in place to reform the current financial
system. Thus, China and other BRICS
nations could come forward to rescue the
tottering international financial system in
exchange for a variety of benefits.

This has led to Goode’s current report that a decision has

been made by an alliance of global elites and secret space
program groups that the massive document dumps will not
be going ahead after all. A more limited disclosure plan
has been agreed upon, which will spread out the document
releases over an extended period to allow the public to
better acclimate to the disturbing information they contain.

In this regard, Goode wrote yesterday:

I was told heavily credentialed people who
have worked in the lower
Military/Intelligence Secret Space Program
are being prepped and coached to be
whistleblowers and provide the public with
the “truth”. This same group had a direct
message sent to me that I should back off
of the full disclosure narrative as it is
“irresponsible to the public”.
Regarding the yet to be disclosed documents awaiting
release by the new whistleblower, it will be important to
evaluate these documents in terms of how accurately they
detail the U.S. Navy’s involvement in extraterrestrial/UFO
related projects. This will be seminal when it comes to
revelations concerning the existence of secret space
programs that Goode and other whistleblowers have
previously disclosed, which are investigated in Insiders
Reveal Secret Space Programs and Extraterrestrial Life.
Tompkins testimony, as discussed in a series of articles,
provides an important basis for evaluating the new
whistleblower’s claims and documents. This will help
determine whether the new whistleblower’s testimony is
.
As to whether Tompkins testimony itself is part of a full or
partial disclosure plan, it’s important to point out that
Tompkins received the go ahead to begin writing his
autobiography in 2001 by Admiral Hugh Webster, a
former Corporate Director of the U.S. Navy League. In
2009, Tompkins began collaborating with Dr. Robert
Wood, a retired 43 year veteran with McDonnell Douglas,
who was so impressed by Tompkins information and
documents that he eventually became the book’s editor.
Selected by Extraterrestrials was only recently released in
December 2015, but its 14 year gestation means that it
long predates elite negotiations over full and partial
disclosure, some of which Goode claims to have attended
beginning in March 2015. The 2001 approval by Admiral
Webster suggests that Tompkins revelations are part of a
U.S. Navy sanctioned disclosure plan that has been in
place for some time, but is now moving into high gear.
Consequently, the February 13 report to MUFON by
another U.S. Navy whistleblower suggests that the Navy is
encouraging former personnel to openly blow the whistle
on top secret projects involving extraterrestrial life and
UFOs by coming forward, and releasing documents that
substantiate their testimonies.

127
 Corey Goode Warned To Back Off Of Full Disclosure
Narrative, Partial Disclosure Of Lower Level Secret Space
Programs Actively Rolling Out
By Justin Deschamps
Wednesday, February 17, 2016
Corey Goode, a secret space program
insider, and whistleblower recently shared
an article discussing some of the lower
level program activity now being disclosed
with more intensity to the public. In the
below comment offered by Goode recently,
he claims to have been told to "back off" of
a full disclosure scenario, by high-level
persons in the heights of worldly power.
According to Goode, these lower level
operations, such as insider revealed in the
below article, are part of this partial
disclosure initiative being rolled out by
some of the Earth based alliances. He
discussed this in a recent comment
regarding rumors of disclosure and mass
arrests and a meeting between Vladimir
Putin and Henry Kissinger.
Related Corey Goode on: Disclosure,
Mass Arrests Rumor: Pope Francis
signed off on what is being called a
128
binding “Galactic Agreement” this past
Sunday
In that article, I summarized some of the
points Goode makes mention of, one of
those being that various cabal and non-
cabal affiliated groups have been
negotiating for a disclosure scenarios, a
financial reset, and a shift in global power.
Many of the dynastic families who have
enjoyed positions of power, what Goode
calls 'Earth-based alliances' are clamoring
for their '100 years' of dominance and a
partial disclosure scenario. While other
groups, such as the secret space program
(SSP) Alliance and the Sphere Being
Alliance are pushing for a full disclosure
scenario, a releasing free energy
technology, ending of the Babylonian
money magic system, and a truth and
reconciliation style tribunal of the cabal.
Related Mini "Situation Update"
1/14/2016
Goode is actively working with the SSP and
Sphere Being Alliance to realize full
disclosure and end of cabal rule; but these
other Earth-based alliances are not, for
now anyway. He has reported in previous
updates, that efforts are being made to
move forward with partial disclosure. Not
too soon after he made mention of this,
several lower level SSP insiders came
forward with testimony, he believes, is part
of this partial disclosure effort.
Dr. Michael Salla has been covering some
of these newer whistleblowers, such as
William S Tomkins, on his website
exopolitics.org.
 Dr. Salla published another article today
discussing this new lower level insider:
On February 15, Britain’s Express newspaper announced
that a new whistleblower is about to publicly emerge with
thousands of documents concerning extraterrestrial life.
Nick Pope, a former government official that led an
investigation by Britain’s Ministry of Defense into UFO
files for three years, has declared that the whistleblower is
a genuine insider.
Recent Comments By Goode
According to a comment left by Goode on
Tuesday February 16th, he was warned to
"back off of the full disclosure narrative as it
is "irresponsible to the public"." He then
claims to have several military aircraft,
Chinook helicopters fly by his home, in an
unusual display, he thinks, was a show of
force in an effort to intimidate him into
compliance.
Goode goes on to say that:
"All of this is occurring during the time of
some major negotiations, threats and the
beginning of the assassinations of a high
up official or two to send a message that no
one is untouchable nor will anyone at any
level be tolerated standing in the way of the
NEW systems."
Possibly the recent death of US Supreme
Court Justice Antonin Scalia, was an
assassination, as some are claiming.
Finally, Goode makes mention of
negotiations for a new financial system
coming to a head:
"As I recently found out the negotiations for
this New NWO/Financial System are
extremely close to their conclusion. The
parties are now to a point to where
everything will be decided in the middle of
chaos or through what they are calling a
peaceful transition. "
During times of economic transition and
market volatility, usually manufactured to
some extent by hidden financial powers, a
venue is provided for in-the-know investors
to make huge sums of money. This
appears to be taking place right now, as
the energy industry collapses due to low oil
prices and investors scramble to get out of
risky markets through gold investments.
129
Related Global Stocks Continue To
Crash As Oil Plummets And Gold
Skyrockets
Related The Oil Crash Of 2016 Has The
Big Banks Running Scared
Major banking powers have long discussed
abolishing paper currency in favor of
electronic ones. Fedcoin and cashless
programs have been put forth this year as
well, possibly in preparation for when this
'new' financial system kicks off.
Related Fedcoin and E Dollar,
Understanding: Interest, Usury,
Devaluation and Quantitative Easing |
Central Banks Announce Introduction of
E Dollar
Below is Goode's complete comment from
the 14th of this month, with related links
added.
Sphere Being Alliance [An] article about a new
whistleblower: Anyone else see the controlled partial
disclosure I was briefed about occurring around us
anywhere? I was told heavily credentialed people who
have worked in the lower Military/Intelligence Secret
Space Program are being prepped and coached to be
whistleblowers and provide the public with the "truth".
This same group had a direct message sent to me that I
should back off of the full disclosure narrative as it is
"irresponsible to the public".
The very next morning a Chinook Helicopter orbited my
home at least 5 times and hovered over it once and we then
received quick flyovers of military helicopters for three
days/nights! There are no military helicopter bases nearby
and this activity is beyond unusual (Esp the altitude i
caught them flying on video) I happened to get some of it
on video and will debut the video at the Conscious Life
Expo in L.A. on Friday (& then will post to my youtube
channel).
Related Corey Goode and David Wilcock
Live Stream from the Conscious Life
Expo 2016
All of this is occurring during the time of some major
negotiations, threats and the beginning of the
assassinations of a high up official or two to send a
message that no one is untouchable nor will anyone at any
level be tolerated standing in the way of the NEW systems.
As I recently found out the negotiations for this New
NWO/Financial System are extremely close to their
conclusion. The parties are now to a point to where
everything will be decided in the middle of chaos or
through what they are calling a peaceful transition.
The meetings have been very interesting recently and the
differences in the energy of the people in these meetings is
tangible... The energetic waves that are hitting our planet
in waves is also adding to the equation of how people act,
feel, think and are negotiating.
Related DNA and Evolution Expected to
Increase Over the Coming Years Due to
Cosmic Radiation Intensifying As We
Enter Another Solar Minimum
Dr. Michael Salla has been speaking to a new Lower SSP
Whistleblower as will several other respected researchers
in the near future if my sources are correct.
TY,
CG
Related Another SSP Whistleblower
Confirms Corey Goode's Story | US
Navy Spies Learned Secrets of Nazi
Anti-gravity Spacecraft
It seems as though a major disclosure
effort is underway, but while the masses
celebrate the release of more truth into the
public eye, according to Goode, much of
the story has yet to be told.
To be clear, Goode is still pushing for a
full disclosure initiative, by way of a
united and active effort within the truther
community.
Recent disclosures seen in the X-Files
series that debuted this year also seems to
be part of this lower level partial disclosure
effort.
Related Analysis of X-Files Episode 1:
"My Struggle" by Deus Nexus | The X-
Files Disclosure of 2016!
In my view, full disclosure of not just UFOs
or extraterrestrials, but our full history,
longstanding projects of the elite, and all
suppressed information is essential for our
species to move forward. If freedom and
prosperity are the goals, then humanity
needs all the facts so it can begin
managing itself competently.
Related Commentary
Goode responded to a comment that I think
is of importance here:
Sphere Being Alliance "I believe" that is the case for many
in this community. That was the goal of multiple long term
and clever infiltration programs that have been focused on
130
this community. "IF" I or others are being used then let's
say we turn the tables around on who ever it is you think is
using me/others and bring about a grassroots movement of
unity and full disclosure. They want division and
negativity in the community, so lets give them a movement
that fights against their agenda instead.
If people think a person is mind controlled or
compromised in some fashion their deeds will expose this.
We have no one to blame for a partial disclosure if we do
not at least try to overcome these belief systems or knee
jerk reactions to threats against our reality bubbles. If we
get a true disclosure we should all find ourselves re-
evaluating "our truths" and have some major shifts in our
paradigms.
Don't trust in the SSP, the SBA or any other outside forces.
Trust in yourself, we need to stop looking outward. WE
are the saviors we have been waiting for. NO one is going
to do it for us!
CG
And here is a comment regarding why
these alliances are negotiating with
'terrorists,' such as the Cabal groups.
Original comment:
I guess I don't get why there are even
negotiations. Why won't the "white hats"
just start data dumps? From what you've
been saying, Corey, the people who are for
partial disclosure are criminals anyway.
Don't we, as the actual citizens of this
planet, have the right to know the truth, so
we can start freeing ourselves from corrupt
rulers? Basically, why are the white hats
even negotiating with terrorists?
Goode's response:
Sphere Being Alliance There seem to only
be "Grey Hats" negotiating against the
current regime... The only whitehats in this
scenario are the ones in our community...
and the SBA/SSP Alliance/Inner Earth
groups are all watching to see what (if
anything) WE as a community, then us as a
planetary people will do about it. The time
for waiting for whitehats, lightforces/beings
to save us is over. We are the saviors we
have been waiting on and now there are
layers of other beings waiting for us to
stand up. Some have expressed
disappointment over the lack of action or
unity in our community. We really need a
grass roots global effort for full disclosure
or we need to not complain when we
receive a new 100 years of a new financial
system and a partial disclosure.
IMHO,
CG
I offered an explanation as to why
negotiation, even with the Cabal, is
essential in the below-linked article.
Related It's Time For Unity | Analysis of
Mini Update by Corey Goode: The Art of
Negotiation and Who Represents
Humanity in SSP AllIance Meetings?
Here is the article Goode linked to when
posting the above comment.
- Justin
Whistleblower About To 'Lift Lid On 1000s
Of UFO Files' Is GENUINE,
Says Ex-Mod Man
Source - Express
By JON AUSTIN
A FORMER US Naval officer who claims his secrecy
agreement with the American Government has expired is
vowing to lift the lid on thousands of top-secret UFO files
he claims to have seen.
JON AUSTIN Retired Colonel Charles Halt, the most senior former
US servicemen to go public about UFOs and Rendle.
The man, who says he was a third-class petty officer at the
Naval Telecommunications Center within NAS Moffett
Field from February 1986 to October 1989, also claims he
can shed light on the mysterious mass-UFO sighting
involving military personal in 1980.
He has yet to be named, but a former British MoD UFO
investigator confirmed to Express.co.uk the man is a
genuine source, creating a flurry of excitement within the
UFO disclosure community.
Nick Pope, who was charged by the MoD with
investigating baffling UK UFO cases, including the
Rendlesham incident, said:
"I've actually had some personal
communication with this individual, and
have no doubts about his background.
131
"It's clear from the language he uses and
the information he has that he's a genuine
insider."
But Mr. Pope stopped short of encouraging the
whistleblower to come out into the open.
He added:
"While my own secrecy oath means I can't
encourage anyone to divulge classified
information without proper authority, I'm
obviously very interested in his story.
"As I conducted the MoD's cold case
review of the Rendlesham Forest incident
I'm particularly keen to hear about anything
that would shed new light on this case."
NEWS INTERNATIONAL News of the World reports of
Rendlesham at the time
The Rendlesham legend has been dubbed Britain's Roswell
after the mystery UFO crash said to have happened outside
the town in New Mexico, USA, in July 1947.
The UK alien sighting happened when three US officers
based at RAF Bentwaters claimed a "triangular shaped
craft" landed in neighbouring woods in the early hours of
December 26 1980.
It has led to several reported sightings on the night by the
public and several books and conspiracies.
The man, who has not been publicly named, is claiming
the US National Security Agency (NSA) and the UK
Government had a going project looking at UFO sightings,
including Rendlesham in the 1980s.
He has filed a report to the Mutual UFO Network
(MUFON) - the world's biggest official alien investigation
organisation based in the US, saying he wants to help
reach "disclosure".
The disclosure movement among the UFO fraternity, is
calling for all world Governments to make public all their
top secret files on UFO and flying saucer visitations.
In the report filed on Saturday he said:
"I'm not reporting a UFO sighting rather a
UFO related experience.
"I have copies of my security clearances.
"I personally handled, viewed and delivered
thousands of documents involving UFO/ET
Projects.
"My secrecy agreement with the US
Government expired in October 2014.
"I have copies of my security clearances. I
personally handled, viewed and delivered
thousands of documents involving UFO/ET
Projects."
– US Navy alleged whistleblower
"At this point in my life I would like to share
my knowledge in hopes that someone will
be able to use it effectively towards
disclosure."
He said he was given TS SBI/ESI NATO/SIOP
Compartmental Security Clearance, which is Top Secret
clearance for working in Special Background
Investigation, Single Integrated Operation Plan,
Exceptionally Sensitive Information and with NATO.
132
He added: "In addition we had a GS11 employee who was
transferred from a Joint US/UK communication station
north of London after working at that site for a dozen
years.
"He said it was an National Security
Agency (NSA)/UK facility tasked with
tracking UFO including Rendalsham Forest
Incident.
"He said that UFO/ET were real and that
hopefully disclosure would happen in my
lifetime since he was in his early 60s at the
time."
In the report he said:
"I was required to deliver TS Code word
designation COSMIC to SRI,
ESL/SYLVANIA, LOCKHEED
SKUNKWORKS, TRW, RATHEON,
BERKELEY LABS, LAWRENCE
LIVERMORE LABS, and other think tanks
throughout Silicon valley."
JON AUSTIN Military fencing around the former RAF Bentwaters
base still said to be a UFO hotspot
Research shows that at the time in question, Moffett Field
was a naval air base, but is now a MFA as a restricted
federal airfield, run by NASA.*
The Lockheed Martin Skunkworks is a global security and
aerospace company based in Bethesda, Maryland.
The Berkeley and Lawrence Livermore laboratories and
scientific labs which work closely with NASA in
California.
Spelt differently, Raytheon Company is a global
technology and innovation firm specialising in defence and
cybersecurity.
Roger Marsh, MUFON spokesman, said:
"This historical case has been assigned to
a field investigator within the Californian
MUFON group."
 COBRA | Important Situation Update - February 18th
2016: Full Disclosure Is The Only Option, Return Of
Fairies And Angels, Soft And Partial Disclosure Ongoing
By Justin Deschamps
Thursday, February 18, 2016
Here is the latest COBRA situation update.
One point I found interesting was that
apparently the Resistance Movement has
hidden 'disclosure packages' within "some
major newspaper agencies around the
world" ... "about Disclosure, secret space
programs and criminal evidence against
the Cabal." He also says, "If the Cabal
crosses a certain line, these intel packages
will be remotely activated by the
Resistance and will simultaneously appear
as pop-ups on countless computer screens
worldwide," and that "ONLY full and
complete 100% disclosure will be allowed,
and limited disclosure is NOT an option."
These comments seem to echo what Corey
Goode just spoke of in his recent
commentary, which can be found here:
Related Corey Goode Warned to Back
Off of Full Disclosure Narrative, Partial
Disclosure of Lower Level Secret Space
Programs Actively Rolling Out
133
Goode has said, in the past, that full
disclosure is one of the primary goals of the
Secret Space Program Alliance, despite
receiving warnings to "back off of the full
disclosure narrative".
While COBRA's Resistance Movement and
Goode's SSP Alliance have not been
explicitly linked, they are, at the very least,
in agreement that full disclosure is
essential and are moving towards that end.
COBRA then goes on to discuss much of
the soft disclosure now occurring, which
also agrees with Goode's claim that a
partial disclosure scenario is being carried
out. Clearly COBRA is cognizant of this
perspective as well.
While confirming aspects of COBRA's
information is difficult, what seems clear at
this stage, is that a disclosure of once
hidden information is occurring, as detailed
by several of his links below.
Dr. Michael Salla has been covering a
great deal of the lower level secret space
programs on his site recently as well.
- Justin
Source - COBRA 2012 Portal
Clearing of the Chimera group continues. The Light forces
have made important breakthroughs lately and will be able
to remove all plasma strangelet bombs very soon. What
will be remaining are plasma toplet bombs, but the Light
forces expect the mechanism for their removal to be
similar to one for removal of the strangelet bombs and are
hoping soon to deal with the strangelet/toplet problem
once and for all.
Because of this significant progress on plasma plane, the
energies on etheric and lower astral planes are improving
quite much and some fairies and angels are already
returning to the surface of the planet to remote spots in
nature, far away from humans. These subtle beings do not
like harsh energy of most humans, but they welcome
loving contact and you are invited to go into nature and
seek the loving connection with their energy.
The dark were quite bold in their actions lately and
therefore the Resistance took some action on the physical
plane.
First, they have put intel packages about Disclosure, secret
space programs and criminal evidence against the Cabal
into the computers of some major newspaper agencies
around the world and into the computers of some selected
private individuals worldwide. If the Cabal crosses a
certain line, these intel packages will be remotely activated
by the Resistance and will simultaneously appear as pop-
ups on countless computer screens worldwide. This action
is also to insure against any attempt to twist or suppress the
Disclosure process. ONLY full and complete 100%
disclosure will be allowed, and limited disclosure is NOT
an option.
Mainstream media are speculating that the strange
structure around the star KIC8462852 could be built by an
alien civilization:
http://finance.yahoo.com/news/bizarre-looking-star-just-
got-210900508.html
134
Second, certain armed Resistance agents are now on the
surface and will interfere in many cases when innocent
civilians are attacked, preventing violence and abuse.
Third, Resistance agents are infiltrated into the security
personnel of the major Cabal players, all US presidential
candidates and many key politicians worldwide that can
influence the planetary situation.
Soft Disclosure process continues.
Perhaps some of you remember the Mersenius lunar base I
was talking about last year:
http://2012portal.blogspot.com/2015/09/solar-system-
situation-update.html
This very same lunar base has been spotted on Google
Moon recently and its exact coordinates are listed here:
NASA is preparing for the Disclosure of secret space
programs by releasing space tourism posters, inviting us to
a tour to places like Jupiter or Enceladus:
http://gizmodo.com/were-entering-a-golden-age-of-space-
tourism-propaganda-1758075093

At the same time, asteroid mining is going mainstream:
http://www.space.com/31829-luxembourg-investing-
asteroid-mining.html
The Eastern Alliance is continuing with their actions to
decrease the importance of petrodollar:
http://sputniknews.com/business/20160204/1034241083/e
merging-economies-petrodollar-trading.html
http://sputniknews.com/business/20160208/1034420845/ru
ssia-china-iran-currencies.html
And is one step closer towards introducing gold standard:
http://politicalvelcraft.org/2016/02/01/shanghai-shock-
april-2016-yuan-based-gold-standard/
In Switzerland, unconditional basic income could become
reality if Swiss people vote for it:
https://www.rt.com/news/330828-switzerland-minimum-
payment-vote/
.
135
http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-3422775/Swiss-
government-proposes-paying-1-700-month-work-not-bid-
end-poverty-insists-people-want-job.html
Secret space programs Disclosure petition is still a very
important act of expression of our collective free will and
we are hoping to get 25,000 signatures soon. You can
spread the word and sign the petition here if you feel so
guided:
https://www.change.org/p/vladimir-putin-disclose-all-the-
secret-space-programs-and-release-all-the-hidden-
technology
Related Secret Space Programs Disclosure Petition |
Help Spread Awareness and Open The Mind
Youtube videos have been created to make sharing of this
petition easier. First this excellent video in English:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iEkGwAlbxYQ
And this one in English and French:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uFrC-XJulYk
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Zm3eFa05Ys4
As expected, the Cabal was and still is interfering with the
signing of the petition:
http://www.starshipearththebigpicture.com/2016/02/04/urg
ent-suspicious-activity-interference-with-the-ssp-
disclosure-petition/
Proof of this interference will serve as evidence against the
Cabal in surrender negotiations when the Cabal tries to
spin the Disclosure process. Tampering with free will is a
crime against Galactic law and therefore the Cabal will not
be allowed to succeed with their plans for limited
Disclosure.
Victory of the Light!
Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 - Episode 7: Inner Earth:
Into The Hall Of Records - Summary And Analysis
Corey Goode And David Wilcock
By Justin Deschamps
Friday, February 19, 2016
In the fifth and final installment of the Inner-
Earth subseries, Corey Goode
discusses the Hall of Records, the
Guardians, karma and side effects of his
experiences there.
He has already mentioned in other updates
that the Sphere Being Alliance are highly
revered by the inner-Earth peoples, who
refer to them as the Guardians, an
extremely old race that ascended into a
higher frequency of existence many
millions of years ago. Before doing so, they
left vast amounts of their technology on
Earth and in the solar system. The secret
space program refers to these beings as
the ancient builder race, which Goode has
spoken of in the past.
During the previous episode, Goode and
the priestess Kaaree, his hostess for the
trip, discussed the work of Zecharia Sitchin,
and how she feels it was contrived insofar
as it can not be verified by reading the
cuneiform tablets he allegedly translated.
Goode was taken aback by
136
this revelation and spent several weeks
pouring over scholarly websites in an effort
to confirm Sitchin's claims. Ultimately no
verification could be done, and he
concluded that she was telling the truth.
During this episode, David and Corey
spend some time separating fact from
fiction in relation to Sitchin's narrative.
Goode also shares that the inner-Earth
peoples do not believe in karma, which
sparks a conversation into what karma
actually is. I offered a detailed account of
my own insights into this controversial
topic.
Goode states that a major shift occurred for
the inner-Earth peoples after they learned
that the Guardians have returned, who are,
again, the Sphere Beings. But they were
dismayed by the fact that the Guardians did
not acknowledge their appeals for
communication, which is most likely one of
the reason they reached out to Goode, as
he is the Sphere Being Alliance delegate.
According to Kaaree, the Guardians lived in
the solar system billions of years ago,
constructing energy barriers that kept the
solar system protected for eons. But at
some point in the distant past, a race that
evolved in the solar system, via their violent
tendencies, brought down the barrier,
which allowed all manner of self-serving
groups to enter. It was many of the latter-
day groups that instituted what Goode has
referred to as 22 genetic, social and
spiritual experiments on the Earth, which
are still active to this day.
After this long period of discussion, both
Kaaree and Goode descend further into the
library, reaching an area where hundreds
of people were sitting in silence. Kaaree
said that some of them are reaching out
with their minds to people on the surface,
hoping to make contacts with people who
feel 'they are special.' She also said there
was another group that was in shared
telepathic experience, able to interact via
mind space to discuss and work together
towards some undisclosed goal.
Beyond this point, were the Hall of
Records, where Goode and Kaaree
entered a huge domed chamber containing
a large crystal. Apparently the area was
heavily regulated, both in environment and
restrictive access to people in their group.
Kaaree told Goode that they were
accessing information in the crystal and
attempting to cause it to grow.
Goode later went through a final cleansing
ceremony, being teleported to the surface
moments after leaving, in the standard
time dilation protocol he was used to. He
said that this has been a major life
changing experience for him, and that
since this trip, his intuitive abilities have
been greatly enhanced.
This is part five of a sub-series covering
Goode's trip to Inner Earth. For part one,
two and three, see the below-linked
articles.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 2: A Goode Trip to the Inner
Earth - Summary and Analysis | Corey
Goode and David Wilcock
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 4: Revelations from the Inner
Earth - Summary and Analysis | Corey
Goode and David Wilcock
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 5: Inner Earth: The Grand Tour
- Summary and Analysis | Corey Goode
and David Wilcock
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 6: Inner Earth: The Library -
Summary and Analysis | Corey Goode
and David Wilcock
If you have not already reviewed these first
sections I strongly suggest doing so in
order to comprehend what is covered here.
Goode also produced an extensive written
report, which he references through this
137
sub-series. See the below-linked article for
the full trip report.
Related Ancient Earth Break-Away-
Civilization Subterranean Council
Meeting & SSP Alliance Debrief Part I -
"Honeycomb Earth"
Overview of Corey Goode, the Secret Space
Program Alliance and the Sphere Being Alliance:
Corey Goode is a Secret Space Program (SSP) insider and
whistleblower that began disclosing information in 2009
under the pseudonym GoodETxSG. In 2014, he started
revealing a great deal more information in an effort to
prepare humanity for what he calls 'data dumps', set to
occur at an opportune moment in the future. Much of the
information he provides comes from 'Smart Glass Pads',
iPad like devices supplied to SSP personnel for
information dissemination purposes. This will be a ground
breaking event, revealing the totality of Earth's history and
the activities of the Cabal which will ultimately lead to a
truth and reconciliation style tribunal to hold criminal
elements accountable for wrongdoing. Additionally, the
SSP Alliance intends on releasing all of the hidden
technology to the people in preparation for a 'Star Trek-
type golden age'.
According to Goode, the Cabal or the secret Earth
government and their syndicates (as termed by the SSP
Alliance) have enslaved humanity under a false paradigm
of a technological advancement, while secretly developing
incredible technology (a Star Trek level of advancement)
used to colonize the solar system and beyond, engaging in
trade with thousands of extraterrestrial races.
Space programs have been developed in secret all
throughout Earth's history, and in many cases, groups
broke away from the main culture forming what is called a
Breakaway Civilization. Some of these civilizations have
existed in secret, on Earth and beyond for. thousands of
years. The Agartha Network is one such group that claims
to be the original human race. It was this group in addition
to the Draco Alliance, that made contact with a secret
German space program in the early 20th century.
In modern times, the Germans were the most advanced of
the SSP groups, beginning their efforts in earnest during
the early 1920's and 30's. The Americans were also
developing a SSP, but were much further behind in
technological advances. Later, the American SSPs were
infiltrated and taken over by the Germans after the end of
World War II. It was after this forced merger that the SSP,
under the direction of the Interplanetary Corporate
Conglomerate (ICC), expanded into the solar system and
beyond, setting up dozens of bases and mining facilities
chiefly using slave labor.
In the early 1990's, a faction within the SSP known
as Solar Warden slowly began to go against the ICC,
allying with a group of highly evolved extraterrestrials
known as the Sphere Being Alliance in 2012. Since then,
more factions have joined the alliance which is actively
working to free humanity on Earth and beyond, known as
the SSP Alliance. Despite their good intentions, the SSP
Alliance is a group of highly damaged and morally
ambiguous individuals, according to Goode, that recognize
at some level the need to change the status quo, but are
hardly angels.
The Sphere Beings are a group of five extraterrestrial
races, one of which is known as the Blue Avians, that
arrived in the solar system during the late 1980's. Two of
the races remain unrevealed, however, there is also a race
of 'golden triangle head' beings and 'blue orb' beings made
of light. Over the course of 20 years, they began bringing
massive spheres into the solar system and surrounding
area, some which are the size of Jupiter. This is in an effort
to downstep galactic energy waves, which are slowly
changing life as we know it. These spheres are cloaked and
not detectable by the surface population of Earth.
According to the Sphere Beings, a massive shift in
energetic expression is now occurring in the solar system,
as the result of a natural process of consciousness
evolution, assisted by our solar system's movement
through the galaxy and increasingly coherent energy
fields encountered as a result. The Sphere Being Alliance
specifically asked for Goode to represent them in SSP
Alliance meetings as a Sphere Being Alliance delegate.
Presently, the SSP Alliance is negotiating with the
remaining cabal aligned programs, as well as innumerable
races that have lived in the solar system for millions of
years, and even breakaway civilizations once resident on
the Earth's surface. The Sphere Beings have erected an
energy barrier around the solar system preventing ingress
and egress, trapping many of he negatively oriented groups
that have been loosely allied with the secret Earth
government syndicates for thousands of years. Since this
event, the pyramid of power known on Earth as the Cabal
or Illuminati has fallen into disarray, as the Draco Alliance
attempted to 'sell out' their underlings to the Sphere Beings
in an attempt to gain passage out of the solar system and
escape the coming justice of the SSP Alliance.
SSP factions encountered many intriguing things as they
ventured out into the solar system. Apparently there are
remnants of extremely old settlements and technology
from what is called the Ancient Builder race. These beings
were incredibly advanced, using a type of consciousness
technology that appears to be an inanimate object until
activated by a user. They are also responsible for
building ancient stargates found on nearly every major
body in the solar system. According to the Agarthans, the
Sphere beings are in fact the ancient builder race, although
the SSP has yet to confirm this directly from them.
138
The dark side of the Moon is home to many different
groups, including the ICC, the Draco Alliance, the SSP
Alliance, the Dark Fleet, and more. The Moon is
apparently an artificial object, and has become a neutral
zone for all of these groups, which have maintained a
peaceful armistice for thousands of years. The Moon
serves as an observational outpost for over 60 groups of
extraterrestrial races engaged in 22 genetic programs and
social experiments on Earth. Some of these programs
conflict with each other, yet all of them have influenced
Earth's history for millennia.
Show Description:
Deeper into the library Corey Goode comes across the hall
of records. It is less about the contents of this room, and
more about the activities taking place here. What he learns
will send ripples throughout the secret space alliance and
may cause you to question information received from
telepathic connections allegedly made with extraterrestrials
and ascended masters.
This interview with David Wilcock was originally webcast
February 16, 2016.
Summarized notes will be in black, with my commentary
in [Ariel bolded brackets]. Alterations to the transcript for
ease of reading will be in [brackets], but the original
content of the dialog is always maintained. The images
with black letterboxing were captured from this episode
on Gaia TV.
Transcribed by Hugues. Commentary by Justin
Deschamps.
DW = David Wilcock, CG = Corey Goode.
GOODE CONFIRMS SITCHIN'S NARRATIVE
LACKS EVIDENCE:
DW - Welcome back to Cosmic Disclosure. I’m your host,
David Wilcock and I’m here with Corey Goode. This is a
pretty big set of things to drop on people. There are certain
— as we’ve said — UFO religions that involve people,
first of all, taking Zecharia Sitchin as if he’s like the
prophet and revelator of Jesus Christ, so to speak. Except
he’s the prophet revelator of the Anunnaki as being
extraterrestrials that mined gold on Earth, made the
primitive worker, the Adamu that the Epic of Gilgamesh is
actually the story of Genesis of Noah’s Ark, just kind of
shortened down. And people now, then take that as
absolute truth. Now you said you actually looked up the
words that Sitchin was saying meant certain things on your
own. You did your own homework. [In the previous
episode CG discusses a conversation he and the inner Earth
priestess Kaaree were having in relation to the work of
Zecharia Sitchin, wherein she stated that his narrative is
largely contrived. CG was taken aback by this, and upon his
return, researched Sumerian tablet translations looking for
evidence that Sitchins claims could be substantiated. CG
was unable to confirm any of Sitchin's claims, concluding
that the priestess was correct. To be clear, the totality of
Sitchins narrative is not wholly false, but some of the items
he makes mention of cannot be sourced from
the cuneiform tablets themselves. Sitchin claimed his
information came from the tablets, yet no connection can be
made there, which is why it is being labeled as contrived,
but not everything he said was a 'lie,' as CG and DW discuss
below.]
Related Zecharia Sitchen Was Wrong? |
The Myth of a Sumerian 12th Planet:
“Nibiru” According to the Cuneiform
Sources
[Transcriber, HP's Note: Zecharia
Sitchin (1920–2010) was a Soviet-
born American author of speculative
ancient alien books. His name in
Russian was: Заха́рия Си́тчин. An
official website is available at
sitchin.com.]
CG - I did.
DW - And what happened?
CG - Over three weeks.
DW - What happened?
CG - It was not matching up and it was working out
exactly like the scholars were saying on the Internet it
would. There was no talk at all <short laugh> of mining
gold [in the translations I found].
DW - Really?
CG - There was no "they’re" there.
[Transcriber, HP's Note: Corey
probably meant, “There was no sign
of Anunnaki there.”]
139
SEPARATING FACT FROM FICTION WITH
SITCHIN'S NARRATIVE:
DW - Alright. Well, one of the other things Sitchin says —
let’s just get our hands dirty here. He surmised that there
was a super-Earth that he said the Sumerian tablets called
Tiamat that was destroyed and became the asteroid belt.
And you did say that this priestess [Kaaree] told you, and
others in the Alliance told you, that there were surviving
human civilizations from planets that were destroyed in
our solar system.
CG - Or made uninhabitable.
DW - Okay. And you also said in the previous episode that
the priestess said that the actual data in the Sumerian
cuneiform is remarkably accurate if it’s translated
properly.
CG - And looked at literally and not looked at and made
into what you want it to be.
DW - Tiamat: was that a planet that was destroyed and the
survivors came here? Is that part correct?
CG - Yes. There was a planet, according to [them also,] at
one time. [It] was a super-Earth that existed in the area of
the asteroid belt. [DW has been covering the history of the
destruction of the super-Earth in his series Wisdom
Teachings on Gaia. Summaries of these shows can be found
here.]
[Transcriber, HP's Note: The asteroid
belt located between Mars and
Jupiter mostly consists of irregular
bodies with a wide range of sizes. A
notable exception is Ceres, the largest
member of the belt. Astronomers
reclassified it as a dwarf planet in
part because of its spherical shape.
Current mainstream astrophysicists
have espoused the notion that the
asteroid belt was formed by a gradual
accretion process from the primordial
solar nebula.
A few dissenting scientists such as
Tom Van Flandern of Meta Research
have posited a violent origin more
compatible with the information
relayed by Corey and other witnesses.
Several names were used to designate
the destroyed planet, including
Phaeton by astronomers in the 19th
century.]
DW - Okay.
GUARDIAN, ANCIENT BUILDER RACE AND
SOLAR SYSTEM HISTORY:
CG - Well, let me get back to the conversation I had with
her.
DW - Sure!
CG - She talked about — she went into deeper context
about billions of years ago…
DW - Billions with a B?
CG - B.
DW - Okay.
CG - There was an ancient race called “the Guardians”
[who] had long since left “our frequency” <gesturing
quotation marks>. And this was according to her — this
was the same race that the Secret Space Program (SSP)
calls the Ancient Builder race. She said that the Guardian
— it’s hard [for me] to call it what they call it — but she
said this Guardian race [was] extremely advanced and
powerful. [They] protected this region of the galaxy —
these local star clusters. And there wasn’t any different ET
or other groups that would think of violating their territory,
their space. Even after they had left this frequency, they
had types of energetic barriers that protected their zone
that was theirs. Inadvertently, these groups on these other
planets in our solar system… [They] were native to our
solar system. They didn’t come from somewhere else.
They grew and developed on these planets here [in our
solar system]. [These groups that evolved natural in our
solar system, some of them] were very aggressive, very
technologically advanced. Somehow, their weaponry…
they did something very cataclysmic that destroyed, did
massive destruction to a planet, and also energetically
brought down this massive protective field. And in doing
so, it sent out a beacon across the cosmos that, at that time,
all of these ET races then started rushing into [the once
Guardian protected] space.
DW - Now, you had given us an estimate from the smart
glass pads before about when the Draco arrived, and I
think you said it was 375 thousand years ago, roughly, that
they told you?
CG - Right. I’ve heard 340 and 370 thousand years [ago].
DW - 370? Okay. So that fits in with the timeline in the
Law of One about when this super-Earth was destroyed.
[DW also covers the Law of One side of the story in his
Wisdom Teaching series].
CG - Right. And also around 500 thousand years ago,
there were other groups that came here before the Draco.
DW - Right.
CG - The Draco weren’t the first.
140
DW - Okay.
CG - Then these [other] groups came. [They] started
coming in [and] her people referred to them as genetic
farmer-type groups. They came in and started taking
survivors from these other planets and moving them to
Earth as refugees. And that’s what started to cause all the
massive problems here on our planet and in our solar
system. That was the beginning of all of these huge genetic
and other experiments that are not just genetic: the spiritual
— all kinds of experiments that [these other groups were]
doing.
DW - Hmm. So mass immigration was able to occur once
this protective quarantine went down?
CG - Right.
DW - And everybody starts playing around, farming,
moving folks around, experimenting on them. So some of
these Super Federation folks got here all the way back
then?
[In previous episodes, CG has
discussed that there are 40 to 60
different extraterrestrial and terrestrial
groups actively conducting 22 different
genetic, social and spiritual programs
on Earth. Many of these programs have
similar goals, yet some of them conflict
with each other. While CG hasn't
specifically described what these
programs are, he has said that the
current stock of human genetics is
highly coveted by some groups for its
diversity and wide range of emotional
expression. Dan Winter is one such
researcher whose work strongly
correlates to this notion of genetic
experimentation, which Winter says, is
due to many of these races being 'fallen'
or who have lost the capacity to
organically evolve in spiritual
attainment. Winter says that some of
these groups used artificial technology
to further their dying race, employing
genetic splicing methods in a type of
eugenics-inspired program. Many of
these fallen races, according to Winter,
altered their genome to such an extent
that procreation under natural means is
impossible, resorting to cloning.
Humanity, due to so much genetic
diversity, has the capacity to greatly
assist these fallen races who
desperately are seeking infusions of
fresh genetic stock to hedge against
extinction, again according to Winter.
CG's recent discussion with the inner
 Earth peoples and their stated history
confirms much of what Winter describes
in his work.]
CG - Right.
DW - And this “Great Experiment” <quote gesture> that
they’re doing, that’s where this all started?
CG - Right. According to these people.
DW - This is connecting a lot of dots. It’s very interesting.
CG - It was connecting a lot of dots in the smart glass pads
too, but you know, this was coming from people that had
admitted to deceiving people on the surface, [telling
people] they were ETs and gods. So I was keeping my
critical thinking cap on but so much was matching [up], so
many dots were coming together, it was just blowing my
mind. And she then said that everything changed after the
return of the Guardians.
RETURN OF THE GUARDIANS:
DW - <First nodding “Yes” then showing puzzlement>
What are we talking about?
CG - They call the Sphere Being Alliance, “the
Guardians.” They refer to the Sphere Being Alliance as
“the Guardians.”
DW - Well, that’s huge too.
CG - She wanted to know why they have been reaching
out with their minds to the Guardians and the Guardians
have not reciprocated the communication. And their
people wanted to know why [no response was given] They
wanted an audience with the Guardians.
[This episode was filmed before CG's
'Mini Update' from January 14th of this
year. In that update, he described a
second meeting that occurred between
the Inner-Earth Alliance Council, the
Secret Space Program Alliance and a
representative from the Sphere Being
Alliance in the Kuiper belt. During that
meeting, the inner-Earth groups were
informed, presumably by the Sphere
Being Alliance representative, the
Guardians, that the ancient breakaway
civilization groups have “not been
proper stewards” of the planet. They
were also advised to begin more truthful
relations with the surface population.
Although it has not been explicitly
stated by CG, the inference here is that
the Guardians were not willing to
communicate with the inner-Earth
141
groups due to their service to self-
agenda of deception and manipulation
of the surface population. Finally, the
inner-Earth council of seven groups was
apparently dissolved to some extent
after this meeting in the Kuiper belt.
Some of the groups decided to ramp up
their disinformation efforts with the
surface population, whereas others,
presumably Kaaree's group included,
decided to change their protocol and
begin more transparent contacts.]
DW - Their people? I don’t understand what you’re
saying.
CG - The Inner Earth people wanted an audience with the
Guardians.
DW - Okay. They wanted to know why they were being
rejected.
CG - Well, yeah, or not acknowledged.
DW - Okay.
CG - Not even acknowledged [at all].
DW - Yeah, that’s got to hurt. <Laughing>
CG - The same thing that was happening to the different
ETs, and the Secret Space Program, and the secret Earth
governments.
[All of these groups were unable to
make any prolonged contact with the
Sphere Being Alliance, the Guardians,
until Corey Goode became their
delegate. Now an avenue of approach is
available, hence CG's attendance in
these meetings, and why the inner-Earth
groups wanted to meet him.]
DW - And then along comes, in Harry Potter terms, this
mudblood mixed guy, and he’s the only one they’re going
to talk through.
AGENDA OF THE SPHERE BEINGS:
CG - Right. And then I told her that they had said that
there are many ET groups here that are positive, but they
are still a certain percent service-to-self because they have
agendas. And that didn’t set well with her. She said, “Well,
wouldn’t that make the Guardians service-to-self?” I
[replied,] “What do you mean?” She said, "they are here
on an agenda. They are here on their own agenda."
DW - In Law of One terms, they have direct access to the
Logos like you’re accessing the Internet, and they’re
following its will.
CG - Well, I didn’t have an answer for her. And I [asked,]
“In what way?” And she [explained,] “Those of the higher
frequency … have residual connections with those of us
back in the lower frequencies and they cannot progress
back to Source. We’re like a parachute holding them back.
They have to come back and help us progress before they
can move forward. So they have an agenda too.”
DW - It says in the Law of One that they cannot go from
sixth density to seven density, the group doing the
channeling, until every person on Earth has transitioned
into fourth density because of the mistakes that they made
building the Great Pyramid, thinking it was going to be a
tool for ascension, and then having that object and the
religions associated with it getting co-opted by the elite
and turning into what most people call the Illuminati.
CG - So I didn’t know how to respond to her to that.
DW - Well next time, bring me down there, bro.
<Laughing> If they’ll let you, I’d be happy to explain.
CONFUSION ABOUT KARMA:
CG - We talked about a few other things. I didn’t
understand. We talked about the wheel of karma and about
how her people have not fully accepted karma. And I
thought that that was kind of an oxymoron.
[Transcriber's, HP's Note: from Greek
oxumōron (οξυμωρον), ‘sharply
foolish,’ from oxus ‘sharp’ + mōros
‘foolish.’]
DW - They don’t acknowledge that it works?
CG - Right.
DW - Really?
CG - And we kind of got into a conversation about that.
You know, “How could you not understand the karma?
You should kind of see karma in your life right now.”
DW - Well, now these people sound more in Law of One
terms, more like fourth density than third density.
CG - They claim to be fourth density.
DW - Okay. So that would mean that, like in Law of One
terms, third density’s 100 times more intense karma and
suffering than fourth. So you could go a lot longer in
fourth density without actually seeing the results of your
karma, whereas in our reality, like John Lennon said,
142
“Instant karma's gonna get you.” So they might not be
experiencing that. It’s very interesting.
[Let me take a moment to discuss some
of my own research into karma.
The notion of needless suffering to 'pay
back' harm we have caused to others is
not a valid universal premise. And this
false version of karma has been seeded
into most major religions as well as
many contemporary 'New Age'
philosophies. For example, in
Christianity, if one sins against god,
they must be sent to hell, and suffer for
all eternity. Conversely, in some New
Age doctrines, 'ignoring the negative' is
upheld as one way to avoid negative
experiences, or what we could call
karma. And there is also a notion that if
we think we've done harm to others, we
must suffer, which becomes a sort of
self for-filling prophecy. But all of these
are only pale reflections of true karma.
So what is a valid concept of karma?
The Law of One definition is one of the
better explinations I've encountered in
my studies:
34.4 Questioner: Thank you. Would you define karma?
Ra: I am Ra. Our understanding of karma is that which
may be called inertia. Those actions which are put into
motion will continue using the ways of balancing until
such time as the controlling or higher principle which you
may liken unto your braking or stopping is invoked. This
stoppage of the inertia of action may be called forgiveness.
These two concepts are inseparable.
Ra states that their understanding of
karma is much like inertia, which is the
tendency of things in motion, to stay in
motion, until a countering force acts
upon it. Ra says "those actions which
are put into motion will continue using
the ways of balancing."
But what is being balanced?
The universe is founded on Free Will
and Divine Law, which we could also
call Natural Law, acting in concert to
unfailingly offer wisdom to each being
in creation. As individuals we have free
will, we can choose our path of
progress, and the universe balances our
choice depending on Natural Law and
our current level of attainment, our
current level of received wisdom.
For example, if we ignore the reality of
gravity, and jump off a cliff saying "I
don't believe in gravity!" the universe
will balance our choice with law,
immutable and unchanging. It does so
by showing us the errors of our choices,
meaning that what is generated in the
objective reality is the wisdom of the
universe. In this case, our failure to
recognize gravity (lack of wisdom)
caused us to make the choice of
jumping off a cliff, and the balancing
action to teach us wisdom was to let us
fall.
Now in the experience of falling, which
most people label as 'negative,' we are
given the opportunity to see the error of
our ways, to recognize that we made a
choice based on incomplete or false
knowledge. Then from a place of greater
understanding we can make a new
choice, we can change our beliefs to
reflect our greater understanding, which
is a "controlling or higher principle
which [we] may liken unto [our] braking
or stopping."
So karma is inertia, but not physical
inertia. Karma is the mental inertia of
our past choices influencing present
experience, the movement of
consciousness through beliefs and
ideas we've chosen to accept as truth. If
we believe we can defy gravity, then this
belief causes us to take an action which
generates karma, an experience that
shows us we were wrong in what we
thought was truth. But the point isn't to
make us suffer, just for suffering sake.
The experience can be labeled as
suffering if we refuse to seek out the
wisdom in it, if we refuse to open our
minds and hearts to the truth that we
were wrong in our thinking. But the
whole point of karma is to help us make
contact with and receive The Truth.
I discussed this notion of karma in
terms of negative and positive
knowledge in the below-linked article.
Related Keys to Living - Positive and
Negative Knowledge: Fearlessness, Self
Mastery and Healing the body
143
So in simple terms, karma is cause and
effect or causality; when we act without
wisdom the universe manifests a perfect
result to show us our lack of
understanding, which if we are
willing, can be observed, contemplated
and understood so as to gain wisdom
and grow in spirit. In this way karma is
one of the many methods the universe
uses to offer spiritual growth to the
evolving creatures of time and space,
honoring their free will choices without
fail. Karma is the universal balancing
force for ignorance, which is the choice
to stagnate spiritually.
When we 'think we have it all figured
out' the universe will show us what we
don't know, the question is, will we be
willing to receive it? We can jump off a
cliff trying to ignore gravity as many
times as we want, and the universe will
give us the same result again, and
again, and again, offering us wisdom
while it honors our choices. The truth is
eternal and absolute, and so is the
patience of the universe as it waits for a
creature of time to see the light of truth.
As one on this score, if Ra and the
Sphere Beings are in fact the same
group, then their initial effort to assist
humanity by building the pyramids
created a karmic connection to the
people of Earth. Because our world was
forever changed after that event, they
are now involved in the drama, and the
lesson for them, was to learn the ways
of spiritual ministry, where free will is
honored while at the same time steps
are taken to offer wisdom, sound
familiar?
The group known as Ra has changed
their policy with respect to evolving
races since their involvement in the
creation of the pyramids. They no
longer make physical contact with
peoples of the Earth and only do so
using 'the ways of mystery' such as
through channeling. They also seem to
have refused to work with any group
that does not have noble intentions.
While the SSP Alliance is hardly a
benevolent group, it was their intention
to finally reveal the whole truth to
humanity and end slavery that the
Sphere Being Alliance took notice of
and began contacting the SSP Alliance.
Assuming that their intention was
actually complete and in harmony with
Natural Law, this would have qualified
the SSP Alliance enough to indicate to
the Sphere Beings that they are capable
of honoring the will of the cosmos, or
following the Law of One, to use that
vernacular. Yet even in this instance,
the Sphere Beings waited for a delegate
of the proper moral foundation to begin
closer dealings. Presumably, that
person is Corey Goode.
So while karma has been greatly
misunderstood on our world, it is simply
the cause and effect relationship
created by beings of spirit endowed
with free will who act with incomplete
knowledge in a universe of immutable
and eternal laws. And since every being
in creation is a finite distortion or
embodiment of the creator, not all
knowing, the risk of error and mistake is
always present. Karma, in this sense, is
the synthesis of relative free will and
Natural Law; the merciful actions of a
loving creator that honors free will so
absolutely it will allow it's spiritual
children eons of time to realize the
truth.
As a final note in this interlude, the
inner-Earth peoples seem to have been
experiencing karma as well, although
over much longer spans of time than the
surface population. They claim to have
existed for 20 million years below the
surface, yet have progressed spiritually
very little in that time; having to defend
themselves from aggressive groups as
well as losing access to sacred sites,
and they were unable to make contact
with their beloved Guardians, despite
their claims to be highly evolved. While I
am hardly qualified to pass judgment on
them, I do recognize that their policy of
deception and xenophobia seems to
have caused them stagnation their
spiritual grow. The surface people are
the ones that they are ostensibly
supposed to be ministering to, due to
their highly evolved spiritual status,
yet because of their policy, these same
'barbaric' surface people are now a clear
and present danger to them, a karmic
situation if there ever was one.
According to the Law of One, fourth
density is an approximately 30 million
year cycle, wherein beings could be
144
harvested to fifth density if they are
ready. Considering that some of these
inner-Earth groups claim to have
existed for 20 million years, then the
question is have they made any
progress towards fifth density?
Again, I am hardly qualified to cast
judgement, but given the lack of
interaction these groups have had with
the Guardians, and that the Sphere
Beings told them they have “not been
proper stewards” of the planet, it stands
to reason that these inner-Earth groups,
who are not acknowledging karma,
according to CG, have a lot to learn
before they graduate.
I suspect that this time in history, where
all these things are coming to the
surface, a moment of great change, that
the Sphere Beings, the inner-Earth
peoples and the surface population are
being provided a karmic opportunity by
the universe to learn and grow. But we
actually have to choose this path via
seeking knowledge and being brave
enough to question our past choices so
as to make better ones in the future.
And sometimes the best place to learn
from the past, is to make a choice of
reconciliation in the present, wherein we
take a new action in servicing others
directed towards someone we harmed
in the past. Hence the Sphere beings
choice to come back and assist
humanity, and hence their suggestion
for the inner-Earth peoples to begin
better contacts with surface humanity,
which will provide them the best venue
to learn the lessons they were
karmically offered from the universe. ]
TELEPATHIC CONFERENCING AND
CHANNELING AREAS:
CG - Yeah. So pretty much, we had gotten to the end of
our conversation. We got up and we were leaving. And she
said she wanted to show me the next two floors of this
library area. And we walked downstairs for this. The next
floor was this huge area of those egg-shaped chairs, and
there were a lot of people sitting in them. Some people
reclined, some people sitting in circles.
DW - As in hundreds of people all together, maybe
CG - Ah, a lot!
DW - Yeah, many hundreds.
CG - Yeah. There were a lot.
DW - Was it noisy? Were people talking?
CG - No. It was completely silent.
DW - Really?
CG - And we walked right from one end of the room, right
down the middle, to the other end of the room.
DW - Was it all open, or were people in little rooms?
CG - It was all open.
DW - Really? Just one big, huge room and everybody
sitting in these…
CG - Right.
DW - Okay. Wow.
CG - And she was telling me… We were communicating
telepathically. We were interfaced. We were not verbally
talking. She was telling me that all of these people are
sitting and waiting to receive communications from
humans on the surface that are reaching out with their
mind[s]. Or they are reaching out to people or are having
an active communication with people on the surface.
DW - So you’re talking about channeling.
CG - Right.
DW - Wow.
CG - Telepathic communication. And then there was
another area … where there were people sitting around.
She said that they were having a shared experience …
where they were viewing information from either the
library’s Hall of Records and having kind of a telepathic
145
tele-conference together, viewing information and
discussing it while in a reclined state.
DW - Something that we rushed through before on this
show, but people who read your report of Part 1 would
have remembered seeing is that when Gonzales gave his
little speech to the Inner Earth Alliance, and then they
came up and all started taking shots at him. One of the
things you said they said was that they were going to
deliberately disinform the contacts they were in touch with
on the surface telepathically because of you guys learning
this information and them being forced to give it to by
these Guardians that have showed up.
CG - Yeah. They said that they’ve had a lot of the people
they’re in contact with starting to question them, and that
they were coming up — they were going to have steps
communicating with those people, telling them they were
special. Other people were communicating with tricksters.
They were not happy about us exposing them. They think
[this] program [of disinformation] they’re doing is
essential for helping humanity spiritually to overcome
certain programming. And it is essential for [them also]
strategically.
[Consider that even with the best
intentions, when we choose to employ
deception to achieve our ends, it always
comes with a price. In this case, CG
began 'blowing the lid' off of the inner-
Earth groups plans by revealing to the
public that some of their contacts were,
in fact, with inner-Earth humans and not
genuine ETs. As a result, any beneficial
work being done by the inner-Earth
groups is severely hindered by
resorting to methods that do not honor
free will. When we deceive another, their
free will is unable to act in relation to
choosing truth, which is of course very
important for spiritual evolution. In
other words, these programs of
disinformation may have allowed the
inner-Earth people to labor under a
delusion that they were actually helping
the surface, and perhaps they were, but
now that the truth is coming out, many
of the people they contacted are
questioning their motives, which in turn,
reduces the spiritual ministry offered.
For if one claims to want to help us, but
intentionally misleads us, then possibly
their overall intentions are dubious. And
most unforgiving people would rather
sever communications, then continue
on after being misled. Furthermore, this
choice to deceive the surface
population was made largely out of a
fear that they must protect themselves
from 'barbaric peoples' invading their
 inner-Earth sanctuaries. From my point
of view, the situation is a perfect
expression of the karmic principle,
wherein these inner-Earth peoples are
reaping what they have sown, and now
are faced with the errors of their own
making. Will they accept the wisdom
offered by the universe, or refuse,
further compromising morality to
achieve their ends?]
DW - So it’s like operational security: same thing that the
Cabal does with seeding disinformation to try to protect
their secrets.
CG - Right.
DW - Wow. Now, anybody who’s been following you
online knows that it seems like every weekend you and I
are exchanging e-mails about this all the time. We’re
definitely not going to name names, but there’s a flavor of
the week channeler who keeps popping up trying to co-opt
all the stuff you’ve been telling me on the show. But then
they wildly change it all around and rearrange everything.
[They] try to blend it into their story. It seems every week
somebody’s doing this. So are they telling you that these
people, or at least some of them, are actually being
influenced by them to make up these stories? To try to
cloud the truth with disinformation?
CG - Yeah. I’m not saying that all channeling is corrupt by
any means, but the vast majority is interference and people
feeling that they’re special, overconfident in their spiritual
strength and abilities that are connecting with these
subterranean beings.
DW - Well, it’s also…
CG - And these subterranean beings, they have quite a bit
to offer if they just communicate with people as who they
are and give a lot of the spiritual information. They just
don’t want to give up that they’re below the surface and
have us come down there looking for them.
[I'll echo CG's point by saying that
despite my commentary above, I do feel
that these inner-Earth groups have a
huge wealth of wisdom to offer the
surface population. If only they would
set aside their fear and speak more
truthfully with us, and in doing so, make
much more headway with their own
spiritual objectives. Because, like every
teacher-student relationship, the
exchange of wisdom is reciprocal,
meaning everyone has something to
offer, if a willingness to recognize
the wisdom of another is there. In this
sense, it is the belief that 'we know more
146
than someone else' that prevents us
from receiving the wisdom offered by
people we judge to be 'lessor;' the same
applies to the inner-Earth peoples here.
Quite possibly a day will come when our
elder cousins of Gaia walk arm in arm
with us towards a brighter future,
something I think Sphere Being Alliance
is trying to encourage between our
peoples.]
DW - So what are these groups telling people? If they’re
talking to people on the surface, they’re not necessarily
giving truthful information.
CG - Well, they’re approaching them as ascended masters,
ETs from different star systems, sometimes as religious
icons from the people’s belief systems, and passing on
positive information. They’re not giving them negative
information that’s trying to hurt them. They’re trying to
help people overcome what they see as our negative
genetic and environmental programming to become better
and to help start changing society from afar, remotely.
Remotely influencing.
DW - Do they have the ability to create, for some folks,
like a holographic apport, or image of their form or the
form they choose to project?
CG - Oh, they can create all that in your mind.
DW - Right. Because you read some of these books,
people say they’ve seen ascended masters, and they’re
describing what appear to be in-person contacts or
apparitions. So they do have that technology. [Although,
based on CG's account of this area of the library, the
'technology' seems to be organic in nature, meaning the use
of one's mind, properly disciplined, is the primary tool
being used.]
CG - Right. And a lot of times, it’s a shared thing …
where people are contributing to the experience. The
people are contributing a star system that they’re
communicating with. They’re contributing a religious icon
that they’re talking to. It’s bi-directional communication.
So the people on the surface that they’re talking to are also
contributing to this shared illusion.
DW - So these folks feel like they’re seeding a more
spiritual perspective into humanity?
CG - Remotely, yeah.
DW - And that the good outweighs the bad in terms of the
ultimate goal of what this is all about: to reduce our
aggressiveness, to sort of vibe up the planet.
CG - Yeah. And to protect operational security, to protect
their cultures, and keep us from coming after them.
DW - Okay.
THE HALL OF RECORDS:
CG - Now, so basically, that’s pretty much all to report
other than the last floor, the Hall of Records. And this is
going to tie in something very important.
DW - Great. Let’s get right into it.
CG - When we went down to the bottom floor, we
couldn’t go in. It was very bright.
DW - What do you mean you couldn’t go in? Was there a
barrier?
CG - We couldn’t go in. It was a complete, like dome all
the way down to the bottom. Nothing flat. It was a
complete dome, and you could see in through like a
window but there was no glass. There was some sort of
field there.
DW - So the floor of the dome was below where you were
standing?
CG - No. We walked up to the dome on the bottom floor.
DW - Okay.
CG - But we couldn’t go inside because it was extremely
hot, and almost like a clean room. They had it totally
regulated. People couldn’t go in and out. And inside the
room was a single crystal just like the crystal from the
crystal cavern.
[Transcriber, HP's Note: I went
through significant precognitive
experiences as I was viewing and
transcripting this part of the episode.
This included knowing some of the
exact words that were about to be
said by Corey and was accompanied
by a flurry of information being
“downloaded.” It started by knowing
that a crystal was inside the dome.]
DW - That you talked to when you were 11 years old?
147
[Transcriber, HP's Note: Again, I
received this information right
before Corey said it.]
Artist depiction of the crystal cave visited by
Corey as a child.
CG - Right. [In Season 3, Episode 4, CG
describes the 'mind meld' he had with
the priestess Kaaree, wherein he shared
an experience with her of his childhood.
This was when he was participating in
the MILAB Program, wherein he visited
a crystal cave and was asked to
telepathically connect with a large
formation there.]
DW - Wow.
CG - They had it in a state of trying to get it to grow.
[Transcriber, HP's Note: Another
download occurred here as well that
got confirmed a few seconds later. I
wrote this to Justin in the chat
widget as I was working: “I got that
the crystal has its own ecosystem
that the Inner-Terran were trying to
duplicate in this dome.”] [And I'll add
that this dome could have been a
resonating chamber for the crystal,
focusing energy waves of an
electromagnetic nature to a point of
coherence whereby the crystal, under
the right conditions, would 'grow' new
lattice formations that would we in
tune with the consciousness at the time.
The inner-Earth peoples may be trying
to install an access protocol (to use a
computer analogy) by growing a layer of
crystal that was
harmonically inclusive of the inner-
Earth peoples electromagnetic fields or
auras. If my reasoning is correct here,
this could allow them to access the data
stored in the crystal more skillfully,
along with any other functions it has.
 Dan Winter describes in the video here,
that crystals are alive and that the
frequency ranges captured during their
formation within the lattice structure act
as 'echo chambers' for information
vibrating in a scalar fashion. Crystals
are a type of living record system stored
as scalar wave interactions at an atomic
and subatomic levels. If the mind is
properly synchronized to these
frequencies, one could interface with a
crystal or even a drop of morning due,
drawing information as if reading it like
a book. Considering this crystal may
have existed on Earth for a very long
time, it stands to reason these inner-
Earth people are already preconditioned
to access the data within it, and by CG's
statements below, already are.]
DW - To grow? <In astonishment>
CG - Yeah.
DW - Wow.
CG - And the information that was in that crystal, people
were telepathically connecting to it in the floor above as
well.
DW - Isn’t that something. What was she saying they were
getting out of it? Did she tell you what was the information
inside the crystal?
CG - No.
DW - Ah.
CG - No. She showed it to me [and] told me that it was in
the process of growing in the chamber. They were drawing
information from it. And now I see why my experience
was so important to them, to share. And that experience is
going to be shared with all of the people.
DW - It’s also very interesting, just that the raptor is — it’s
like the archetype of the dragon guarding the virgin and
the treasure.
148
DW - The raptor, these nasty, bird-like reptilians are like
the dragon, and the treasure is like the crystal, and you
happen to get in and see the treasure. You said that they
told you this is like the only thing that we mixed bloods
have to offer them: your experience interfacing with this
crystal that they can’t get to because these dragon-like
raptors are guarding it.
CG - And Gonzales told me that that wasn’t true, that they
needed us or they wouldn’t have approached us.
DW - Well, if they can’t talk to the Guardians themselves,
then obviously, they need help.
LEAVING INNER-EARTH:
CG - So after this, it’s fairly easy to wrap up. She said that
the others were returning from their realms, that we needed
to return for the cleansing ceremony again. This one was
much more embarrassing.
DW - Much more embarrassing? <Short laugh>.
CG - Much more embarrassing. Each person — there were
people standing in the water this time and cleansing you.
DW - Really?
CG - You’d stepped up into the water, and they cleansed
you.
DW - Sort of like flying through the TSA! <Laughing>
CG - Right. So I was…
DW - Except with no clothes!
CG - Yeah… I stepped — I disrobed, stepped up, was
cleansed, and stepped down, dried off, [and] put on my
original clothes.
DW - Was it all done in a very ritual, ceremonial [way]?
CG - Yeah.
DW - Okay, I figured. they’re feeling, you know… It’s been very strong. I don’t
know if that’s something that was enhanced from my
CG - I put my clothes back on and walked back out [to] connection, that “mind meld” with the priestess. [Perhaps
the room where the priestess was. this] is something that will wear off over time, or if that is
just some new change.

[Based on my understanding, I suspect

CG's heightened abilities could be from
several different things that all affected
his mental coherence level. These
experiences were catalyzing to his
personality, unearthing, reconciling and
processing aspects of himself he
probably hasn't looked at for years,
which would have enhanced the mental
coherence he is able to generate,
providing improved intuitive
functionality. He also made contact with
a more coherent mind than his, the
priestess Kaaree, having a 'mind meld'
Artist depiction of the priestess Kaaree. experience. If the meld was strong
enough, her more coherent mind would
CG - She walked me to about 20, 30 feet away from the entrain onto his less coherent one, and
center of the room. We said our goodbyes, and I walked to a 'tuning up' of his consciousness
the center: flash and I’m back in the living room. would been the result; this is the same
process metronomes undergo during
DW - Wow. synchronization. The effect could "ware
off" if his older patterns of thought and
CG - And there was a time dilation effect involved there in belief assert themselves again, the
that situation as well. 'inertia' of his past choices. But if he
follows this newer course, continuing to
DW - So you left and come back pretty much spliced in reconcile aspects of himself into a
side by side. holistic reflection of truth, then not only
with these effects persist, but they will
CG - Right. And I was gone a long time. be enhanced with practice and
dedication.]
THE AFTERMATH:
DW - Phew. Well, this has been quite something.
DW - Where do you think this is heading? Have you had
any further contact, telepathically or otherwise, with this CG - Yeah.
priestess or with these Inner Earth people since this first
meeting? DW - We have a lot more coming up here. I’ve actually
gone through and looked at all the things that he and I have
CG - I’ve been spending so much time up in my head with talked about, and there’s a lot more content still to come
this information. A lot of this stuff, I was looking up on the here on Cosmic Disclosure. I’m your host, David Wilcock,
Internet <mimicking typing on a keyboard> trying to and I thank you for watching.
verify, especially a lot of this ancient Sumerian Zecharia
Sitchin stuff. Very little of this stuff that’s on the Internet [Transcriber, HP's Note: I found it
that you can verify but I wanted to verify what I could. very significant that I only
And the rest, I’ve just been — I sit around and I’ve just experienced the precognitive
been blown away, and thinking and thinking about it. And download of information in this part
of the episode related to the crystal.
it’s changed me. It’s been a very life-altering experience.
Some of it was related to Corey
himself. I also got out of these
DW - You also reported off-camera — maybe on camera, I precognitions that what Corey has
don’t remember — that you’ve had a lot more intuitive been experiencing himself was just
things happening since this occurred? the beginning and it wasn’t going to
“wear off” over time as he speculated
CG - Yeah. Just about everyone I’ve been hanging around, it might. It was indicated to me that
I feel their emotions and what they’re thinking, and what he would soon see lost memories come

149
 back to him and have further abilities
being restored.
Somehow, this is all related to the
crystals. The following morning while
still in bed, I got further intuitive
information related to them. I was
told that the crystals are not only
very important to the Inner-Terrans
but will turn out to be crucial for the
entire humanity on the surface. What
Corey has been experiencing isn’t
some sort of random “side-effect” but
part of the greater purpose of healing
humanity and restoring our collective
.
150
memory. His experience would
constitute a “template” or path
enabling that process in the near
future…
I should finally say that my first
reaction the previous evening was to
keep that information private but
after the additional input received
this morning, I decided at Justin’s
request to include my impressions in
notes.]
[And I think you for your input Huges.]
Declassified KGB Nazi Maps Confirm The Existence Of
Subterranean Breakaway Civilizations In Antartica
By Justin Deschamps
Friday, February 19, 2016
When a group within a society or culture
advances in production and social structure
well enough to maintain itself independent
of the parent society, it has the potential of
becoming a breakaway civilization.
According to several whistleblowers, most
notably, Corey Goode, in the first half of the
20th century, occult groups within Nazi
Germany began developing highly
advanced technology through contacts
made with several different groups. One
was through the Vril society and their
mediums who were able to make psychic
contact with an Inner Earth group known as
the Agartha Network. This Inner Earth
group is itself a breakaway civilization
claiming to have existed for 20 million
years below the surface, witnessing oceans
of time wash over the surface.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 7: Inner Earth: Into the Hall of
Records - Summary and Analysis |
Corey Goode and David Wilcock
151
Unlike what some have put forth, according
Goode, the Earth is not completely hollow,
but more like a honeycomb, with the
surface layer containing huge cavern
systems capable of supporting entire
civilizations. One of these is the Agartha
Network, which provided support to the
German's during the 1920's and 30's
enabling them to produce highly advanced
spacecraft capable of exploring the solar
system. The Germans also built bases in
Antartica that were already well established
prior to the start of the war.
This is an essential chapter of history to
understand because after the war, this
German group eventually infiltrated and
took over the military-industrial complex of
the United States. After this takeover, the
advanced technology of the German group
combined with the industrial might of the
United States saw the realization of a Star
Trek style secret space program, one that
would eventually colonize the solar system
and beyond, developing advanced
technology and trading it with over 900
extraterrestrial races.
According to Goode, there is technology
and development so far beyond what the
average person can conceive of that it
could easily be confused as extraterrestrial.
For on this history of the secret space
program, see the below-linked articles.
Related Operation Highjump and the
German UFO Connection | Mid 20th
Century Secret Space Program History
Related Agarthans or ETs? |
Eisenhower's 1954 Meeting With
Extraterrestrials or Ancient Breakaway
Civilization Humans From Inner Earth?
Related Cosmic Disclosure with Corey
Goode and David Wilcock
 The following article provides
supplementary evidence for the existence
of a German breakaway civilization, as well
as the existence of the Agartha Network.
Apparently a series of KGB documents was
declassified revealing the existence of
maps as well as instructions on how to
reach Agartha, one of the maps refers
to Asgard.

In 1968, Stan Lee, Jack Kirby and Larry

Lieber referred to Asgard as the mythical
home of the Asgardians, where the comic
book character Thor, of Norse mythology,
hails. Jack Kirby is also known for his
comic book The Face on Mars, which in
1958 stylistically depicted the now
infamous face on Mars in a work of fiction.
The Cydonia site on Mars was not
discovered until Viking 1 made a flyby of
the red planet in 1976, leaving researchers
baffled. Although Kirby makes no claims as
to how he was inspired, the clear
suggestion is that the secret space
program was actively exploring the solar
system well before the 1960's, and was
leaking information to the public for
operational security reasons.
The Nazis continually shipped men and material to the
South Pole throughout the war years and defeated a “post
WW2” attack by Allied forced in 1946, led by Admiral
Byrd, who retreated in disgrace after suffering substantial
damage and casualties (see Operation Highjump). U.S.
Admiral Richard Byrd, upon his return from a massive
military expedition to Antarctica in 1947, stated it was:
“necessary for the USA to take defensive actions against
enemy air fighters which come from the polar regions”.
Secrets of Operation Highjump
http://atlanteangardens.blogspot.com/2014/04/banned-
occult-secrets-of-vril-society.html

Quite possibly the explosion of science
fiction dealing with UFO's, the paranormal
and extraterrestrials during the beginning in
the 1950's was an elaborate effort to hide
the truth in plain sight.
Posted by Occult on Monday, July 21, 2014
Related Operation Highjump and the
German UFO Connection | Mid 20th
Century Secret Space Program History

Related Awakening Your Force | Related Antarctic Tunnels as Tall as the

Science Fiction and Psychology - Star Eiffel Tower Found | Connections to
Wars, Ancient Tibet, and Jedi Training Operation Highjump and Secret German
Bases?
- Justin

Source - The Event Chronicle

One of the most interesting questions that many people

have pondered over the centuries is whether our planet is
at least partially hollow and inhabited. Most of us are
familiar with the legendary stories about the Nazis who
explored the polar regions of our planet and even created
secret bases in Neuschwabenland, Antarctica. These
rumors are based in fact, as Nazi Germany sent an
expedition to Antarctica in 1938, claimed the territory of
New Swabia, and immediately began building secret deep
underground bases below the ice. German Navy Grand
Admiral Karl Dönitz stated in 1943: “The German
submarine fleet is proud of having built for the Führer in Many researchers have also published material about
another part of the world a Shangri-La on land, an Operation Highjump and Admiral Byrd’s journeys where
impregnable fortress.” extremely advanced airships (disc shaped UFOs) were
seen flying around and even engaging him militarily.

152

Not long ago, a Top Secret map belonging to the Third
Reich was recovered in which there are several secret
passages depicted which were used by German U-Boats to
access mysterious underground regions, as well as
complete maps of both hemispheres and the mysterious
kingdom of Agartha.
The possibility that the earth is hollow, and that it can be
accessed through the North and/or South poles, and that
153
ancient secret breakaway civilizations flourish within it,
has spurred the imagination of people for many years
following the official end of World War Two. These
recently declassified maps have added fuel to the existing
speculation.
We have also come across a letter, supposedly written by
Karl Unger, who was aboard the German U-Boat 209,
commanded by Heinrich Brodda, in which he states that
the crew had reached the interior of the Earth and that they
did not consider coming back.
The official Nazi instructions to reach Agartha by Submarine:

154
And here is the translation in English:

155
156
The stories above are backed up by maps made by famous cartographer and artist Heinrich C. Berann for the National
Geographic Society in 1966. In this map, the Antarctic continent can be observed without its thick layer of ice.

157
But the most intriguing detail are the presence of underwater passages spanning across the entire continent and seem to
converge at the exact location which is identified as the opening towards the Hollow Earth or Inner Earth.

Hitler was obsessed with mysticism and ancient history, and many of his followers knew that and supported him. The
possibility that the earth is at least partially hollow, and that it can be accessed through the North and South poles, and that
secret civilizations flourish within it, has gained popularity in recent years. It might just turn out to be true after all, that
somehow, and somewhere, there is an access which leads to a completely different world, one that has been kept in secrecy for
reasons that are just now coming to light.

158
The medium Maria Orsic was leader of the ‘Vrilerinnen’,
the beautiful young ladies of the Vril Gesellschaft. In pre-
WWII Germany, the sisters of Vril (light) conducted
research into psychic phenomenon, advanced propulsion
technology and saucer-shaped aircraft (vimanas).
The 18th-century Astronomer Royal Edmond Halley
believed that unusual compass readings could be explained
by the fact that the planet was composed of a hollow shell.

Their Vril society, whose members included some who

would later become notable members of the Nazi party,
believed that many ancient civilizations owed their origins
to refugees from Atlantis. They advanced the idea of a
subterranean civilization ruled by an ancient parent-race
who had mastered free energy. This Aryan breakaway
civilization was said to have survived the antediluvian
cataclysms which ended the ice age and continued to thrive
below the surface of the earth.

Ancient Greeks, Tibetan Buddhists and Christians all

located their iterations of hell in caverns under the mantle.
Pilgrims used to journey to Station Island off the coast of
Co Donegal where they believed there existed an entrance
to Purgatory, while the old legends of Mexico describe a
mountain cave near Ojinago inhabited by devilish
creatures from “the way-down-deeps”.

159
 Alliance of Secret Space Programs Adopts Scaled Back
Alien-UFO Disclosure Plan
Written by Dr. Michael Salla Ph.D.
February 23, 2016
In today’s episode of Cosmic Disclosure, whistleblower
Corey Goode describes the discussions and dynamics of a
meeting he claims to have attended at a hidden space base
in the Kuiper Asteroid Belt where a plan for disclosing the
existence of extraterrestrial life and secret space programs
was being decided. If Goode’s stunning revelations are
accurate, as available evidence so far suggests, then
humanity is beginning to witness a highly cordinated
disclosure process, only recently approved by select
clandestine organizations.
Goode claims that he was taken to the base for the purpose
of debriefing a Secret Space Programs (SSP) Alliance
Council meeting about his September 2015 visit to an
ancient Inner Earth library. In earlier Cosmic Disclosure
episodes, Goode revealed that he was taken to the Inner
Earth library by a High Priestess called “Kaaree” who
pointed out some of its contents along with some startling
revelations.
Among these was that Zecharia Sitchin had used contrived
information in his Earth Chronicles series of books. This
did not appear to be a surprise to the SSP Alliance
Council, presumably because they had access to the same
data base found on the smart glass pads from which Goode
says he first learned about Sitchin’s fabricated information
during his space program service from 1987 to 2007.
According to Goode, the SSP Alliance Council comprises
representatives from the Solar Warden program along with
defectors from rival space programs, previously described
by him as the Dark Fleet, Interplanetary Corporate
Conglomerate and smaller Space Access Programs
possessing off-planet travel technologies.
160
There were approximately 60 Council members in
attendance during Goode’s debriefing, a number of whom
are antagonistic to Goode’s continued involvement as a
delegate for the Sphere Being Alliance of extraterrestrials,
who appointed him to that position in March 2015. Some
Council members believed Goode was leveraging his role
with the Sphere Begin Alliance to gain greater influence
over Council deliberations.
The SSP Alliance Council has been conducting secret
negotiations with an “Earth Alliance”, over the extent to
which a large cache of documents should be released that
reveals the existence of secret space programs and
extraterrestrials, the history of Cabal/Illuminati policies in
controlling such information, and crimes committed by the
Cabal/Illuminati.
He described the Earth Alliance as comprising many
dozens of international entities opposed to the
Cabal/Illuminati. These include Asian secret societies,
small militias, and groups with access to hidden treasures
and information. Many of these entities have strong
connections to major BRICS countries, such as China,
whose interests they wish to promote.
Goode pointed out that while the SSP Alliance Council
and the Earth Alliance have the same goal – full disclosure
and release of advanced technologies – they have very
different agendas over how to achieve this aim. Many in
the Earth Alliance want to spread out disclosure of the
truth over a 100 year period, and in the meantime allow
China and other Eastern nations to become the new hubs
of international business and high finance.
He pointed out that while the Earth Alliance and the SSP
Alliance represent the full spectrum of humanity, they
have been deeply fragmented in negotiations over what
should be done to disclose the truth to the rest of humanity.
Many in the Earth Alliance believe it would be
irresponsible and foolish to move forward with a massive
document dump, which would overwhelm the populace.
Another issue discussed was that the Earth Alliance has
been infiltrated by Cabal/Illuminati operatives who have
been given access to all of the documents that have been
prepared for dumping into the public arena at some point.
This was of a cause of great concern for the SSP Alliance
Council, who believed that it would enable the
Cabal/Illuminati to devise ways to neutralize the impact of
such documents at the time of their eventual release.
Goode said that the Cabal/Illuminati has taken steps to
prevent another Snowden-like release of documents to the
mass media.
He described how one possible solution to the roadblocks
over full disclosure, such as the SSP Alliance de-cloaking
large ships over the Earth, was not viable. Goode
explained that a planetary defense grid was still under
control of the Cabal/Illuminati, and they would shoot the
SSP ships out of the sky.
At this time it is hard fathoming how full disclosure
through massive document dumps can be achieved in the
current scenario as described by Goode. Earlier, he stated
that a global event, such as an economic collapse, was
needed as a catalyst before full disclosure could occur.
That may be, but the ability of the Cabal/Illuminati to
infiltrate opposition groups along with its control over the
mass media suggests that the optimal conditions may not
occur, as once anticipated by the SSP Alliance Council.
This is especially true if the demands of the BRICS nations
are met, thereby leading to a global financial reset that
provides some relief to the world populace, while
maintaining major elements of the current international
economic order. Earth Alliance Groups, representing
BRICS interests, have been opposed to a quick release of
all the documents the SSP Alliance Council has
accumulated.
.
161
More recently, after the earlier taping of the Feb 23
episode, Goode has publicly revealed that a decision has
indeed been reached to move forward with a partial
disclosure plan. He says that whistleblowers are currently
being groomed to come forward to give their testimonies,
and release supporting documents.
This has been exemplified very recently by a new
whistleblower coming forward who has given a detailed
report to the MUFON organization backed up by an
extensive collection of documents from his/her time
serving with the U.S. Navy. MUFON is expected to
release a report soon with their evaluation of the
whistleblower’s testimony and documents.
In December 2015, William Tompkins (now 92) released
his autobiography detailing his involvement in a secret
U.S. Navy effort to build a fleet of spacecraft that would
eventually be called Solar Warden. Tompkin’s testimony
is bolstered by many documents which he has released
with the support of key officials in the U.S. Navy familiar
with the Solar Warden space program.
Tompkins, and the yet to be revealed navy whistleblower
who gave his report to MUFON, are harbingers of what we
can expect from more whistleblowers who will come
forward with documentation and covert backing by the
U.S. Navy, and clandestine organizations revealed by
Goode, such as the SSP Alliance Council and Earth
Alliance, to disclose what they know about extraterrestrial
life and secret space programs.
 Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 - Episode 8: Inner Earth:
Debriefing With The Alliance - Summary And Analysis
Corey Goode And David Wilcock
By Justin Deschamps
2/25/2016 06:47:00 PM
In a follow-up episode to the Inner Earth
sup-series, Corey Goode and David
Wilcock discuss Goode's meeting with
Gonzales and the SSP Alliance Council
that occurred after.
Contemporaneously, the community of
awakening individuals who have been
following Goode's narrative received a
rather disturbing report from him last week,
that the Earth-based Alliance is moving
forward with a partial disclosure agenda.
The reaction from the community was
strong, and rightly so. Humanity can't move
forward, in any tangible way without all the
facts, without a full disclosure event. Goode
and Wilcock emphatically state, here and
elsewhere, that a full disclosure effort is the
best option for humanity's future.
For those seeking updates regarding these
unfolding plans behind the scenes, the
following episode is a treasure trove of
information.
162
After Goode left the long inner-Earth
meeting, he met with Gonzales to
informally discuss what happened over a
beer. Goode and Gonzales discussed
some of the tension being felt by the SSP
Alliance Council in relation to their contacts
with the Earth Alliance, who according to
Goode, is much more fractured than
previously thought. He goes on to say that
there has been a great deal of splitting
within these Earth-based groups, but a
majority of them have signed off on a
partial disclosure plan.
The Earth-based alliances are manifold,
encompassing dynastic families, financial
sectors of the economy, military
organizations and even some militia
groups. While they all seem to agree that
the Cabal must be stopped, how to do that
and what a post-Cabal world looks it is still
a matter of debate within the alliances.
Consider that: The SSP Alliance, as
revealed by Goode, wants full disclosure of
all hidden information, a release of hidden
technology to all people, at the same time,
and an end of the Babylonian money magic
system. The core aspects of this plan are a
complete and total release of
information to all people everywhere.
This is essential for addressing the core
causal factors that led to humanity's
downfall: lack of knowledge or ignorance
preventing discernment of right action.
Morality or choosing to honor the rights of
all living beings can only take place with
knowledge, this is why the Cabal have
spent so much energy systematically de-
educating or 'dumbing down' the
population so that we literally choose to
participate in their plans due to our lack of
knowledge. If we had all the facts, we
would never agree to such things.
Therefore, any proposed plan for changing
the status quo must address the ignorance
of humanity in it's entirety, or it is merely a
half-measure.
Goode later traveled to an SSP Alliance
Council base in the Kuiper Belt to formally
de-brief them. The council has never been
fond of Goode, due to him being selected
as the Sphere Being Alliance delegate in
March of 2015. In the meeting, the council
indirectly accused Corey of positioning
himself between the inner-Earth Alliance
council and the Sphere Being Alliance,
which was unfounded of course. Goode
shares that these people in the council are
military minded self serving types who
project their thought process on to others,
in this case, that they doubted Goodes
intentions for attending the inner-Earth
council meeting.
Goode adds that the council was not
surprised by the revelation that Zecharia
Sitchin's work was contrived, nor were they
surprised to learn that the inner-Earth
peoples have been deceiving the surface
population. What they were surprised about
was that the Sphere Beings are also the
Ancient Builder race, who the inner-Earth
peoples refer to as the Guardians.
Related Sphere Beings, Guardians and
Ancient Builder Race Connections to
Thoth and the Law of One | Secret
Negotiations over Disclosure of
Extraterrestrial Life & Inner Earth
Civilizations
Goode and Wilcock conclude this episode
by discussing some of the logistical
concerns related to a full disclosure
scenario. Apparently several of the Cabal-
based Earth groups are pushing for their
100 years of power, and some are openly
trying to start World War III in an effort to
regain control of the world power structure.
Note: This episode in general emphasizes
that the on going battle to free the planet is
a very complex undertaking, touching so
many lives, drawing the attention of many
different groups and power players. There
are no 'black and white' labels we can use
to make easy sense of these dynamic
developments. The 'good guys' are not so
much one group or another, but an ideal,
the desire to free humanity by revealing the
whole truth. All the rest are those who are
163
trying to position themselves at the top of
what ever a post disclosure world looks
like. And some of these groups have a
'better' plan for civilization in mind, yet still
want to use systems of control to maintain
'order.'
My advice with all this is to keep an open
mind about developments and not assume
one thing too strongly, for as outsiders our
ability to judge things properly is greatly
hindered by not knowing all the facts.
Goode and others only release some of the
intel they receive, for operational security
purposes. As such, we would do well to not
become too rigid in our conclusions about
what these developments will ultimately
mean.
This is part six of a sub-series covering
Goode's trip to Inner Earth. For part one,
two and three, see the below-linked
articles.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 2: A Goode Trip to the Inner
Earth - Summary and Analysis | Corey
Goode and David Wilcock
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 4: Revelations from the Inner
Earth - Summary and Analysis | Corey
Goode and David Wilcock
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 5: Inner Earth: The Grand Tour
- Summary and Analysis | Corey Goode
and David Wilcock
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 6: Inner Earth: The Library -
Summary and Analysis | Corey Goode
and David Wilcock
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 7: Inner Earth: Into the Hall of
Records - Summary and Analysis |
Corey Goode and David Wilcock
If you have not already reviewed these first
sections I strongly suggest doing so in
order to comprehend what is covered here.
Goode also produced an extensive written
report, which he references through this
sub-series. See the below-linked article for
the full trip report.
Related Ancient Earth Break-Away-
Civilization Subterranean Council
 Meeting & SSP Alliance Debrief Part I -
"Honeycomb Earth"
Overview of Corey Goode, the Secret Space
Program Alliance and the Sphere Being Alliance:
Corey Goode is a Secret Space Program (SSP) insider and
whistleblower that began disclosing information in 2009
under the pseudonym GoodETxSG. In 2014, he started
revealing a great deal more information in an effort to
prepare humanity for what he calls 'data dumps', set to
occur at an opportune moment in the future. Much of the
information he provides comes from 'Smart Glass Pads',
iPad like devices supplied to SSP personnel for
information dissemination purposes. This will be a ground
breaking event, revealing the totality of Earth's history and
the activities of the Cabal which will ultimately lead to a
truth and reconciliation style tribunal to hold criminal
elements accountable for wrongdoing. Additionally, the
SSP Alliance intends on releasing all of the hidden
technology to the people in preparation for a 'Star Trek-
type golden age'.
According to Goode, the Cabal or the secret Earth
government and their syndicates (as termed by the SSP
Alliance) have enslaved humanity under a false paradigm
of a technological advancement, while secretly developing
incredible technology (a Star Trek level of advancement)
used to colonize the solar system and beyond, engaging in
trade with thousands of extraterrestrial races.
Space programs have been developed in secret all
throughout Earth's history, and in many cases, groups
broke away from the main culture forming what is called a
Breakaway Civilization. Some of these civilizations have
existed in secret, on Earth and beyond for. thousands of
years. The Agartha Network is one such group that claims
to be the original human race. It was this group in addition
to the Draco Alliance, that made contact with a secret
German space program in the early 20th century.
In modern times, the Germans were the most advanced of
the SSP groups, beginning their efforts in earnest during
the early 1920's and 30's. The Americans were also
developing a SSP, but were much further behind in
technological advances. Later, the American SSPs were
infiltrated and taken over by the Germans after the end of
World War II. It was after this forced merger that the SSP,
under the direction of the Interplanetary Corporate
Conglomerate (ICC), expanded into the solar system and
beyond, setting up dozens of bases and mining facilities
chiefly using slave labor.
In the early 1990's, a faction within the SSP known
as Solar Warden slowly began to go against the ICC,
allying with a group of highly evolved extraterrestrials
known as the Sphere Being Alliance in 2012. Since then,
more factions have joined the alliance which is actively
working to free humanity on Earth and beyond, known as
the SSP Alliance. Despite their good intentions, the SSP
164
Alliance is a group of highly damaged and morally
ambiguous individuals, according to Goode, that recognize
at some level the need to change the status quo, but are
hardly angels.
The Sphere Beings are a group of five extraterrestrial
races, one of which is known as the Blue Avians, that
arrived in the solar system during the late 1980's. Two of
the races remain unrevealed, however, there is also a race
of 'golden triangle head' beings and 'blue orb' beings made
of light. Over the course of 20 years, they began bringing
massive spheres into the solar system and surrounding
area, some which are the size of Jupiter. This is in an effort
to downstep galactic energy waves, which are slowly
changing life as we know it. These spheres are cloaked and
not detectable by the surface population of Earth.
According to the Sphere Beings, a massive shift in
energetic expression is now occurring in the solar system,
as the result of a natural process of consciousness
evolution, assisted by our solar system's movement
through the galaxy and increasingly coherent energy
fields encountered as a result. The Sphere Being Alliance
specifically asked for Goode to represent them in SSP
Alliance meetings as a Sphere Being Alliance delegate.
Presently, the SSP Alliance is negotiating with the
remaining cabal aligned programs, as well as innumerable
races that have lived in the solar system for millions of
years, and even breakaway civilizations once resident on
the Earth's surface. The Sphere Beings have erected an
energy barrier around the solar system preventing ingress
and egress, trapping many of he negatively oriented groups
that have been loosely allied with the secret Earth
government syndicates for thousands of years. Since this
event, the pyramid of power known on Earth as the Cabal
or Illuminati has fallen into disarray, as the Draco Alliance
attempted to 'sell out' their underlings to the Sphere Beings
in an attempt to gain passage out of the solar system and
escape the coming justice of the SSP Alliance.
SSP factions encountered many intriguing things as they
ventured out into the solar system. Apparently there are
remnants of extremely old settlements and technology
from what is called the Ancient Builder race. These beings
were incredibly advanced, using a type of consciousness
technology that appears to be an inanimate object until
activated by a user. They are also responsible for
building ancient stargates found on nearly every major
body in the solar system. According to the Agarthans, the
Sphere beings are in fact the ancient builder race, although
the SSP has yet to confirm this directly from them.
The dark side of the Moon is home to many different
groups, including the ICC, the Draco Alliance, the SSP
Alliance, the Dark Fleet, and more. The Moon is
apparently an artificial object, and has become a neutral
zone for all of these groups, which have maintained a
peaceful armistice for thousands of years. The Moon
serves as an observational outpost for over 60 groups of
extraterrestrial races engaged in 22 genetic programs and
social experiments on Earth. Some of these programs
conflict with each other, yet all of them have influenced
Earth's history for millennia.
Show Description:
After a brief meeting to catch up Gonzales with his tour of
the library and hall of records, Corey Goode is whisked
away to a distant base in the Kuiper belt to inform the
Secret Space Alliance of what he learned during his visit to
the inner earth. It is here that we learn more of the Ancient
Builder Race and prophecies from the occult sects within
the secret Earth governments.
This interview with David Wilcock was originally webcast
February 23, 2016.
Summarized notes will be in black, with my commentary
in [Ariel bolded brackets]. Alterations to the transcript for
ease of reading will be in [brackets], but the original
content of the dialog is always maintained. The images
with black letterboxing were captured from this episode
on Gaia TV.
Transcribed by Hugues. Commentary by Justin
Deschamps.
DW = David Wilcock, CG = Corey Goode.
PREPARING TO DE-BRIEF:
DW - Alright, welcome back to Cosmic Disclosure. I’m
your host, David Wilcock and I’m here with Corey Goode.
And we are following up where we left off in the previous
episode with this astonishing journey that he had to the
Inner Earth. Now Corey, after in the last episode, we
described that you were portaled out from the Inner Earth
and you end up back in your living room. But obviously,
Gonzales wanted to know what the heck was going on in
that library that he didn’t get access to but you did. [In
previous episodes, CG described how Gonzales left him and
the priestess Kaaree to continue their tour of the inner-Earth
settlement before he got a chance to see the Library or the
Hall of Records, where most of the intelligence exchange
took place. Gonzales and the SSP Alliance council will want
to know what happened, hence the de-briefing.]
165
CG - Right.
DW - So what happens next? You said that you got spliced
back in, to the time that you left when you ended up back
in the room? [Often when CG goes to meetings related to
the SSP, time dilation methods are used, wherein he leaves
and arrives within a few seconds of each other. For example,
someone standing in the room he departed from would think
CG only left for a moment and then came right back, but in
reality, he spent hours of time away.]
CG - Right. Within probably less than 24 hours, I was
contacted by Gonzales. And we met locally.
DW - In person?
CG - In person and had one of our discussions over a beer
<laughs>. [We] talked tentatively over a lot of the stuff
that went on. He was giving me some new intel finally
about a lot of the things that were happening in the Earth
Alliance: a lot of things that were not going so well, things
that were falling apart. And that there was going to be a
big SSP Alliance Council meeting and briefing that I was
going to need to be part of to discuss the part of the
meeting [in the inner-Earth] that he wasn’t at, which
involved the library.
DW - I’m curious on a personal level and also for the
show, what is the problem with the Earth-based alliance?
We know that there’s a significant Eastern component to
it, right? It’s coming out of China and Russia. So does it
have to do with China in some way? Or what are we
dealing with here? [The Earth-based alliance agenda is
briefly outlined in the article below, which CG gave comment
to.]
Related Corey Goode on: Disclosure,
Mass Arrests Rumor: Pope Francis
signed off on what is being called a
binding “Galactic Agreement” this past
Sunday
THE EARTH-BASED ALLIANCES HAVE BEEN
INFILTRATED:
CG - The Earth Alliance is made up of many dozens of
[smaller] groups. Some of them are even like militia
groups. But — you know — the vast majority of them are
some Eastern secret societies and groups that have a lot of
clout and access to a lot of physical treasure and
information.
[Benjamin Fulford often reports on
developments of the Eastern alliances,
which are made up of dynastic asian
groups known as the Dragon Families of
Asia. Their plans are manifold and are
constantly being adjusted, but generally
 they call for a financial reset towards an
asset backed currency, a debt jubilee or
wiping the slate clean, a truth and
reconciliation style tribunal of the Cabal,
a campaign to clean the planet and end
environmental destruction and a release
of some free energy technology. All of
which sounds great, but the devil is in
the details. In my personal appraisal of
the Earth-based alliance agenda, as it as
been presented thus far, they are
pushing for a more palatable form of
society, but one that is still based on
authoritarian models in which people
are subjects to a governing body they
did not actually consent to be governed
by. Furthermore, the truth about the
financial system, where money comes
from, and how we don't really need it to
have a free and prosperous society is
rarely spoken of. In my view, these
elements are essential to ensuring true
freedom comes about. CG and DW
discussed this the Cosmic Disclosure
episode with Michael Tellinger, linked
below.]
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 3: Ubuntu and the Blue Avians’
Message Part 1 - Summary and Analysis
| Corey Goode and David Wilcock
DW - Now, one of the things that a lot of people don’t
seem to realize is the Chinese, alone, are holding $4
trillion in [debt] US bonds. And if they decided that got a
wild hare and wanted to trash the US economy, they totally
could [by calling in the payments for these bonds]. And that
apparently has been one of the threats that they’ve been
using to try to get things to change. They don’t want to
destroy the US economy because that’s what their
economy lives off of. We’re the ones buying their
products. But at the same time, they’re holding a very
powerful card there with that $4 trillion of our asset base,
which is more than we have [in liquidity to pay back the
debt]. They basically now control the wealth. It’s just that
they’re not getting representation in the World Bank and
IMF for voting rights.
CG - A lot of the same people from IMF are now power
brokers in BRICS.
DW - Okay. That’s what happened after the AIIB — the
Asian Investment Infrastructure Bank — got started.
[The BRICS and AIIB Bank are
development projects for member
nations. These are investment tools to
develop infrastructure in the member
nations using for profit lending
166
schemes backed by a basket of
currencies, almost exactly like the IMF.
In my efforts to verify the claim that
these institutions are empowered to
topple the Federal Reserve System, the
only thing I can see is that they will
provide competition to the IMF and
World Bank, that's it. Both the BRICS
Bank and AIIB only have 100 billion in
cash to invest (at the time of this
writing); in contrast to the Federal
Reserves multi-trillion dollar portfolio. In
my view, these Earth-based alliance
efforts will help their local regions, but I
do not presently see how these
developments are going to end the
Federal Reserve system that has
destroyed the way of life of so many
people on Earth; BRICS and AIIB have a
different stated purpose than the Fed.
But perhaps there are unrevealed
aspects to this plan I am unaware of.]
CG - Exactly. So what has happened with the Earth
Alliance and the Space Program Alliance don’t have the
exact same agenda. They have the same overall goal.
DW - Do the people in the Earth Alliance know that there's
a Space Program Alliance?
CG - Not all — but some do, yes. And they’ve met.
There’s been a sharing of information. All of the data from
the data dumps, the high-level [people in the] Earth
Alliance have the same data to be able to dump it as well.
It’s like redundancy to have the information with both
parties.
DW - Right.
CG - The thing that’s occurred is that the Earth Alliance
has been heavily infiltrated, which is what these so-called
Illuminati groups [are good at:] they’re masters at
infiltration and then causing groups to split apart.
[Restated for clarity, the problem with
the Earth Alliance is that they have been
heavily infiltrated by Cabal agents, and
as such, their plans are skewed towards
the Cabal's agenda of partial disclosure
and a 'softer' slavery system.]
DW - When the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank was
first announced, which was July 29th, 2014, or June 29th,
2014, nobody expected like 30 of the top Western
countries were going to suddenly jump in. So you're saying
this is where some of this penetration from the IMF into
the Alliance started, when the BRICS alliance part started
to take place?
PARTIAL DISCLOSURE AND THEIR "100 YEARS" who live off interest and money, who
OF POWER: don't actually produce anything of
benefit, would be encouraged to
CG - It's occurring on all levels. You know, the West had develop skills that actually create real
the 100-year Federal Reserve System. Now the East wants things of abundance; not just fat bank
this — they want their 100 years of a new financial system accounts. As such, any 'new' financial
that they say it’s going to be more fair and more system based on holding back
representative of the entire global economy. advances (the truth) to give one group
an advantage is yet another form of
slavery and servitude. But it is
[Remember, the financial system, as it is
conceivable that in a post full disclosure
used today, is for maintaining control of
world, some interim financial system
a fundamentally enslaved population,
will be used as humanity is re-educated
one that does not know it's true
about the realities of abundance. Once
relationship to money, the environment
complete, this will make any scarcity
or the universe at large. If the Eastern
model based on usury and interest for
alliances got their way, more money
profit seem like primitive and socially
would be available to the average
irresponsible practices. Hence, the
person, and this would make us feel
ultimate solution is the proliferation of
better for a while, but the underlying
the truth and efforts to educate
Babylonian money magic framework
humanity, which
would still be in place. The people are
will simultaneously ensure a partial
not being told they are the creditors,
disclosure soft slavery agenda is
and the government is the debtor, which
derailed while we prepare the way for an
is the true relationship of a citizen to
abundant future based on full
their government's debt. Without
disclosure.]
disclosing the full truth to the people,
the underlying causes of slavery
(ignorance) will be maintained. If the CG - Right.
Earth-based alliance truly wants to end
the madness on this world, it needs to DW - So why do they want to have a financial system?
disclose the whole truth, not just
provide token gestures to the people to CG - The Earth Alliances do not want what the Secret
make us feel better. Humanity doesn't Space Program wants to occur yet, [they want their 100
need 100 years of a 'nicer' master, it years of power; they want their 100 years as masters of
needs to be given a chance to actually humanity].
develop self governance and true
freedom.] DW - Really?
[Transcriber, HP's Note: Benjamin
Fulford’s contacts has relayed of that CG - They want [full disclosure] to happen down the road.
same information for years now: the
They have seen all of the data from these data dumps [I
“100-year plan” in particular.]
mentioned]. They have shared it with some of the Cabal
people who freaked out…
DW - But if we release what you were calling replicators,
we’re not going to need money.
DW - They shared it with them? <showing astonishment>
[CG has stated multiple times that the
CG - Yes!
SSP Alliance intends on releasing
highly advanced technology to all
people on Earth at the same time. This DW - That’s high-treason, man!
would essentially level the playing field,
economically speaking. If this event CG - It’s infiltration. And some of these heavy-duty Cabal
occurred, the global economy as we groups want World War III more than ever now.
know it would collapse overnight, as the
scarcity paradigm of forced DW - As a deterrent to this coming out.
participation would end. People
wouldn't want to earn a living in a CG - Right. A lot of these other groups have been
meaningless job when all our earthly convinced that the data in these data dumps is irresponsible
needs are provided for via sustainable to drop on humanity all at once, that it should be spread
technology. And those 'well off' people
167
out over a 100-year time period. And that we should move
to a new, more 'fairer' financial system, “Babylonian,” that
will still be a Babylonian money magic system but “more
fair” <quote gesturing> that’ll be run by the East [instead
of the West]. [For this plan] they’ll release some of these
technologies and some information, some disclosure about
ETs, some disclosure about certain things but not let the
full genie out of the bottle somehow.
[I suspect that the whole truth is so
much bigger than even accomplished
researchers are aware of and that it will
be very easy to get people to accept a
partial data dump as full disclosure. The
Cabal are masters of distraction,
employing the Roman art of bread and
circus to entice the people into
compliance or acceptance of the status
quo. They will probably give us some
token gestures of disclosure, such as:
finally admitting ETs are real and that
contacts were made in the past, but the
core elements that keep humanity
enslaved will just be repacked under a
new system. Again all of this can only
happen if the people are complacent
and ignorant, if we do not question
beyond the surface of what is offered.
And the unaware masses surely won't
be able to tell the difference between full
and partial disclosure, hence those of
us who can are incredibly important to
helping the cause. A grass roots
disclosure effort, like what has already
been started in relation to the secret
space program here via Cosmic
Disclosure, is one of the methods we
have to keep pouring the whole truth
out there for all to see, something I think
is essential for giving us the best
chance for a better world.]
DW - Well, I don’t mean to insult the Earth Alliance, but
this sounds a lot like when my brother and I would fight
over a piece of pie, “No yours is bigger! “No yours is
bigger! “I want…” And fight over who gets to sit in the
front seat in the car. That’s not really the mentality that’s
going to get us through this planetary crisis where our
ecology is threatened and where — you know — the
oceans only have a few years left, the air only has few
years left. We can’t go one using fossil fuel technology if
[want] to survive.
CG - Well, that’s the problem. They’re not a fully united
entity. They’re a bunch of rogue groups that are loosely
working together for world liberation [and are still trying
to realize egocentric goals where they are in power].
168
DW - <nodding comprehension> So they agree on that the
Cabal has to be stopped. But after that, there’s a lot of
variance.
CG - Disagreement on what comes next.
DW - Okay.
CG - Some of the Earth alliances do want what the Secret
Space Program wants, which is a full disclosure event,
tribunals, and then full release of technology to all of
humanity, and then a transitional civilization to move
forward.
DW - Well, there’s going to be upsetting information, but
everybody wins if that technology comes out. It’s like,
forget about 100 years. Everybody wins.
CG - Not everybody.
DW - What do you mean?
CG - The controllers — those in control. or [those] who
want to remain in control, don’t win.
DW - Yeah, I guess if you could look at it where in a
transparent system, there’s no reason why all the different
aspects of government – where the money goes and how
decisions are made – could all be transparent and put on
the Internet. There’s no reason for it to be hidden, although
democratic rules sometimes lead to bureaucratic
inefficiency. Nothing ever would get done because any one
person who’s got a vociferous opinion could try to sway
the whole thing, and it gets bogged down by committee. I
was on a board of directors for an interfaith church where
that happened. Everybody wanted to have a unanimous
vote. You never get that. So nothing gets done.
CG - So there’s a huge fragmentation problem with the
Earth Alliance. A lot of people that we once thought were
united with one goal [are] now pulling apart saying, “Well,
we kind of liking this idea of a prolonged change in society
and a slow release of information. It sounds more healthy.
It sounds like a more responsible thing to do.” They’re
rationalizing.
DW - Are there Islamic aspects of this alliance, like the
Sufi Mystery School, things like that?
CG - There are members of every part of society involved
in the Earth Alliance.
DISTRUST OF COREY IN THE SSP ALLIANCE
COUNCIL:
DW - Alright. So Gonzales is telling you that there’s
fragmentation in the Earth Alliance. And then what?
CG - And that there has been some fragmentation in the
SSP Alliance.
DW - Really?
CG - The alliances have been suffering. A lot of it has to
do with these energetic changes that are occurring in our
solar system. People are having problems acclimating. A
lot of it depends on your spirituality, your polarity, what
type of person you are. [These determine] how you’re
going to handle these energetic changes.
DW - Well, to use Richard Hoagland’s oft-quoted quote,
“The good are getting better and the bad are getting
worse.”
CG - Right.
DW - And the crazy are getting crazier. <Both laughing>
CG - Yeah. So, we covered that. They said this is going to
be a topic in the debrief or the briefing. They wanted to
hear from me. There are some people that were upset that I
was alone at the Library. They have to rely on what I say is
truth about what happened.
DW - Hmm. Couldn’t they inject you with scopolamine or
something then try to extract the truth out of you?
CG - That kind of stuff is what caused a major rift
between us to begin with, so… No, that was not an option
[for] them to do.
DW - Oh, okay.
CG - But they have intuitive empaths there that are
supposed to be able to read any type of deception on my
part. But a lot of [this] is just ego, elbow throwing kind of
stuff.
DW - Well, and their goose would be cooked if it wasn’t
for the Sphere Being giving them logistics and the intel to
make this possible in the first place. So if the Sphere
Beings are having you and Gonzales as their delegate, then
sorry if you don’t like it, but — you know — the
alternative is they’re not getting the support that they need
to be able to make this happen.
CG - And they’ve been told [by the Sphere Being
Alliance] to stop all offensive activity. No more bombing,
no more shooting, no more attacking.
DW - Because these facilities that have been built are
going to be turned over to humanity.
169
CG - This infrastructure — this huge infrastructure that the
ICC Secret Space Program component built — [it] is
planned to turn that over to humanity at some point.
DW - Okay.
CG - [This is planned] to be the foundation of our new
Star Trek type transitional civilization.
DW - So they didn’t like the fact that you got this
information and they [have] to rely on you to tell the truth.
They don’t know whether you’re going to be lying [or
not].
CG - Once again…
DW - Same old story?
MEETING WITH THE SSP ALLIANCE COUNCIL:
CG - Yeah. Same old story. So, long story short:
predetermined time comes, I’m brought to a different base.
DW - This is the Blue Sphere method again?
CG - [It’s the] Blue Sphere method. [I’m] brought to a
different base, one of the Kuiper bases…
DW - Off-planet base?
CG - [Yes], one of the Kuiper Belt bases. And the room is
full [of people from] the SSP Alliance Council.
DW - Just give us a brief sketch of what this room’s going
to look like if we were there with you. What would we be
seeing? Is it dark? Is it bright?
CG - It’s well — it wasn’t a hugely bright room. It wasn’t
dim. It’s somewhat like the lighting in here [in the Gaia
TV studio]. It was not an amphitheater, but it was flat in
the front and kind of like a piece of pie, going this way
around it in the back. <making an arc gesture>
DW - Okay.
CG - And that was the only room I was in.
DW - Like a college lecture hall?
CG - Right but it was all [level]. It wasn’t angled down.
And they were all sitting…
DW - How many people?
CG - Tuh-tuh-tuh <making thinking sounds>… over sixty.
DW - Okay. Did you recognize anybody from some of the
other meetings?
CG - Yeah… <Recalling the scene in his mind>
DW - Okay.
CG - Yeah… Yeah, some that I had gotten into [arguments
with before], and we had kind of awkward forced
apologies, shaking hands [and] make-up kind of situations.
DW - And once again, you got the full spectrum of races
[from] Earth in [attendance]?
CG - Right.
DW - Indians, blacks, whites, Asians…
CG - Just like in all the other meetings.
DW - Yeah.
CG - I’m brought there. Gonzales was already there and
waiting for me.
DW - And you’re put in the front while everybody else is
sitting and looking at you?
CG - [I was put up] front to the side. Nobody’s [directly]
in the front. And I sit down and a few people [start]
talking. They’re talking about the different fragmentations
and the Alliance, different things going on. Some of the
things I shouldn’t really talk about… And then they
wanted to have the debrief of me and what happened at the
Library and the Hall of Records, and all that. <Sighing> So
I get up and then I give them my debrief — my briefing
[recounting events for those there]. And immediately I
start getting asked questions or comments start coming out,
[such as,] “Isn’t it interesting that all of a sudden these
subterranean groups are wanting to talk to these Sphere
Beings and that makes you all of a sudden more valuable?”
Like I was creating a narrative that made me valuable.
[CG has said in the past that his
relationship with the SSP Alliance
Council is tenuous at best. Prior to his
involvement in March of 2015, Gonzales
was dealing with the Sphere Beings, but
after the Blue Avians called for CG by
name to represent them during SSP
Alliance meetings, the council has been
unfriendly with CG, to say the least. The
council is made up of military minded
people who value their own self
importance a great deal, and don't like
to share that sense of importance with
anyone they do not deem to be worthy.]
170
DW - But they’ve got intuitive-empaths that could tell if
you’re confabulating a story.
CG - They were being jerks.
DW - They’re trying to pose you as if you’re trying to
write yourself back into the storyline where they’re trying
to edge you out.
CG - <Partially overlapping> [They’re] being
opportunists.
DW - And these are some of the same people that you had
words with before that were saying this stuff?
CG - Right.
DW - Interesting.
CG - So…
DW - Well, it’s the way they think. They’re all coming out
of a Cabal background. They’ve always got — they think
everybody’s got an angle, everybody’s got a service-to-self
agenda.
CG - Like what I said, you can tell a lot by a person when
they accuse you of something. They’re showing you what
they would do in the exact same situation. [That’s] because
people overlay the way they think and feel do unto others.
DW - Right, exactly.
CG - So basically, I gave the full report that I gave in the
last episode. And they brought Gonzales to the front. They
talked with him about making contact with the Sphere
Alliance.
DW - Did they know that the Sumerian story was altered
by the Cabal, that Sitchin was given false information?
CG - They were not shocked [by this part of the story].
DW - Oh, really?
CG - No. None of them seemed to slide around on their
chairs or [appeared] shocked at all. [To be clear, CG is
saying that the SSP Alliance Council was not surprised to
learn that Sitchen's narrative was contrived.]
DW - Did they understand that inner-Earth beings were
posing as ascended masters and influencing people’s
channeling?
CG - They knew that. This is something that I’ve talked
about for over a year now. I looked back on my forum
postings and I saw the first time I start talking about
[inner-Earth people appearing to surface humans under
deceptive guises in] December of 2013.
DW - Were they aware of these inner-Earth folks had
books from the surface of the Earth that they were
studying?
CG - No, but they weren’t surprised.
DW - So you didn’t really give them anything that they
didn’t already know then?
CG - Right.
DW - Okay.
CG - Right.
DW - But somebody like Gonzales maybe would have
gotten more out of the Library than you could have based
on his background and training, which probably pissed
them off.
CG - Right, he would have gleaned more intelligence out
of the situation than I did. The information about the
Guardians being the Ancient Builders [who are also] the
Sphere Being Alliance was new to them and made them sit
up straight and got their attention.
DW - And you got the Blue Avians [who said], when
people from the Space Program Alliance asked them, “Are
you the [same] "Ra" that channeled Law of One?” The
answer [from the Blue Avian was], “I am Ra, and then the
rest of their name, which is exactly how Ra introduce
themselves after every question in the Law of One. So this
all threads together beautifully.
Related Sphere Beings, Guardians and
Ancient Builder Race Connections to
Thoth and the Law of One | Secret
Negotiations over Disclosure of
Extraterrestrial Life & Inner Earth
Civilizations
CG - The Secret Space Program Alliance, a lot of them are
not buying into the “becoming more loving,” forgiveness,
and all that; [this is the core message of the Sphere Being
Alliance]. And a lot of them are having difficulty with the
Natural Law, Law of One type of concepts. And certain
groups of them that don’t like the idea that there are an
indigo or blue bird-type of being that’s communicating
[these things]. There’s some issues going on within the
SSP Alliance about this —what’s happening with…
DW - Since they have, on the smart glass pads, access to
this information that later groups came [into the solar
171
system after the energy barrier went down 500,000 years
ago] and scratched off all the written descriptions of the
Ancient Builder race, we know that these groups that came
in later were more negative. They were making war. They
were genetic farmers, [as the inner-Earth people have
termed them]. Wouldn’t it stand to reason that [these
negative groups] would be obscuring the records that
would have shown that this original Ancient Builder race
was far more positive than they were? Isn’t that a logical
conclusion?
CG - Yes, yeah!
DW - Yeah. So you gotta just use logic.
CG - Yeah. And just on Earth, kings come in and scratch
off the names of previous kings, or rulers, or people that
owned or had dominion over the land that they now
control.
DW - Sure.
CG - Like, monuments may still stand, but they’ll be
[purged of any] glyphs and script [from the previous
dynasty].
DW - So what happens after that? They’re interested in the
fact that the Ancient Builder race might be the same as
these Guardians, i.e. Sphere Beings.
CG - So they talk to Gonzales. They want [him] to confab
with the Sphere Being Alliance and do what they can to
arrange some sort of meeting or exchange between this
new Inner-Earth Council and the Sphere Being Alliance
because this new council was seen as a very positive thing,
a positive new spin or change to the SSP Council.
DW - When the people from the Inner-Earth Alliance went
to the Kuiper Belt SSP Alliance base, did the Inner-Earth
Alliance end up meeting with the same people that were in
this room with you now?
CG - Yes.
DW - Okay, so they’d already met the Inner-Earth folks.
CG - Right.
DW - So now [the SSP Alliance Council is] trying to
facilitate and broker a deal using Gonzales to get the
Sphere Beings directly in contact with the Inner-Earth
people and thereby eliminating you as the middleman,
which they seem to be very keen on doing.
CG - Well, they looked past me and ignored me, [in the
meeting], and immediately started starting with Gonzales
about how they wanted to proceed next.
DW - Interesting.
CG - And leaving me out of the conversation. So you can
extrapolate from that what you want <laughing> but…
DW - What did Gonzales say?
CG - Well, he said, as much of that is in his control, he
would get rolling or see what he could do. But as usual,
very little is up to him. [Gonzales carries out the decisions
of the council.]
DW - Right. Anything else happen after that? Or was that
pretty much the end of the meeting?
GENERAL STATE OF AFFAIRS DISCUSSION:
CG - Yeah. That was pretty much the end of the meeting. I
received a few more details — you know— about some of
the fracturing that had been going on in both the SSP and
ground-based alliances, the concerns they had, the worry
about a premature release of the data dump information or
it being released in chunks, and the Cabal finding a way to
corrupt the data that’s trying to be released.
DW - You said that the Cabal…
CG - They were very concerned about what was going on
with the infiltration of the Earth Alliance, who had this
[data dump] information [now]. They knew that [the Earth-
based alliances] had been sharing this data dump
information with the Cabal.
DW - Now, you said that the Cabal is desperately trying to
get World War III started to throw off the effect of this
data dump happening.
CG - Well, what was said about that, was that there are
several different occult sects within the secret Earth
government syndicates that have prophecies that they were
trying to create in Syria, of Damascus going up in smoke
or in flames or something like that that they wanted to
create. They thought [it] would send us on a new timeline
or [be] a catalyst to bring about World War III.
DW - Is that like a biblical prophecy?
CG - I don’t [know]. It’s a prophecy that they are — it’s a
prophecy that several of these groups subscribe to. I don’t
know if it’s a biblical prophecy either as well. Or…
[Transcriber, HP's Note: The complete
destruction of Damascus is indeed
prophesied in the Bible and this could be
related what is referred here. The
website Veterans Today published a few
articles, such as this one on May 9th,
172
2015 regarding those passages of the
prophesy. Joel Rosenberg, a biblical
prophecy author and researcher was
interviewed on Fox News about that very
topic. He goes more into detail in this
published paper.]
[I'll add that the Veterans Today article
is quite revealing as it discusses the
Damascus Prophecy in a way that
describes the cabal as the anti-christ,
which is in opposition to their
interpretation. The Cabal seem to think
that if they manufacture the events and
place themselves on the 'right side' that
somehow their plans will come about in
harmony with the prophecy, as if they
some how avoided it's true meaning.]
DW - Why Damascus?
CG - I don’t know. But Damascus going up in a column of
smoke, or flames, or something seems to be something that
they were working towards. And then very recently, all of
a sudden, Russia comes striding into Syria. I found that
very interesting timing.
Related Russia Breaks Huge Story: ISIS
is Supported by the U.S. and Nato
Allies, Detailed Evidence Of ISIS-Turkey
Oil Trade
DW - And it appears from all the stuff that we’re seeing
from insider sources, just making logical deductions that
Russia is actually striking against Cabal proxy armies
allegedly “ISIS.” <Quote gesturing> Is that consistent with
data you’re receiving?
CG - Right.
DW - That ISIS is not Islamic at all, or that it’s just a
proxy army for the Cabal in some way?
CG - Right. Created by [the Cabal].
DW - Now, you said the Earth-based alliance is trying to
withhold full disclosure, or at least some elements of it, so
that maybe the Eastern Bloc could stay in control of [the]
financial system for a hundred years. But not all parts of
the Earth Alliance are on board with that plan? There [are]
others [who] want to see this [full] document dump come
out?
CG - Right.
DW - Isn’t it true that somebody could just do it? I mean,
we have the Internet, right? Anybody can post. And they
can release information.
CG - It has to be done at the right time. There has to be a
catalyzing event to where all of the rest of the people on
the planet are willing to [actually] look at the information.
If it’s dumped and then all of mainstream media says, “Oh,
a whole bunch of crazy conspiracy theory crap hit the
Internet,” [the impact won't be the same.] And then they’ll
able to shut off access to a lot of these different [media
outlets covering the data dumps] — it can be managed.
DW - But that didn’t work with Snowden, because you got
documents that had "TS/SI/ORCON," all these code
numbers on them [which can be used to verify their
authenticity]. And you got insiders coming forward and
saying, “Yeah, we know what this is." And you got guys
like Greenwald and The Guardian [publisher] out of
London that are endorsing these documents. I would
assume a plan like that must be in place for this document
dump as well.
CG - Yeah, you don’t think all those people learned a
lesson from that?
DW - Yeah, I mean, I was told by Pete Peterson, maybe
you’ve heard the same thing, that…
CG - You can shut down the grids, shut down [the
internet], shut down, shut down…
DW - Well, he was also told that journalists en masse were
contacted by the Cabal. And [they] said, “You pursue these
stories any further, and we’re going to hold you upside
down and knock the earwax out of your ears, and that’s if
you get lucky.”
[Essentially they were told to stop
pursuing the story or face intimidation
tactics.]
CG - Right.
DW - And one of the big stories that Peterson said that
they had that the journalists were about to come forward
with, was [that] they stopped sending so much power from
western half of the United States up these big cables to
HAARP facilities in Alaska, rerouting it into Bluffdale,
Utah, [to] this new computer facility, [because] those
computers were crunching everybody phone calls and
transcribing it just like Siri does on the iPhone. So they
had transcripts of everybody speaking. And that story did
leak quietly more recently. [It] didn’t really get much
press. But apparently, they were going to come out with
that in a big way, and the Cabal shut them down. So you’re
saying that the Cabal has tried to make it impossible for
another Snowden type thing to happen again?
.
173
CG - Right.
DW - It doesn’t seem like this is going to work out for
them, though. It seems like events are going to just start to
snowball and take place that are well beyond their ability
to control. So could there also be perhaps some sort of
extraterrestrial chess move, where they just decide to de-
cloak a ship and everybody’s gotta deal with the fact
there’s this big sighting going on? You think that might
happen?
CG - There is a defense grid still on the planet. If the SSP
Alliance decided to try to fly around de-cloaked, they
would be shot down and destroyed by the Cabal.
DW - Oh, really?
CG - Yeah. So this is going to have to be — a lot of this
also has to do with humanity, a lot of us waking up. And it
has to do with what we’ve been talking about, our co-
creative consciousness, creating a new future and not
allowing our co-creative consciousness to be manipulated
by these Cabal-type powers that uses our co-creative
consciousness as the root of their magic.
DW - Absolutely. There’s a whole lot of other stuff we
haven’t covered yet. So come back next time here for
Cosmic Disclosure. I’m your host, David Wilcock, and I
thank you for watching.
[In my view, since humanity lacks self
mastery and is unaware of how their choices
generate reality, the Cabal employ subliminal
techniques to incept, in our minds, their
plans, which we breath life into unwittingly.
If we do not gain self-mastery, if we remain
asleep as a species, then these
subtle suggestions will continue to use the
co-creative consciousness of humanity as a
tool for manifesting a dark NWO, exactly
what the Cabal want and has been doing for
years. But subtle suggestion only works on
an unaware mind. Therefore, reclaiming our
personal sovereignty, by gaining self-
awareness, eventually empowers us to stop
personally contributing to the dark NWO
agenda, and in turn, stands as an example
true freedom for all others. In this way, we
must first free ourselves before we can hope
to free others. This task of gaining
knowledge and empowerment is within each
person's grasp, and it seems there is no one
more qualified to save you, than yourself.
While we may not be able to stop the Cabal
lone warriors, we can master our own
consciousness, and in the process, regain
control over the collective consciousness of
humanity, one person at a time.]
 David Wilcock And Corey Goode:
History Of The Solar System And Secret Space Program –
Notes From Consciousness Life Expo 2016
By Justin Deschamps
Sunday, February 28, 2016
The following is a series of detailed notes
from David Wilcock and Corey Goode's talk
from Friday the 19th of February 2016,
History of the Secret Space Program.
Much of the data contained here is a
summary of past disclosures, presented by
Corey and David via their media outlets.
But there are also hitherto unrevealed
nuggets of information for those who have
been following this unfolding story, several
of which I think are of key importance.
This is the most well-rounded presentation
of the Secret Space Program and history of
the solar system that either of them has
ever produced. It is an excellent place to
start learning about what has apparently
been happening under the cover of secrecy
for eons.
Here are some important points to
consider.
Full Disclosure is the Only Option
174
As some know, there has been a debate
between various alliances negotiating for
the freedom of the planet. Some of these
groups want full disclosure and a complete
release of advanced technology to all
people at the same time, whereas others
want a limited or partial disclosure, drawn
out over 100 years.
David and Corey produced the following
presentation in an effort to 'blow the lid off'
of the partial disclosure agenda. The data
presented below is in harmony with a full
disclosure effort, which if it is shared
virally, could make the partial disclosure
agenda impossible to realize. David and
Corey are making every effort to ensure full
disclosure takes place, encouraging a
grassroots effort from within the awakening
community.
If you are reading these words, you are
part of this grass-roots effort.
Solar Shift Could Be Delayed
In David's Saturday talk, he mentioned that the Sphere
Being Alliance has been holding back the energetic
ascension of the solar system to provide humanity more
time heal themselves and regain their freedoms, one of the
well-known aspects of Corey's testimony. This is being
made possible by thousands of massive spheres, cloaked
throughout the solar system, here to dampen galactic
energy waves which will one day cause a grand solar shift.
Recently, Earth-based alliances have chosen to move
forward with a partial disclosure agenda, one that will drag
the whole process out over 100 years, as mentioned earlier.
In a shocking revelation, the Sphere Beings recently said
that if a grassroots full disclosure effort is not successful in
uniting the awakening community to demand the whole
truth, then the Sphere Beings will hold back the energetic
shift for 'an age'. David speculated that this delay could
be at least 100 years, or that it could be as long as 700,
referencing a passage from the Law of One.

To be clear: partial disclosure is not what the SSP
Alliance or the Sphere Being Alliance want. And again,
David and Corey are doing everything they can to stop this
effort and ensure full disclosure takes place; this talk is
part of that effort.
The Current State of Affairs
I was personally taken aback by the notion the Sphere
Beings would actually allow the partial disclosure plan to
go through. But after some quiet contemplation, I realized
that these beings are highly conscious of the laws of the
universe, chiefly free will and that they cannot avoid
humanity's choice, no matter how much they might want
to. The Sphere beings have suggested in the past that full
disclosure is the best option to give humanity a real chance
at true freedom and prosperity. But the thing that has
always held us back, now and in the deep past, is a
consciousness of separation, hence their message of love,
forgiveness and raising of our vibrations.
The reality is, the truther or awakening community is
heavily divided, rendered almost completely ineffective
insofar as realizing meaningful change for the planet.
We've allowed ourselves to focus on our differences
instead of the common ground we each share. This is no
surprise, as there are countless social programs of
subliminal influencing, not to mention personality
parasites that compel us to choose fear over love, hate over
compassion, and half-truths over the whole truth.
The good news is, the truth can be obscured, but never
destroyed. We are already one people, we are already a
global family, we are already powerful co-creators able to
effect great change. We can deny the realities of
interconnectedness, but they continue to exist, and we
continue to share the burden of this world as one people.
We just have to acknowledge these truths and then ask
ourselves what are we actually creating with our choices.
What are we choosing to focus on and
breath life into via our consciousness? Are
we focusing on truth, cooperation, and
love? These are the questions we each
must face as we walk our path in life.
Generally speaking, as individuals in the truther
community, we've been trained through elaborate
infiltration efforts, to attack, with prejudice, any point of
view that doesn't agree with our own. In many cases, we
agree that the cabal must be stopped, that food is being
poisoned, that the environment is being destroyed, and that
something needs to change, yet because of one divergent
belief or another, one disagreement or another, no lasting
cooperation can be realized. I've even seen some fight over
what words are used to describe our current predicament,
with some claiming we've been enslaved by evil humans,
while others say it was the archons. And these small
175
differences prevents otherwise cooperative people from
working together for change.
Oh how powerfully we've been duped into choosing
separation, fear and disempowerment.
What Can We Do?
What I think we could benefit from is to practice open-
mindedness and respect that fact that our knowledge is
limited, that we don't know everything.
Our fellows have a different point of view that can provide
us insights into the truth, into who we are and what our
purpose in life is, but only if we receive what is offered
with child-like innocence. An open mind and heart,
combined with an honest appraisal of oneself, helps us
keep our 'reality bubbles permeable,' as Corey has
mentioned before.
While I think unity is essential right now, absolute unity is
not a realistic goal. Initially, we'll need to find a way to
agree to disagree on any topic that would otherwise
prevent cooperation. But common goals are what we can
base a foundation of unity on, those being: the right to life,
liberty and the pursuit of happiness; the desire for clean
food and water, the desire for a sustainable society, free of
toxic pollution, a world free of slavery and oppression, and
so on.
I think that all our seeming differences are an illusory slick
atop an ocean of unacknowledged commonalities. In
addition, we've been indoctrinated to believe we are
fundamentally separate from each other, the universe and
even the creator, all founded on false perspectives of
reality. The only way for us to stay divided, to continue to
see the world as separate, is if we focus on our differences,
if we focus on untruth, instead of the seemingly infinite
reasons to focus on what unites us.
Often what holds us back is fear that what matters to us
won't be acknowledged by another, that they won't care
about what we do. And for those lost in separate self-
consciousness, this may be true. In many cases, when we
see that others believe something that we do not, we
immediately feel a barrier go up between us, and then
through our choices we reinforce that feeling. But when
we bravely pour out kindness and compassion from within,
healing is radiated without, helping to create a space for
cooperation.
I think learning to develop the ability to listen to others
compassionately, entertaining their ideas and
beliefs, without feeling the need to defend our own, again
with child-like innocence, is essential right now. In this
way, a loving, cooperative, and accepting relationship can
be developed, one that will allow us to share our most
cherished ideas free of defensive reactions that maintain
separation.
It is fear, lack of empathy and close-mindedness that has
kept humanity divide over the eons, therefore, only love,
forgiveness and truth can restore universal consciousness.
I, for one, am not satisfied to wait 100 years for what we
could have right now. If the awakening community truly is
the linchpin for making full disclosure a reality, then let's
stop the infighting, set aside our differences, and make
steps towards a brighter future, together, as one people.
It's so simple a child can see the wisdom of it. And perhaps
it is a child-like point of view we need most right now to
navigate this transitional age successfully.
This is a Stillness in the Storm creation. Please share
widely.
Other Information
Note: The images David used throughout the talk were not
captured via screenshot. All the images below were found
online or provided courtesy of gaia.com. In some cases, I
was also able to find the images David used online.
Much of the information presented in this talk is also
available in Cosmic Disclosure.
Summarized notes will be in black, with additional
information, or my commentary, in [Ariel bolded brackets].
I also added additional data points provided from other
talks by David and Corey in the past.
I did not offer much commentary below, for ease of
absorbing the overall narrative. More in-depth analysis of
this material can be found embedded within the Summary
and Analysis of Cosmic Disclosure series, available here.
Source - Conscious Life Expo
INTRODUCTIONS:
Host introduces David and Corey.
David talks about the huge demand for this talk, and that it
will help ensure a full disclosure narrative comes about.
David reviews his history, books, and experience.
David talks about a quantum leap in evolution, as covered
by his work on Wisdom Teachings and his website
divinecosmos.com
David says Corey got pulled into this unfolding story, back
in 2015, which he will cover later.
David refers to the many massive spheres that have entered
the solar system, some the size of Jupiter and Neptune,
176
[controlled by a benevolent group of beings known as
the Sphere Being Alliance, more on this later].
David mentions this time in history is all about a grand
consciousness evolution. Refer's to his books as evidence.
David mentions Cosmic Disclosure on gaia.com, where
much of Corey's testimony is available.
David says space and time is an emanation of a geometry.
Davide says 20% of stars like our sun have Earth-like
planets around them.
David mentions that DNA is a natural emanation of the
laws of quantum mechanics. The universe behaves
like sacred geometry, began with a vibration, and is
teaming with life.
WHAT IS THE SECRET SPACE PROGAM?:
David mentions there is a group that is out there in our
solar system, right now, which is colonizing space. And
this group is run by people on Earth. This group has
already done what seems impossible, like in movies such
as Star Trek and Star Wars. Portal travel, faster than light
travel, is all possible and a well-established reality, that has
been kept hidden.
David says all those who are seeking the truth are essential
players in breaking down the walls of secrecy. <crowd
goes wild>
David says what we're talking about here is a secret space
program (SSP) that has been kept hidden from the public.
But a program that was paid for by the public. When you
look at the Apollo moon missions, the Vietnam war, etc, it
was all money laundering to fund these programs. He asks
Corey how many trillions of dollars were spent on the
SSP.
Corey says the lower level secret space program is funded
from money laundering operations on Earth, but the higher
level programs are self-funded via their own trading
platforms with other groups and ET races. [These higher
level groups would be called breakaway civilizations
because they are no longer dependent on society to
achieve their goals.]
David says during the crash at Roswell New Mexico in
1947 the government grabbed technology and reverse
engineered it, but kept it secret so it can be exploited by
this hidden group. But one person broke through the ranks
and is spilling the beans, as an insider and whistleblower,
that's Corey.
David mentions gaia.com is hiring to help deliver the truth
to the people. Lists a bunch of different jobs saying to go
to joingaia.com for more information.
THE FALL OF THE OUTER BARRIER:
David says there are ancient ruins in the solar system that
are probably 2.6 billion years old. During that time, Earth
was swampy, hot, and not too pleasant to live on. But there
was a beautiful paradise, called Tiamat, a super-Earth that
used to orbit where the asteroid belt is now.
[The Ancient Builder race is a group of
highly advanced beings from our solar
system's deep past. Ruins of this
civilization are found everywhere in the
solar system, and in many cases, the
technology added a beneficial effect for
life there, such as the Great Pyramids of
Egypt. In a recent meeting with inner-
Earth groups from January of this year,
Corey discovered that the Ancient
Builder race and the Sphere Beings are
actually one and the same. The inner-
Earth peoples have long revered the
Ancient Builder race, who they call the
Guardians. The Sphere Beings have
returned to help all life in the solar
system prepare for a huge evolutionary
shift, made possible via galactic energy
waves that have been bathing the solar
system for years. These energies will
continue to build up until a quantum
leap occurs, dramatically altering life as
we know it. But in an effort to ensure all
beings have a chance to grow through
this shift, massive spheres are here to
dampen the energy.]
David mentions how most of his insider's intel has never
been publicly released, [as a method of vetting out new
insiders]. When he met Corey in 2009, he was able to tell
David data that he never released publicly, which he
believes verifies Corey's authenticity.
David mentions how one of Richard C. Hoagland's top
insiders told David that they used a highly advanced
computer program called Brilliant Pebbles that enabled
them to model every object in the solar system to such a
degree that they could rewind time using computer models,
177
showing that a super-Earth-sized planet was destroyed
about 500,000 years ago.
David adds that Corey knew the name of the program and
many other aspects of Brilliant Pebbles, again vetting
Corey as authentic.
David says the story begins on this super-Earth, Tiamat,
that was destroyed long ago. The planet had oceans,
breathable atmosphere, and several moons. One of them
was Mars, which was also a viable sphere for habitation.
Apparently the peoples who lived on Tiamat and Mars
were warring with each other.
David asks Corey how often one would encounter watery
moons orbiting planets outside of the solar system.
Corey says you can find these moons around gas giants
and super-Earth type planets fairly regularly.
David mentions that the destruction of Tiamat, destroyed
two highly advanced civilizations, one on Tiamat and one
on Mars.
David mentions a protection grid was active around the
solar system before this event and asks Corey to confirm.
Corey says that he was told by the priestess Kaaree, from
his inner-Earth meeting that took place in September 2015,
these warring factions gained access to some of the
Ancient Build race technology from these ruins left
everywhere in the solar system. Part of what they accessed
was this security grid or force field, the energy barrier, that
was protecting the solar system, [left in place by the Ancient
Builder race before they left our frequency]. These two
warring groups attempted to use the technology for their
own ends, causing a major cataclysm in the process, which
not only disturbed the whole solar system, but also brought
down this energetic barrier left by the Ancient Build race.
This barrier had heretofore protected the solar system from
less benevolent races.
David mentions that in tomorrow night's talk, he will show
slides of moons that, he believes, are ancient outposts and
bases from this period, [he also covers this material in his
show Wisdom Teachings].
David mentions that these moons look just like the
Deathstar, from the film Star Wars, which were capable of
firing particle beam weapons.
 Mimas moon of Saturn on left, Deathstar from Star Wars on right.
David says before event occurred, it was like the garden of
Eden in our solar system.
David mentions that after this protective barrier went
down, service to self-groups came in, which the inner-
Earth people refer to as 'Genetic Farmer Groups or Races'.
He says, that the Draco came into the solar system after
this barrier when down, and that Corey originally leaked a
time frame of 370,000 years ago for when this occurred.
[The fall of the outer barrier was a major
milestone in the history of the solar
system, shaping Earth's unfolding
drama in the process. It was after this
point, that the Earth became the setting
for several genetic, social and spiritual
experiments by groups who did not
always have benevolent intentions.]
THE DRACO ALLIANCE:
Corey says the Draco alliance is made up of a central
reptilian group, but also an insectoid race, and some other
'engineered' races, [engineered presumably by the Draco,
hence their name 'Genetic Farmer Groups.']
David says, this group of reptilian humanoids, became
highly advanced but they are very negative, going around
the galaxy looking for other groups to twist into their
178
agenda. As an aside, one of the bigger secrets is that the
universe is designed to make humanoid life forms, so they
are found everywhere, [Corey has confirmed in Cosmic
Disclosure that there are humanoid races of every
conceivable type in the cosmos, each evolving from an
animal species on their home world]. But what these Draco
do is find other reptilian type humans, that evolved
naturally in their own 'neighborhoods.' The Draco then
intermingle their DNA into other reptilians they find, and
eventually have them join the Draco Alliance, [presumably
this process is not something that is mutually agreed upon,
as in done under duress or via manipulation].
Corey says, the reptilian recruits, so to speak, have similar
behavior and commonalities to with their Draco recruiters,
helping to facilitate an alliance.
David mentions the movie Jupiter Ascending, [which is jam
packed with solar system history, the agenda of the Draco
group (using humans as a food resource) and their use of
human beings for life extension technology, DNA
hybridization programs]. Corey and David saw the movie
together during last year's Consciousness Life Expo.
Corey's 'fricken mind was blown' by what was revealed in
the film.
David shows slide of a reptilian from the movie, saying
that this might have been the reason why Corey was so
shocked.
 Screen capture of the movie Jupiter Ascending, showing reptilian.

David says these are the genetic farmers who appear to be ruling elite, like what is presented
'in control of the show.' But they are working with below.]
humans.

Corey says it wasn't an accurate representation of a Draco,

but the relationships shown in the movie were very
interesting.

David suggests that what is depicted in the movie is part of

some soft or partial disclosure effort.

Corey says that he thinks the disclosure in the movie is

higher then the secret space program, that it has to do with
these 22 genetic, social, and spiritual experiments being
conducted on Earth by a super federation of
extraterrestrials who have lived within our solar system
since the time this outer barrier came down. The movie
could be 'their' version of the history, from the people
behind these 22 programs.
[Corey has mentioned in the past that
there are up to 60 ET groups that
maintain permanent outposts to monitor
experiments the are actively being
conducted on the Earth. Apparently
these groups came in after the fall of the
outer barrier and many of them have
bases on the Moon.]
David shows image of a white royal Draco.
[The Draco Alliance is made up of many
different castes and races, some that
are warriers where as others are the
179
White Royal Draco.
David mentions that the wings are wrong, based on what
Corey has said. This was the closest image Corey was able
to find online.
David says Corey had to meet this royal Draco during a
meeting, and it was not pleasant. These white royal Dracos
were pleading for clemency at a meeting Corey attended in
mid 2015,
[as a result of the outer barrier going
back up after the Cabal attempted to
destroy one of the moon-sized spheres
close to the Earth using a particle beam
weapon that was partially located in
Pine Gap Australia. They discuss this in
detail in Season 2 Episode 16 of Cosmic
Disclosure and further along in this
 talk. Re-activation of the outer barrier
trapped many groups in the solar
system that were planning to leave
before the solar shift took place. As a
result, tenuous alliances that have been
in place for thousands of years
disintegrated when the
White Royal Draco told the SSP Alliance
that they would 'sell out' the entire
Cabal pyramid below them in exchange
for passage out of the solar system.
When this offer was made, key figures
in the Cabal were present. Since that
time, a tremendous amount of Cabal
infighting has been taking place, as
their once well-organized group
crumbles into separate factions with
competing agendas.]
David mentions that the 'meta-message' for this talk is that
there are 'demonic presences', that we could think of as
these reptilians, but they are not as powerful as the good
guys. These guys, the Draco, are actually using the Earth
as a fear factory, consuming what they call 'looshe'. They
need humanity to be in fear, stressed out, hating life etc,
[and work with the ground based cabal
to ensure those conditions are
maintained, hence false flags attacks,
denatured food, the war on terror, etc. In
the below-linked articles, I attempt to
discuss the scientific basis for fear food
or looshe and why races that use
artificial life extension technology need
it to survive.]
Related David Wilcock: Stargates,
Consciousness Tech, Draco "Fear
Food" & Methods of Personal
Transformation, ET Contacts | Analysis
of Fade to Black May 26th 2015
Related Organic vs. Artificial Immortality
| Cyborg ET Races, AI Black Goo, 'Wave
X', The Solar Shift & Organic Evolution
Via Truth Receptivity
David mentions that one of his insiders said that if people
were smiling, happy, and felt joy for even one day, it
would be enough to defeat the entire Draco Alliance, [who
are totally dependent on looshe for survival].
Corey says, yes, that Raw-Teir-Eir, [the Blue Avian who is
a member of one of the five sphere being races that operates
the thousands of massive spheres in the solar system right
now,] said that once we get to a high enough energetic
point, all these etheric parasites and entity attachments,
will go back into the 'outer realms from whence they
came.' And that people will be going through a type of
180
energetic withdrawal, like someone detoxing from a major
drug addiction, [because these parasites do provide some
emotional stability to their hosts, which then become
dependent on them].
David mentions there are ways to scientifically prove this.
He talks about an experiment where fish eggs at different
rates of development are kept close to each other, so they
can exchange bio-photons. The older eggs actually draw
health out of the younger ones, so long as light can flow
between them, and the younger eggs whither and die as a
result. This can't be explained using normal science, one
needs to talk about energetics. Eventually one realizes
there is a law in the universe that actually allows for an
advisory, even though the universe is benevolent and
loving. The universe allows evil to exist to inspire spiritual
growth, and help us come together, to form unity against
the adversary.
[This is a rather controversial topic, but
it is supported by experience and
codified as Divine or Natural Law.
Simply put, when we observe harm,
hardship or suffering of others, it is an
opportunity from the universe to
actually become an embodiment of love,
healing and forgiveness. In this way,
each individual is given a chance to
gain wisdom by experiencing the
transcendence of hardship. The
principle of Causality describes how all
causes are sourced from mind via free
will, with their effects being balanced by
Cosmic Law. This means that free will is
the first cause of, not only truth, love
and freedom, but also falseness, hate,
and slavery. We are co-creatively
empowered to participate in the process
of spiritualization via our free will
endowment from the creator, which also
means those on the 'front-lines' of the
shift are the most empowered to effect
change. For more on this see the below-
linked article.]
Related The Natural Law Basis of
Harvest | The Spiritual Evolution of Gaia
and All Who Dwell In the System of Sol
David says, these guys, the Draco, came into our solar
system, splicing their DNA with ours. We have all sorts of
genetic anomalies as a result, [see Lloyd Pye's presentation
for more on this]. One of those anomalies is the appendix,
which apparently one of his insiders told him, used to be
an organ system that would take nutrition from your liver
and reintroduce it into the small intestine, processing it
twice, allowing someone to live for 900 years. So they,
[the Draco presumably], clipped it out. They tried to get rid
of the pineal gland too, but that got put back in. He ask
Corey for confirmation, which Corey says he has heard of
as well.
[I just wrote an article covering evidence
from recent genetic testing that
suggests the human race had multiple
genetic contributors, one major one
about 15,000 years ago].
Related Otherworldly Lineage of a
Human Species with Amnesia | Myths
and Legends, Rh Negative Factor,
Genetic Adam and Our "Alien" DNA
David says the objective for us, today, is to determine how
do we recognize that these beings are not all powerful
demons, [that can't be dealt with]. They are 'in the sandbox'
along with humanity, all for cosmic growth. There was an
Edgar Cayce reading, in a room with 35 people, and the
entity who was contacted via the mediumship said "you
David says to Corey that some of these being have tannish
skin and others have green scales.
Corey says some of them are often confused with grays.
181
have enough people in this room to end World War II right
now." The answer is pure consciousness. There will be a
pure consciousness exercises at the end of the talk, [a
guided meditation].
David says the purity of our hearts, the consciousness of
the universe, will bring us one step closer to freedom.
<audience cheers>
David mentions there are 274 slides.
Corey says many haven't been seen before, including
footage of helicopters flying over his house.
OTHER REPTILIANS:
David starts to show reptiod images.
David adds, but not all grays are reptilians. The above
image is one that is short, about 4 to 5 feet tall.
Corey says they have tiny razor sharp teeth.
David shows a black reptoid found within the Inner-Earth,
David says these guys aren't fun, they could eat you.
David asks Corey how big the white royal Draco from
earlier is.
Corey says they are 14 feet tall.
David adds that their shoulders are five feet wide and they
weigh over 3000 pounds.
David talks about providing scientific data, introducing the
commonly known narrative of these genetic farmer
reptilians as they are described by Zecharia Sitchin.
ANALYSIS OF ZECHARIA SITCHIN'S WORK:
David mentions that it appears Sitchin made a lot of
mistakes, but that is a long discussion for another time;
[here is an article discussing the perspective that
Sitchin's material was wrong and possible
implications]. The gist of his story was that these giant
beings, calling themselves the Anunnaki, came to Earth,
splicing in their genetic material with the existing human
population. Enlil, the bad guy, and Enki, the good guy, are
Anunnaki figures in this story. Apparently, Enki de-
sterilized the newly formed human race, so it could
procreate, which happened 250,000 years ago. This is the
common, Sitchin, Anunnaki story.
David adds that less than a year ago, mainstream media
released a story about the genetic Adam and Eve, Study
shows humans are evolving faster than previously thought.
Every single male on Earth can trace their lineage to a
single man 250,000 years ago, which just so happens to fit
what Sitchin said. The article says that the oldest known
182
saying it is eight feet tall.
male ancestor was around at the same time as the oldest
known female, mitochondrial Eve. So one DNA study
traces back to genetic Adam, and one traces back to
genetic Eve, which just so happened to have existed on
Earth at the same time, and just so happened to fit the
timeline provided by Sitchin. [In Season 3, Episode 6 of
Cosmic Disclosure David and Corey discuss how Sitchin's
alleged translations cannot be verified by comparing them to
the Sumerian Cuneiform tablets. Apparently, Sitchin was fed
a narrative by 'agents' who were looking to disclose a part of
the truth mixed with disinformation.]
David ask Corey about the article discussing the genetic
Adam and Eve being a partial disclosure effort, to which
Corey agreed, saying, they have been laying this partial
disclosure narrative out for a while, but recently it has
picked up in pace.
David says that the whole reason for their talk tonight is to
release intel that the people behind the partial disclosure
effort don't want to come out. David and Corey want full
disclosure, as they've both said many times. [This is one of
the reasons why I produced this summary, to ensure the
data would be able to be spread far and wide in an effort to
derail this partial disclosure agenda.]
David asks Corey if the Sitchen narrative, which David
just reviewed, is part of the partial disclosure they plan
rolling out now.
Corey says yes, that they have been rolling out Sitchen's
narrative since at least the 1970's.
David asks Corey if he thinks Sitchin was a part of this
plan, to which Corey says yes, according to the
information he was provided.
David says that Corey did his own due diligence on
Sichin's translations, and they didn't match up with what
the scholars were saying. Corey isn't saying that all the
data Sitchen provided was bad information, just that it
came from higher ups through a narrative, [and as truth
seekers we should try and verify it personally]. Corey says
he investigated the Sumerian references on his own, no
one told him to do this.
David mentions that the Cuneiform Tablets are made with
a cylindrical stylus, rolled into clay and then deciphered
using the Rosetta Stone, allowing us to read the Sumerian
language [to a certain extent]. The Cabal created this
narrative, through Sitchin, that has truth to it, and that they
want the people to know.
[Again, most likely this aspect of the
Cabal's plan was to seed a narrative into
the consciousness of humanity that
 would eventually become accepted
historical fact, which is one way to
manipulate humanity for their agenda.
The Cabal want us to think the Anunnaki
created humanity, because within this
story, they are decedents from the first
humans. This is where the idea of the
'divine right to rule' came from. It also
fits into the transhumanist agenda by
suggesting the human race is an
accident, and the only hope for our
continued evolution is by merging with
machines.]
REFUGEE RELOCATION TO EARTH AND ENTRY
OF THE SUPER FEDERATION GROUPS:
David says these people who were on Mars and Tiamat
were moved to the Earth during this time, asks Corey for
confirmation.
Corey says yes, this happened in a type of 'refugee
relocation program,' by some of the groups in the super
federation. The group that did this was not the Draco, as
the timeline of this event was before they arrived some
370,000 years ago. The super federation was responsible
for relocating the survivors to Earth.
David asks how many ET races are in the Super
Federation.
Corey says 40 to 60 groups are present at any given super
federation meeting.
David says when the protective grid around the solar
system dropped, about 500,000 years ago, these super
federation groups came in and started tinkering around.
They also knew the destruction of Tiamat was going to
happen, so instead of stopping it, they helped move people
to Earth before it's destruction. [David also discusses this
history in much greater detail in his show Wisdom
Teachings. Shem, from Discerning The Mystery, has been
doing analyses of those shows as well.]
Corey confirms, they transferred the people over as
refugees.
David mentions all the content on gaia.com and that if
people use blueavians.com, David and Corey will get
credit for those subscriptions to help fund their work.
David reiterates that the genetic farmers brought people to
Earth, and then civilizations rose and fell over and over
again. Atlantis was only one of the more recent of these
civilizations.
183
Corey says that the Smart Glass Pads said this was
happening for eons, civilizations were rising and falling.
[Smart Glass Pads are iPad like devices that were supplied
to SSP personnel for briefing purposes.]
Corey describes the smart glass pads saying they have
main articles and then reference links or footnote
information at the bottom that came from each group that
provided data for the article. In this footnote section,
different groups discuss their interpretations of the data in
greater detail. Corey mainly reviewed just the general
articles, and not the reference information, as he is not a
scientist. The footnotes were from different syndicates that
put their own 'spin' on the data in the main article.
David says that Corey had access to these pads when he
was in the program; [most of the historical data he
references comes from these pads].
David begins to discuss a dialog between Plato and Solon,
from antiquity, wherein Solon is asking questions of the
mystery schools of the Egyptian priesthood.
David digresses to ask Corey if he thinks the priesthood in
Egypt had access to these deeper secrets and history.
Corey responds by saying usually the priesthood of many
civilizations guarded this information from the kings and
the common people;
[using it to manipulate the ignorant
population]. [I'll add here that the basis
of our current system of control is the
occultation of knowledge, hiding it from
the people to gain an advantage over
them. This is why full disclosure is
essential to providing humanity a real
opportunity for co-creative harmony or
a society based on truth, love and
freedom.]
David asks why they didn't want people to know.
Corey says because knowledge is power.
[The whole 'matrix of control,' all the
efforts of the Cabal to manipulate
humanity, can only work if ignorance is
wide spread. A people that know who
they are, where they come from, and
what their ultimate relationship to the
universe is would never be so easily
manipulated, hence hiding truth and
getting us to believe in falsehoods are
essential to their plans. The word
occult essentially means hidden
knowledge, and the Dark Occultists of
this world, known by many names, base
 all their plans on the ignorance of
humanity at large. Therefore, re-
education of humanity is essential to
reestablishing common trust and
restoring freedom, as well as arresting
any plans of partial disclosure.]
THE RISE AND FALL OF CIVILIZATIONS:
David continues on with introducing the dialog between
Solon and the Egyptian priesthood. Apparently,
Plato published what was said, which got him into a lot of
trouble; he wasn't supposed to leak this information. Here
is the quote of this dialog thatDavid reads from:
"As for those genealogies of yours which
you just now recounted to us, Solon, they
are no better than the tales of children. In
the first place you remember a single
deluge only, but there were many
previous ones; in the next place, you do
not know that there formerly dwelt in
your land the fairest and noblest race of
men which ever lived, and that you and
your whole city are descended from a
small seed or remnant of them which
survived. And this was unknown to you,
David shows a 3D image produced via sonar readings:
3D rendering of site near Cuba.
184
because, for many generations, the
survivors of that destruction died,
leaving no written word." - Source
David mentions the 'Cuban Atlantis,' saying, Linda
Moulton Howe covered this story when it was breaking,
shortly after the infamous 9/11 event in 2001. David says
his mind was blown when he saw the headline from BBC
News 'Lost city' found beneath Cuban waters, in water half
a mile deep they find ruins of a lost city.
David asks the audience how far back in time we need to
go for sea level to be low enough for this city to be on dry
land... the answer is 12,000 years ago, approximately the
same time as other deluges, spoken of in myths, sacred
texts and historical accounts.
David says Paulina Zelitsky was the oceanographer who
broke the story. She was contracted by the Cuban
government to take sonar readings of the ocean floor,
looking for sunken gold. But instead of gold, she found
structures that were highly artificial. He goes over some
sonar images of the area.
David shows a 3D image produced via sonar readings:
David says Paulina made the mistake of signing an
exclusive contract with National Geographic, who never
published the story. David believes the story was
suppressed. He says, the above 3D rendering was leaked
out, despite the cover up.
David mentions the differences between these pyramids
and the smooth faced Egyptians ones.
David goes back to the dialog between the Egyptian priest
and Solon, saying Egyptians were very knowledgeable and
had highly advanced technology. That society collapsed,
but they left their secrets which were found and held by the
priest class of ancient cultures, kept alive over time by
secret societies.
EARLY HISTORY OF THE CABAL:
David begins to talk about the rise of the Cabal via Sumer
and the Roman Empire. Sumer is where the inner-Earth
peoples reconnected with the survivors of one of these
latter day deluges, appearing to them as gods and offering
support to help restart civilization.
[The Sumerian civilization is an anomaly
because it does not fit the slow
progression theory proposed by
mainstream archeologists. The
Sumerian civilization sprang up 'out of
no were,' complete with a financial
system, civil law, advanced farming
techniques, and profound knowledge of
the stars. Given these oddities, the more
likely explanation is that the civilization
was kick started via some external
influencing agency.]
Corey says there is a confusion about this time period,
adding that the inner-Earth peoples were making contact
with the surface population in the area of the Tigris and
Euphrates rivers, the fertile crescent. He also says there
were contacts from the genetic farmer groups as well, the
super federation. It's hard to tell which group had the most
influence on the development of the Sumerian culture.
David adds that we do know many of these occult secret
societies trace themselves back to the times of Sumer and
Babylon.
[Mark Passio and Jay Parker are
whistleblowers who were once involved
with Satanism and lower level
operatives in the Cabal. Parker says he
was raised in a generational satanic
family; his father claimed to be an
Atlantean Warlock. Parker's mother
would often tell him that their order of
the Illuminati traces it's origins to the
185
times of Babylon and before, revering
the Black Sun and worshiping dark
gods.]
David says from there, it 'splashed' into Egypt and the
Pharaonic Dynasties. Further, a great deal of secret
knowledge was stored in the Library of Alexandria that
burned in a false flag style event after the Romans
conquered Egypt, moving all the documents to Rome; now
held in the Vatican Library.
Corey adds that they actually burned census documents,
tax records, and the like, but nothing of importance.
David says that all the history is still stored in the Vatican,
such as the refugee transfer records, and lineages tracing
back to before the relocation to the Earth.
Corey says the elite had access to knowledge and stored it
in the Vatican, and that some of the data in the smart glass
pads came from records there.
David begins to talk about how the Romans invaded Great
Britten in 55 BC under the command of Julius Caesar.
After the Romans arrived, all the Celtic history was wiped
out. No historical accounts were left in the mainstream
from this period. He mentions covered up history about
Stonehenge and the ley lines it is connected to.
Corey adds the Celts must have had knowledge of natural
stargates or portals in the solar system. And that 'in the
common era' we had no knowledge of these energetic grids
of the Earth because it was wiped from history [by the
Roman cult or Cabal].
STARGATES AND PORTALS:
David goes on to say that these stone rings and megalithic
sites are built on ley lines. It even shows up in The Di
vinci Code, where they are talk about Rosslyn or Rose-line
Chapel. They were disclosing the energy grid in that book.
They were talking about sites where you can do rituals or
ceremonies and actually open up stargates or portals.
David asks Corey about what he heard in the smart glass
pads about portals that will open up on Earth at certain
times and places that one could use to travel through space
and time.
Corey says he didn't hear about that from the glass pads. It
was Intuitive Empaths, in the secret space program, that
would be used to triangulate where and when these portals
would open up, which would either be underground or
water, at the surface, or above it. They seemed to open up
randomly at first, but after they got the celestial mechanics
down, they realized that depending on the positions of
celestial bodies, such as the Sun, moon, planets, other
stars, etc., these portals would open.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Episode 14:
Portals: Parallel Earth - Summary and
Analysis | Corey Goode and David
Wilcock
Related Cosmic Disclosure Episode 12:
Portals: Cosmic Web - Summary and
Analysis | Corey Goode and David
Wilcock
David asks Corey to recount a story about South American
priests during the time the Spanish Conquistadors where
conquering the area.
Corey says that on the smart glass pads he read about an
account discussing a Spanish raid wherein they were
chasing a indigenous priest carrying gold. The priest
walked up to the side of a wall, touching it in a couple of
places, and moments later the priest walked right through
the wall as if nothing was there. This was witnessed by the
Spanish Conquistadors, who then sent reports back.
David says the point is that there is physics that is not
understood in the mainstream. The Russians have a done
experiments which show that electromagnetic energy can
be 'changed' into gravitational energy. [Dan Winter
describes the force of gravity as the recursive addition of
waves of charge, which sounds very similar to what David
just described]. The Russians break it down as:
Electromagnetic Gravi-spin. It's that spin portion of gravity
that the Russians call Torsion Fields, [which are just fields
that have a self-organized vortex geometry or spin]. This is
the secret to health and longevity. That's what the pyramid
shape does, thats what stone circles are doing.
David says he just did a whole bunch of episodes on
gaia.com about this. The Russians have done pyramid
studies that show they can cure diabetes, restore premature
babies back to totally normal health, produce ozone, clean
the air, reduce seismic activity, and so on, proven by over
39 different pyramids that have been built all over Russia
and the Ukraine. They only used fiberglass, PVC and
concrete; imagine what could be done with a stone like
granite, which is a crystal oscillator. These are very
powerful technologies, thats why you see them all over the
world, in Australia, South American, Egypt, and so on.
Related Russian Scientists Build And
Study Pyramids | What They Found
Could Change The World
David says that pyramids are a type of 'magnet' for these
energy fields. The shape and the material are the magnet in
this case, which attract these energy fields.
186
[In my own studies, what makes
pyramids work this way is that they act
like a satellite dish does, focusing latent
energy already in the environment to a
point that can be used for various
functions via an entrainment or
synchronization process.]
TIME TRAVEL AND TIMELINE JUMPING:
David says that there are these 'bubbles' of electromagnetic
energy that come up from the center of the Earth, forming
gravity. If you happened to be standing in one when it
came to the surface it would open up a portal and transport
you off somewhere in space or time.
David mentions how this technology is not something the
elite want us to know about because they have been using
it. One of his insiders said one of the mental disciplines in
the Cabal is called 'Time Travel."
Corey says he stayed away from the time travel programs
he was close to in the SSP.
David says that in the Time Travel discipline, they would
go to sacred sites, like Stonehenge, and push themselves
into an out of body state. While out of body they would
then travel back in time using the natural portal there, and
upon arrival in this new time, look for a bum or homeless
person, essentially someone with a weak sense of free will.
Using the Spiritual disciplines learned in the order, they
would take over the bums body using their disembodied
consciousness. Employing this technique, they can use the
other person's body like a puppet for various ends, such as
committing murder or a crime in an effort to alter the
present for themselves, which would actually happen. The
adepts could actually change their timeline by altering the
past, traveling through a portal as a disembodied
consciousness and using another person's body as an
instrument. Afterward, the only one who could remember
the previous timeline is the adept who went out of body.
David makes a comparison between this anecdote and the
Matrix films, wherein the Agents can take over someone's
body in the matrix, [especially those with a suppressed free
will].
David also mentions the latest X-Men movie, Apocalypse,
is all about Wolverine being kept in stasis, showing the
other x-men in the past.
David mentions the whistleblower Svali who came
forward about these techniques as well.
David asks Corey if it is possible that you can go out of
body and use these stone rings to travel back in time and
alter the present? [The Book series and TV show Outlander
is based on this stone ring time-travel phenomenon.]
Corey says it is possible, and that in doing so, some of
these groups were creating a lot of temporal anomalies,
and then trying to go back trying to fix things but making
ever bigger messes in the process. Eventually, an ET group
told them that time, like space, is elastic, and things would
fix themselves if they just stopped messing with time.
David asks Corey if members of the Cabal were using this
technique to try and alter the timeline to a change key
events in history, for their favor.
Corey says yes.
David asks how often he thinks this was happening.
Corey says it wasn't happening all the time, and that they
weren't always trying to change events. Most times they
were just going back to observe or do reconnaissance.
David reiterates that it was for spying, gathering
intelligence or anticipating moves before they happen. You
don't need technology to do this, like some people think.
You just need your mind, a stone ring, and a hobo in a
haystack. If you are successful in altering time this way,
you will be the only one who remembers it.
David asks Corey about some of the strange things that can
happen when you jump timelines, like a stone path in the
front of your house not being there afterward.
Corey says that things get very strange when you start
messing with time.
Corey mentions that an aspect of time that isn't so well
understood is consciousness, which plays a big part in
time. All of humanity, as a joint consciousness, when
joining together can act as a rudder for a timeline.
[In the following episode of Cosmic
Disclosure, I offered a discussion on the
link between time and consciousness.]
Related Cosmic Disclosure Episode 13:
Portals: Navigating Time - Summary and
Analysis | Corey Goode and David
Wilcock
Corey expands by saying that a lot of people are waiting
for 'saviors' to come and save us, such as ETs or spiritual
entities. But that all these higher beings that are watching
are waiting for us to save ourselves, to overcome our
negative programing, to look within and do it ourselves.
<crowd goes wild>. [Someone uploaded a short clip of this
rousing address that night.]
187
David mentions that this cabal group is using technology
that they classified from the Celtics, going all the way back
to Roman times. Today, we don't know what happened
before the Romans invaded the British Isles, we don't
know what Stonehenge was for; to us it's a mystery. But
this group knows. And this group used it to systematically
take over the world. Great Britain was fighting with
countries like Spain and Portugal during the Renesance
and came out on top, despite all odds.
INFLUENCES IN THE AMERICAN COLONIES:
David says they are going to skip ahead to the 1700's and
the founding fathers of the United States, what he terms
the 'American Breakaway Group.'
David asks Corey if the founding fathers were doing
something good when they tried to breakaway from Great
Britain.
Corey says the motives of most of the people were good,
as far as he is concerned. But this was a plan that was set
forth by ancient think tanks a long time ago.
David mentions the story of St. Germaine appearing in
congress, when the doors were locked from the inside,
when the founders of the United States were debating if
they should sign the Declaration of Independence.
[I found an excerpt from the
book Washington and His Generals: or,
Legends of the Revolution, by George
Lippard, published in 1847, allegedly
detailing this speech:]
Faced with the death penalty for high treason, courageous
men debated long before they picked up the quill pen to
sign the parchment that declared the independence of the
colonies from the mother country on July 4, 1776. For
many hours they had debated in the State House at
Philadelphia, with the lower chamber doors locked and a
guard posted.
According to Jefferson, it was late in the afternoon before
the delegates gathered their courage to the sticking point.
The talk was about axes, scaffolds, and the gibbet, when
suddenly a strong, bold voice sounded--
"Gibbet! They may stretch our necks on all
the gibbets in the land; they may turn every
rock into a scaffold; every tree into a
gallows; every home into a grave, and yet
the words of that parchment can never die!
They may pour our blood on a thousand
scaffolds, and yet from every drop that dies
the axe a new champion of freedom will
spring into birth! The British King may blot
out the stars of God from the sky, but he
cannot blot out His words written on that
parchment there. The works of God may
perish; His words, never!
"The words of this declaration will live in the
world long after our bones are dust. To the
mechanic in his workshop they will speak
hope: to the slave in the mines freedom:
but to the coward kings, these words will
speak in tones of warning they cannot
choose but hear." ....
David asks Corey if he heard about this strange character.
Corey says yes, and it wasn't the only time. The inner-
Earth people sent several interventions to the early
colonists during the time this was all happening.
David mentions that they are going to show the audience
information about Corey's inner-Earth trip from September
2015, later in the talk.
David asks Corey to give a brief synopsis of what an inner-
Earth civilization is.
Corey says there are civilizations that claim to have been
here for nearly 20 million years. Some of them say they
are the original human race that evolved on the Earth, and
that the current stock of surface humans are a mixture of
refugee's from the Tiamat disaster and their distant cousins
from other civilizations, the left on the surface during
times of cataclysm, while they took shelter underground.
David says this culture would be considered fourth density
in Law of One terms.
188
David mentions that there are some reports from George
Washington that say he met with 'green skins,' that looked
human but had green skin, these could have been one of
the inner-Earth groups.
David mentions Revolutionary War soldiers having their
wounds healed, glowing miraculously as it happened.
David adds it definitely seems like tampering was going on
to make sure America came about.
David mentions Francis Bacon also created a document
called The New Atlantis, which was the manifesto that laid
out the colonization of America in the first place.
Related The New Atlantis | Secret
Mysteries of Americas Beginnings &
Connections to Atlantis
EARLY BEGINNINGS OF THE MODERN DAY
SECRET SPACE PROGRAM:
David mentions a show coming out on gaia.com called
Deep Space, an ancient aliens style show. It is going to
cover what was probably the first space program, with
these airships that were seen flying over the mid-west in
the 1800s. They landed, and humans came out of them
who spoke a conventional language.
Corey says that he heard they were secret society related.
Most recently, he heard that there were secret societies
developing ancient technologies, back then, with what they
had for science during those rudimentary times. In some
cases the technology would be a hybridization of
antigravity with potentially an air ballon type technology.
David mentions John Keely, who in the late 1800's, was
doing antigravity demonstrations for the US military. He
says this technology did exist back then.
David says in the early 1900's, they perfected anti-gravity.
David begins to cover how Viktor Schauberger discovered
anti-gravity vortexes in water, studying the way trout
swim upstream. He realized that using sacred geometry
[and the golden mean ratio] that anti-gravity could be
generated:
Viktor Schauberger diagram.

189
 Viktor Schauberger diagram.

David says it turns out that the egg shape is an ideal

geometry for making vortexes in water the trout use to
swim up stream, taking advantage of naturally occurring
pockets of antigravity in the flowing water. The trout swim
up to the waterfall and literally levitate.

[I couldn't find a clear-cut example of

levitation, but I did find the below video
with a few interesting instances of trout
seemingly floating up the waterfall;
whether or not they are levitating I can't
confirm. A little after the 55 second
mark, there is one example in particular
that is very clear.] David says that Schauberger discovered places in the
current of the flowing water where it moved much faster
and the fish would do a 'crazy dance' that allowed them

190
'join with the vortex' there, levitating up the waterfall
afterward.
David mentions egg shape rocks could levitate too, and
when they got to the top of the water fall, there would be
some kind of endothermic reaction, freezing the water at
there because 'things got cold' in the process.
David says there's an experiment you can do at home, if
you have a certain kind of flask, where you whisk an egg
submerged in water half way down the flask, and the egg
will start to rise because of this antigravity effect.
[Dan Winter has mentioned that when
remote viewers looked at the heart of
hydrogen atom, they saw the same
embedded tornado shape, the torus,
191
Corey mentions that sometimes certain types of antigravity
craft can have the same cooling effect [such as the John
Searl device], but not all have this effect.
David says that the egg shape and the vortex are described
well in this image:
what has been called 'a scrollwork of
light.' They saw the same vortex
structure when they remote viewed the
interior of the Sun. The torus
configuration is the most efficient
geometry for self organized bodies we
know of. This is essentially a diagram
for over unity physics or the organic
system for exchanging energy with self-
 organized bodies (life) with the cosmos
at large; what has been called free
energy. The electromagnetic field
around the body, produced mainly by
the heart, has a similar shape.]
David says Schauberger eventually created a device called
the Repulsine that allowed him to harness antigravity,
which the German secret space program used to create
highly advanced spacecraft.

Vicktor Schauberger's Repulsine.

Corey says that an engine component for one of the craft developed was a result of Schauberger's work. Some of the 'bubbles'
used in Alien Reproduction Vehicles are these engines Corey are mentioning.

[In other words, Schauberger's work was kept hidden, being developed in secret, eventually leading to the
development of antigravity spacecraft used by the early German secret space program.]

192
 Example of a bell engine craft
Corey says the bottom part of the early Nazi craft had a
bell engine that produced antigravity, hence the well-
known term 'Nazi Bell Craft.'
David continues to talk about the Nazi bell, showing slides
of ARVs developed using Schauberger's technology, run
by German secret societies.
Corey mentions there were several secret societies that
were behind the Nazi party and where using it for their
own ends.
[In the following Cosmic Disclosure
Episodes, this section of SSP history is
covered in greater detail.]
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 2 -
Episode 1: Contact Is Made - Summary
and Analysis | Corey Goode and David
Wilcock
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 2 -
Episode 2: Agarthans: Advancing the
Frontier - Summary and Analysis |
Corey Goode and David Wilcock
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 2 -
Episode 4: Breakaway Begins -
Summary and Analysis | Corey Goode
and David Wilcock
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 2 -
Episode 5: Raiders of Lost Technology -
Summary and Analysis | Corey Goode
and David Wilcock
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 2 -
Episode 6: We Were Never Alone -
193
Summary and Analysis | Corey Goode
and David Wilcock
THE GERMAN BREAKAWAY GROUP:
David says these craft could explore space, and the
Germans decided to go explore the solar system. But they
found others there, the Super Federation groups that have
been here since the outer barrier went down 500,000 years
ago. And these other groups didn't want the Germans
messing around in the solar system. The Germans actually
sustained heavy casualties while they were exploring the
solar system and beyond, losing many ships.
Corey says they didn't have many ships to loose either.
David says that the Germans decided to ally with the
Draco, one of the most violent self serving groups out
there.
Corey says in the early 1900's the Germans were going
around to all sorts of old places in the world, such
as monasteries in Tibet, gathering documents, artifacts,
and interrogating priests for their secrets. They heard
through these interactions about the inner-Earth beings that
live within the Earth's crust.
Corey adds that the Germans were also were making
contacts through channeling or mediumship via groups like
the Vril Society. The Germans had a lot of different ways
that they used to build up their knowledge to get to the
point where they were ready to explore space and break
away.
David says that one of his insiders told him that a major
agreement was struck in 1939 between the Draco and the
Germans in the Himalayas.
Corey says he knew a lot happened in the Himalayas but
that the contacts made there were with a Nordic looking
group, not the Draco.
David introduces some of the new artwork Corey and his
team of volunteers have been working on.
Corey thanks them for all their hard work. He then says
that the images are a depiction of German's, appearing to
humans on the surface as ETs to gather intel and spy on
the people in general.
[The images are depictions of Maria
Orsic, a Virl Society medium who made
contact with several groups helping the
Germans propel their secret space
programs forward. She allegedly was
seen at an 'ET contact' from the 1950's,
which David and Corey discuss later.]
David sees the symbol for the Order of the Black Sun,
which is one of the deeper occult orders within the Cabal.
David mentions that appearing to people as ETs is what
the inner-Earth people claimed to be doing as well.
Depiction of a Nazi Base on the Moon.
194
Corey says that the Germans followed their inner-Earth
allies lead, and started doing the same thing for their own
purposes.
David talked about the Billy Meier ET contact case and the
entity known as "Semjase," a human ET that he apparently
had contact with in the 1950's.
Corey mentions he heard that when the military found out
about Meier's case, they sent people over with some
photographs for him to try and identify the female being he
saw. He quickly pointed out one photograph, saying,
"That's her! That's her!" Apparently the photo he pointed
out was of Maria Orsic, the medium from the Vril Society,
who was making contact with inner-Earth groups, and who
played an intimate role in the pre and post World War II
German secret space program.
Vril Society medium,
Maria Orsic.
David says once this alliance was secured between the
Germans and the Draco, the Draco gave a piece of land to
the Germans allowing them to colonize the Moon.
Corey says that the base was small, with the arms of the
swastika possibly the size of shipping containers.
David says that this base was in Draco protected territory
on the Moon.
David mentions they also went to Mars.
Corey says that the Germans tried to settle near the equator
on Mars, but there were heavy lightning storms that blew
out all their electronics. And these bases were lost along
with people there. But they eventually realized that the
polar regions were safer, as well as some other areas
underground. But some of these places were already
occupied by native ET groups which they had to fight off.
David mentions that the Germans needed the industrial
might of the United States to continue their efforts of
expanding into space.
Corey says that the US was building 7 to 10 tanks for
every one destroyed by the Nazis during the war, so they
knew about the industrial might of the US and wanted it
for their own purposes. They wanted it to do what they
were unable to do in the past, which was to build out their
secret space program infrastructure.
David says that even though the Nazis lost World War II,
they had a lot of basic infrastructure already developed, in
Antartica, on the Moon and on Mars. They had spacecraft
that could leave our solar system, and they had alliances
that provided support for their agenda.
THE BATTLE BETWEEN THE GERMAN AND
AMERICAN GROUPS:
David mentions how in 1947 the Germans were already
defeated, but they had an Antarctic base they set up before
the start of the war. The Americans learned of this via
interrogations being done of Paperclip Germans brought
over to the military industrial complex after the war.
Corey says the Americans sent Admiral Byrd with a major
Navy contingent to the southern continent during
Operation Highjump to deal with these German bases
there. The effort was a major failure, as Byrd encountered
heavy German resistance such as highly advanced craft
and weaponry.
Corey adds that in Antarctica there were ancient city
complexes beneath the ice, left in almost pristine condition
that the Germans outfitted for their own purposes. There
were also ruins of ancient cities above the ice that were
ravaged by glaciers over the eons. He also says, due to
thermal activity in Antartica, there are massive
underground ice caverns that can serve as dwellings. He
says there were at least three of these ancient cities beneath
the ice. The Germans were informed about these sites from
195
their alliances as well as pristine subterranean sites in
South America.
Related Antarctic Tunnels as Tall as the
Eiffel Tower Found | Connections to
Operation Highjump and Secret German
Bases?
David mentions that these ancient cities in Antartica were
probably built at a time when the continent was not
covered by glaciers. 12,000 years ago is when the
conditions were right to build them. He goes on to suggest
that there have been pole shifts in the Earth's past and these
could have reoriented the positions of Earth such that
Antartica may have been closer to the equator in the past.
He says perhaps the civilization in Antarctica could have
been Atlantis of legend.
Corey says that the civilization there was highly
technological. Some of the buildings found were stone,
and some were composite materials.
David continues by mentioning Operation Highjump,
where the US military staged an invasion of Antartica.
Corey says that the Americans thought that the Nazis only
had a small installation of higher level personnel there.
They thought they could just go take them out with little
effort. But, as was mentioned earlier, this was not the case.
Strange craft started popping up out of the water when
Byrd got down there, and wreaked they havoc on his fleet.
David says that after Highjump, a five year delay in major
activity took place, where the Paperclip Germans were
trying to recruit the Americans into their secret space
program.
Corey says that between 1947 and 1952, there were
multiple meetings happening at different Air Force bases,
where advanced German Bell spacecraft were landing to
negotiate. [The Americans had their own secret space
program, but it was much less advanced than the Germans
at the time. Apparently part of the Germans negotiation
tactic was to give older technology to the Americans, who
thought it was highly advanced. The Americans later used it
to create their own ARVs or Alien Reproduction Vehicles.]
The Germans were pushing their agenda onto the
Americans, trying to get their scientists to work on the
Germans programs.
David mentions how in 1952 there was a major set of UFO
sightings that are important to this part of the story. He
thought they were genuine ET craft, until he learned of
what Corey thought of the sightings, which was they were
not ETs but Nazi Bell craft.
David shows a headline from July 28th, 1952 of the
Washington Post:
David mentions how these UFO sightings triggered Project
Bluebook, A government 'whitewash.'
[Essentially the effort was an attempt to
label the UFO phenomenon, which was
taken very seriously before this, as
nothing more then Earthly events. After
the whitewash, all
serious inquiry into UFOs ended,
becoming a taboo topic of research.]
David reiterates there was a major sighting of Nazi Bell
craft over Washington DC in 1952, which he thought were
ETs until he spoke to Corey.
An alleged photograph of the 1952 Washington DC UFO sighting.
David says the government is taking the stance that the
people 'can't handle the truth.'
196
David says that at the same time all this was happening,
positive moves were taking place. He refers to the Law of
Free will in the universe and how each 'side' gets to play
their part. In 1952 positive benevolent channeling starts to
happen with beings who are blonde Nordics. And people
were also having physical contact with these beings as
well.
Corey says that these benevolent contacts were a mixture
of inner-Earth groups and German breakaway groups, the
same German group that broke away to Antarctica and
beyond as a result of their secret space program advances.
David says, for clarity, the US did not want to tell the truth
to the people about what happened at the Roswell crash in
1947.
Corey says that the Americans craft recovered at Roswell,
but it was more advanced than they could reverse engineer
at the time.
David says that the Americans were looking at the German
technology as well and were amazed by what they had
developed. When the Germans tried to force the issue, by
blowing the lid off the ET coverup during these flybys
over US cities, the Americans became very anxious. [The
Germans were trying to force the Americans into
agreements to exploit their industrial might.]
Corey says the powers that be did not want free energy
technology getting out into the public domain; as this
would end the energy cartels reign of dominance that have
been set up via big oil companies, such as Standard Oil.
And they wanted to maintain the Babylonian money
magic slavery system. These are the reasons why the UFO
issue was classified higher than the nuclear bomb.
Corey adds that the German group knew, through the
contacts they inserted into the American military apparatus
via Operation Paperclip, that the Americans were
staunchly opposed to any information, related to UFOs or
extraterrestrial technology, being disclosed to the public.
With this knowledge in hand, the Germans were trying to
force the issue with the Americans, saying 'we will
disclosure the truth to the public, we will tell them about
free energy technology that will bring down your control
systems and your empire, unless you play ball with us.'
David says that there was a sort of German-American cold
war that raged after WWII, and the Americans thought that
they could 'out-spy' the Germans, and win.
Corey says that the Germans and the Americans had the
same idea, which was to infiltrate and take over the
opposing group. The group that ended up winning was not
the one people think, it was the German group.
David says that the whole secret space program, and
regular space program, has heavily Nazi-influenced as a
result.
Corey clarifies that it's not exactly Nazis in the way people
may think. The Germans behind this effort have a different
belief system that diverges from the Nazis, going back
millennia, [but that these people are willing to do all manner
of immoral things to realize their plans, just like the Nazis].
MASS RECRUITMENT FOR THE SSP DURING
THE "BRAIN DRAIN":
David mentions [after the German-American merger was
complete, and they finally got ahold of the industrial
resources they needed, a huge recruitment process began
called] the "Brain Drain" era. Another of his insiders, Pete
Peterson, said that in the 1950's and on into the early
1960's, 55 to 60 million of the brightest and best scientists
in the world were pulled into this secret program.
Corey says that he can verify Peterson's claim, and that he
saw the 'dog and pony show' these recruits got when being
pulled in. He says they were recruited under what he calls
the 'Jetson's package', where they are told they will live a
space-age type life style, like the Jetsons. A family would
agree to go, get on the ship, arrive at the location only to
discover that it was all a lie. [They are taken to one of these
off world colonies, made to work in the industrial apparatus
there as literal slaves. In other words, many of these people
were recruited under false pretenses.] The recruits were
considered the property of 'the corporation.'
197
David says that 55 to 60 million people is a huge number
that can be expanded to work for the programs as they
grew.
Corey says that in many cases these people were told to 'be
fruitful and multiply,' [the children of the first recruits
would have no contact with the Earth, making them a perfect
generation of totally controlled slaves. Corey actually visited
on of these Mars Colonies, which can be read about here.]
David says that after this American-German infiltration-
merger, the secret space program grew into five factions.
Solar Warden being the oldest.
FACTIONS OF THE SECRET SPACE PROGRAM -
SOLAR WARDEN:
Corey says that in these programs, sometimes called
Special Access Programs, different projects are given the
same name, such as the Military Intelligence program,
which was also called Solar Warden. So a lot of people
hear about one program and assume that is the only one,
when in fact, there could be many different programs with
the same name. But there was also a higher, more
advanced program, given the same name, which is the
Solar Warden most people have heard of.
Related Solar Warden: Secret Space
Program
David says, remembering from the Cosmic Disclosure
shows with Corey, that Solar Warden are responsible for
monitoring all the incoming and outgoing traffic in the
solar system.
Corey agrees, adding that if a vessel arrives in the solar
system and does not show the proper protocol, sending a
'friend or foe signal' than they were most likely hostile and
treated as such. A lot of unscheduled visitations are
marauder groups that try to come in and take something,
leaving shortly afterward. He says there are ways of
energetically tagging some of these vessels so that SSP
allies can go after them and track them down later.
David asks if Solar Warden was the faction Corey actually
worked in, to which Corey says, yes he did.
INTERPLANETARY CORPORATE
CONGLOMERATE:
David introduces the next faction, the Interplanetary
Corporate Conglomerate (ICC).
Corey says this faction was born out of the military
industrial complex which is heavily compartmentalized.
Often what happens is, these technology companies will
build components but are not told what they are used for.
The pieces are built, then shipped somewhere and put
together. So no one really knows what they are building
until the end. This goes all the way up to the heads of the
companies, on their boards, who usually don't know what
is happening either. A lot of times people on these boards
will be asked to retire so they can join a super-board for
the ICC. This super-board is a massive conglomerate of
many different companies all around the world and
beyond, developing SSP technologies and infrastructure in
space.
[The military industrial complex, a for
profit loose organization of defense
contractors, essentially expanded their
profit generating schemes into space,
but the ultimate goal was not earning
money, it was developing advanced
technology to give them an advantage
over other groups, including the
population of Earth. The ICC is also the
largest and most powerful of the
groups, acting as a type of figurehead
for all the factions, except the Dark
Fleet.]
David adds they have mining operations, production, and
so on.
GLOBAL GALACTIC LEAGUE OF NATIONS:
David introduces the next faction, the Global Galactic
League of Nations, a 'carrot' that was thrown to the other
countries who knew secret space programs were being
developed and wanted to get involved.
Corey says this is more of a scientific exploratory
organization made up of people from every nation on the
planet.
David mentions that Corey actually visited one of the
bases, on a moon orbiting a gas giant in another star
system, [which can be read about here.]
Corey describes the base, how it had a pool of water for
recreation and a security check point. He also says that you
could see the national flag of each person there in Stargate
Atlantis style jump suits.
198
Notice the US flag on the left shoulder of their
uniforms. Although it is not visible in this photo
the character on the left is from Canada and in
the series a Canadian flag is on his uniform.
THE MILITARY FACTION:
David introduces the next group, which is the Military
Faction.
Corey says this faction is made up of many different
Special Access Programs, the Navy has some programs,
the Air Force has programs, and almost every major
military power on the planet has programs that work
together in some capacity.
Corey emphasizes that their access level is to lower
technology and low Earth orbit only. He says these
programs are heavily compartmentalized and they do not
have access to higher level secrets. These groups are told
that everything they are tracking in the sky is manmade,
that ETs have been here in the past, but long since left the
solar system. [In other words, they're told there are no
genuine ET craft, only our secret advanced space craft].
Corey said recently he was told by one of these lower level
Military persons that: the inner-Earth people [discussed
later] are actually from our future, and that there are no
ETs, all the ancient ruins we've found on Earth and beyond
are actually future humans coming back into our past.
[This notion of future humans coming
back to the Earth, seeding cilivizaion,
leaving ruins and engaging with the
powers that be sounds remarkably like
Dan Burisch's testimony related to
'P52's, P45's' and the Looking Glass
Project. Perhaps his account is an
example of this lower level SSP cover
story. Corey's anecdote regarding the
military person is one example of how
 the compartmentalization programs
work. In this case, the Military Faction
was told that Ancient Builder race ruins
and technology are from future humans
coming back to our time. They are also
told in this faction that their intel is the
highest and best, giving them a sense of
false pride. In most cases, persons in
this faction would rather fight to the
death than admit the story they were
told might not be true. And, people in
this faction are the most vocal about
saying anything related to genuine ET
or SSP activity is 'non-sense,' as they
claim to 'know all.']
David says that this partial disclosure narrative is based on
these lower level groups that want to make their version of
the story – the narrative Corey just described – the official
disclosure story.
Corey adds that each Special Access Program has their
own version of the story as well, so even within the partial
disclosure groups there is conflict.
[Corey and David discuss the Earth-
based alliance and the partial disclosure
effort extensively in the below-linked
article. And below that are two examples
of the partial disclosure scenario, which
is actively taking place at this time.]
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 8: Inner Earth: Debriefing with
the Alliance - Summary and Analysis |
Corey Goode and David Wilcock
Related Top Secret UFO Documents
'Prove Britain's Biggest Alien Sighting
Was Real' Claims US Naval Officer
Related Thousands of Documents
Disclosing Aliens-UFOs soon to be
released by US Navy Whistleblower
David reiterates that there has been a massive insurgency
against the Cabal coming from different groups. Some are
from the SSP while others are from these lower level
Military programs, and some are from Earth-based
alliances, who've all come to realize the status quo needs to
change, [but not that full disclosure is the way to do it.]
THE DARK FLEET:
David introduces the Dark Fleet, saying this faction is
probably the one that is responsible for 'pissing off' the
other factions.
199
Corey says the Dark Fleet has been very secretive and that
very little is known about them. They have their own
facility on the Moon, separate from the Lunar Operations
Command (LOC), which is now being used by the SSP
Alliance [a group that began to breakaway from the Cabal
run SSP in an effort to free humanity via full disclosure,
which will be discussed more later.] When the Dark Fleet
has been at the LOC for various meetings, they do not
interact with other groups, they have a very cold air about
them, they are very 'storm trooper-ish,' wearing black
uniforms, and so on. The Dark Fleet is a human based
group, but they work side by side with the Draco, helping
them fight their enemies. This faction is more into human
trafficking and the trafficking of genetic materials from
Earth.
David mentions how the Guardians of the Galaxy film has
a lot of soft disclosure in it, showing people from Earth
being pulled into a space program, just like what happened
in the Brain Drain.
SPECIAL ACCESS PROGRAMS (UMBRELLA
FACTION):
David introduces the Special Access Programs umbrella
faction.
Corey says these programs fall under military intelligence,
breaking down quite a bit from there.
David says that when you combine all these factions
together, they have over 100 colonies just within our solar
system alone.
Corey says that some of these colonies are producing
goods from raw materials that have been mined in the solar
system, which are then taken to manufacturing sites where
all different types of technologies are being produced. In
all of these cases, the personnel that operate the facilities
actually live there on site. The bulk of this industrial
initiative, in the programs at large, are centered on Mars.
David mentions that Corey has said that some of these
other industrial sites are located on moons in the solar
system as well.
Corey confirms that is the case, but that he can't divulge
more due to operational security because some of these
facilities were taken over by the SSP Alliance.
David continues, saying that in the 1980's the Reagan
administration had the Strategic Defense Innitiative (SDI)
or the Star Wars program and nuclear arms race, which
created a huge amount of debt that secretly funded the
Solar Warden faction.
Corey says that they built a defense grid around the Earth,
weapons platforms, and space stations they service on a
regular basis. That's where a lot of the money went.
COREY'S PERSONAL EXPERIENCE IN SOLAR
WARDEN:
David says the next part of our story is that Corey get's
pulled into the program in 1987, after he was groomed for
the position as a child. [Corey doesn't discuss his
experiences much here, but in the following Cosmic
Disclosure episode, he covers his involvement with the
MILAB program as a young man.]
Related Cosmic Disclosure Episode 11:
Potential of Human Consciousness -
Summary and Analysis | Corey Goode
and David Wilcock
Corey says that the ships weren't as glamorous as what one
would see on shows like Star Trek. The ships were
designed by people who used to build submarines, and had
'knee knocking' bulkhead doorways, wherein, in order to
cross the threshold, one needed to lift their leg over a
sealed doorway, that was high enough to bang against your
knee, hence the term knee knockers. He said the ships were
compact, like an recreational vehicle or caravan, but it was
roomy. The engine room was the largest room in the ship,
with a 30 foot tall ceiling. They had cargo areas that were
also large, but these were not entered into frequently. The
whole ship was modular, in that the cargo areas could be
compressed down or expanded for various functions.
There were also food printers that could 'replicate' food
with a limited menu, but they didn't taste 'right,' and
sometimes would cause disturbed digestion for days after
eating, until one got used to it.
David mentions that he wants to talk about 'the weird
stuff,' saying that after Corey was recruited into the
program, in 1987, he did his 20 year tour of duty, and then
was brought back in time to the day that he left. This was
done through time travel technology.
Corey explains that at the end of a tour of duty, an asset is
de-briefed (recounting the experience) and age regressed
or 'biologically turned back' to the time before you left.
During this process, scars, tattoos or any other markings
are 'wiped clean' due to the temporal regression methods
used. The technology for this was a kind of paneling they
placed around the body, while in a heavily sedated state to
keep the body completely still through out the process.
David says that this is called the 'twenty and back'
program.
Corey says that he was almost 17 when he was recruited.
He signed all these papers saying he agreed to the
program, that he would do his 20 year tour, be brought
200
back to the time that he left, be given a posh job, his
college education would be paid for, and so on. Similar to
other above board recruitment offers for enlisted people.
David asks what really happens, [in contrast to what they
promised].
Corey says that when people get back, they whip their
memories, called 'Blank-Slatting', age regress them, and
deposit them back in their lives as if nothing ever
happened. No posh job, no paid for college education.
[Instead of receiving the promised benefit they wipe your
memories so that you remember none of your agreements,
or that you even were involved in the program at all.]
Corey adds that in the beginning, screened memories were
implanted using chemicals, but eventually they switched to
some energetic process that wiped memory of the program
more efficiently. They had a problem with 3% to 5% of the
people in the Intuitive Empath program who were able to
break the mind wiping, and recall their memories as time
went on. [Corey is an Intuitive Empath, which is someone
who has innate skill with receiving information intuitively,
what could also be called a clairvoyant. These skills were
enhanced by several sophisticated techniques in the
program, including virtual reality simulations.] The mind
wiping would work for a few days or weeks with Intuitive
Empaths, but then the memories would come back. The
reason Corey provides for this is because the physical
brain stores memories, like a hard drive, but the energetic
body stores in a sort of virtual cloud database. The
Intuitive Empaths had a better connection to this energetic
body that would 're-download' the memories into their
brain, just like restoring a hard drive from a back up. [But
recalling memories is not easy; and the whole effort is very
intensive, just like any memory reintegration process.]
David asks if they re-abducted these people to re-wipe
them.
Corey says that they would pull people back in to do that,
but chemical wiping, done too many times, would have
major complications.
David asks if Corey remembers signing the paperwork
after the blank-slate.
Corey says that the paper work is signed just after you
leave. After being blank-slatted you essentially remember
nothing about the paperwork, [and they also use screened
or fake memories, filling in any gaps left by the wiping
process.] Essentially, when you come back you are in a
state of confusion or amnesia about what just happened.
But the people who can actually recover their memories
have a much more difficult time adjusting back, because
they have two timelines of memory. One is the real 20
years they spent in the program and another false set of
screened memories [much shorter in duration] that are
trying to overwrite the others. Subconsciously, these
people know something isn't right, yet consciously they
can't recall what the divergence is, which causes
depression, rejection, PTSD, etc. but with no conscious
association as to why.
David reminds the audience that everything they have been
discussing is available in their series Cosmic
Disclosure and on his show Wisdom Teachings on
gaia.com [Summary and Analysis for Cosmic Disclosure can
be read here as well.]
FAKE ALIEN INVASION AGENDA:
David says the "Illuminati" are putting out a lot of movies
talking about alien invasions. Based on what he learned
from insiders and other researchers, they have cloning
technologies, highly advanced space craft and they've been
talking about alien invasion this since the 1950's.
Corey says that at one time, they did have a plan to have a
fake alien invasion scenario via secret space program
assets, [known to some as Project Blue Beam].
David emphasizes the point, saying the Cabal was going to
use the assets to 'sell us' a fake alien invasion, and in the
process, huge collateral damage would take place, helping
them realize their depopulation agenda.
David says he talked to three other insiders who knew
about this sphere. They tried to hail the sphere, but it
wouldn't respond. When they finally did make contact with
it, they said they were peaceful explorers. The SSP craft
told the sphere to 'GTFO,' or to leave immediately, which
it then did.
Corey says he heard about the sphere, but he didn't hear
the details about the 800-mile wide apertures.
David says the ICC is building highly advanced
technology on Mars and that they are actively trading with
over 900 ET groups. They build it there, in part, to hide it
from people on Earth, to maintain the oil dependency
illusion. So the SSP thinks they are really ahead of the
game, but then this gigantic sphere shows up, the Seeker.
And then the sphere just left, and for many years there was
no other sightings of them, until the late 1990's.
MORE SPHERES ENTER DURING THE 1990's:
David says a major influx of gigantic spheres showed up in
the solar system. David shows some SOHO images of
large objects called Sun Cruisers and other phenomenon:

Corey adds that he was told by his SSP Alliance contacts

that they can't enter the Earth's atmosphere without
clearance or they will be considered a "Non-Terrestrial
Threat;" a term that is used heavily in the programs.

David mentions how the Cabal wants to reduce population,

just like it says on the Georgia Guidestones, that they are
announcing there NWO, and this fake alien invasion was
part of it.

Corey says according to the NWO timeline, the planet

should have already been under their total control but it 'Sun Crusier' on left hand size of SOHO disk. From the
hasn't worked out the way they wanted. <crowd gives website mentioned by David, www.cyberspaceorbit.com
applause>

THE FIRST SPHERE ENTERS THE SOLAR

SYSTEM, "THE SEEKER":

David mentions that trouble for them started when a giant

sphere showed up in the solar system in the 1980's. This
was the first sphere ever seen, called 'The Seeker'. It came
in and orbited Pluto, Neptune and Uranus. All the Bush
people at the time were watching it. The insider Pete
Peterson said he actually saw images of the sphere, which
was about the size of Neptune, and portals could be seen
opening on it, to let ships out, with apertures 800 miles in
A close up of the 'Sun Cruiser'
diameter. He said that it looked like a soccer ball on the from enterprisemission.com
surface, and that it had strange technology all over it.

201
David proceeds to show numerous examples from 1999
through 2005 of these spheres, the size of planets in some
cases, that have entered the solar system and are visible in
SOHO images.
David shows an example of a planet sized object in a
SOHO image that was tracked one day, and the next day
was gone, meaning that it must not have been a planet. He
then goes over where the planets actually were during this
event, demonstrating that the only one in view was Mars,
to the left of the Sun, with the Sun Cruiser to the right.
[The above image is an example of a sun cruiser, but not the
same image mentioned by David here.]
David shows footage of actual spheres moving at high
rates of speed, impossible for objects that size. [The
footage was grainy and looked a lot like the above photo in
resolution quality. He showed a close-up, convincing
examples of objects flying past SOHO.]
David covers another event, where two objects are seen in
SOHO footage flying as if they will pass by the Sun, but
they crash in at the last moment. He says they are the
spheres, using the Sun as portal. In the process of going
into the Sun, a huge coronal mass ejection (CME) blasts
out, sending highly charged particles into space.
David presents an article showing NASA recognized that
'comets' are rarely seen flying together or crashing into the
Sun, but they do not link the event with the CME that
occurred immediately after.
David says NASA is trying to cover up the CME
connection for some reason.
David then shows another example of an object flying into
the Sun, more directly this time, and a CME immediately
occurs after, implying NASA is trying to cover-up that the
Sun is being used as a portal.
PRELUDE TO COREY'S INVOLVEMENT WITH
THE SSP ALLIANCE:
David says on October 13th, 2014 Corey contacted David
via email, but they had been corresponding since 2008.
The email was sent from Corey to David and Benjamin
Fulford, referring to Corey's involvement with the SSP.
David mentions an article he wrote on October 27th, 2014
entitled Cosmic Perspective On the Defeat of the Cabal,
describing various aspects of the article that intrigued
Corey.
David says Corey then contacted him the next day, saying
that he was engaged in various internet forums under a
pseudonym, but that he's been busy with life in general,
202
and they discussed how they should talk more at some
point.
Corey says that in 2011, the spheres began to come in at
much greater numbers, using the Sun as a portal, but also
entering from outside the solar system. He heard through
his own contacts in the late 1990's that the spheres where
coming into the solar system by the hundreds, but
immediately going out of phase, or making themselves
invisible. Scientists in the program were able to measure
where they were and sent hailing calls to them, requesting
friend or foe, etc, but they were unable to make any
contact with the spheres.
Corey mentions that in the beginning when all the spheres
were coming in, the Cabal was very excited, people in the
Pentagon were saying it was the return of the Sumerian
gods, [the Cabal's 'gods'].
David adds that the Cabal thought these spheres were
going to help them with their NWO, but when they
received no response, it scared them.
David says that at around the end of the Mayan calendar,
December 21st, 2012, many more spheres come into the
solar system, some the size of Neptune.
Corey says that there were thousands of spheres coming in
at this point in the time line. The size ranged from that of
our moon, to Neptune and Jupiter, but that the majority of
them are the size of Neptune.
ISS FEED CAPTURES PARTICLE BEAM WEAPON
ATTACK ON MASSIVE SPHERE:
David then mentions that the Cabal tried to fire at one of
the spheres using a very powerful particle beam weapon.
Corey says that the targeting systems for this weapon was
partially in Africa and also in Australia.
David then shows some images of the event, which was
first reported on December 5th, 2014.
David says that the sphere was shot by a weapon that the
Cabal thought was there best. The sphere glowed red hot
and then reflected the energy back down to the base it was
shot from, destroying it.
Corey says that the spheres did not attack the base, they
used an Aikido principle to reflect the energy back to the
source, a form of self-defense.
REACIVATION OF THE OUTER BARRIER:
David says that after this provocation by the Cabal, the
spheres erect the 'Outer Barrier' around the solar system.
Corey says that the barrier begins where the heliosphere
ends and that the barrier prevents all the groups – the
Draco, all the SSP factions, the Super Federation, and so
on, – from leaving or receiving reinforcements from
outside of the solar system. He said that communication
was further hindered for most of the groups, but some
could communicate, specifically mentioning quantum
communication devices that the Global Galactic League of
Nations were using. And that after this happened, a lot of
negotiations began in an effort to let groups in and out of
the barrier.
David says that before this attack on the sphere, there were
no hostilities, but afterward a sort of no fly zone went up
around the Earth. And that the Solar Warden faction of the
SSP Alliance was given the task of ensuring no one left or
came in without permission.
David adds that essentially the entire solar system has been
quarantined and all the bad guys are trapped inside, not
sure what to expect next. David thinks that this means
these beings are going to be held on trial in some kind of
tribunal. <crowd gives applause>
Corey says that a lot of these groups were expecting to be
outside of the solar system before the energetic changes
started to happen.
David says that the energetic shift is a big subject about the
ascension and the evolution of the solar system at large,
[which he's discussed at length on his show Wisdom
Teachings].
Related The Natural Law Basis of
Harvest | The Spiritual Evolution of Gaia
and All Who Dwell In the System of Sol
Related Science and Evidence For The
Transformation of the Solar System |
The Divine Cosmos by David Wilcock
Corey says most of what is seen in UFO videos of the
International Space Station (ISS) are of Solar Warden craft
203
trying to push disclosure by displaying themselves in front
of camera feeds.
David says after this event in December 2014, he and
Corey start taking more and he opened up to David about
his involvement in the SSP.
TWO SSP ALLIANCE ATROCITIES:
David mentions that in February 2015 a massive plume of
smoke is seen rising on Mars.
Corey confirms this was called the 'Mars Atrocity' and that
it started with factions who were in the Cabal run SSPs
defecting over to the SSP Alliance [which are allied with the
beings who were in control of the spheres, a benevolent
group of five races known as the Sphere Being Alliance]. In
the process of these defectors coming over to the SSP
Alliance, certain members decided to act on actionable
intelligence and destroy a cabal-run bas on Mars, causing
the loss of many lives in a settlement nearby. This base
was where a key component was being made for some of
their technology.
David reiterates that the raising of the Outer Barrier was an
unprecedented event, and that the newly formed SSP
Alliance took advantage of the situation by destroying one
of these facilities on Mars; one of two atrocities.
David says that the Mars attack caused the death of
250,000 innocent people in the facility, [people who were
probably recruited under false pretenses and forced to work
in the facility as slaves].
David says that the second atrocity was an undersea
reptilian base off the coast of South Carolina, killing 700.
Corey adds that it was a Draco facility that had a number
of human test subjects.
David says he was at the Consciousness Life Expo last
year, talking about the 500 million year old history of the
solar system, which is now 2.6 [as mentioned earlier].
Corey was in the audience. He was actually 'yelled at' for
David giving the talk because it revealed so much of what
was going on. [We covered that talk here.] But he says that
none of the information he gave in that talk came from
Corey, it was from his other insiders, but it matched up
with Corey's data so well, that he ended up getting 'taking
the heat for it.'
LIGHTS ON CERES:
David says eight days after those atrocities, an artificial
looking structure on Ceres is discovered.
Related Ceres Bright Spot | Colonization Corey was told that David's talk interrupted a process that
of Ceres by a Breakaway Civilization? was supposed to happen at a certain speed.

Related Intelligent Life On Ceres? New David changes the subject and begins to go over the Ceres
Evidence Seems to Suggest So object, which has a number of unexplainable bright spots
on it.

Ceres bright spot.

204
David says that no matter what the position of Ceres David mentions that Linda Moulton Howe discovered a
surface is with the Sun, the spots seem to stay bright and geometric carter to the bottom right of the bright spot:
that the phenomenon was discovered using the Hubble
telescope back in 2004.

205
 David speculates that this strait line geometry could be from the roof of a massive subterranean structure
or bio-dome, complete with trees, life and an eco system.

SPHERE BEING ALLIANCE CALLS FOR COREY:

David says the next day, after they announce the strange object on Ceres, February 27th, 2015, the Blue Avians, one of the
Sphere Being Alliance races, asks for Corey Good by name. Before this, Corey was not directly involved in the SSP Alliance,
he was only in contact with them in some capacity.

David says that the Blue Avians are bird-like humanoids.

experience during the 20 and back

program. For us, he is considered an
insider because of his experiences, but
he was actually an outsider to the SSP
Alliance, in the sense that he was not
directly involved in any SSP activity
after his tour of duty. This would cause
friction between Corey and the SSP
Alliance Council, who was not happy
that the Sphere Beings appointed an
outsider as their delegate. For more on
this see the below-linked article.]
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 8: Inner Earth: Debriefing with
the Alliance - Summary and Analysis |
Corey Goode and David Wilcock
Artist rendition of a Blue Avian, assisted by Corey's descriptions
Corey said that after this call for him happened, he started
David reiterates that these highly evolved beings, who are getting monitored heavily by the Special Access Program
in control of these massive spheres, actually asked for factions, and the secret space programs in general. He said
Corey by name, but that Corey had said to David in the he was picked up and they had a dossier on him. They
past that he never wanted to go back 'up there.' were asking him a lot of questions in a not so pleasant
way.
[At this point, Corey was
a whistleblower, discussing his past
206
David says that three days after this request for Corey went
out, on March 1st, he was brought up to a meeting using a
form of transportation that Corey had never seen before.
David says he has spoken about it since then, describing a
small blue sphere that flies into the room, which he then
acknowledges in some way, letting it know he is ready.
Then it expands around his body and takes him away at
very fast speeds.
Artist depiction of Corey being transported by a sphere.
David says that this image is of Corey being taken to the
Lunar Base the LOC, using one of the transport spheres
that encases him in a purple light.
Corey said that after the LOC meeting that day, he left
again to see one of the Blue Avian beings, Raw-Teir-Eir,
where he saw the massive spheres in the solar system as he
flew by.
Artist depiction of Corey seeing the spheres. There are only a few
represented in this version,
but there are actually thousands of them according to Corey.
Corey says he was told the spheres were acting as a
resonant buffer to the energies that were coming into our
solar system, [due to energies from the galaxy]. Raw-Teir-
Eir, the Blue Avian, said that because of our current state
of development, if they didn't have these spheres here, our
bodies wouldn't be able to handle the changes.
[The concept of entrainment or
synchronization is helpful here I think.
This energetic shift can be tracked by
observing climate changes on all major
bodies in the solar system. Eventually
the Sun will shift into a higher energy
state of expression, altering life in the
solar system dramatically via an
entrainment process. For more on this
see the following.]
Related Is This A Sign of Increased
Energy Affecting The Earth? | Global
207
Earthquake and Volcanic Activity
Spiked Last Week
Related DNA and Evolution Expected to Increase Over
the Coming Years Due to Cosmic Radiation
Intensifying As We Enter Another Solar Minimum
Corey adds that since a majority of the people on the
planet are so negative that the energies would cause a type
of 'end times madness' if there wasn't the dampening or
graduation effect from the spheres. But the people who are
more positive would be 'blissed out', not receiving
telekinetic powers at first, but those would come with time.
He said that this would have been a quick and uneasy
transition for humanity, if it weren't for these spheres.
David shows 3D rendering of a Blue Avian.
COREY'S FIRST MEETING WITH THE SSP
ALLIANCE COUNCIL:
David recounts the story when Corey met Lt. Col.
Gonzales, a figure in the SSP Alliance, who brought Corey
to a large room at the base on the Moon.
Corey says that when he was brought up to the LOC base,
he was pulled on stage and sat in front of many high level
military type people who comprise the SSP Alliance
Council, for an 'unpleasant interview.'
[The SSP Alliance is made up of former
cabal run secret space programs, who
"are hardly angelic beings," to quote
Corey. What distinguishes them is there
desire for full disclosure and an end of
the enslavement of the human race, but
as David discussed above with the
atrocities committed by members of this
group, they lack wisdom insofar as
morality to bring about the change
harmoniously. They were not happy that
the 'toughest guys on the block', the
Sphere Beings, wanted an outsider to
represent them, as Corey will detail in
shortly.]
David says this is the same alliance that wants to free the
people, give humanity all this 'Star Trek-like' technology
that they have and do 'data dumps' or full disclosure, in
contrast to the partial disclosure effort of the other Earth-
based alliances.

David reiterates that Corey was brought up to the LOC and

dragged in front of the SSP Alliance council. Corey was
being heckled by people in the audience, partially because
he had a NASA baseball cap on, suggesting this was not
the right audience for that kind of attire.
Raw-Teir-Eir, the Blue Avian.
Corey says there were a couple guys up in the front who One of the five Sphere Being Alliance races
asked him what he was doing there. He responded saying
he didn't know; shoving his hands into his pockets David says that standing beside the Blue Avian, Corey also
nervously. Someone from the audience shouted out, sees one of the other Sphere Being races, the triangle-head
"remove that ridiculous cover!" referring to his NASA beings:
baseball hat.

Corey mentions that when he was leaving the house

earlier, he just grabbed the first hat he could find, and it
just so happened to be a NASA hat.

Corey continues his recount of the SSP alliance council

meeting, saying back on stage, he pulled the hat off,
looked at it and realized how preposterous it was to be
wearing a NASA cap in the SSP Alliance council meeting,
of all places, then throws it off to the side.

Corey adds that the night before, his daughter decided to

draw a green dinosaur on Corey's hand, which was still
visible at the meeting the next day. They asked Corey why
he had an image of a reptilian on his left hand. Corey tried
to rub the drawing off but wasn't successful.

David says for about 15 minutes this was happening, and

Corey had no idea what was going on other than the fact
he was being ridiculed.

Corey says that everyone was loitering around the room Triangle Head Beings, one of the five Sphere Being Alliance Races.
for a while, but then it got quiet and people began to sit
down. He turned around to see Raw-Teir-Eir, the Blue Corey says that this image is still being worked on; that the
Avian, standing behind him. chest and rib cage is actually smooth in appearance.

[As an interesting synchronicity, the
exact moment in the live stream
playback when Corey says this being
was standing behind him, the timecode
read: 3:33:33.]
David says this entity is called the "Golden Triangle Head
being."
Corey says at this point in the meeting, the Triangle Head
being just stands there with his arms waving around a bit,
standing on it's toes like tripods. He said that the being was
undulating in place as a normal part of it's standing
posture.

David says that the Blue Avian starts talking to Corey

telepathically.

208
Corey says that he beings to interface with the Blue Avian,
Raw-Teir-Eir, and then corrects himself, saying that the
being is not a he or she. The being begins to interface with
Corey, telepathically telling him what to say to the SSP
Alliance council assembled in front of him.
THE SPHERE BEINGS MESSAGE AND SSP
ALLIANCE AGENDA:
Corey says that a lot of people in the SSP Alliance council
were excited, thinking they were finally going to meet this
highly advanced race, with powerful technology that was
going to give them a plan 'to kick butt' and realize their
goals to free humanity. Instead, Raw-Teir-Eir has him
repeat a 'hippy love message about forgiveness' that was
not computing at all for them. They were making jokes
about sticking daisies in machine guns; it was a joke to
them. They are military minded people who think they
need to bomb their way out of any situation.
[This is a good point in the narrative to
present the introduction from Corey's
website, which summarizes who he is,
what the SSP Alliance is, who the
Sphere Beings are and what their
message is.]
Introduction
By Corey Goode
With all of the events occurring “Above and Below” there
is a lot of “Information”, “Disinformation” and competing
“Agendas” that are all competing for fertile places in our
“Consciousness” to plant their “Seeds”.
Some people have chosen to focus on the more “Down to
Earth” events and the battles over the “Financial Debt
System” (Babylonian Money Magic Slave System),
“Financial Resets”, “Financial Jubilee” and gifted money
to the masses in “Prosperity Settlements”. There is an
element of what we call “The Alliance” that is fighting the
current controlling elite (known as the “Cabal” or
“Illuminati” among other names.) down here on Earth at
this very moment.
Some people have chosen to focus on the more “Esoteric”
(for now) events and battles occurring above our
atmosphere in what many are referencing as the “Secret
Space Programs” and “Break Away Civilizations”. There
is quite a lot of classified technologies that are in use in
these “Programs” that are being suppressed and could
completely change the nature and quality of life of every
human being here on Earth. The “Free Energy”
technologies would end the need of the “Current Oil/Petro
Energy Companies”, The “Frequency and Light Healing”
technologies would end the “Current Pharmaceutical
Corporations”, the “Neurological Interface” technologies
would end the need for “Large Education Institutions” and
the “Food Replication” technologies and “Environmental
209
Purification and Restoration” technologies would end
poverty, starvation and begin to reverse the damage
humanity has done to the Earth virtually over night.
As you can imagine the real threat to disclosure is not that
humanity cannot handle the truth or will be able to
reconcile “Cosmic Life” with their religious beliefs. The
real reason is that these technologies would immediately
collapse the world economies and make the “Babylonian
Money Magic Slave System” of no use anymore. It means
the “Loss of Control” of the .01% (Elite) over the
“Masses” and a complete “Paradigm Change”. In short it
means “Freedom”! Freedom for the first time in
humanity's “known” recorded history.
There has been a “Stealth Civil War” going on among
various “SSP” groups for a while to achieve this result.
Relatively recently the “SSP Alliance” was joined by a
group of “Beings” that no one had encountered before.
They are a 6-9th Density Group of Beings that have been
referred to as “The Sphere Alliance”. These new “Sphere
Beings” have since not only created an “Energetic
Blockade” around Earth but have also done so around our
entire solar system. They are a nonviolent group of beings
who have brought assistance mainly in the form of a
“Message”.
Some people are now choosing to focus on this “Message”
that was delivered by the “Blue Avians” - 1 of 5 beings:
the“Orb Beings”, the “Blue Avians”, the “Golden
Triangle-Headed Beings” and two others who have not
revealed themselves to us yet. The “Orb Beings” have
been visiting “Many Tens of Thousands” of people in the
form of “Blue/Indigo Balls of Light” while others have
been visited by the “Blue Avians” and given a “Greeting
Phrase” to know one another by.
What is this “Message”?
Every day focus on becoming more “Service To Others”
oriented. Focus on being more “Loving” and “Focus on
raising your Vibrational and Consciousness Level” and to
learn to “Forgive Yourself and Others” (Thus “Releasing
Karma”). This will change the Vibration of the Planet, The
“Shared Consciousness of Humanity” and “Change
Humanity One Person at a time” (Even if that “One
Person” is yourself.). They say to treat your body as a
temple and change over to a “Higher Vibrational Diet” to
aid in the other changes. This sounds to many like a
“Hippy Love and Peace” message that will not make a
difference. I assure you the “Path” they lay out in “Their
Message” is a difficult one. Even on the unlikely chance
that these technologies stay “Suppressed”, imagine what a
world we would live in if everyone made these changes to
their selves?
The Blue Avians also gave a warning with this “Message”.
They had tried to deliver this message “Three Other
Times” and it had been distorted by humanity. They made
it “very clear” that this information was NOT to become a
“Cult or Religious Movement” nor was I to put myself (my
“ego”) before the “Message” or elevate myself to a “Guru”
status. Anyone who does so should be avoided and held
accountable, including myself.
Thank you,
Corey “GoodETxSG” aka “Luke”
David says and the SSP Alliance are essentially being told
to sit tight and change your ways of thinking, because
bombs, violence and war won't solve the problem. [Each
person has a responsibility to change themselves, and in the
process, the world will change around them.]
Corey says that the SSP Alliance already paid a big price
for the two atrocities they mentioned earlier.
David adds that some of the people that organized the
attacks on the two bases were assassinated by Cabal
infiltrators who made it into the SSP Alliance.
MORE PARTIAL DISCLOSURE:
David says five days after this meeting took place, on
March 6th, an announcement that there were oceans on
Mars is released from NASA.
David adds that on that same day, NASA announces Ceres
will be orbited by a satellite to look at the bright spots. He
says the talk from scientists was suggestive of soft
disclosure and that this is a partial disclosure effort.
David further adds that on the same day, they announce
that 22 light years away, there is a exoplanet.
David says that on March 13th Vladimir Putin
disappeared, becoming a big story in the press.
Corey says that there were days and days of meetings at
the LOC, where they were bringing up politicians and
regular people, from around the world, for tours. These
people who were 'average Joes' were getting to see
sections of the LOC that Corey was not able to see, further
suggesting that relations between Corey and the SSP
Alliance were tenuous, at best.
David continues saying that later, President Barack Obama
goes on Jimmy Kimmel Live and playfully says that the
government is run by aliens.
Related Friday, March 13, 2015 Obama
Admits Space Aliens Control USA: Was
He Joking?
David heard from several of his insiders that Obama got
into a lot of trouble and was not supposed to do this.
210
[Excerpt from the interview:] [Kimmel]
wanted to know whether Obama had tried
to get to the bottom of the “UFO files” about
the mysterious desert region known as
Area 51.
“The aliens won’t let it happen,” Obama
joked. “You’d reveal all their secrets. They
exercise strict control over us.”
But President Clinton once said he’d
checked on the matter and found nothing,
Kimmel protested. “That’s what we’re
instructed to say,” Obama responded.
David says the next day after Obama appeared on Jimmy
Kimmel Live, Putin reappeared after a ten absence, saying
he was fine.
STRANGE EVENTS AT COREY'S HOME:
David says that after Corey's was brought up for multiple
meetings with the SSP Alliance council, he was harassed
on several occasions.
Corey says that at the time, the house they were staying it
had smart meters, which in and of itself isn't great, but that
on two occasions, both the meters died, and the city came
out to see what happened but couldn't figure it out. People
were also breaking into his home during this time, and he
decided to install inexpensive video cameras to keep an
eye on things. He and his family went to go on a trip at one
point, and upon their return, the energy in the house felt
very strange. He said that the house looked like the whole
thing had been twisted around, with huge cracks in the
walls and doors from some kind of disturbance. He said it
only happened on their side of the duplex. There were
cracks on the neighbors side but only on the walls touching
his house.
David reveals images of the cracked walls, clearly showing
structural damage along the seems where drywall had
pulled away from spackling at the corners.
Corey reiterates that prior to their trip, there was no
damage, everything was pristine.
David continues to show images of cracks coming from
doorways going to the seem of a wall, and moving up
towards the ceiling.
HACKS ON GOVERNMENT DATA CENTERS AND
MORE PARTIAL DISCLOSURE:
touch them or they could damage the crystals or
themselves. Some of the children were able to interface
whereas some others could not. He said they sort of used
the children as a 'USB drive,' in that, they were taken back,
de-briefed, and then had their memories wiped of the
event.

David says that on June 5th, a massive hack or breach of

data affected all security clearances in the United States.
He says that the original article to the story was pulled
down shortly after it went up, but he was able to find a
copy on archive.org [the link above is from another news
outlet].

David reviews the articles key points, saying that security

information of current and former government employee's
was stolen.

David mentions that in November of 2015 another breach Artist depiction of the crystal cave, courtesy of gaia.com.
of a DHS contractor for background checks, with of over
25,000 records, was hacked as well.
Corey says the crystals had information on them, but they
were alive, so they weren't just storing information, they
Corey says that people within the SSP Alliance and the were constantly processing and creating new information.
Earth-based alliances were working together to do these
super-hacks to gather information for the 'big data dump'
that is for a full disclosure scenario. Corey adds that these caves were being 'guarded' by a race
of raptor beings, but he didn't know this at the time he
visited the location as a child. He says in this image is a
David mentions a NASA article that came out in May depiction of a royal raptors.
2015 claiming they have developed Warp Drive. He covers
the article.

Corey says that this announcement is planting the seed of

preparation that we have the technology to travel much
further then the chemical rockets we've had in the past.

David adds that this is preparation for the partial disclosure

timeline.

COREY'S VISITS AN INNER-EARTH

SETTLEMENT:

David mentions that on September 3rd 2015 a huge event David says that these raptors guarded the crystal cave, and
takes place when Corey visits the Inner Earth. that certain groups who have lived within the inner-Earth
were dismayed because they couldn't get access to them,
[David and Corey discuss this even in hence their interest in meeting Corey.
great detail, in a 6 part sub-series in
their show Cosmic Disclosure. Below is David shows an image of another of the beings that reside
the sixth installment, where links to the within the inner-Earth.
earlier episodes can be found].
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 8: Inner Earth: Debriefing with
the Alliance - Summary and Analysis |
Corey Goode and David Wilcock

Corey says that as a child, he got to visit a crystal cave in

the Inner Earth. They asked each of the children there to
interface with the crystals as Intuitive Empaths, but not to
211
 Cleansing ceremony room within an inner-Earth settlement, courtesy
of gaia.com.

Corey says he did know he was going, but he didn't know

when and had no details of what to expect.

David continues that he ended up in this room where he

had to go through a cleansing ceremony, having to get
naked, put on robes and leave the room. He met these two
guards standing at the doorway to another room used for
meetings that looked like this:
Courtesy of gaia.com.

Corey says that these beings are cavemen-like, first

encountered during expeditions to inner-Earth by the
Germans in the early part of the 20th century.

David says that on September 3rd Corey was brought to

this room within the inner-Earth:

Courtesy of gaia.com.

David says they are massive limestone caves. He says that

Corey eventually got a tour of the facility, and what he
found was amazing. Here are some images that look
like what Corey saw.

[Here are some similar images to the ones shown by David.]

212
This is actually one of the images presented by David, which Corey said embodied the 'built-out' pillar style of their building designs.

213
Corey says that the cave city was built with stone
dwellings and areas that they worked inside of that were lit
up [like what is shown above].
Corey responds to a question from the audience asking
how deep below the surface it was, saying, he didn't know.
He wasn't told how far down below the surface the inner-
Earth settlement was.
David says that they commissioned images from artists
that were used in the Cosmic Disclosure series discussing
the visit to Inner Earth. [Shown below.]

Wide angle view of inner-Earth city, courtesy of gaia.com.

Courtesy of gaia.com.

214
 Courtesy of gaia.com.

'Flying Cigar' spacecraft depicted as flying through the wall using some kind of phasing technology, courtesy of gaia.com.

David says that it's pretty close to what Corey actually saw, which Corey confirms.

David says that one aspect are these glowing domes of light and the skyscrapers.

215
Corey says that the domes were smaller and the skyscrapers were taller than what is depicted in the images. He adds that there
were spacecraft flying around the cave, and that some of them were going right through the walls as if there was nothing there.
He said the craft were a classic UFO configuration as well as egg and large cigar shaped craft.

David shows an artist depiction of where the inner-Earth peoples grow their food.

Hydroponic agricultural area, courtesy of gaia.com.

Corey says this was a huge hydroponic growing area. He then describes another area he says is was a wildlife preserve.

Wildlife preserve or park, courtesy of gaia.com.

Corey adds that the park was completely enclosed in a cavern, but had a simulated atmosphere. And in the center of the cave,
was a weathered obelisk, with a ball of plasma hovering over the top that was used as a type of artificial sun.

216
 Obelisk with plasma ball above, courtesy of gaia.com.

David says he was blown away by this part of Corey's story, because prior to him hearing of this, he commissioned the cover of
his new book, The Ascension Mysteries. The final design had an obelisk in the foreground with a light coming off the top and
Saturn faded out in the background. David shows the image of his new book:

The Ascension Mysteries

Corey says that what David just claimed sounds so fantastic, most people will probably think they made it all up, but in fact,
David had no idea that Corey saw the same style obelisk during his inner-Earth trip.

MEETING THE INNER-EARTH ALLIANCE [The Inner-Earth Alliance Council is a

COUNCIL: group of seven different inner-Earth
societies, some claiming to be 20
David says to take notice that Saturn is behind his image. million years old, the first evolved
He then says that Corey meets some of these inner-Earth human race, whereas others claim to
alliance beings, and shows images. have settled below the surface after
217
 more recent ice age cycles. All the they are keenly interested in making
groups can be called breakaway contact with a race of beings they
civilizations because each is a remnant revere from antiquity, the Guardians.
of a surface society. In most cases, the These guardians are non other than the
parent civilization faded away, and the Sphere Being Alliance, who the SSP
priest class or elites of that culture took terms the Ancient builder race. In a
refuge underground, hence the term recent meeting that took place in
breakaway civilization. The inner-Earth January of this year, Corey, SSP
groups are generally xenophobic in Alliance delegates and the inner-Earth
nature, believing in racial purity and Alliance Council met at a SSP Alliance
protecting themselves from the surface base in the Kuiper belt. The inner-Earth
population using elaborate peoples finally got a chance to see their
disinformation schemes. Some the older beloved guardians, who told them that
inner-Earth groups claim to have helped they have not been good stewards of
restart civilization on the surface after the planet. Since that meeting, some of
major and minor cataclysms. Allegedly the inner-Earth groups have decided to
the Sumerian civilization was assisted stop their disinformation campaigns
by them, wherein they falsely appeared with the surface population, whereas
as gods to the people there. In more other groups decided to bolster them.
recent times, due to humanities The Priestess Kaaree, from one of the
improved technological sophistication, older inner-Earth groups, who Corey
they appeared to the surface as later discusses he had a mind meld
extraterrestrials or ascended masters. with, represents a group that is
Recently, these groups formed an interested in more honest dealings the
alliance after many eons of isolation. surface. What follows are images of
This was because they are now at risk these seven inner-Earth groups.]
of attack from the Cabal, and because

One of the seven Inner-Earth Alliance Council groups, courtesy of gaia.com.

David says they look human, but Corey mentions that their eyes are a little larger, and they were one of three groups wearing
Saturn pendants.

David then shows another group with an hourglass symbol that have a more African look.

218
 One of the seven Inner-Earth Alliance Council groups, courtesy of gaia.com.

David says that their hair is a little lighter in color, which you can see better in this image:

Courtesy of gaia.com.

David shows another one of the Saturn groups, with paler skin, and a different style gemstone.

219
 One of the other Saturn pendant groups, courtesy of gaia.com.

David mentions that Corey has said the gem used by these three different Saturn pendant groups corresponds to a place on
Earth where their underground 'capitol' cities are located.

David introduces the Omega group, and shows an image:

One of the seven Inner-Earth Alliance Council groups, courtesy of gaia.com.

Corey says this group didn't seemed to be liked very much by some of the other groups and that they had a very similar
appearance to the surface population.

220
David shows an image of the last remaining Saturn pendant groups, which were the most spiritual out of all of them, and who
were also hosting the inner-Earth Alliance Council meeting he and Gonzales were there to attend.

One of the other Saturn pendant groups that hosted the meeting, priestess Kaaree on the left, courtesy of gaia.com.

David shows an image of the Star pendant group.

One of the seven Inner-Earth Alliance Council groups, courtesy of gaia.com.

David introduces the final, Swastika pendant, group.

221
 One of the seven Inner-Earth Alliance Council groups, courtesy of gaia.com.

Corey mentions that this group has a crystal implanted in

their foreheads, under the skin.

David says that some of these groups claim to have been

around for millions of years, but they are separate groups.
However, Corey was told recently, that they formed a
council because the Cabal now has technology that is
capable of attacking them.

Corey confirms that the Cabal and other groups have

embassies below the surface.
The priestess Kaaree from one of the seven inner-Earth groups.
Related Under-Ocean Military Bases -
Lower Level Secret Space Programs | Corey said that in this meeting, they had a mind-meld type
There Is More Than Just One Area 51 - of experience, when his hands touched hers.
See for Yourself

COREY'S PRIVATE MEETING WITH THE

PRIESTESS KAAREE:

David mentions that after the Inner-Earth Alliance Council

meeting with Corey and Gonzales, where they discuss
many interesting things, Corey had a private meeting with
the priestess Kaaree. Here is an image of her.

The priestess Kaaree from one of the seven inner-Earth

groups, courtesy of gaia.com

222
Corey adds it was a completely overwhelming experience,
where he felt like his astral body was being pulled towards
hers, with hers towards his and they were kind of melding
in the middle. She was very telepathic, able to sift through
Corey's memories with ease, looking for the experience he
had in the crystal cave as a child. While this was
happening, he was receiving flashes of her life as well.
David reminds everyone that this whole inner-Earth story
is told in much greater detail on their Cosmic Disclosure
show. [See the above links to the inner-Earth sub-series.]
THE INNER-EARTH LIBRARY AND HALL OF
RECORDS:
David shows this image and asks Corey what it means:
A crystal ball held by a metallic hand seen on the Library wall of the
inner-Earth settlement, courtesy of gaia.com.
Corey says that after the mind-meld, they entered the
library via teleportation, and he happened to look up to see
a thin gold, almost steel rebar in thickness hand, holding a
crystal ball, coming from the top of the ceiling.
Corey says that as they walked through the library, they
came to rows and rows of scrolls, that looked like this:
Scrolls in the inner-Earth library, courtesy of gaia.com.
Corey said it was like walking through time, seeing old
scrolls, tablets, books bound in a strange materials. Then
he came to more modern style book cases that had
contemporary books with ISBN numbers on them. She told
him they only keep physical copies of books they are
interested in, but had non-physical copies as well.
David then continues on with the story, saying Corey
ended up in a room with egg shaped chairs.
223
Levitating egg shaped chairs in the Library.
Corey says in this room, people were reaching out with
their minds to people on the surface, or they were sitting
around in circles having a 'conference call' via telepathic
contact.
Corey adds that there were well over 200 chairs, just in
this one area, for telepathic contacts.
[In the Cosmic Disclosure show, Corey
says that the inner-Earth groups make
contact with people on the surface via
channeling, claiming to be ETs or
ascended masters. This was their
attempt to hide their true location from
the surface people, and an effort to raise
the consciousness of the people in
general. But they were 'scolded' for their
deceptive methods by the Sphere
Beings during a meeting that took place
in January 2016.]
David then shows an image of a solitary crystal in a room,
asking Corey what it is:
Image of a large crystal in a temperature controlled room the inner-
Earth groups attempting to grow.
Corey says when Kaaree took him into the Hall of
Records, there was a large crystal inside a chamber they
were apparently trying to regenerate. It was then that he
realized why it was so important to Kaaree's group to have
access to his memories of the crystal cave, because they
were able to use that information to help them in their
efforts with this crystal.
THE MAYAN BREAKAWAY CIVILIZATION:
David then introduces the Mayan breakaway civilization,
showing an image of three beings, of central american
descent, with miter hats on, [traditional hats often worn by
Roman Pontiff's].
David says this group started out as the Mayans,
developing so much so that they were eventually able to
leave the Earth, forming a breakaway civilization.
David adds that this group is actually helping to heal the
trauma of people working in the SSP.
Corey says that is true, and that they helped him heal from
his experiences.
Styled Miter Hats worn by Mayan breakaway civilization.
David further adds that there are a lot of these beings
showing up now, and they will be doing a lot of healing for
people in the future.
Corey says he's been seeing a lot of them lately, saying he
saw 11 in one location at one point.
David says they seem to be getting ready for the big
moment when their healing abilities will be needed.
Corey adds that they are preparing to go operational with
something.
SHINNOK HELICOPTERS FLYING AROUND
COREY'S HOME:
224
David the shows the video of Shinnok Helicopters flying
around Corey's house, which Corey has been patiently
waiting for.
Corey says that as he was fumbling with his iPhone to start
the recording and that the helicopter made a very close
flyby where he could make out someone hanging outside
of the craft close enough to where he could see their face.
It was right when Corey hit record that the pilot started to
bank away and make circles at a greater distance,
suggesting the pilot knew he was being recorded.
Corey says that this flyby occurred the morning after he
was told by a high level asset that he "needs to back off of
a full disclosure scenario, because it was irresponsible to
the public."
Related Corey Goode Warned to Back
Off of Full Disclosure Narrative, Partial
Disclosure of Lower Level Secret Space
Programs Actively Rolling Out
Corey says that the lower level secret space program was
putting out threats against him, and he thinks, this was
their show of force to intimidate him. He says after this
recording, they flew more military helicopters around his
home for three more days, and then they stopped. He
clarifies that there were no military bases close to his
house, and that this was very unusual.
David mentions that gaia.com is hiring again, and then
takes the crowd into a consciousness meditation. After the
visualization of a brighter future for humanity, he asks
everyone to stand up and hug their neighbor.
The talk ends with Corey and David greeting members of
the audience.
Planet Sized Spheres Visiting The Solar System by the
Thousands - NASA's Secret Discovered: Sun Cruisers
David Wilcock and Corey Goode
By Justin Deschamps
Thursday, March 3, 2016
Corey Goode is a secret space program
insider and whistleblower who claims that
thousands of massive spheres, some the
size of planets, have entered the solar
system, the first of which came in during
the 1980's. Apparently these spheres are
here to dampen galactic energy waves that
have been pouring into the solar system for
years. They are intelligently guided by a
group of five extremely advanced
extraterrestrial races known as the Sphere
Being Alliance.
Corey began reporting about the spheres in
late 2014, but he says they've been coming
into the solar system, in earnest, since the
late 1990's. He provides no evidence to
support his claims, no photographs, no
videos, no gravimetric readings.
This is where the story gets interesting.
Some 15 years prior, several amateur
observers of SOHO, NASA's Solar and
Heliospheric Observatory, noticed several
225
planet-sized objects being captured in the
camera feed. This was not just a fluke
event. There have been dozens of them
recorded since the late 1990's.
The late Kent Steadman was documenting
Sun Cruisers on his website:
www.cyberspaceorbit.com.
Could the Sun Cruisers phenomenon be
evidence that these massive spheres have
entered the solar system?
David Wilcock, a researcher and author
seems to think so. He and Corey Goode
recently held a talk at the Consciousness
Life Expo in Los Angeles California,
discussing much more than just the Sun
Cruiser phenomenon. During the talk, they
explained where these spheres come from,
why they are here, and how they are
playing a key part in the unfolding drama of
the solar system.
Notes from that talk can be found in the
below-linked article.
Related David Wilcock and Corey
Goode: History of the Solar System and
Secret Space Program - Notes from
Consciousness Life Expo 2016
The following article by Shem, from
Discerning the Mystery, details many more
examples of these enormous planet-sized
objects. Shem also covers an example
provided by Wilcock of a sphere being fired
on by a particle beam weapon, which was
captured in International Space Station ISS
feed in late 2014.
For those looking to confirm the claims of
Corey Goode, the following serves as
indirect evidence of these massive spheres
 that have entered the solar system.
- Justin
Source - Discerning The Mystery
This year's Conscious Life Expo brought many new
revelations, and much more is said to be on the way. One
of the subjects discussed was the arrival of the large,
planet-sized, spherical ships that began arriving in our
solar system during the 1980's.
The first of these spheres came in the early 1980's, and as
it did, it began to orbit each planet one by one. It started
with Pluto, then moved to Neptune, and then Uranus. Due
to this pattern of motion, this first sphere was termed "The
Seeker".
This sphere had two portals--one on each side. According
to David Wilcock, these portals were measured to be 800
miles wide each. Three different insiders came to Wilcock
with corroborating intel with regard to these details.
One strange issue with this sphere was that it would not
respond to any attempts at communication. It was hailed
numerous times by SSP ships, responding at one point
saying, "we are peaceful explorers." The SSP craft
responded by saying.. "GTFO," or leave immediately.
The people within the cabal/Illuminati thought that these
spheres were their own "gods" returning to help them
establish their New World Order, but of course, they were
wrong.
These spheres continued to arrive, but their appearances
became more numerous around 2012.
These are the images that were displayed at Wilcock and
Goode's presentation at this year's CLE. They were
originally collected by SOHO (Solar Heliospheric
Observatory), a NASA platform.
There are a few things to note when viewing SOHO images like this.
There is a circular shield over the lens. This shield is present so that
the lens doesn't get overloaded, but also because the telescope is
designed to observe occurrences around the sun as opposed to the sun
itself.
226
You'll find it very interesting when viewing images and
feeds like this, that each and every time something shows
up in them that may be a UFO or some unexplainable
issue, NASA will quickly take the feed offline and claim
that there was a malfunction of some kind. However, these
images were captured before NASA had a chance to do
this.
Most everything in this image looks normal, but the long
bars in this frame should definitely not be there. The circle
is normal. The coronal discharges are normal, but the
bars... Those are foreign objects.
This image was taken September 22, 1999. It shows some type of
large sphere which appeared to be almost as large as the sun itself.
This sphere seems to be accelerating toward the sun, and if you look
closely, you can see evidence of acceleration as this apparently large
object encounters the sun's gravity.
The skeptic might try to say that the lens got smudged, or
that the telescope was jostled by an object that hit it, but
this is an array that is miles above the surface of the Earth.
Its trajectory and orientation are maintained by state-of-
the-art equipment, gyros, and telemetric feeds that make
sure it is oriented properly. There are no objects anywhere
near it that could jostle it, bump, or smudge it in any way.
The reason it shows an object is because the object is
present.
NASA doesn't want you to see images like this, but still
many are able to come through.
Objects like this are termed "sun cruisers". They are typically planet
sized spheres that do not follow the trajectory that any planet should
follow. (Planets can be identified by the way they stay on the central,
horizontal axis of the lens, or the "elliptic".)
Planets are not supposed to be below the central plane.
Also, the lines on the sides of this UFO are indicative of a
CCD overload, or an overload of the digital, optical
systems. When these overloads occur, it means that the
object is so bright that it overloads the optical sensors, just
like the sun would if the lens weren't protected by the
circular shield.
227
This is also a spherical object (either one or many) that should not be
there. The image was taken December 23, 1999.
This may be space debris. That is a possibility, but given
the other evidence we have shown, that's probably not the
case.
It could also be craft traveling past the SOHO array. This
would definitely be a time when NASA would have an
"unfortunate malfunction" and take their equipment
offline. As this is the typical NASA response.
Corey Goode Stalked By Black Chinook Helicopter
By Shem El-Jamal & By Justin Deschamps
Friday, March 4, 2016
Corey Goode reported during the
Consciousness Life Expo that he was the
harassed by a Chinook Helicopter which
flew by his home the week prior. As Shem
reports below, Goode claims that this was
probably an effort to intimidate him to back
off of full disclosure. Several days prior to
the talk, Goode was warned to stop his
disclosure efforts.
Related Corey Goode Warned to Back
Off of Full Disclosure Narrative, Partial
Disclosure of Lower Level Secret Space
Programs Actively Rolling Out
Goode also said during the presentation
that his previous home came under some
kind of strange attack, wherein the whole
house looked like it 'was twisted end to
end.' He said that he and his family left for
the weekend, and upon their return, there
were cracks in the walls, doorways and
ceiling.
What's even more peculiar, is that his
neighbors side of the house, a duplex, was
untouched. What could cause such intense
structural damage to one side of the unit
but not the other?
Goode supplied photos of that strange
event during the Consciousness Life Expo
talk.
Below is a second event, documented by
video in this case.
228
The actual video Goode provided during
the talk is below.
For a complete series of notes of that talk,
which covers a great deal of information,
please see the below-linked article.
Related David Wilcock and Corey
Goode: History of the Solar System and
Secret Space Program - Notes from
Consciousness Life Expo 2016
- Justin
Source - Discerning The Mystery
By Shem El-Jamal
Recently, Corey Goode encountered a Chinook helicopter
that seemed to be specifically focused on himself, and his
house. This happened very recently--soon after he was
warned to back off from the "full-disclosure" narrative. In
this footage (which debuted at this year's Conscious Life
Expo) it looked as though Corey was trying to stay
somewhat out of sight, but at the same time, was trying to
get a clear shot of the people who were making it a point to
stalk him.
As Goode maps out the scene of how this encounter took
place, he describes going outside to find this helicopter
hovering very close to his house. It would hover, circle
around, and come back to repeat this process over and over
again. This went on for around six minutes. The strangest
part of the situation is that Corey doesn't live anywhere
near a military base or installation of any kind. As I
understood it, these choppers have never taken any route
close to his house. Not only this but as David Wilcock
mentioned, it was possible to see these people looking
directly at him during this encounter. That's how close they
came.
Goode describes how this has never happened to him
before. As previously stated, he was warned to avoid the
full-disclosure narrative. Apparently, some of those in the
lower-level Secret Space Program have a few agendas that
this narrative might threaten.
In this video, Corey is trying to stay somewhat out of sight
and record at the same time. As soon as he starts to record,
this chopper stops hovering, takes off, and starts to circle
again. It was as though they somehow knew he had
pressed the "record" button.
During the presentation, it was apparent that Corey was
somewhat proud to have caught this footage on camera,
and I don't blame him at all. So many people have
criticized his claims for lacking evidence, and I imagine it
was pretty satisfying to finally record video footage to
back up his story. (We should note that all of these claims
are specifically about a world which is deliberately hidden
from the surface population. Consequently, evidence is not
.
229
exactly a reasonable expectation in such a situation, but it
would be a nice compliment to these claims.)
I personally don't need much physical evidence to be
convinced that such things are taking place (due to
personal experiences). Though it is understandable that
many still do.
I don't really blame Corey for being a bit proud, mostly
because it's not everyday that a person is able to keep their
wits about them all while being tailed by "the man".
This situation is reminiscent of another that happened in
recent history. Anyone familiar with the name "Bill
Brockbrader" (also known as "Bill Wood"), may
remember a specific interview that kept being interrupted
by military choppers passing overhead repeatedly. The
location where this interview was taking place was
nowhere near any military base, but these choppers kept
flying over. They would even stop and hover at low
altitude, sometimes even within eye-shot of where Bill was
sitting. (It was as though they were listening to the
conversation.)
 Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 - Episode 9:
Ubuntu And The Blue Avians' Message
Part 2 - Summary And Analysis
Corey Goode And David Wilcock
By Justin Deschamps
Sunday, March 6, 2016
Corey Goode and David Wilcock are joined again
by Michael Tellinger, continuing their discussion
of Ubuntu and Contributionism.
Goode stated in part one of this series, that the
SSP Alliance Council mentioned Tellinger and
the Ubuntu system by name as tools that will
help transition humanity into a golden age of
abundance and freedom.
The SSP Alliance has advanced technologies
available that they intend to provide to all of
humanity at the same time, which will level the
playing field and render the current financial
system based on scarcity, fraud and slavery
obsolete.
But is this practical? Can humanity really be
expected to manage all the complexities of
society without money?
230
To most people unaware of the whole truth
regarding the financial system, the answer is an
unequivocal no. By way of indoctrination, most of
us have unquestionably maintained a belief that
money is an integral part of human life, that
society cannot function without it, and that if we
didn't have money, no one would be motivated to
do anything. For those who still espouse these
perspectives, this episode will be quite
revealing.
Tellinger has spent over 11 years learning about
and answering frequently asked questions
regarding a moneyless society founded on
abundance. What he reveals is that many of the
concerns people have are sourced directly from
their indoctrinative programming, and they are
crucial to address so we can move forward as a
people.
Tellinger says that in a contributionist system,
there are no rich and poor people, just abundant
people, essentially everyone is rich. Everyone
contributes creative energy and everyone
benefits from what is produced. This is in
contradiction to the current system which
provides a way for certain people to benefit from
the labors of others, while not contributing
anything personally themselves. These people
are of course the elite who stand on the backs of
"'the less fortunate.'"
Tellinger address the laziness concern, wherein
it is supposed that in a moneyless world no one
will want to work. A contributionist system is
based on everyone participating in the production
goods and services for all, which means that the
time needed from each person is much less, only
about three hours a week according to one
figure. The freedom of time in this model allows
each individual to foster their unique passions,
which naturally evolve into productive ventures
that benefit the community.
 There are many other practical concerns
addressed in the following episode.
Summing up Ubuntu, it is essentially a system
based on nature. A system based on fostering
the individual to be the best they can be,
honoring their sovereignty and unselfishly
providing support for their passions.
Contributionism makes this possible, by
efficiently providing a venue for everyone to
contribute their unique creative energies that
serve to benefit all.
For me, I was very inspired to hear that the SSP
Alliance Council considers contributionism to be
the way of the future. Given it is a model based
off of nature, I couldn't agree more.
I have been studying the monetary system and
contemplating a better way of living based on
abundance for many years. I actually had to
restrain myself in commenting on this episode
because there were so many things to discuss.
That being said, I did offer several expanded
sections of discussion below. Hopefully, these
will help others in comprehending the mechanics
of how a moneyless society, based on
unselfishness and abundance for all, can work.
Nature's been doing it for billions of years, why
would we think our planet is any different?
For part one of this series, see the below-linked
article.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 3: Ubuntu and the Blue Avians’
Message Part 1 - Summary and Analysis |
Corey Goode and David Wilcock
Overview of Corey Goode, the Secret Space
Program Alliance and the Sphere Being Alliance:
Corey Goode is a Secret Space Program (SSP) insider and
whistleblower that began disclosing information in 2009
under the pseudonym GoodETxSG. In 2014, he started
revealing a great deal more information in an effort to
prepare humanity for what he calls data dumps, set to
occur at an opportune moment in the future. Much of the
information he provides comes from Smart Glass Pads,
iPad-like devices supplied to SSP personnel for
information dissemination purposes. This will be
a groundbreaking event, revealing the totality of Earth's
history and the activities of the Cabal which will ultimately
lead to a truth and reconciliation style tribunal to hold
criminal elements accountable for wrongdoing.
Additionally, the SSP Alliance intends on releasing all of
231
the hidden technology to the people in preparation for a
Star Trek-type golden age civilization
According to Goode, the Cabal or the secret Earth
government and their syndicates (as termed by the SSP
Alliance) have enslaved humanity under a false paradigm
of a technological advancement, while secretly developing
incredible technology (a Star Trek level of advancement)
used to colonize the solar system and beyond, engaging in
trade with thousands of extraterrestrial races.
Space programs have been developed in secret all
throughout Earth's history, and in many cases, groups
broke away from the main culture forming what is called a
Breakaway Civilization. Some of these civilizations have
existed in secret, on Earth and beyond for, thousands of
years. The Agartha Network is one such group that claims
to be the original human race. It was this group in addition
to the Draco Alliance, that made contact with a secret
German space program in the early 20th Century.
In modern times, the Germans were the most advanced of
the SSP groups, beginning their efforts in earnest during
the early 1920's and 30's. The Americans were also
developing a SSP, but were much further behind in
technological advances. Later, the American SSPs were
infiltrated and taken over by the Germans after the end of
World War II. It was after this forced merger that the SSP,
under the direction of the Interplanetary Corporate
Conglomerate (ICC), expanded into the solar system and
beyond, setting up dozens of bases and mining facilities
chiefly using slave labor.
In the early 1990's, a faction within the SSP known
as Solar Warden slowly began to go against the ICC,
allying with a group of highly evolved extraterrestrials
known as the Sphere Being Alliance in 2012. Since then,
more factions have joined the alliance which is actively
working to free humanity on Earth and beyond, known as
the SSP Alliance. Despite their good intentions, the SSP
Alliance is a group of highly damaged and morally
ambiguous individuals, according to Goode, that recognize
at some level the need to change the status quo, but are
hardly angels.
The Sphere Beings are a group of five extraterrestrial
races, one of which is known as the Blue Avians, that
arrived in the solar system during the late 1980's. Two of
the races remain unrevealed; however, there is also a race
of Golden Triangle Head beings and Blue Orb beings
made of light. Over the course of 20 years, they began
bringing massive spheres into the solar system and
surrounding area, some which are the size of Jupiter. This
is in an effort to down-step galactic energy waves, which
are slowly changing life as we know it. These spheres are
cloaked and not detectable by the surface population of
Earth.
According to the Sphere Beings, a massive shift in with the message from the Blue Avians. We are nearing a
energetic expression is now occurring in the solar system, time when we need to transition into a new way of life that
as the result of a natural process of consciousness is beneficial for all life on Earth. Ubuntu philosophy, as
evolution, assisted by our solar system's movement favored by the ranking members of the alliance, may be
through the galaxy and increasingly coherent energy the means of reaching humanity’s utopian future.
fields encountered as a result. The Sphere Being Alliance
specifically asked for Goode to represent them in SSP This interview with David Wilcock was originally webcast
Alliance meetings as a Sphere Being Alliance delegate. March 1, 2016.
Presently, the SSP Alliance is negotiating with the
remaining cabal aligned programs, as well as innumerable
Summarized notes will be in black, with my commentary
races that have lived in the solar system for millions of
in [Ariel bolded brackets]. Alterations to the transcript for
years, and even breakaway civilizations once resident on
ease of reading will be in [brackets], but the original
the Earth's surface. The Sphere Beings have erected an
content of the dialog is always maintained. The images
energy barrier around the solar system preventing ingress
with black letter boxing were captured from this episode
and egress, trapping many of the negatively oriented
on Gaia TV.
groups that have been loosely allied with the secret Earth
government syndicates for thousands of years. Since this
event, the pyramid of power known on Earth known as the Transcribed by Hugues. Commentary by Justin
Cabal or Illuminati has fallen into disarray, because the Deschamps.
Draco Alliance attempted to betray their underlings to the
Sphere Beings in an attempt to gain passage out of the DW = David Wilcock, CG = Corey Goode, MT = Michael
solar system and escape the coming justice of the SSP Tellinger.
Alliance.

SSP factions encountered many intriguing things as they

ventured out into the solar system. Apparently there are
remnants of extremely old settlements and technology
from what is called the Ancient Builder Race. These
beings were incredibly advanced, using a type of
consciousness technology that appears to be an inanimate
object until activated by a user. They are also responsible
for building ancient stargates found on nearly every major
body in the solar system. According to the Agarthans, the
Sphere Beings are in fact the Ancient Builder Race,
although the SSP has yet to confirm this directly from
them.

The dark side of the Moon is home to many different INTRODUCTIONS:

groups, including the ICC, the Draco Alliance, the SSP
Alliance, the Dark Fleet, and more. The Moon is
apparently an artificial object, and has become a neutral
zone for all of these groups, which have maintained a
peaceful armistice for thousands of years. The Moon
serves as an observational outpost for over 60 groups of
extraterrestrial races engaged in 22 genetic programs and
social experiments on Earth. Some of these programs
conflict with each other, yet all of them have influenced
Earth's history for millennia.
Related David Wilcock and Corey Goode:
History of the Solar System and Secret Space
Program - Notes from Consciousness Life
Expo 2016
Show Description:
In this special presentation, Michael Tellinger returns to
expand upon the Ubuntu philosophy and how it meshes
DW - Alright, welcome back to Cosmic Disclosure. I’m
your host, David Wilcock and I’m here with the insider’s
insider, Corey Goode. [He] has claimed to be working with
the Secret Space Program, which has a very interesting
view about our future. They have technology that could
eliminate the need for us to have a financial system
because if you need anything, you can just hit a button, and
you manifest it right out of these replicators. The
interesting thing now is with this special edition episode,
we’ve also brought in Michael Tellinger. [He] was
specifically named by the Space Program Alliance because
[of the] Ubuntu contributionism system, they said, is a
blueprint for an entirely new way of living on Earth that
will be in much greater harmony. Where the goods and
services that we need can come about in a loving, co-
creative fashion, rather than in one that involves
destructive competition. So Michael, welcome to the show.
MT - Thank you David for that wonderful introduction!

232
DW - Alright! Well, I want to play the lawyer for a
second.
MT - Please do.
DW - I want to fan away these clouds of love that you all
have been smoking.
MT - Yes… <all three smiling and laughing>
ENTITLEMENT OR SLAVE MASTER
CONSCIOUSNESS:
DW - And I want to deal with some things that the haters
[have said]. I'm going to come at you with [this] because
you're going to be put on trial!
MT - Oh yeah. And David, can say to you that I've heard
this [kind of thing] for eleven years now. <laughing>
DW - Well, I got to give these guys their voice.
MT - Welcome to the trial.
DW - They can't speak through the camera. I got to do
their voice for you.
MT - Yeah, of course. Yeah.
DW - Every kid in America is indoctrinated with [the
history of] Jamestown. The first people that came to
America had this idea where we’re going to grow food and
it's going to be amazing. What happened was that all these
wealthy landowners came over here and they refused to
work the land. And they starved to death because, well,
[they were thinking,] “Somebody else is going to do the
work. I don't want to do the work.” So this is the rationale
that we've all been brainwashed with —indoctrinated with
— but people believe it… [They think,] if you don't have a
competitive capitalist system that [instills this] need for
money, the need to earn [a living] and to procure money,
you will starve. [It] is the only thing that lances the boil of
human selfishness and greed. [so we are told,] that would
otherwise make people want to live off of others and not
contribute to the system. How do you address that?
MT - Well, once again, that statement comes from within
a capitalist system. The moment you don't have money,
where that doesn't even enter the equation, everything
changes. When you start working in a structure of
collaboration and cooperation, and not in competition…
CG - Or entitlement.
MT - Or entitlement, exactly! “I’m entitled to [have]
people working for me…” and all that. This is thousands
of years of indoctrination. This is why [we must]
233
deprogram the average person from the way that [we've
been taught to] think… We’re all born into the capitalist
system. We’re all born into thinking democracy is [our]
savior. No, democracy is just a bullying tactic. It’s not the
saving grace. [Entitlement consciousness and false
ownership are a huge part of the problem I think. As was
discussed in the previous episode's analysis, the
consciousness or context with which we understand our
relationship to money, are primary factors in determining
how it is used and what impact it has on the world, parasitic
or symbiotic.
Before we get too deep into the discussion,
let me discuss some items of interest that
relate to this episode.
Fictional Ownership
One of the things that a financial system does
is create fictional concepts of ownership.
Without representations of value
(money), real things are the only things
available to measure value and a things
worth, such as: fruit, vegetables, water,
houses, machinery, products, services and
so on, all of which have a unique value to
each individual. But once money enters the
equation, a population is at risk of mistaking
it for things of real value, when it is only ever
a representation. At this point, money begins
to take on more importance than the things it
was designed to represent, it starts to
separate us from reality itself. From here, a
version of fictional ownership can be slowly
programmed into the minds of a people
based on an untruth, that what possess is
ours to do with regardless of the impact is
has on others. For example, "I own this land,
which means everything it produces or that
comes from it, is mine."This fiction version of
ownership says we can destroy the
abundance that has come into our
possession, even if others can make us of it.
But is this really true?
If the land produces 50,000 apples every year,
can one person hope to consume all of it? No
one could. In reality they can only use some
of what was produced, all the rest is surplus
or extra, abundance, under their charge or
left in their care. This fictional version of
ownership, a kind of absolute ownership, is
not in harmony with truth, and as such, can
only exist within the minds of those who
breathe life into it via belief.
Custodianship
In a non-monetary society, such as can be
found in some tribal cultures, ownership is
more accurately described as custodianship,
because this concept is more accurate to
reality itself. In this system, you have a right
to access the abundance of the Earth or that
you create, but limited by how much you can
reasonably use, guided by the recognition
that you are only the custodian.
It seems insane to think this way in our
current monetary system, but the truth is,
everything you own will one day pass to
another when you die; so custodianship
really is the more accurate definition of our
relationship to things we value, things come
into our possession. In a custodial system,
you have a right to manage the abundance
under your care, to use and distribute it,
ensuring that it is kept well for future
generations.
Entitlement Leads to Slavery
But in our monetary society, the notion of
absolute ownership has corrupted the minds
of almost everyone on the planet. Here, if
someone wants to destroy their land so no
one else can use it, that is their right; but
clearly this is not acknowledging the truth
and it is a decidedly immoral, irresponsible
and selfish thing to do. When this person
dies, their wishes and desires to have the
land destroyed will have a lasting impact on
future generations, who will rightly call them
a poor steward of what was in their
possession.
The concept of fictional ownership has been
indoctrinated into nearly everyone on the
planet. In truth, no one can ever have
physical possession of more than they can
use – you can only drive one car at a time,
you can only wear one pair of shoes at a time,
you can only consume so much food, you
can only use so much electricity. Therefore,
concepts of ownership above and beyond
what we can use are actually titles of
custodianship, a claim that things in our
possession are in our charge, purview, or
care.
But absolute ownership goes a step further; it
says that not only are these we possess
under our care but that we are entitled to
everything that is generated through their
use. In this way, even though we may not
actually create anything new with what is in
our possession, even though we may not
234
work the land that is "'ours,'" if someone
does, than we think we have a right to the
fruit of their labors, even though we
expended no creative energy. This is what
entitlement consciousness is, the notion of
receiving benefits without having to expend
any work or creative energy, the seed of slave
master consciousness.
Through indoctrination, people who claim to
be "'rich,'" having a lot of "'money,'" and
"'own'" a lot of land, consider
themselves entitled to the labor of everyone
else, they literally think those who have less
than they do owe them something: time and
energy. We've literally be trained to think like
landlords, which is just a euphemism for a
slave master. The philosophy being, since we
"'own'" a lot, and others people "'own'" less,
we don't have to generate real things to
survive – other people will do that for us. And
while many people do not consciously think
this way, by deed this program or
indoctrination is revealed. I hazard to guess
we all have been infected by this
consciousness of lack.
Wealth and the Slave Master Mentality
This is the kind of world we live in today,
where the rich and powerful claim to "'own
everything'" and everyone else is left with
nothing, being forced as serfs or slaves to
work for a landlord so as to "'earn a living.'"
The reality is, the landlord's wealth is an
illusion and the people who work for the
landlord have been deceived by a false
concept of ownership. And what's worse,
we've actually been led to believe that the
rich are pillars of the global community, with
the have-nots being leaches on society, yet
the reverse true. The rich are actually the
parasites leaching off of the rest of the
population of the planet. At worst the rich
don't actually produce anything of tangible
value for the world, and at best they provide
some level of contribution, all the while
maintaining a consciousness of false
ownership.
Our current system is literally a tool to enable
a population of lazy, unproductive people to
feed off of the creative energy of everyone
else. Money doesn't counter laziness, it
promotes it.
Here's a statistic that confirms this, the
bottom 80% of the population only have 7%
of the total wealth. There's a childhood game
to describe this kind of situation, it's
called musical chairs.
As most people know via life experience: the
more money you have, the more money you
can earn, and the less work you have to do.
There are even people so "'rich'" they
produce nothing at all, living off interest
payments from investment portfolios. But
obviously someone has to do the work,
someone has to generate the goods and
services for "'the rich'" to consume, and
that's where the 'average joe' comes in.
Wealth Parasites
So the idea here is, those who have more
money don't have to work as hard as those
with less money. Wealth, as it is defined and
used in this system, literally makes people
think they are entitled to contribute less, yet
consume more. But since in the real world,
real things require energy and time to
produce, then someone has to be in that role,
the poor fool who has less, the work
slave. The term parasite is used to describe
this kind of relationship. Therefore anyone
who, by their wealth status, considers
themselves entitled to do less, yet consume
more, is a wealth parasite. It's not a character
judgment, it's just the best word to describe
the situation
As a side note: I find it interesting that some
people think a moneyless society can't work,
usually saying things like: "but who will do all
the work; who will work in the fields, and
clean toilets?!" But as we just discussed, it is
the monetary system itself that enables an
elite population not to contribute as much as
everyone else, the rich, who feed off of the
rest of society. This kind of reaction indicates
a serious level of cognitive dissonance
operating within the mind, scarcity thinking,
requiring re-education, healing and
compassion to resolve.
Without money, the whole illusory form of
ownership and the false entitlement that
comes with it dissolves. Consider
being stranded on an island with 10 poor
people and 10 rich people, will money make
any difference in improving the quality of life
there?
When a people recognizes the inherent value
of things as an implicit part of life, then it
seems insane to think someone can "'own'"
235
or possess more than they can use, and that
this somehow entitles them to contribute
less. And it seems equality insane that
someone can do nothing, yet expect to
consume the fruits of everyone else's labors.
So when someone says: "A moneyless
society is unrealistic because people will get
lazy and not work?!" Just say, "but we have
tons of people in the current system living off
interest or wealth and not doing anything. Is
that any different?"
To be clear: I am not villainizing wealth in
general or saying we shouldn't have
possessions. I am discussing the overall
consciousness of entitlement, fictional
ownership and how this has influenced
society as a whole. Lack of contribution is
what defines a wealth parasite, not to say that
people who have wealth don't contribute;
there are some "'wealthy'" people in this
world who are contributing real things to
society. The key difference is entitlement
consciousness vs. contributionism. In an
ideal moneyless world, everyone is rich
because everyone contributes; there are no
longer people who feel entitled to do
nothing. Not to say, that just because you
have wealth, you also must feel entitled.
I think the solution really is to address
consciousness, to go within ourselves, first
and foremost, to find and transmute any false
beliefs, for they are the causes of great
suffering and hardship. An Ubuntu model of
abundant contributionism is founded on the
individual's consciousness of abundance.
Scarcity consciousness and those who suffer
from it will find any discussion about
abundance and the methods used to realize it
hard to understand until they open their
minds to the truth.
Continuing on.]
MT - Democracy is part of the problem. We all believe,
“Oh, I live in a democratic country.” It’s going to… No,
it’s part of the problem. It’s part of the lie. Capitalism,
democracy, competition, the money system: all that needs
to go. Until we get rid of that, we can’t level the playing
field and create a united community that actually works
towards the benefit of all. So to do this has taken quite a
number of years, as I mentioned. I’ve now been doing this
for eleven years and it’s been, for me personally, the most
liberating journey of self-discovery. And then sharing this
with others, some resonate with it instantly, some take a
little while longer, and some just constantly want to reject
it. But once people just open themselves up and absorb
some of the ideas, and it starts to resonate with them,
there’s no turning back. It’s like opening that…
DW - Oh, Michael. Hang on a second. <DW pretends to
type with his thumbs on an invisible smartphone> People
are going to sitting around with their phones. They’re not
even going to look you in the eye. They’re not going to
want to do any work. They’re going to just be sitting there
twiddling their thumbs. This doesn’t sound practical.
CG - There’s going to have to be a transitional period and
a… What’s the opposite of indoctrinating a person?
MT - Liberating a person…
CG - Liberating people’s minds.
DW - You can’t make somebody want to do this stuff,
right? I mean, they’re going to do what they do. And you
look at the number of people that are buried in their
phones. They can’t even have a conversation [or] look [at]
you in the eye.
CG - There’s going to have to be a catalyzing event that
has been talked about in the Secret Space Program,
something like you talked about, a global economic
collapse. People are going to be very upset. They’re going
to realize this has been a giant Ponzi scheme run by
criminals. And all of these people that are supposedly in
the democratic system that they voted for, have been in the
pockets of these people the whole time. It’s just been a big
scam. When the sleeping masses realize this, that’s going
to be a catalyst for them to want to know more. And then,
this is when a lot of document dumps are going to happen.
A lot more information is going to come out. And don’t
you think that’s going to stimulate people to be open to
new ideas?
DW - Well, yeah… and the Jamestown model — let’s just
address that for a second, Michael. [The Jamestown
colonists] admittedly were coming into a foreign land that
they knew nothing about with a very small number of
people who were all essentially unskilled. [They] didn’t
want to their hands dirty. [They] would’ve needed to do
hard work in order to survive because there was no other
way. But we’re not living in that society anymore, are we?
MT - No, we’re not.
CG - And a slave-labor mentality era also.
MT - Exactly.
DW - Right.
MT - When slaves were being sold on the open market.
236
CG - Exactly.
MT - So we’re living in very interesting times right now
where pretty much everyone alive on this planet knows
that something is wrong. You know, if you ask the average
person on the street, “Are you happy with the way the
world is going? Are you happy with what the government
is doing for us? Are you happy with your life? Do you
think this is the perfect life that you were born for? Are
you living out your dreams?” The answer is a hundred
percent no, guaranteed. A hundred percent.
DW - Absolutely.
MT - People tell you no, they’re not happy with any of
that stuff. So clearly, something is dramatically wrong. So
the platform [of] departure [for] finding a new system has
already been laid [out]. And now we just got to present a
new system. And I think we’ve done that reasonably
successfully. And this is why the Ubuntu movement is
growing so quickly, way beyond my wildest expectations
or imagination. I never wanted to start a movement or a
global movement. That was not my plan. My plan was just
to share some information. And this is what happened.
PRACTICAL CONCERNS OF UBUNTU
ADDRESSED BY TELLINGER:
DW - I’m hearing a lot of beads and sandals, feel-good
platitudes. I’m not hearing practical things, though. I’m
just hearing a lot of philosophy right now.
MT - The practical thing is what we need to get to really
quickly because that’s important. That’s exactly what
people want to hear. [They’d say,] “Great, it’s great, but
how do we get there? How do we get from here to there?”
This is why it’s so important to share those practical steps
with people so they internalize it [and] they feel confident.
It’s not just, “Yeah,” “Sure,” “Wow” kind of stuff,
right? So we need to recognize that the communities out
there already exist.
We’re not going to change the system in the big cities and
the metropolitan areas. That’s a difficult thing to do. I
believe that the way to do this is to go into the small towns
and small villages where we can reach all the people. You
can share new ideas with them and basically just change
the way that people think about their own future and how
they can start working together… Then [they] become the
model for this new way of thinking, and the new way of
acting, and the new way creating abundance for
themselves: thriving.
How do you do this? Well, you can do this by bringing a
lot of money into a small town. The other important thing
is to say, “We’re going have to use money to free
ourselves from the money.” There’s no other way around
it. So people that are out there and saying, “Oh, Tellinger,
you’re a fraud. You want money to create this thing. Why
don’t you practice what you preach and do all this without
money?” [My answer to this is,] “Stop being delusional.”
The system has been enslaving us for at least six thousand
years with money. We’ve got to now take the system and
change it so that it works for us.
And I just need to come back to what Corey said earlier
because I’m probably going to forget. The whole
philosophy of the Ubuntu movement and the
contributionism philosophy is not to oppose anyone, not to
fight anyone, not to create a bloody revolution, or anything
like that. Those days of violence and physical opposition
are over. We’re creating a new reality for ourselves. We’re
taking the existing system and the energies that are being
used — the negative energies are being used against
humanity — taking it and channeling it for our own benefit
and just gently converting it so that [it] actually benefits
humanity. And before we know it, it’ll be serving us in
ways that we can’t even imagine. And I’m going to show
you how. It’s so simple and so quick here we can transition
this.
So we need to recognize that we can create as many
community projects [as needed.] The whole Ubuntu
contributionism system is based on establishing a number
of diverse community projects within small communities
that benefit that town. When I say community, [I mean,]
either a town or a village or a community of people. And
each one of those community projects is then worked.
Everybody works for a few hours a week on one of those
community projects. Well, how do you do this? The thing
is — and maybe you get a town that does this successfully,
and you start creating all kinds of things: from growing
food to technology to anything you can imagine.
But as soon as you become a threat to the establishment,
they’ll send the men with guns, and they’ll shut you down.
So that is not a solution. And the other important thing for
us to realize is that there are many self-sustaining
communities around the world [already]. Have they had an
impact on the rest of the world? No. They’re just running
self-sustaining communities. So a self-sustaining
community is really just a bigger version of "me, me, me."
[But now the selfishness sounds like,] "us, us, us," right?
So [they say,] “Don’t climb over our walls. Don’t come in
unless you’re invited. We’re not going to share anything
that we do with you because you’re on the outside. We’re
on the inside.”
And that’s not a solution [either]. This is why I stress,
always, [that] we are not creating self-sustaining
communities. We’re creating a whole new way of
thinking: “We create so much of what we do that we can
make it available to everyone around us, either by selling it
or making it available for free.”
237
[Perhaps a better term would be an
Abundance Community? To reiterate a point
MT just brought up, instead of creating
xenophobic self-sustaining communities that
seek to protect what is produced from the
outside world (scarcity conscioiusness), an
abundance community is focused on creating
so much surplus that it can easily give it
away without risking the needs of its
members. As "'insane'" as that may sound,
this is actually a well established premise in
nature.
For example, most plants in nature produce
more nutrients than they need, funneling the
surplus into the soil to feed mycelium, a
symbiotic fungus that is essential for the
vitality of the ecosystem. In this case, the
plants foster a healthy mycelium which
improves the whole ecosystem, not just that
one plant. Another example are plants that
produce many of pieces of fruit, each
containing at least one seed. These plants
produce so much that, in most cases, all the
local fauna can consume as much as they
like and there is still plenty left over for
growing more trees. A contributionist model
is based on holistic abundance, where
everyone contributes and everyone benefits,
not just the elite or community members; a
system in harmony with nature. A system that
has worked well for billions of years with
'built-in' safeguards against oppression,
entitlement and slavery.]
ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY AND UBUNTU:
DW - If the Space Program releases technology where you
can create any material item or good or food that you want
— you just hit the button and you got it — how would that
factor in? If these people already know they have this and
they’re using it — I mean, [Corey] said he loved the pot
roast button when he was on the ship that he was on. How
would that factor in? Let’s say we have that technology.
It’s given to us. There’s a big disclosure. We get that
technology. How would this model work with that?
MT - That’s a really good question. It’s something I’ve
thought about quite extensively. And this is where
individual humanness actually comes in. While I might
want to use the replicator to make me a pot of whatever, I
actually enjoy the art of cooking. I enjoy making a wooden
cabinet because I love the smell of wood. Or I love fishing.
Or I love the things or the talents and the gifts that I’m
born with, to express those things. Otherwise, I might as
well put a gun to my head because what am I going to do?
I believe that we are living these lives on this planet to
appreciate all the density, the oxygen, the water, the
gravity, to experience this planet for what it is with all the
beautiful things imbued on this. That’s what we should be
doing. And we are each born with very specific and unique
talents. And this is what we should be doing. So you can
choose to use a replicator to make you a pair of pants. But
I think you’re getting a lot more joy by talking to your
mother or your granny or the tailor to make a beautiful
new sets of clothes for you, out of a material that you
helped make yourself from hemp and other materials that
are biodegradable, that are nontoxic, that are recyclable,
that we have created with this density, this reality, on this
planet because that’s why we’re here: to experience this as
our reality. And then when we’ve had enough, then you
decide what to do with yourself after that.
[The discussion between beneficial and
deleterious technology is one that needs to
be considered carefully I think. Anything that
leads to disempowerment and dependency is
probably not something we're going to want
to foster within this new society. The point I
think MT is making here, is that we are
creative beings and in the act of creation we
gain self knowledge and develop wisdom;
hence a moneyless contributionism society is
much harder to control and oppress. Self
mastery and empowerment are the things the
universe is offering, otherwise known as
spiritual attainment. If we model our society
based on that simple premise, removing
technology that creates dependency and
enslavement, our lives will be more fulfilling.
For more on this see the following article.]
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 2 -
Episode 15: Standing Guard against the A.I. -
Summary and Analysis | Corey Goode and
David Wilcock
CG - And this technology — he was talking about [before]
the larger metropolitan areas. A lot of this technology
might help bridge the gap [in those areas].
MT - Yeah. So there are some very interesting things that
can happen. And so I was leading up to the fact that the
community projects is the model that we’re using with the
Ubuntu movement and — the critical thing — with the
Ubuntu Party.
It’s become very obvious to me that unless you give
[people] this philosophy of unifying and creating a new
system of abundance, a new social structure, you have to
support that on a political level because right now our lives
are being controlled and destroyed by politics. And people
say, “Oh, Tellinger, you’re selling out. You’re going into
politics. You’re becoming just like them.” No. We’re
going into politics because we want to turn this disgusting,
dishonorable, crooked, filthy part of our [society] that’s
destroying our lives. We need to change it. But sitting on
238
the sideline and ignoring politics, is not going to do
anything. It’s not a solution.
So what do we do? We have to do something about it. So
we create a political party that actually says something
completely different. We’re going to decentralize
government. We’re going to shut down the Federal
Reserve System and create a People’s Bank as an interim
[tool] that issues money for the people, tax free and
interest free. So there’s no taxes, no inflation, none of that.
So it actually starts serving the people, to put into place
[during] the interim phase, all the community projects and
the public works that we need so that you can release the
people from their 'prisons' in their metropolitan areas. And
they can go back to their little towns and villages because
now they know they’re going to find something to do
because the money is provided by the People’s Bank.
That’s just an interim phase.
CONTRIBUTE YOUR PASSION:
DW - Doesn’t it seem like things are already kind of
leading this way? Look at the number of people who will
make their own YouTube videos. They know they’re never
going to make money on it. They’ll write articles. They
know they’re never going to make money on it. They’re
writing software that’s free. And why are they doing it?
Because they want to be seen as socially valuable. They
want to have a social status. So do you think that this
social competition or social collaboration is going to be
part of it?
MT - Absolutely. Really, what you just said there, David,
is critical. When you start working in your community —
and again, we’re still leading up to the practical steps
because I think it’s critical we get there. But when you
start — when you wake up in the morning, and you know,
as Corey said, everything you need is provided for. Why?
Because that’s what we do as a community. There’s too
much food, too much technology, too much fabric, too
much anything. Everything is available in abundance. All
you have to do is contribute a few hours a week towards
the community projects, and the rest of the time is yours.
How that will evolve? I don’t know yet. But the
communities will decide how that’s going to evolve. But
what it results in [is] that most of the time you have in the
week is your own. And you can express your own talents,
whether you’re a painter or a sculptor or a musician or a
horse breeder or an engineer or a scientist. It doesn’t
matter what you do. You’ve got the absolute ability to do
—
CG - Things that make you happy?
MT - Things that make you happy!
CG - Wow! What a world.
MT - So when you wake up in the morning with a smile
on your face because you know don’t have to get up, get
dressed in a suit and a tie, and sit on a train or a bus or ride
a bicycle in the rain or the cold or the wind to go to a
stinking job that you earn a few lousy dollars every month
to pay off your mortgage, to pay the electricity, the milk,
the bread, pay for your children’s education so they can be
enslaved in the same system, and then you start the thing
over again next month?
Related Modern Slavery | The True Reason
behind the 40-Hour Work Week and Why Most
People Are Economic Slaves
DW - And as Graham Hancock would say, “Keep your
brain pickled with alcohol so that you can tolerate and
keep doing it.” <Smiling>
MT - Exactly. So now you don’t have to do this. So you
choose which community you live in. You don’t have to
— you’re not forced to do anything you [don’t] want. You
get everything for free because you contribute a few hours
a week towards one of the community projects. And that
collectively makes us a very powerful labor force. I use
that as a word, although that will fall off the edge very
soon. But very, very quickly — overnight — your
community becomes a powerful labor force that no
corporation, no municipality, no government can compete
with. And now I’ve actually given you the steps. How do
we get from here, from today, into a community that is
living in abundance and creating all this abundance for
itself.
TRIBAL COUNCIL MODEL:
DW - What if some guy goes around raping women at
knifepoint? What are you going to do with him?
MT - Well, that’s one of the frequently asked questions.
So thank you for bringing it up. And what I find interesting
just on that subject is that the questions that people have
been coming up with over the last eleven years shows me
how equally wired we are, how the current system has
wired us to think equally about the problems and coming
up with the same problems, the same hurdles. It’s
beautiful! So now we know what problems to solve. But
the good thing about this is, remember, part of the whole
model, the Ubuntu model, is to move away from a
centralized government. Communities govern themselves.
So I don’t know what my community or the community
that I’m going to be in — the community will decide.
They’ll set up a new legal system, guidelines as to the
behavior, starting with the basic, you know, the common
law system:
“Do not kill, do not steal and conduct
yourself honorably.”
239
[I'll add that ideally each community must
recognize the objective reality of sovereignty,
the inalienable right to life, liberty and the
pursuit of happiness of each individual,
anything less will most likely devolve into
another slave society over time. And since we
are all on the same world, the task of each
community will be to work with others to
ensure all beings rights are protected and
acknowledged. This is what Natural Justice
is, wherein each individual sovereign
genuinely desires to protect the freedoms
and rights of all others: universal
consciousness oppose to separation
consciousness. When even one individual's
rights are abrogated, all other individual
rights are at risk. So while communities can
be autonomous insofar as managing the
social fabric, they must be guided by
recognition of the truth and act as protectors
for the rights of others. But the problem in
our world today is that most people do not
know how to be sovereign or even recognize
that they have unalienable rights. Therefore
our task in transition, is to re-educate the
people and re-program separation
consciousness with universal or holistic
consciousness.]
CG - So you’re not talking about, like, a centralized
government ideological system in that aspect. Different
regions that have their own moral compasses and —
MT - In many ways, going back to like the city-states
where every community has its own set of rules and
guidelines. And there’s a lot to discuss, obviously. But in
the Ubuntu model, we go back to the tribal council, where
the people of the community elect and it’s an open
election. Everyone knows that voted for David Wilcock to
be on the council of elders.
CG - Maybe our elders will become respected again.
MT - Well, that’s what it’s supposed to be. This is why
they sideline our elders and they put them in old-age
homes. And we try to get rid of our elders because by the
time…
CG - Out of sight, out of mind.
MT - Exactly. And you don’t use their wisdom anymore.
And so the community will elect its own council of elders
that will then be the guides for the community. And they’ll
decide daily and hourly and minute-by-minute what is best
for the community, not what is best for me. Although what
I do is, I call this a minority-run system, not a majority-run
system and this freaks some people out. They go, “What
do you mean?” Because we’re so poisoned by democracy
and majority rule. So this is a minority-rule system. "How
can you say that?" It’s because there are far more
minorities than there are majorities. Okay? There are an
infinite number of minorities. There are those that look
after butterflies and those that care about peach trees and
the soil and the clouds and whatever, people that make
sure that the genetically modified stuff doesn’t enter our
food chain and all — there are so many different
minorities. And in a contributionism system, every
minority will be taken care of. Every minority will get all
the tools, all the technology, all the support, all the labs, all
the research, everything you need to do what you’re
supposed to be doing for your community. That’s why you
can call this a minority-driven system and not a majority-
driven system, where 51 people tell the 49 that they can’t
have it their way.
[To be clear, I think what MT is describing
here is that instead of one governing body
dictating to the rest of the population (a
majority-rule democratic system), every
person will have an opportunity to form a
governing body. This could be a council, so
that their individual voice can be added to
others who have similar interests. Instead of
the majority overriding the minority, each
person's voice will be heard; each minority
group is just as important as a majority. For
example, if there are 10,000 people in the
society, and 20 of them are interested in
something they all agree on, they can form a
council so even their minority concerns will
be addressed and enfolded into the
operations of the whole community. In other
words, it's a system where everyone is taken
into consideration, instead of just the most
well organized majority forcing others to do
their bidding, which is what most
representative forms of government do
today.]
ABUNDANCE OF COOPERATION AND
UNSELFISHNESS:
DW - So the cesspool gets clogged up, right? The sewers
are clogged. Nobody wants to go into the sewer. What do
you do then?
MT - Great. I love it. It’s just beautiful, where it’s just one
of the frequently asked questions. It’s beautiful. Who’s
going to shovel the crap? <Laughs> And the answer to that
is… Normally when I do the workshops and I bring up this
as a question, guess what happens? There are always two
or three people that put up their hands. “I’ll shovel the
crap.” So we already have our answer. But it goes a lot
further than that.
Remember, we’re no longer doing this for money. We’re
doing this for our community, which means we’re doing it
240
for ourselves. I don’t want to have my sewer clogged. So if
the sewer is clogged in my community, it means that my
sewer is clogged because it’s my community.
[This kind of consciousness is the same type
working in almost every family relationship
on the planet. People usually do things within
the family arena for reasons that do not
involve money. Mothers usually don't raise
their children thinking to themselves "'one
day I am going to cash in on all my hard
work.'" In a society based on contributionism,
everyone 'owns' everything in a custodial
way. As MT said, people want to meet the
changes of their community because it will
directly benefit them, or because they see the
value in helping others, who when they are at
their best, produce things that benefit the
whole. So any way you look at it, a
contributionism model always fosters the
individual in that what they contribute directly
impacts the quality of the whole community.]
DW - Right.
MT - So whoever is on duty for that week to look after the
sewers will go and unclog the sewers. So let’s get back to
what the community projects are all about.
CG - And there’s people that specialize in all these
different types of things. They can pool all their resources
together.
MT - Correct. So this is the… We also recognize the
diversity in our humanness and our community but the
unity within that diversity, and the diversity within the
unity. There are as many skills and talents and wishes and
wants that people have as there are people. Each and every
one is completely unique. Each and everyone of us is
completely unique.
CG - And equally as important.
MT - Exactly. Every one of those trillions of cells in your
body plays a critical role in the makeup of your body. And
that’s what I keep reminding people. Don’t think that
because you think you’re nobody and you’re insignificant
— and that’s what people do. “Oh, I’m nobody.” “I’m
insignificant.” — No you’re not! In an Ubuntu or
contributionism system or contributionist community, you
are a critical part of your community.
You play, everyone plays an equally critical part in the
community. Doesn’t matter if you’re the local doctor or
the scientist or the engineer or baker. Everyone’s role is
equally, critically important, just like the trillions of cells
in your body. So the amazing thing is that for every crazy
Michelangelo or Leonardo Da Vinci, there are thousands
[of] crazy young chemical engineers who are passionate
about solving the sewage problem. And they will come up
with systems to solve the sewage problem.
[This is a good place in the discussion to talk
about transcending selfishness, and how that
can heal the planet and bring in an era of
abundance hitherto undreamed of.
The Separate Selfish Self
In my observation of the world's problems,
they are centrally sourced from, or caused
by, the consciousness of separation and
selfishness, the ego gone mad, which seeks
to forsake the world for its own peace,
pleasure, and satisfaction. Usually this is due
to the trauma of living life on such a darkened
planet. This causes us to lose touch with the
high spiritual purpose of our incarnation
here, to learn and grow into spiritual beings.
When we lose touch with cosmic purpose,
and allow trauma to go unhealed, a
narcissistic selfish version of us is born. One
that feels too hurt to give anything to anyone
seeks to hoard and consume as much as
possible in an effort to fill the void left inside.
It is this selfish part of ourselves: that blames
the universe when things don't go our way,
that despises the kindness of others, that
fears change, that holds grudges, that
becomes jealous, and so on. All of these
experiences are a product of breathing life
into the separate, hurt and selfish version of
ourselves, which fights against altruism,
unconditional love, spiritual growth and
unselfish compassion for all. A community
filled with selfish, hurt, and traumatized
people is very easy to manipulate and control
via their selfish desires and shortsighted
vantage point.
An Allegory of Selflishness vs. Unselfishness
Consider this allegory: Imagine a world with
tall fruit trees, abundant enough to feed
everyone. But in order to access the fruit, one
would need to stand on another person's
shoulders. In addition, the fruit is encased in
a hard shell, like a coconut, which can only
be broken apart by using a rock so heavy that
two people must lift it together. In this case, if
everyone was selfish, only looking out for
themselves, they wouldn't be tall enough to
reach the fruit, and even if they did, they
wouldn't be strong enough to lift the rock to
break the shell open. So in a selfish world,
241
everyone starves and suffers; no one can
access the abundance. People feel miserable,
disempowered, and actually blame everyone
else for their own sense of misery, all the
while avoiding the true cause of their mutual
problems: selfishness.
Now imagine the same set of circumstances,
but on a world filled with unselfishly loving
people. All the people work together to pick
the fruit and crack the shells. Their focus is
on cooperating together to achieve the goal
of giving. Individuals are not focused on
feeding themselves exclusively, but instead
are focused on cooperatively providing for all
people, as such, everyone has more than
enough to eat. People are so giving that even
those who are too old or young to help with
the work are fed. Just the act of giving
produces far more pleasure than hoarding
things selfishly. Each person's life is filled
with bliss and they receive healing when
needed as an unselfish act of kindness from
another. Each person wants to give of
themselves purely for the joy of doing so and
as a result everyone is abundant, at peace
and very happy.
What was the big difference between each
example? The same circumstances were
present on each world, the same tall trees
with hard shelled fruit, and the same number
of people.
The difference was the consciousness of the
people, their chosen identity. In the unselfish
world, each person developed an identity of
universal love, they transcended selfishness.
The focus of mind was not just on the self,
not on lack, but on giving unselfishly to all,
which includes oneself.
On a world where everyone is selfish, where
people are focused on hoarding form
themselves, no one receives, everyone is in
lack, and everyone suffers hardship.
Conversely, on a world where everyone seeks
to give, where everyone is unselfish,
everyone receives abundance, everyone has
more than they could ever hope to consume.
Healing Restores Abundance Consciousness
But we don't live on a world filled with
unselfish people!
This is true; our world is more selfish than
unselfish. So how do we turn the tide? How
do those who have developed some
consciousness of unselfishness further their
progress while at the same time offering
healing to those lost in scarcity? I think the
answer is kindness, compassion, and
forgiveness; sound familiar?
The selfish part of us is fueled by hate,
indifference, suffering and lack of self-
knowledge. Remember the selfish part of us
is the ego gone mad, which doesn't want to
know the truth about the selfish separate self.
It wants distractions to hide behind, so we
never seek to transcend it. It wants to
continue to control us via our subconscious
programming. And as such, the less self-
knowledge we have, the more mistakes we
make, and the more life feels beyond our
control. All of which plays perfectly into the
hands of the separate selfish self.
In order to transcend selfishness one must
heal their inner being, but this requires an act
of will, a conscious choice to change. Many
people are too battered by life to make that
hard choice of true growth and spiritual
empowerment, but in receiving kindness and
compassion from others, they make contact
with the deep soul healing needed to see the
world differently. In this sense, kindness
guided by universal truth will change the
world one person at a time.
Our sleeping brothers and sisters are like
victims of abduction, who have been abused
to the point of insanity for most of their lives
by their separate selfish selves. The
awakening masses are no less traumatized,
but in the act of seeking truth, they have
begun their path towards healing. Those who
recognize the value in compassion can be
like agents of universal love, pouring out
healing to all those who need it, for there are
so many who do.
In a world of transition, bravery is needed to
be kind in the face of cruelty, forgiveness is
needed for the selfishness of others and
ourselves, and the length of sight to see past
someone's short comings, all of which
provides us with the steadiness of hand not
to react with brutality when compassion is
what's truly needed.
Our world is like the one described in the
allegory. The universe has filled the garden of
the Earth with all manner of abundance, but
we can only lay claim to it cooperatively.
We've been trained via trauma and
242
indoctrination to fear our neighbors and deny
our own potential, leading to a world of
scarcity, suffering and lack. But in each
moment of now, there's always a chance to
make a new choice undoing the programs of
separation that have divided us for eons.
Fortunately, the polar opposite of selfishness
is unselfishness for all, love for all,
forgiveness for all. Anytime we find ourselves
reacting in a selfish way there is an
opportunity to step in the opposite direction
towards unselfishness. These will be some of
the most challenging tests of our resolve to
be the change we wish to see in the world,
but each step we take gets easier. And with
each act of kindness, the healing this planet
so desperately needs is poured out for all to
receive, unselfishly.]
DW - When I was in high school, there was probably
about twenty jocks who were always on the morning
announcements because they’d won this or that. They were
the fastest runners. They shot the most number of baskets
[on] the basketball team. And then there was maybe ten or
fifteen eggheads who kept winning all these academic
things. That’s the only folks you ever heard about.
Everybody else, hundreds and hundreds of kids, all
marginalized. [They] never got any recognition, never got
their name on the announcements. How do you avoid
cliques and — you know — good o’ boy clubs, where the
same thing starts to happen and just a few names are
getting all the attention?
THE POWER OF HEALING, SELF KNOWLEDGE
AND INSPIRATION:
MT - Okay. We’ve got to go back to — most of the
questions that people ask about how will this work, the
questions actually come from [living in] a capitalist
society. What you are talk about is a consequence of
capitalism. Laziness is not human nature. It’s one of the
frequently asked questions. “Oh, human nature is to be
lazy.” — No, wrong.
[People usually tend to be unproductive or
"'lazy'" because they are emotionally
distressed which prevents the acquisition of
self knowledge, preventing an expression of
their unique passion. Conversely, emotionally
stable, self empowered, abundant people are
creative well springs, as MT said. Consider
that when working a job you don't really want
to do, motivation lessons over time.
Eventually, doing anything in the job feels
incredibly frustrating, reducing productivity.
Your boss might even call you "'lazy.'"
Conversely, when people are motivated via
self investment, choosing to do the job that
 lines up with their passion, it's hard to get
them to stop. I'll use myself in this example. I
love learning about myself and the world, I
love helping others, and I love the work I do.
Most of the time I feel inspired with what I am
doing, and in many case I work too hard, I
passionately spend time on my chosen task,
the very opposite of laziness. The key
difference is choice combined with following
our passion, which is another way of
expressing self knowledge. Our world today
is filled with people who lack self knowledge,
doing things they don't really want to do; as
such, most people lack motivation, lost in the
pitfalls of disempowerment. But in a world of
inspired, motivated people, self-
knowledgable people, who have spent time to
develop their passion, "'laziness'" – the fruit
of trauma, oppression and selfishness - will
be a thing of the past.]
MT - Human nature is to create. It’s to give expression to
your divine — the talent that you’re born with and that
gets beaten out of us in the school system. So when you
change your schooling system — which obviously we’re
going to have to do completely. We’re not going to have a
schooling system the way we have today. This is
indoctrination, brainwashing, manipulation prison camps
that we send our children to.
CG - Yeah, I couldn’t have put it better myself.
MT - That’s going to change dramatically. So when you
grow up in a united community, where everything is
available to everyone all the time, you’re not worried
about who — you love those people around you that are
coming up with new technology and new signs and a new
way of making bread and a new way of mixing dough or a
new way of making shoes or dyeing clothes or new
materials that they — graphene mixed with hemp. “Oh my
goodness, what a great new combination!” <Laughs>
So because you’ve taken the lid off, money is not a hurdle
to progress. Anything and everything is possible. It’s about
what you do as an individual that drives you, that you’ll be
respected and loved for by your community. They love
you, David, because of what you do and who you are. The
moment you start like driving your ego, guess what your
community is going to do? They going to say, “Oh…” And
you’re going to know about it very quickly because it’s all
about whatever you do will benefit the whole community.
And this is where it gets really interesting, when you start
understanding the impact of who we become in our
communities.
DW - When I came over there from the airport, there was a
lady driving the shuttle bus named Teresa for Alamo
[company]. She [has] two jobs. She works at Delta [and]
Alamo. She’s working sixteen hours a day!
243
MT - Oh, boy…
DW - The only way she gets enough sleep is if she does
the overnight shift and she’s sleeping from two o’clock to
four o’clock in the morning.
MT - That’s disgusting.
DW - She sleeps six hours at home. But when I talked to
Teresa, it turns out that she went to Haiti. She had an
incredible time there. The fruit was amazing. The climate
was amazing. And if she could afford it, she wants to go
back to Haiti and create something like a business for all-
terrain vehicles where people can drive around, enjoy
themselves, do something that contributes to the common
good. Anytime you find somebody in one of these dead-
end jobs, and if you talk to them about their dream, they
got a dream!
MT - Yes.
DW - Everybody has a dream.
[I can't emphasize this point enough.
Essentially what DW just described is the
universal process of growing light from
darkness, the act f transcending hardship via
self empowerment, innovation and
imagination. Even the most overworked
desperate people can still change their
perspective to develop a consciousness of
unselfish abundance, and in the act of doing
so, their lives will literally feel and be
different. I think the lesson here is that we
must change ourselves before the world
changes around us. And that hidden away,
where almost no one ever looks, are signs of
positive change. Despite all the horrors,
harm, trauma and oppression of this world a
consciousness of love and appreciation can
transcend it all; but like gardeners of
consciousness, we must nurture this idea
within ourselves. DW mentioned in a previous
episode that Buddhist monks in Tibet
achieved rainbow-body by making every
thought a loving thought. I think this is
another way of saying developing a
consciousness of gratitude in every moment,
regardless of what is happening to us.
The choice to envision our current set of
circumstances as an opportunity for growth
can often be a trigger to cause a shift in
perspective, one away from disempowerment
towards gratitude, contributing towards
creative inspiration and fulfillment.]
MT - It’s fascinating. Everybody has a dream. But what
I’ve found as well, is when you start talking to people in
high-level businesses — guys that have made a lot of
money in corporations and the CEOs and all that — and
ask them, “So what was your childhood dream?” And this
is actually one of the saddest things that I’ve experienced,
many of the people have forgotten what their childhood
dreams were. And they really have to think hard about this.
And this is what the system has done to us. That’s how bad
it is. It has beaten us down so deeply and so badly that
many of us have forgotten what our childhood dreams are.
[A state of traumatization and disempowerment.]
So I’ve started a process of probing these individuals,
saying, “So where did you live?” And you have to take
them back on their own journey. It’s like a bit of a therapy
session, right? So you take them back. “Where did you
live?” “Where did you go to school?” And, “What did your
mom do?” “And your friends?” “Did you ride a bicycle?”
And you take them back, regress them, in a way. And then
they start remembering what their childhood dreams were.
And you suddenly see how their life —their whole body
language and their energy changes, from starting to talk to
you very rigidly and guarding themselves, “You’re talking
about a world without money.” “You’re trying to take
everything away from me.” — No, no, no. I’m actually
trying to give your life back to you. I’m trying to give you
your childhood dreams back so you can live them out
without the fear of somebody shutting your childhood
dreams down and highjacking your whole life doing
something else.
IMPLEMENTATION:
CG - Is this something that people can begin to practically
implement in whatever country they are [in] right now on a
small scale? And is there a place where they can learn
more about it and start communities, and start to do these
— not really focus groups, but these social experiments
and show others?
MT - Well, Corey, thanks for bringing that up because it
comes back to the implementation. How do we do this?
CG - Proof of concept.
MT - Proof of concept is critical. But this brings me back
to what happens in community projects. First of all, to set
up a community project costs money. So we need money
to set up community projects. And trust me, I’ve tried. I’ve
tried with the limited amount of income that I make to set
up these community projects in my town. And we’ve set
them up. But then to manage them and actually let them
become successful so they bring an income, so that they
start bringing abundance into the town, first with money,
and then that money keeps upgrading and improving. That
is where it normally falls down because as an individual
like myself, I end up running out of money every time we
start to get out of the starting blocks.
244
So this is why I need to bring it back to the political
platform. And it became very clear to me because in 2014,
the Ubuntu Party ran as a political party and I ran for
president in South Africa. We ended up with a million
followers. This was a large numbers of followers.
DW - That is a large number.
MT - I know this because I have 800,000 names and
cellphone numbers on my laptop of people that responded
with SMS messages saying, “We love Ubuntu.” “We
support Ubuntu.” So I’m not just making this number up. I
can show this.
DW - What’s the total population of South Africa?
MT - Well, it’s about 55 million, about 20 million voters.
So we had about a million followers into the elections. But
this is when we learned how crooked and predetermined
the outcome is. But it was very important for us to go that
route to learn and become wise from the process, to see
what the next step is going to be. And that’s exactly what
we found. And I found the following — we didn’t even
smell the inside of Parliament, although we should have
had at least four seats or five seats. And so we ended up
with about 5,300 votes. So you need 50,000 votes to get a
seat in Parliament. But what that made me realize is that
where the real power lies is at the municipal level, at
community level, in the towns. And one mayor, one
elected Ubuntu mayor, will be infinitely more effective
and powerful than one elected member of Parliament.
Because if I win and get elected as a mayor, I can
implement all these philosophies in my town virtually
overnight. Why? Because I get money from government.
And I can put the money that comes into the municipality
— I can put that money into all these community projects.
They’ll then spark the growth of the community projects,
and it just expands very, very quickly, from there. So what
we’re now…
DW - What if you have this big factory that’s dumping
industrial emissions into your river? And they got
lobbyists and lawyers and all this money behind them. And
this community is getting some money. But they want to
stop the pollution from flowing down their river. What are
they going to do about that?
MT - I’m going to come to that.
DW - Okay.
MT - I’m going to come to that because you’ll actually get
the answer yourself once I’ve taken you through this little
process. You’ll be able to answer that yourself.
DW - Okay.
TAKING OVER MUNICIPALITIES WITH
UBUNTU:
MT - So we basically now are going — in 2016, we have
the South African local municipal elections. And I’m using
this as the catalyst, the spearhead for the global Ubuntu
movement. Now we’ve got members in more than 200
countries. I didn’t even know there were 200 countries.
But when I read the list of where people have signed up
from, I’m like, “What?” It’s amazing. So we need to raise
enough funds to contest successfully the local municipal
election.
Our aim, our strategy is to go after the twelve smallest
municipalities. It’s the Achilles heel approach. Because if
we win one municipality and the four or five towns who
make up that municipality, we will shut down the capitalist
system and implement this Ubuntu system,
contributionism system, virtually overnight. It will be the
first domino to fall because once you start implementing
this, it is impossible for a capitalist model to function any
way within the proximity of this kind of model.
And the whole philosophy is based on winning one small
town. And this is why I say we can bring down the global
money banking Cabal with one small town. Doesn’t matter
what country it is. One little town can bring down the
whole banking and money control system of humanity and
free us all. That’s how critical and simple it is. Win one
more town, implement these philosophies, implement the
community projects. And our main promise to the people
for this election is free electricity for all. You all know,
you know that free electricity is available. Alternative
electricity devices and supplies are available. That’s part of
the control system of capitalism [that] has kept that away
from us. We will implement a very simple electricity
supply for our town. And that will be the foundation to
unite the people. Everybody gets free electricity in return
for giving three hours a week to one of the community
projects. And this way, everybody has three hours a week.
You don’t have to give up your job. You can still carry on
the system as it is today while we start creating this
abundance.
What we did in Australia just recently, in Byron Bay, there
was a statistician there. He did a calculation and this is
what he said. A small town — because I use our town of
five thousand people as an example. Five thousand people,
three hours a week, it’s fifteen thousand hours of labor a
week. Right? Need I say more? That’s just working
collaboratively. No more competition. Let’s unite and
collaborate and cooperate. Fifteen thousand hours a week.
He did the numbers and he said [that] one year of people
contributing three hours a week in this system, one year of
this is equivalent to 31 years of people working eight hours
a day as slaves in the current system. One year to 31 years.
Those are the ratios.
245
So within a very short space of time, we’ll turn our
community into a community of unimaginable abundance.
We’ll have so much food. And then you decide how this
unfolds. So we’ve got a plan of action that then creates a
supply. So what we’ve done in essence, the moment you
start creating all this food and whatever — furniture,
clothes, bread, shoes, whatever — technology, computers
— you open up your science laboratories to researchers
and medical people to come and find the cure for all
disease and share it with the world. So you invite the
scientists to develop ways to get rid of the pollution in the
river. Right? So there’s your answer for how you’re going
to deal with the pollution. You know that we can deal with
a nuclear fallout within a week if you get the right minds
in there. Right?
DW - Well in America, something like this happened after
the Depression, and again, after and during World War
II… These large social causes mobilized the public. They
got involved in public works projects. People were really
inspired and that was the last time that America really had
a manufacturing boom. And then when we expected
everybody else to do the work for us, [where] we’re going
to import everything, it crumbled from the inside. [Because
of a consciousness of selfishness and entitlement.]
MT - No, no, no. What it does to our town and our
community, instantly turns into an attraction for anyone
who wants to create, invent, and use their skills to serve
themselves and the rest of the people. So it’ll invite
everybody. And it also shows how this contributionism
model is an inclusive model. It doesn’t exclude anyone [it's
unselfish for all]. All you have to do is make your business,
your company part of the community projects. What is the
benefit, you [might ask]? Free labor, free electricity, free
components — because if we don’t have the components,
we set up a community project to make the components.
So this is how it grows. And you retain one third of
whatever we produce and sell. The other two thirds go to
the community. So the answer [is the same] every time I
approach an industrialist or a farmer — it works on all
levels: with farmers, with industrialists, manufacturing,
anything. One third goes to the business and the other two
thirds go to the community. The answer is not, “Let’s
negotiate.” The answer is, “When can we start.” Really.
UBUNTU IS IN HARMONY WITH SSP ALLIANCE
AGENDA:
CG - Well, I can tell you, everything you’ve said pretty
much interweaves with what the Alliance has been saying,
what the Blue Avians said in their message. And what
they’ve said is that this is the wave of the future. And this
is something that I strongly feel [is true, based on] these
sources pointing your movement out directly. I think this is
something that we all need to look deeply into, educate
ourselves about, and in whatever way we can contribute,
contribute to. And I’ve really enjoyed hearing this deeper
explanation. I’ve learned a lot more about the movement.
I’d just heard little bits and pieces through my sources and
this is incredible. And I really do see it as no other
alternative but the wave of the future.
MT - Well, thanks Corey. And I just want to come back to
what I said upfront. The transition from where we are now
to living in this world of abundance is so simple. It is so
much simpler than most of us could have ever imagined.
But most of us keep tripping ourselves up because that’s
how we’ve been brought up, “Things are difficult.”
“You’ve got to work hard.” — No, [these are reactions due
to seeing the world with selfish eyes]. Put that out of your
mind. We’re going to rid ourselves of the money. We’re
going to create a beautiful future of abundance for
ourselves. Let’s start visualizing it and let’s see this as
solution. It’s so simple. I’m not in charge of it. Every
community is in charge of their own lot, their own future,
their own abundance.
HOW TO GET INVOLVED:
DW - How… Let’s challenge the viewer out there to get
involved somehow. How does the person watching this, if
they’re inspired by what you’ve said, how would they get
involved [and] take this to the next level?
MT - Thanks, David. Well, first of all, go onto the
website. Go to ubuntuparty.org.za and join us there, where
it says “Join Us.” And then read as much as you can. Get a
copy of the Ubuntu book because that’s a means of
funding for us. That’ll help us. And then if you have a way
of funding, if you’re a closet multimillionaire and you
want to help this because it resonates with you, we need
your help. We’re not going to do this without money.
Because remember, the system has been set up so that
money keeps destroying any opposition. And I feel it
month in, month out. It’s a constant struggle. So we need
financial support. So if you can help us financially to get
into the selection and make it a success, that’s what we
need from you. You can do that on the website, and there’s
a donate button there.
DW - Now, are those grants? Or would the investor be
able to get a return on the investment?
246
MT - Unfortunately, this is not a return. The return will be
in the result of the election, where they will know in their
heart that they did something that benefits humanity into
the future. There’s very little that I can offer them other
than my gratitude [and the knowledge that they are helping
to make a better world for all people.]
DW - But there are also tax write-offs. I mean, people
would either give the money to the government in taxes, or
they could do something like this as a nonprofit.
MT - Yeah. And we do have a nonprofit company that will
be receiving this money. We’ve just set it up. It’s called
Ubuntu Planet.
DW - So there’s people that have all this money that they
would need to give to the government unless they can put
it in a nonprofit. So that’d be perfect.
CG - And it’s also an investment in the future, an
investment in humanity and changing the world.
DW - Absolutely.
MT - And like I said, it’s one small town. Just see this as
your support of this spearhead that’s going pierce the veil
of control of humanity for thousands of years. We’re going
to burst through that and open it up.
DW - So you were saying Ubuntu Planet?
MT - Ubuntu Planet is the new nonprofit company that we
created for this. So Ubuntu Planet will be the vehicle that
gets the funds and from there will then distribute it to the
Ubuntu Party, the political party, where it needs it. I know
that in the USA, apparently, nonprofit companies aren’t
allowed to fund political parties but that doesn’t apply in
South Africa.
DW - Alright. So that’s been some pretty mind-blowing
information. I’m looking forward to hearing a lot more
from Michael Tellinger coming up. I think this is very
exciting. And as always, I thank you for watching Cosmic
Disclosure. We’re co-creating a new future together.
 David Wilcock Update Just Say No To Partial Disclosure!
By Justin Deschamps
Monday, March 7, 2016
Here's the latest update from David
Wilcock.
I also covered the partial disclosure topic
and what we can do about it in the below-
linked article.
Related David Wilcock and Corey
Goode: History of the Solar System and
Secret Space Program - Notes from
Consciousness Life Expo 2016
It appears we are at a critical juncture in
history, when our choices as an awakening
population will help shape the next era of
life in this part of the galaxy for the ages to
come.
- Justin
Source - Divine Cosmos
247
High-level briefings have now revealed the Powers that
Were are attempting to push for a "partial disclosure"
timeline with a 100-year roll-out period.
Thanks to the efforts of the Alliance, they are being forced
to let go of a great deal of their power -- but this is
definitely not the future we want.
The knowledge of this predicament, and of how it depends
on us, has had profound implications on the personal level
as well.
That is the main focus of this article before we get back to
reporting on the greater planetary and celestial aspects of
the battle for disclosure.
This article is also intended as an apology and explanation
for why we haven't written a major article in about 100
days, as a dream pointed out this morning.
WHY HAS IT BEEN SO LONG SINCE DAVID
POSTED SOMETHING?
First of all, this article is strictly personal until near the
end. Not much "new information" here unless you like
transient gossip and want to know the dealio.
Wait a minute... you're still reading. Are you sure you want
to do this? OK, fine. Go ahead. It's just fine.
The "real article" will be finished soon enough. It will be
more of what you are accustomed to seeing here -- with
lots of links and insights.
No matter what costs of negative greeting are involved, I
am going to blast through it. Period. You will understand
why I am saying this as you read on.
Our next piece needs an entirely new intro in order to
make it as current as possible and relevant to what is
happening.
Our last major article on this site was at the end of
November -- right after Turkey, a NATO ally, shot down a
Russian jet that was defeating ISIS.
DISCLOSURE SHOWDOWN was very well received. It
also caused a massive increase in the attacks I encountered
in my personal life.
Since these are personal by definition, I cannot get into
details -- but when combined with an extremely busy
schedule it has made things crushingly difficult.
LOTS OF DIFFERENT THINGS GOING ON
One of the things I can discuss is how I ended up getting
the same massive flu four different times. The fourth round
is happening now and is the lightest.
The curse is a raw sore throat, raw sinuses, green mucus,
body aches and powerful fatigue, requiring massive sleep
and double the normal level of hydration.
For some reason it never makes it down into the lungs that
much. It's all up in the nose, the sinuses and the throat --
every time.
I most definitely believe this is an all-American domestic-
blend designer virus. What makes it so sneaky is its
incredible ability to hang on and keep returning.
Corey Goode's challenges have been more dramatic and
documentable, including a Chinook military helicopter
circling his house -- which he filmed.
We displayed this footage in our on-stage joint conference
debut at the Conscious Life Expo on Friday, February
19th, with over 275 slides.
We had the largest crowd in the 14-year history of the
Expo, and this required an extra half-hour just to find
everyone a proper seat.
We initially thought we were going to have to run the same
event twice just to cover everyone who had paid for a seat
and was still queued up in the hallway.
We put a heck of a slideshow together and our joint
presentation and overview of Corey's testimony was
extremely well received.
The other two major talks I gave after this were heavily
affected by the intel we have been given recently,
including getting different titles and content.
More on that later on.
LET'S JUST STATE THE OBVIOUS
It may seem like a "happy problem" for someone to be
regularly featured in five different television shows, but it
is an incredibly great deal of work.
This is not making me rich either. The perma-trolls who
are paid by groups such as the NSA to attack us are likely
making more than I do.
248
Corey is still barely getting by, and would not be able to
continue without your generous donations. For that we are
very grateful, and we do thank you!
The reality is that so much of this work to defeat the Cabal
has to come from a financially-strapped grassroots level.
Conferences actually generate the best funds for operating
expenses. I am so busy now I hardly can ever make the
time to do any.
Anyone who says I have disappeared off the internet for
almost 100 days to "make money" has no idea what they
are talking about. The silence kills.
ANCIENT ALIENS GETS TREMENDOUS
EXPOSURE
Two of the shows I am in, Ancient Aliens and America's
Book of Secrets, are seen on regular TV, such as the
History channel.
Ancient Aliens has been the number-one show on History
channel for years now, airs constantly, and is seen
worldwide by millions.
That being said, the TV business is in such trouble now
that the pay for being in such a show is astonishingly low -
- if you even get anything at all.
You are told that you are "paid with publicity, and what
you do with that publicity is up to you." This is now
standard across the industry.
Much of it has to do with illegal downloading and the
massive amount of free content that is now out there,
coupled with the so-called Great Recession(TM).
Jim Hart, my partner on the CONVERGENCE film, saw
one of my Ancient Aliens question lists and said it was as
complex as a Ph.D. dissertation.
I am in almost every episode of Ancient Aliens, for a total
of about 80 so far -- and climbing. I now get recognized
almost everywhere I go because of it.
On Thursday, I couldn't understand why the guy at the
Jiffy Lube was so smiley and kept asking me what I was
doing tonight until he said "History channel."
It's a true story -- and no, I am not making any homo-erotic
jokes here. Jeez. Get your mind out of the gutter!
I am happily straight and all the female attention at this
conference was quite satisfying -- and gave me an
incentive to do more events!
 Cosmic Disclosure is now more popular than CNN in
terms of actual viewership numbers across the entire
network.

Currently I am giving real-world data to back up Corey's

testimony in Wisdom Teachings. Each episode is as much
work for me as an entire conference.

You can see everything and get caught up on these shows

by going to blueavians.com. It's only 99 cents for your first
month of full access!

Our personal subscriber numbers clearly show the vast

majority of you have never actually done this. Oops! That's
just a simple fact.
A CONVERGENCE UPDATE
If you sign up without using this link, Corey and I do not
As a side note, we are now finally doing a massive rewrite
get paid for your subscription -- so please use it if you
of CONVERGENCE to work in much more of what we
want to experience our shows.
have learned since Corey arrived.
You can also now download the shows in advance if you
If it goes into production and gets made the way we are
are one of those rare cases where there are any streaming
now outlining, I feel safe in saying it will be a modern sci-
interruptions.
fi classic.
MAJOR BOOK DEADLINE
It is very exciting, and we are expecting to have a new and
finished script in the near future -- hopefully within a
month or so. I have also been on a crashing deadline to write an entirely
new book that comes out as of this August -- The
Ascension Mysteries.
Jim's list of contacts can get us to anyone and everyone.
We are NOT selling out to Cabal-based "usual suspects" in
any way. Never will. More than ever, this book is really getting to the core of
what Ascension is all about -- and what we need to do to
prepare ourselves for it.
It has become much more of the kind of movie I always
wanted it to be -- unapologetically sci-fi, bringing in
Ancient Aliens, ascension, the Cabal, you name it. Of course, all the writing is getting done in my copious
spare time. <ahem>
Jim is an A-list screenwriter who wrote
CONTACT and other legendary films.

All of my work developing this film since 2006 has been

unpaid. Again I only mention this because of paid perma-
trolls who will assert otherwise.

THREE SHOWS ON THE GAIA NETWORK

Additionally, I have three shows on the Gaia network --

Disclosure, Wisdom Teachings and Cosmic Disclosure.

Two of these shows, Wisdom Teachings and Cosmic

Disclosure, present completely new half-hour episodes
every week, right now and on into the future.
There is a great deal of precious intel that makes it
into Wisdom Teachings that I haven't had time to present
in any other form.
Never before have I had to write a book in the midst of
such an intense, constantly evolving and challenging
schedule.
Furthermore, the content of the book is so dramatic and
personal that it has triggered a full "life review" and
profound healing process.

249
Multiple dreams gave me an entirely different angle on
what to write than what I had originally planned, and I
went with it.
As a result, this book will be very different from the other
two and will cohere much more into a first-person
narrative structure.
In the midst of all of this, there have been incredible
challenges to work through -- what the Law of One series
calls "Negative Greeting."
PORTER RANCH = DEATH-ANE
The Porter Ranch methane disaster occurred in a perfect
straight-line path from where my house is situated.
Porter Ranch is the bald spot easily visible on the other
side of the valley from where my house is.
This means countless metric tons of methane were
constantly blowing right over to my house on the normal,
everyday wind currents.
We didn't even realize this until we looked at a tourists'
map on a hiking trail in the area.
For some reason I thought the disaster area was a lot
farther north from us, and was therefore out of our way. It
wasn't.
Furthermore, we were in the severe wind season as this
was happening, so there was a constant blow of methane
towards the house.
Being up in the mountains also made the concentration
much stronger. I probably should have fled, but didn't have
the time or ability to do so.
It wasn't plugged until mid-February. It incredibly
weakened my immune system. I still am not back up to full
functionality and am sick right now. Again.
Given what we are hearing in the briefings, I absolutely
believe this disaster was a product of deliberate sabotage
and an attack on a major population center.
CHECK OUT THE SCHEDULE
In summary, since writing Disclosure Showdown late last
November, I have had an insanely busy schedule:
DECEMBER
A week-long Gaia taping starting on December 1st
for eight Wisdom Teachings episodes;
250
A severe methane-related flu that started after I went
to Gaia and dragged me through absolute hell for
three weeks;
Extreme skin problems on my legs below the knees,
related to methane toxicity;
A methane-related rash on my neck that still hasn't
gone away in one tenacious little spot;
A four-episode Ancient Aliens taping on December
17th;
A two-week "writers' retreat" in upstate NY to work
on The Ascension Mysteries, beginning on
December 21st, just as the flu ended;
JANUARY
A radio appearance on Jimmy Church the day after I
got back on January 4th (which I didn't even post due
to how busy and tired I was);
A crippling resurgence of the methane flu not long
after I got back to Los Angeles and indulged in this
weird little habit I call "breathing";
A four-episode Ancient Aliens taping on January 15th
with just barely enough health to get through it;
Some El Nino rain that temporarily knocked the
methane out of the air, but was far too short for what
the land needed;
A two-week Gaia taping beginning on January 31st,
getting me away from the methane again
(twelve Cosmic Disclosure and twelve Wisdom
Teachings episodes);
FEBRUARY
Terrible, summer-level sweltering heat almost the
entire month in LA, thanks to HAARP shenanigans
trying to kill America's food supply;
One week to prepare for Conscious Life Expo, in
which I was participating in five major events, three of
which required massive new slides;
Methane leak capped and blocked right after it was
already too late to avoid the next round of illness
from inhaling it;
Another major bout of methane flu that caused most
of that "prep week" for the Expo to be lost to severe,
debilitating symptoms;
 Last-minute rush to prepare slides with barely
enough health to do it -- but they were still awesome,
probably the best I've ever done;
Five events at Conscious Life Expo in which I hung
around for everyone to meet me (about 300 per
night) and didn't sleep until 3-4 AM each time;
MARCH
Another four-episode Ancient Aliens taping on March
1st that I had to reschedule from the day before the
Expo since I was too sick to do it then;
Resurgence of the same accursed mega-flu again
three days ago. Still sick right now with identical but
thankfully much less severe symptoms;
Write "personal apology" and "global politics" articles
before getting back to crashingly last-minute book
deadline for March 15th;
Be ready for almost instantaneous response to
rewrite passes when manuscript comes back from
the publisher.
THE FINAL DEADLINE
It has been less than a week since the last Ancient Aliens
taping, which again was like a Ph.D. dissertation (~150
references) worth of material.
I now have the final, do-or-die deadline with the book
publisher for on or around March 15th. If I don't make it,
the release will be pushed ahead to the spring.
That is not going to happen. Writing stuff like this article
helps get me "warmed up" and ready to do my absolute
best-quality work.
I have a terrific outline and 200 pages to go. It will go
quickly and I can probably push 40 pages a day for five
days and make the deadline.
Your positive wishes and prayers of support are well
appreciated, and actually do help ensure success thanks to
the power of consciousness.
THE FINAL SPRINT!
The publisher has already given feedback on the first 312
pages. I have been told it is quite a powerful, "remarkable"
and inspirational work of art.
You can help out by pre-ordering The Ascension
Mysteries hardcover now, so we guarantee another debut
on the NY Times list -- which is critical for credibility.
251
The Ebook orders are cool for clickable references and
portable travel, but they do not count towards the best-
seller list we are shooting for.
Several people have told me the parts of The
Synchronicity Key they liked the most were the personal
sections.
In this case, the majority of the book is personal sections.
All the information is woven into a narrative of who I met
and what I learned from them.
The toughest "problem" I am having in this case is writing
a simpler and more accessible book -- considering what the
others have been like.
I have finally cleared enough space in my schedule that I
don't have another Gaia taping until the second week of
April -- so I can really focus for once.
Someone could legitimately argue that I shouldn't even be
taking the time to write up all of this stuff for you right
now, nor to finish the other article.
However, the real challenge is making sure I don't get so
busy with everything else going on that the public side of
my work gets wiped out here on this site.
LET ME EXPLAIN SOMETHING
The Law of One is a series of 106 question-and-answer
sessions with an alleged ET intelligence from 1981 to
1984.
Both of my previous books are detailed scientific analyses
and verifications of hundreds of specific data points
revealed throughout the material.
If you are a scholar of the Law of One series, then you will
be familiar with the term "negative greeting."
I think it is very important to explain what this is, and how
strongly it is affecting both Corey and me at this time.
As an overview, the Law of One teaches us that we are all
constantly being influenced by both positive and negative
spiritual beings.
When we have positive thoughts, positive beings will
strengthen and enhance those thoughts.
When we have negative thoughts, negative beings will
strengthen and enhance those thoughts.
Furthermore, the negative will be allowed to create
destructive karma in our lives -- but only to the degree that
we authorize it by our own free will.
The tricky part is that once you dedicate your life to a
spiritual mission, as I have done for 20 years now, the
standards for "negative greeting" become extremely high.
If you are out there with five different television shows
that raise consciousness, you are wide open to every
negative greeting imaginable.
IT DOESN'T SEEM TO MAKE ANY SENSE TO THE
UN-INITIATED
For someone who is not aware of how this works, it seems
utterly crazy. "What do you mean, negative beings? Give
me a break!"
"You are a rambling, schizophrenic madman. Did someone
forget to change your dignity pants today in the ward?"
One of the Cabal's favorite sayings is, "The Devil's
greatest trick is convincing humanity he doesn't exist."
There is no one "devil," per se, but there absolutely are
negative ETs out there who need us to create "loosh" for
their own survival.
Loosh is the energy we generate when we are self-
centered, materialistic, manipulative, controlling, angry,
sad, fearful, jealous or depressed.
If we try to extract value from others rather than creating
our own value, we are pulling loosh from them -- which is
then redirected to negative beings.
Once we get full disclosure, we will find out that negative
beings have been using Earth as a "fear farm" for at least
375,000 years.
They can and will be defeated once we go through a
"quantum leap" into "social memory," also called "fourth
density love."
This is determined solely by the level of our mass
consciousness and has no exact timeline of when it will
occur.
THE "FIRST DISTORTION": FREE WILL
The universe is a benevolent, positive place. The negative
is allowed to exist and do what it does thanks to the "first
distortion" of free will.
This means that the most important principle, or
"distortion" of the Law of One, is the preservation of free
will -- or what most people call karma.
This balancing effect occurs both individually and
collectively, and is practiced and upheld with meticulous,
mathematical precision.
252
Whatever we create for others must be experienced in our
own lives -- either positively or negatively. That's the way
it works.
There is only one of us here; one identity in the Cosmos.
Therefore whatever we create for others is something we
are creating for ourselves.
Due to the nature of "the illusion" of physical existence,
these balancing effects will be seemingly random -- until
you start to figure out what is going on.
THE STAKES GET MUCH HIGHER
The more you are working for the "greater good" in a
spiritual mission, the more exacting and difficult the stakes
will be.
This means that every single deviation from a Christ-like
level of purity, patience, simplicity, humility, compassion
and forgiveness will be aggressively balanced.
Until you have truly reached that place where every
thought is a loving thought -- and I am definitely not there
yet -- all kinds of greetings are authorized.
We are all seeing this happen on a planetary level with all
the craziness going on. It seems to be getting worse and
worse all the time.
Porter Ranch is one of many examples of something that
was actually authorized to occur as part of our collective
wake-up call.
The speed of noteworthy events appearing on the world
stage seems to just ratchet up more and more -- and we
haven't even seen the big stuff yet.
Thankfully, enough of us are pushing for the positive that
some very major steps in that direction are arriving
imminently.
There is 100-percent agreement between intuitive data,
insider testimony and real-world metrics to support this
argument.
Sadly, I haven't had anywhere near enough time to put all
the pieces together, with provable data, in articles on this
site. I hope to change that soon.
SOME LAW OF ONE EXAMPLES
Carla Rueckert, the "instrument" who spoke the words of
the Law of One in trance, chose "pre-incarnative
distortions" of ill health before she was even born.
This led to a severe kidney disorder that gave her crippling
arthritis and prevented her from doing what most people
would do with their lives.
It was explained that she made this choice so she would be
far more inclined to pursue a spiritual path of seeking in
that lifetime -- which she did.
During the Law of One sessions, her health concerns from
these same life-long issues were constantly under attack by
negative forces.
If she deviated from pure love in her waking thoughts, day
by day, negative entities could dramatically worsen her
symptoms -- including arthritic pain.
Furthermore, the thoughts of each member of the group
were constantly under attack, attempting to amplify any
disharmony or negativity.
Thus, the group was told to "guard your alignments
carefully" and to "preserve harmony above all else."
Physical attacks against the machinery used to tape the
sessions were also routine. Hence they had to use three
independent cassette recorders.
Jim McCarty Positioning Three Different Microphones Before a Law of
One Session
DAMAGING PHYSICAL ACCIDENTS
Carla was also told that the "fifth-density negative
companion" or entity doing all of this was trying to
influence her to step in front of an oncoming car in traffic.
If it was successful, she would have either been severely
injured or would have died from it.
This is exactly what happened to my ex-girlfriend Sabrina
in May 2001, right after we attended the Disclosure Project
headed by Dr. Steven Greer in DC.
Not surprisingly, I lost all braking power in DC rush-hour
traffic on the way there, and still managed to get there
using the clutch to slow the car.
253
After the event, someone in a huge SUV stopped for her to
walk across Atlantic Avenue. She was hit by another guy
trying to zoom around him at 35 mph.
She flew 30 feet through the air, landed on the pavement
and suffered multiple compound fractures, lacerations and
a traumatic brain injury.
She nearly died from the impact and required pints of
blood transfusions. When I saw her in the ER, her face was
white and her lips were blue.
She did thankfully have a full recovery but required a
titanium rod to be screwed into her leg in order to walk
again.
The Law of One group was told the only way they could
stop the negative greetings from happening would be to
stop doing the work.
They did not. Nor have I.
THEN WHY HAVEN'T YOU BEEN KILLED?
This raises a good question. If my ex-girlfriend could be
brought within inches of her life 15 years ago, then why
am I still alive?
The answer is that this is a spiritual battle. No matter how
much the Cabal dislikes it, they cannot whack you unless
they are authorized to do so.
In order to get authorization, they have to present you with
various temptations that cause you to deviate sufficiently
from the message you share.
I will be the first to admit that every time I write
something on this site, particularly if it is of heavy geo-
political importance, I get hit. Very hard.
Therefore, when I have so much other stuff going on at the
same time, with deadlines, illnesses and whatnot, there is
only so much of this I can take.
For this same reason I have essentially been doing a
"social media blackout" and telegraphing my thoughts and
moves as little as possible lately.
However, no matter how clean of a game I run, there are
still plenty of things that make it through the net and are
authorized to occur.
As I said to Corey recently, it feels like both of us are
Frodo in Lord of the Rings. The nature of the battle is so
bizarre that we can barely even talk about it.
TELEPATHIC TOOLS ARE AVAILABLE
In some of our episodes of Cosmic Disclosure, Corey For years now, and particularly since about 2010 when
revealed an ET-based technology the upper levels of the Ancient Aliens started, I have suffered profoundly every
Cabal possess called "Voice of God." time I try to write an article on this website.

This allows dreams, thoughts and even verbal messages to To be specific, all matter of bizarre and horrible negativity
be implanted in people's minds -- but only if they are is mobilized against me. It usually comes in the form of
authorizing it in the universal sense. specific attacks from individuals.

It is still absolutely possible to get good, clean intuitive Over the years I have done my very best to try to reduce or
data. This is a Universal law, and is part of the "first eliminate all possible access points for how this could
distortion" that is described in the Law of One series. happen. And I did not complain when it did.

The security protocol requires that you only seek your This strategy did cause excessive isolation. Most recently
intuitive information in a loving, uplifting, Christ-like state it also involved an "information blackout" to further try to
of consciousness. prevent anyone knowing when I am writing.

You should never seek intuitive data when you are sick, Nonetheless, this system works so well that as soon as I
tired, thirsty, hungry, sad, angry, fearful, depressed or start trying to write something for this site, the clock
jealous. You will get negative information. begins ticking.

Sadly, the vast majority of channeling is "mixed" -- with I say nothing online or to anyone about what I am going to
positive, negative and conscious mind data all blended do. Either way, I still only have a few hours before I am
together, as a result of this phenomenon. going to get hit... very hard.

Voice of God tech can also be used on unsuspecting You could say this is a "self-fulfilling prophecy," but I
people to amplify their negative thoughts and actions for a have done everything possible to stay positive and
specific, desired outcome against a target. eliminate all other variables. It still happens.

THIS MAY SEEM HARD TO BELIEVE, BUT.... It works so well that I have been able to rule out all prosaic
explanations long, long ago. And I strongly dislike the fact
I have a confession to make. It will sound crazy but I that it works so well!
swear upon all things holy that I am absolutely telling you
the truth. [Nice buildup... what now?]
.

254
 Unveiling Earth’s Ancient History –
The Emerald Doorway – Book Review
Written By Dr. Michael Salla
March 10, 2016

However, a pole shift occurs that leads to the almost

complete destruction of the Lemurian and Atlantean
civilizations. The only survivors are those residing at an
Atlantean outpost on an extinct volcano, and individuals
who in the final moments before the cataclysm were able
to ascend into a parallel time dimension.

As a result of the chaotic energies unleashed through the

ancient pole shift, the hostile alien time travels 100,000
years into the Earth’s present history. The story ends with
the General learning about the nefarious alien’s plans to
Scott Lemriel’s latest book, The Emerald Doorway: Three
create havoc on Earth, and he travels to Washington DC to
Mystic Crystals is a fiction based on fact exploration of
warn the President. We will learn what happens in two
Earth’s ancient history. Lemriel claims he has had
future books that Lemriel plans to write to complete his
extraterrestrial contact, out of body of experiences and
trilogy.
telepathic communications with a number of higher
dimensional beings who have provided him with
information about exopolitical events dating from the Lemriel is a gifted writer and has produced a gripping
distant past to the present. He has used this information as story, which provides the reader with much historical
the factual backdrop for what reads as a highly entertaining information that may be substantially based on fact.
Sci-Fi novel. Lemriel’s extraterrestrial and higher dimensional contacts,
which include the Seres that he described in his previous
book, The Seres Agenda, have provided him with
Lemriel begins his novel with a four star U.S. Air Force
tantalizing historical information.
General, who is also the President’s National Security
Advisor, flying over the Bermuda triangle in a 747
passenger jet, which is nearly shot down by a spacecraft
piloted by a hostile alien. The General is rescued by
another group of aliens, and he demands answers to what
had just happened.

The General subsequently meets with the same friendly

aliens who take him through a hidden doorway at Mount
Shasta to a parallel time dimension. The General is the
introduced to advanced psychic technologies by a
mysterious “Adept of the Ancient One,” which allows him
to holographically experience historical events to find his
answers.
The Emerald Doorway’s version of Earth and Galactic
The General learns of the role of the hostile alien who history is entirely plausible, though the fiction based on
100,000 years ago came into possession of a powerful fact writing style makes it very difficult to compare it with
crystal which he used to hypnotically control others in his other accounts of humanity’s ancient relationship with
search for two more crystals that would give him absolute interstellar visitors.
power. In his quest for power, the hostile alien foments
galactic warfare, and brings about the destruction of the For example, secret space program whistleblower Corey
planet Maldek, whose remains form the current asteroid Goode, has revealed that he learned on “smart glass pads”
belt. he had access to during his 20 year covert service (1987 -
2007) that human civilizations on Earth go back as far as
The alien also attempts to foment war between Atlantis 18 million years, and that major cataclysms have indeed
and its mother colony, Lemuria, 100,000 years ago.
255
wiped out entire civilizations on the surface, and survivors
have escaped into Inner Earth locations.
Goode claims that he recently met with representatives of
seven ancient civilizations in ongoing negotiations
between them and a secret space program alliance. Could
any of these seven civilizations be related to ancient
Lemurian and Atlantean survivors from a major cataclysm
approximately 100,000 years ago?
Could the parallel time dimensions described by Lemriel,
correspond to the inner Earth caverns where futuristic
civilizations exist according to Goode? Finally, are the
mysterious Adepts described by Lemriel, related to these
ancient “Inner Earth” civilizations in some way?
.
256
According to Goode, the Inner Earth beings are masters of
remotely influencing surface humanity by telepathic
communication to promote their own agendas.
To be fair to Lemriel, the comparison of historical
information is not the chief purpose in writing his book.
His goal is one of producing a highly entertaining novel
that is a primer for those not yet ready to accept
controversial information from whistleblowers and
contactees about ancient historical events on Earth,
galactic politics and its relevance to contemporary global
affairs. In that sense, Lemriel’s book succeeds admirably,
and is a suitable gift for even the most ardent skeptic who
will appreciate a good story.
 Cosmic Disclosure Season 4 - Episode 1:
Super Earth - Summary and Analysis
Corey Goode and David Wilcock
By Justin Deschamps
Thursday, March 10, 2016
The Asteroid belt, the planet Mars and our
moon are presently separate discrete
objects in the solar system, but this may
not have always been the case. According
to the testimony of Corey Goode, bolstered
by other insider accounts provided by
David Wilcock, there once existed a super-
Earth-sized planet where the Asteroid belt
is now.
Using a highly advanced computer
program called Brilliant Pebbles, secret
space program scientists were able to
develop computer models capable of
showing glimpses into solar system history.
Approximately 500,000 years ago,
according to the findings, a massive super-
Earth-sized planet was destroyed,
repositioning Mars to its present orbital
location.
Dr. Thomas Van Flandern is a scientist and
researcher that plotted the orbital tracks of
objects in the solar system, as well as
analyzing the surfaces of Mars, Phobos,
and other celestial bodies. He found that a
257
great number of the comets circulating the
inner solar system could come from the
oceans of this super-Earth. He also
demonstrates that Mars was once ravaged
by a huge explosive force in the distant
past.
Goode and Wilcock also discuss the partial
disclosure narrative and compart-
mentalization of the lower level secret
space programs. Wilcock features a great
deal of information he received from a
lower level insider given the name Bruce.
They discuss how Bruce's data matches up
almost perfectly with the partial disclosure
narrative currently being pushed to the
public.
There are many ancient ruins left on
moons, planets and asteroids, but not all of
them are from the Ancient Builder Race.
Goode says that in some cases there are
ruins from other civilizations that evolved in
the solar systems deep past mixed in with
Ancient Builder Race ruins.
The cultures on the super-Earth and it's
moon, now the planet Mars, were highly
technological and aggressive. Apparently
one of these groups in the deep past
constructed a ring weapon around the
planet Saturn. Before they were able to use
the weapon, their enemies entered the
solar system, destroyed the ring, and
caused the destruction of the super-Earth.
The beings who once dwelt on these
worlds were transferred to the Earth over
the course of several refugee relocations
by other extraterrestrial races. Apparently
this is when our moon was "moved" into
position, as part of a refugee relocation
effort.
David Wilcock covers this relocation
extensively in his series Wisdom
Teachings, which Shem, from Discerning
 The Mystery, produces summaries and
analyzes of.
Related Summary and Analysis of
Wisdom Teachings
Goode also takes some time to explain
how the information contained on the smart
glass pads was produced.
Overview of Corey Goode, the Secret Space
Program Alliance and the Sphere Being Alliance:
Corey Goode is a Secret Space Program (SSP) insider and
whistleblower that began disclosing information in 2009
under the pseudonym GoodETxSG. In 2014, he started
revealing a great deal more information in an effort to
prepare humanity for what he calls data dumps, set to
occur at an opportune moment in the future. Much of the
information he provides comes from Smart Glass Pads,
iPad-like devices supplied to SSP personnel for
information dissemination purposes. This will be
a groundbreaking event, revealing the totality of Earth's
history and the activities of the Cabal which will ultimately
lead to a truth and reconciliation style tribunal to hold
criminal elements accountable for wrongdoing.
Additionally, the SSP Alliance intends on releasing all of
the hidden technology to the people in preparation for a
Star Trek-type golden age civilization.
According to Goode, the Cabal or the secret Earth
government and their syndicates (as termed by the SSP
Alliance) have enslaved humanity under a false paradigm
of a technological advancement, while secretly developing
incredible technology (a Star Trek level of advancement)
used to colonize the solar system and beyond, engaging in
trade with thousands of extraterrestrial races.
Space programs have been developed in secret all
throughout Earth's history, and in many cases, groups
broke away from the main culture forming what is called a
Breakaway Civilization. Some of these civilizations have
existed in secret, on Earth and beyond for, thousands of
years. The Agartha Network is one such group that claims
to be the original human race. It was this group in addition
to the Draco Alliance, that made contact with a secret
German space program in the early 20th Century.
In modern times, the Germans were the most advanced of
the SSP groups, beginning their efforts in earnest during
the early 1920's and 30's. The Americans were also
developing a SSP, but were much further behind in
technological advances. Later, the American SSPs were
infiltrated and taken over by the Germans after the end of
World War II. It was after this forced merger that the SSP,
under the direction of the Interplanetary Corporate
Conglomerate (ICC), expanded into the solar system and
beyond, setting up dozens of bases and mining facilities
chiefly using slave labor.
258
In the early 1990's, a faction within the SSP known
as Solar Warden slowly began to go against the ICC,
allying with a group of highly evolved extraterrestrials
known as the Sphere Being Alliance in 2012. Since then,
more factions have joined the alliance which is actively
working to free humanity on Earth and beyond, known as
the SSP Alliance. Despite their good intentions, the SSP
Alliance is a group of highly damaged and morally
ambiguous individuals, according to Goode, that recognize
at some level the need to change the status quo, but are
hardly angels.
The Sphere Beings are a group of five extraterrestrial
races, one of which is known as the Blue Avians, that
arrived in the solar system during the late 1980's. Two of
the races remain unrevealed; however, there is also a race
of Golden Triangle Head beings and Blue Orb beings
made of light. Over the course of 20 years, they began
bringing massive spheres into the solar system and
surrounding area, some which are the size of Jupiter. This
is in an effort to down-step galactic energy waves, which
are slowly changing life as we know it. These spheres are
cloaked and not detectable by the surface population of
Earth.
According to the Sphere Beings, a massive shift in
energetic expression is now occurring in the solar system,
as the result of a natural process of consciousness
evolution, assisted by our solar system's movement
through the galaxy and increasingly coherent energy
fields encountered as a result. The Sphere Being Alliance
specifically asked for Goode to represent them in SSP
Alliance meetings as a Sphere Being Alliance delegate.
Presently, the SSP Alliance is negotiating with the
remaining cabal aligned programs, as well as innumerable
races that have lived in the solar system for millions of
years, and even breakaway civilizations once resident on
the Earth's surface. The Sphere Beings have erected an
energy barrier around the solar system preventing ingress
and egress, trapping many of the negatively oriented
groups that have been loosely allied with the secret Earth
government syndicates for thousands of years. Since this
event, the pyramid of power known on Earth known as the
Cabal or Illuminati has fallen into disarray, because the
Draco Alliance attempted to betray their underlings to the
Sphere Beings in an attempt to gain passage out of the
solar system and escape the coming justice of the SSP
Alliance.
SSP factions encountered many intriguing things as they
ventured out into the solar system. Apparently there are
remnants of extremely old settlements and technology
from what is called the Ancient Builder Race. These
beings were incredibly advanced, using a type of
consciousness technology that appears to be an inanimate
object until activated by a user. They are also responsible
for building ancient stargates found on nearly every major
body in the solar system. According to the Agarthans, the
Sphere Beings are in fact the Ancient Builder Race,
although the SSP has yet to confirm this directly from
them.
The dark side of the Moon is home to many different
groups, including the ICC, the Draco Alliance, the SSP
Alliance, the Dark Fleet, and more. The Moon is
apparently an artificial object, and has become a neutral
zone for all of these groups, which have maintained a
peaceful armistice for thousands of years. The Moon
serves as an observational outpost for over 60 groups of
extraterrestrial races engaged in 22 genetic programs and
social experiments on Earth. Some of these programs
conflict with each other, yet all of them have influenced
Earth's history for millennia.
Related David Wilcock and Corey
Goode: History of the Solar System and
Secret Space Program - Notes from
Consciousness Life Expo 2016
Show Description:
Corey Goode elaborates upon what he learned about the
life and demise of Maldek and Mars. What we now know
as the asteroid belt was once a super-earth planet with a
thriving advanced civilization. Conflict and war led to the
destruction of this once great world and its refugees fled to
the last remaining vestige of life in the solar system, Earth.
What was once only uttered in the Law of One circles is
now being revealed to the public through the slow drip of
partial disclosure.
This interview with David Wilcock was originally webcast
March 8, 2016.
Summarized notes will be in black, with my commentary
in [Ariel bolded brackets]. Alterations to the transcript for
ease of reading will be in [brackets], but the original
content of the dialog is always maintained. The images
with black letter boxing were captured from this episode
on Gaia TV.
Transcribed by Hugues. Commentary by Justin
Deschamps.
259
DW = David Wilcock, CG = Corey Goode.
THE SUPER-EARTH:
DW - Alright, welcome back to Cosmic Disclosure. I’m
your host, David Wilcock and I’m here with Corey Goode.
In this episode, we’re going to start exploring some of the
cosmic history of our solar system. So Corey, welcome to
the show.
CG - Thank you!
DW - So, I had heard about this super-Earth well before
you ever had anything to say about it. It is mentioned in
The Law of One as the planet Maldek. Way back when I
first got into all this stuff, Richard C. Hoagland, and all the
years I spent studying his material from 1993, when I read
Monuments of Mars, he was very big on the idea that the
asteroid belt was not something that would normally
appear in a solar system.
DW - So when we see these asteroids, your direct
knowledge is that we’re seeing a debris field of a ruined
planet? [In Season 2 Episode 7, DW and CG discuss the
destruction of Maldek or Tiamat. According to that episode,
the planet Mars was once a moon of Maldek, ravaged by the
super-Earth's destruction some 500,000 years ago. DW also
covers this topic extensively in his series Wisdom
Teachings on gaia.com. Click here for summary and
analyses of Wisdom Teachings.]
CG - Yes.
DW - And Hoagland’s top insider told me about
something called “Brilliant Pebbles.” When you and I
started talking, there was audible shock from you on Skype
when I mentioned Brilliant Pebbles to you.
CG - Right.
DW - And why was that?
CG - Because I had heard of that program.
DW - So could you… I can kick in some of what I heard DW - I think you’ve mentioned this before on the show
about it but this [show] is mostly about getting you to talk. but it’s good to repeat it right now: they were able to find
So what did you hear about Brilliant Pebbles? different aspects of a planet in the asteroids?

CG - A computer and mathematical program that was CG - Different strata…

rebuilding from what they’ve studied of orbits in the
asteroid belt to calculate back the size and density of what
it used to be.
DW - What [did] it used to be?
CG - The asteroid belt?
DW - What was the conclusion of this program?
CG - That [the Asteroid belt] was a planet at one time.
DW - Okay. Now, I got this information from Hoagland’s
top insider, who I refer as Bruce. It’s not his real name.
One of the things he said was that they were releasing
rocks in space and then charting how they moved and
using that to build very advanced computer models of how
this would work.
DW - So like the mantle, the core, the crust? <Corey
nodding yes> These different things — they were able to
see different parts?
CG - Right. And [they were able to] find different parts of
the crust that had different mineral deposits that were even
easier to get to than mineral deposits here on Earth.
DW - When they went out and looked at these asteroids,
they weren’t just fresh asteroids, right? They had been, in
some cases, mined thoroughly?
CG - Right.
DW - And there was a lot of ancient stuff on them?
CG - Right.

CG - The asteroid belt has been studied for a long time. THE EXPLODED PLANET HYPOTHESIS:
It’s been mined… and they know it very well. So — I
mean — they took all of that telemetry and found a way to
DW - Okay. So one of the other things that we have to talk
trace back what it would have looked like at a certain time
about with the super-Earth is Hoagland’s original guy, Dr.
period.
Thomas Van Flandern, who created what he called the
Exploded Planet Hypothesis or EPH. [Here is a video
[Just thinking about the logistics of this presentation by Van Flandern on the EPH:]
kind of program, it could be like a
forensic analysis of the gravomentric
and electromagnetic fields influencing
samples in the solar system. These
kinds of fields affect matter at huge
distances, even with infinitesimal
quantities, so it is conceivable that if
one deposited samples in space and
knew what their original rotational and
linear motion was (like a gyroscope) one
could plot the size, location and
geometry the matter close to the
samples, which could then be modeled
in a computer program to produce a
very accurate animation of where
everything was in the solar system at
any given time. Point being, is that all
that would be required is the
instrumentation to gather the raw data
and then analyze it using powerful DW - This is very complex scientific data which doesn’t
computers. In college, my Calculus just include the asteroids. It also includes orbital
professor worked on a radar perturbations in the solar system. And it includes all the
interference project for the military that comets. So he was of the belief that the comets were the
sounds very similar to pieces of ocean from the planet that froze and turned into
what Brilliant Pebbles can do.] ice — water ice. And Van Flandern traced back all these
comets and showed that they all actually — you dial it
back, they all come to a single point of origin. Like that
260
was [what happened to] the oceans [of the super-Earth,
they became comets]. So did you hear anything like that
about the comets in Brilliant Pebbles?
CG - There was ice in a certain region that came from the
failed planet.
DW - Hmm… So that would’ve been the oceans that
freeze-dried in space?
CG - Right. The water from the planet.
COMPARTMENTALIZATION OF LOWER LEVEL
SSP:
DW - [Bruce, Hoagland's insider,] was coming out of the
military faction of the space program. We’re going to do a
whole episode just on that. But he said that there’s no
extraterrestrials, that everything out there is ours, and it’s
just all advanced stuff that we know about. And that’s
another thing that was consistent with what you’d heard.
[The lower level secret space programs,
which could also be called Special
Access Programs or Deep Black
projects are heavily compartmentalized
in nature. The personnel there are told
they have the highest level of clearance,
when in fact, they are given a false
narrative to hide the higher level SSPs,
according to CG. For more on this, see
the Military Factions section of the
History of the Solar System and Secret
Space Program talk, from the
Consciousness Life Expo, and the
following related Cosmic Disclosure
episode.]
Related David Wilcock and Corey
Goode: History of the Solar System and
Secret Space Program - Notes from
Consciousness Life Expo 2016
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 8: Inner Earth: Debriefing with
the Alliance - Summary and Analysis |
Corey Goode and David Wilcock
CG - Right.
DW - So from this military perspective, they created a
narrative about ancient extraterrestrials that came and
went, [but] are not here now. They had this whole [false]
storyline built around it. [Bruce] didn’t use the term,
“Ancient Builder Race” that I remember. That was
something I heard from you.
261
CG - I was wondering if [Bruce] was talking about the
same [storyline].
DW - But he did basically give me the same information.
Now this was a weird thing because when I first started
talking to you, I had taken his testimony at face value, as
being accurate. And what he was told, for whatever level
of compartmentalization he was in, was that this Ancient
Builder Race —and we’ll just use that term even though he
didn’t — the Ancient Builder Race was five million years
[old], that all this stuff happened. But your data on the
Ancient Builder Race is actually much older than that.
CG - Right.
DW - What was the actual data that you were given, for
when these Ancient Builder Race artifacts appeared?
AGE OF THE ANCIENT BUILDER RACE:
CG - They were many tens of millions of years old, further
back [or much older] than any other type or signs of
civilization, [even with] the newer ET groups that moved
in [after the super-Earth's destruction]. Way [older].
DW - Did [the people in the SSP who did these studies]
have any ability to try to get a specific time [frame]? Or
was it just that it was countless millions of years old?
CG - There’s so very little that [is] known about [the
Ancient Builder Race]. When [the SSP explorers] would
find [Ancient Builder Race] structures, every time they
would find the structures that were [the most] exposed [or
accessible]. There were [structures] that obviously had
glyphs on them, but had been wiped clean by other races
that had come [after]. So there was a lot of mythology
among all the different [SSP] groups that were [trying to
link it to their] mythology. But when it came down to brass
tacks, very little [is] known about [the origin and culture of
the Ancient Builder Race]. A lot of mystery.
DW - <Cutting through> But you… had mentioned before,
a technology of chronological timing that had been used
for apparent Nazi remains on the Moon and Mars, that they
apparently had traveled back in time to create. [In Season 2
Episode 6, CG and DW discuss the remnants of very old
Nazi bases on the Moon from an earlier phase of the early
German program involving time travel.]
CG - Right.
DW - Does that technology work if you go back many
millions of years? Or does it start to become a lot less
accurate.
CG - Yeah, it works. It starts to become less accurate and
you get wider time frames.
PARTIAL DISCLOSURE NARRATIVE OF THE
LOWER LEVEL SSP:
DW - Okay, so Bruce originally said – and this was
something very interesting because he told me it was an
authorized disclosure from the United States government.
They didn’t want to openly tell us this like in a major way
but that they were going to reach certain people who were
seeding things into the UFO community and give them this
information so that it became part of the public
consciousness. And this was the first step.
[In other words, Richard C. Hoaglands
top insider, Bruce, was given a limited
disclosure narrative that his higher ups
wanted him to feed to the Ufology
community, most likely unbeknownst to
him. This was part of an effort to
prepare the community to accept
the limited disclosure narrative once it
began to come out in earnest. That time
appears to be right now. If enough
members of the community endorsed
this limited disclosure narrative from
Bruce it would be easier to label anyone
with a conflicting narrative a
disinformation agent, like CG or anyone
else claiming to be a high-level SSP
whistleblower.]
CG - This is how partial disclosure is going to work. [The
secret-Earth government, their syndicates and their Earth-
based alliance allies are] going to tell people there’s a thin
atmosphere on Pluto, that it has blue skies.
DW - I just saw that last night, yeah… and water.
CG - There’s liquid water on different planets. And then
they're going to finally get to a point to where they get to
do their narrative of disclosure, [the] slow, partial
disclosure narrative. And then they’re going to try that
narrative to talk about this ancient ET race that used to be
here that disappeared, [which is] very ancient. And that
will be probably the first bit of information people will get.
DW - What kind of an effect are they thinking will happen
if they say that there was an Ancient Builder Race?
CG - Well, they’re prepping people for that already with a
lot of the ancient alien narrative that’s going on.
[The History Channel's most popular
show, at the time of this writing, is
Ancient Aliens, a documentary-type
series featuring all manner of ancient
astronaut theories, the paranormal, and
much more. The shows popularity
indicates that a large population of the
262
sleeping masses are profoundly
interested in these topics, suggesting
the collective consciousness is ready to
receive disclosure. But, I suspect that
the show was authorized as a type of
market research campaign for when the
partial disclosure narrative rolls out.
They have almost 10 years of data, on
top of all other similar content, to help
them form a narrative that the masses
will accept with the greatest of ease.]
DW - So polls [conducted by certain outlets about belief in
aliens] are showing that even in the most traditional parts
of America, the parts that wouldn’t be open to new
information, we’re looking at fifty-five percent (55%) rate
of acceptance [about] the existence of extraterrestrial life.
So the old idea that, oh, "War of the Worlds, it’s all going
to come crashing down." People will go into a panic. It’s
not going to happen if they tried to push out this narrative
that some weird and interesting ancient race was here a
long time ago.
CG - Right. That’s what [the lower level SSP groups]
believe.
DW - Is this super-Earth, do you think, going to be a major
part of that first wave [of partial disclosure], talking about
what the asteroid belt actually [is]?
CG - Yes. We’ll probably hear some version of the history
of our solar system that they “learned” <quote gesture>.
SCARS ON MARS:
DW - The idea that Hoagland put forward also included
the notion that Mars was a watery planet that was actually
a captured moon around this super-Earth, that both of them
had oceans. And that this explosion that created the
asteroids [also] smashed into the side of Mars and caused
excessive damage. Was that consistent with what you
heard from the smart glass pads, or however it was that
you came in contact with this information?
Image of Mars showing scars that could be
from an ancient explosion.
Another image of Mars surface showing
possible pre-existing landscape features.
CG - Yes, it was. It was postulated that Mars was most
likely a moon of that super-Earth. And that it was damaged
heavily on one side by massive impacts [which] most
likely also stripped away its main atmosphere at the time,
and it never recovered.
DW - Never recovered?
CG - Yeah, never fully recovered [from] what it was
before.
REFUGEE RELOCATIONS TO EARTH:
DW - So [about] these people that settled on the super-
Earth: what we heard from Bruce was that he was told [by
his superiors in that faction of the SSP that] don’t know for
sure. There’s a lot of mystery but it was between three and
ten different extraterrestrial groups that came passing
through and settled in our solar system. He seemed to be
thinking that whoever built all these ruins on all the
different moons throughout our solar system was the same
civilization that was on the super-Earth. But in light of
what you shared from this Inner Earth Alliance, these
people [who] were on the super-Earth do not appear to be
the Ancient Builder Race.
[There are a total of 6 episodes dealing
with CG's trip to inner-Earth, the first of
which is here. They discuss the refugee
relocation several times throughout the
series, as it was revealed by the inner-
Earth peoples, some of whom claim to
have existed below the surface for over
18 million years. According to them,
there were several relocations of
refugees to the Earth from these more
aggressive groups.]
CG - No. They’re not the Ancient Builder Race.
DW - Okay.
CG - And it seems that more recent information that I’ve
gotten [from the inner-Earth peoples] is telling us that
the Earth received refugees at different points in history,
from a couple of different planets at least in our solar
system. [In each case,] the planets failed, [the] inhabitants
left and came to Earth as refugees.
DW - And that would be Mars and the super-Earth?
CG - Yes.
DW - And again, that’s completely consistent with what
the Law of One actually says. They described the super-
Earth. They call it Maldek and they say that it blew up. I
believe [that] the figure they give was 800 thousand years
ago. So it’s not exactly the same as the data that Brilliant
Pebbles calculated. Because when I spoke to this guy,
Bruce, they were saving it as about 500 thousand years
263
ago. So is that what you saw in the Brilliant Pebbles data
as well?
CG - Right.
ANCIENT RING WEAPON RUINS OF SATURN:
DW - Okay. So another thing that was a big part of what
Bruce shared with me, was that the people [of] the super-
Earth were starting to build a ring around Saturn that was
made of some sort of transparent aluminum alloy. If the
ring had [been] completed, they would have [had] a pulse
weapon that they could use to destroy other worlds. [This
device sounds very similar to the Halo Array weapon
described in the hugely popular video game series, Halo.]
He said that this weapon was attacked and destroyed at the
same time the super-Earth was destroyed and that the
shattered remnants of it formed the rings of Saturn. [Bruce
added that] they would go out and study these pieces of
habitable — there were [remnants of] rooms people could
[have lived] in, inside this shattered ring that you could
still go out and look at. Did you encounter any of that
information?
CG - I encountered information about the rings being full
of artifacts, similar to that but I had not heard the
information about it being a giant weapon.
DW - What was the specific data that you got about that?
CG - That [the rings] had the transparent alloy in [them].
DW - Really?
CG - Yeah, but it had debris that looked like it was part of
structures.
DW - Wow. Broken structures?
CG - Yeah.
DW - Very interesting.
CG - Destroyed.
DW - Okay. Now I also want to point out, Bruce said on
the edge of the B-ring were the biggest chunks of the ring
[weapon] and that’s where it originally was. So let’s take a
look right now at a couple of images of these alleged ice
crystals on the B-ring.
 B-ring of Saturn, with "ice crystals" on outer edge.

DW - So if you’re looking at this image, what you’re that those alleged “ice crystals” <quote gesture> are
seeing now is the shadows that are cast [by these actually large pieces of rooms that people could [have]
structures]. As we zoom in on that, you see there are lived in [at one time].
actually some pretty big chunks there. Those shadows [are]
actually cast on the rings. So what we heard from Bruce is
264
But these are people of an extreme height. Now this is an
area where our data correlated. Bruce told me that these
rooms where built for people who [were probably] 70 feet
tall. Now did you hear about there being ruins that were
built for people of that type of size and stature?
CG - Right, we’ve talked about the different ruins being
found with huge stone chairs and ceilings and doorways…
And table-type platforms that were obviously built for
people much, much taller [than we are]. A lot of this
ancient stuff that’s found [in the solar system] is also from
the [time] when [the] super-Earth [had not been destroyed
yet]. [CG and DW also discuss giant ancient artifacts in the
below-linked episode.]
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 2 -
Episode 7: Remnants of Ancient Mars -
Summary and Analysis | Corey Goode
and David Wilcock
DW - Okay. So there’s a lot of crossover [between Ancient
Builder Race and other civilizations' ruins].
CG - Yeah, there’s [some] crossover. They have found
[stone slabs] of the Ancient Builder Race, that are
obviously not sarcophagus, but that people [laid] on for
healing. When the humans would lay on them, [the slabs]
were a lot bigger than what was needed for a human to lay
on.
DW - Did they still work for healing?
CG - Yeah.
DW - Really? Wow. The ring [weapon] you never heard
about but you did hear about the shattered remains of
something that was there?
CG - Something.
DW - Okay. So to continue with Bruce’s story then, he
said that whoever was on the super-Earth had been a very
warlike species. They had gone out and really pissed off
some people in other star systems. Did you hear that the
people on the super-Earth had a technology that would
allow them to have left the solar system and made war on
other planets in other solar systems?
CG - I was with scientific people [who] were looking at
brass tacks, mostly scientific data. A lot of the information
that is pouring out in this manner comes from different
groups postulating from their root beliefs. There are
different groups, secret-Earth government syndicate
groups that have different occulted beliefs that are tying
[into] all these different narratives.
265
[CG is suggesting that some of the
groups who performed these research
studies in the SSP had a bias toward
supporting their own belief systems. It
is similar to archeologists today that
believe humans evolved from ape-like
ancestors. When they find the remains
of humans, they interpret the data so
that it support's the pre-existing bias of
ape-like ancestry. In reference to the
ancient ruins in the solar system, the
SSP groups have various beliefs
regarding their origins, biases that
distorts interpretation of the data
collected, more or less.]
CG - There’s really not that much known, I mean, fully
known [about these ruins] but there are a lot people trying
to tie themselves to bloodlines from these planets. Or [they
try to] tie their mythology to these narratives, somehow.
So I just basically saw a lot of the scientific data and
information. [I] was not exposed to a whole lot of the
theoretical [information].
DW - Well, let’s just extrapolate off what you do know.
Clearly, the people on the super-Earth had technology
vastly in excess of what we have now.
CG - Right.
DW - Clearly, they had the ability to travel to another
planet in the solar system, Saturn, and build this massive,
massive, massive structure. I mean, the size of Saturn!
<Emphatically> To actually build a ring that’s going to go
two thirds (⅔) of the way around [the planet], it is almost
an unthinkable architectural achievement.
CG - The people in the Inner Earth Council stated that the
different inhabitants of the planets in our solar system were
extremely advanced technologically, [were] extremely
aggressive, that they destroyed their civilizations and had
to be relocated here as refugees by other ET races that
came in.
DW - And again, that’s remarkably, precisely what The
Law of One says, which you hadn’t read when this
happened to you.
CG - Still haven’t <smiling>.
THE SUPER-EARTH'S MOON, NOW THE PLANET
MARS:
DW - <Laughing> So did this civilization that was on the
super-Earth also settle Mars at the same time, if it had
oceans and water?
CG - The freshest information that I have is that two
different groups independently arose on different planets,
[the super-Earth and Mars,] even though one may be
considered a moon.
DW - My personal speculation, based on trying to connect
the dots and the Law of One, has been that Mars was
heavily damaged by the explosion but it wasn’t completely
damaged past the point where some type of life couldn’t
cling to it, even if maybe it involved a lot of underground
bases that might have already been built before [the
destruction] happened.
CG - Right.
DW - Do you think that’s possible?
CG - Right, right… But the surface, the previous
ecosystem, was gone.
DW - Right, but they could have had a vast underground
infrastructure in place [that remained after the event].
CG - Right. [If] they were both advanced civilizations.
Then yeah, that would make sense.
SOME HISTORY OF EARTH'S MOON:
DW - Okay. So then the next thing was — and this is
going to start to segue into what we’re going to keep
talking about in the next episode — the Moon. Instead of
me blabbing my big mouth, let’s keep it simple and have
you tell us. Where did the Moon come from? What the
heck is going on with the Moon, our Earth’s moon?
CG - Okay. According to the smart glass pads and what
was reported, is that – and this is very controversial – that
the moon arrived right around that also 500,000 year time
period.
DW - Arrived? <Smiling>
CG - Arrived.
DW - Okay. We’re going to have to clarify what that
means! <Laughing>
CG - It arrived and formed some sort of tidal lock with the
core of the Earth.
DW - Oh, it arrived to the Earth.
CG - To the Earth… and into an orbit that changes very
little over time. And it came here from the explosion from
the super-Earth.
266
DW - It came here?
CG - Right.
DW - So it drifted over from the… as the super-Earth [got]
blasted, that [satellite, our moon,] drifted and somehow got
gravitationally captured by the Earth?
CG - Some of the information was that it was under
intelligent control: that it was artificial and that it was
bringing refugees here.
DW - Some of the information? So not all of the
information said the same thing?
Related Could The Moon Be An Ancient
Space Ark? | Strange Moon Facts
DISCUSSING INFORMATION FROM THE SSP
DATABASE:
CG - Right. There [are] always opposing [views]. Every
time you had information [in smart glass pads or presented
elsewhere], you had peer review type information,
opposing views, why this could also mean [that, etc]. [This
type of format] was always present. But you always had to
read the bottom [Transcriber, HP's Note: hyperlinked
footnotes probably] and also, see that there were other
views, even though [the main article] was accepted by
most of the peers.
DW - Who were the peers?
CG - Other scientists.
DW - Which faction are we talking about? ICC
[Interstellar Corporate Conglomerate]?
CG - Well, that would be most likely a joint [researcher
project because] they all speak the same language. You
know, [they] agree on the same kind of stuff. I don’t know
what standard it was but they had a peer review process. It
wasn’t just — one scientist couldn’t just do an experiment,
come to a conclusion and then put it in the database as fact.
<Slight laugh> It had to go through a [verification or
vetting] process as well.
DW - And I think it’s interesting for people to understand
that [these SSP sources] don’t have all the answers.
They’re doing research and they’re trying to connect the
dots with an archeological expedition, the same way that
we would find an ancient city, dig it out, and then have to
study the pots, study the writing, and see if we can
decipher the [text], and all this kind of stuff.
CG - Right, and [these research scientists I am talking
about] tried to stay away from a lot of the mythology [of]
the different groups. There are different groups that have a
lot of different ideas about who all the different people
were. There are different narratives from different groups.
DW - Different extraterrestrial groups, you’re saying?
CG - The people that came from these planets that were
destroyed, or lost their viability. That brought the refugees
here to the surface of our planet. There are different
groups, different descriptions of who these [beings were]:
different narratives that fit [certain] belief systems.
DW - Right. So there is no absolute standard of what
actually happened that anybody can agree on at this point?
CG - Right.
DW - Well, that’s frustrating but I guess that’s the result.
If different people are saying different things, they can’t all
be right. It’s just like with religion.
CG - Right.
DW - This means that these [different narratives] are
probably like religions, right?
CG - Yes!
DW - They are religious beliefs in a sense.
CG - Well there are all of these different Earth
government syndicates. [They each] have different occultic
[sic: occult] roots and they try to tie everything to their
root occult beliefs.
DW - So you were told [a version of that history] by the
people in the inner-Earth, based on their information, and
they’re right here in our backyard. So if they’ve been
around as…
CG - Under our backyard <both laughing>.
DW - Some of them have been around for, as you were
told, seventeen to nineteen (17–19) million years.
CG - <Correcting:> Seventeen to eighteen (17–18)
million.
DW - Seventeen to eighteen: that’s a long time.
CG - Right.
DW - That would mean that whatever happened to this
super-Earth was long <strong emphasis> after they were
here to witness whatever was taking place.
267
CG - Correct.
DW - So that’s a very interesting perspective that they
would have had. And you said in [a] previous episode that
they were quite upset when refugees from these destroyed
planets, both the super-Earth and Mars, were eventually
transplanted and put on Earth.
[During the Consciousness Life Expo
talk from this year, DW presents a
historical account between the Egyptian
priesthood and Solon, a student of
Plato. The priesthood scorn Solon for
not knowing about the epochs of
cataclysm that have ravaged the Earth's
surface. DW suggests in the talk that
these priests probably traced
their lineage to the time of this
refugee relocation, during the
destruction of the super-Earth. Here is
an excerpt from the account between
Solon and the Egyptian priesthood.]
"As for those genealogies of yours which you just now
recounted to us, Solon, they are no better than the tales of
children. In the first place you remember a single deluge
only, but there were many previous ones; in the next place,
you do not know that there formerly dwelt in your land the
fairest and noblest race of men which ever lived, and that
you and your whole city are descended from a small seed
or remnant of them which survived. And this was
unknown to you, because,for many generations, the
survivors of that destruction died, leaving no written
word." - Source
Related David Wilcock and Corey
Goode: History of the Solar System and
Secret Space Program - Notes from
Consciousness Life Expo 2016
CG - Yes.
DW - Why were they so unhappy about that?
CG - Because this race was very aggressive and
immediately began to assert itself on this planet and
interbreed with the surface humans that were naturally
from this planet: interbreed with each [of] the other
groups. And all ended up mixing together into a largely
mixed race. They consider us [this] mixed human race on
the surface.
DW - And that aggressiveness is what makes us, to [the
inner-Earth groups), very dangerous?
CG - Yes, very unpredictable, dangerous.
MORE ON THE RING WEAPON OF SATURN:
DW - One of the other things that Bruce said that I want to CG - Right. There are a lot of different little caveats in
run by you is [the following]. People are going to be Star Wars. Some of the ships from the Empire look very
saying — and we’re going to get back to talking about similar to the Dark Fleet vessels.
refugees – "but how did this ring built around Saturn
become a weapon?" So I just want to explain what [Bruce]
said, what their intel told them.

Apparently it’s like Tesla’s earthquake machine. If you go

back and look at the Roman soldiers marching across a
bridge, they had to march out of step. And if all the
soldiers march at the same speed, the bridge starts to shake
up and down, and will eventually come apart. Tesla’s
earthquake machine apparently involved a similar concept.
There’s a rhythmic series of thumps and it builds up a
resonance wave that eventually creates a massive
earthquake. [One of the terms for this type of technology Star Destroyer from the film Star Wars.
is entrainment, also described as sympathetic resonance.]
CG - Some of the concepts of the Force and the Dark Lord
So what he said was that the ring was designed to send Siths, I’ve found [them] to be consistent with some of
pulses into Saturn and those pulses would reflect back out these syndicate cults, the “Illuminati” <quote gesturing>
to the ring and then back into the planet. It would build up groups believe very strongly in: the dark part of the
this incredible charge and then the ring could actually “Source Field.” May the Source be with you. <Laughing>
direct the beam at any location in three-dimensional space
that it wanted to go. They could triangulate the beam to Related Awakening Your Force |
basically any location. Now, this sounds an awful lot like a Science Fiction and Psychology - Star
movie that we all know and love, doesn’t it? Wars, Ancient Tibet, and Jedi Training

CG - Yeah. Related Empowering Lessons In Star

DW - One of the other thing that Bruce said was that Star
Wars was actually not just fiction, that it was a disclosure
film. And when we start talking about a ring around Saturn
that can be a planet-killing weapon, that sounds pretty
familiar, doesn’t it? [In the film Star Wars, the protagonists
build a device called the Deathstar which is capable of
destroying entire planets with a powerful energy weapon.]
Wars | The Plot of Star Wars Teaches
History And What Happens When We
Choose Fear
DW - So in the next episode – [and] these two definitely
go together – we’re going to get into what exactly
happened with the Moon and really delve into that story.
That’s coming up next time here on Cosmic Disclosure.
I’m your host, David Wilcock, and I thank you for
watching.

268
 Time Traveling Presidential Candidate
Releases 100 Campaign Proposals
Written By Admin
March 14, 2016
Andrew Basiago, who claims to have participated in two
DARPA/CIA classified programs involving time travel
and teleportation to Mars, has released 100 proposals on
highly alternative issues for his 2016 Write-In Presidential
campaign. In putting forth a policy platform based on his
alleged experiences, he is offering a template for a future
post-disclosure Presidential campaign to include public
policy debates over the uses of highly advanced
technologies and the existence of extraterrestrial life.
Basiago’s proposals contain many positive and progressive
insights regarding classified programs that deserve
widespread public support. His proposals concerning the
disclosure of extraterrestrial life, classified technologies,
secret space programs and the truth about Bush
administration foreknowledge of the 911 attacks, make for
refreshing reading given the more mundane public policy
proposals of mainstream political candidates.
It is therefore worthwhile to examine a few of his key
proposals in light of what other independent whistleblower
269
sources and documents have revealed about classified
space programs and exotic travel technologies.
First, it is important to point out that there are many who
are still not convinced that Basiago is a genuine
whistleblower and/or is part of a sophisticated
psychological operation by the CIA and other agencies. In
a series of articles (see here, here and here) investigating
documentary and other whistleblower testimonies, I found
impressive evidence to support his key claims of being a
participant in two CIA/DARPA run classified programs.
My main reservation was that Basiagio, by his own
admission, is part of a CIA sanctioned disclosure initiative
to reveal classified time travel, teleportation and space
program activities. His “grooming” as a predicted future
President by CIA ‘White Hats’, who included his deceased
father, Raymond Basiago, raises specific concerns about
his 2016, and future, Presidential campaigns.
In particular, does Basiago’s perspective about the CIA’s
historic role in classified advanced technology programs
reflect an agenda to skew public perception in order to
preserve the CIA’s existence in a post-disclosure world?
By focusing on our volatile world’s intrinsic need for the
CIA’s intelligence gathering using classified technology
programs, he believes this makes it indispensable and
worth reforming as a “super-university,” despite its
nefarious history in covert operations and the abuses that
occurred, as his following proposal advocates.
I have to disagree with Basiago. A more suitable policy
would be to abolish the covert operations branch of the
CIA (National Clandestine Service) and have its functions
taken over by the U.S. military. Military officers, who
swear allegiance to the U.S. Constitution, are more likely
to maintain constitutional principles in covert operations
than CIA operatives. The latter have participated in illicit
Basiago’s proposal to disclose classified time travel
technologies has much merit, and could lead to many
benefits. In particular, his description of “Chronovision”
technology – based on holographic interaction with
possible future events – would bring in a predictive
element into ordinary people’s lives that could help them
make better career and personal choices. On the other
hand, such technology could also be easily abused by a
Basiago dates these secret teleportation technologies to the
1940’s, more specifically to the 1943 Philadelphia
Experiment. This is consistent with other whistleblower
and researcher claims regarding how the U.S. Navy
accidentally discovered teleportation allegedly during the
development of a radar invisibility program.
In Basiago’s version of the historical development of
teleportation technology, it was too dangerous to develop
at the time and was shelved until better understood. It was
roughly 25 years later that teleportation was
270
activities including the drug trade, as documented by Garry
Webb in his book, Dark Alliance.
Basiago’s major contention is that the CIA used time travel
technologies for intelligence gathering purposes in a
variety of scenarios, including predicting and influencing
future Presidents. In this regard Basiago proposes:
police state that decides to use it as a tool for law
enforcement; to preemptively act against perpetrators of
predicted crimes as depicted in the popular movie, The
Minority Report.
Another of Basiago’s proposals elaborates on teleportation
technologies. He says:
operationalized as a safe means of transportation for
personnel in classified programs.
Basiago claims that the breakthrough in developing
teleportation technology for operational purposes came
through the Ralph M. Parsons company that cooperated
with the Advanced Research Projects Agency (later
renamed DARPA) and the CIA. In an affidavit, he asserted
that in 1967-68, teleportation became “fully operational in
the secret realms of the US defense-technical community.”
Basiago says that in 1967-68, he was the first American
child to be teleported when his father, Raymond, inducted
him into the Project Pegasus program.
Basiago cites, as independent support for the development
of teleportation as a means of space travel used in
classified programs, the testimony of Michael Relfe. Relfe
has claimed that in 1976, he was teleported to Mars in a 20
year and back program, which was documented in the two
volume book, The Mars Records. Later, in 1980, Basiago
claims that he was part of a CIA run teleportation program
to Mars. Basically, Basiago’s version of teleportation
technology as an operational program dates to 1967/68
when Project Pegasus began.
More recently, other whistleblowers have emerged that
provide an alternative historical version of the
development of teleportation technology and its
operational use for traveling to Mars and elsewhere. Corey
Goode claims that teleportation was first developed by
scientists working for the Nazi SS and/or German Secret
Societies during the Second World War. Subsequently,
from hidden bases in Antarctica and South America, the
Nazis used teleportation technologies to travel to the
Moon, Mars and other distant locations.
Goode described in some detail how the Germans relied
heavily on the use of teleportation for transporting
equipment before it could be safely used for personnel.
After secret agreements had been reached between the
Eisenhower Administration and the Nazi/German Secret
Societies in the 1950’s, Goode describes extensive
cooperation in the colonization of Mars through
teleportation:
It wasn’t until the ’50s that they were able to start
transporting people consistently without them suffering. I
believe they called it temporal dementia. People would
271
According to Basiago, Mars soon became an important
teleportation destination, and this allowed the development
of colonies there whose existence ought to be disclosed as
his following proposal advocates:
teleport intact from here to Mars. They would look fine,
but then after a number of days, they would suffer some
sort of dementia, they would call temporal dementia. And
the Germans did a lot of work in this field that helped us
figure out how to do this properly– them working
alongside their ET allies.
Another more recent whistleblower, William Tompkins,
publicly emerged in December 2015 with impressive
documents to support his claims that Nazi Germany had
achieved numerous technological breakthroughs. In a
February 25 interview with the writer, Tompkins revealed
that these breakthroughs included the development and use
of teleportation technology.
Tompkins learned of Germany’s scientific achievements
through Navy spies embedded in advanced technology
programs run by the Nazis during World War II. In his
book, Selected by Extraterrestrials, Tompkins describes
his attendance at debriefings of the spies at the Naval Air
Station in San Diego from 1942 to 1945. Tompkins job
was to subsequently disseminate the information in these
debriefings to any U.S. industries, and think tanks capable
of understanding and reverse engineering these Nazi
programs.
If we accept Goode and Tompkins testimonies as accurate,
then teleportation technology was successfully developed
and operationalized in the 1940’s by the Nazi regime, 25
years before the onset of the CIA/DARPA run Project
Pegasus program in 1967-1968. Getting the history right
when it comes to the successful development and use of
teleportation technology becomes relevant when another of
Basiago’s proposals is examined. He says:
Here, Basiago is claiming that the CIA’s classified
development and use of teleportation technology for off-
planet travel occurred at the same time that NASA began
operations in the 1960’s. He is suggesting that the real
“secret space program” is run by the CIA and not NASA.
This claim raises a number of problems when it comes to
genuine “Disclosure of Secret Space Projects” as
Basiago’s above proposal is asserting. According to Goode
and Tompkins, the era of secret space programs began
with the Nazis/German Secret Societies in the
1930’s/1940’s, and then involved different branches of the
U.S. military setting out to replicate these German
technological achievements.
According to Goode, the U.S. Military Industrial Complex
began cooperating with the German Breakaway space
program in the 1950’s. In a similar vein, Tompkins says
the Douglas Aircraft Company and other corporations and
think tanks began working in the 1950’s on antigravity
space craft, while being fully aware of the rival secret
German space program operating out of Antarctica and
South America.
Indeed, Tompkins describes in his book, Selected by
Extraterrestrials, how the Nazis were sabotaging the
Apollo program. Support for Tompkin’s claim comes from
another veteran aerospace whistleblower, Clark
McClelland, who says he personally witnessed Nazi SS
general Hans Kammler at the Kennedy Space Center, and
that Operation Paperclip scientists were being intimidated
by the Nazi SS even during the 1960’s!
Despite Nazi infiltration and sabotage, the first U.S. Navy
space battle groups would finally be deployed in the mid-
1980’s according to Goode and Tompkins. They each say
the Navy’s secret space program was called Solar Warden.
Prior to the deployment of the Navy space battle groups,
the Navy and U.S.A.F had successfully developed
.
272
antigravity prototype spacecraft that could achieve short
range space missions.
It is very likely that Basiago was simply not briefed about
the real history of secret space programs and the role of the
Nazis/German Secret Societies in pioneering teleportation
and antigravity space craft, and of the U.S. military
industrial complex playing catch up ever since World War
II.
It is very concerning, however, that Basiago is making a
case that the CIA was running the real “secret space
program” via teleportation technologies since 1960’s. The
truth is much more likely that the CIA program was an
intelligence gathering operation that was also a useful
cover for secret space programs associated either with the
Nazi/German breakaway space program, or the Solar
Warden program being developed by the U.S. Navy.
Basiago’s run for President evokes mixed responses from
the UFO and exopolitical community. There are legitimate
concerns about the role of CIA in grooming Basiago to run
as a predicted future President, as allegedly also occurred
with Barack Obama. This raises the possibility that
Basiago’s experiences have been shaped over a long term
period in a very sophisticated psychological operation
designed to make him an advocate of a disclosure agenda
supported by CIA ‘White Hats’.
On the other hand, Basiago is very sincere, educationally
highly qualified, and an articulate spokesperson for the
Disclosure movement, who very likely has genuinely been
involved in classified CIA/DARPA programs for close to
50 years. Andrew Basiago’s 100 proposals for his 2016
Presidential campaign, therefore, deserve serious scrutiny
and debate by all seeking the truth about the history of
advanced time travel and teleportation technologies, and
the origins of secret space programs.
 Moon Is Artificial & Arrived With Refugees From
Destroyed Planet In Asteroid Belt
Written By Dr. Michael Salla
March 16, 2016
According to secret space program whistleblower Corey
Goode, there was once a “Super Earth” in the asteroid belt
with human looking giants who were involved in a
devastating galactic war that destroyed their planet. Goode
claims in yesterday’s episode of Cosmic Disclosure that
many of the giants fled the destruction via one of their
artificially created moons, which was sent into an orbit
around the Earth approximately 500,000 years ago.
Goode says that the smart glass pads he read during his 20
year service with different secret space programs from
1987 to 2007 provided two explanations for the moon’s
artificial nature. One was that it was a hollowed out natural
moon, and the second was that it was a giant orbiting space
station.
Goode then says that waves of refugees from the Super
Earth began arriving on Earth during different stages in the
period spanning the former planet’s destruction. One of
these waves was associated with the arrival of the Moon
that was teeming with refugees.
The refugees arrival on Earth created armed conflict with
advanced indigenous human groups that had previously
escaped into the Earth’s interior from cataclysms, and were
helping survivors on the surface rebuild society. In
previous episodes, Goode says that these breakaway “Inner
Earth” groups date as far back as 18 million years, inhabit
vast caverns as large as the U.S. state of Texas, and
possess advanced space craft.
In addition, different extraterrestrial groups had established
colonies on the Earth’s surface where long term genetic
experiments had begun – 22 according to Goode and the
contactee, Alex Collier. The arrival of the different
273
extraterrestrial groups and their genetic manipulation of
surface humans had previously created conflict between
the Inner Earth civilizations and the extraterrestrial human
hybrid colonies on the surface.
The arrival of the Moon with refugees possessing
advanced technologies threatened to upset the delicate
balance of power that had been achieved on the Earth
between the Inner Earth and surface civilizations. There
were subsequent military battles between the Inner Earth
civilizations, extraterrestrial visitors and the Super Earth
refugees on the Moon, according to Goode.
Evidence of these ancient Moon battles can be witnessed
today in the form of the remnants of giant crystal domes,
huge towers and square structures, which Goode says he
directly witnessed while flying over the moon’s surface.
Support for Goode’s astounding claim comes from the
research of Richard Hoagland who has conducted
extensive digital analysis of much NASA lunar imagery,
which he concluded revealed the remnants of giant
glass/crystal structures all over the Moon:
Goode’s incredible claims about the history of the Moon
are part of a two part series of Cosmic Disclosure episodes
on a Super Earth that once orbited the sun in the region of
the asteroid belt. The previous episode discussed how
Mars was also once a moon orbiting the Super Earth.
Mars at the time had sufficient water and oxygen rich
atmosphere to host a large population on its surface. The
events that led to the Super Earth’s destruction also wiped
out much of the surface population on Mars, and removed
the bulk of its atmosphere according to what Goode read
on the smart glass pads. The force of the Super Earth’s
destruction propelled Mars into its present planetary orbit.
Goode and Wilcock’s discussion of the destruction of a
Super Earth reveals astonishing historical facts that are
very helpful for understanding our real galactic history. So
was there a Super Earth that was destroyed in a titanic
battle, which resulted in one of its moons being sent into
Earth orbit, and another being sent into its present orbit as
the planet Mars?
The first major scientist to seriously research the
possibility that the asteroid belt is the remains of a former
planet is Dr. Thomas Van Flandern, who was the chief
astronomer at the U.S. Naval Observatory. He wrote
several academic papers on what he described as the
Exploded Planet Hypothesis, which suggested that several
asteroid belts in our solar system arose from the
destruction of planets stretching all the way back to the
beginning of the solar system:
Putting all this evidence together, we have
strong hints for two original planets near
what is now the main asteroid belt:
hypothetical “Planet V” and “Planet K”.
These were probably gas giant planets with
moons of significant size, such as Mars,
before they exploded. We have hints of two
more asteroid belts, probably from the
explosions of two more planets (“Planet T”
and “Planet X”) beyond Neptune. And we
have hints for two extra-large gas giant
planets, “Planet A” and “Planet B”, that
exploded back near the solar system
beginning.
Van Flandern elaborated on his proposal that Mars was
once a moon of a destroyed planet in the asteroid belt:
The above summarizes evidence that Mars
was not an original planet, but rather a
moon of a now-exploded planet occupying
that approximate orbit. Many of these
points are the expected consequences of
having a massive planet blow up nearby,
thereby blasting the facing hemisphere and
leaving the shielded hemisphere relatively
unscathed. Especially significant in this
regard is the fact that half of Mars is
saturated with craters, and half is only
sparsely cratered. Moreover, the crustal
thickness has apparently been augmented
over one hemisphere by up to 20 km or so,
.
274
gradually tapering off near the hemisphere
boundaries.
Van Flandern’s Exploded Planet Hypothesis lends
scientific support to Goode’s claims about both the Moon
and Mars being two former moons of a Super Earth.
If Goode is correct, then prior to the Moon’s arrival
approximately 500,000 years ago, the Earth had no moon.
Indeed, there is historical evidence that the Moon was a
late arrival to the Earth. Immanuel Velikovsky found
numerous historical references to pre-lunar cultures on
Earth, some of which he described as follows:
The period when the Earth was Moonless
is probably the most remote recollection of
mankind. Democritus and Anaxagoras
taught that there was a time when the
Earth was without the Moon. Aristotle wrote
that Arcadia in Greece, before being
inhabited by the Hellenes, had a population
of Pelasgians, and that these aborigines
occupied the land already before there was
a moon in the sky above the Earth; for this
reason they were called Proselenes.
Apollonius of Rhodes mentioned the time
“when not all the orbs were yet in the
heavens, before the Danai and Deukalion
races came into existence, and only the
Arcadians lived, of whom it is said that they
dwelt on mountains and fed on acorns,
before there was a moon.”
Plutarch wrote in The Roman Questions:
“There were Arcadians of Evander’s
following, the so-called pre-Lunar people.”
Goode’s revelations about a Super Earth and the
cataclysmic events surrounding its destruction are
shocking. If accurate, as the research of Dr. Van Flandern
and additional independent evidence suggests so far, then
Goode has opened the door to better understanding the real
history of our Earth, Moon, Mars and the solar system
more generally.
Goode and Wilcock’s Cosmic Disclosure series continues
to surprise and enlighten as it discloses many aspects of
galactic history discovered by secret space programs,
which are for the first time allowing much of this
information to be released to the general public through
Goode and other whistleblowers.
 Moon Is Artificial And Arrived With Refugees From
Destroyed Planet In The Asteroid Belt
Analysis By Justin Deschamps
Wednesday, March 16, 2016
This is excellent supportive research on Dr.
Michael Salla's part regarding the claim
that the Moon is artificial in nature.
I found this portion particularly intriguing:
If Goode is correct, then prior to the Moon’s arrival
approximately 500,000 years ago, the Earth had no moon.
Indeed, there is historical evidence that the Moon was a
late arrival to the Earth. Immanuel Velikovsky found
numerous historical references to pre-lunar cultures on
Earth, some of which he described as follows:
"The period when the Earth was Moonless
is probably the most remote recollection of
mankind. Democritus and Anaxagoras
taught that there was a time when the
Earth was without the Moon. Aristotle wrote
that Arcadia in Greece, before being
inhabited by the Hellenes, had a population
of Pelasgians, and that these aborigines
occupied the land already before there was
a moon in the sky above the Earth; for this
reason they were called Proselenes.
Apollonius of Rhodes mentioned the time
“when not all the orbs were yet in the
heavens, before the Danai and Deukalion
275
races came into existence, and only the
Arcadians lived, of whom it is said that they
dwelt on mountains and fed on acorns,
before there was a moon.”
Plutarch wrote in The Roman Questions:
“There were Arcadians of Evander’s
following, the so-called pre-Lunar people.”
David Wilcock's insider Daniel also
wrote about the notion of the Moon
being a space ark, which is presented in
the below-linked article.
Related Could The Moon Be An Ancient
Space Ark? | Strange Moon Facts
- Justin
Source - Exopolitics
By Dr. Michael Salla
According to secret space program whistleblower Corey
Goode, there was once a “Super Earth” in the asteroid belt
with human looking giants who were involved in a
devastating galactic war that destroyed their planet. Goode
claims in yesterday’s episode of Cosmic Disclosure that
many of the giants fled the destruction via one of their
artificially created moons, which was sent into an orbit
around the Earth approximately 500,000 years ago.
Goode says that the smart glass pads he read during his 20
year service with different secret space programs from
1987 to 2007 provided two explanations for the moon’s
artificial nature. One was that it was a hollowed out natural
moon, and the second was that it was a giant orbiting space
station.
Goode then says that waves of refugees from the Super
Earth began arriving on Earth during different stages in the
period spanning the former planet’s destruction. One of
these waves was associated with the arrival of the Moon
that was teeming with refugees.
The refugees arrival on Earth created armed conflict with
advanced indigenous human groups that had previously
escaped into the Earth’s interior from cataclysms, and were
helping survivors on the surface rebuild society. In
previous episodes, Goode says that these breakaway “Inner
Earth” groups date as far back as 18 million years, inhabit
vast caverns as large as the U.S. state of Texas, and
possess advanced space craft.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 8: Inner Earth: Debriefing with
the Alliance - Summary and Analysis |
Corey Goode and David Wilcock
huge towers and square structures, which Goode says he
directly witnessed while flying over the moon’s surface.
Support for Goode’s astounding claim comes from the
research of Richard Hoagland who has conducted
extensive digital analysis of much NASA lunar imagery,
which he concluded revealed the remnants of giant
glass/crystal structures all over the Moon:

In addition, different extraterrestrial groups had established

colonies on the Earth’s surface where long term genetic
experiments had begun – 22 according to Goode and the
contactee, Alex Collier. The arrival of the different
extraterrestrial groups and their genetic manipulation of
surface humans had previously created conflict between
the Inner Earth civilizations and the extraterrestrial human
hybrid colonies on the surface.

The arrival of the Moon with refugees possessing
advanced technologies threatened to upset the delicate
balance of power that had been achieved on the Earth
between the Inner Earth and surface civilizations. There
were subsequent military battles between the Inner Earth
civilizations, extraterrestrial visitors and the Super Earth
refugees on the Moon, according to Goode.
Evidence of these ancient Moon battles can be witnessed
today in the form of the remnants of giant crystal domes,
.
Goode’s incredible claims about the history of the Moon
are part of a two part series of Cosmic Disclosure episodes
on a Super Earth that once orbited the sun in the region of
the asteroid belt. The previous episode discussed how
Mars was also once a moon orbiting the Super Earth.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 4 -
Episode 1: Super Earth - Summary and
Analysis | Corey Goode and David
Wilcock

276
 Cosmic Disclosure Season 4 - Episode 2:
Who Built The Moon? - Summary And Analysis
Corey Goode And David Wilcock
By Justin Deschamps
Friday, March 18, 2016
In part two of the super-Earth sub-series,
David Wilcock discusses other insider
testimony as it relates to who the ancient
people were and what happened to them
after the destruction of their world.
Corey Goode was exposed to some of this
information during his time in the Secret
Space Program, from 1987 to 2007, and
offers comment when he is able.
Wilcock's insider, Bruce, is a lower level
SSP asset with access to certain types of
information, in some cases, above and
beyond what Goode was privy to. Wilcock
refer's to Bruce's information frequently
throughout this episode. More of Bruce's
background is discussed in the below-
linked episode.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 4 -
Episode 1: Super Earth - Summary and
Analysis | Corey Goode and David
Wilcock
277
Wilcock says that according to his insider
Jacob, the people of super-Earth were
highly technologically advanced, following
a transhumanist course of development.
According to Jacob, they were using
cybernetic implants, involving the projection
of light and color patterns on the face as a
method of communication. Goode said that
certain types of telepathic beings, he has
encountered, use a similar method of Auric
light projection to communicate, but he had
never heard of technology used in this
way.
Bruce also told Wilcock that the super-
Earth people were using nanites to
construct bases and facilities. He was told
that the super-Earth people could send a
baseball sized package of nanites back in
time, which would burrow into a moon or
large asteroid using the material there to
construct a fully formed installation that
they would then find completed in the
present.
According to Bruce, the super-Earth people
sent one of these nanite balls to a distant
solar system where our moon was
originally located. They did this because
elite members of the civilization learned of
an invasionary force that was coming from
outside of the solar system to destroy
them, in response to their creation of a
superweapon built around Saturn.
Apparently, the moon-ark arrived in our
solar system just in time for 12 to 16 billion
of the super-Earth people to take refuge,
only a small fraction of the total population.
But due to the calamity of the super-Earth's
destruction, the moon-ark suffered heavy
damage and most of the refugees lost their
lives. Despite this, the moon-ark was
carefully moved into position around the
Earth, becoming the Moon we know today.
 Although Goode cannot confirm every
aspect of Bruce's testimony, he was able to
confirm that there are ancient ruins on the
surface of the Moon as well as deep below
the crust. According to a report he saw on
the smart glass pads, early tunneling
projects on the Moon encountered an
enormous ancient base network deep
below the surface.
Bruce also told Wilcock that after the Moon
was successfully moved into position
around the Earth, some of the survivors
built eco-domes on the surface. Goode was
able to confirm that there are ancient ruins
of domes as well as a great deal of older
technology he personally saw during his
time there. They then present insider
testimony from the Disclosure Project
discussing the existence of artificial
structures on the Moon.
The beings that lived on the super-Earth
were apparently very large in stature, up to
60 to 70 feet tall. Goode and Wilcock
discuss how cabal religions or belief
systems go back to this time period when
the super-Earth refugees were settling on
the Earth in several different epochs of
migration.
Wilcock discusses in his series Wisdom
Teachings, that the super-Earth peoples
eventually came to Earth after going
through a genetic adjustment to construct
bodies suitable for the environment here.
Summaries of those shows can be found
here.
For part one of this sub-series discussing
super-Earth see the below-linked article.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 4 -
Episode 1: Super Earth - Summary and
Analysis | Corey Goode and David
Wilcock
Overview of Corey Goode, the Secret Space
Program Alliance and the Sphere Being Alliance:
Corey Goode is a Secret Space Program (SSP) insider and
whistleblower that began disclosing information in 2009
under the pseudonym GoodETxSG. In 2014, he started
revealing a great deal more information in an effort to
prepare humanity for what he calls data dumps, set to
occur at an opportune moment in the future. Much of the
information he provides comes from Smart Glass Pads,
iPad-like devices supplied to SSP personnel for
information dissemination purposes. This will be
278
a groundbreaking event, revealing the totality of Earth's
history and the activities of the Cabal which will ultimately
lead to a truth and reconciliation style tribunal to hold
criminal elements accountable for wrongdoing.
Additionally, the SSP Alliance intends on releasing all of
the hidden technology to the people in preparation for a
Star Trek-type golden age civilization.
According to Goode, the Cabal or the secret Earth
government and their syndicates (as termed by the SSP
Alliance) have enslaved humanity under a false paradigm
of a technological advancement, while secretly developing
incredible technology (a Star Trek level of advancement)
used to colonize the solar system and beyond, engaging in
trade with thousands of extraterrestrial races.
Space programs have been developed in secret all
throughout Earth's history, and in many cases, groups
broke away from the main culture forming what is called a
Breakaway Civilization. Some of these civilizations have
existed in secret, on Earth and beyond for, thousands of
years. The Agartha Network is one such group that claims
to be the original human race. It was this group in addition
to the Draco Alliance, that made contact with a secret
German space program in the early 20th Century.
In modern times, the Germans were the most advanced of
the SSP groups, beginning their efforts in earnest during
the early 1920's and 30's. The Americans were also
developing a SSP, but were much further behind in
technological advances. Later, the American SSPs were
infiltrated and taken over by the Germans after the end of
World War II. It was after this forced merger that the SSP,
under the direction of the Interplanetary Corporate
Conglomerate (ICC), expanded into the solar system and
beyond, setting up dozens of bases and mining facilities
chiefly using slave labor.
In the early 1990's, a faction within the SSP known
as Solar Warden slowly began to go against the ICC,
allying with a group of highly evolved extraterrestrials
known as the Sphere Being Alliance in 2012. Since then,
more factions have joined the alliance which is actively
working to free humanity on Earth and beyond, known as
the SSP Alliance. Despite their good intentions, the SSP
Alliance is a group of highly damaged and morally
ambiguous individuals, according to Goode, that recognize
at some level the need to change the status quo, but are
hardly angels.
The Sphere Beings are a group of five extraterrestrial
races, one of which is known as the Blue Avians, that
arrived in the solar system during the late 1980's. Two of
the races remain unrevealed; however, there is also a race
of Golden Triangle Head beings and Blue Orb beings
made of light. Over the course of 20 years, they began
bringing massive spheres into the solar system and
surrounding area, some which are the size of Jupiter. This
is in an effort to down-step galactic energy waves, which
are slowly changing life as we know it. These spheres are
cloaked and not detectable by the surface population of
Earth.
According to the Sphere Beings, a massive shift in
energetic expression is now occurring in the solar system,
as the result of a natural process of consciousness
evolution, assisted by our solar system's movement
through the galaxy and increasingly coherent energy
fields encountered as a result. The Sphere Being Alliance
specifically asked for Goode to represent them in SSP
Alliance meetings as a Sphere Being Alliance delegate.
Presently, the SSP Alliance is negotiating with the
remaining cabal aligned programs, as well as innumerable
races that have lived in the solar system for millions of
years, and even breakaway civilizations once resident on
the Earth's surface. The Sphere Beings have erected an
energy barrier around the solar system preventing ingress
and egress, trapping many of the negatively oriented
groups that have been loosely allied with the secret Earth
government syndicates for thousands of years. Since this
event, the pyramid of power known on Earth known as the
Cabal or Illuminati has fallen into disarray, because the
Draco Alliance attempted to betray their underlings to the
Sphere Beings in an attempt to gain passage out of the
solar system and escape the coming justice of the SSP
Alliance.
SSP factions encountered many intriguing things as they
ventured out into the solar system. Apparently there are
remnants of extremely old settlements and technology
from what is called the Ancient Builder Race. These
beings were incredibly advanced, using a type of
consciousness technology that appears to be an inanimate
object until activated by a user. They are also responsible
for building ancient stargates found on nearly every major
body in the solar system. According to the Agarthans, the
Sphere Beings are in fact the Ancient Builder Race,
although the SSP has yet to confirm this directly from
them.
The dark side of the Moon is home to many different
groups, including the ICC, the Draco Alliance, the SSP
Alliance, the Dark Fleet, and more. The Moon is
apparently an artificial object, and has become a neutral
zone for all of these groups, which have maintained a
peaceful armistice for thousands of years. The Moon
serves as an observational outpost for over 60 groups of
extraterrestrial races engaged in 22 genetic programs and
social experiments on Earth. Some of these programs
conflict with each other, yet all of them have influenced
Earth's history for millennia.
Related David Wilcock and Corey
Goode: History of the Solar System and
Secret Space Program - Notes from
Consciousness Life Expo 2016
279
Show Description:
Corey Goode discusses the origin of our moon and how its
arrival brought important changes to a developing world,
millions of years ago. Previously, we have learned that
many extraterrestrial species have bases embedded in the
surface of the moon. Now, it is revealed who built the
moon, what it was originally used for and how it was
transported into our solar system.
This interview with David Wilcock was originally webcast
March 15, 2016.
Summarized notes will be in black, with my commentary
in [green bolded brackets]. Alterations to the transcript
for ease of reading will be in [brackets], but the original
content of the dialog is always maintained. The images
with black letter boxing were captured from this episode
on Gaia TV.
Transcribed by Hugues. Commentary by Justin Deschams.
DW = David Wilcock, CG = Corey Goode.
TRANSHUMANIST CULTURE OF THE SUPER-
EARTH PEOPLE:
DW - Welcome back to Cosmic Disclosure. I’m your host,
David Wilcock and I’m here with Corey insiders. I was
holding on to so much information that I had never put
online so that people would trust me, so that I would
continue to hear more. Also, if it’s going to get me killed,
if it’s going to get me in trouble, then I’m not going to put
it out. Whereas now that we’ve done this, it’s time to just
open the floodgates and let this stuff come out. I want to
go back now to what Bruce revealed about the actual race
that was on the super-Earth in the first place. [DW covers
much of this deep history of the solar system during his
show Wisdom Teachings on gaia.com. Summary and
Analyzes can also be found here.] First of all, [Bruce] said
that their height was seventy (70) feet. Maybe this is
because the planet is larger so therefore the gravity is
different and the beings will be larger in correspondence
with the larger planet. Would you say that’s possible?
CG - Yeah, different barometric pressure, all kinds of
stuff.
[Transcriber, Hugues Prévost: Conventional thinking in
science-fiction and even among scientists often links
higher stature to lower gravity, such as the “Belters” in
the television series The Expanse. So many people would
expect that a Super Earth should be host to smaller, not
taller living beings. However, other factors such as
atmospheric pressure and mass per unit volume
(density) are equally important. For example, if the Earth
was ten times the size (volume) but had the same mass,
the force of gravity would be weaker at the surface. A
bigger planet doesn’t necessary mean a crushing gravity
since planetary density is more the key. A terrestrial-
type planet with a larger diameter would not necessarily
have a density similar to Earth. It could very well be
significantly smaller.
Even on our planet, scientists have realized that factors
other than gravity can have drastic effects on the size of
normally large animals. An example is the recent
discovery (2003) of small human fossils on the island of
Flores in Indonesia. Part of the controversy was whether
the discovery revealed a new human species dubbed
Homo floresiensis or a collection of diseased
humans. The stress of a low-calorie diet has been
associated with reduced size and weight of animal life on
small tropical islands. Fossils of a species of pygmy
elephants have also been discovered on Flores,
associated with three and a half foot tall humans.]
DW - [Bruce] said that this race was extremely
technologically advanced. [This] was [this team] had
concluded. And apparently, they were playing around with
transhumanism, which is the idea of integrating their
human form — because it was a human form, it was just a
giant human [size], seventy foot tall, seventy to ninety
(70–90) foot tall — integrating their human form into
some kind of computer, internet-type of mainframe.
CG - If they were tinkering around with something like
that, I could see how that would lead to major problems.
DW - Another piece of data that he seemed to be very
convinced [it] was solid, which I then got validated
independently by the space program insider, Jacob, was
that these people had long since evolved passed the need to
use verbal communication. The idea of speaking with their
mouths was terribly slow. And he was specifically told that
they developed some type of internet, wi-fi type of method
of communication that involved micro-fluctuations in the
light that was on their faces, the skin pigment or
something.
[This sounds like some kind of artificial
telepathy, but with limitations. I think
this suggest that the super-Earth culture
was not spiritually advanced enough to
activate their innate psi abilities.
280
Transhumanism can be thought of as an
attempt to compensate for lack of
spiritual attainment by using technology
to address a being or society's
shortcomings. The inevitable outcome
of a culture that has chosen to use
technology to make up for it's lack of
spiritual attainment is eventual
extinction, either due to loss of genetic
stability or destruction of the planetary
environment, such as what occurred
with the super-Earth peoples. According
to CG, almost every extraterrestrial
culture that has chosen this path ended
up being completely taken over by a
malevolent AI. This whole topic of
technology and the eventual emergence
of an artificial intelligence or AI is quite
in depth, which I offered comment on in
the below-linked episodes.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 2 -
Episode 14: The Threat from Artificial
Intelligence - Summary and Analysis |
Corey Goode and David Wilcock
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 2 -
Episode 15: Standing Guard against the
A.I. - Summary and Analysis | Corey
Goode and David Wilcock
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 2 -
Episode 16: New Frontiers in the A.I.
War - Summary and Analysis | Corey
Goode and David Wilcock
Briefly, the universe is designed to
foster empowerment and sovereignty, to
develop and grow beings that are moral
and wise as a function of learning
through experience. But when a people
becomes egocentric or selfish, when
they want to avoid soul growth yet still
lay claim to the fruits of a spiritual life,
then technology is needed to fill the
gap.
Transhumanism is the belief that human
beings are flawed evolutionary
creatures, destined for extinction, but
through merging with machines,
humanity can access super human
abilities and save the species. Of
course, the transhumanist ideal
completely ignores the realities of spirit
and the supreme destiny of an evolving
personality, but most importantly,
transhumanism blames genetics and
evolution for humanity's shortcomings.
 Instead of looking to our lack of
knowledge and wisdom as the cause of
human suffering, transhumanists want
to do everything but look in the mirror,
they want to avoid, at all costs,
changing their beliefs and ideals, and
from this distorted perception of reality,
the goal of merging with machines
seems like a viable option. But it's
comparable to experiencing hardship in
life and thinking that the solution is to
become addicted to drugs; granted this
may make us feel better, but the causes
of hardship will remain unchanged.
These super-Earth people seem to have
chosen the path of technology to
compensate for their lack of spiritual
development. Had they chosen the more
empowering path, they would have
developed these gifts organically, and it
probably would have given them the
moral fortitude to avoid war and conflict
with other races that eventually caused
the destruction of their world. The other
cost of this path is an increasingly
immoral and unkind society, one bent
on war and oppression to solve its
problems. Given all this, the Karmic
Correction DW mentions below seems
like an appropriate response from the
universe, given their lack of wisdom.]
CG - [Are you saying the super-Earth people had
something that mimicked] like we have, micro-facial
expressions? <thinking aloud> They [could] have micro-
facial auric light. It was kind of like a light show
<mimicking light fluctuations on the face with both
hands>
DW - So you did hear about that?
CG - Yeah, they’re not the only beings that [can] do that.
[With] some [of these beings who] communicate
telepathically, there’s a light, kind of an auric play of light
as well.
DW - So you can confirm that some people are actually
having cyborg type of integration with their brain and the
voltage on their skin? So it’s like a broadband internet of
data passing between two people when they look at each
other?
CG - I’m talking about [other] advanced beings [who],
when they communicate, there is a — they have auric
discharges in their body when they’re connecting
telepathically. There’s more information… There’s a huge
exchange of information going on. <Gesturing towards the
face>
281
[In other words, CG is saying that some
of the organic methods of telepathy, he
has seen, use light discharges of some
kind. But he is not saying that these
other groups use cybernetic implants to
do it, like the people of the super-Earth
did, per Bruce.]
DW - Is it possible that what Bruce said is true: that it
could be entirely cybernetic, that it could be based on
computer technology that wires into the brain, but then it
triggers these fluctuations on the face?
CG - Sure. If they were unwise enough to start wiring
things into their neurological system, then of course…
DW - Well, [wiring things into their neurology was]
exactly what he said [these super-Earth people] were
doing. And he said that they had developed the ability to
upload their actual consciousness [into a computer].
CG - Did they find bodies? Did they find bodies with type
of implants? I mean…
DW - That is part of [what I heard that] I’ll get to
[eventually]. But it’s interesting, right? Because he’s
hearing things for the first time too! <gesturing towards
CG> Nobody gets the full picture, right? That’s part of the
thing that’s so frustrating about this. Even at the level you
were at, it’s compartmentalized and you don’t get to hear
all the data that’s available.
CG - Right, yeah. There are certain areas of the Lunar
Operation Command (LOC) I haven’t been allowed past.
DW - Okay, so we’ll get to the bodies that they found in a
little bit.
CG - Okay.
DW - Continuing the Bruce narrative, he said that they had
a technology to be able to build bases inside moons. The
technology involved something that was only the size of a
baseball. <gesture of holding a baseball> And I guess the
smaller size made it easier. They could send this into the
past. It would go into the past and it would build out [the
base] with little nanite robots. They would dig their way
through the moon and build the base. They would send it
to the right time so the base would be ready when they
wanted it in their time. Have you heard of anything like
that going on, anything like that being done?
CG - Not sending, like some sort of cube or sphere back in
time that has nanites. That sounds like, you know, a lot of
this AI kind of stuff.
DW - Right, but it could be possible that a technology like
that would have existed?
CG - With all the things I have seen, I can’t say that it’s
not [possible].
DW - Okay. So there actually is a little video that I want to
show you right now of a robot that is just a piece of foil
that they’ve already made. [It] has a little processor chip
on it and it can carry things around. Let’s take a look at
this right now.
DW - This video creeps me out because if you have these
little guys that can just kind of flutter around and carry
things, and move things, and build things, and if they can
develop a replicating ability where they can eat material —
and this is what we already have right now. Imagine if our
technology is one hundred (100) years more advanced, a
thousand (1000) years, ten thousand (10,000) years more
advanced. These types of nanites could go crazy, couldn’t
they?
CG - Yeah, like I said, when it comes to nanites and
artificial intelligence, there’s a major red flag and issue
that everyone in the Secret Space Program and also
members of the Super Federation [take notice of]. There’s
a major problem, a major red flag with that [kind of]
technology.
WAS THE MOON A SPACE ARK WITH
ARTIFICIAL CONSTRUCTION?
DW - Let’s get into the Moon now because that’s the focus
of this episode. What did you hear about the Moon before
they moved it to the Earth?
CG - There were reports of [SSP programs] building bases
so deep that it came to this artificial material that made up
[an ancient] surface, or the fuselage, of what the Moon
was.
DW - So are you saying that there’s a fuselage in the
center of the Moon and they dug all the way down to it?
CG - Personally, I don’t know. There were two different
reports, one of them saying that it was a hollowed-out
moon that was used hastily and another one that stated that
it was a giant station that was built.
282
[Daniel, one of DW's insiders, has
written several in-depth papers
exploring the idea that the Moon was a
space Ark. See the below-linked article
for more on this.]
Related Could The Moon Be An Ancient
Space Ark? | Strange Moon Facts
DW - Did you ever personally hear anything suggesting
that the Earth’s moon is older than any of the other objects
in the solar system?
CG - I heard something along the lines it most likely
didn’t come from our solar system, or that it was too old
for the [objects] in the inner solar system or something
along those lines. I don’t recall [the] exact details, but
there was something that didn’t match about the geological
age, [according to what I saw].
MOON-BASE CONSTRUCTION TESTIMONY:
DW - Okay, for what it’s worth, the insider, Jacob – who
we’re not ever going to get on camera – told me was that
the Moon was portaled into our solar system, that it’s older
than the planets in the solar system. [It was brought in]
from somewhere else. These people on the super-Earth
portaled it in at the last minute after having sent — and
this now gets back to what Bruce said — this baseball-
sized chunk of nanites to this [other] older solar system,
somewhere way out where their enemies weren’t looking,
because [the super-Earth people] knew that the enemies
were coming to destroy them. They knew that their ring
was going to be destroyed and their planet was going to be
destroyed. They had very little time.
[In the previous episode, DW discusses
how the super-Earth peoples created a
massive ring weapon around the planet
Saturn, which they intended to fire at
their enemies. But before they were able
to use the weapon, their enemies
entered the solar system and destroyed
the weapon, which became the rings of
Saturn, as well as destroying the super-
Earth.]
So the story that I heard, for what it’s worth, is that little
baseball of nanites was sent to this other ancient solar
system, that [our] Moon was over there [during this time],
that it went way back in time so their enemies wouldn’t
find it. They built out the Moon with the nanites, portaled
it [to our solar system], and then the elites of this planetary
civilization on the super-Earth, at the very last minute,
right before the planet blew up, portaled themselves into
[the ark, which became our moon]. And this is where it
gets really strange because what Bruce said it was twelve
to sixteen (12–16) billion of these people, seventy to
ninety (70–90) feet tall, that all portaled into the Moon.
And he said that [Bruce's program] had firsthand
knowledge that it was twenty to forty (20–40) miles deep
of all built out intelligent habitations [and] rooms. The
entire circumference, the entire sphericity of the Moon on
the inside, twenty to forty miles deep, all just endless
amounts of corridors [and living areas] that you could go
through. So it doesn’t mean it’s not true, it just means that
you personally didn’t encounter it.
CG - No.
DW - But you did say that you heard that there were some
kind of refugees from this catastrophic event, the
destruction of the super-Earth, that were associated with
the Moon somehow.
CG - Right, [they] arrived on the Moon and came down to
the Earth as refugees from a one of the great cataclysm.
THE MOON TO EARTH REFUGEE RELOCATION:
DW - In Bruce’s timeline, they spend a long time inside
the Moon before they actually go to the Earth. So let’s just
talk about this now. Did you hear that the people were
inside the Moon or the surface of the Moon when they fled
the catastrophe?
CG - They said they came in the Moon.
DW - In the Moon?
CG - Yeah.
DW - That’s consistent with what I heard, which was that
the Moon was getting battered by asteroids. Nobody would
have been able to be safe or survive on the surface, so they
had to be inside. [The super-Earth people] created a very
highly advanced computer course to guide the Moon into
orbit around the Earth specifically, also because if they
didn’t find a planet to go around, they were going to get
gravitationally captured by the Sun. They would [have
been] burned up in the Sun. They programmed the orbit
around the Earth to create tides and make the Earth into a
much more habitable place to live, eventually. It wouldn’t
happen right away. So did you also hear that the Moon
going around the Earth led to tides and made it a better
place to live?
CG - I know that it definitely brought a lot of changes, but
there was life before.
DW - Yeah, and he said that too.
CG - Right.
DW - But the tides obviously could be causing a much
more dynamic and diverse amount of life on Earth and
make it so the oceans can get a lot larger, that kind of
stuff.
283
CG - Right.
DW - What [Bruce] was told was that the Earth was like a
swamp and that it was really hot. There were only shallow
seas prior to this happening. Is that also something that you
heard?
CG - Well, I mean, I’ve heard the basic timeline geology
of the Earth that everyone else has heard. It’s fairly
consistent, except they leave out major and minor
cataclysms that happened throughout the history of the
Earth.
DW - So did you hear that at one time the Earth was
swampy, hot, and only had shallow seas. It wasn’t very
nice to live on?
CG - It was much different. I didn’t hear that it wasn’t nice
to live on.
DW - Okay, so the next thing is: [Bruce] said twelve to
sixteen billion [super-Earth] people that portaled into the
Moon, which were like the elites of their society. That part
of the story [is] consistent with the common breakaway
civilization narrative that you’ve encountered, right?
CG - Right.
DW - If you have a population of well over a trillion
people, twelve to sixteen billion is a very small number of
them, and those people are going to save their own necks
when they know that everybody else is doomed, [forming
a breakaway civilization].
CG - Right.
DW - So what [Bruce] said was that their intel was that the
Moon was pounded and that most of [super-Earth
refugees] inside the Moon all died in that initial event. So
by the time the Moon got to the Earth, it was very heavily
damaged. Is that at all consistent with what you heard, that
the Moon took severe damage on the way in here?
EVIDENCE OF ARTIFICIAL STRUCTURES AND
DAMAGE ON THE MOON:
CG - Yes, and it’s consistent with the way the damage is
lined up on the Moon when you look at it.
DW - That I don’t understand. Could you explain that?
CG - There’s one side of the Moon [the far side] that has
quite a bit more damage, and it’s kind of what happened to
Mars a little bit. One side of the Moon has quite a bit more
damage to it, compared to the other side [which is] more
pristine.
DW - Well now, right at the time that [Bruce] was telling
me this and saying it was an “authorized disclosure.”
<quote gesture> [In the previous episode, DW describes
"authorized disclosure" provided to the insider Bruce to
disseminate to the Ufology community.] [Then] we start to
see all these news reports where what they did is they take
284
the Moon, and they turn it on a slightly different
angle. And these seas [on the Moon], the mares as they’re
called, these dark areas, all form a square, a big giant
square that covers almost the whole face of the Moon. You
just tilt it a little bit and you look at it and it’s a big, giant
square.
 http://www.huffingtonpost.co.uk/2014/10/02/moon-square-structure-nasa_n_5918888.html
DW - Corey, this stuff is mind blowing. A geometric
square should not exist on a natural satellite like that. What
do you think we’re seeing there? Why would they be
telling us this?
CG - It’s a soft disclosure because at some point, if they’re
going to do a partial disclosure and let us know that there
used to be ancient ETs in our solar system like we
discussed before, then one of the things they’re going to
want to show us are surface ruins on the Moon. And there
are a lot of images we can show. There’s a giant tower
that’s twisted and shattered, or twisted and bent over as
though it was hit with a blast wave. There are a lot of
different artifacts from a wide range of ages. The Moon is
actually a kind of time capsule of an ancient time back
when the super-Earth exploded and also of a time when
285
there were battles between non-terrestrials and possibly
even the inner-Earth groups that had been battling it out
after these large changes occurred and these new refugees
were brought to Earth. That was a very traumatic and huge
time of change on our planet and it happened in waves,
these refugees [who] came.
GIANT BEINGS DEPICTED IN MOVIES:
DW - When we go back to the movie Alien [directed by]
Ridley Scott, there’s this weird spaceman creature thing
that’s a giant in an extraterrestrial ancient ruin that they
find.

The giant chair device from the film Alien. Notice the man in the
space suit to the left in comparison for to large the entity in the chair
is.
DW - I had a horrible time watching the movie. Some
people really liked it. I thought it was very traumatic to
watch. But do you think that this aggressive, angry entity,
the giant treating humanity as it is now, as an aberration,
that we must be killed, that we were an accident, that this
one guy from their civilization made us because he came
to the Earth — and remember, he dissolves at the
beginning [of the movie] — do you think that is a
statement of Cabal belief system about this Ancient
Builder race and stuff?

CG - Very much so. Yes.

LEGENDS OF "GOD-LIKE" GIANTS IN CABAL

BELIEF SYSTEMS:

DW - Okay. Could you talk a little more about that for a

Close up of entity in the giant chair.
DW - And then that story is followed up with Prometheus,
the movie, where you have these giant, bald, very pale-
skinned ETs with these black eyes.
second? What is the belief system?
CG - Well, I’ve heard several different versions of their
belief system. But basically their belief system is that this
Ancient Builder race is their — one person called it a
progenitor or their ancient bloodline. They are an elite.
Their bloodline can be traced back to these ancient ET
gods.

[Transcriber, HP's Note: This narrative correlates with the

Entity from the film Prometheus.
Progenitors described in the book UFO Highway by Anthony
F. Sanchez. In his story the Progenitors migrated from Zeta
Reticuli to colonize the Sirius binary star system. Eventually,
they discovered our solar system and migrated to Mars one
million years ago. According to CG and others, Mars would
have been a satellite of this super-Earth at that time, aka
Maldek. In Sanchez's book, after “a great catastrophe”
occurred, the Progenitors left Mars and came to Earth
350,000 years ago, close to the 500,000 year time frame
mentioned by Corey for the refugee relocations. Possibly
the Progenitors in Sanchez's book are a different race than
the ones mentioned by Corey.]

DW - Why do the gods hate us then? Why are they trying

to kill us [in the Prometheus movie]?

CG - Well, that fits in with their narrative of removing a

certain amount of the population off the Earth because
we’re useless eaters or genetically impure. That fits into
their mythos and sick religious dreams of the future of
mankind, as they would like to see it.
286
DW - So does a movie like Prometheus, where they go and
find these very ancient ruins, is that like a religious
Images presents during David's description of the Cabal visiting ancient ruins.
DW - [Is] that the closest they feel they can get to seeing
ruins, that maybe because they’re in the Cabal on Earth,
they’re not actually allowed to see? Are they told that
these movies are showing them something that’s very
close to what it really looks like?
287
sacrament for these people?
CG - It depends. A lot of these people are out there doing
scientific work. Then some of the people [who] are part of
these syndicate type cults are going to come out there on, I
guess, on a pilgrimage kind of visit if they have a certain
belief that this structure or this location means something
more.
DW - So they can go and take a trip out into the solar
system and see this stuff in some cases?
CG - Well, some… it depends on who it is.
DW - Yeah, so they could take a tour of what for them
would be like a religious pilgrimage site of their gods?
CG - Yeah, some of the people [who] I described have
showed up to some of these meetings. They have off-world
access, yes.
DW - And if Jesus only happened two thousand years ago,
then for them that’s just nothing because this is much older
and, for them, probably a lot more interesting.
DW - Well, this is something that several different other
insiders independently confirmed, so I feel like it’s pretty
solid and likely. So the next thing [Bruce] said [was] that
some of these people that were inside [the Moon] did
manage to migrate to the surface, and at that time, they
began building crystal domes out of this transparent
aluminum stuff and having trees and civilization on the
surface by having that pressurized area. So is that
consistent with anything you heard, that there were actual
crystal domes on the surface?
CG - Right, there were plenty of ruins of that type of
structure.
DW - Did you personally witness those ruins?

CG - Yeah, more — it’s just tens and tens and tens of
millions of years ago, some of it. [That] is so far back that
they can’t accurately date it.
CROSS REFERENCING INSIDER TESTIMONY:
DW - So you would agree then with Bruce’s statement that
— well, you didn’t get the number, but twelve to sixteen
billion people and that a lot of them died inside these
caverns in the course of the Moon coming to the Earth,
that there was a massive damage to the structure.
CG - There was a massive damage to the structure.
DW - He also said that it was barely functional anymore at
that point. It made it to the Earth but that a lot of it was
severely damaged. It was nowhere near what it was built to
do originally.
CG - Yeah, all I know is that [the Moon] made some sort
of tidal lock orbit with the Earth and now all sorts of ETs
have bases there, including us. And there [are] a lot of
mysteries inside the Moon that I haven’t been made privy
to. I’m told that it was some sort of escape pod type thing
or ark that brought refugees here from a huge cataclysm
that made life on their planet impossible.
CG - Yes.
DW - So what did you personally see as you flew around
the Moon?
CG - There were domes, square buildings, towers, a lot of
stuff that was buried, and I guess, like the regolith sand,
the lunar sand. But all that stuff is off limits to people who
visit it. And [there are] different eras too. There is damage
from different conflicts. And it’s off-limits to visit. It’s
held as a reminder of a different time when there was a
certain amount of open war, before they created these
federations and treaties and before they had all of the
diplomatic zones on the Moon and all these diplomatic
agreements. That has prevented most of them from being
in open war with each other, even though they have
competing programs.
DW - Well, let’s real quickly take a look at some footage
from the Disclosure Project — it’s public domain, open-
source — of this particular witness who was shown
pictures of what he called mushroom-shaped buildings and
domes on the Moon.

DW - Okay. Have you heard that there is any type of AI in

the Moon or that there’s a computer in the Moon that could
be artificially intelligent?

CG - I know that they use holography, holograms, and

other trickery to hide certain things on the Moon.

DW - What do you mean by that?

CG - Holograms over certain areas of the surface so it DESCRIPTIONS OF THE RUINS ON THE MOON:
can’t be seen with telescopes or when they’re doing certain
things, but I don’t know of any type of AI or super type of
DW - So when we include that testimony, we have
computer that’s being used at the core of the Moon.
independent verification of photographs of these thing on
288
the Moon, and it’s a very fascinating piece of collaborative
data. But I just want to ask you a couple questions really
quickly. First of all, you said you saw glass-looking
domes?
CG - Yes.
DW - Were they smashed? Was like part of the glass
smashed out?
CG - Yeah, they were not intact.
DW - Okay, how thoroughly damaged did they look?
CG - They looked very ancient and very damaged, very
damaged.
DW - How transparent were they still?
CG - They weren’t completely transparent.
DW - So they were covered with some degree of dirt and
sand or something?
CG - Right.
DW - You mentioned square buildings. Were the square
buildings also made of this transparent material?
CG - No, some of them were made of — they looked like
they were made of sort of either stone or concrete type of,
like created material.
.
289
DW - Hmm… What about the towers? Were the towers
made of that glass-type stuff?
CG - Yes, like tall, narrow, and then bending back and
twisting, like they got hit with a blast wave.
DW - Well, there’s a lot more to discuss with this story,
obviously, but I think the key here is that you did see that
whatever this civilization was that built domes and
developed on the surface of the Moon, they were very
heavily attacked, right? Because this damage was not
something that would happen naturally. This was
catastrophic damage.
CG - It was catastrophic, but I did hear that there were a
lot of smaller catastrophes that were happening. I mean, if
you have a planet explode in your solar system, it’s going
to knock things around for a while, so there’s going to be
problems for a while.
DW - That’s a good point.
CG - There were things… problems going on for a while.
DW - Alright, well, this has been a truly fascinating
discussion. That’s all the time we have for in this episode
of Cosmic Disclosure. My mind has been totally blown
away yet again. My name is David Wilcock, and as
always, we thank you for watching.
Partial Disclosure Is NOT an Option | Unity, Kindness and
Creating Tolerance for Diversity
By Justin Deschamps
Thursday, March 17, 2016
The partial disclosure discussion proceeds
on with a piece by Therese Zumi
Sumner from the Event Chronicle. The
article is a compilation of points as
presented by COBRA, Corey Goode, David
Wilcock and Benjamin Fulford.
Several have called for unity in the
community, which I personally think is a
good solution to any problem, not just the
push for full disclosure. With that in mind, I
want to emphasize that unity does not
mean conformity to one belief system or
another. It does not mean we cannot work
with others who do not resonate totally with
our beliefs. I think unity means harmony of
diversity, that people who are
fundamentally different due to their unique
spiritual essence recognize the value of
cooperation. The human body is an
excellent example of a diverse unity.
I think a natural product of awakening – the
process of purging falseness of the past
and gaining true knowledge – is the
development a narrative that we can
believe in, a perspective that we want to be
290
true. This desired outcome is usually
shaped by our unconscious yearnings,
desires and fears, which if we are not
careful, can hold us back in our awakening.
This is because we each have our own
personal and unique belief systems, most
especially in relation to the freedom of the
planet and what full disclosure looks like.
But if we expected total agreement of
everyone's belief system to move forward
as a people, we'd never get anything
accomplished, and we would feel very
disempowered. It's not really fair to others
for us to demand that they believe what we
do and it doesn't acknowledge their own
awakening process. Some people can
easily see the bigger picture once shown
the raw data whereas others need more
time and compassion.
For example, at this time in my own
process, I am not certain that full disclosure
is an absolute certainty. I am more inclined
to think, based on my research, that the
Event or full disclosure requires the
participation of the people, that we have to
actually breathe creative energy into it via
our thoughts, emotions, and actions. And
that we vote for the future in all moments of
now, in addition to the consciousness we
invoke during synchronized group
meditations. Yet I don't think my
perspectives are diametrically opposed to
the authors or those people who agree with
the views presented. In truth, I think we
agree on almost everything, there is just a
small realm of possible divergence, and
that's actually a great thing. I think one of
our greatest assets in life and the
awakening adventure is a difference of in
point of view and the diversity of our unique
spiritual essence that we carry with us at all
times.
The Cabal have trained us to fear and
attack people who do not absolutely agree
with us. They teach us to hold our
tongues so we don't make waves or
unsettle others. They teach us to keep our
mouths shut out due of fear that someone
may not be kind to us or that we may
ostracize ourselves from the group. But it is
our unique perspective, shared in fullness,
that can be so powerful in expanding
consciousness. It just takes compassion
and kindness to look past the fearful
reactions of others so that the grand work
of awakening can proceed on.
It is often the insights of others that can be
the most rewarding for enriching our
knowledge and understanding. So in this
way, I suggest we do not seek to squash or
silence those with a different point of view.
If we can find a way to embrace it, knowing
our ideas will still be there after kindly
entertaining another's, than our own
knowledge and wisdom will be greatly
enhanced.
I say all this, because, in my observation of
the awakening community, I see so much
intolerance and infighting; but I also see a
lot of kindness. Many are quick to dismiss,
reject or ignore someone who doesn't
agree with their beliefs, most likely out of
fear of rejection. In a way, this reveals how
traumatized and disturbed we've become
as a result of living on this world. But one of
the best ways to quiet a reactionary storm
in another is to get still in ourselves and
send kindness instead of intolerance. Often
times, people don't know how to react any
other way, so simply being kind can be
hugely transformative, and help restore the
unity our community so desperately needs.
So don't abandon your most cherished
beliefs, expand them and feed them
consciousness energy. Allow them to grow
and make contact with the insights of
others. If they are true, they will
become rich and filled with wisdom, if they
are false, they will wither away and die. It's
all part of a process of awakening and we
can each help each other along the path, if
we are brave enough to open our minds
and hearts.
As a final thought, I just want to clarify what
Corey Goode has said in regard to full
disclosure. He said that not the Sphere
Beings, nor the Secret Space Program
Alliance, nor the Earth-based alliances are
the deciding factors for full disclosure.
According to Goode, who was informed by
291
the Blue Avian Raw-Teir-Eir, the collective
consciousness of humanity is deciding
the outcome, as guided by the most
coherent consciousness within humanity.
This point strongly harmonizes with
COBRA and many others.
The awakening community or truther
movement is a huge influencing factor for
steering collective consciousness, due to
the higher frequency nature of the
individuals within it. Therefore, if the
awakening community is divided, if some
people only believe in COBRA, but totally
reject David Wilcock – even though their
information is almost totally in agreement –
this would create a divide in the individual's
consciousness, a disharmony, that would
reduce the impact of synchronized
meditations, but more generally, the
steering capacity of the awakening
community as a whole.
The key point is that how we define the
information we possess, via our beliefs,
largely determines if it creates a
consciousness of separation and fear or
co-creation and love. Using the comparison
between David Wilcock and COBRA, since
their information is largely in agreement, if
we label it within our own minds as being
totally divergent or not agreeing at all, this
inaccurate recognition creates a split in
our consciousness that causes us to feel
disquiet and anxious, leading to reactionary
behavior, such as intolerance. Instead of
steering the collective consciousness
towards unity, we steer it towards chaos,
allowing the Cabal to use it for their
purposes.
Related How to Free Yourself From
Subconscious Programming And
Access Your Psychic Ability to Read
Minds
So developing an ability to recognize
similarities, common threads and the one
truth present in all things is very
empowering for creating unity
consciousness within ourselves, which then
makes us beacons of light able to steer
events towards a beneficial outcome for all.
And it is this high-frequency consciousness
of recognizing the truth that enables us as
the awakening ones to bring full disclosure
 into reality. For we are the ones we've been David Wilcock’s thoughts on what partial disclosure
waiting for. might look like:

Related Superhuman Abilities Explained So for those that might not have read David
By Entrainment | Scientists Witness Wilcock’s article this is his description of
Eye-Opening Effects Of ‘QI Energy’ On how that ‘partial disclosure timeline’
Plant DNA and Cellular Growth COULD look IF it were allowed to happen.

- Justin “Although nothing is solid, and plans are

completely flexible and ready to change at a
Source - The Event Chronicle moment’s notice, here are the most likely
By Therese Zumi Sumner outcomes in the aftermath:

Anyone who follows the information provided on Prepare  It will include 9/11 truth and the arrests of many high-
for Change and all of its affiliated websites including and level people we will be happy to see get brought to
not in least The Portal will be shocked by the very idea justice.
that a partial disclosure could take place and that if –
according to Corey Goode’s message to him from the Blue  It will include a financial system reboot, and very likely
Avians – if we don’t all pull together we will have a some sort of tribute payments to everyone who was
‘partial disclosure’ scenario and another 100 years of screwed by the system.
control by the cabal. Although I have great respect for
Corey’s work and his collaboration with David Wilcock I  It will include the gradual release of “forbidden”
do not accept that the Blue Avians – these Angelic higher technologies, including clean energy, anti-gravity and
dimensional Beings – would express themselves to us in some new health breakthroughs.
this way. Higher Dimensional Beings do not ‘threaten’ or
spread fear like this. We who collaborate here on PFC do  It will include the revealing of a “lower level” military
NOT believe in any partial disclosure timeline because we space program that already has the ability to travel
believe that the Resistance Movement will never allow that around our solar system in cool new ships.
to take place. Here is a short excerpt from a recent update
from Cobra about our situation;  It will include, maybe not at first, the revealing of an
“Ancient Builder Race” that left artifacts behind in our
First, they (Resistance Movement) have solar system millions of years ago.
put intel packages about Disclosure,
secret space programs and criminal  It will attempt to include the idea that there are no living
evidence against the Cabal into the ETs visiting us now, and anything we thought we were
computers of some major newspaper seeing is the work of the now-defeated Cabal.
agencies around the world and into the
computers of some selected private
The first and second episodes of the X-
individuals worldwide. If the Cabal
Files miniseries reboot were a veritable
crosses a certain line, these intel
manifesto for the partial disclosure roll-out.
packages will be remotely activated by
The rest were relatively unrelated………”
the Resistance and will simultaneously
appear as pop-ups on countless
Why David’s Description of This is Important to Know
computer screens worldwide. This action
is also to insure against any attempt to
David Wilcock is without a shadow of a doubt one of this
twist or suppress the Disclosure process.
planets greatest Lightworkers. It is hard to fathom just how
ONLY full and complete 100% disclosure
much he manages to do and especially considering his
will be allowed, and limited disclosure is
health issues over these past few months. Of course he
NOT an option.
must be a major target because of his work on such
programs as Ancient Aliens which are seen by millions
COBRA
worldwide and now his work with Cosmic Disclosure and
other shows on Gaia network.
Cobra reconfirmed this with me on Monday this week
and has also promised that this partial disclosure
“I am in almost every episode of Ancient
talked about here will soon be further addressed by
Aliens, for a total of about 80 so far — and
him.
climbing. I now get recognized almost
everywhere I go because of it.”

292
I was listening to that Project Camelot radio show 2-3
years ago when David came on their live in the middle of
another show and broke down explaining about the threat
he had just had on his life. So how come David is still
alive you might wonder? In my mind he is protected by the
Light Forces and somehow he manages to keep on
working in the middle of a ‘war’ around his person
between the dark and Light forces.
“…The Cabal groups are furious with Corey
and me for interfering with this “partial
disclosure” timeline. They would kill us if
they could get it authorized.”
So let’s get to the point here; We should all of us be very
aware of the so called ‘partial disclosure timeline’ plans of
the cabal. The more people who understand this the better.
We should all of us be aware of what is meant by full
disclosure and the very idea now being painted of what a
limited type of disclosure could look like, might just be
what we needed to come forth and be discussed at this
time, to help to enlighten ever growing numbers of
humanity now waking up as to what we DO mean by full
disclosure.
Secret Space Program
Cobra provided us with a first overview of the Secret
Space Program on April 24th 2013. Many further updates
on this subject from him have broadened the picture.
Besides this David Wilcock along with Corey Goode have
managed through their amazing work to bring huge
amounts of secret information forth to millions worldwide.
Yet the cabal being fully aware of this situation have of
course many plans to try to fool humanity with a version
that would suit their ongoing existence. Some quotes here
from David’s recent update;
“They are already grooming whistleblowers
who will come forward as the heroic cosmic
astronauts of a new age…
Frankly, I do not see how it is even
possible that they can get away with this,
considering how much is already out there
to know…
293
In particular, their apparent plan to say
there are no ETs here now — or at least
none since Roswell — is completely
outrageous…
The simple fact that Cosmic Disclosure
already exists as a show for anyone to
watch should make it almost impossible for
this plan to work…
Furthermore, he say’s…
“I do not believe we were told about the
difference between the partial and full
disclosure timelines if we were doomed to
fail this test…
I think it is very likely that there are many
ways we can win the full disclosure — and
it really just takes each of us caring enough
to do something about it.”
A Short Cabal Structure Overview
At the top of the cabal pyramid structure we have the 2
archon controlling groups along with their connected AI
intelligence. One of these groups is called the Chimera and
the other is to be found among the so called Black Nobility
Families. The group working directly beneath these archon
leaders is the core Jesuit group which was created 500
years ago and has literally been running the entire show on
this planet since then. Below the core Jesuit group are the
two main illuminati groups namely the Rockefeller’s and
the Rothschild’s. (For detailed information on the cabal
rulers see link ‘Dark Cabal Rulers’)
95% of all wars on this planet in the past two centuries
have been inaugurated by the Jesuits to divide and
conquer. Their influence is to be found worldwide and
they have infiltrated teaching institutions, religious groups
and politics, etc. everywhere with the aim of controlling us
all, through the divide and conquer method. You need have
no doubt that as far as ‘partial disclosure’ goes they have
covered ground everywhere you can imagine, to infiltrate
the situation so that they can continue to be in control on
this planet. So remember that IN EVERY AREA where
we want a full disclosure of truth they have been polishing
their far going plans for decades as to how they can remain
in control and hijack the disclosure process. We need to be
extremely wary and truly understand that they are beyond
experts at infiltration, manipulation and control.
‘News’ on TV + Benjamin Fulford Updates
On our so called TV ‘news’ we see little ‘snippets’ about
what’s going on behind the scenes. We see about 2-3 % of
the truth behind the control battles that are raging. I am
aware that close to 40% of the Swedish TV news is mere
disinformation. Benjamin Fulford’s weekly updates about
the ongoing infighting and control struggles between the
various cabal groups and the pressure being exerted on
them from an evermore very coordinated, cooperating and
anonymous alliance of light forces is the closest we can get
to real news on this planet on an ongoing basis. The allied
light forces have clearly shown the cabal that they will not
be allowed to ‘run the show’ on this planet for much
longer. We are seeing increasing signs of this every single
day. You and I now know that the cabal have no way of
going back to the control they once had. In my mind I’m
getting about 80-85% of the truth on Bens updates. I will
have to admit that it is indeed no easy task to try to connect
all of the dots between the myriad pieces of information
that Ben provides. It seems to become more and more
complicated too as each week passes by. Approximately a
year ago it seemed as if the Rothschild’s had plans to
throw the Rockefeller’s under the bus in an effort to save
themselves. They were most likely reminded by the Jesuit
controllers that this would lead to a domino effect quicker
demise for everyone including themselves. So whether
they like it or not they have had to hold together.
Secret Space Program Technology
We should be aware that as far as technology goes the
cabal has had access to just about everything you could
imagine. While we drive around in dinosaur like fossil
fueled cars and get heat and electricity (the 40-50% of
humans who have access to this) from fossil and nuclear
sources they have had access to aircraft that can leave New
York at 4 PM – travel around the entire globe and get back
to New York at 4:20 PM the same day. They have had
access in their underground facilities to free energy, anti-
gravitational techniques and so on.
What We Can and Should Expect from Full Disclosure
Here are some details to show what is meant by Full
Disclosure.
Full disclosure will include the arrests of ALL of the high
level people controlling us in every single area. The
Masterplan for this has been in place for decades. The
Resistance Movement knows exactly who these people
are. Their every move – indeed their every thought – is
294
being monitored by the Resistance Movement. Their
arrests will be accompanied by a revelation in mass media
worldwide providing detailed information and clear proof
about all of their crimes against humanity including 911,
311, WW1 and WW2 and much much more. They will be
given fair trial.
Full disclosure will be accompanied by the closing down
entirely of the old financial system and the stock market.
This will be replaced by a new, fair, fully transparent,
financial system. There will be justice and abundance for
humanity worldwide.
Full disclosure will be accompanied by the release of
previously suppressed technological solutions including
free energy and the introduction of thousands of other
earlier usurped patents of technological developments that
will make our lives so much easier.
Full disclosure will reveal the truth about so called modern
medicine and how it is used by the cabal as part of our
control. We will have information and access to cures for
almost everything
Full disclosure will include the entire truth about the
Secret Space Program. The introduction to humanity of
our Galactic Family and knowledge of how they have
supported our very existence and the safe liberation of this
planet, this will happen at a pace that humanity as a whole
can deal with:
“After the completion of the Cabal arrest
process and after the majority of
humanity overcomes the initial shock, the
Light forces will begin to contact certain
individuals directly. This will most likely
start a few weeks to a few months after
the Event. At that time, contact zones will
be created. Contact zones are areas on
private property where the owners will
dedicate part of their land for the contact
experience. These owners will then
experience a physical contact with the
Pleiadians that will land on their land in a
 small beamship. Those individuals will go
to the mass media and report their
experience, therefore preparing humanity
for the reality of the Contact. These
contact zones will become more and
more numerous until a certain critical
mass will be reached for the First
Contact. First Contact is the beginning of
official diplomatic relations between Earth
humanity and positive ET races. This is
planned to occur roughly a year after the
Event at the United Nations (restructured)
and will be broadcast through the mass
media worldwide.
After the First Contact, the positive ET
races will begin to distribute their
advanced technologies that will quickly
bring the Earth humanity into the fifth
dimensional golden age.”
COBRA, THE ASCENSION PLAN
Correct Focus Now Will Lead to the Event
I believe that The Mother the Divine Feminine aspect of
the One is orchestrating this transition time on earth so that
the Galactic superwave that we are expecting will reach us
at the perfect time to initiate The Event. As Cobra said on
March 7th re: this extra special superwave;
“…yet it will be strong enough to dust off all
darkness from our Solar System, peel it off
from the surface of the planet and trigger
the Event.”
So I figure why be concerned at all as to which day, week
or month that this will occur. Why not decide from this
moment on to live in total and utter trust that The Event
will take place at the perfect moment in ‘time’.
By being in a place of trusting that this Transition will be
coordinated perfectly at the perfect moment will prevent us
from allowing ourselves to sink into fear. There is no
295
death! There is no end! Through a myriad of incarnations,
we have come and gone! Any information that spreads fear
has in some way or other been infected by the cabal. It’s
their main and favorite weapon to control us. Do not give
your power away! We lose our power – we give away
our power – when we allow the fear tactics of the cabal
to defeat us. The more of us that now exist in a place of
calmness and trust the easier this transition will be for
everyone on the day. We need to be in that place of
trust and calm NOW:
We humans are each and every one of us
created in the image of the One, we are
created out of Love and our true harmonic
self is most in harmony when we focus our
thoughts on gentleness, kindness and in so
doing increase our ability to experience
more blissful states and to spread that
energy to everyone around us.
I am sure that many of you are feeling the
palpable development of more harmonious
and loving energies around you. She our
Divine Mother always encourages that we
release any concerns / worries about our
lives to Her loving care.
Maybe this would be the perfect time to release any
concerns that we might have regarding full disclosure and
The Event into Her care. Maybe the greatest way to show
that we care right now about a future Golden Age for
everyone here on Gaia is through living in total trust that
this vision is in a process of being realized and that there is
no doubt whatsoever that it could possibly fail to
materialise at the perfect moment. If we sincerely insist
upon the very best the chances are that we will get it. Let’s
keep our sights on the highest of outcomes nothing less –
then we cannot lose.
Therese Zumi
Cosmic Disclosure Season 4 - Episode 3: Age Regression
And Time Travel Technology - Summary And Analysis
Corey Goode And David Wilcock
By Justin Deschamps
Saturday, March 26, 2016
The ability to turn back the clock of the body,
known as age reversal, could be one of the
oldest quests of mankind. The search for the
Fountain of Youth reaches back into antiquity,
and in modern times takes on a technological
theme like what is proffered in the transhumanist
philosophy.
Within the secret space program, the use of age
regression technology is common place and is
given the name the 20-and-back program.
Enlisted personnel go through a standard
recruitment process, agreeing to do a 20-year
tour of duty in exchange for compensation. They
are often offered paid college tuition, lucrative
six-figure income jobs, and plush living
conditions upon their return. Yet the program
never intends on honoring the agreement.
Instead, after their tour of duty, program
participants have their memories erased, their
bodies regressed back to the age that they were
initially recruited, and are spliced back into their
lives 20 years before as if nothing had happened.
296
Related Age Reversal is Real and is Currently
Being Tested on Humans
Corey Goode's experience is one such example
of this. In 1987, when he was only 16 years old,
the secret space program recruited him using the
same process mentioned above. After his 20-
year-tour of duty, he was age regressed, blank-
slatted, and spliced back into his 1987 life. But
unlike the vast majority of participants, the
memory-wiping or blank-slatting was not
successful. Goode is amongst a small population
of SSP personal, known as Intuitive Empaths,
that can actually recall his SSP memories even
after being blank-slatted.
Goode says that the reason for this is because
memory and experiences are stored
biochemically in the physical body and in the
etheric or "light body" as some kind of energetic
data base. If individuals are more in touch with
their energy bodies, they can recall memories
more easily, similar to restoring a computer hard
drive by using a cloud storage backup. Given
near-death and out-of-body experiences —
wherein an individual's body physically dies for
several minutes, yet the consciousness is still
able to observe and form memories that are then
accessible upon returning to the body — the
explanation Goode provides is supported by the
scientific record.
Goode describes the discharge process of being
age regressed, going back in time 20-years, and
eventually being spliced back into his life. Age
regression employs the use of paralyzing drugs
or amnesia medications to immobilize the body,
which is then regressed using some kind of
energetic or temporal process that Goode was
unable to remember much about. At the Lunar
Operations Command, he was put in a medically-
induced coma for two weeks, waking up later in
what appeared to be the same facility, yet
everything felt different. The inference was that
during the regression process, Goode was
actually transported back in time to 1987.
 Goode also provides more detail about life in the
SSP, stating that it is a highly militaristic and
hierarchical organization. Participants are not
allowed to ask questions and are held to a strict
code of conduct. They are not allowed to discuss
any operationally important information with other
personnel. No personal items from Earth or
contact are allowed either.
Finally, Goode mentions that there are health
complications to this procedure, and often after
the 20-year span of time has been lived out,
memories of the SSP experience begin to return
to even the successfully blank-slated individuals.
In all cases, the SSP continues to monitor former
assets after they leave the program.
For other Cosmic Disclosure episodes that
discuss the 20-and-back program and age
regression, see the below-linked articles.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 2 -
Episode 12: SSP Sciences - Summary and
Analysis | Corey Goode and David Wilcock
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 2 -
Episode 13: Viewer Questions Part 1 -
Summary and Analysis | Corey Goode and
David Wilcock
Overview of Corey Goode, the Secret Space Program
Alliance and the Sphere Being Alliance:
Corey Goode is a Secret Space Program (SSP) insider and
whistleblower that began disclosing information in 2009
under the pseudonym GoodETxSG. In 2014, he started
revealing a great deal more information in an effort to
prepare humanity for what he calls data dumps, set to
occur at an opportune moment in the future. Much of the
information he provides comes from Smart Glass Pads,
iPad-like devices supplied to SSP personnel for
information dissemination purposes. This will be a
groundbreaking event, revealing the totality of Earth's
history and the activities of the Cabal which will ultimately
lead to a truth and reconciliation style tribunal to hold
criminal elements accountable for wrongdoing.
Additionally, the SSP Alliance intends on releasing all of
the hidden technology to the people in preparation for a
Star Trek-type golden age civilization.
According to Goode, the Cabal or the secret Earth
government and their syndicates (as termed by the SSP
Alliance) have enslaved humanity under a false paradigm
of a technological advancement, while secretly developing
incredible technology (a Star Trek level of advancement)
used to colonize the solar system and beyond, engaging in
trade with thousands of extraterrestrial races.
297
Space programs have been developed in secret all
throughout Earth's history, and in many cases, groups
broke away from the main culture forming what is called a
Breakaway Civilization. Some of these civilizations have
existed in secret, on Earth and beyond for, thousands of
years. The Agartha Network is one such group that claims
to be the original human race. It was this group in addition
to the Draco Alliance, that made contact with a secret
German space program in the early 20th Century.
In modern times, the Germans were the most advanced of
the SSP groups, beginning their efforts in earnest during
the early 1920's and 30's. The Americans were also
developing a SSP, but were much further behind in
technological advances. Later, the American SSPs were
infiltrated and taken over by the Germans after the end of
World War II. It was after this forced merger that the SSP,
under the direction of the Interplanetary Corporate
Conglomerate (ICC), expanded into the solar system and
beyond, setting up dozens of bases and mining facilities
chiefly using slave labor.
In the early 1990's, a faction within the SSP known as
Solar Warden slowly began to go against the ICC, allying
with a group of highly evolved extraterrestrials known as
the Sphere Being Alliance in 2012. Since then, more
factions have joined the alliance which is actively working
to free humanity on Earth and beyond, known as the SSP
Alliance. Despite their good intentions, the SSP Alliance is
a group of highly damaged and morally ambiguous
individuals, according to Goode, that recognize at some
level the need to change the status quo, but are hardly
angels.
The Sphere Beings are a group of five extraterrestrial
races, one of which is known as the Blue Avians, that
arrived in the solar system during the late 1980's. Two of
the races remain unrevealed; however, there is also a race
of Golden Triangle Head beings and Blue Orb beings
made of light. Over the course of 20 years, they began
bringing massive spheres into the solar system and
surrounding area, some which are the size of Jupiter. This
is in an effort to down-step galactic energy waves, which
are slowly changing life as we know it. These spheres are
cloaked and not detectable by the surface population of
Earth.
According to the Sphere Beings, a massive shift in
energetic expression is now occurring in the solar system,
as the result of a natural process of consciousness
evolution, assisted by our solar system's movement
through the galaxy and increasingly coherent energy fields
encountered as a result. The Sphere Being Alliance
specifically asked for Goode to represent them in SSP
Alliance meetings as a Sphere Being Alliance delegate.
Presently, the SSP Alliance is negotiating with the
remaining cabal aligned programs, as well as innumerable
races that have lived in the solar system for millions of
years, and even breakaway civilizations once resident on
the Earth's surface. The Sphere Beings have erected an with black letter boxing were captured from this episode
energy barrier around the solar system preventing ingress on Gaia TV.
and egress, trapping many of the negatively oriented
groups that have been loosely allied with the secret Earth
government syndicates for thousands of years. Since this
event, the pyramid of power known on Earth known as the
Cabal or Illuminati has fallen into disarray, because the
Draco Alliance attempted to betray their underlings to the
Sphere Beings in an attempt to gain passage out of the
solar system and escape the coming justice of the SSP
Alliance.

SSP factions encountered many intriguing things as they

ventured out into the solar system. Apparently there are
remnants of extremely old settlements and technology
from what is called the Ancient Builder Race. These
beings were incredibly advanced, using a type of
consciousness technology that appears to be an inanimate Transcribed by Judith. Commentary by Justin Deschamps.
object until activated by a user. They are also responsible
for building ancient stargates found on nearly every major DW = David Wilcock, CG = Corey Goode.
body in the solar system. According to the Agarthans, the
Sphere Beings are in fact the Ancient Builder Race,
WHAT IS THE 20-AND-BACK PROGRAM?:
although the SSP has yet to confirm this directly from
them.
DW – All right. Welcome to Cosmic Disclosure. I’m your
host, David Wilcock, and I’m here with Corey Goode. And
The dark side of the Moon is home to many different
in this episode, we’re going to get into some of the very
groups, including the ICC, the Draco Alliance, the SSP
interesting controversial material that has come up
Alliance, the Dark Fleet, and more. The Moon is
consistently in the feedback that you’ve given us in the
apparently an artificial object, and has become a neutral
discussion forums here on the gaia website. And that is
zone for all of these groups, which have maintained a
specifically this very bizarre notion of the elasticity of time
peaceful armistice for thousands of years. The Moon
and how it relates to age regression. So, Corey, welcome
serves as an observational outpost for over 60 groups of
back.
extraterrestrial races engaged in 22 genetic programs and
social experiments on Earth. Some of these programs
CG – Thank you.
conflict with each other, yet all of them have influenced
Earth's history for millennia.
DW – So, one of the things that people have stumbled over
when they first look at your website is that you explain that
Related David Wilcock and Corey Goode:
you had a 20-year service record in the space program,
History of the Solar System and Secret Space
beginning in 1987, which would then lead them to believe
Program - Notes from Consciousness Life
that you would have been working until 2007, and at that
Expo 2016
time you came back to Earth. But then the timeline doesn’t
seem to line up based on the other things that you said you
Show Description: did and when you said you did them.
Corey Goode divulges details of each step taken in the age
CG – Right.
regression process he endured as his time with the twenty
and back program came to a close. What we learn, is the
DW – So, are we dealing with a technology that is more
prevalence of time travel technology within the secret
advanced than people are aware of in the conventional
space programs and why it is such a tightly held secret.
world?
These secrets do not stay buried forever. And when the
truth is finally revealed, there will be ramifications.
CG – Oh, absolutely. <chuckling> I mean, all of the
technology we’re talking about in the Secret Space
This interview with David Wilcock was originally webcast
Program is far more advanced than most of them can
March 22, 2016.
image. The 20-and-back program is a program that
thousands of people have partaken in and some of them
Summarized notes will be in black, with my commentary
have been people in the military.
in [Ariel bolded brackets]. Alterations to the transcript for
ease of reading will be in [brackets], but the original
DW – What does 20-and-back mean exactly?
content of the dialog is always maintained. The images

298
CG – You serve 20 years and come back to the original
point in time you left.
DW – Hmm.
CG – And, uh, there’s plenty of people in the military that
do this as well. They’ll think they serve their normal 4 or 8
years in the military, when they volunteered and served in
one of these above-top-secret programs for 20 years and
were brought back to the point they agreed to do the
program and then served out the rest of their agreement
with whichever branch of service they were in.
[If I am understanding CG correctly here, he
is saying that in some of these other military
programs, a person will sign up for a tour of
duty with the standard military. If they have
certain qualities, they will be selected for an
"above-top-secret" program. After a 20-year
tour in that program, they are age regressed,
sent back and then do an additional tour of
duty in a normal or above-board branch of
the military. Possibly these individuals do not
recall their first 20-year tour of duty due to
blank-slatting.]
DW – So, what do you say to the person who believes that
the technology that they can see in Internet searches
represents the farthest that humanity has ever gone? How
do you answer that person who just can’t believe that
there’s anything more advanced than what they’re aware
of now?
CG – They just have to look back at history. There’s been
so many times that we’ve been pretty sure that we knew
everything, and then the government releases information
or a new technology, new space aircraft, or a
whistleblower comes forward, like Snowden, and releases
information that people had talked about before, and no
one believed. So, if you think everything that exists is on
the Internet and all you got to do is Google and find it,
then you’re living under a pretty large misconception.
[As Hamlet said to Horatio in William
Shakespeare's play Hamlet: "There are more
things in heaven and earth, Horatio, than are
dreamt of in your philosophy." Meaning,
there are many things that exist in reality
which cannot be verified by doing a Google
search or finding a resource online. A lack of
articles discussing age regression
technology is not evidence that it doesn't
exist, or that it isn't possible. Here is one
such article, however.]
DW – Sure. Absolutely. Why would someone in the
government want to keep the knowledge of a time-travel
type of technology secret? What’s the reason for why they
299
wouldn’t just come out in the open and tell us that this is
out there?
CG – You can’t talk about one advanced technology,
without revealing all the other advanced technologies. [If
you did, that would let] the genie out of the bottle. And the
major genie that they’ve been trying to keep in the bottle is
– not [that] there are ET’s – [it's] is yes, there is free
energy. And free energy alone will collapse the global
economy overnight. Free energy devices. So ….
DW – <interjecting> Or maybe transform it. It would
collapse the existing ….
CG – Right.
DW – Infrastructure.
CG – It would … it would ….
DW – [Collapse the existing] power structure.
CG – It would collapse their economic system, their
Babylonian magic money control system overnight.
[In the below-linked episode, the Babylonian
money magic system is discussed in depth.]
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 3: Ubuntu and the Blue Avians’
Message Part 1 - Summary and Analysis |
Corey Goode and David Wilcock
SCREENED MEMORIES AND THE ORIGIN
POINT:
DW – So, let’s just deal with some of the basics, and then
we’ll get more detailed and technical. And I remember
when I first started talking to you about this, it really
tripped me out, and I had a lot of questions to ask. So,
here’s the first question. You go out for 20 years, they time
travel you back to the point that you left. You return 20
years older than what you were when you left?
CG – You ….
DW – Your body is 20 years older?
CG – No. Your you’re completely age and time regressed.
DW – But before that... Like, let’s say that you’re out in
space and you do your 20 years, and then they fly you
back. Is it the same room that you were in when it starts?
They actually put you back in the exact same room?
CG – Yes, you’re taken back to the same point.
DW – OK. At first, when you return to that room, are you
going to look 20 years older than you were when you left
just a few minutes before?
CG – No, no. When you’re at the point where they’re
delivering you back to your point of origin, you’ve already
gone through the entire process of being age-regressed,
debriefed, blank-slated ….
DW – Ah.
CG – Screen memories [were] added if necessary, and
then, [you were] time-regressed back to the point and they
usually give you screened [or false memories]. The largest
number of people [who have going through this process]
have screen memories of portaling in and out of their
bedrooms. And that was one of the screen memories that
they had given me. [In other words, the portal memory
is a false one provided by the program to fill in the gap
from the blank-slatting process.] But what they had done
is used a technology to tell me to leave my house and they
picked me up in a van.
DW – Hmm.
CG – So, a lot of people still have that screen memory of
thinking that a light opened up in their room and they were
portaled out of their room.
DW – We discussed Voice of God technology. [This can
use electromagnetic frequencies to transmit a suggestion or
command directly into someone's mind. CG says it has been
used to send false information to some channelers or
mediums.]
CG – Uh, huh.
DW – Is that the technology that would be used to get
somebody to leave their house to go get picked up in the
van in this case?
CG – Right, right.
DW – OK. OK, so you’re saying that before you get
returned to the room that you left from, you’ve already
been through some sort of age regression procedure.
CG – Right.
[The use of screen memories would be
needed to provide the conscious mind some
form of explanation for the seemingly
inexplicable experience of the 20-and-back
program. If one has ever blacked out or lost
time, it can be quite unnerving, causing a
upsurge of inquisitiveness and curiosity —
exactly what the SSP is trying to avoid.
Although the blank-slate screen-memory
process is obviously highly successful, it is
300
still vulnerable to breaking down, as made
evident by Goode's ability to recall his
experiences. In other words, the screen
memories provide an acceptable version of
the past — a believable lie — just like
propaganda provides a version of events that
prevents deeper investigation.
In the TV series Dollhouse, blank-slating and
the use of screen-memories are key elements
in the plot. The main character, played by
Eliza Dushku, volunteers to have her body
used as a vessel for artificially created
personalities, developed by an elaborate
computer system. The use of high energy
electromagnetic signals completely removes
the host personality, which is stored in a
computer, to later be reinstalled after the five-
year-tour. An artificial personality, complete
with fake childhood memories, is installed
onto the host body. Later in the series, the
main character is able to recall her original
personality, along with all the other artificial
personalities and memories given during her
tour of service, which is apparently very rare
in the fictional world of the series. All of this
sounds remarkably like what CG describes in
his experiences. Here are some images from
the show:]
Image Source: Blank-slate and screen-memory room from the TV
series Dollhouse. The man in the background is the engineer who
creates the screen memories and artificial personalities.
Image Source - Electromagnetic blank-slate and screen-memory
device used to install new personalities on to program participants.
A TYPICAL TOUR OF SERVICE IN THE SSP:
DW – Let’s just talk for a moment about what’s happening
there. So, you’re saying. Let’s just walk through a
hypothetical 20-year term of service. Did you do only one
thing in your 20-year term of service in the space
program?
CG – No. I worked on several programs. I was transferred
around to work on several programs. It was just a little
over 20 years. And at the end of that 20 years, I was told
"your time’s up. It’s time to go back home." Then I was
taken back to the [Lunar Operation Command] LOC.
DW – But, wait a minute. Is it normal for people to have
different transfers and not just all have the same job for the
20 years?
CG – Yeah. Usually they work different [programs]. It’s
just like if you’re in the service, you’re going to be
transferred around, you’re going to develop skill sets, your
skill sets are going to evolve, and you’re not usually going
to be assigned the same duty on the same vessel for the
entire time.
DW – That makes sense, because otherwise people would
get tired and burned out. So changing things up keeps it
interesting.
CG – Things get boring. It’s not as exciting as people
think. It gets boring a lot anyway.
DW – OK. So, now you’re saying that eventually they
came to you and said that it was time to go back.
CG – Right.
DW – What was the last job that you had? What was your
last assignment prior to them saying that?
CG – It was one of the darker assignments they had me
working on that I don’t like talking about very much.
DW –OK. So, by that point, you’re probably quite happy
to be getting a reprieve from it.
CG – Yes, yes. <emphatically>
DW – Were you counting the years, were you well aware
of the 20 years?
CG – Yes.
DW – And looking forward to it?
CG – Yes.
DW – Do people ask to get discharged early? Do they
want to get out and see if there’s a way they can get out?
CG – That’s not an option.
301
DW – That’s not an option. So people know not to even
bother to ask.
CG – Right. If people were released for different reasons, I
don’t know about it.
DW – Hmm. If you tried to ask, if you say "I really don’t
want to do this anymore," what’s going to happen?
CG – You were to follow orders. I never saw anyone that
defied orders.
DW – Hmm.
CG - It was very rigid, regimental situation where you
were seeing things done to other people that were
unpleasant. You [didn't] want to be on the on the receiving
side of unpleasant things. So, you didn’t rock the boat, so
to speak. You just did what you were told.
DW – But you said that it was a little more than 20 years
before they told you your time was up. So was there ….
CG – Just barely.
DW – Was there a period of time where you were
[thought] "oh, my god, it’s been 20 years and now they’re
not letting me go yet?"
CG – No. There was a little delay before I started. I, I
knew all about it ahead of time.
DW – OK.
CG – There was a little delay before I was assigned to the
research vessel. They had me doing some other things.
DW – So, people have had trouble understanding what this
age regression is. So let’s walk through it now. They tell
you, you’re done. You feel incredible relief. And what is
the process, what is your discharge process? Let’s just
walk through that.
DISCHARGE PROCESS: SIGNING PAPERS AND
INITIAL DEBRIEFING:
CG – You sign papers.
DW – Where … First of all, can you tell us where you
were? Were you working? You were out in space
somewhere, right?
CG – They take you to the LOC.
DW – OK.
CG – Lunar Operation Command, and you sign papers
[saying] that you will not talk about anything ….
DW – Nondisclosure.
CG – Nondisclosures. You sign a bunch of papers and
then you go through a debrief that is an enhanced debrief,
to where they put you into an altered state and then debrief
you over the your entire service.
DW – Is that some way of pulling information out of you?
Almost like a computer hard drive, or where they’re
hacking your thoughts, or is this more of them getting you
to verbally disclose your whole career history?
CG – You’re verbally disclosing and confirming
information they already know, while you’re also hooked
up to electronics that are monitoring and recording
telemetry. [The term telemetry refers to the gathering of
information or measurements via a remote process,
transmitting the data to another location for processing.]
DW – What’s the telemetry that they’re getting? Why
would they need to do that?
CG – I don’t know.
DW – Is it like lie detecting?
CG – I don’t know.
DW – OK. So you …
CG – It’s for their use. [This process of debriefing one's
whole carrier could be a for mapping memories in the brain.
This would presumably be needed so that they can be
masked with screened memories later.]
DW – OK. So you kind of do a life review. How extensive
does it have to be? Do you have to talk through year by
year, experience by experience, or is it just highlights?
CG – It was fairly detailed unless they saw something they
wanted to focus on and talk about it. It was at the
discretion of the person doing the debrief.
DW – In your own case, was there anything that they felt
the need to focus on and spend more time talking about?
CG – Yes.
DW – Stuff that you don’t want to tell us?
CG – No.
DW – OK. So, you go through this debrief process. How
long does it take? In psychological time, how long did it
feel like it took?
CG – They were also doing blood tests, different things
like that. It was probably 2 or 3 days spent at the LOC
302
throughout the debrief and waiting process. There were
other people going through it as well.
DW – Were you in the same room each time? Was it all in
one room while you were actually going through the
debriefing?
CG – The debriefing happened in one room, yes.
DW – OK.
CG – But there were other people going through the same
process at the same time you were. So ….
DW – In the room with you?
CG – No.
DW – So you had a private room?
CG – There were …. Let’s say there were a hundred
people that had their time was up as well.
DW – OK.
CG – We were all there as a group. And one at a time, we
were all going through the process of rotating through —
being debriefed, getting shots, blood samples, that kind of
thing. Going through the [discharge] process.
DW – So, when you say the whole process was 2 or 3
days, that includes the social time, talking to these hundred
people while they’re going through it one at a time?
CG – Right.
WAITING TO BE DEBRIEFED:
DW – And then the others are all hanging out?
CG – Right. We were all kept on the base for that time
period and were instructed not to talk to each other about
logistical stuff. And, when you’re doing debriefs, you’re
not supposed to "cross-pollinate," or talk about [what you
did operationally in your specific tour of duty].
DW – How do you make conversation and small talk with
somebody…
CG – You get very …
DW – With somebody that you spent 20 years with in
space?
CG – You get very good at it. You get very good at it, at
small talk.
DW – So what would you talk about? Like stuff from
before you went into space, like cultural stuff from when
you were still on Earth?
CG – No, you could talk about small talk and stuff that
happened in your daily life out there.
DW – Oh.
CG – But not operational information.
DW – Nothing specific about your mission, or what you
were doing.
CG – Right.
DW – Were you in a private room at this point, or did you
have to bunk with other people? When you were sleeping?
CG – In the LOC, at one point, I was in a room with four
people, but most of the time, I was by myself.
DW – What would this room look like? How big was it?
Did it have any furniture?
CG – Well, just four bunks. All the rooms were really
small.
DW – Ah.
CG – It’s not like apartments or anything like that.
DW – Any décor, anything that made it look nice, or was
it just very Spartan?
CG – No, no. Just four bunks. One above the other. Really
small, just big enough to get in, [but you would have to]
walk past each other sideways.
DW – And you said it’s not like Star Trek: The Next
Generation. It’s conventional-looking doors, conventional
rooms, conventional hallways, no windows, I assume.
CG – No.
303
DW – OK.
CG – No.
DISCHARGE PROCESS: AGE REGRESSION
FACILITIES:
DW – So, then you go through this debrief and what
happens next? What’s the next part of the discharge?
CG – The next part [is] they take you down to the lower
floors [of the LOC], where all of medical is. [This is]
where they have huge a medical and science area, where
they can repair injuries and just do all kinds of things.
They take you to the area where they do the age
regression. And ….
DW – <interjecting> After they’ve cleaned up your
injuries? Or healed a bad knee, or things like that?
CG – No. They don’t do any of that.
DW – Hmm.
CG – Uh, what …
DW – <interjecting> But you had mentioned that they can
do [repair all sorts of injuries at the LOC in the medical
areas]?
CG – Yes, that’s where it’s done.
DW – But they’re not doing that for you, as part of the
discharge?
CG – Well, it’s not needed, because you’re about to be
regressed.
DW – OK.
CG – Age regressed, where you were. Any scars you had,
any tattoos you had, are gone. [In other words, it is a
complete restoration of the body back to the point before
leaving, including any current injuries.]
DW – OK. Well, let’s walk through this step by step. Do
you go into a separate room? Is there like an age regression
room?
CG – Yes.
DW – OK. So let’s see what that looks like now. So you
say it’s a lower floor. You go in there. Is there a large area
where you see all these different medical things
happening? Or are there like hallways with doors and
rooms?
CG – It’s like your typical pre-op room, if like you [were
to] go [to] a hospital.
DW – OK.
CG – You go in, you’re sitting in a gurney. They come in,
talk to you, put you at ease. They tell you what’s going to
happen, that they’re going to put you under anesthesia, that
you’re going to have to be kept totally static, and in an
induced coma — for I believe it was nearly a two-week
period....
DW – <interjecting> My goodness.
CG – .... While you went through the process of them age-
regressing your body.
DW – So you’re in a private room now, with a door that’s
closed?
CG – No, this is like with the curtains.
DW – Oh, wow. So there could be others from that group
of one hundred.
CG – Right.
DW – You’re going to actually be only separated by
curtains.
CG – Right.
DW – In this larger operating room type looking area.
CG – Right.
DW – So there’s like heart monitors and beeping machines
and technology like that around?
CG – No. They don’t have to hook you up to that. All your
telemetry’s read remotely, without having to touch you.
DW – When you say you’re on a gurney, it just looks like
a hospital bed. It’s not like some cool looking tube or
anything they stick you in?
CG – No. It’s just a hospital bed. Just a regular gurney.
DW – <chuckling> Really. But they say they’re going to
immobilize you?
CG – Yes. And …
DW – <interjecting> And did they give you a reason for
why? Like what happens if you’re not immobilized?
CG – They, they say that you have to be kept totally
immobile during the process. You can’t have any twitching
or any moving throughout the entire process.
DW – Wouldn’t your whole body go into atrophy if that
happens?
304
CG – <Gesturing, with hands open as if he doesn't know>
DW – Wow. OK.
CG – So. That’s …
DW – Did they let you know that this was going to be told
to you in advance, or do they save it right before it’s gonna
be done, so you don’t get paranoid about it?
CG – No. You don’t know anything about how the process
works. I mean, they don’t even tell you any details about
how the process works. They just tell you, "OK, we’re
about to administer medication; you’ll start feeling sleepy;
you’ll be able to respond to our commands, then we’ll
administer more medication." And then the next thing you
know, you’ll wake up, and it will all be over. And once
they had administered the medication to where ….
DW – <interjecting> Did they have you catheterized so
you can pee during these 2 weeks?
CG – I was not catheterized.
DW – Really.
CG – Right.
DW – Wow.
CG – I guess it was some sort of anti-anxiety, or
something that got you ….
DW – That makes sense. <chuckling>
CG – That got you really calm and kind of loopy. And
then they flatten out the bed. They come in and they start
bringing these foam-like a frame things around your body,
and they slide your arm in them and close things around
your arm that will keep you from moving around.
[Possibly these white panels, once
assembled around the body, act as a sort of
resonating chamber for energies the SSP
doctors use to perform the age regression.
The physical structure of matter can be
altered by sound and light, using the
principles of resonance. In Cymatics, the
study of sound and the resulting effects on
the body, they have developed sonic healing
devices which are able to transmit a resonant
frequency into an organ, altering it to become
healthy if it was unhealthy. Possibly the same
principle of sympathetic resonance or
entrainment is at work in the SSP
age regression process.]

Image by Arthur Herring.
DW – Like nylon straps or something?
CG – Uh, yeah. Velcro.
DW – Yeah.
CG – And they move you into another room. And this is
where things are really, are hazy for me, because I’m
already heavily drugged.
DW – Heavily drugged.
CG – Heavily drugged. And they say that they’re going to
push the medication, the sleepy med as they were putting
up these white panels around my body.
CG – And I’m pretty sure they moved me over onto
another bed from the gurney. And, uh …
DW – Did the panels look like they might be some type of
technology, like an energy-beaming technology?
CG – They just, they just looked like white maybe acrylic
or plastic-looking panels. [In the science fiction series
Stargate, there is a technology used by the ET race called
Goa'uld wherein they lay in a sarcophagus made of a special
material that rejuvenates the body. In the film, the character
Daniel uses the device to bring his love interest back from
the dead, who rises fully healed without a trace of the initial
injury. This could be a soft disclosure of the age regression
technology.]’
305
Image Source: The Sarcophagus from Stargate. Notice that the interior
is white.
Related Hidden in Plain Sight | Stargate SG -
1: Soft Disclosure According To Secret Space
Program Whistleblower
DW – OK, so nothing that special looking.
CG – Right. They start sticking needles and things in
different parts of you, for whatever reason, like your thighs
and your body. [Possibly these needles are used in the
same way that acupuncture employs them to activate energy
centers in the body, called meridians. If this supposition is
correct, then the age regression technology must use a
latent restorative ability within the body itself.]
DW – Hmm.
CG – And [with] that, I faded out. And at the end [of this
process], you wake up and you are now the age you were
when you first arrived [20 years before].
DW - What did that feel like? When you first wake up, I
mean, did you feel like you were coming out of a terrible,
terrible hangover? Were you very groggy, sick?
CG – It was just like coming out of anesthesia, when
you’re in surgery. You’re just nauseated, disoriented,
groggy, achy, [etc]. You feel different, you’re in a different
body, at this point, they want to do another debrief.
DW – How soon do you get to see a mirror?
CG – I don’t know how soon after it was. It seems like
they kept me kind of drugged up for a while. They
immediately brought [me] into another debriefing when I
was still…
DW – Hmm.
DISCHARGE PROCESS: TIME TRAVEL BACK
AND SECOND DEBRIEFING:
CG – When I was able to be more interactive, [they]
reminded me of all the things that I had signed [before].
And it seemed like the environment and the people were
different.
DW – Were you aware of being on the LOC still? Is that
what it seemed to be?
CG – Yes.
DW – OK.
CG – I was [in] the LOC still, but it was different.
Everything was different.
DW – Like just a different wing, a different part of the
facility?
CG – It just … Everything it just seemed different.
Different people....
DW – Did you think that possibly you were now in a
different time?
CG – Yes.
[This would make sense as the age
regression occurs after a 20-year tour of duty,
at which point the person would have to be
transferred back to their original time. Given
CG's statement here, it appears that the time
travel aspect of the 20-and-back program
occurs after or during the age regression.]
DW – OK.
CG – Yeah. That’s when, since you’re already drugged,
they wanted to do another debriefing. [Possibly this is a
secondary mapping process to help with the blank-slatting
process. Or it could be intelligence gathering about the
future, because at this point, CG is now 20 years in the past.]
And then they would try to go through the blank-slating
and the screen memories. They would try to do levels of
screen memories to make you forget about the experiences
[in the program] and then give you screen memories to
make you have conflicting memories about where you
were and what happened. Like give you memories of
portaling to your room when you really walked back into
your room, And it was a real a mind-screw.
DW – So did it appear that they used the information that
you gave in the first debrief, where you sort of verbally
talked through your whole experience? Does that become
like their laundry list of things that they’re gonna now
confabulate every one of those with fake memories and
alternate stories so that nothing really lines up anymore?
CG – I’m not sure if they use that for that purpose. They
keep a very detailed file on every person. So part of the
debrief is [that] they’re verifying information and
compiling information on their files, making sure they
have correct information on personality profiles. And I’m
sure that the first debrief was for several different reasons.
But the, the whole part of them getting you back home is
meant to be a groggy kind of process. I mean, if you’ve
had major surgery [before] and been driven home shortly
after, like if you had a knee replacement or something like
that, you know, the whole thing is kind of a groggy kind of
experience. And when the blank-slating started to wear off,
as it always did [with] me the screen memories were there
at first. I had memories of being portaled in and out of my
room. But I also had memories of walking out to the car,
out to the van, so I had kind of conflicting memories. And
306
then the [real] memories started kind of rushing back,
immediately back, when I was [a certain] age.
WAKING UP AT HOME AFTER THE 20-AND-
BACK PROGRAM:
DW – Do you remember? I mean, obviously, if you’re
working out there for 20 years, you’re gonna be seeing
yourself in the mirror.
CG – Right.
DW – Were there changes in your appearance over the
course of 20 years? Was there a natural aging progression?
CG – Yeah. <nodding>
DW – So, if you’re all drugged out, and just out of it,
when is the first chance that you have to really notice what
this procedure has done to you or the change that has
occurred?
CG – When you’re back home the next morning, you get
up out of bed, you’re still groggy, walk into the bathroom
at your home, you look at yourself in the mirror and you’re
confused.
DW – What were the most notable changes in your
appearance? What did you notice that was different? Or
did the blank-slating work so well at first that you thought
nothing had happened?
CG – At first, I was just really confused. And over the
weeks the blank-slating started to wear off, and I started
having a lot of the disturbing memories come back. A lot
of the very upsetting stuff. I was having a lot of problems
with the memories, and then the more organized,
contiguous memories started to come flowing back.
DW – When you say you were confused at first waking
up, could you describe in a little more detail what you
mean by the confusion. What was confusing?
CG – I just didn’t feel … I was confused. Something
didn’t feel right. Something felt out of place. I was
nauseated. It felt like something had happened. I didn’t …
BACK AT THE LOC AFTER THE AGE
REGRESSION TAKES PLACE:
DW – Something isn’t connecting in your story here,
which is, you’re in the LOC, you wake up after the
regression.... [Then] you say that people and the facility
look different. So maybe it’s 20 years back in time, in the
past now that you’re in.
CG – Right.
DW – OK. And you’re all drugged out, and they give you
another debrief. But then you’re not amnesiac yet? Right?
You still remember what happened before, or when you’re
under these drugs, are you just totally disoriented now?
CG – I’m totally disoriented, but I, I still know where I
am.
DW – OK.
CG – And I basically, I [can recall] everything, but I’m
blitzed out on drugs like they give you for surgery,
anesthesia.
CONFLICTING MEMORIES:
DW – So, what happens between the second debriefing
when you’re blitzed out on drugs and then you being at
home? How do they get you home? You’re on the LOC,
and then what happens?
CG – Well, I have the memory of walking back into my
house, climbing back into bed, and going to sleep. And
then I had a separate memory of being portaled into my
room, climbing into bed, and going to sleep.
DW – Ah.
CG – And, so, there was a conflict [between] the screen
memory and the memory of walking up the front of the
grass of my house, in through the front door, and then
climbing [or] going straight to bed. The other memory that
I walked in through a portal into my room.
DW – What happened? What’s the last thing you
remember in the second debrief? Did you end up losing
consciousness again in the second debrief?
CG – Yes. I remember going into the debrief and them
starting to re-go over information. And then that’s all I
remembered.
DW – So they may have given you more injections, or
some energetic something?
CG – They did something.
DW – OK.
CG – Yeah.
DW - So you have this very foggy memory that they
confabulated. Maybe it was a portal, or maybe you just
walked into the house. But then it’s when you wake up in
bed, that the procedure has now kind of run its full course.
And you’re waking up out of another very heavily drugged
amnesia.
CG – Wait, this is when I’m home now, right?
307
DW – Yeah.
CG – <chuckling> Yeah, OK. I was confused there. Yeah,
so when I wake up at home, I don’t immediately have a
memory of those other 20 years, but I’m still kind of
confused, and something [doesn't] feel right. Something
just didn’t just didn’t feel right from the beginning.
NO COMPENSATION FOR SERVICE:
DW – Now, you’ve said this in other episodes, but I think
it’s really important to mention it again in this one. They
promise you when you do this 20-and-back [program] that
when you come back, you’re going to have a real cushy
salary and all these benefits …
CG – Free college …
DW – For all this service that you’ve done.
CG – Yeah. That you’ll get free college, you’ll have [a]
six-figure a year [income], you’ll live comfortably for the
rest of. But they don’t plan on honoring that because they
plan on erasing your memory and then just putting you off
on your own.
DW – <interjecting> Did you receive …
CG – Keeping you under observation.
DW – Did you receive some form of payment while you
were in the space program?
CG – No.
DW – Do various people have more money than others?
CG – No. There’s no money.
DW – There’s no money. So, it’s kind of like being a
slave. Or similar to, I guess, military service, where
everybody basically just lives in the same bunks and has
the same food and you don’t really get to have any
possessions.
CG – Everything’s provided. No one even has photos from
home. You don’t have any …
PERSONAL POSSESSIONS AND EFFECTS:
DW – Are there any sentimental items you’re allowed to
have during the space program that you can bring from
assignment to assignment? Like if there’s an object that
you decide you like, that you were able maybe to whittle
something out of wood, or something that you have for
yourself. Are you able to keep that with you from
assignment to assignment?
CG – People had little things that they kept, but usually
you didn’t have much room [for these things]. You had a
small little area to keep [a] couple of changes of clothes.
Underwear and the things you needed, and that’s all the
room you really had.
DW – That’s your whole personal space.
CG –Yeah.
DW – Other than the beds.
CG - Space came at a premium, and there wasn’t a whole
lot of space for personal stuff. And people, there was no
way to smuggle stuff from home, so people didn’t have, a
secret, you know, deck of cards. They didn’t have a picture
of their mom and dad.
DW – Can you remember a specific example of someone
you knew who had a sentimental item?
CG – There was like notes, letters written between people
that ended up forming bonds and relationships.
DW – OK.
CG – That kind of thing [was] in the program. But not any
type of whittling or object like that.
DW – OK. So it wasn’t like somebody would sculpt
something. Or have an art project or anything like that?
CG – No.
DW – No musical instruments.
CG – No.
TYPICAL BLANKSLATTING EXPERIENCE:
DW – OK. So, if they’re not honoring these contracts and
not giving people free college and tuition and six-figure-a-
year jobs, then it must be that this technology works really
well on most people.
CG – Yes. The blank-slating [or] memory wiping and
screen memory technology will not work on 3-5% of
people. They try and try and try, and the technology will
not work. A lot of the other people, [the remaining 95%],
the technology will work, [until] many years [later,] then
[it] starts to breakdown. And usually, it will not start to
breakdown until after that 20-year period they served.
Like, let’s say that I didn’t regain my memories, I wasn’t
an intuitive empath, I was an engineer of some sort.
Around 2008, after that 20-year period that I would have
served, the blank-slatting starts breaking down a little bit.
308
DW – Is everyone kept on surveillance, so that they can
monitor if that starts to happen?
CG – People are monitored. Yeah. And, as I said, when
you’re up there as well, you’re completely cut off from all
information [about] the planet. So, no Internet, no radio, no
TV. You can’t come back with, you know, who won the
basketball or football game. Who won the elections. You
don’t know any of that information [while you are in the
program].
DW – You’re totally isolated from any information on
Earth.
CG – Right.
DW – Do they feel like that would cause like a time
paradox, some kind of problem if that were to happen?
CG – I would assume that is why. When you’re in this
type of service, they will just tell you the rules. You don’t
get any type of communications from home. You don’t get
any type of news updates. And you don’t get to [ask] why?
"Explain to me why. Give me the details. Please break it
down for me." It’s not that kind of a relationship you have
with these people.
THE SPLICE POINT:
DW – What is the year that you remember coming back?
CG – It ….
DW – Or, the splice point.
CG – The splice point was just before I turned 17. So I
was 16. [It] just before I turned 17. And they returned me
back within a 6-minute, or so, window. I was close to 17
years old, right around 17-year-old mark.
DW – Did you start to remember what you looked like
when you were older [after you spliced back in]?
CG – When I started to get into my 20s, I really knew
what I was going to look like at later ages. I had seen
myself as I was getting older, [from when I was in the
program]. I had seen myself at that age before.
DW – If someone forgets, what is going to be their
subjective experience at the splice point? Is it going to be
like they got sick and they’re in bed a few days, and like,
"man, I just feel horrible?" <grimacing, as if sick> What’s
their experience at the splice point?
CG – They may think they have had a very strange dream,
or they had some night terrors. They may think they had a
little bit of a flu or something and [feel] nauseated. Just
[that] something [doesn't] feel right.
DW – How long does it take the body to recover from
being 2 weeks in a coma, immobile?
CG – I was fine and ready to return to my life within [a]
couple of days. I was able to get my energy level back up
and I was fine.
HEALTH COMPLICATIONS FROM AGE
REGRESSION AND BLANK-SLATTING:
DW – Are there any health complications from this, or is it
just a really cool technology that works great?
CG – People that have had this technology used on them
report a lot of different neurological issues. With
neurological issues in their arms, in their hands, in their
legs. Some of the people that spent a lot of time out [in
space] will have issues with their eyes. Cataracts, retina
issues, but a lot of neurological issues.
DW – And have you suffered those issues as well?
.
309
CG – Yes.
DW – So, there’s really no way to have a government
program that you can appeal for medical benefits.
CG – Right.
DW – Because this is all off the books and
unacknowledged.
CG – Yeah, you can’t just go to the VA.
DW –<chuckling> Huh. All right, well, this has been
really fascinating. I hope you’ve enjoyed it too. I wanted to
get through the whole thing, so this is going to be extra
length compared to a typical episode. But I think it was
worth it to cover all of this at once. This is Cosmic
Disclosure. I’m your host, David Wilcock, and I thank you
for watching.
 Age Regression & Time Travel
In Secret Space Programs
Written by Dr. Michael Salla
March 23, 2016
In yesterday’s episode of Cosmic Disclosure, Corey Goode
described the age regression and time travel technologies
used for his “20 [years] and back” tour of duty in several
secret space programs. He comprehensively detailed the
process used as a standard operating procedure for the
many thousands recruited into these programs, and then
returned back to ‘normal’ civilian or military life at the
time of their initial recruitment, with their memories
wiped.
This is not the first time Goode has discussed the physical
age regression and time travel used in the secret space
programs. In my email interview with him published on
April 14, 2015, he first publicly described at length the
standard operating procedure used for the “20 and back”
tours of duty.”
His account was compared with another alleged secret
space program whistleblower, Randy Cramer, who
explained an almost identical age regression and time
travel process to Goode’s. Cramer, like Goode, claims the
processing happened to him in 2007 at a secret base on the
Moon, called Lunar Operations Command.
In the highly popular Insiders Reveal Secret Space
Programs and Extraterrestrial Alliances, Goode’s and
Cramer’s testimonies are compared with another
whistleblower, Michael Relfe, who was the first to claim
having an experience of a “20 and back” tour of duty with
a secret space program. Relfe described serving from 1976
to 1996, before being age regressed and time traveled
back. His testimony first publicly appeared in 2000 in the
two volume book, The Mars Records.
Goode’s account of the age regression and time travel
process for the “20 and back” program in the March 22
episode of Cosmic Disclosure offers additional
310
information to what has been previously described by him
and other whistleblowers. His most recent testimony is
therefore very helpful in better understanding what appears
to be the standard operating procedure used in secret space
programs.
Goode described the process at the end of a 20 year service
term, they were first debriefed, made to sign non-
disclosure agreements, and given assurances that they
would be looked after once they returned. They were also
promised many benefits such as scholarships, financial
reimbursements, etc. Goode said that none of these
promises made to him were kept. This is identical to the
claims made by Relfe and Cramer regarding what they
were promised before undergoing the age regression
process.
Screenshot from March 22 Episode of Cosmic Disclosure
Goode described how he was physically immobilized for
two weeks, while a variety of pharmaceutical products
were used on him. The Cosmic Disclosure episode
provided an artistic depiction of how he looked while he
was in this immobilized state. At the end of the two weeks,
Goode described waking up feeling groggy, but now being
20 years younger.
Significantly, when he awoke, his physical environment
was completely different since he had been time traveled
back 20 years, to when he first began his secret space
program service. He describes then being again debriefed,
having his memories wiped for the first time, and finally
he had screen memories put in place. Goode was then
transported back to only a few minutes after he was first
taken in 1986, just before his 17th birthday.
Goode said that people recruited to the “20 and back” tours
of duty were either civilians as in his case, or serving
members of the U.S. military, who have been covertly
recruited during their normal military service. This is
consistent with Relfe’s claim that in 1976 he enlisted in the
U.S. Navy, and was then covertly recruited into a secret
space program.
Upon his return, after serving out his “20 and back” tour of
duty, Relfe says that he next completed his six year service
in the Navy, and was honorably discharged in 1982. Relfe
has documentation to confirm his military service, but has
not yet released this into the public arena.
Goode described how upon his own return in 1986, from
his “20 and back” service, he first woke up as a sixteen
year old feeling confused, and then after several weeks,
started regaining the bulk of his memories.
Goode says that he was among a small group of people
who the blank slating technologies simply didn’t work on,
despite repeated efforts. In our April 2015 interview, he
elaborated on why he decided to withhold telling others
about his memories due to the chaos this would cause him,
and the likely intervention of those covertly monitoring
him. He described how others who regained their
memories would either be re-abducted and put through the
blank slating process again, intimidated into keeping silent,
or eliminated.
Goode says that for many others, who have completed the
standard “20 and back” tours and subsequently undergone
311
the blank slating process, they start to regain all of their
memories after 20 years in “normal life” has elapsed. It is
very significant here that both Relfe and Cramer,
experienced “total recall” after 20 years had passed since
their secret space program service.
At this stage, it is worth asking what evidence exists to
support Goode’s incredible claims about the existence of
age regression technologies used for “20 and back” tours
of duty? So far, we have the independent whistleblower
testimony of two others, Relfe and Cramer, who claim that
they experienced an almost identical process.
In Insiders Reveal Secret Space Programs, I analyze their
respective claims and conclude that there is no cross
contamination of their testimonies, and that each is
offering a truly independent account of what they recall
had happened to them during their 20 year tours of duty.
While their testimonies are compelling, and help to
corroborate Goode’s recollections, it is fair to say that
conclusive evidence has still not been found.
However, this situation appears to be changing with the
emergence of the latest whistleblower testimony of
William Tompkins, who has provided documentation to
support his participation in a variety of U.S. Navy and
aerospace corporate projects related to secret space
programs. His book, Selected by Extraterrestrials,
provides some of Tompkins documentation to back up his
incredible claims.
Significantly, in my private interviews with Tompkins, he
has described the development of age regression
technologies by one of the aerospace companies he worked
with. Tompkins says that while he worked with TRW from
1967 to 1971, they began developing age regression
technologies based on information gained from Nordic
extraterrestrial groups that were helping in the
development of the U.S. Navy’s Solar Warden space
program.
Tompkins said he assisted TRW in developing age
regression technologies, using his expertise in systems
engineering to help coordinate the different groups and
departments covertly involved in the project. Tompkins
described these technologies as pharmaceutical in nature,
which is consistent with the testimonies of Goode, Cramer
and Relfe who state they underwent multiple injections of
pharmaceutical products.
Tompkins is presently writing about his experiences at
TRW and its involvement in the development of age
regression technologies in what will be the second volume
of his autobiography. Significantly, TRW was taken over
by Northrup Grumman in 2002, which is the corporation,
.
312
according to Tompkins, primarily involved in building
secret space carriers and battle groups today.
Importantly, Northrup Grumman is now also involved in
developing the age regression technologies for personnel
recruited into secret space programs. According to
Tompkins, age regression will be among a select group of
technologies, including free energy and antigravity, which
are planned to be publicly disclosed in the next few years
due to a U.S. Navy sanctioned disclosure initiative dating
back to 2001, if not earlier.
Corey Goode’s latest Cosmic Disclosure episode is a
detailed exposé of a range of technologies used for “20 and
back” tours of duties. The corroborating support of both
Relfe and Cramer’s prior whistleblower testimony reveals
the standard operating procedure used for the application
of age regression technology in secret space programs.
Finally, Tompkins’ testimony casts significant light on the
historical research and development of age regression
technology, and of covert plans to soon release this
previously highly classified information into the public
arena.
 Age Reversal Is Real And Is Currently
Being Tested On Humans
By Justin Deschamps
Thursday, March 24, 2016
The topic of age reversal or regression, known in
antiquity as the search for the fountain of youth,
is a mysterious and alluring pursuit.
In our egocentric and materialistic world, the
focus on beauty and appearance have created
huge industries. And what if behind closed doors,
technology was being developed to reverse the
aging process?
Corey Goode, Randy Cramer, William Tomkins,
and Michael Relfe are secret space program
insiders and whistleblowers who have disclosed
the existence of age regression technology. Dr.
Michael Salla is a Ufology researcher that
compiled some of their testimony in a recent
article on his website exopolitics.org.
Related Age Regression and Time Travel in
Secret Space Programs
While many people balk at the notion of a secret
space program and technology developed in
secret, the realities of age reversal are hardly
new.
313
Reversing biological entropy, also known as age
regression, can be effected by several different
techniques. Electromagnetic processes are used
in most forms of age reversal, either by ingesting
substances or altering emotional states, which
both have a marked effect on the fields produced
by the body.
Related Experiments Prove Aura's (EM
Fields) are Real | Mapping the Energy Body
EXPERIMENT by Heliognosis
Related Living Cells Are Electromagnetic
Units - A Foundation For Understanding
Energetic Shifts within the Body, Mind and
Planet
Consuming monoatomic elements, or ORMUS,
causing electromagnetic entrainment on the DNA
molecule to alter its geometry, exposing more
genes to RNA and activating latent processes.
This is one technique using chemical compounds
for reversing aging.
Emotional processes also affect aging. The
release of certain neurotransmitters — such as
norepinephrines during fear states, and
endorphins during love states — alters the
biochemical environment of the body to either be
more stressful or calm. In addition, the
electromagnetic fields of the heart and brain are
a reflection of our emotional states, which bathe
the body in frequencies that alter biological
expression. All of these influences either have a
beneficial or deleterious effect on the bodily
environment and in turn, genetic expression.
Epigenetics, as promoted by the researcher
Bruce Liption in his book The Biology of Belief,
has already proven that the biggest factor in
altering genetic expression is the environment.
What we feed our bodies as well as what we
choose to believe literally affects our genome.
The more holistic and integrated our knowledge,
the more coherent our emotional states, and the
more longevity we have in life.
 For a more in-depth explanation of this process,
as well as the expolitical implications of age
reversal methods, see the below-linked article.
Related Organic vs. Artificial Immortality | Cyborg ET
Races, AI Black Goo, 'Wave X', The Solar Shift &
Organic Evolution Via Truth Receptivity
In the following article from 2014, researchers from
Harvard and the University of New South Wales claim to
have discovered technology that reverses the signs of
aging.
Here's how they did it:
"We fed them a molecule that's called NMN and
this reversed ageing completely within just a
week of treatment in the muscle, and now we're
looking to reverse all aspects of ageing if
possible." - Professor David Sinclair.
The team was able to reverse the aging of a
mouse within just one weeks time; a monumental
proof of concept for age reversal published in the
mainstream. While the article does not describe
what the process was, I suspect it worked by way
of sympathetic resonance or entrainment.
Related Superhuman Abilities Explained By
Entrainment | Scientists Witness Eye-
Opening Effects Of ‘QI Energy’ On Plant DNA
and Cellular Growth
Since all things vibrate at a certain frequency, if
one transmits a resonance signal into a cell,
tissue, organ or living thing, — so long as there is
a resonance between them — the more coherent
signal will entrain onto the less coherent one,
reorganizing it to match. It is this reorganization
process that is the key principle behind all age
reversal processes. And it underscores the
reason human beings age is because of how we
treat our bodies, both physically and
emotionally.
Cymatics has already proven that by simply
using sound, damaged organs and tissues in the
body can be healed.
Related Why Sound Heals | Cymatics,
Entrainment, Mandalas, Frequencies and
DNA
Given all this, the testimony of secret space
program whistleblowers seems highly credible.
Especially since the government has had
classified science projects developing advanced
technology into biology since at least the 1950's
when DNA was first discovered.
314
The following article is just one mainstream
example demonstrating that age reversal is most
certainly possible.
- Justin
Source - HITC
A team of world leading scientists have managed to
reverse the signs of ageing.
If getting old, wrinkly and weak is something you are
really dreading then this news might be right up your alley.
A team of experts from Harvard and the University of New
South Wales claim to have discovered technology that
reverses the signs of ageing.
The scientists have successfully managed to transform an
old and frail mouse into a younger, normal looking one,
and thanks to the team's success they have now begun
clinical trials involving humans.
The leader of the team, Professor David Sinclair explained
to ABC Online how the process works:
"We've discovered genes that control how the
body fights against ageing and these genes, if
you turn them on just the right way, they can
have very powerful effects, even reversing
ageing - at least in mice so far.
"We fed them a molecule that's called NMN and
this reversed ageing completely within just a
week of treatment in the muscle, and now we're
looking to reverse all aspects of ageing if
possible."
In simple terms Sinclair and his team are able to activate
the on/off switch in genes in order make something appear
older or younger. It's hoped that this will one day work in
humans to restore youthfulness to our cells.
Sinclair is one of the most highly-thought of scientists on
the planet and was named in Time magazine as one of the
100 most influential people in the world.
He goes on to add that early human trials have shown real
promise and that one day epigenetic technology could be
as important as antibiotics in extending people's lives.
"Some people say it's like playing God, but if you
ask somebody 100 years ago, what about
antibiotics? They probably would have said the
same thing.
"Some people worry about big advances in
technology and medicine, but once it's adapted
and it's natural for people to live until they're 90
in a healthy way ... we'll look back at today like people died from an infected splinter."
we do at the times before antibiotics when

315
 Age Regression Used In Secret Space Programs
Confirmed As Scientifically Feasible
Written by Dr. Michael Salla
March 28, 2016

We’ve gone from mice into early human studies

actually. There have been some clinical trials
around the world, and we’re hoping in the next
few years to know if this will actually work in
people as well … They show that the molecules
that extend lifespan in mice are safe in people.

Professor Sinclair went on to say in his interview

Due to recent breakthroughs in genetic research, the claims
of three whistleblowers, who say they underwent an age-
regression process in secret space programs, have become
that much more plausible. The whistleblowers, Corey
Goode, Randy Cramer and Michael Relfe, all say that they
were age-regressed to become 20 years younger at the end
of their respective tours of duty in secret space programs.
Recently, geneticists have identified the genes that control
the aging process, and in stunning experiments, the results
of which have been released in peer reviewed scientific
journals, have demonstrated that they were able to reverse
the aging process to varying degrees of success.
that drugs based on the nicotinamide
mononucleotide (NMN) molecule could be
successfully developed “to restore youthfulness
in human cells.”
Sinclair’s view that NMN based drugs will eventually be
developed for safe use by humans is stunning in its
implications. He may well be in the midst of developing
the fabled elixir of life, which accounts for him quickly
being elevated into the world’s 100 most influential people
according to Time Magazine.

The results of these experiments make it plausible that the

three whistleblowers did indeed undergo an age-regression
process using classified medical technologies in secret
space programs, as they claimed.

The lead genetic scientist in the publicly announced age

reversal studies is Dr. David Sinclair, who discussed in an
It’s important to point out that Sinclair’s pioneering
interview the results of his genetic experiments first
genetic research is open source and unclassified. This
conducted on mice:
means that is very likely, if not almost certain, that
classified research in the field of age reversal/regression
We’ve discovered genes that control how the body fights
technology is far more advanced than anything achieved
against ageing and these genes, if you turn them on just the
by Sinclair and his peers.
right way, they can have very powerful effects, even
reversing ageing – at least in mice so far… We fed them a
In several private interviews with William Tompkins, a
molecule that’s called NMN and this reversed ageing
former U.S. Naval Intelligence operative who
completely within just a week of treatment in the muscle,
subsequently worked with leading aerospace contractors
and now we’re looking to reverse all aspects of ageing if
for more than four decades, he revealed that he worked on
possible.
a classified study developed by the company, TRW, on age
regression drugs from 1967-1971.
He explained how this process could also be done safely
for humans:
Tompkins said that he first came across the development
of age-regression technologies when he participated in the

316
debriefings of U.S. Navy spies, from 1942 to 1945, at the
Naval Air Station, San Diego. These spies revealed the
existence of age-regression studies that were then secretly
underway in Nazi Germany.

At the time, Tompkins job was to distribute briefing

packets to U.S. companies and think tanks with expertise
in the areas used by the Nazis for developing their
breakthrough technologies. Tompkins said that the
Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) was among
the academic research centers delivered briefing packets
by him. Therefore it is possible that scientists at MIT have
been aware of the Nazi age-regression studies since 1942! Even more recently,

Significantly, Sinclair’s breakthrough in age-regression
studies was achieved while he was a post-doctoral fellow
at MIT under Dr. Leonard Guarente at M.I.T. Was this
merely coincidence, or was Sinclair helped or encouraged
while at MIT to develop the insights into the age reversal
potential of genetic manipulation?
Tompkins says the drugs have been refined
so that they can be used for more extensive
age-regression periods. For example,
reversing a 90 year old back to where s/he
has the physical body of a 27 year old is now
possible.

Recently, Tompkins has privately disclosed to me that
classified “age-regression” drugs have been developed.
He says these drugs have been used for
some time in the “20 year and back” tours of
duty in secret space programs. This is
consistent with the age-regression process
described by Goode, Cramer and Relfe, which
involved medication administered to them
over a two week period where they were
physically immobilized.
.
Tompkins says that there is a covert U.S. Navy sanctioned
disclosure process underway to release these age-
regression technologies into the public sector. It is,
therefore, possible that Sinclair’s research may have been
stimulated by this covert Navy initiative during his time at
MIT.
At the very least, Sinclair’s pioneering age-reversal
experiments and identification of the NMN molecule that
can be used for developing “age-regression” drugs means
that the claims of Goode, Cramer and Relfe no longer
appear so outlandish, and are indeed scientifically feasible.

317
 Exonews TV – Navy Disseminated Nazi Antigravity Secrets
To Leading U.S. Companies & Think Tanks
Written By Admin
March 29, 2016
In this exclusive ExoNews TV interview series we hear
directly from William Tompkins’ about his work for U.S.
Naval Intelligence during the Second World War. He
reveals that he was directly involved in debriefings by
Navy Spies embedded in Nazi Germany’s most advanced
aerospace projects – some of which involved antigravity
flying saucers that were capable of space flight.
Tompkins job was to design intelligence briefing packets
based on the Navy spies debriefings, and to then deliver
these packages to leading U.S. aerospace corporations,
think tanks and universities for study and evaluation.
318
Tompkins describes how from 1942 to 1945, he
participated in over a thousand debriefings of U.S. Navy
spies, who had been embedded in leading Nazi Germany
aerospace corporations involved in building flying saucers.
Disseminating this vital intelligence information to various
U.S. aerospace corporations and universities was
Tompkins primary responsibility.
Tompkins said that he served under Admiral Rick Obatta
who was in charge of intelligence operations out of the
Naval Air Station at San Diego, and three Navy captains
who were specialists in different areas of Naval aircraft
design, engineering, and procurement. In the interview, he
describes some of the circumstances of the debriefings that
he participated in.
The following interview extract features Tompkins
answering questions from Dr. Robert Wood and I on the
information he gained from the Navy operatives, the
different corporations and thinks tanks he travelled to, and
some of the aerospace technologies that were being
secretly developed by the Nazis during the War.
Tompkins begins the interview by describing the small
office where the debriefings of the Navy spies took place
at Naval Air Station, San Diego.
Interview Transcript – Navy Disseminated Nazi Antigravity
Secrets to Leading U.S. Companies & Think Tanks
Written By Admin
March 29, 2016
What follows is the full transcript of William Tompkins
responding to questions on the first ExoNews TV episode
(see above) presenting his testimony.
Interview Date: February 25, 2016
Location: San Diego, California
Published on ExoNews TV – 3/29/16.
Copyright: Permission to freely distribute on Internet.
Permission required for print & audiovisual reproduction
Interview Key:
WT: William Tompkins
RW- Dr. Robert Wood
MS – Dr. Michael Salla
MS: The following interview extract features [William]
Tompkins answering questions from Dr. Robert Wood and
I on the information he gained from the Navy operatives,
the different corporations and thinks tanks he traveled to,
and some of the aerospace technologies that were being
secretly developed by the Nazis during the War. Tompkins
begins the interview by describing the small office where
the debriefings of the Navy spies took place at Naval Air
Station, San Diego.
WT – We had this little small office. He [Rick Obatta] was
commander of Naval Air Station, San Diego and so the
admiral would be sitting here. I’m sitting next to him and
one of my three captain bosses sitting here. A typist was
sitting at the other side of the table and the Navy operative
– a Lieutenant Commander or Lieutenant would sit over
there. And he would lay out the information [with] some
sketches, very few photographs, so it was almost all
verbal, almost all. And if it was a system that we had
already known about, other operatives from the
information two years before, and it was an update of it, he
would tie together all of the other organizations that were
tied with that specific part, of say the cigar shaped
vehicles, what the weapons were, what the operations
were, the different companies underneath the ground,
which were slave labor organizations.
RW – I want to go back to this table where you and Rick
[Obatta], the Captain and the Navy spies, sitting at this
table, how many times did you get exposed to incidents
319
like that. Was it ten or was it a thousand, like a hundred? It
was four years right?
WT – I’d say a thousand, maybe 1200.
RW – Well that would be like every night for four years.
WT – Yes, it was like …
RW – Was it a nightly thing, typically occur day after
day?
WT – They [Navy operatives] would stay with us for
maybe a week, and we tried to put together, better define
his information, OK. Then we’d put that together as a
package and we’d fly that out.
RW – So it would usually be one source would give his
story, it might take two or three days for him to give his
story, and it would be packaged up, and then you would
take it away.
WT – I’d say this continued …
RW – What I’m trying to do is grasp the overall scope of
those say three or four hundred deliveries you’d make, and
some of the stuff had to do with Nazi history. Did some of
the scope have to with, for example, age regression, Nazi
age regression, as well as Nazi UFOs?
WT – Most of it was Nazi UFOs
RW – I’m talking about what the Nazis were doing in a
military mode.
WT – Yes, it went to weapons systems, all types of
advanced weapons systems, all types of methods of war.
RW – Did you get exposed to the Hanebu craft designs, or
anything like that during that time?
WT – I was involved in making sketches of some of the
stuff that was actually there.
MS – Did you ever come across the term ‘Hanebu’ as a
description for various models of German antigravity
vehicles?
WT – No.
MS – What about Vril? Did you ever come across Vril as a
designation, Vril 1, Vril 2 …
WT – Yes, but remember the stuff that we got … the
wording was in English, some of the documents that we
got were of course in German. But we didn’t get so much
of the documents. It was mostly verbal, and it was saying,
in his interpretation, that was another thing, because we
had one of the guys to go check so and so, “I want you
back over there, and I want you back here next month.”
Then there’s updates to the information.
And so some of the stuff that was in German, we had
another group of people convert it into English. So you are
working with information that you don’t have background
on, and so what you are trying to do is put enough of it
together so that [for example] Lockheed could take that
information, and develop it, interpret it and come up with
something that could possibly be used.
When I said that many, remember that I went back to these
facilities, sometimes six or seven times with updated
information that we got. Because three years after they
said it before, we got things now, it’s been developed.
Now it’s this, this and this.
RW – So do you remember what kind of material you took
to different places, JPL or Caltech as it was called then? At
JPL would you take the material relevant to UFO craft or
antigravity craft?
WT – Everything about propulsion, the different types of
propulsion and the stuff, I had no idea what this was…
Then controls, different types of controls, support systems.
Almost any subject, any question you wanted to ask. Some
of that information we were getting.
RW – Some of the groups didn’t get everything.
WT – No.
RW – So if there were six locations, Douglas, Caltech,
MIT, is that right?
WT – Yes.
RW – And then Lockheed?
WT – Lockheed, Boeing, North American, Northrup,
North American.
RW – So there were seven or eight different locations that
you made deliveries to?
.
320
WT – No, it’s hundreds of different places we took the
data. We took the data to every Navy Research
organization. We took it to Navy Development Center,
Warminster, Pennsylvannia. OK. That’s a big facility. I bet
I went 20 times back there with stuff. The Caltech one, I
didn’t even go to Pasadena for that. I went to the Navy’s
weapons system at China Lake because Caltech was
working on other programs there. They would pull their
scientists off, whatever that was, and throw these guys into
a package, and run with the ball…
Some of them that I went to, they wouldn’t let me
disseminate the information, they were not interested.
They didn’t want to have a thing to do with it. And I had
that with several universities who were doing military
programs.
RW: Was Purdue one of them?
WT – Yes, Purdue was one…. What I’m saying is that not
everyone was willing to help the Navy.
MS – What about the Air Force? Like Wright Patterson?
WT – Yes, Wright Patterson … A couple of the admirals
didn’t want that, but we had our list of who we thought
could help. The point is that these went not document after
document you gave them. You gave them information that
was verbal almost, very little photographs, very little
drawings of a specific part of the propulsion, or a method
of control … of these things.
RW – Technical things.
WT – All technical stuff. I don’t mind talking about this
because frankly I lived that thing for four years. It was
staggering. The German titles or stuff was a problem, so
we had interpreters there that would help us put the
packages together to say to take to Douglas, OK? And so
there’s the misinterpretations and stuff, that I’m right. All
that’s part of it. You don’t get some nice good package,
and so packages were taken to places that were insufficient
information. So they would get all … upset with me. I’ve
got to go get this and that.
RW – Even though you were not trained technically as an
engineer or a scientist, you were exposed to technical
information in this process. It’s usually put in terms of
common language and common sense. So you understood
it?
WT – I understood some of it. Some of it I had no idea
what he was talking about, and I have to tell him that, you
know.
END TRANSCRIPT
 Comparative Analysis Of Benjamin Fulford And Corey
Goode | Red Swastika And Inner-Earth Group, Long Life
Spans, China's ET Backers, Partial Vs Full Disclosure And
New Financial System
By Justin Deschamps
Wednesday, March 30, 2016

it make more sense to stick to a single cohesive narrative if

the goal was to push propaganda and employ reality
management techniques?

Related Propaganda: Do You Know You’re

Soaking In It? | Public Relations and
Propaganda are All Forms of Mass Mind
Control

Whether Fulford is a cabal frontman or a genuine contact

of the certain alliances, as truth seekers, we would do well,
at the very least, to review what he offers. And to those far
along the truth seeking path, the value of processing all
information cannot be understated, especially alleged
disinfo. If his reports are not genuine, then reviewing them
can be immeasurably valuable for gathering intelligence on
what the Cabal is trying to disseminate into the awakening
community.

Simply stated, disinfo is key info to the properly trained

mind.
Benjamin Fulford was the Asia-Pacific Bureau Chief for
Forbes Magazine from 1998 to 2005. He is now an active
This being said, there was a recent email exchange
spokesman for ending Cabal rule, reporting on hidden
between Fulford and Richard Montalban I want to analyze.
aspects of geopolitics in his weekly updates.
It contained some interesting points connected to Corey
Goode's whistleblower testimony.
Fulford's reports have become a staple in the awakening
news circuit, and despite some of his dubious claims, much
Initial Comparison of Fulford and Goode's Narrative
can be gleaned by reviewing them.
For those who are unaware, Corey Goode is a secret space
In my own personal discernment process, Fulford's updates
program (SSP) insider and whistleblower that has
are a way to tap into what CIA, Pentagon, and Eastern
galvanized the truther community. David Wilcock has
alliance groups want to reveal to the public — presuming
been one of Goode's most outspoken proponents.
his claims of contact are genuine.
The narrative Goode provides is seemingly all-
Fulford seems to report what he hears, even if it conflicts
encompassing, reaching into extraterrestrial contacts,
with information he has reported in the past. Some
secret government projects, financial slavery, breakaway
conclude these conflicting items are an indication that
civilizations, free energy, solar system history, and much
Fulford is a cointelpro disinformation agent, but these
more. For an in-depth synopsis of Goode's material, as
allegations remain unverified.
bolstered by evidence provided by David Wilcock, see the
below-linked article.
If Fulford was really a propaganda agent, why would he be
so willing to report conflicting information from multiple
insider sources that cause people to suspect him? Wouldn't
321
 Related David Wilcock and Corey Goode:
History of the Solar System and Secret Space
Program - Notes from Consciousness Life
Expo 2016
The portion of Goode's narrative that is of importance here
is the takedown of the Cabal.
Both Fulford and Goode describe alliances or groups who
are actively working to end financial slavery, release
hidden technology, and hold criminal groups responsible
for the crimes against humanity. But there are differences
in their narratives, however.
Goode works with the SSP Alliance, an above-top-secret
breakaway civilization with Star Trek-like technology and
advancement. This group has intentions to completely end
the financial system as we know it, releasing technology so
advanced that it would make the need to earn-a-
living obsolete. Despite the benevolent intentions of the
SSP Alliance Council, there is disagreement with Earth-
based groups.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 8: Inner Earth: Debriefing with the
Alliance - Summary and Analysis | Corey
Goode and David Wilcock
According to Goode, the Earth-based alliances are
manifold, encompassing many different societies,
fraternities, social orders, dynastic families, military
organizations, militias and so on. Some of these groups
work closely together whereas others are not associated at
all. The common thread of all the groups, including the
SSP Alliance, is their goal to end cabal rule. But this seems
to be the only thing they all agree on at the moment.
Goode says that some of the Earth-based groups do not
want to completely free humanity. Instead, they want their
turn to rule the planet.
Related Partial or Limited Disclosure Agenda
Revealed in 2016 X-FILES Season 10
Some of these groups are calling for a financial reset that
would shift power away from the west — largely
dominated by the Rothschild, Rockefeller, and Vatican
groups — to the eastern groups, such as the Dragon
families of Asia.
Related Reclaiming Wealth for Humanity | The
Connection Between 9/11, JFK and The
Global Collateral Accounts
Fulford's reports tend to have sources from various Dragon
Society groups (Eastern Alliances), as well as Pentagon
and CIA sources (Western Alliances), and P2 Lodge
contacts (European Groups).
322
Fulford and Goode's narratives agree on most counts, too
many to list here, but there are aspects of disagreement as
well.
As an example of agreement, in Fulford's March 22nd
report, he said,
"Something is happening around Antarctica
these days that is shrouded in secrecy but is also
attracting a lot of heavy hitters. The visit to
Antarctica by Patriarch Kirill, the head of the
Russian Orthodox Church, in February was the
first sign of something unusual happening. Now
this week US Presidential spokesperson Barack
Obama will be visiting the Nazi South American
headquarters in Bariloche, in Southern
Argentina."
Goode has revealed in his testimony that the early German
secret space program had bases in the Antarctic and South
America.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 2 -
Episode 4: Breakaway Begins - Summary and
Analysis | Corey Goode and David Wilcock
For the purposes of this analysis, we will focus on the
correspondences and discrepancies between Goode and
Fulford, as revealed in an email exchange between Fulford
and Montalban from the 28th of this month.
Montalban's Questions
Here is a summarization of the questions asked by
Montalban of Fulford,
 are the Chinese elders, often mentioned in revaluation
(RV) guru's updates, are in fact the Chinese royal
family or oligarchs that manage the East in secret; and
if they have connections to extraterrestrial races;
 if they are as old as some claim — 100 or more years;
and
 if the Iraqi's recent push to become UN article 8
compliant is a preamble to Dinar revaluation.
For the complete email exchange, see the below-linked
article.
Related Benjamin Fulford Email Q and A:
Chinese have ET Backers Ready to "interfere
in the workings of this planet," Iraqi Dinar is a
Bush/Clinton Scam
Fulford's Responses: The Red Swastika Secret Society
The following are excerpts of Fulford's responses relevant
to the discussion regarding Goode's testimony.
Fulford responds to Montalban's ET contact question by
saying:

"The Red Swastika secret society is the one that

claims this [ET] contact."

In September 2015, Goode claimed to have visited the

inner-Earth on a mission of diplomatic outreach. He and
his SSP Alliance contact, Lt. Col. Gonzales, met with
seven inner-Earth human-like groups who then claimed to
have lived below the surface for millions of years,
appearing to the surface population as gods in the distant
past and extraterrestrials in contemporary times. One of
these groups, the Swastika groups, is clearly of Asian
descent, according to Goode. Artist depiction of the priestess Kaaree. Courtesy of Gaia.com

First, Fulford had this to say about long life spans:

"I have also heard stories of people hundreds of

years old. The Soong sisters, for example, are
said to still be around."

The Soong sisters, of the Hainanese family, were very

Artist depiction of one of the seven inner-Earth groups, the Swastika
group. Courtesy of Gaia.com
influential in the 20th Century. According to mainstream
sources, these three women died, the last of which, in
2003. But if Fulford is correct then they would be well
over 100 years old today.

Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -

Episode 4: Revelations from the Inner Earth -
Summary and Analysis | Corey Goode and
David Wilcock

Is the Swastika group mentioned by Goode connected to

the Red Swastika group Fulford spoke of? If both Fulford
and Goode's claims are accurate, then it would stand to
reason there is a connection here. Possibly some of the
Eastern Alliances are allied with one of the inner-Earth
groups, and could be early progenitors of these Asian
dynastic families.

Related Excerpt from New Tomorrow: 1937-

1941: Golden Lily, The Second Sino-Japanese
War, The Rape of Nanking, and World War II
Image Source. The Soong sisters.
Long Life Spans

Goode revealed in his September report that these inner-
Earth groups are highly advanced technologically, and
have health protocols that enabled them to live much
longer than the surface population. One of the group
members he met during his September voyage was the
priestess Kaaree, who claimed to be over 150 years old,
yet looked like a 30-year-old woman.
If these sisters are in fact alive they may have access to life
extension techniques and technology, potentially from off-
world or inner-Earth sources.
Fulford adds,
"I also met a man who looked exactly identical to
Mitsuru Toyama, founder of the Black Dragon
Society. It is weird stuff."

323
Mitsuru Toyama founded Genyōsha, which was influential
in the creation of the Black Dragon Society in 1901. If
Toyama was alive today, he would be 161 years old.
Tōyama Mitsuru in the middle.
This report by Fulford, if valid, could suggest that certain
Eastern alliances have connections to very old inner-Earth
groups or extraterrestrials, possibly the same subterranean
groups Goode allegedly met with in September of 2015.
China's ET Backers
The final comment for review in this analysis relates to
alleged non-terrestrial contacts in China,
"Also, the dragon family guy I met in Singapore
told me the Chinese had ET backers who were
ready to interfere in the workings of this planet if
we did not get our act together."
These "ET backers" could be any number of groups.
Within Goode's narrative, they could be part of the Super
Federation Alliance Council of over 60 extraterrestrial
races managing 22 different genetic, social and spiritual
experiments on Earth. The Super Federation groups have
already interfered with human affairs, reaching back as far
as 500,000 years ago.
Related 22 Completing Genetic Programs
But the ETs mentioned by Fulford could be some
unrevealed group that has been playing a part in the
unfolding drama of Earth.
What is of importance is that, according to Fulford, these
beings are "ready to interfere in the workings of this planet
if we did not get our act together." The question is, what
will this interference look like, and who will benefit?
Fulford had this to say in his March 27th report:
324
"There are also a lot of people who want to hear
disclosures about UFOs and off world life. The
people at the P2 lodge, who sit above the
Vatican, claim they have been in regular touch
with off world entities for thousands of years. If
so, then let us all have a chance to see them,
hear about them and possibly even meet them.
We can also reveal here that the Chinese,
through the Dragon families, also claim extra-
terrestrial contact going back thousands of years.
Perhaps they will also start telling the world
public more on that subject."
Considering that under the stewardship of the P2 lodge,
humanity has suffered greatly over the past 1000 years,
and all manner of draconian fear-based policies have been
enacted to enslave the population, I suspect that these
extraterrestrials are less than benevolent. Possibly this
same ET group is also connected to the Draco Alliance,
one of the Cabal aligned groups mentioned by Goode.
Partial vs Full Disclosure
According to Goode, an energy barrier was placed around
the solar system toward the end of 2014. This barrier was
raised by the Sphere Being Alliance, a race of extremely
advanced beings who began working with the SSP
Alliance when they decided to liberate the planet. The
Cabal fired an energy weapon at one of the Sphere Being
alliance assets, compelling these beings to put up the
barrier. In the process, many different non-terrestrial
groups were trapped here, and the exopolitical climate,
with the Earth as an epicenter, has been very turbulent ever
since.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 2 -
Episode 17: Viewer Questions Part 2 -
Summary and Analysis | Corey Goode and
David Wilcock
In early 2015, some of the Cabal associated groups
threatened to cause great chaos and destruction for the
population of Earth if they were not provided safe passage,
through the barrier and out of the solar system. Last year
was one of the more active insofar as false flag attacks and
economic manipulation, suggesting this threat may have
been acted upon.
At the time of this writing, various Earth-based alliances,
some of which include the Eastern alliances, possibly
represented by Fulford, have decided to move forward
with a partial disclosure agenda.
Related Corey Goode Warned to Back Off of
Full Disclosure Narrative, Partial Disclosure
of Lower Level Secret Space Programs
Actively Rolling Out
Under this plan, some disclosure of technology and cabal
related activity would take place, but the vast majority of
information, especially related to crimes against humanity,
would only be disclosed after 100 years have past.
Related Partial Disclosure Is NOT an Option |
Unity, Kindness and Creating Tolerance for
Diversity
Financial System Discrepancies
What is interesting is that Fulford has long promoted a
truth and reconciliation style tribunal of the Cabal and their
allies, an end to environmental destruction, a restructuring
of society into a benevolent and fair meritocracy, and the
creation of an asset-backed financial system managed and
controlled by the East.
The tribunal of the Cabal aspect to Fulford's rhetoric
harmonizes with the SSP Alliance's full disclosure agenda,
as well as an end to environmental destruction. But the
issue of a financial system is a point of controversy.
Goode claims, and rightly so in my opinion, that the
current financial system is Babylonian money magic,
which is an elaborate form of subtle mind control. The use
of money and representations of value is accepted by
humanity on blind faith, with those who control the
financial system using it as a tool to siphon energy out of
the masses and subdue them with endless material
distractions. As such, any new financial system that does
not address usury, fraud, pandemic manipulation and lack
of practical knowledge within the population is at best a
poorly developed solution and at worst a new version of
financial slavery.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 9: Ubuntu and the Blue Avians'
Message Part 2 - Summary and Analysis |
Corey Goode and David Wilcock
Given the realities of what money is and how it is used on
Earth, the financial reset spoken of by Fulford, and many
other revaluation gurus could be part of the partial
disclosure effort to replace the current system with a
softer, more palatable, form of financial slavery.
And yet Fulford's response to Montalban's question
regarding the Iraqi Dinar implies that his contacts are
aware some of these fraudulent financial reset agendas,
most likely pushed by factions of the Cabal,
"The Iraqi Dinar thing is a Bush/Clinton scam and
always has been."
Related Fedcoin and E Dollar, Understanding:
Interest, Usury, Devaluation and Quantitative
.
325
Easing | Central Banks Announce
Introduction of E Dollar
Conclusions
In the final analysis, in relation to Goode's testimony, it
seems that there is enough data available to conclude
Fulford is a representative of the Earth-based alliances, or
at the very least, has contact with them.
Again, Fulford seems to report what he hears, despite the
fact it sounds outlandish, or that it conflicts with other
sources. This suggests that Fulford is just a mouthpiece for
at least three different groups (Dragon Family, CIA, and
Pentagon), if not several others.
Furthermore, the prestige afforded to Fulford by the
awakening community makes him a highly valuable
information dissemination asset to groups with unrevealed
intentions.
In other words, the fact that Fulford has the ear of the
awakening masses means that the information he receives
is most likely intended for his readership, either as key
intel, disinformation, or even a type of market research for
global policy transitions. As such, carefully examining
which agendas are being promoted by Fulford lends
insight into what the more influential Earth-based groups
are planning.
At the very least, the correspondences between Fulford's
reports and Goode's testimony is enough to suggest that
there are indeed groups working in secret attempting to
realize their individual agendas for ending cabal rule.
Humanity is ultimately the deciding factor for what
unfolds in the coming years, but if we remain idle and
inactive, the plans of less benevolent groups may be
allowed to come about.
I think the only lasting solution to the problems that have
plagued our world is the truth, the whole truth, and nothing
but the truth. No matter how well intentioned some of
these groups are, if they want to withhold the whole truth
from the people, they should not be blindly trusted.
For far too long the belief in the divine right to rule and
social superiority has created a class system that enslaved
humanity. In a world based on truth and freedom, a full
disclosure world, social systems based on division and
scarcity will seem barbaric.
The opportunity to make a free world a reality is within
our grasp now, we need only step into it with every fiber of
our being, and remain vigilant against attempts to promote
anything but true freedom.
 Transcript Of Fade-To-Black EP. 428 - Corey Goode:
The Breakaway Civilizations
Aired March 28
By Admin
31 Mar 2016 : 12:55
Jimmy Church: All right, welcome. Fade to Black.
Monday, that's right, Monday, March 28. 87 days into the
new year. Oh, 277 days left. We are live from a bunker
right here in downtown Burbank, CA.
I'd like to welcome everybody listening all around the
world, all across the United States, hether and titter, too
and fro, back and forth, up and down, east and west, north
and south, far and near. It's Fade to Black. For KJCR, the
Game Changer Network and KGRA, The Planet, I'm your
humble host, Jimmy Church.
What is crackin' everybody? Great weekend. No time off. I
had a nice little Easter weekend run on Coast to Coast. I
had enough time to get a couple of hours of sleep
yesterday and then just work on this show this week. We
have not taken our foot off the gas.
It's good to be back in the chair, though. See over at Coast
I stand. It's old school over there. It's nice, but I stand for
four hours. Imagine that. Standing for four hours, five
hours, six hours. I get there at 8 o'clock at night. Show
doesn't start until 10. I'm standing. There's no place to sit.
There's no chairs. It's a torture chamber, man. Got to talk
to George about that.
So now I'm sitting in my chair in the bunker. Getting ready
for Corey Goode tonight. Tonight, to kick off our Secret
Space Program Breakaway Civilizations week right here
on Fade to Black.
Tonight, it's Corey Goode. Tomorrow night, Joseph P.
Farrell is here. And then on Wednesday, Richard Dolan
will be joining us. Great week. Very anticipated. I put this
show together for six months. That's right. To be able to
get all these schedules lined up together to get everybody
326
on this week and to do this. Yeah, it's huge. It's big. It's
epic and it is going to be an amazing week.
Now, I say it all the time and I mean it. I'm here to learn.
That's what this show is about. You know, what it is is you
get to cheat. You get to cheat. I'm the guy taking the notes
in class, so you can go and goof around. Right? That's it.
I'm the guy in here learning. And if you hear that, you see
that, you feel that, you can touch that, then you are riding
right along with me.
It's going to be great. This is going to be an amazing week.
When we decided about six months ago to put this
program together, we took a crack at it, couldn't quite do it.
Couldn't get everybody lined up. Tried it again a month
later . . . just couldn't get schedules.
This week we made it happen. Very, very excited. So let's
do all of this.
Now, and another thing about how epic this week is going
to be, you know after Corey, after Joseph, J. P. Farrell,
Richard Dolan, then on Thursday night, Jon Rappoport
will be here starting the premier of No More Fake
Newsroom. Thursday night.
What a great week this is going to be right here on Fade to
Black. I'm very excited about all of this.
(5:22 ~ 32:38) (advertisements and news)
JC: Welcome back to Fade to Black. I'm your host Jimmy
Church on the Game Changer Network and KJRA, The
Planet. Tonight, is night one of our Breakaway
Civilizations and Secret Space Program week right here on
Fade to Black. Kicking it off with Corey Goode. Corey
was identified as an Intuitive Empath (IE) with
precognitive abilities and was recruited through one of the
MILAB programs at the young age of six. Goode trained
and served in the MILAB program from 1976 to 1986 and
1987. Towards the end of his time as a MILAB, he was
assigned to the IE support role for a rotating Earth delegate
seat shared by Secret Earth Government groups in a
human-type/ET Super Federation Council.
Goode's IE abilities played an important role in
communicating with non-terrestrial beings termed
interfacing as part of the Secret Space Program. During his
20 year service, he had a variety of experiences and
assignments, including the intruder/intercept/interrogation
program, assignment to the A.S.S.R.I.S.R.V. auxiliary
specialized space research interstellar-class vessel and
much more.
This all occurred in a 20 and back agreement from 1986 all
the way through 2007, with recall work until the present
day. He now works in the information technology and
communications industry with 20 years experience in
hardware and software virtualization, physical and IT
security, counter-electronic surveillance, risk assessment
and executive protection. He served in the Texas Army
State Guard from 2007 to 2012, command, control,
communications and computations and intelligence. That
has nothing to do, by the way, with what he does with the
SSP. Goode is in direct physical contact with the Blue
Avians of the Sphere Being Alliance, who have chosen
him as a delegate to interface with the multiple ET
federations and councils on their behalf, liaison with the
SSP Alliance Council and to deliver important messages to
humanity. Of course, his website is
SphereBeingAlliance.com. You can click on that over at
JimmyChurchRadio.com.
And I would like to welcome back to Fade to Black, our
good friend, Corey Goode.
(35:13)
JC: Corey, good evening.
Corey: Good evening. Thank you. I don't think you missed
one controversial detail on my bio there.
JC: Hey, man, you know what Corey? It took a big breath,
but you know I decided tonight to go full on. And I
appreciate it. Let's start off with this. I want to . . .
There's a large audience here tonight who's here for the
first time that may have never heard you speak. So I want
to address them first. I want them to kind of get a picture
of who you are, because you have been . . . You know,
you've done some Gaiam TV stuff, but pretty much you've
been behind the scenes and speaking through David
Wilcock and with David.
That's fine. But I got to meet you personally a couple of
months ago. We got to hang out for the first time, because
we've always done stuff, you know, over the phone and so
forth through the show.
But, I want to say to everybody, Corey Goode's a great
guy. He's actually a really good looking guy too. But he's
real. When I looked into your eyes, this is what I want the
audience to understand, is when I looked at you, met you,
shook your hand, and hung out with you, I realized that
your feet are on the ground, you're uber smart, your
327
intelligent and this comes from that – your entire
presentation and everything.
I need the audience to understand, because they see the
web, right? They see the stuff, but I have met you
personally. There is such integrity there that the audience
really needs to wrap their mind around that. That's where I
wanted to start and it was great hanging out with you.
Now, for the last couple of months since you've been
away, really quick before we jump into this show tonight,
what have you been up to for the last two months?
Corey: Since the Conscious Life Expo, things have been
extremely hectic in a really good way. You know I thought
I was going to be coming to all these different people and
groups trying to get them to come up with, you know,
ideas to come together and bring unity in the community
and come up with ideas to help spread this information –
not my information, but information about the breakaway
civilizations having these suppressed technologies that
could make this planet a completely different place to live
for us.
It turns out that the hundredth-monkey effect is already
occurring and there are all these people already doing
things. And all these little projects starting up and they're
coming together so organically that it makes you sit back
and smile because you know they are meant to be.
It's been very exciting. I've been working harder than I've
every worked. I haven't been able to put as much time as
I'd like into getting some of my updates out there as I'd
like, but I think when people see what is unfolding from
this time period, they will understand why.
In this new effort, the website just went live today. It's
http://FullDisclosureProject.org.
JC: There's one other thing I wanted to ask you more on a
personal level, but I think the audience will dig this, which
is you were nervous, right? Couple of months ago.
You were talking to me, “Jimmy, man, I a little freaked out
about all of this.” And coming out to L.A. where there's
going to be, you know, thousands of people there waiting
for you. And now that you've gotten that over with, and I
told you that it was going to be just fine. How do you feel
now?
I mean the reception was good and it was a nice positive
experience for you, I'm sure. But are you okay now? Have
you calmed down a little bit?
Corey: Yeah, I mean, after shooting all the episodes at
Gaiam, I was starting to get comfortable in front of the
camera, finally. But, you know, we were shooting 12 to 20
episodes in a week, so it was work.
But for the first time being in front of crowds of people,
being introverted as I am, it was very intimidating. I had a
lot of trepidation going in. But just like you told me
beforehand, the people were great. There was such
beautiful loving energy from people there. It was a great
experience.
I was very pleased. It took me a few days to recover.
JC: Yeah, I know. You know, you looked also, I'll say, you
looked relieved. That was the other thing. When you go
into anything like that . . . And it's kind of like, you know,
if you're a guitar player, right, and you've got a big gig
coming up or it's the first show for the band or whatever,
you're freaked out. Then all of a sudden the show ends and
you go, “Wow, okay, all right. It wasn't that bad. It was
actually pretty . . . “ You know what I mean?
Corey: Yeah.
JC: And that's a big part of it.
Corey: We're our own worst critics.
JC: Exactly right. That's exactly right. All right. Now, now
that we've kind of settled down a little bit, let's to this. Let's
kind of start here.
Everything kicked off for you at a very, very, very young
age. Let's do an abbreviated version of your early years
and how things actually started with the SSP and MILAB
for the audience that may have not heard it before. They've
probably read it, but they've never heard you speak about
it. So let's kind of start there.
Corey: Okay, I'll give a real quick summary. At around the
age 6, they started introducing some standardized testing in
the elementary school I was going to. And the standardized
testing was your normal standardized testing to make sure
children were learning certain subject matter at a certain
age, but it was also designed to weed out and identify
individuals as anomalies to be followed up on by people
coming out and doing other tests.
And that's what occurred with me. I popped up as an
anomaly somehow. They came out and did one-on-one
testing with me – everything from written tests, you know,
Rorschach kind of tests, tests asking me to guess what
were on cards, you know, squiggly lines, stars, you know,
those kind of weird little tests.
And then they asked the school . . . Through the school
they asked my parents permission for me to go into this
program where I was going to be taken off campus on
occasion and taken for field trips and extracurricular kind
of things. That's how it was suppose to begin.
The vans would come and pick me and other children up
and they were taking us to places like Carswell Air Force
328
Base and other places like not really malls, but commercial
real estate that was closed down or in transition. They
would take us there to do training or different types of
operations when we were children.
JC: How many other kids were with you throughout that
period?
Corey: Well, it dwindled down. In the beginning, there
was . . . I don't remember the exact number. There was
around 100 in my area that was in my age group. And as
people . . . as they either washed out or they didn't make
the grade . . .
JC: For whatever reason.
Corey: . . . or they were rejected for whatever reason, or as
people were identified for different abilities and qualities
were identified in them, they were brought off into slightly
different programs and so the group started getting smaller
and segmented as we got older.
JC: Are you still in contact with any of those kids today?
Corey: No.
JC: When did that . . . We don't have to spend a lot of time
on this. I'm just curious. When did you start to lose contact
with them? I guess what I'm saying is, did it just dwindle
down to just a couple – you and a couple of others?
Corey: Yeah. By the time I had graduated high school,
there was only one other kid in the area that I occasionally
saw and at that point he was going to a different high
school.
JC: And are you still in contact with him?
Corey: No.
JC: Have you ever spoken about what high school you
went to in Texas?
Corey: No, I haven't. I transferred around the area quite a
bit, so I went to a number of junior highs and high schools
in the area. But I ended up graduating from Richardson
High School.
JC: Okay, okay, gotcha. So by the time you are in
Richardson now that's 10, 11, 12 years have gone by and
you were in that program all the way through obviously
graduating high school.
Corey: Right, well, yes. At the 17 year-old mark, when I
was returned, after that point, I was mainly, they were
observing me and then pulling me in on very rare
occasions for certain things that were needed. But I was
out at that point.
JC: I gotcha. Yeah, that just must have been really
interesting. What did the . . . Again, I don't want to spend a
lot of time on this. We have way, way too much to talk
about tonight. But what did your friends and family say
about you coming and going and, you know, just
disappearing, and what were you telling your friends at the
time that you were up to?
Corey: Yeah, my friends were the ones really making the
comments. They didn't understand why I was never at
school. . .
JC: Right.
Corey: . . . and why I was . . . You know, I wasn't making
the best grades, but, you know, I was continuing to be, I
guess, socially promoted to the next grade. But I was never
at school.
Kids were asking me what was going on. When I'd go to a
different junior high, we transferred to a different junior
high, they'd have to end up setting that up for me – setting
up the situation. So sometimes I would be in like a star-
kind of program to where the teachers were talking above
my head in the curriculum, and then I'd go to another one
and they wouldn't know what to do with me and they
would stick me in a class to where kids were sitting there
doing doodles on paper all day.
It was just very disjointed. The school system, I don't
think, really knew what to do with me a lot.
JC: Do you know . . . Did the school system have any idea
about what you were up to and why you weren't in school?
Were the teachers . . . Was there just . . .
Corey: They had fronts going on, but on some level some .
. . There had to be . . . Someone always has to know in an
organization. There always has to be someone who knows
in an organization that's working with intelligence groups.
JC: Right, right.
Corey: There's always somebody who knows.
JC: Let's jump ahead a little bit. I wanted to ask you about
what has been going on with Hillary and Podesta and
Jimmy Kimmel and Obama and all of this talk about ET
lately. Do you have any information on that and why
suddenly this is the subject of conversation out there with
the masses?
Corey: Yeah. There's a major negotiation going on right
now between what we loosely call the Cabal groups, but
there are these Earth government syndicates that have been
running the Western . . . well, I guess, everything. You
know, the military-industrial complex, the finances,
everything for some time. And have had this 100-year
Federal Reserve thing going.
329
Well, you know, this group is finally losing their grasp on
power, and these Earth Alliance groups that are called by
all these different names are now negotiating from a place
of power. And what's being decided is exactly how much
information is going to be disclosed.
What we're seeing with little snippets of Hillary, Obama,
you know, making little comments about ETs, this is all
little drip, drips of this partial disclosure that they're giving
us.
We're hearing more and more that . . . The Alliance is
beginning to believe that partial disclosure is not going to
be possible. There's too much out there once people get a
little bit of the information and they see the rest of the
information. There's just going to be too many questions.
JC: Are you a part of this decision process?
Corey: I absolutely am not.
JC: This is what's frustrating for me, because I feel what
you are talking about, right? Because I witness it. I feel it.
Why is it getting out of control and why are they forcing
themselves now to dip into this disclosure, which seems to
be picking up at a pretty rapid clip?
Corey: Well, there are a number of groups in the Earth
Alliance that have stated, “You do the disclosure or we're
going to do the disclosure.”
JC: Right.
Corey: But the whole thing is, when it comes to the
disclosure, they don't want to let the whole genie out of the
bottle, because along with all of these years of them
keeping the secret . . . In order to keep the secret, they had
to commit a lot of crimes.
And there's a lot of information about contrived wars and
manipulated coups and all kinds of other stuff that they
would rather not come out. You know, some nice stuff that
would make them look good like some free energy . . .
JC: Curing of diseases.
Corey: Yeah, some stuff like that that would kind of make
them look heroish, you know, they're kind of behind. But a
lot of them are not behind the full disclosure narrative.
They're behind giving us a good junk of it to chew on for a
while, and once we've swallowed those pills, then (they'll)
give us another round of pills to take.
JC: Yeah, that's interesting, because it's one thing to digest
an alien presence, right, and to disclose that and put that on
the world, although we could handle it. I don't have issues
with that. But it's a whole other thing to come forward and
say that “All of history has been manipulated because of us
and different dark organizations that have been running in
the background. All of your fears are actually true.”
Corey: Yes.
JC: That could run us into insanity.
Corey: Absolutely. And how will we feel as a collective
when we find out that 0.01% of the population has
manipulated us through this money-magic-debt slave
system and also by our small differences leveraging those
against each other - you know, ridiculous things like the
color of our skin, the color of our upholstery? I mean, the
differences in religious beliefs. Those types of things are
what they use to keep us fighting amongst ourselves and
distracted while this small little percentage leads us around
by the nose.
If we start to come together and put aside all of these
differences, their power is gone immediately.
JC: When it comes to money and understanding money,
when we talk about the alliance that is out there – the dark
and the positive side of those alliances that are pushing and
pulling - do the alien . . . the dark side of the . . . do they
understand what money is? Do they have . . . Do they deal
with that in their own society? You know what I mean?
How do they understand how we manipulate each other
down here in such a bad way? Where does that
understanding come from?
Corey: You know, money is an ancient concept, but it's not
necessarily something that was natural to humanity. People
try to say, “Without the financial system, what would we
do?” Yeah, the population was smaller, but back in
antiquity, before money, we bartered, we lived as a
community.
What has money done to that? It has caused people to be
more in competition with each other instead of living in
harmony with each other. It has brought out greed. It has
brought our all the negative things.
It reeks of tool of destruction to me. It doesn't sound like
something that just naturally developed. It sounds like
something that was inserted into our collective
consciousness in society as a way to manage us.
JC: I spoke at the very beginning of the show. I don't know
if you heard it, but I was talking about the missing trillions
of dollars every fiscal year and it's a frightening thing but
when you and other whistleblowers are talking about these
massive, gnarly, insanely huge expensive programs that
are going on, and how they are getting funded, and I speak
about this kind of missing money and how budgets are
done, then it starts to become a little bit more clear.
When you look at the SSP and breakaway civilizations and
the possibility of this going on, what kind of money do you
330
think is being spent in the background on these budgets?
Do you have any idea?
Corey: You know, the number, money, it's so arbitrary.
You hear of the dark web. You know there's also like a
dark financial system. There are two financial systems. So
there is a whole other financial system that we're
completely . . . most of us are completely unaware of.
And all of these are 1s and 0s anyway. But I hear what
you're saying. Where's it all going? Where are all these 1s
and 0s going?
Once you get . . . and the money . . . we're going to talk
about trickle up economics instead of trickle down since
we're going into space. The money goes up through the
bureaucracies and through all the corruption there and gets
fleeced and what's left gets pumped into these
unacknowledged programs or Special Access Programs.
Another source of the income is through the drug trade. A
lot of this money goes into the intelligence and lower
secret space programs. Some of these more advanced
programs are pretty much self-sufficient at this point. They
are a completely broken away civilization that do not rely
on us for money or any type of operational support.
JC: Let me jump in right there. Let's take a quick break.
That's a good spot to take a break. Let's do that right now.
Our guest tonight is Corey Goode. Secret Space Program
and Breakaway Civilizations Week here on Fade to Black.
When we come back, we're going to start – we've got a lot
to cover – we're going to start with the Breakaway
Civilizations – what they are, what his participation was,
and we're going to talk about that lost money. This is Fade
to Black. I'm your host Jimmy Church. Follow me on
Twitter @JimmyChurchRadio. I'll be right back.
(59:02 ~ 1:03:18) (break)
JC: Welcome back to Fade to Black. I'm your host Jimmy
Church. Tonight our guest is Corey Goode, breakaway
civilizations and the Secret Space Program. The
SphereBeingAlliance.com is the website.
Yeah, hey, Corey, check this out. During the break I went
to the studio next door and if you log into our website, it
says immediately, “DDOService”, a service attack.
Corey: Oh, wow.
JC: So it's checking everybody's browsers to see if you are
legit before you can log back into the website. Awesome.
That's what I'm talking about, man. We've thwarted a
DODS attack at the top of the hour and . . .
Corey: Oh, yeah, I see that. I'm looking right now.
JC: Yeah.
Corey: Cool. That's smart.
JC: Yeah, isn't that cool? That's what I'm talking about,
man. Yeah. A lot, a lot of people are tuned in to what you
are saying tonight and I think that is very important. So
totally cool. We will fight the powers. That's what we're
going to do, man. They don't want us to speak, but they
didn't get past us, man.
Corey: And we're just getting started.
JC: We're just getting started and we . . . Today we had all
hands on deck. All of our technical people, everybody was
on-board and we knew that this was going to happen. And
it did! But it didn't work. And that's the truth.
Okay, so, let's go with the breakaway civilization part of
this evening first. The original documentary that the BBC
put out, “Alternative 3”, and the idea of a breakaway
civilization, the possibility, I look at that as a big . . . a
serious disinfo project.
They put that out there. That information is there, but a
breakaway civilization now is something that is not only
talked about now, but is something that is being taken very
seriously, not only through the alternative circles, but
scientific community as well.
So what is your definition of a breakaway civilization?
Corey: A breakaway civilization is a civilization that has
become so self-sufficient or has broken so completely
from another civilization that its it's own entity now. Like
they would not be . . . A group that broke away would not
have any loyalties to the United States or to Russia or to
the EU. They are an entity that is both global in how it is
directed, but it is completely off-planet in infrastructure,
such as pulling materials from asteroids and planets, other
planets, and taking those materials and converting them
into usable raw materials like we have down here and then
they have people who process those materials and produce
goods and services and these are people that are living on
bases on another planet within our solar system and will
mostly likely live out their entire lifetime doing that type
of work on said base or colony.
JC: Is there going to be a situation where, you know there's
something going on on Mars. We know that. There's
something going on on our own moon. We know that. And
suddenly, we're going to have this miracle of construction
and a base that was already there. They are going to say
that we just built it or . . . You know what I mean. Is that
how . . .
Corey: Well, what they're trying to get us ready to start
sliding . . . You know, you're seeing all these Lockheed
Martin commercials all of a sudden and Boeing
331
commercials about the space age technology. They don't
need to advertise to the public. We don't buy their goods
and services.
You know, they're bought through locked in contracts.
They need to advertise for PR for people to invest some,
but this is obviously one part of this campaign they have to
slowly release the existence of the lower space program,
which at first, we will hear about some very advanced –
maybe 50 to 100 years to us more advanced – shuttle-type
craft that service some, let's say maybe one or two
advanced military-intelligence space stations that have
been floating around up there for a while.
That'll be our first introduction, possibly.
JC: Are you prepared to discuss . . . Well, we're going to
discuss some new information now, but do you have any
information right now that pertains directly to that? Do you
have any information about current contact with a space
station that we have out there that isn't the ISS?
Corey: Yes, there are a couple of space stations out there
that the DIA and NSA and a few other three-letter agencies
and military assets, secret access programs, are doing
things on and it's not a . . . They are not super advanced.
They're more advanced than ISS, for certain, you know,
like 50 or 100 years. But they have lower space program
things going on all the time that are on a lower level. They
are not as exotic in technology, I guess you should say.
JC: And touching upon that is Gary McKinnon, of course,
and his accidental, you know, backing his truck over his
information he found on our servers over here with NASA.
Was that information that you were able to corroborate and
was he talking about the exact same thing or . . .?
Corey: As an IT professional, what he was able to do with
a homemade desktop computer and a modem should scare
the living snot out of just about anybody. But we're in a
different world now. What he was able to access is
amazing and I think a lot of what he was accessing was
information from the beginning of one of the more
advanced parts of the naval and the naval-military
intelligence Secret Space Program.
JC: It was interesting to me with Gary when he spoke
about how he was able to do that in a very simple way.
People don't change their passwords, right?
Corey: Or they use the default . . .
JC: Admin.
Corey: . . . the default Admin password.
JC: Right. And that's all he was looking for.
Corey: NT used to roll out . . . Microsoft NT would come
out with the same password and . . . yeah. That's just
ridiculous. He exploited it and if he hadn't done that . . . He
paid heavily for it. But if he hadn't of done that . . . A lot of
this information wouldn't have made it into our
consciousness, or at least not as soon.
JC: Yeah, exactly. And so for you, when you started to
hear about Gary McKinnon, and some of the things that he
was talking about, did you start to cross check your own
personal experiences and what you knew to see if . . .
Corey: Absolutely. There were a couple of times I thought,
“Okay, it's coming out now. It's coming out now.” It didn't
happen. There were certain witnesses that I saw
interviewed that I won't name, but I knew that they were
walking right up to the line and stopping. They knew a lot
more and they could be saying a lot of this stuff that I am,
but they were walking right up to the line, dancing around
on the other side a little bit and then stepping back and
then disappearing.
JC: Why do you think that was? Were they being silenced?
Corey: Yeah. There's always . . . All it takes is . . . for
someone to . . . not just threaten someone you love, but
really put you in some of these situations before you
realize how you will react. Some of the people that are the
most docile, laid back . . . You really cannot predict how a
person is going to react when you start threatening their
loved ones.
JC: Yeah, exactly. No, you can't. Which goes back to the
breakaway civilization. You have all of that with every
single family member with somebody that is indoctrinated
or becoming a part of the breakaway civilization.
Do you have any idea how many . . . how large the
breakaway civilization is today?
Corey: I've heard many estimates and there's a new
whistleblower that forward, I think his name is Bill
Tompkins.
JC: Yep, yep.
Corey: He's been talking with Dr. Michael Salla. His first
video interview is going to be coming out tomorrow on
exopolitics.org. But he discussed just the amount of people
that went down to secret bases in Argentina and Antarctica
being, I believe, between 5 and 7 million.
That number that disappeared to go down there is
incredible, but I can't even remember the number of people
that were brought to Plymouth Rock and started these
colonies. I haven't heard all of the history of the colonies. I
hope there weren't any Jamestown-kind of horror stories.
JC: Right, right.
332
Corey: They were the ones that really got a lot of this
going. But they haven't stopped recruiting. They still
approach people and present them with what I call the
Jetson's package, showing them all of this deceptive
information about how they will live and how they'll be
leaving . . . they and their family will be leaving the planet,
but they will be saving this planet.
Then they leave and they arrive at their destination and
they have a whole different reality one of, in most cases,
one of slavery.
JC: With the Brain Drain that happened, if we look back to
historical fact, and I'm talking about the stopping of
Apollo, our space program – the one that we know about -
completely going sideways. We allegedly made all of this
progress and here today we are still dropping our space
capsules in the ocean. Right?
Corey: It's as totally ridiculous a notion as we are driving
around cars and flying in planes that were designed
basically the early 1900s with only material science
changing a little bit around them. It's a totally ridiculous
notion to think that in the last 100 years we haven't come
further than that.
JC: Progressed. Right. I spoke about that a couple of
weeks ago. I was looking at the German Messerschmitt,
the 162, and I was looking at that and I was like, 'You
know, planes have not changed at all. Right? They have
just not changed at all. The designs that were done in WW
II are exactly what we're flying today.
They're bigger. They're faster. They're more efficient, but
they're the exact same design. We have not taken a step
forward. And is that because the Brain Drain, all the uber
intelligence is somewhere else now and it is not here
working for us?
Corey: No, absolutely not. We have such wonderful talent
and beautiful, beautiful, beautifully intelligent minds right
here now to source. But the problem is that the information
that these beautiful minds are receiving is, I mean like . . .
The physics . . . The suppressed physics models that could
unify a lot of these different fields and theoretical physics
and have them applying it immediately. This is just
knowledge that is being suppressed. We haven't even
gotten to the technology yet.
The technology . . . The big thing, they say, that we talked
about earlier, they say, “We can't handle disclosure.' Well,
the fact is I heard Laura Eisenhower say, “We've handled
all of their wars. We've handled all of the disease. We've
handled all of this other stuff. We can handle the truth.”
It's definitely time that we demand it. I'm sorry if I got off
the exact topic.
JC: No, you're exactly right. It's just fascinating to me
when I look back and I . . . because when I talk about the
things that are obvious and one of them is when in 1970
we were dreaming of moon bases and a Hilton Hotel in an
orbiting space station and an elevator to space and all these
huge fantastical dreams that we were suppose to fulfill.
And none of it happened.
And today we . . . They want us to think that we're not
doing anything. That we're not going to go to Mars until
2030, maybe. We might go back to the moon. We might . .
. We haven't done anything since 1972, 73, 74.
Corey: I'll tell you though, the signs are encouraging. You
see the Rockefellers and other groups getting out of
energy, commodities, getting out of oil and coal and all
these other things at a record pace.
It makes you wonder why they don't want to be involved in
. . . why they are getting their money out of these old
energy technologies. Maybe they know something. Maybe
they know that some new energy technologies are about to
unroll.
People see a lot of signs that give them fear and
trepidation, but there are a lot of signs out there to
encourage us. Around the world right now . . . You know,
looking at the elections now, we see a lot of people that we
may not to vote in, but the movement out there, like the
movement behind Bernie Sanders and Trump, regardless
of what we think about the individuals that are being voted
for, who are running, it's the movement that's important.
There are so many people that are tired with the
establishment and are tired of the corruption that there's a
movement on both sides. And we see what's going on in
Brazil and across the world. People are standing up and
unifying against corruption.
That's a wave that I think is going to continue and 2016
could be seen as the beginning of revolution, and I'm not
talking violent revolution, but a revolution in spirit of the
people against all of this ? slavery that we've been living
through, and we're finally going to stand up.
JC: One of the things that you and I and David and a few
others have been talking about over the last few months is
we all need to get along – right, our little circle of friends
here - that in-fighting and separation is not the way to
move forward. And you are certainly a . . . You know,
you're spearheading that and I commend you for that. But
with the Blue Avians, are they influencing that kind of
decision-making and that kind of mind set and have you
been in communication with them about exactly what your
intentions are right now with the launch of the website and
so forth?
Corey: Yes, yes, and I have been in contact with them
about it and they've made it clear that they are working
333
together with our collective consciousness as our collective
consciousness is making a decision of how it's going to
move forward during this time of change. They're not here,
you know, stopping things, doing things. They're working
in concert with our collective consciousness and with the
laws of the cosmos, which we've been kept totally ignorant
of.
Now, you know, this is something that . . . this project is
related to, because this project has to do with . . . We're not
. . . We're about to start ad campaigns, guerrilla marketing
campaigns, not towards our own community that's already
awake, but towards the masses that are out there that still
have the giggle-factor programmed if they hear anything
alien or UFO. So we need to come together, because we
need people like your next two guests that are coming that
hold on to the nuts and bolts kind of information, interview
people that have credentialed information. Those are the
kind of people we're going to need to present . . . That's the
kind of information we're going to need to present to the
mainstream people in the beginning.
If we come to them with all these different ideologies that
we have, it's just not going to go well. They're going to
have to go through the same process that we did of waking
up. We're going to have to, you know, let them wake up at
their own pace, but also we need to realize that if we do a
project like this and present nuts and bolts information to
the public, that it will start bringing the public to all of our
information eventually. We all have something to gain in it
and what we have to gain is putting aside our differences
that keep us at each other's throats and focus on what we
all want, which is the truth, which none of us have an
embargo on, and none of us can say, “We fully know.”
JC: Exactly, and as a delegate or the delegate that is
interfacing with these . . . the federations and the councils,
do you have – and I'm not making light of this, Corey, just
go with me. . . Do you have an agenda when you sit down
for these discussions? Do you take notes and minutes of
the meeting and do you guys present an agenda and then
an execution list – not an execution list, but a to-do list -
and organize in that fashion? Take me through that, how it
works?
Corey: Well, it depends on how much the SSP Alliance
Council's involved. That's how they like to do things. They
like to have everything planned out and oriented in that
way. When I'm appearing in a location to do interfacing on
behalf of the Sphere Being Alliance or the Blue Avians, on
almost every occasion they have put me on the spot with
little to zero preparation and . . . So I go in knowing very
little about what I'm walking into and the information is
provided to me as I'm interfacing.
JC: Are you on a first name basis with everybody?
Corey: With everybody . . .
JC: In the Federation and the Councils . . .
Corey: Oh, no, no, no. No, not on a first name basis. I have
never gotten to converse with any of those beings on really
any type of real level. I mean it's always been just . . . I
mean let's say you're an interpreter that's working at the
UN and you're interpreting for someone. You get to talk
with someone famous, but you're just interpreting for
another person. You don't get to have an in-depth
conversation about . . . how many children do you have,
where do you live? That kind of conversation.
JC: Yeah.
Corey: That's why the conversation I had with Karee from
the ? group (Inner Earth group), had such a big impact on
me, because it was the first being that I had been able to sit
there and have a conversation like that with.
JC: I actually want to talk about that right after the break,
because what I'm imagining is, when I think of Congress,
sort of the Senate, right, the House of Representatives,
there may be 500, 400, 250, whatever, 100, but they all
know each other. They come in, they sit down, “Hey,
Bob.” “Hey, Bill.” It's a day of work. They may not like
each other, but they are there around each other all the
time. They may not know or be friends with anybody, but
they still see the same people all the time. That's what I
was referencing to you. When you get there is it always the
same group? And let's talk about that right after the break.
That's what I was referring to and I . . . I find it interesting
for everybody to kind of understand exactly what is going
done at one of these council or federation meetings.
This is Fade to Black. Our guest tonight is Corey Goode.
The Secret Space Program, Breakaway civilizations and
breaking information. More with Corey right after this
break. Stay right there.
(1:28:46 ~ 1:32:25) (Break)
JC: Welcome back to Fade to Black. Our guest tonight
Corey Goode. Tomorrow night, Joseph P. Farrell, and then
on Wednesday, Richard Dolan. All part of our Breakaway
Civilizations, Secret Space Program Week. Very important
subject.
Corey, what I was trying to get to is . . . just trying to get a
sense of, when you are sitting as a delegate, do you see the
same faces every day or is it kind of interchanged when
you seeing and meeting with and conversing with different
people – different species and faces?
Corey: Well, at the Super Federation, yeah, it's usually all
the usual suspects. It could vary. Sometimes there would
be around 40 participants and upwards of 60. But in recent
meetings, which was, I guess it was a fairly important one,
it was standing room only. But to answer your question,
yes, these are the same faces, the same representatives that
334
I saw when I was brought in when I was an adolescent –
just into my teen years – to be an Intuitive Empath support
. . . in an Intuitive Empath support role as I have seen
recently.
JC: What happened at this recent standing-room only
meeting? What was discussed and when was it?
Corey: I'm trying to . . . It was probably about, I think it
was before the September meeting. Sorry, I'm having
problems remembering exactly when that one was. That
was the one when there were several ET groups that no
one knew about that were in our biosphere of the Earth.
They were groups that were very high tech groups that
cared nothing about humanity, were not here to study us.
They didn't care anything about us except for maybe how
we affecting our environment. But they were here to study
the flora and fauna.
They were under the oceans studying life in the oceans and
taking genetic samples and that kind of thing and they
ended up getting trapped here when a quarantine went into
affect. A lot of them were stuck down here and were
having kind of a hard time of it and they wanted to get
back with their operational support teams.
That was being allowed after a period of time. They were
being allowed to return to their operational support teams
or their groups that were in the solar system. And these
were peaceful groups. They were here. They just happened
to be caught, stuck here doing their normal studies at the
time.
JC: What was the quarantine? That's interesting.
Corey: Yes, that was in December of 2015 when the
barrier went up around the complete outside of the solar
system and there was another quarantine barrier around the
Earth for a short period of time.
JC: Interesting. Interesting. And so that's why it was
standing-room only? And were the other attendees alarmed
because they weren't . . .
Corey: They were members of these . . . They were there
on behalf of some of their members that they wanted
retrieved or allowed to leave the biosphere of the Earth to
come back into their care.
JC: Oh, interesting. Interesting. Yeah. And I suppose that
would be standing-room only, because they felt like it was
almost a hostage situation.
Corey: Well, kind of. If you have . . . Let's say you have
Greenpeace people caught behind some borders when a
coup happens or something like that, it becomes very hard
to get your people out. I guess that's the closest analogy
that I could put to what these people were going through.
JC: And let's discuss the Secret Space Program really
quick. We kind of touched upon this earlier, but the
breakaway civilization aspect of things I consider one part
of it. Then we have the Secret Space Program, which is the
other half.
Do you have any idea how many people are involved in
the SSP and how can they pull it off and keep it secret? I
mean, I have my ideas.
Corey: They say it's impossible for the government to keep
secrets, but that's a major misnomer. The government can't
keep secrets when someone in the government has
something to gain from that secret leaking. When it comes
to keeping this secret . . . This is seen as a secret that will
collapse their entire regime. This is not a secret that will
send someone to prison, end a career, damage a reputation.
This is a secret that will end the need for large
pharmaceutical companies and large energy-oil companies
and what are the largest companies in the world again?
JC: Well, you have Exxon-Mobil that is the largest oil
company, and then you have Apple . . .
Corey: And the pharmaceutical companies are some of the
powerful. So that's just one little part of it. Then, again,
there's all these crimes against humanity that have been
created for them to perpetrate this fraud and to keep this
massive secret. So it's kind of like someone begins to lie to
their spouse about something and then they have to lie
about why they lied to their spouse.
Eventually, they are too invested in the lie. And these
people are not only invested in the lie, and what they've
had to do to keep the lie, but they truly . . . they're zealots.
They believe in what they're doing. They believe . . . Many
of these people believe truly that their bloodline comes
from another planet in our solar system. They migrated
here a long time ago. Their lineage took over this planet
when it moved here and they rightfully should run it.
They raise their children in a certain tradition. Those are
hard things to overcome.
JC: When we talk about the not only MILAB, but when we
talk about a Secret Space Program that the Navy is running
or the Marines, and were doing these off-planet
expeditions, are we armed? Because there are references of
battles that have gone on on Mars and so forth.
Is this something where we are armed? And if we are,
what is it that we are fighting? And why would we need to
be armed?
Corey: Yes, we're absolutely armed. The current state of . .
. The reason they state that we need to be armed is that we
have to not only protect the planet from invasion, but also
protect the planet from pretty much snatch-and-grap kind
335
of groups that come through – traveling through the
cosmic web, through the portal system that go through this
area.
There are some non-terrestrial groups that pop in here
every once in a while, fly down to the Earth, snag a couple
humans and a couple other genetic samples that they desire
and then they take off and they leave.
The SSP monitors, I guess you'd say, the air space –
monitoring for friend or foe signals when craft come in
and out. When the hail a craft, they want to see the craft's
behavior.
JC: Well, let me jump in, because that's interesting. Have
we been shot at? And are there . . . Are some of these
aliens armed with bad intentions? Have we been shot at?
Have we lost personnel? Have we had somebody that was
killed in the line of duty?
Corey: Absolutely. Yes. They've lost many people in not
only just accidents that happen out there, but in armed
conflict on the surface of bodies out there and also in craft,
in vessels.
JC: Let's talk about planet Earth for a second.
Underground facilities and underground civilizations – off-
planet and on. Where does this occur? And what about
Dulce?
Corey: Well, you know, I've been asked a lot about Dulce.
When I was in the programs looking at the smart-glass
pads, I never saw any information on the Dulce bases. And
as I said, that does not mean that known of that didn't exist,
it just means that I saw all kinds of information on
underground bases, but I never saw any information on
that particular one.
JC: And you and I were talking earlier today about some
underground stuff going on right now. Let's talk about that.
What were you referring to?
Corey: There's been a few things that I was going to
release from a recent briefing I had and some of it's
actually come out in a few other people's reports. One of
them being that . . . I've been reporting for nearly a year
that a lot of shipping containers and all kinds of materials
have been shipped down to Brazil and Argentina and it's
been going down into the ground there into some very
sophisticated bases.
I was given some interesting information regarding . . . that
these bases that people are going into like an ant colony,
that it's a part of a natural underground network that has
been excavated and re-engineered that goes along some
fissures or a part of the West Antarctic rift and that they
have run silent submarines, black submarines, that are
several different sizes, but are electromagnetically
propulsed under the water underneath some of these areas
and some of these areas have trams or trains that go under
them in between South American and Antarctica. And that
there's been a lot of activity and a lot of material moved
down there by more of these, some of these groups that
we'd call Naziesque-Cabal-type groups.
JC: Why Antarctica?
Corey: Well, Antarctica . . . There are several reasons.
Antarctica . . . There were some ready-made cities from
that were there from ancient times. There are a lot of
resources that they can pull out of the ground there and
there are geothermal areas that they can use for thermal
energy.
Under the ice . . . There's a lot of the area there that are
what used to be some shallow seas, so they're able to travel
under the ice a great deal. It's not as much land as you
would think.
JC: Do you have any information about the Malibu
underwater base?
Corey: Yeah, in the Malibu area there is definitely a
submarine base that goes to . . . It's similar to what I just
described. They enter in close to the Continental Shelf
there. They enter in and it goes into these giant
underground cavern fissures and they have one that pops
up in a desert lake where they do some submarine training.
JC: Huh, China Lake? Are you referring to . . .
Corey: It could be. Is that in . . . Is it Utah?
JC: No. Well that . . . what you're referring to . . .
Corey: Not Utah . . .
JC: Nevada. You're talking about Nevada.
Corey: Nevada, Nevada. Thank you.
JC: Yeah. Yeah. It's a direct line from the Malibu entrance
certainly.
Corey: And there's a lot of that that goes underneath the
western United States, especially huge underwater caverns.
JC: And who . . . Between Antarctica and Chile, Argentina
and Brazil, who's occupying the tunnel system there? Is it .
. . Are we interfacing with aliens? Or is that our
installation?
Corey: It's infrastructure that the Nazis began to build in
the late 30s, early 40s, that they began to build in some
ancient ruined cities that were pointed out to them by some
non-terrestrial groups that they began to work with. And
these groups also pointed out some large cavernous areas
in Argentina that ended up leading down to these deep
336
underground fissures or rifts deep in the ground that travel
all the way down to Antarctica.
JC: You had mentioned earlier, Corey, I want to go back a
little bit. You had mentioned the barriers that were put up.
Who is in charge of those barriers?
Corey: You know, that's very difficult to say who's in
charge of the barriers, because these little blue orbs we see,
those are the actual sphere beings. Those are beings.
JC: Right.
Corey: And the Neptune-size and moon-size spheres that
are out there, those are also these beings. These are not
craft, and so exponentially these things go up, up and up in
size. So they're an energetic life form that is in some sort
of symbiotic and karmic relationship with our mass
consciousness and with everything that's going on in this
local star cluster. That's just what I've been able to glean
from my experience.
JC: That's interesting. Okay, I'm just banging out a bunch
of questions really quick before we get to the top of the
hour. Hey, you want to take some calls?
Corey: Go for it.
JC: Yeah, man, we should take some calls. We'll open up
the phone lines after the next break, so everybody get
ready for that. Help me out with this, because, again, I
have my own ideas here. I need you to help me make up
my mind. Why would the cabals need to go underground?
Are they trying to protect themselves from something? Is
there something they are worried about?
Corey: Yeah. And it depends . . . There are so many other
different groups. They have all these different belief
systems about what's going to happen at the end of an age
and all this thing. Some of these groups, they're bugging
out and going underground because they really believe
there's going to be some sort of what they call like a kill-
shot sun explosion that's going to wipe out the Earth and
they're going to be the only ones that are going to survive
and all this other stuff.
Other groups plan on . . . They know that they are about to
lose control of the surface. They plan on trying to start
WW III and set off charges that they have on some super
volcanoes and basically tear up all the toys and leave the
play yard because they didn't get their way.
JC: Do you have a bunker?
Corey: I do not. No. I used to have a area that I could go
to, a bug out area, but no, I no longer . . .
JC: Do you care about it?
Corey: Ah, not really. I make sure that, per the instructions
that I was given, I think that if a person is financially able,
they should have a minimum of two weeks of food in their
home.
JC: Do you?
Corey: I do.
JC: Okay. Just checking. I don't. I got a butt load of ramen
noodles and chili without beans. Ha, ha, ha.
Corey: Ha, ha.
JC: I've got cases of that. And if anything goes down, my
family is eating ramen noodles and chili until the . . .
Corey: Well, it keeps you out of the FEMA lines.
JC: Yeah, it will. Until the atmosphere clears back up
we're going to be doing chili. Do the Blue Avians have the
ability to listen to this show? And are they listening right
now? Do they know that you and I are talking?
Corey: You know, they seem to because every time I've
gone to deliver . . . I'm suppose to deliver a message.
Every time I go to open my mouth to deliver a message, up
comes the hand and they respond and they give the answer
to the message. They already know. So I can't answer
you're question without speculating, but I would have to
say they seem pretty aware of what's going on and I don't
have to explain things to them.
JC: Have they ever said that Jimmy Church guy, he's
completely nuts.
Corey: Well they told me I could talk with you on the
phone, but I should probably not, you know, rub shoulders
with you too much. It might rub off on me.
JC: That's whey we didn't have drinks. Yeah, you know
what? That's really good advice, by the way. And have
they told you . . . Do you guys have an agenda in moving
forward? I like the guerrilla approach that you had
mentioned earlier. There's television, there's other radio, of
course, there's the Internet, and there's YouTube. You
know what I mean? There's all of these different avenues
to feed into. Are they up on that technology and do you
guys have a game plan?
Corey: Yes. We're putting a lot of that together right now,
but we're also going to be collaborating with a lot . . .
We've got so many talented people coming together.
We've got all kinds of producers of documentaries, short
films, musicians, people that want to come together and
collaborate and collaborate in a unified way that's going to
make a difference. And there's some people coming
together that will be pretty surprising once we fully get all
the infrastructure done and get everything announced.
337
It's going to be very exciting. It's already exciting to see
these different projects coming together - all these
different people that . . . There are people out there that
have financial resources that are Service to Others and that
have always wanted to find a way to contribute, but have
been leery of getting involved in certain things that are
now starting to step forward.
There are people that they can not be introduced with
people that are doing serious documentaries on this type of
subject or maybe doing movies or animations – music,
songs, all kinds of medium that can seep into the collective
consciousness of the masses and help them to not only
start to wake up, but to start acclimating and getting ready
for Full Disclosure.
JC: Let me ask you this. One of the funniest things . . . I
think you and I have talked about this before, but one of
the funniest, most hysterical things that has been discussed
lately is the flat Earth. It's hysterical. And obviously, . . . I
think I asked you one time, “Did you look out the
window?” Right?
What do you say to those flat-Earthers out there?
Corey: I've tried going round and round and when it comes
down to it we're going to believe what we're going to
believe. And I'm not going to try to step on anyone else's
little reality bubble, but all I can do is share from my own
experience and my own perspective. And I've flown
around in these little spheres and . . .
JC: And your perspective is round.
Corey: My perspective is a spherical . . . spherical
geometry is my perspective.
JC: And let's just end it . . . Let's just stop right . . . I'm
totally with you. It's so funny . . . And you're right. You
can believe what you want to believe. It's fun. It's fun. If
you want to have that fantasy, okay, fine, but there's no
proof in anything being flat. But if you want to go there,
and live in that fantasy, go ahead. It's fine.
Corey: You get to about 160,000 feet . . . You have to get
pretty far up to start really to see the curvature of the Earth.
JC: Yeah, and they other thing is this, though, and we're
going to hit a break and when we come back, we're going
to grab some phone calls, is this: Even if it is flat, or if it's
round, it doesn't change a dang thing. Nothing changes.
We still live and breathe and we still go to work.
Corey: It sounds like one of those mental exercises.
JC: That's exactly right. Our guest tonight, Corey Goode.
This is Fade to Black. We'll be right back.
(1:58:44 ~ 2:02:08) (break)
JC: All right, welcome back to Fade to Black. I'm your
host, Jimmy Church on the Game Changer Network and
KGRA The Planet. Phone lines are jammed. Spreaker Chat
Room, all the chat rooms, Twitter, out of control, website
attacks, this is just an awesome evening, Corey. Thank you
for all of that.
Let's go straight to the phones. Hi, you're live on Fade to
Black.
Caller: Hi, Jimmy. How are ya?
JC: I'm doing good. What's your question for Corey?
Caller: Okay. This is Captain. Corey, you have been one of
my favorites and I just want to tell you this, kudos, brother,
cause you're doing it. And all that you say is absolutely
true and I did want to say this, what do you know about
President Obama – his protection in the White House? And
what off-world beings are protecting him?
JC: Thank you for the call, Captain. Excellent questions.
Thank you so much and I'm going to keep rolling through
these. Thank you so much, Captain.
Corey: Sure, thank you. Yes, I do not know of any beings
that Obama is in contact with or any information about
Obama's past in any of these MILAB or space programs. I
have not seen any of that information my self. I would
definitely intuitively hit from some of his Jimmy Kimmel
or other comments that he has had a briefing. I don't know
on what level he is.
JC: All right, there you go. Hi, you're live on Fade to
Black. What do you have for Corey Goode?
Caller: Hi, Jimmy, it's Allison. Hi, Corey.
Corey: Hi.
Caller: Hi. I have just . . . okay, it's kind of a personal
question. And you don't have to answer it if you don't want
to, but I wondered since they extended your abilities when
you were a kid, how it is being out in the real world and
did these abilities bug you, give you problems like in the
grocery store – you know how it is when you are extra
sensitive. I was just curious about that aspect if that
bothered you or affected you or if they gave you training
or do you remember you had them?
JC: Great question, Allison, and thank you for the phone
call.
Caller: And Corey, I'm going to take my answer off the air.
Dude, you just rock. You really do. Thank you.
JC: Thank you, Allison. Did you get super-duper powers
and could you control them?
338
Corey: Well, in the program, we were being genetically
enhanced. So we were being given chemicals that
genetically enhanced our abilities. But, you know, once
you use a muscle, even if that muscle atrophies, you still
have some muscle memory. You still know how to use that
muscle and you've still developed that ability.
And, yes, very much it's being in large crowds or being
around a lot of people is difficult because most people
don't realize that when we interface with people it's a
bidirectional communication, and most people are
constantly broadcasting. They're broadcasting their energy
of frustration or anxiety or whatever they're feeling they're
constantly broadcasting it.
And if you are an antenna, you're picking up very mixed
and confusing signals from all the people around you and
it can be very disconcerting.
JC: Well, that's a great point. Let me ask you about
something, me, personally. You have always been open to
coming on this show. Is it because of me? Did you . . . I'm
not saying this from an ego standpoint, but did you have a
vibe that it was going to be okay to come on here and take
your clothes off?
Corey: Yeah, yeah. Yeah, stripping down, I guess, on your
show is no big deal. Yeah, you're . . . I liked the energy
when I first talked to you. You know, there was some
controversy going on and you showed that you're a kind of
person that doesn't get in the middle of things and you stay
objective and you've . . . the things you've said. You're real
big into unity and positive stuff, so I've gotten positive
vibes, so, yeah, why wouldn't I come back?
JC: There you go. Hi, you're live on Fade to Black. What
do you have for Corey Goode?
Caller: Hi, Jimmy. Hi, Corey. How are you doing?
Corey: Hello.
Caller: This is Brian down in Florida. My question is
during your 20 and back, where you in a different timeline
during that because I know that you said there was a six-
month window where you were actually gone from when
they put you back? And my question, if you were in a
different timeline, does that mean that you were in like two
different places at the same time up until 2007? And if you
were in a different timeline, could there possibly have been
changes in that timeline to what happened on Earth
considering that you and thousands of other people were
gone on Earth and possible changes could have happened?
JC: What's your name?
Caller: Brian.
JC: Hey, Brian, that's a great question. I've asked Corey
this before, so he's . . . probably a year ago. But it's a great
question and I think it should be addressed. Thank you so
much for the phone call, Brian.
Okay, Corey. How did that work?
Corey: Yeah. And the way I understand it is that I
basically did exist in two places at the same time for a
period. There was some sort of bifurcation that existed in .
. . It seems to violate all the laws of physics, but when you
get into this new world, everything violates what you think
of as the classical laws of physics that everything must
abide by.
JC: Is it because – and caller, stay right there on hold – Is it
because leaving the Earth in a linear fashion at a certain
speed and returning back that the time here on Earth
wouldn't have past at all – or very little of it? Or would it
be the opposite of that?
Corey: What most people don't understand is that if people
are traveling in space and they're able to travel these great
distances with basically no time, they are also time
travelers.
JC: Exactly.
Corey: So there's really no real difference in time travel
and highly advanced space travel.
JC: All right, there you go. Hi, you're live on Fade to
Black. What do you have for Corey Goode?
Caller: Hello, Jimmy. Hi, Corey Goode. People tell me that
you are very connected. You have a lot of fans here. I'm a
more practical guy and what I'd like to know is . . . I keep
hearing from various sources “Disclosure's coming here!”
“Disclosure's coming here!” You've talked a bit about it.
Steven Basset seems to be doing the nuts and bolts of it
and Dr. Steven Greer, too.
I want to know is it going to come in my lifetime and when
it does come, I see a lot of things going on on Earth right
now, economic inequality and one of the things is energy.
Are we going to get an energy source in my lifetime that's
going to help equalize people on this Earth economically?
JC: Thank you for the call, Dino.
Corey: And, ah, I would say that the most probable answer
is yes that it will happen in your lifetime. I don't know how
old you are, but this is something that has already been
decided. What they're deciding is how to roll it out. You've
been keeping this secret. How do you finally take the mask
off? That right now is what they're doing.
While they're dotting the 'i's and crossing the 't's, they are
doing what they've been doing for decades is continue with
339
this slow unwinding disclosure and conditioning of the
mass consciousness to where at any given point if a type of
disclosure is sprung on them before they can unroll it, then
they can have some sort of . . . they can say, “Oh we were
telling you here or we were preparing you here.”
JC: Interesting. Interesting. Hi, you're live on Fade to
Black. What's your question for Corey Goode?
Caller: Hi, my name is Derek and I have a question in
regards to the energies that the sphere beings and the Blue
Avians are ____ and if Corey has any idea about when that
is going to be kind of unleashed on us more so than it
already is? Would it depend on Disclosure or any
information on that?
JC: And your name was Derek?
Caller: Yes, sir.
JC: Thank you, Derek, for the phone call. Great question.
Corey.
Corey: Yeah, this galactic high frequency change or
energy that's coming into our system is . . . I'm sorry, I got
a little feedback.
JC: Yeah, that's okay. I just brought in another phone call.
They're jammed up. Go ahead.
Corey: Okay, okay. Sorry, it kind of broke my train of
thought there for a second.
JC: Yeah, it broke mine too. It was cool. It was kind of a
eery, but . . . ha, ha, ha.
Corey: I'm sorry. What was the question again? I'm so
sorry.
JC: He was talking about energy from the Blue Avians.
Corey: Oh, yes, yes. And when is it going to be unleashed
upon us.
JC: Right.
Corey: What's happening is that we're learning more and
more that we are joined by this mass consciousness, this
co-creative mass consciousness. And this mass
consciousness that we are all a part of is going through
some sort of a process in tandem with what's going on in
the cosmos to make up a decision on what sort of a
timeline or how it's going to proceed.
All of us on the planet are a part of this co-creative
consciousness and are contributing. So there is no set time
and date to when these things are going to happen, because
we're the ones that are going to make it happen through not
only our co-creative consciousness and willing it to be, but
getting out there and manifesting it – not sitting back on
the key . . . hitting the keyboards saying, you know,
“When is Disclosure going to happen? When is it going to
happen?” But getting out there and manifesting it
ourselves. You know, getting out there and demanding it.
Talking about it. Making it a part of the public discussion.
JC: Yeah, I totally agree with you and I'll say this as well,
is that the power of the Internet is one thing, but also, the
collective mind electronically is connecting brains too as
well at a subconscious level that we don't even realize.
Corey: It's amazing.
JC: It's a serious amount of juice, man. It's a serious
amount of power that we are focusing, and I am not in
anyway getting weird. It is just the way that it is.
Corey: It's tangible. It's not an esoteric weird thing to say
any more.
JC: It's not is it.
Corey: Energy is tangible. You see it in the behavior of
people all across the planet right now. I think David said
Richard Hoagland coined this phrase that “the good are
getting better and the bad are getting worse”, and I've
thrown in that the crazy are getting crazier. They don't
have the ability to acclimate and handle these energy
changes very well and causes problems.
JC: And the crazies swing a lot of juice as well. Hi, you're
live on Fade to Black. Say “Hi” to Corey Goode. What's
your question?
Caller: Hi, Jimmy. Hi, Corey. Sorry for breaking your train
of thought there, but my name is Chris from New York.
Corey, hey, man, thank you for everything you're doing
and I got a million questions, but I'll talk really fast like
___ and try to get one in.
My question is this, with all the things you're saying about
raising our vibrations, being more positive and really
trying together and all, and that's great – I'm with you on
that – but I still feel really powerless in this whole thing.
My biggest question is, you're on the inside, brother, like I
really think even though we have CGI and all this crap and
we don't believe anything we see, I think that it would help
for us to see something.
You talk about all these amazing things and even
something as little as the smart-glass pads and things like
that, and these benevolent ETs – they're saying that they're
waiting for us to rise up and to do that. Why can't we take
initiative and say, “Okay, well we are and we're asking you
for help. Come and help us, man. Come and reveal
yourselves.” Like we want to see this stuff. Let's get going.
Let's get moving, because I know, for me, I can't wait a
340
100 years. None of us can. I'm dying here. I cannot go
without having . . . you know . . . seriously.
JC: Yeah, Chris, you're right and it's through the efforts . . .
Chris, you're so right and I know you know exactly what
I'm about to say, which is it's the efforts of this show and
this audience and you and Corey that is the collective, you
know, and all we can do is do the right thing and continue.
Look, I've only got so many years left on this beautiful
planet too, myself. And I want to get to the end of this and
be able to say that I've found some answers. And we're
working on this really hard, Chris. But you're absolutely
right.
Corey: Well, you know, that's one of the number one
questions I get, people are . . . they feel completely
disenfranchised, disempowered. They've been led to
believe that this Cabal group is . . . they cannot be
defeated.
JC: Right, that they're too strong. Right.
Corey: Yeah, the question is, you know, “What can I do?”
Joining meditation groups is great, and it has a tangible
effect on what happens in our reality that is for sure. But
we're going to have to get out there and start putting some
skin in the game. Now, when we say . . . When I say these
groups are waiting for us to realize our own potential and
come together, this is our reality that we are fighting for.
We're wanting these beings to appear in our reality.
Now, a lot of these beings have been manipulating our
reality, of course. But, you know, the people that are
saying, “I need to see an alien so I can believe. Then I can
make this transition in my mind and move forward.”
Well, that . . . The people that are just to a point that want
to believe so badly that they are just to a point where
they're like “I want to see an alien”, well, that's just . . . I
couldn't even give a percentage of the people on the planet
that are at that point.
JC: Yeah, exactly. Hey, Chris, thank you.
Corey: The rest of the people are, you know, they're trying
to figure out how they are going to put gas in their car, or
how they're going to get water from the river, or, you
know, all of these other mundane things that are put in
front of us.
Caller: Will won't that change if they see something?
JC: Hey, Chris, Chris, . . .
Corey: People see things all the time and they get
ridiculed.
Caller: Yeah, I know.
JC: Hey, Chris, thank you for the phone call.
Caller: Thanks, guys. Thanks, guys. Really appreciate it.
JC: Thank you, Chris. Hi, you're live on Fade to Black.
What's your question for Corey Goode?
Caller: What's your question?
JC: You're live, right now.
Caller: Is that me?
JC: Yes.
Caller: Please respond if this is me talking.
JC: It is you talking and what's your question?
Caller: Jimmy, I've got a good beer buzz going on tonight.
Corey, what's up bud?
Corey: Hey, not a lot. How you doing?
Caller: Is it true, because I read the last article, is it true
that you're actually in your 60s?
Corey: Well, I guess I have 20 more years of experience
on top of my 46 years . . .
Caller: Ah, f**k. . .
Corey: . . . that would add 20 years to my 46 years of
experience. Yeah.
Caller: God, dude! Can you frickin' believe this stuff? It's
happening!
JC: Okay. All right, man. Hey, have a great night. Let's
keep going on here. Hi, you're live on Fade to Black.
What's your question for Corey Goode?
Caller: Hey, Corey, I have a question for you.
Corey: Yes, ma'am.
Caller: You believe that the Blues are here to harm us? Is
that correct? Am I understanding you right?
Corey: Do I believe the Blues are here to harm us?
Caller: Yeah, am I understanding you right on that?
Corey: Um, who are "the blues"? – the Blue Avians?
Caller: Yes, sir.
Corey: No, no. No.
341
Caller: Okay.
Corey: No, they're not here to harm us, no.
Caller: I know that. I actually . . .
Corey: Yeah, they are karmically tied to us. Yes.
Caller: Can I explain what happened to me one night? Me
and Mike were outside watching these ships - literally
lights going in and out. In what seemed like 16 minutes
jets came and started shooting at them. There was a white
light that fell down. Within six hours we had at least 800
people in military gears searching our woods, our
backyards, everything.
I didn't go anywhere the next day, but the day after that me
and dog went for a walk, because we always went for a
walk. Her hair stood up on every inch of her body. And
she whimpered like she was scared. In my mind, I heard
something say, “Don't turn your dog loose. I'm not here to
hurt you.”
Basically, it was a blue. It had fallen. It had gotten hit.
Mike and I had seen them getting shot at from jets during
the day time as well.
My question is, if we're suppose to be afraid of them, why
aren't they shooting back?
JC: Okay, honest question. Why aren't they shooting back?
Corey: Well, we're not suppose to be afraid of the Blue
Avians. They have never engaged these Cabal groups. The
only time that anything – any retribution kind of thing -
has happened, they used an aikido principle when a very
high energy particle-weapon was fired at one of the
spheres, and it just redirected the energy right back at its
source. And it caused some wide destruction on the base
where the weapon was located.
But, no, they are not a military or offensive group by any
means.
JC: I have a question. This is from Renee. She says,
“Members of Human Colony – humancolony.org – have
said that one of the things that positively influenced Earth's
ambassadors meetings with ETs off-planet in the past year
was several ETs showing a sense of humor. Human colony
members claim that this helped the humans to trust the ETs
they were negotiating with about Disclosure, because it
showed our races do have something in common.”
Did you see, and have you felt, a sense of humor?
Corey: Yes, yeah. They're going to have a different sense
of humor. Usually, they try to emulate your sense of
humor. But, yeah, you're going to . . . Like in the Intercept
and Interrogation programs, you would get, as an Intuitive
Empath, when these beings were being interrogated, you'd
get to feel all different types of their emotions.
They have their own spectrum of emotions just like we do.
We can't paint them as automatons that have no sense of
humor or no eye for art or those types of things. That's
extremely limiting on such a extremely vibrant universe.
JC: So, sadness, happiness . . .
Corey: Yes. Love.
JC: Humor. It all comes into play.
Corey: Yes.
JC: And what . . . How do they feel about the death that
happens on planet Earth? I mean, we are so free to, you
know, cross a border and blow something up. How do they
feel about that? Do they, you know, do they have the same
types of interactions amongst themselves? Do they war
amongst themselves and kill each other?
Corey: Well, obviously, they do at times, because there are
areas in the solar system to where before they had their last
– a millennial ago – before they had their last big treaty – a
treaty that also involved they would no longer appear and
walk among humanity, they would allow humanity to
develop on their own without the gods or intervention –
you know these groups were having open warfare up until
the times of our own historical record.
But that's something that has not occurred openly, at least
over the skies on our planet in quite some time. But it is
something that occurred here quite a bit and there are signs
throughout the solar system of different periods of conflict.
JC: I want to get to this question here. This is somebody
that can't call in. And it is – this is from Donna – she says,
“I'm interested in the Secret Space Program because of
past experiences that I have yet to reconcile. Recently, I
met someone on Facebook, who claimed they were from
the NSA and this person threatened me that if I said
anything about the program. The only thing I revealed was
that I have the ability to see certain events in the future,
which is a gift I have had since childhood. The group I
have made CE5 contact with are Arcturians. During the
different groups of ET communicate frequence, do they
communicate frequently for our safety? I'm not sure
whether I am safe or not. And have you ever experienced
the same thing?”
Corey: The threats or . . .
JC: I think both. I think both. Have you made contact with
different ET groups that communicate frequently for our
safety?
342
Corey: Yeah. I've had several weird incidents. Yeah,
around my house there's been some very interesting
incidents. There have been, I guess, there were several
groups that are very interested in observing what's going
on around here right now.
JC: Well, you know what? You want to hang on and take
some more phone calls for a few minutes?
Corey: Go for it. Yeah, sure.
JC: Okay, let's . . .
Corey: People have a lot of questions, I understand, and I'd
like to answer some of them.
JC: They really do. Okay, so let's take a quick break. More
of your phone calls when we come back. Our guest tonight
is Corey Goode. This is Fade to Black. I'm your host
Jimmy Church on the Game Changer Network on KGRA
The Planet. More of your calls with Corey right after this
short break. Stay right there.
(2:28:40 ~ 2:32:00) (Break)
JC: Welcome back to Fade to Black. I'm you host, Jimmy
Church. Our guest tonight, Corey Goode. Unbelievable
show tonight. Great conversation. Phone lines lit up. We'll
take some more calls here. 323-825-5045. If you can get
in, good luck. Hi, you're live on Fade to Black. What's you
question for Corey Goode?
Caller: Hey, Jimmy. Hey, Corey. I just wanted to say,
thank you guys. I'm Alex from Boston. I really trying to
spread the Sphere Being Alliance word, you know, one
person at a time the best that I can. And forgive me if this
has been talked about already, but I haven't heard of it.
Now, I've watched all of Corey's interviews, all the
Cosmic Disclosure, everything, and one thing I always was
curious about that I never heard of was . . . it's kind of two
part – it's the Norway Spiral and this giant pyramid that
was filmed over Russia a couple of years ago. I'm just
curious if this is something legitimate or if this is just
more, you know, disinformation put out there?
JC: All right, Alex. Thank you for the phone call, and
welcome to Fade to Black.
Caller: Thank you.
JC: Have a good night. Yeah, Corey, let's address that –
the spirals over Norway. I don't know what your thoughts
are on that, but I think it's been pretty much represented as
a Russian space program stuff. I just brought in a caller.
Caller, if you can hear me, turn me down in the
background.
Caller: Oh, you're not even on. Sorry, maybe that was
somebody. . .
JC: Well, hold on, hold on. Let Corey finish this question.
The phone lines are completely jammed. I'm just trying to
squeeze in everybody, one call after another.
Corey, the spirals . . .
Corey: Yeah, these . . . Both of those were technologies . .
. Both of those were technologies that were from the
Special Access Programs or some of the lower space
programs down here that are doing all these different
programs, but also these were . . . these two incidents were
not just coincidental incidents.
Both of these were brinkmanship kind of incidents to
where people were rattling swords or making a statement
with their technology one side to the other.
JC: Yes, demonstrations.
Corey: Yes. Demonstrations of power.
JC: We had the same thing off the coast of California. Hi,
caller. Say, “Hello to Corey Goode”.
Caller: Matt here from San Diego. I really appreciate you
guys taking my call. My question for Corey is in one of
your past episodes or interviews you talked about how
there were groups of people that are in the Inner Earth that
had been reaching out to us so to speak. And for those of
us that are into the more spiritual aspects and like a
meditation angle, do you recommend trying to make
contact with them?
Corey: It's a very difficult question, because everyone out
there has their own idea on how spiritually strong and
protected they are, about how impervious they are to
trickery and that kind of thing. There are a lot of different
beings that are out there waiting for you to reach out. You
know, you just have to be discerning.
Caller: Right.
Corey: Don't take any type of communication, don't be just
totally excited and take everything as truth. You've got to
be discerning. Like I tell David, you know, I see something
new, I'm looking around for zippers and buttons and any
type of deception. I'm not automatically like, “Oh, wow.
What's this? You know, this is new and amazing.”
I question it. I'm looking for deception, because I know
how these groups work. So, if you enter into it in that way,
then you're more likely not going to be . . . as likely to be
deceived.
There are a lot of these beings out there that . . . They are
really reaching out and they have some spiritual guidance
343
that they would really like to give us because they are
concerned about us in the way that we're acting.
But there are a lot of beings out there that want to prevent
these other positive beings from doing what they are
doing, so they pretend to be positive beings and they come
in and will sidetrack us on our path. So, you know, it's a
tricky question and it just depends on how much you trust
your discernment and if you're willing to go that route.
JC: Matt, thank you for the phone call and welcome to
Fade to Black.
Caller: Thank you guys.
JC: Hi, you're live on Fade to Black. What's your question
for Corey Goode?
Caller: Hi, Corey. My name is also Corey. My question is
about seeing orbs. __ for years and what's really going on
with that. I can see lights and things when I'm looking
around and I'm wondering what is that really? What's
going on with that? Thank you.
JC: Thank you.
Corey: Yeah. With orbs, a lot of times what people see that
are very sensitive spiritually and they see orbs, it can be
disembodied consciousness or that kind of a thing. It can
be anything from that . . . There are all kinds of different
plasma kind of . . . plasma and energetic sphere kind of
experiences that people have. They're not all exactly
related.
People that are having the experience, you know, like I had
an experience out when I used to hunt, I hate to say, a long
time ago with a friend. We saw an orange self-contained
orb fireball that was just kind of going up and down a corn
row, just like it was searching for something.
People report seeing green orbs and somewhat clear orbs. I
don't have an answer for all these different things, but
these . . . The blue orbs that are appearing in front of
people are these higher-density beings that are appearing
mostly to starseeds and communicating with them either
on a conscious level or on a higher-self level.
JC: Hi, you're live on Fade to Black. What's your question
for Corey Goode?
Caller: Hi, Jimmy. Hi, Corey. Yeah, my question tonight
is, I didn't get to catch the beginning of the show, but I was
wondering if there is currently a war going on in this
galaxy between various races at this current moment in
time and if there's also a war going on over this planet?
And I'll take my answer off the air.
JC: Thank you for the phone call. Corey?
Corey: Yeah, there's definitely a struggle going on for
control of this solar system and this planet. The reasons are
many fold. It has to do with our position in the galaxy –
where we are to a local portal system, everything to our
genetic diversity on this planet to . . . There's all kind of
reasons why our solar system is important to these
different groups.
These different groups over these oceans of time have
fought over this solar system and different groups have
been, you know, kind of kicked out and come back and . . .
So there's been those types of skirmishes that have gone on
all throughout our solar system's history and also through
this local star cluster, which is at least 52 stars or so.
JC: Right. Right.
Corey: Now, as for the wider galaxy? That is beyond my
purview of knowledge about if there's larger galactic wars
going on.
JC: Hi, you're live on Fade to Black. What's your question
for Corey Goode? You're live right now.
Caller: Hello?
JC: You're live. You're live. You're on the air.
Caller: Pardon me?
JC: Yeah, you're live. What's your question for Corey?
Caller: I'm so sorry, I didn't know if I got through. Hello,
gentlemen. I'm Susan. I'm from Toledo, Ohio. And I have
a question for Corey. It's a little bit of a two-part. Recently,
about a week ago, I was having a conversation with Laura
Eisenhower and we were discussing how the Sphere Being
Alliance is giving us the ___ or you're going to get a 100
more years of what you have coming to you now.
And I'm thinking, higher-dimensional beings . . . I don't
see how they would be communicating that way.
Corey: Yeah, and they're not. And they're not. That's . . .
What was communicated was that our collective
consciousness was making a joint decision on how we
were going to proceed and that we are the ones deciding
whether or not we will have these energies buffered for an
'age', which can be up to 700 years, not just 100 years.
That's something David stated at the Conscious Life Expo
when I would like to have stated it in quite . . . in a little bit
of a different way.
The Blue Avians aren't arbitrarily making a decision to
block energies to come in and give us Ascension. That's
not what is occurring. What's occurring is that they are
working in tandem with cosmic . . . with the cosmic life, or
beings, and the way things work in the cosmos and
344
working in tandem with our collective consciousness in
this transition and our collective consciousness is making a
free will decision on how we as a group will proceed.
JC: And Susan . . .
Caller: I guess I just took it as a little bit of a . . . perhaps in
the way it was worded was a little bit of a veiled threat.
Another question I had quick was it hasn't been determined
who the third party is in this Sphere Being Alliance, and
why do you think they are withholding this . . . their
identity? I'm just curious.
Corey: Yeah, there are two others that . . . two other
beings. . .
JC: Well, let me jump in before you answer that. I just
want to say, Susan, thank you for the phone call.
Caller: Thank you for taking my call. I appreciate it.
JC: Thank you so much. Go ahead, Corey, and finish.
Corey: Yeah, there are two other . . . There are five
members of the Sphere Being Alliance. We've met . . .
introduced the Blue Spheres - the sphere beings - the Blue
Avians, and then the triangular-headed beings. But here
are two others that we've seen hide, hair nor feather of.
And they are not spoken of. So if and when they come into
the picture and how they come into the picture, I have no
answer.
JC: Hi, you're live on Fade to Black. What's your question
for Corey Goode?
Caller: I wanted to ask him if in his conversation with
Karee if there is something else he can tell us about karma
and about Sitchin not being right.
JC: About Sitchin not being right?
Caller: Not being right in his translations.
JC: Ah, okay. What's your name?
Caller: Katarina.
JC: Thank you Katarina. Have a good night. Thank you for
the questions. Okay, go ahead, Corey.
Corey: Yeah. There's quite a bit in the conversation I had
in the library, especially with Karee that I'm going to be
writing about once I get . . . I need to get the time to get it
all organized. That conversation has had me up in my head
more than any of my other experiences. I've spent so much
time just sitting there staring at the wall thinking about all
the things, and, you know . . .
When it comes to further information about the
information that Zecharia Sitchin has shared, what I've
shared is pretty much what she communicated was that he
was working with three other people in secret societies and
intelligence that were feeding him this information that the
over-all information was contrived to create this narrative
for his book, that it was based on information that was real,
but was mostly a part of one of these Cabal religious
systems that they were trying to get other people to adopt.
And that's pretty much the crux of what was discussed
about that.
JC: One last phone call. What's your question for Corey
Goode? You are live.
Caller: Hi, can you hear me?
JC: Yeah, we got you. Really quick.
Caller: Oh, wow. Thank you so much. Corey, I think I had
an experience back in the '70s in New Hampshire either a
little bit before or after this book was published with the
same kind of alien that was sketched in the book, and it
walked kind of like the Egyptians. I'm not making a joke,
but it really did. It's head bobbed and it's always occurred
to me ever since I heard about the Blue Avians like do you
know if they ever would wear all black and have a big
white kind of globe thing around their head? Or do you
know of any beings that kind of walk like that, but would
have an outfit like that?
Corey: No, that doesn't off hand . . . that description
doesn't strike any memories.
JC: What about the black robes?
Corey: There are different beings out there that are going
to have different attire and some of them are going to
resemble each other.
JC: Right, I gotcha. I gotcha. Hey, Corey, did you have fun
tonight?
Corey: Hey, yeah, I did.
JC: Man, great show. And I want to thank you for coming
on and, you know, we're going to do this again very soon.
The audience – I know what they're saying right now –
Church . . .
Corey: And before . . . And really . . . I hate to interrupt,
but any body that feels disempowered and wants to get
involved with the Full Disclosure Project, we've got a sign
345
up sheet for people that want to get involved. We're just
getting started, but if you want to come to
FullDisclosureProject.org, please do.
JC: Yeah, do that and I know that that website was just
launched. Are there links from SphereBeingAlliance.com
over to the new website?
Corey: Yeah, and right now I'm funding it all myself. We
have some very great volunteers that are putting a lot of
hours in getting it up. The site just came up today. There's
going to be a lot more coming out. It's not directly linked
from SphereBeingAlliance.com yet. It's stand alone, but
it's . . . You should start seeing advertising and it being
linked everywhere soon.
JC: Okay. Do me a favor, Corey, drop me the link here so I
can hand that over to everybody and we can get that up
both on Twitter and Facebook and our website.
Corey: Absolutely.
JC: And we'll get aggressive with all of that now. And you
and I have a lot of stuff that we need to talk about. I'll
follow up with you first thing in the morning. I just want to
say thank you so much. Great conversation tonight and
we'll be doing this again, everybody, very, very, very soon.
Thank you so much, Corey.
Corey: Yes, sir.
JC: Be safe, my brother.
Corey: You too.
JC: Corey Goode. That was a show and that is the way
we're going to kick off this week on Fade to Black.
Tonight Corey Goode. Tomorrow night, Joseph P. Farrell.
Wednesday night, Richard Dolan. All of it, the Secret
Space Program and Breakaway Civilizations. Corey
Goode.
And you know, I'm going to say this really quick. Corey is
getting a little bit more comfortable with himself. And it
showed tonight. And thank you, because being, being new
to all of this is difficult at times, but he is getting better and
better and the conversations are getting smoother. Thank
you so much, Corey. Absolutely brilliant conversation.
And thank you to everybody that called in tonight. If
you're on hold right now, if you're calling in, no more
calls. But all brilliant phone calls tonight. Thank you to
everybody that called in.
 Awakened Stasis Giants Secretly
Located & Imprisoned by Global Elite
Written by Dr. Michael Salla
April 2, 2016

frozen. But it just changed the way they

experienced time.… they would probably go to
sleep for maybe 20 minutes, and 30,000 years or
so would pass by.…

Goode described the size of the beings found in the stasis

chambers when they were first discovered in the 19th
century, all over the planet:

And to look down in, they saw these very tall

beings, or very large giant humans with reddish
beards…. these tall, red-headed, red beard
groups were in Europe and South and North
America. And apparently, at one time, before the
last Ice Age apparently, they had a very large
area that they ruled.
Giants that have been in hibernation in “stasis chambers”
for thousands of years are awakening, and are being sought
Goode gave examples of stasis chambers that had been
out by elite military forces, according to several
found around the world. Some were still operating with
independent sources. After being located, awakened giants
different modern human groups that had learned to use the
are allegedly being captured and held hostage by powerful
technology, while others had been damaged and the beings
global elite groups that do not want the rest of humanity to
in stasis had died as a result.
learn the truth.

Secret space program whistleblower, Corey Goode, was

among the first to publicly disclose the existence of “stasis
chambers” that were holding perfectly preserved giants for
thousands of years. In an August 4, 2015 interview on the
popular show, Cosmic Disclosure, Goode discussed how
he had accessed information on “smart-glass pads” during
his covert service about these sleeping giants and the
technology of the stasis chambers that were preserving
them.

Goode said:

When I was in the program, the Secret Space

Program, when I would have time to sit and look
at the smart-glass pad, there was lots of
information that I looked at. And one of them was
that there were beings that they found The above video was recorded in 2008 and features an alleged stasis
being – not a giant – discovered in the Kurdistan region of Iran.
underneath the surface of Earth,
underneath…usually underneath mountains,
burial mountains… Indian burial mounds that According to Goode, once located, the stasis giants were
were not dead but weren’t quite alive. They kept hidden, and any that awakened would join others and
called them “stasis beings”. And it turned out that not be allowed to interact with the general public.
had used a technology that had been there long
prior, from this group they called the “ancient According to Stephen Quayle, who has written several
builder race”… So, it didn’t put the beings in books about giants, elite U.S. military forces have been
stasis that a lot of us would think of, as in being stationed around the world, including trouble spots such as
346
Afghanistan, to locate the giants. Quayle cites elite
military personnel who have spoken about battles with the
giants.
During one of Quayle’s radio interviews on Coast to Coast
AM, one of his military informants called in and told the
audience about an incident in Afghanistan involving a
deadly encounter between a 12 foot giant and U.S. Special
Forces. The informant claimed that the giant had killed
nine members of an elite team sent to capture it, and it took
a second team to arrive and finally kill the giant.
Quayle uses biblical sources to support his analysis of
giants and what they mean for humanity in the current era.
Basically, he views them as the biblical “Nephilim”, who
are the offspring of demonic entities that are hostile to
humanity. The Nephilim/giants, according to Quayle, were
predicted to re-emerge during the end times, and be
restored to power by the corrupt global elite.
In his book, Longwalkers: Return of the Nephilim,
Quayle provides a fiction based on fact version of what the
elite have planned:
Before history, giants and fallen angels ruled the Earth as
gods – until mankind revolted in a colossal battle,
banishing the bloodthirsty creatures. But now Joshua
Kincaid has made an alarming discovery: Some of the
giants are still alive, kept in secret underground caverns in
suspended animation, waiting to be revived. Worse, a
secret society operating outside the law is intent on
bringing the monsters back to life and restoring the
creatures as rulers of mankind.
Interestingly, Quayle’s sources have confirmed that giants
have been preserved in “stasis chambers,” for extended
periods, and are now awakening. This is consistent with
what Goode discovered on the smart-glass pads.
However, Quayle’s view that the giants are bloodthirsty
“Nephilim” ready to work with the global elite to restore
demonic control over the planet does not correspond with
what Goode read on the smart-glass pads.
According to Goode, the motivations of the giants were far
more complex than what Quayle was suggesting. Giants
belonged to highly evolved civilizations in human history
347
who had preserved themselves in stasis chambers to sleep
through the dark ages of humanity. Their awakening was a
sign that we are on the verge of a global shift, and many of
the giants want to play a constructive role in this transition,
rather than simply reassert control over surface humanity.
Another independent source has come forward to discuss
the motivations of “stasis giants,” and how they are being
found and treated by covert special forces personnel.
“Cobra” (a pseudonym) claims to be both an
extraterrestrial contactee and an operative for a global
resistance movement that dates back to 1975, when it was
first established in the underground tunnels of New York
City.
While there is controversy over Cobra’s identity and
activities, he has released much information that is very
accurate in terms of my own independent research into
secret space programs and visitation by extraterrestrial life.
His information, therefore, deserves careful consideration.
I will consequently leave an examination of the
controversy surrounding Cobra and what this means given
the accuracy of his claims, for a later article.
In a March 21 interview, Cobra spoke about stasis giants
and provides an additional source of information about
their activities. In the interview, he responded to a series of
questions concerning stasis giants:
Richard – Thank you. There are many reports of
dormant giants being discovered and awakening
in caverns around the world. Are these claims
accurate?
COBRA – Yes, some of those claims are
accurate. Those giants are put into stasis in
special chambers which are triggered by a
certain vibrational frequency. I would say certain
intensity form of sub-atomic particles and
energies from the galactic center which is the
earth, those chambers get triggered and those
beings then are then awakened from hibernation
and many such cases have been taking place
lately around the world. Militaries of most
countries or shall we say of the major countries
have been suppressing that from the mass
population. And whenever that happens the
military went there and just suppress the whole
thing. And yes it was happening quite much
lately.
Richard – That’s amazing. Are they a positive
nature these giants?
COBRA – Most of them yes, but some of them
no.
Cobra’s information about the motivation of the giants is
very significant since clearly such beings are physically
very powerful, and also hold much information about past
civilizations. Cobra’s information is consistent with what
Goode discovered on the smart-glass pads, and contrasts
with Quayle’s analysis. Quayle, though, still raises
important points as the following portion of Cobra’s
interview suggests:
Richard – Why are they waking up now?
Because of the galactic central sun’s activity.
COBRA – Because …. they went into those
chambers. They didn’t want to wait for a
change. They have put themselves into
hibernation to spare…. so not to wait too long on
this planet and now when the change is
happening they have interest to take part in this
change. But they were not expecting that the
surface population will be taken hostage to such
a great degree and now they are taken hostage
by the Chimera group.
The Chimera group, according to Cobra, comprises global
elites that are demonic in nature. This is consistent with
much witness testimony that many groups of global elites
practice various forms of demon worship. It is therefore
very plausible that some of the giants might have been co-
opted by the global elite in a plan to exert greater global
control.
In contrast, Quayle believes that the global elite see the
giants as their demonic gods, and are therefore helping
restore their rule. Quayle’s analysis is therefore only
partially correct.
Good and Evil by William Blake
The giants are not per se associated with demonic forces,
but are being sought by elite groups that are indeed
associated with such forces, since the giants – at least those
positively inclined – can play a constructive role with the
global awakening of humanity. This is what Goode has
claimed he learned from “smart-glass pads”, and also what
Cobra was told by his sources in his recent interview:
348
Richard – What was their actual function? What
is these beings …. what is the function to wake
up in this time period to do within this time of the
planetary liberation process?
COBRA – They wanted to participate in the shift.
They have various agendas. Some of them were
quite positive and some of them not so positive.
But they were not expecting that the amount of
control and suppression on this planet would go
that far. All of them were captured and are now
actually hostages in the various militarily bases
around the world.
If accurate, then Cobra’s information helps corroborate the
earlier claims of Goode regarding the awakening of stasis
giants, and their potential impact on the rest of humanity in
a positive manner during an evolutionary change. In this
regard, Goode said:
This huge vibratory change in our Solar System.
This change – supposedly we’re changing from –
graduating from one density to another. We’re in
transition. So if this is true and these beings are
awakening, and they set their selves to wake up
during this time period, I could only speculate
that they wanted to be part of that.
In contrast, Quayle’s analysis overlooks the possibility that
giants are being held in captivity by demonic groups, but
are not themselves demonic; or, at least, not the majority
of them, according to Goode and Cobra’s information.
For those giants that are inclined to work with the global
elite, then Quayle’s analysis raises a chicken and egg
problem over demonic influences when it comes to the
global elite and some of the awakened stasis giants. The
problem with Quayle’s analysis is that he makes the major
assumption that all stasis giants are demonic in nature
based solely on his interpretation of biblical texts.
Consequently, he appears to tacitly support the current
secret policy of locating, imprisoning and/or eliminating
stasis giants, wherever they are found around the world,
using elite military forces. Not only is Quayle’s analysis
deficient in this regard, but he may in fact be unwittingly
helping the very demonic elite groups that want to hide the
majority of these giants from public view, while possibly
using others in a covert plan for exerting great influence
over global affairs.
In conclusion, there is broad agreement between Goode,
Quayle and Cobra that awakened giants are being actively
sought after by elite global groups and special military
forces all over the world. When captured, they are taken to
secret detention facilities.
Clearly, the existence of giants who have hibernated for
thousands of years in stasis chambers is a matter of great
public interest, as is their motivations for choosing to
awaken from long periods of hibernation in the modern
era. The information awakened stasis giants have about
ancient human civilizations, advanced technologies and
.
349
extraterrestrial life deserves to be publicly released as soon
as possible, and not withheld to further the interest of
global elites who may be seeking ways to manipulate these
giant captives.
 Cosmic Disclosure Season 4 - Episode 4:
Government Troll Data Center - Summary and Analysis
Corey Goode and David Wilcock
Commentary by Justin Deschamps.
Saturday, April 2, 2016
Given how rewarding sharing our ideas and
beliefs can be, it is a natural part of life to
engage in discussions. But unlike in real life,
the use of fake online personas has become
commonplace, often used to intentionally
steer public opinion or cause dissension in
genuine topics of interest. Anyone who has
engaged in discussion online has probably
encountered a very passionate, rude, and
confrontational person, what has come to be
known as a Troll.
Governments of various nations around the
world are actively engaged in social
engineering programs called Online Personal
Management Services. They are chiefly
designed to cause conflict, divide
communities, create artificial consensus, and
limit the dissemination of information
deemed dangerous to government secrecy.
Corey Goode had a career in IT services, and
during his time in civilian life, he helped set
up a Government Troll Data Center. He says
that these centers use VMware or virtual
350
machine software that enables them to
appear at various server locations around the
world, making them very hard to trace.
Goode says that these projects are designed
to create false consensus so that non-paid
trolls or individuals participating in online
discussions unwittingly become pawns by
being duped into promoting the trolls agenda.
Persons in the program can have as many as
12 different identities, complete with
believable background stories, so as to easily
deceive the public.
Given that the internet is the primary tool the
awakening masses to gain new knowledge
and coordinate liberation efforts, this episode
is probably one of the most important for our
shifting times. The odds are, we have
encountered paid trolls online, or at the very
least, individuals who have been influenced
by them. As such, learning to develop skills
of discernment and self-mastery can help
provide a measure of resistance against the
nefarious influences of these false
personalities.
Overview of Corey Goode, the Secret Space Program
Alliance and the Sphere Being Alliance:
Corey Goode is a Secret Space Program (SSP) insider and
whistleblower that began disclosing information in 2009
under the pseudonym GoodETxSG. In 2014, he started
revealing a great deal more information in an effort to
prepare humanity for what he calls data dumps, set to
occur at an opportune moment in the future. Much of the
information he provides comes from Smart Glass Pads,
iPad-like devices supplied to SSP personnel for
information dissemination purposes. This will be a
groundbreaking event, revealing the totality of Earth's
history and the activities of the Cabal which will ultimately
lead to a truth and reconciliation style tribunal to hold
criminal elements accountable for wrongdoing.
Additionally, the SSP Alliance intends on releasing all of
the hidden technology to the people in preparation for a
Star Trek-type golden age civilization.
According to Goode, the Cabal or the secret Earth
government and their syndicates (as termed by the SSP
Alliance) have enslaved humanity under a false paradigm
of a technological advancement, while secretly developing
incredible technology (a Star Trek level of advancement)
used to colonize the solar system and beyond, engaging in
trade with thousands of extraterrestrial races.
Space programs have been developed in secret all
throughout Earth's history, and in many cases, groups
broke away from the main culture forming what is called a
Breakaway Civilization. Some of these civilizations have
existed in secret, on Earth and beyond for, thousands of
years. The Agartha Network is one such group that claims
to be the original human race. It was this group in addition
to the Draco Alliance, that made contact with a secret
German space program in the early 20th Century.
In modern times, the Germans were the most advanced of
the SSP groups, beginning their efforts in earnest during
the early 1920's and 30's. The Americans were also
developing a SSP, but were much further behind in
technological advances. Later, the American SSPs were
infiltrated and taken over by the Germans after the end of
World War II. It was after this forced merger that the SSP,
under the direction of the Interplanetary Corporate
Conglomerate (ICC), expanded into the solar system and
beyond, setting up dozens of bases and mining facilities
chiefly using slave labor.
In the early 1990's, a faction within the SSP known
as Solar Warden slowly began to go against the ICC,
allying with a group of highly evolved extraterrestrials
known as the Sphere Being Alliance in 2012. Since then,
more factions have joined the alliance which is actively
working to free humanity on Earth and beyond, known as
the SSP Alliance. Despite their good intentions, the SSP
Alliance is a group of highly damaged and morally
ambiguous individuals, according to Goode, that recognize
at some level the need to change the status quo, but are
hardly angels.
The Sphere Beings are a group of five extraterrestrial
races, one of which is known as the Blue Avians, that
arrived in the solar system during the late 1980's. Two of
the races remain unrevealed; however, there is also a race
of Golden Triangle Head beings and Blue Orb beings
made of light. Over the course of 20 years, they began
bringing massive spheres into the solar system and
surrounding area, some which are the size of Jupiter. This
is in an effort to down-step galactic energy waves, which
are slowly changing life as we know it. These spheres are
cloaked and not detectable by the surface population of
Earth.
351
According to the Sphere Beings, a massive shift in
energetic expression is now occurring in the solar system,
as the result of a natural process of consciousness
evolution, assisted by our solar system's movement
through the galaxy and increasingly coherent energy
fields encountered as a result. The Sphere Being Alliance
specifically asked for Goode to represent them in SSP
Alliance meetings as a Sphere Being Alliance delegate.
Presently, the SSP Alliance is negotiating with the
remaining cabal aligned programs, as well as innumerable
races that have lived in the solar system for millions of
years, and even breakaway civilizations once resident on
the Earth's surface. The Sphere Beings have erected an
energy barrier around the solar system preventing ingress
and egress, trapping many of the negatively oriented
groups that have been loosely allied with the secret Earth
government syndicates for thousands of years. Since this
event, the pyramid of power known on Earth known as the
Cabal or Illuminati has fallen into disarray, because the
Draco Alliance attempted to betray their underlings to the
Sphere Beings in an attempt to gain passage out of the
solar system and escape the coming justice of the SSP
Alliance.
SSP factions encountered many intriguing things as they
ventured out into the solar system. Apparently there are
remnants of extremely old settlements and technology
from what is called the Ancient Builder Race. These
beings were incredibly advanced, using a type of
consciousness technology that appears to be an inanimate
object until activated by a user. They are also responsible
for building ancient stargates found on nearly every major
body in the solar system. According to the Agarthans, the
Sphere Beings are in fact the Ancient Builder Race,
although the SSP has yet to confirm this directly from
them.
The dark side of the Moon is home to many different
groups, including the ICC, the Draco Alliance, the SSP
Alliance, the Dark Fleet, and more. The Moon is
apparently an artificial object, and has become a neutral
zone for all of these groups, which have maintained a
peaceful armistice for thousands of years. The Moon
serves as an observational outpost for over 60 groups of
extraterrestrial races engaged in 22 genetic programs and
social experiments on Earth. Some of these programs
conflict with each other, yet all of them have influenced
Earth's history for millennia.
Related David Wilcock and Corey Goode:
History of the Solar System and Secret Space
Program - Notes from Consciousness Life
Expo 2016
Show Description:
Corey Goode explains how disinformation and
misinformation are used to maintain secrecy surrounding
UFOs and advanced technology. Our society is awash with
information continuously streaming into our consciousness
from a myriad of sources. As intrepid souls step forward
into the fray to disclose secrets, they are met by an
onslaught of disinformation agents ready to discredit their
whistle blowing and destroy their lives through the digital
domains.
This interview with David Wilcock was originally webcast
March 29, 2016.
Summarized notes will be in black, with my commentary
in [green bolded brackets]. Alterations to the transcript for
ease of reading will be in [brackets], but the original
content of the dialog is always maintained. The images
with black letter boxing were captured from this episode
on Gaia TV.
Transcribed by Hugues Próvest. Commentary by Justin
Deschamps.
DW = David Wilcock, CG = Corey Goode.
INFILTRATION OF RESEARCH GROUPS AND
COMMUNITIES:
DW - Hello, I’m David Wilcock and welcome to another
episode of Cosmic Disclosure. I’m here with Corey
Goode. In this episode, we’re going to get into government
trolls: our friends we love to hate online who always are so
willing to share their very-very negative and depraved
opinions. But are they really just ordinary folks or is there
something more going on? So Corey, welcome to the
program.
CG - Thank you.
DW - I want to open this up by talking about a very-very
bizarre television show that is now available. Anybody can
watch it if they have a basic Netflix subscription. It’s
called Ascension. In the show Ascension, they describe a
honeypot situation where, when people started to find out
about this program [secret] that they describe in the show.
[In the show,] there are places online that they
[intentionally] designed where you will find that
information [about the program]. [The government in the
352
show] made it out like it’s just a website but then they’re
looking for people who actually are leaking real
information and that leads to a government hit job [on the
insider or whistleblower].
So is that aspect of what they’re saying in the show
Ascension real? Will they hang information [out there] to
see if a whistleblower shows up and try to make them
think that it’s a trustworthy place to disclose data only to
find out that the trap is going to snap on them?
CG - Yes. [the people behind these programs, usually
through government proxies] use websites. They use
people posting in forums and they use established
researchers who have been compromised by informants of
their own. They’ve got the infiltration of this field down to
a fine art. They’ve had the infiltration of ufology and the
esoteric community [right] from the beginnings since the
early fifties (50’s).
[The need to manage how information is
understood and processed within the minds
of the masses is crucial to ensuring the
Cabal's plans and agenda come to fruition. If
the people were allowed to think on their
own, they would quickly realize the frauds of
our age, and work together to change things
for the better. As such, indoctrination into
belief systems that make one complacent or
distracted is essential for secret agendas to
be realized. This is partially accomplished by
creating artificial consensus, which is then
leveraged against dissenting opinion using
social intimidation. Often online
personalities, what have become to called
Trolls, are used to steer opinion and
manipulate discussions.
The use of propaganda, disinformation,
conintelpro operatives, and paid government
shills or trolls is all designed to distort
perception and create a social form of
trauma-based mind control. While this
particular episode focuses on online trolls or
fake personas, this is just one part of a grand
holistically integrated reality management
system — what has been called Social
Engineering.
In my research and observation of the online
community, the central focus of these
government sponsored campaigns is to
create an artificial version of reality that is
widely accepted by the public. This is
instrumental in realizing the ultimate goals of
the Cabal, keeping the masses distracted by
infighting and content with bread and circus.
Once this socially indoctrinated belief system
or worldview has been seeded into the
community, the momentum or inertia of it will
make any opposing point of view socially
taboo. This type of belief system
management can take place in large social
settings or small comment threads online.
Once the process begins, some people can
easily be manipulated into acting in concert
with paid trolls, unbeknownst to them, being
led into Groupthink social conformity
behavior patterns. This can quickly derail any
honest discussion of a topic.
For example, after vaccine implementation
during the mid 20th Century, it has become
socially taboo to question the efficacy of
vaccination — it has become a self-
replicating social program embedded within
the fabric of society. And in order to maintain
this program, false personas are used to
reinforce the illusion of consensus online,
where dissent could blossom.
Related Government Agents (Trolls) Hired to
Argue and Cause Dissension On-line |
Operation Mockingbird Never Ended
In order to create the illusion of social
conformity to a dogmatic belief or viewpoint,
artificial consensus is needed. In the past,
creating consensus was more difficult, due to
the diversification of social dynamics. But via
centralized media, such as newspaper,
television, radio, and most importantly the
internet, people can engage in social
exchanges that reinforce a carefully crafted
belief systems. Today, Facebook, twitter,
online forums, and comment sections of
websites — to name a few — are used as
venues to reinforce Cabal approved points of
view. Thankfully, the more intrinsic
knowledge one gains, oppose to blind belief
in socially acceptable facts, the more
resistant one is to manipulation by trolls and
by social conformity.
Yet not all online interactions are with paid
trolls. In many cases, due to weak self-
knowledge and discernment, individuals
become willing pawns or agents of
government issued propaganda. By believing
in a false concept, usually due to social
intimidation, a person becomes a hapless
dupe for promoting the troll's agenda. And
they defend their beliefs with all the
conviction and intensity of a religious zealot,
perfectly playing their parts as initiators of
constant infighting and division.
353
I suspect that the majority of online trolls are
just confused misguided people, filled with
venom from the hardships of life, looking to
gain an ego boost in compensation for their
profoundly dissatisfying existence. These
individuals are the ones who enforce
government propaganda and are the most
easily intimidated by social
conformity techniques. In other words,
unpaid trolls are hurt and damaged people
that need compassion and kindness, not
more venom and hatred. Yet they are also
so hurt that providing healing can be quite
challenging.
Dealing with Trolls
I am hardly a master when it comes to dealing
with trolls, but due to my zeal for sharing
information online, I have had the pleasure of
interacting with a great number of them.
In almost all cases, trolls are primarily
interested in wasting your time and making
you feel bad. Most of them are miserable
people and they want everyone else to be
too. They want you to question your beliefs,
to become emotionally reactionary and to
derail any honest sharing of ideas by steering
a discussion away from the central point. And
they always want the last word. Government
trolls are even more insidious and skilled at
causing stress and anxiety. Whether
paid government operatives or just
damaged individuals, trolls are there to
distract, divide and make you upset. So one
of the best pieces of advice I can give is to
walk away from an interaction the moment
you notice yourself getting out of balance.
The best approach I've found is to focus on
the truth, if you choose to engage a troll at
all. If you do decide to engage them, which
can have its advantages, be surgical and to
the point. Don't get distracted by name
calling or strong language. To quote
Mohammad Ali "float like a butterfly and sting
like a bee." Be calm, kind and
compassionate, deliver your truth, and know
when to walk away — which is usually right
way.
Making a clear concise statement that
focuses on a topic of discussion, without
feeding into distractions, makes the troll look
foolish and invalidates the social conformity
they are trying to engender. If you can
 manage to deliver a key point that
materially refutes the trolls socially accepted
point of view, then your mission
was accomplished. But a troll will never admit
defeat, and as such, you shouldn't expect
them to. If you can remain calm and direct,
onlookers will resonate with the truth and
kindness of your response more than with
the troll's venom, again derailing their goal.
But this method takes an incredible amount
of self-discipline and mental clarity in order
to effectively carry out, the compromising of
a troll. So if you find yourself becoming
reactionary, walk away. In the end, our time is
more valuably spent engaging with people
genuinely interested in discourse.
Related Conflict Resolution Techniques For
Awakening Times | 8 ways to find Peace in
Conflict and Find Resolution...
Simply put: when life hands you lemons,
make lemonade — but only if you're thirsty.
When dealing with trolls and venomous
people, whether online or in life, deliver your
wisdom with love and kindness, and know
when to walk away. Your love and
compassion is like a seed that will grow into
social change, but only when a season of
gestation has passed.]
DISINFORMATION ONLINE:
DW - How much of the information that people who are studying
up on UFOs and reading online may be part of this program? Is
this a fairly isolated phenomenon or is it a fairly widespread
phenomenon? How prevalent is disinformation in the UFO
community?
CG - It’s… incredible. It’s heavily controlled, heavily manipulated
information.
<A few seconds of silence follow, both nodding their
heads by the import of that situation>
DW - So… what are we really looking at here? Does this mean
that the average person who feels like they’ve done a lot of
homework and has studied up and learned all there is to know
about UFOs… Are they polluted with an incredible amount of
disinformation?
CG - Oh yes. I mean, I’ve talked to people who’ve angrily said,
“I’ve done this for forty years, forty-five years!” “You know, ten,
fifteen years I’ve been studying this.” “I’ve been in the middle of
it!” Their egos can’t let them for a moment believe that they have
been tricked by information [from] these infiltrators.
354
DW - Let’s talk about the abduction issue for a moment. It’s a
very strange counterpoint between, for example, Dr. John Mack,
who was a Ph.D. psychiatrist from Harvard University or it might
have been M.I.T. (Massachusetts Institute of Technology). I’m
trying to remember, it’s one of those two: big Ivy League… in
Massachusetts… anyway. I think it’s Harvard.
Dr. John Mack, straight ahead, mainstream psychiatrist with all
kinds of published papers behind him, is interviewing people in a
therapeutic context using hypnotherapy. People get hypnotized
and they start to report extraterrestrial contact. And he writes a
big, thick book just like mine, <showing multiple inches with his
hands> [a] five hundred (500) page monster. You read John
Mack’s Abduction and there are innumerable reports of people
having benevolent contact, spiritual, mind-expanding experiences
— prophecies of some sort of very positive change for humanity.
And he said there seems to be a very consistent element of the
contact experience. Then he allegedly slips on the ice, falls, hits
his head, and he dies right [when] UFOs are really starting to
take off.
But then you have almost every other “alien abduction
researcher” <quote gesture> [who is] completely divergent from
what John Mack was saying. Abduction is this terrifying thing [if
you're looking at this kind of research]. It’s only negative. They’re
bringing you up. They’re taking genetic samples. They’re
terrorizing you. Then they mind-wipe you and send you back
down.
[DW just described how artificial consensus
is generated. As Hitler's Propaganda
minister, Joseph Goebbels said: "If you tell a
lie big enough and keep repeating it, people
will eventually come to believe it." Why?
Because it overwhelms any opposing point of
view in a profoundly unwise population —
mass consciousness entrainment. People
lacking in discernment skills (which is the
vast majority of the population) judge the
validity of a concept based on how popular it
is. But clearly widespread acceptance is no
measure of veracity. This underscores why
blind faith in experts and gurus is
always limiting, regardless of how benevolent
or accurate the information is.]
Related Memorizing Facts Teaches "Slave
Think" | Teaching Children How to Think
Instead of What to Think - Critical Thinking
builds Real Knowledge and Self Reliance
METHODS OF SEEDING DISINFORMATION:
DW - So let’s talk for a moment about the abduction
narrative. Are these certain folks [who] are putting out
very consistently negative narratives about abductions
possibly on some sort of government payroll?
CG - [They’re] not necessarily on a payroll but [they’re]
buying into a certain narrative that has been meticulously
seeded with very believable information — information
that they know that a certain person is predisposed to want
to accept.
DW - Is it possible that there are people who are actually
paid to write books and pose as normal researchers?
CG - Oh, yeah, that’s definitely true.
DW - Okay. I’m not going to name names but I’m
thinking of one very strongly right now.
[Transcriber, Hugues Prévost's Note: DW is
probably thinking about the case of Zecharia
Sitchin covered in previous episodes. Usually a
certain combination of carrot-and-stick type of
pressure is applied. I also think that the
fabricated narrative isn’t necessarily negative,
at least on the surface. Several uplifting
philosophical materials have certainly been
put out to lead seekers on a trip to nowhere
and cause division.]
[The false New Age movement being a prime
example of this. For a very in depth in your
face presentation of the false New Age
movement and false Law of Attraction, see
Mark Passio's seven-hour presentation
below.]
PYSCHOLOGICAL PROFILING:
CG - The most important tool [they] have is a
psychological profile on a person. [With] a psychological
profile on a person, you’re able to find ways to get into
their life, manipulate them [directly], or manipulate their
belief systems. You know what they’re looking for, what
their field of study [and] interests are. Then you can put in
people that “have” that information with the caveats that
you’ve put on it, disinformation caveats. And then they
jump on — of if they bite that information, then you are in
with them and then they are now, I guess parroting that
information for you, if you’re a disinfo agent.
355
[In other words, disinformation agents know
their target audience so well they can craft a
narrative that is easily accepted, and once
done, the target now becomes a promoter of
the disinformation. The media is one very
clear example of this. They promoted the
belief that 9/11 was due to radical Islamic
terrorists, which the undiscerning population
accepted as truth, and violently opposed any
dissenting point of view. Major religions also
employ similar social indoctrination
techniques.]
DW - Well, let’s talk about that psychological profile. You
obviously know what you’re talking about, but we don’t.
So let’s just say you have someone on the internet who has
been targeted. What do you actually see and what are they
doing? What are they looking for?
CG - Well, they have different types. They’re going to
break down your personality type.
DW - What does that mean?
CG - There are sixteen (16) main personality types. If you
go and you take the test and you find out what you are,
they have multiple — pages and pages that will describe
your personality. Science has developed this personality
typing over a long period of time. [I found the
website www.16personalities.com which could be the one
referenced by CG here.]
DW - I remember in college I majored in psychology.
There was something called the MMPI or the Minnesota
Multiphasic Personality Inventory. It was a very-very
complex multiple choice test that did crank out something
like you’re describing at the end.
CG - Right. This is very similar.
DW - Yeah, okay.
CG - They’ve had a lot of these that have evolved over
time.
DW - Okay.
CG - So they want to find out your personality type. Most
people think that everybody thinks the same way that they
do but we all approach things, think through things,
differently. They want to get into your head and figure out
how you think. Then they’re going to…
DW - Is neurolinguistic programming (NLP) part of
this? [From Wikipedia: Neuro-Linquistic Programming
is an approach to communication, personal
development, and psychotherapy created by Richard
Bandler and John Grinder in California, United States
in the 1970s. Its creators claim a connection between
the neurological processes (neuro-), language
(linguistic) and behavioral patterns learned through
experience (programming), and that these can be
changed to achieve specific goals in life.
It is one branch of psychology that
acknowledges that the mind is
programmable. This is a central point to
understand because ultimately all
propaganda and social engineering
techniques are forms of psychological
conditioning or programming. The good news
is, programs can be re-written, but only as a
function of activating consciousness. In other
words, the only one who is qualified to
program your mind is you. Failure to do so
ensures someone else will program it for you,
which is another way of saying that your
mind will be controlled.]
Related The Programmable Mind - An
Extraordinarily Powerful 6 Minute Video from
Bruce Lipton
CG - Yeah.
DW - Okay. Then how does that factor in? Because I’ve
heard that some people are more visual, some people are
more auditory, some people are more… You’ll see people,
the way they look, like they’ll move their hands, and
where they look when they’re talking about something has
to do with what part of the brain they’re accessing, that
kind of thing?
[One example of this is asking a question to
see if someone is lying. If they look to the
right, this could indicate the creative centers
of the brain are in use, for concocting a lie. If
they look to the left, they could be accessing
the logic and reason centers, attempting to
recall the facts of a memory, or being honest.
Here is an article discussing more of this. It is
founded on the notion that our physical
behavior directly correlates to mental
processes, such as micro-expressions.]
CG - And they’re going to need that type of information to
know how best to target you. Then they’re going to get as
much information about the type of friends you keep, the
type of content you watch on television, the type of
information you follow on the internet, the type of
comments you make on social media…
Any and all information, they take, they put it together,
and they have these different arrays of different types of
psychiatrists that then pour over it and come out with a
final psychological profile that says… It’s a profile that an
operative can look at and use to say, this person will most
likely behave this way in this scenario. Or if I want this
356
person to behave this way, this scenario will most likely
elicit this response.
DW - Well, I got pulled into jury duty a few times, and
these attorney end up asking everybody certain questions.
When they’re trying to select a jury, obviously they want
to pick jurors that are—they think are going to be more
likely to win. So…
CG - They’re profiling you.
DW - Yeah. So what is this? Is there a document? And is it
like a stapled series of 8 ½ by 11 pages that you can flip
through? How many…
CG - Well, if you print it out…
DW - So it’s a written document.
CG - Right. It’s a typed document. It depends on what
type of information they’ve been able to… If they’ve
gotten into your medical records, they’ll have medications
that you’re on. Sometimes if they want to get in and switch
out your medications, that’s handy to have. They want to
know absolutely everything about you. So there will be
medical information that’s supposed to be HIPAA safe —
everything that you can think of.
DW - Well, one of the things we’ve heard over the years
— I’ve been in this field a long time — when people are
actually contacted by agents, which used to happen a lot
more than it does now…
CG - Right.
DW - …and they actually do want to intimidate you, they
will say things to you where you’re like, “Wait a minute, I
didn’t tell anybody that. How the hell did you know that?”
So that gives them a lot of power. They’ll use all kinds of
surveillance and they want to have all these invasive
personal details. So is it like an analysis of vulnerability?
Is there a tactical breakdown of where somebody’s
vulnerabilities are? If you hit this button, you’ll get them to
break?
If you hit this button, you can take away their money. If
you hit this button, their relationship is going to fall apart.
If you hit this button, their family’s going to turn on them.
If you hit this button, then this is where they go shopping
and you could target their car while they’re in the shopping
mall?
CG - <Nodding approval throughout DW’s previous
statements> Pretty much.
DW - Wow. What’s the tone in these documents? Is it
sarcastic and mocking or it’s just very clinical and
scientific?
CG - It’s clinical, scientific, matter-of-fact.
DW - So it doesn’t have a lot of nasty talking-down
language or anything?
CG - Hmm-hmm. <Nodding no with intonation>
ONLINE TROLLS AND FAKE PERSONAS:=
DW - Okay. So, let’s get into the core of what I wanted to
speak about in this episode, which is people online are in
discussion forums and we’ve been watching this happen
for a long time. I first started to go online with a fourteen
point four kilobyte-per-second (14.4 kB/s) modem dial-up,
which I didn’t even realize went that high. I only did it at
Sydonia site, home to the face on Mars.
357
four point four (4.4), forty-four hundred (4400). Oh my
gosh, it goes up to 14.4!
CG - I remember…
DW - And one of the first things I did [was to go] to
Richard C. Hoagland’s discussion forum on Enterprise
Mission. And I’m [thinking], “Here’s this guy coming out
with this incredible stuff.” There’s a monument on Mars. It
looks like a face, obviously artificial, with pyramids right
nearby and a five-sided pyramid down at the bottom.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 2 -
Episode 7: Remnants of Ancient Mars -
Summary and Analysis | Corey Goode and
David Wilcock
 Sydonia site on Mars.

Sydonia site on Mars.

DW - NASA’s got it on these photographs. There’s all these geometric alignments that lead to a new physics of a tetrahedron
inside a sphere. This is where the Great Red Spot is on Jupiter and this where Hawaii is on Earth, et cetera, et cetera, et cetera,
wow!

358
Image Source. Giant Red spot of Jupiter at 19.5º Latitude.

Image Source. 19.5º points marked in blue.

359
 Image Source. 19.5º degree dashed line above the tropical latitudes marked by the solid line.
DW - And then I started reading this stuff [on the forum.]
Why would these people be so angry and so aggressive?
And over the years, I started to notice, when you really get
these nasty skeptics, they will never acknowledge that you
made a point. They never change their mind. Their
opinions never flex even slightly, and they just will
constantly be on the attack. Any rational, normal person, if
you win a point, they will acknowledge and concede,
“Yeah, yeah, that’s true. Maybe I ought to be looking at
this differently.”
But these folks are like little fundamentalists and all they
do is they just caw and caw, like a raven, “Caw!” And they
never get past their own opinion. When people see folks
like this online, are you saying that these people actually
are being paid?
COREY HELPED SETUP A GOVERNMENT
TROLL DATA CENTER:
CG - Not all, I mean, there’s a phenomenon of anonymity,
power. People feel powerful [with] anonymity on the
internet. They feel like — especially if they don’t feel
empowered in real life to stand up to people — they will
overcompensate with the anonymity of the internet. There
are people [who] are narcissists and sociopaths [who] just
get off getting into circular debates. So there is that [kind
360
of troll]. But I’m absolutely positive [there are also paid
trolls] because I helped set up a government data center for
government trolls…
DW - You helped set it up?
CG - Right, as an IT (Information Technology) setup, a
virtual data center where each station had a post coming
up, six monitors branching off, one computer station that
ran VMware workstation.
[VMware is a computer service that enables a
user to access a victual environment using a
local machine connected to the internet. The
virtual environment could look just like
windows Vista or 7, but the server for that
environment is at a remote location. This type
of technology allows users to change their IP
addresses to locations other than the actual,
making them more anonymous and better
suited for these activities. The server location
can be changed, enabling an operator in the
Orlando Florida, for example, to appear as
though they are accessing the internet from
conceivably anywhere in the world, other
than their true location.]
CG - They’d pull up VMware workstation and they would
pull up a virtual computer screen. It would be just like
when you log on to your computer. You pull up a virtual
machine, a virtual computer, but this computer could be on
a server anywhere in the world and the IP (Internet
Protocol) address is anywhere, wherever that server is in
the world. So you can be sitting at this station and be
pulling up these virtual machines from servers all over the
world and make it look like you’re in those location from
the IP address.
And these people would have over a dozen different
personalities that were created online, and had backstories,
back information, have social media tied to them — very
complex personalities set up with them. These operatives
were normally what we call the “personality metamorph
types.” It’s a program of people that were sociopaths,
really good liars and infiltrators. [They] were really
sociopaths and were really good at this job.
And they would sit down. Some of them would just troll
around looking for information. Some of them would be
given targets. [They’d] go to certain internet forums —
esoteric internet forums — log on with three or four user
IDs, and sit there and cause a huge disruption. If they saw
a topic that was legit or something they didn’t want to be
talked about, [they’d] cause a big disruption and sit there
and have an argument with their self. And it looks like it’s
three or four people, problem people, having an argument,
when it’s really the same person sitting at a computer
361
using virtual machines from all over the world and using
fake personalities with user IDs.
DW - Well, you have people [who] show up on my site
and you get a whole bunch of them that all appear at once,
and they start making all these anti-semitic comments. And
then if we allow those to go through, somebody could then
say, "well, David is hosting anti-semitic content on his
website."
CG - I delete those immediately off my site.
TYPICAL BEHAVIOR OF ONLINE TROLLS:
DW - Yeah. What is the modus operandi of these attacks?
I think what people are having a hard time understanding
is, this is not a free, open debate. Are they trying to get
people to doubt any of this information? Is that basically
what it is? They want to make it seem like it’s not
credible?
CG - They’ll put out misinformation to cloud the water,
make people doubt and make people think there’s been
inconsistencies, [to spread confusion and doubt]. They’ll
put out full disinformation contrary to it or they will just
make — they will sit there and bait people into debates
that turn into circular debates that frustrate people to where
people are triggered and don’t want to come back, or they
just say, “Pfft” to the whole thing, [dismissing a valid topic
of research for invalid reasons]. I mean, a whole bunch of
different scenarios and tactics that they use to manipulate
and play with people’s minds.
And they even go as far — if there are certain people who
are strong supporters of a certain topic that they don’t like
— they’ll begin to harass people, stalk them online, and
even form alliances with real people and manipulate them
into causing problems for the person as well. They will
manipulate other people that are of a similar mindset to
cause problems as well. So they’re not just manipulating
the people they disagree with. They’ll find other skeptics,
feed them information for them to say, “Oh, okay, I knew
it!” And then they will take that misinformation and feed it
further down the line.
I’ve seen a lot of that happening with bloggers [who] may
have good intentions, but just have a certain point of view.
Then they receive information that they don’t take the time
to verify and they just pass it along. These days, honestly,
anyone can open a blog or self-publish a book and/or a
YouTube channel. So a lot of these types of people can be
compromised as well.
DW - Is it more useful to the Cabal if somebody gets into a
highly charged emotional state, as opposed to if they’re
calm and rational?
[Rational people who can judge a concept on
its merits to discern the truth are very
dangerous to the Cabal. The systematic
destruction of rational and critical thinking
happens online as well as in our schools and
places of work. But in order to balance
genuine curiosity, social conformity and
intimidation techniques are employed. The
effect being, an individual willingly derails
their curiosity in favor of social acceptance,
belief in a false idea that everyone else
believes.]
CG - Yes. Their goal is to throw you off. If you’re calm,
cool, and [collected], and having a discussion in that
manner. They’ll try to get you into a circular debate until
they trigger you and you lose it. And then they can say,
“See, look at this person.”
DW - Well, and you can now ruin your whole career with
one tweet.
CG - Right.
DW - Less than one hundred forty (140) characters can
just destroy somebody.
362
CG - Right, you can ruin your reputation.
DW - And there’s always a digital footprint of everything
you say online, no matter how charged you are, if you get
blind with rage or whatever.
CG - Right. These people are very clever. A lot of them
will approach you and be real friendly even, and you’ll feel
an affinity towards them and then “Pfft!” you know,
they’ll turn on you [after] some information you shared
with them.
DW - So will they feed your ego and boost you up and
make you feel really important?
CG - Right. You’ve got to be very careful with people
[who] are telling you you’re special and boosting your ego,
telling you how important your work is, and that kind of
thing. It’s nice to hear but you’ve got to be careful.
DW - I noticed at the very beginning of my career that
some of the people who wrote me the most complex
complimentary emails, if I then answered them, that they
could turn very quickly and go from really praising me to
be extremely angry, upset, and negative.
CG - I’ve been shocked at the number of people [who] I
thought were friendlies [and then] turned on me <snapping
fingers> because I didn’t answer their Skype. I got busy
and didn’t answer their Skype in a certain amount of
weeks or whatever, and then “Poof!” you know… So some
of it is just personality, people out there [who] are just
being people. But the data centers that we set up were
absolutely for the purpose of targeting people out there
[who] were putting out information and also to locate these
people and report them up the chain so [that] action could
be taken against them.
DW - Well, let’s remind the viewer that Glen Greenwald,
after leaving The Guardian, made his own website called
The Intercept. And there’s a very complex series of
Snowden documents that he’s released on The Intercept,
documenting how they do this and showing flow charts
and action plans of how these agents would attack this
stuff, what things to say.
[Last year, we posted an article detailing
some of these images released by Snowden.
They are clearly meant to train personnel on
how to be an online troll.]
363
364
DW - And there [were] even examples in the documents,
the Snowden documents, of like a seagull that’s taken as
it’s flying fast so there’s motion blur onto the body, and
it’s kind of looks like a saucer. Now that picture is in there
without any commentary but it seemed pretty clear, if you
kind of connect the dots, that UFO forums were one of the
things they were infiltrating.
CG - Oh, yeah! That’s the esoteric UFO forums and
political, and non-governmental organization forums are
their main targets.
OTHER FORMS OF INTIMIDATION:
DW - Right before the Snowden documents came out,
people might remember that there were other things
starting to leak. One of them was — this was just a few
days before Snowden — that folks from the Tea Party
were getting unnaturally audited at a much higher rate
from the IRS than people [who] were not. Did they have
the power to do stuff like that? Can they go after you
through various corporate means, including taxes or maybe
health insurance or your job?
CG - Once [a troll] reported up the chain and you’re put
on any number of lists, then you’re open game to be
targeted in any number of ways. If you’re seen as a threat
and you’re put on one of these government threat lists —
which undoubtedly you and I are definitely on <both
chuckling> and a lot of people are on that follow a lot of
this information, especially if they’re outspoken, they’re
definitely on lists — and things like that can occur.
DW - My website as a company — I was told I had to
create an LLC (Limited Liability Company) for tax
purposes.
CG - Yeah, I did too.
DW - The bank, there [were] people that did a review
before they’d give me the bank account. And this is just a
simple bank account, nothing special. And the lady
thought she was all smart and types in “David Wilcock” on
Google, and the first thing that comes up below my name
is “David Wilcock fraud” on Google. "Oh well, he must be
a fraud." And I went back to them and I said, "do you
realize that I’ve written two New York bestselling books
and I’m on the number-one rated show on History
Channel?" “Ohh!”
And I said, “Look, tell her that everybody in my field, this
is what happens.” "There are people out there [who] don’t
like controversial information." I just left it at that. So this
stuff is real. People need to be aware.
And were you just brought in for a week as a consultant
for this job, or was this something you had for a longer
period of time?
365
MORE ON THE GOVERNMENT DATA CENTER:
CG - You’re usually brought in to do virtualization. I was
brought in to set up the virtual environment, to help the
people with their workstations get set up learning how to
navigate their new virtual environment that was set up —
that me and other people set up. And then after that, we
moved on.
DW - So you have a matrix of six screens, probably three
on top, three on the bottom?
CG - Right.
DW - And then with the VMware, each screen is a virtual
machine in some different part of the world so the IP
address looks like they live in different area?
CG - Right.
DW - And then they’re working all these screens at the
same time to have arguments with each other?
CG - At times, yes. They’ll sit there and argue with their
self, with these alternate ego personalities, or they’ll just
be in multiple forums at the same time, causing problems,
waiting for other people to respond. [They'll] go to one
[persona], say a few things, kick the hornet’s nest over
here, go back to the other forum, hit refresh, see what
happened… that kind of thing.
DEALING WITH TROLLS:
DW - Hmm, [all] this is probably going to upset and annoy
some people, make them pissed off. What can be done
about this? Is maybe spreading the awareness and you
coming forward with this, validating what the Snowden
documents said on The Intercept, Glen Greenwald’s
website? Is that part of the process? And also, I guess,
what’s the best way to handle this if you think somebody is
doing this online? Should you argue with them? Should
you try to expose them?
CG - Just being aware that this is occurring is the first
step. Second step — and I’ve been guilty of it myself, it’s
hard not to sometimes — do not engage them. Ignore
them. Pretend you didn’t even see what they said. That
drives them crazy. Just don’t get into a circular debate. If
you talk to a person and it looks like it’s going into a
circular debate, they’re stuck. They’re going to just
reargue, reargue, [and] reargue a moot point, then just
move on.
[Agreed, and I'll refer to the commentary I left
above. If you do decide to leave a comment,
be clear, concise and kind, and then move on.
Don't waste your time, that's what the troll is
trying to get yo to do.]
DW - What did they see that it is in the human psyche that
makes us — you know, we could get one hundred positive
emails but we’ll go for the one that’s negative and focus in
on that, or we’ll see a hundred positive discussions on a
forum, and one person is a hater and we’ve got to attack
that person? What’s the vulnerability in us, and how can
we heal that vulnerability so that we’re not wanting to
engage in these conflicts?
[I'll add that most people, due to social
conformity conditioning, are deeply
entrenched in self-loathing due to low self
esteem. Yet this loathing is hidden under a
facade of false confidence. As a result,
individuals of this type, are usually drawn to
any situation that provides them a way to
make themselves feel superior. If someone
says something they think is wrong, they will
be driven to leave a comment saying as
much, which temporarily boosts their ego.
The awakening community is not immune to
this, and even the kindest people can slip into
egocentric reactiveness. The solution is to
heal thyself, replace the false self-knowledge
you have gained through social
indoctrination — the beliefs that encourage
low self esteem — with true self-knowledge.
The more clearly you know yourself, the less
reactionary you are and the more immune to
trolling you will be.]
CG - It is a part of human nature that we always focus on
the negative. But also, it goes back to the personality
profiles, and them knowing your weak spot. You know…
if they’ve found that you don’t like — if you’re
uncomfortable with the way your chin looks, they’ll focus
on your chin kind of thing.
DW - Do you think it’s advisable for people to spend more
time cultivating real friendships in the real world?
CG - Yes.
DW - Because I’ve never had somebody talk to me in
person, in all the years I’ve done this, for twenty years —
in all the years I’ve been doing this, I’ve never had
somebody speak to me in person with anywhere near the
degree of disrespect than if I read all the comments and
emails that are out there per day, I could probably find ten
or twenty that are like that.
CG - No one is the way they are in person when they’re on
the internet. Even if they say, “I’m always this gruff. I
don’t care!” Some of the people, yeah, I guess that’s true.
But for the most part, even the nicest old lady, when they
have the anonymity of the internet and their power to say
whatever they want, they’re going to bang out some stuff
here and there.
366
[Transcriber, HP's Note: I find that people
suffer of the same type of uncharacteristic
aggressive behavior when they’re driving on
the highway especially. So it’s not all that
surprising that the “information highway”
would facilitate such bad behavior. My guess
is that having our personal aspirations being
crushed and ignored daily can easily result in
chaotic expressions whenever we found
ourselves wearing anonymous masks of some
sort, whether it’s a car enclosure or an avatar
image on the internet.]
CG - And [it is] the power of the anonymity of being on
the internet and being able to make comments that you
wouldn’t do face-to-face normally… It’s not the best way
to meet people. I’ve known a lot of people [who] have met
their soulmates on dating sites. [So] I’m not going to
knock that. But internet forums are heavily, heavily,
heavily compromised by both troubled people and paid
government trolls. So I don’t even go to them anymore.
They’re extremely compromised.
DW - If somebody does want to try to spread the truth and
they feel like some people are not listening to the truth,
what are some positive things people can do to help spread
this message? Should they be fighting somebody if that
person just doesn’t get it? Should they try a little bit and
then back off? What are some positive ways to try to
combat this influence and get the truth out?
CG - Well, speak to those who are willing to listen. You’re
not going to be able to convince someone, so move to
those who seem interested and want to know more. Don’t
waste your time on the person that’s going to just want to
argue with you. It’s a waste of time.
[I'll add briefly that developing rapport or a
relationship with someone greatly enhances
their receptivity to what you are attempting to
offer. For example, if someone you never met
walked up to you and had a 15-minute
monolog of information they felt was very
important for you to know, would you spend
your time to honestly and open-mindedly
listen to them? Maybe, but in our fast-paced
lives, we are trained to dismiss anything that
does not resonate with our beliefs. In my
experience, relationship forming and creating
a space of vulnerability helps open the mind
and quiet reactiveness. Telling people truths
can be very unnerving for the receiving party.
Take that into consideration when offering
your wisdom. And be patient. Don't feel the
need to force others to accept your views
right away. Learn to become aware of when
someone is closing their mind, and take a
step back. For example, sometimes sharing
the truth about UFOs is too much to handle.
But after developing a relationship with
 someone, speaking about less controversial DW - I think that’s a good point for us to end this episode
topics, they will eventually be ready to on. This is Cosmic Disclosure. I’m your host, David
receive the more mind blowing information. Wilcock. We’ll see you next time and I thank you for
The truth is eternally patient, and in a way, we watching.
must be equally patient when attempting to
be of service to others by sharing our truths.]
.

367
 Hidden Hand Dialogue Reveals Extraterrestrial Factor In
Illuminati Control Of Earth
Written By Dr. Michael Salla
April 3, 2016
The “Hidden Hand Dialogue” is a set of questions and
answers given by a self-described Illuminati insider and
members of the Above Top Secret Forum that was recorded
in October 2008. The insider responds to questions in a
sincere and consistent way, and reveals valuable
information about the secret control mechanisms used by
an elite group of insiders he calls “The Family”.
Among the many insights s/he gives is that the leadership
of the family is very much aligned with a group of
extraterrestrial visitors. If genuine, the Hidden Hand
dialogues provide many answers to how our world is
secretly run, how the extraterrestrial question applies to it,
and what may happen as we approach what many describe
as an “Ascension Event.”
The Hidden Hand dialogue is based on the premise that
secret elite groups control our planet and have been doing
so for millennia. These elite groups have been described as
the “Illuminati,” the “Incunabula,” “Nephilim,” etc., in
books such as Rule By Secrecy, Gods of Eden, and The
Biggest Secret. The basic idea is that a select group of
families with distinct bloodlines have accumulated power
and pass this on from one generation to another. In fact,
this is precisely how the insider (the “Hidden Hand”)
introduces him- or herself, and describes the group to
which he belongs:
I am a generational member of a Ruling Bloodline Family,
our Lineage can be traced back beyond antiquity. From the
earliest times of your recorded “history”, and beyond, our
Family has been ‘directing’ the ‘play’ from behind the
scenes, in one way or another. [Note: all Hidden Hand
quotes are cited from here]
368
The Hidden Hand reveals the number of core bloodlines
making up “The Family”:
There are 13 ‘base’ or ‘core’ original
bloodlines. Yet there are many many other
lines that spring from these, as do rivers
from the oceans. If you imagine the 13
Original lines as Primary colour, that can
be mixed to create a vast array of other
colours, then you will have some
comprehension. Again, no competition, just
Family.
Hidden Hand describes the structure of the ruling
bloodlines as follows:
In the grand scheme of things, the Line is
not as important as the House, the House,
is not as important as the Family. The
Family is all. No matter the House or Line,
we are One (truly international) Family.
Imagine if you will, a body. A House would
represent a vital organ or body part within
the Body itself. Each part has an important
role to play in the functioning of the whole,
and to each of us, the ‘whole’ has our
undivided loyalty. As I say, many lines, (far
more than you are aware of), One Family.
So for example, a particular bloodline, the Rothschilds, is
part of a House that controls international finances in this
global Family.
Of the thirteen base bloodlines, the Hidden Hand says that
only three are indigenous to Earth. The rest have off-world
origins, the so called Fallen Angels or Nephilim as
described in the Book of Enoch. S/he clearly identifies
where the most power is found among the thirteen
bloodlines: “I want to be clear on this Bloodline issue. The
ones you know, they are of earthly lineage. Yes, they have
their place in the Family, but the Real Power lines, do not
originate from this planet.
Further clarifying the identity of the most powerful
bloodlines, the Hidden Hand says they derive from the
“group soul” or entity known as Lucifer:
Our Creator, is the one you refer to as
‘Lucifer’, “The Light Bearer” and “Bright and
 Morning Star”. Our Creator is not “The
Devil” as he has been spuriously portrayed
in your bible. Lucifer is what you would call
a “Group Soul” or “Social Memory
Complex”, which has evolved to the level of
the Sixth Density…. In appearance, were
you to gaze upon Lucifer’s fullest
expression of our Being, the appearance
would be that of a Sun or a “Bright Star”.
Or, when stepping down into a 3rd Density
vibration, we would appear as what you
may term an ‘Angel’ or ‘Light Being’.
So while the Family is led by ten extraterrestrial
bloodlines, all thirteen bloodlines see themselves as
physical manifestations of Lucifer – a highly evolved
spiritual being who has taken on the assignment of creating
a negative polarity which gives humanity the opportunity
to evolve by making better moral choices.
While this admission would lead to fundamentalist
Christians describing the Family as devil worshippers, and
extraterrestrials as demons, the Hidden Hand is suggesting
that Lucifer is performing a form of spiritual service.
Importantly, as I discuss later, the Family and its
Luciferian power structure, is also a problem for
extraterrestrial civilizations. This is how the Hidden Hand
justifies why The Family engages in behaviors that many
describe as evil:
[W]e need a very high percentage of
Negative Polarity, if we are to achieve a
Negative Harvest. In other words, we have
to be Self-Service-Centred to an extreme
degree, in order to become Negatively
Harvested. This is why we work so hard to
be as Negatively Polarized as we possibly
can be.
Put simply, this means that the more highly negative or
“evil” the Family is in maintaining its control over the rest
of humanity, the more likely that the Family can achieve
its ultimate goal. While this appears paradoxical, the
Hidden Hand elaborates a complex philosophy as to why
this is so.
Understand, that we HAVE to be Negative. That’s what
we were sent here to be. It is our contract, and it has
always been to help you, by providing the “Catalyst” I
spoke of earlier.
By “catalyst,” the Hidden Hand means performing actions
that force the rest of humanity to make important moral
choices. He explains further:
[W]e must be as Negatively Polarized as
possible. Service to Self in the extreme.
Violence, War, Hatred, Greed, Control,
Enslavement, Genocide, Torture, Moral
369
Degradation, Prostitution, Drugs, all these
things and more, they serve our purpose.
This is how the Family sanctions such highly negative
behaviors as ritual human sacrifice, and child abuse as
documented by researchers such as Senator John DeCamp
[from Nebraska]. The ultimate goal is to awaken
humanity to take actions to stop these negative things from
happening.
Stanley Kubrick’s final movie, Eyes Wide Shut, revealed the power
and rituals of the Illuminati/The Family. Kubrick was found dead 4
days after its completion
Basically, the Hidden hand claims that the Family is
teaching humanity to be more empathic. For most,
empathy is a defining characteristic of our humanity. Not
caring for others suffering from deprivation, acts of
violence, would make us less than human.
For those belonging to the Family, empathy is something
that would hold one back on the path to “negative polarity”
which, paradoxically, will help humanity become more
empathic. The paradox here is described by the Hidden
Hand:
The ultimate paradox in all this, is that in
this storyline we are all co-creating
together, in order for us to be of the most
Service to you, we must be utterly self
serving. I do so love our Creator’s sense of
irony.
In answer to a question about a race of extraterrestrials
called “Reptilians” being the real power group on the
planet, the Hidden Hand claimed:
“We are most certainly NOT Reptilian, and
there is nothing remotely reptilian about the
True Power Bloodlines.”
This is an important admission by the Hidden Hand.
While the most powerful elements of the Family are
extraterrestrials, the Reptilian species has nothing to do
with the real power behind the Family. This is contrary to
what authors such as David Icke have been claiming that
our world is secretly controlled by Reptilian entities.
What the Hidden Hand is suggesting instead is that there is
a Luciferian group soul that is working in our Galaxy that
has established power not only on our planet, but on other
worlds. Reptilian worlds under the influence of the Family,
or Luciferian entity, would be as highly manipulated as our
own by off-world bloodlines. In other words, just as the
Family has historically manipulated nations of our world
into countless wars that increase the power of the Family,
so too the Family has played a similar role in fomenting
galactic wars.
In short, the Hidden Hand has not only revealed the secret
power structure that manipulates life on our planet, but
also the power structure that dominates many planets in
our galaxy and beyond. This appears uncannily similar to
the Star Wars saga where a group of dark spiritual entities
called the Sith secretly infiltrate and take over political and
spiritual organizations in the Galaxy.
If the Hidden Hand and his Luciferian peers belong to
something similar to the Sith, is there a positive
counterpart similar to the Jedi Knights? This is how the
Hidden Hand describes the modern equivalent of the Jedi
Knights – a positive polarity “Family”:
There is such a family (or group more accurately), but you
cannot see them, and neither are you aware of their
existence. They help the planet from a secret “Inner”
location, by the Quality of the Energy work they engage in
and project outward to you, from the Source.
How accurate and genuine is the Hidden Hand? In terms of
some predictions, s/he was way off. E.g.,
San Francisco and Damascus, will be uninhabitable by the
end of 2010, possibly even sooner. There will be raging
tsunamis and widespread devastation; and a solar emission
in late 2009 early 2010 that will cause major melting of the
ice caps, and subsequent drastic rise in sea levels, leaving
many (international) metropolitan areas underwater.
370
These failed predictions suggest that, even if genuine, the
Hidden Hand and the Family are not infallible when it
comes to predicting and/or controlling world events.
In terms of philosophy, the Hidden Hand dialogue is very
consistent with the RA material (Law of One) which is the
most widely cited set of channeled materials on the planet.
The RA material (1981-1984) was the first to introduce
concepts such as negative and positive polarities, densities,
a Harvest around 2012, and social memory complexes that
are repeatedly cited by the Hidden Hand.
The RA material also revealed that it was possible for a
group of entities to spiritually evolve through densities by
negative activities. This idea is unique to the RA material,
and appears counter intuitive at first, but has a solid
philosophical background to it. Importantly, the Hidden
Hand cited the RA material as largely accurate, and a solid
basis for understanding the metaphysical reality behind
how our planet operates.
In terms of agenda, the Hidden Hand says that s/he has
been instructed to participate in revealing the truth of
Earth’s hidden rulers since this is a requirement for the
upcoming “Harvest.” In the Harvest, all individuals are
tested for their core ethical orientation for whether they
evolve or not out of our third density existence, into a
more refined fourth density.
The End of the Mayan Calendar (December 2012) was
widely predicted to be when the Harvest would occur
based on the work of authors such as John Major Jenkins.
His 2002 book, Galactic Alignment: The Transformation
of Consciousness According to Mayan, Egyptian, and
Vedic Traditions, predicted that the Mayan Calender’s end
would coincide with a rare Galactic Alignment of our
solar system with the galactic core.
With what is widely viewed as an “uneventful” passage of
2012, many are now describing a forthcoming “Ascension
Event” corresponding with other galactic processes.
Among these is Corey Goode, who says that while he
served in secret space programs from 1987-2007 he read
classified reports about regions of the galaxy with
“superwaves” that would eventually be encountered by our
solar system.
It turns out that the Secret Space Programs and even some
programs on Earth and the Black Ops programs had been
studying a region of space that we were entering in the
galaxy and some – what they had called “super waves”
coming toward our solar system that were clouds of
energetic particles. And, they knew that it was going to
directly affect our solar system and our sun. And indeed,
we have seen changes in the sun and changes in all the
planets, occurring since at least that time period, if not,
probably before. And this has been a slow change in the
background-energy of our solar system. These are
vibratory energy-waves that are ebbing and flowing into
our solar system.

The superwaves would subsequently impact humanity in
ways that could lead to profound changes, for better or
worse. The critical factor according to Goode, is how well
individuals can raise their consciousness and collectively
co-create a better world.For some of these reasons, Goode
claims that operatives in the secret space programs were
encouraged to study the Ra Material (Law of one). This is
consistent with what the Hidden Hand had earlier revealed
about the Ra Material.
These predicted planetary and galactic changes therefore
correspond to an Ascension Event allegedly foreseen as
early as the 1980s, when, according to Goode, giant
spheres belonging to very advanced extraterrestrial
civilizations began entering our solar system.
Consequently, during the predicted “Ascension Event,”
individuals get to decide what is most important in their
lives – the polarities of “service to self” or “service to
other”. Those in the middle, who haven’t yet chosen a
polarity, are at real risk during the Harvest according to the
371
Hidden Hand and also in the RA material – which is
consistent with Goode’s more recent disclosures.
The agenda behind the Hidden Hand’s revelation therefore
appears to be very plausible given what has been described
in the RA material, and more recently by Goode. Most
importantly, the agenda may not be exclusive to Earth, but
also applies to extraterrestrial worlds where “The Family”
has great influence.
So what can one conclude from the Hidden Hand
dialogue? In my opinion, it is a genuine revelation by an
insider belonging to an organization called “The Family”
that has both Earthly human and extraterrestrial
membership. The Family has been secretly involved in
ruling both the Earth and other planets through highly
placed elites in key social and political institutions for
centuries, if not millennia.
No one extraterrestrial race is the nexus of negative
activities as mistakenly claimed by Icke and others.
This includes Stephen Quayle’s recent speculations about
giants as demons who are being awakened from advanced
stasis chambers to take over the planet. If my analysis is
correct, then the giants, like any advanced conscious
entity, can be subverted by “The Family” to adopt a
Luciferian agenda.
The nexus of evil (or negative polarity) therefore comes
from a Luciferian entity or group soul that has physically
manifested itself in terms of a transnational and
transgalactic elite called “The Family.” Humanity and
extraterrestrial civilizations have similar problems in
dealing with “The Family,” which has succeeded in
attaining power to varying degrees in their respective
societies, especially so as we continue to experience
planetary and solar changes triggered by cosmic waves
associated with a possible Ascension Event.
 US Navy Spies Learned Of Nazi Alliance With Reptilian
Extraterrestrials During WWII
Written By Dr. Michael Salla
April 4, 2016

Holy cats the thing went way beyond that

[world conquest]. Again, what we just said
about this was the tip of the iceberg of what
they were doing. Already Reptilians were
doing it to other stars’ planets all over this
area of the Galaxy…. These young kids,
the operatives, they couldn’t believe half of
what they brought back, what was going
on. But some of them were really good
people, and they knew how to get into
places and listen to what’s going on, and
finding what that guy he had talked to, or
he heard, and going to so and so, because
yes they were doing that over there.
In today’s episode of Exonews TV, William Tompkins
Tompkins information is startling, but it is not the first
reveals an astonishing secret acquired by U.S. Navy spies
time claims have been made about Nazi Germany
embedded within Nazi Germany’s advanced technology
receiving extraterrestrial help during the War. The father
projects during the World War II – the Nazi war effort was
of German rocket science, Herman Oberth, said the
being assisted by extraterrestrial visitors.
following in response to a question about Nazi Germany’s
rapid technological development:
The spies had reported to a covert Naval Intelligence
operation, located at Naval Air Station San Diego, that
We cannot take credit for our record
Adolf Hitler had signed a secret agreement with
advancement in certain scientific fields
representatives of a Reptilian extraterrestrial race. In
alone. We have been helped.” When asked
today’s newly released ExoNews TV interview, Tompkins
by whom, he replied, “the peoples of other
reveals how “Reptilian consultants” were helping the Nazi
worlds.
SS develop advanced weapons technologies

In a 1998 interview with Linda Moulton Howe, a former

In the interview, Tompkins discusses the Reptilian
CIA agent, who from 1957 to 1960 was given access to
consultants helping the Nazis:
highly classified briefing files, said that the documents
revealed that the Nazis had indeed been helped by an
They had, if you want to call them, extraterrestrial race in their advanced aeronautical
“consultants”, who are Reptilian weapons projects:
consultants assisting on all of these
different things that it takes to design and
When Vril was building that first craft, the
build these spacecraft carriers, and
Vril had one or two of the aliens that
propulsion systems. So this is an extremely
worked with them in Germany where they
well developed program and documented
fired rockets from Peenemunde. The
like crazy. Getting copies of the documents
documents I read in Washington said that’s
was hard for them, hard for our spies. This
where the first Vril vehicle was made….
was an open program in the upper level of
They [aliens] were helpers to Germany.
the SS. Link

More recently, Secret Space Program whistleblower,

The spies learned that the goal of the Reptilian plan was
Corey Goode says that from 1987 to 2007, he read
not only to assist the Nazis to win the war and achieve
intelligence briefings on smart-glass pads that detailed
planetary conquest, but to build fleets of antigravity
what had happed during World War II.
spacecraft carriers that could be used for interplanetary
conquest in other star systems:
372
He describes how German Secret Societies were helped
before and throughout World War II by Draconian
extraterrestrials who were assisting the former in the
development of advanced antigravity space battle fleets.
At the same time these [German Secret] Societies had
made contact with the Draco Federation and another group
that avoided the Draco’s. The German Occultists were
very busy from the early 1900’s, especially the time just
before, during and after World War One. Their major
breakthrough’s occurred in the late 1930’s.
Goode said that the ultimate goal of the Reptilians, in
helping German Secret Societies and the Nazi SS, was to
create advanced space carrier groups that would be capable
of interplanetary conquest. The eventual German/Nazi
space battle groups became what Goode described as the
“Dark Fleet.” It operates outside of our solar system, and
The two most pertinent to his specific claims that Navy
spies were reporting on advanced Nazi aerospace projects,
are Tompkins’ mission orders and two passes he received
to enter and leave Naval Air Station with multiple
“information” packages.
His mission orders confirm that he was authorized to work
as a “Disseminator of Aircraft Research and Information.”
This is compelling documentary evidence that the
packages Tompkins was carrying contained classified
Naval intelligence on advanced aircraft designs, which
included those developed in Nazi Germany.
In last week’s ExoNews TV interview, Tompkins revealed
how he participated in the debriefings of Navy spies, who
returned periodically from Germany to give updates on
what they were seeing in advanced technology projects.
373
is described at length in the book, Insiders Reveal Secret
Space Programs and Extraterrestrial Alliances.
Consequently, the whistleblower testimonies by the CIA
Agent and Corey Goode support Tompkins’ claims that
intelligence briefing files dating from World War II did
indeed refer to Nazi Germany being assisted by
extraterrestrials. Significantly, the ultimate goal of the
German Reptilian alliance went far beyond planetary
conquest, as Tompkins claimed the U.S. Navy had learned
from its spies.
In addition to the preceding whistleblower testimony, there
are important documents that support Tompkins
extraordinary claims. In his autobiography, Selected by
Extraterrestrials, Tompkins supplied a number of
significant documents.
Tompkins job was to then design briefing packets that he
would disseminate to leading U.S. corporations, think
tanks and universities that could properly study and
evaluate the information.
Over the four years of his covert Naval Intelligence service
(1942-1946) Tompkins estimates giving 1200 briefings at
different locations, where he revealed Nazi secrets to those
U.S. scientists most capable of understanding what the
Germans were secretly developing.
This week’s episode of ExoNews TV is likely to be deeply
disturbing to those believing the question of extraterrestrial
life is still largely a speculative question, arising from
thousands of sightings of UFOs. Tompkins information
sheds considerable light on probably the most closely
guarded secret in the entire history of the U.S. Intelligence
Community.
Nazi Germany had been secretly helped by a race of
Reptilian extraterrestrials prior to, during and after the
Second World War! The U.S. Navy was to subsequently
play the lead role in developing a strategic response to this
threatening alien alliance, which would continue long after
official military hostilities had ceased in Europe.
What follows is the transcript of William Tompkins
responding to questions on the second ExoNews TV
episode (see above) presenting his testimony.
Interview Date: February 25, 2016
Location: San Diego, California
Published on ExoNews TV – 4/4/16.
Interview Key:
WT: William Tompkins
RW- Dr. Robert Wood
MS – Dr. Michael Salla
… seen, or whatever documents they had retrieved, and that
MS – In an exclusive interview with ExoNews TV conducted
in San Diego on February 25, Tompkins for the first time
publicly revealed the role of Reptilian extraterrestrials in Nazi
projects. The following interview extract features Tompkins
answering questions from Dr. Robert Wood and myself.
WT – The fact that the Germans were given this information
from the Reptilians. They set up the program, they designed
the program to support Germany, and they are giving
Germany the UFOs.
RW – Was this an alleged fact in any of the briefings you
delivered?
WT – Yes….
MS – How did the Navy spies learn about the [Reptilian]
extraterrestrials helping the Nazis? Did they see Reptilians,
did they read briefing documents, or did they hear chatter
among the German scientists about the Reptilians, how did
they learn about that?
374
WT – OK, the SS had many separate classified meetings,
get-togethers, whatever. They formed an organization, a
little bit like signing this thing over here when we first started
talking [Memorandum of Understanding]… The SS then
interprets this into a whole series of programs, and this then
is disseminated through their specific military
communication, whether it’s a major effort, or something
that’s off on the side. All of this is documented and put
together.
Now in addition to that, they had, if you want to call them,
“consultants”, who are Reptilian consultants assisting on all
of these different things that it takes to design and build
these spacecraft carriers, and propulsion systems. So this is
an extremely well developed program and documented like
crazy. Getting copies of the documents was hard for them,
hard for our spies. This was an open program in the upper
level of the SS.
RW: It was compartmentalized.
WT: It was completely compartmentalized. It was well known
there. People who had to do the work, had no knowledge at
all of what it was for. They had to go do it, and so I guess it’s
a little bit like a company that has the engineers do their
effort, and then supplies are gained. You get all the supplies
to build it, and then you have people build it. Only the very
tip of the top have the knowledge of what this thing is even
for. So that guy is working with a Reptilian. His group is
working with Reptilians. They are doing, making sure that
the engineering is engineered in a way to accomplish this
thrust effort or this propulsion system.
MS: So the Navy spies reported back on what they had
this was their conclusion that agreements had been reached
with Reptilians, and Reptilians were acting as consultants
with some of the Nazi SS compartmented programs.
WT: Even more than that. One of the packages that I got
had a statement type thing. I don’t know how he got a hold
of it. It was not the original agreement between the two
countries, the extraterrestrials and Germany, but it alluded to
this. You don’t have many of those around. There was this
tremendous program to, which the operatives got into,
where there were university type facilities where hundreds of
thousands, of even Russian girls, were brought into these
facilities. Certain groups of the troops would get them
pregnant, and this program was then to come out with
massive numbers, the reason I’m saying this is because it
takes a long time to have a baby, and so you are not
planning to win the war next week, but that part of their
program was set up and structured to parallel a Reptilian
battle group program to go to other star systems’ planets,
and do the same thing that Germany was going to do to
Europe, and to this planet.
 Which is, in other words, it wasn’t just taking over the United
States and killing some Jewish people …
RW: They were going to do it again throughout the galaxy?
WT: Holy cats the thing went way beyond that [world
conquest]. Again, what we just said about this was the tip of
the iceberg of what they were doing. Already Reptilians were
doing it to other stars’ planets all over this area of the
Galaxy…. These young kids, the operatives, they couldn’t
believe half of what they brought back, what was going on.
But some of them were really good people, and they knew
how to get into places and listen to what’s going on, and
finding what that guy he had talked to, or he heard, and
going to so and so, because yes they were doing that over
there. It goes to two countries away from an occupied
country with a facility, a massive thing going,
And another part of it, they were even building boiler plate
steel UFOs, 200 foot, 250 foot boiler plate steel, which is
insane. But that group took the information that was given to
.
375
them, and they didn’t even figure out it should not be steel,
but the propulsion unit floated it up, just like it was a feather,
and they were on a learning curve that you could do these
things all over using standard mathematical, or standard
technical terms of the way you would normally do it.
Thousands of engineering groups were working different
aspects to all of this. Some of them had the vehicles, others
they gave them a vehicle to reverse engineer, so they could
become familiar with everything from the inside out. And so
different people, different organizations could handle these
different matters. It was a massive program. The mission
was to take over the planet, kill off all of the ones that were a
problem, and the rest of them make slaves out of them.
Everybody on your planet, then second phase was to leave
the planet with large squadrons of UFOs, after you’ve got
them all built, and do the same thing to other stars’ planets.
That’s the German will [plan?]…
END TRANSCRIPT
 Clinton Pledge to Release UFO Files & Sanders
Vatican Visit – Prelude to Disclosure?
Written by Admin
April 10, 2016

In his April 7 interview, Podesta revealed more about the

pledge Clinton had given him:

What I’ve talked to the secretary about, and

what she’s said now in public, is that if
she’s elected president, when she gets into
office, she’ll ask for as many records as the
United States federal government has to be
declassified, and I think that’s a
commitment that she intends to keep and
that I intend to hold her to.

If this all sounds like deja vous, it is because a Clinton

Presidency has been down the UFO disclosure track
before. It is a matter of public record that in January 1993,
On April 8, one day after the Hillary Clinton campaign President Bill Clinton entrusted family friend, Webster
again raised the importance of the public learning the truth Hubbell, over at the Justice Department with the job of
about classified UFO files, her chief rival, Senator Bernie finding out the answer to two questions:
Sanders, announced that he was accepting an invitation to
give a speech at a Vatican Conference on April 15 at the
“One, who killed JFK. And two, are there
Pontifical Academy of Sciences. This is the same venue
UFOs?”
that Vatican astronomers have organized events to discuss
the implications of discovering extraterrestrial life.
In his memoirs, Friends in High Places, Hubbell revealed
that he failed to make any progress in finding the answers
While the two Presidential campaign announcements may
Clinton was seeking. Hubble was eventually jailed for
appear at first to be unrelated, a closer inspection raises
overbilling clients while in private practice.
another possibility. The announcements are related to two
different UFO disclosure narratives pursued by competing
global elites with influence over the two major Democratic Documents later released through the Freedom of
candidates. Information Act confirm that Hillary Clinton had, in 1995,
become the lead person in an initiative by Laurence
Rockefeller, to have the Clinton administration release
In a CNN interview on April 7, Clinton’s campaign chief,
classified UFO files.
John Podesta, said:

Significantly, Podesta’s April 7 CNN appearance

The U.S. government could do a much better job in
confirmed that a UFO disclosure initiative had occurred
answering the quite legitimate questions that people have
during his tenure with the Clinton administration:
about what’s going on with unidentified aerial phenomena.

Podesta, a former chief of staff to President Bill Clinton,

Back on December 30, 2015, Hillary Clinton gave an
said the 42nd president once
interview referring to a pledge she had given to Podesta, to
publicly release what the government knows about UFOs,
and to launch an investigation of Area 51. “asked for some information about some of
these things, and in particular, some
information about what was going on at
He has made me personally pledge we are going to get the
Area 51.”
information out,” said Clinton. “One way or another.
Maybe we could have, like, a task force to go to Area 51.
According to Dr. Steven Greer, Hillary nixed the UFO
disclosure effort when it was decided that it would ruin her
husband’s 1996 re-election campaign. With the failure of
376
the Rockefeller UFO disclosure initiative, Podesta and the
rest of the Clinton administration focused on political
survival in the face of the growing Monica Lewinsky
scandal.
Podesta briefly returned to public office as White House
Counselor to President Obama in 2014. At the end of a
one year term, he left in February 2015 to take charge of
the Hillary Clinton Presidential Campaign. That’s when he
made his famous statement that he had once again failed to
secure UFO disclosure:
Clearly, Podesta was suggesting that powerful forces had
prevented UFO disclosure from happening under the
Obama administration. Significantly, Obama himself went
on air with Jimmy Kimmel and alluded to these powerful
forces preventing disclosure, when he “joked” that aliens
were controlling how much of the truth could be revealed.
Now, if we are to believe the narrative coming out from
the current Clinton campaign, Hillary has pledged to make
UFO disclosure a priority because Podesta has convinced
her to do so. Given Podesta’s central role in a future
Clinton Administration disclosure initiative, what kind of
UFO disclosure can we expect from Clinton and Podesta?
Podesta is a well-known fan of Chris Carter’s X-Files,
which was rebooted in 2016 with six new episodes. The
main premise of the series relaunch was that classified
UFO files were based on secret space programs that had
been reverse engineered from the discovery of a crashed
extraterrestrial craft.
The first episode of the series reboot aired on January 24 to
an audience of more than 16 million. In it, Agent Mulder
gave a lengthy monologue about a vast secret government
conspiracy to hide the truth about extraterrestrial life,
377
reverse engineered space craft, alien retroviruses, and the
911 false flag attack.
Podesta’s long time fascination with the X-Files series
suggests that the pilot episode for the new series lays a
plausible foundation for a future UFO disclosure narrative,
coming out of a new Clinton White House. The narrative is
likely to focus on mysterious elite groups using advanced
technologies in ways that deceive the world into believing
aliens are behind the abduction phenomenon.
To promote such a UFO disclosure narrative as President,
Clinton must first overcome the surging candidacy of
Bernie Sanders.
On April 8, it was announced that Sanders had accepted an
invitation from the Vatican to speak next week a
conference on social, economic and environmental issue
organized by the Pontifical Academy of Sciences.
Controversy immediately arose with a Bloomberg News
story over whether Sanders had been invited or had invited
himself. In turns out that the invitation had come from a
senior Vatican official and Chancellor of the Academy
who had not informed its President.
The Pontifical Academy is no stranger to the issue of
extraterrestrial life. Since November 2009, Vatican
astronomers have played a prominent role in astrobiology
conferences discussing the societal implications of the
discovery of alien life, and how such a discovery would
cause no problem with Catholic theology.
Pope Francis himself has made clear that he views the
discovery of extraterrestrial life as an event that would not
cause theological problems, even if it were realized that
extraterrestrials, rather than “God,” had played a direct
role in creating humanity. On October 28, 2014, during a
speech at the Pontifical Academy of Sciences, the Pope
discussed the evolution of life, and the role of
extraterrestrials, which he euphemistically referred to as
“beings of the universe,” as agents in God’s evolutionary
plan:
He [God] created beings and allowed them to develop
according to the internal laws that he gave to each one, so
that they were able to develop and to arrive and their
fullness of being. He gave autonomy to the beings of the
universe at the same time at which he assured them of his
continuous presence, giving being to every reality. And so
creation continued for centuries and centuries, millennia
and millennia, until it became which we know today,
precisely because God is not a demiurge or a magician, but
the creator who gives being to all things.
There has been much more happening behind the scenes at
the Vatican in terms of it preparing humanity for future
announcements concerning the existence of extraterrestrial
life. The Vatican was a sponsor of a UNICEF video that
promotes tolerance for extraterrestrial life.
According to Tom Horn and Chris Putnam, authors of
Exo-Vaticana, the Vatican plans to manipulate the issue of
extraterrestrial life, in order to promote a new global
religion based on an alien savior. Dr. Preston James has
written, according to his insider sources, that the Vatican
indeed has made contact with a group of extraterrestrials
which could play such a role:
Some Vatican insiders have claimed that
top Vatican Clerics have already
established secret relationships and
treaties with a certain alien ET group that
presents itself as friendly to the human
race and claims it can save it from the evil
empire of the Bankster-owned and -
controlled Hierarchy….
Dr. James concludes that the Vatican plans to lead a global
disclosure initiative on extraterrestrial life:
From all indications so far, these coming disclosures will
involve the top Clericals at the Vatican and will occur
through the Catholic Church itself publicly …
.
378
The invitation to Bernie Sanders to give a speech at the
Pontifical Academy of Sciences, suggests Vatican insiders
view Sanders as a more suitable candidate for disclosing
what the Vatican, and other governments, want the general
public to know about alien life and the UFO issue. It is
very possible that Sanders will receive a confidential
Vatican briefing on what it would like released to the
world in the form of UFO disclosure, which focuses on
extraterrestrial life, rather than advanced technologies.
Podesta’s and Clinton’s most recent public statements on
the government releasing classified UFO files, and
Sanders’ speech next week at an upcoming Vatican
conference, suggests at least two UFO/alien disclosure
narratives are being secretly developed by competing
factions of global elites.
One faction, linked to the Rockefeller family, prefers to
release information about advanced technologies related to
the UFO phenomenon, which presumably would lead to
disclosure of secret space programs, which have been in
operation since the 1980’s. On the other hand, another
faction, closely associated with the Vatican, wishes to
concentrate on the existence of extraterrestrial life, as a
means of establishing a new global religion with alien
elements.
Classified UFO files, thanks to Clinton and Podesta’s
efforts, are slowly emerging as a campaign issue. Sanders
likely exposure to disclosure related issues during his April
15 speech at the Vatican organized conference, raises the
possibility that he in future will openly discuss the issue of
extraterrestrial life during his campaign. The current trail
of evidence suggests 2016 Presidential elections are
shaping up to be a prelude to UFO disclosure, where the
world learns some of the truth about extraterrestrial life,
advanced technologies, and/or secret space programs.
 Rob Potter and Corey Goode Interview -Part 1
Non-Interference Treaty from Mohammad's Era, Anshar Alliance, Space
Wars Stopped in Recent Times
April 10, 2016
Here is the transcript of the Victory of the
Light show with Robert Potter and Corey
Goode from April 7th.
This interview was the first part of a two-part
series. The second section should be
released soon.
Robert makes some points about open-
mindedness in his introduction that I think
are worth considering.
There's so much history that has occurred on
Earth and in the solar system that to think
any one person has all the facts seems a bit
short sighted.
Related David Wilcock and Corey Goode:
History of the Solar System and Secret Space
Program - Notes from Consciousness Life
Expo 2016
I don't have time to do an analysis this
morning, but I found the following excerpt to
be note worthy:
379
Rob – OK. One of the things that I’ve heard about from
what I understand from inner earth is that there is a
positive Agarthan network that you haven’t mentioned in
any of your talks. Would you go into that a little bit? We
talked about things called the Ra’s. We talked about Ra
‘Tear. From the Atlantean civilization at the time they
were forseeing cataclysms coming through the mis-use of
technology.
Related Atlantean Technology and History | A
Very Detailed Story of the Fall of Atlantis and
their use of Crystals
I guess the basic battles going on between these farmer
groups were destabilizing the earths tectonic plates and
that some of the spiritual centers of earth groups around
the planet chose to go inside the earth
Thus they created an Agarthan network and they were
called the Ra’s. Beneath Giza is Ra, beneath the
Himalayans is Ra-Ma, There’s one beneath the Bermuda
Triangle called Ra-Yolo, There’s another one called
Poisided in Brazil. Beneath Shasta is Ra-Mu. There are
many other ones I imagine.
Corey – Where does this information come from?
Rob – This information comes from what is known as the
Great White Brother/Sisterhood. This is one of the things I
was kind of curious about to address because some of your
experiences with the inner earth groups the Omegans and
the groups you have met with seems that they are not very
far evolved. They have a beautiful technological
civilization there but there’s still fear. 18 Million years that
group is in their projecting themselves and making
telepathic communications out of fear to rule the surface
population?
Corey – No, they’re connecting with people to give them
benevolent information but they’re using subterfuge as . . .
to protect their location as any group would do for
protecting your home base and your assets and all of that.
Rob – Yea, I can kind of see that and on another level I
was kind of thinking there would be more of positive open
interaction and I think that’s what . . .
Corey – That’s what they’re lobbying for and the reason
there hasn’t been that is that back to the close to the time
of Mohammad there was a major treaty signed among
all these groups and it had to do with open contact
walking among humanity and It had to do with letting us
develop on our own with only . . . with them skirting the
rules with mild and manipulating from the back-ground
through proxy, human proxy agents mostly. So this is one
of the things that the Anchar Alliance have requested to
have meeting with the Super Federation to see if this treaty
can be re-visited.
Rob – Is this treaty between the inner earth groups of the
Agarthan network.
Corey – All the groups in this solar system abide by this
treaty, even the Draco. There was open warfare in our
skies above our planet up until even our current historical
era between all these groups, until this treaty was signed.
Rob – OK. I guess that leads me to another question here.
So they’ve all had this treaty that I call the Quarantine and
it’s based on to keep things so there’s not battles in the
skies but there still are.
Corey – Not only that but not allowing them to be seen
and walk among us. To allow us to develop our society
without direct physical interaction and manipulation by
them even though, as always, it seems in all these cosmic
treaties and rules there is little ways in the back ground for
the benevolence and others to circumvent parts of the
treaties.
Rob – Obviously there’s certainly evidence , the bad guys
are circumventing this clearly. One of the gentlemen that I
sent you a link to named Bob Reynaude has a website
called the Terrakor Files
www.berkshire.net/~brenaud/#Home
Terrakor Files this is a good group of ET’s not in the
Federation but from what is called the Alliance. I’d like to
share with you one of the things that they have stated that
since earth this is a Confederation world and as such we do
not have any military confederation type protection for
ourselves.
They said that they had discovered that in the 1800’s a
group called the Omegans came to earth and infiltrated us
and are using subterfuge in violation of those agreements
and are infiltrating us. The Omegans have done this on
many different worlds in the past.
www.berkshire.net/~brenaud/HTML/Omegans.htm
380
Through the political and the military process and they
keep the people at each other’s throats. To counter this
threat the Alliance has also infiltrated the earth through a
technology which they talk about which is basically how
they work amongst us. They can have their life form body
from another world.
They step into a portal and they disappear and they show
up on earth in a human physical body that is adjusted to
our gravity. that his kind of like holograph relationship to
the soul that can exist in our environment, so they are
definitely involved as sleeper agents in all aspects of
society and religion and society and media and science and
military and political and things of this nature. Do you
have any information about the positive groups working to
stem this . . . these other groups who are seeking a
parasitical nature with us.
Corey – Could you be a little bit more specific about
which negative groups. You gave a lot of details there with
these people you gave me links to.
There’s lots of different parasitic relationships going on
the etheric level and on, even on the physical level you
have relationships every day that people have in their lives
are parasitic relationships.
Rob – Right I’m talking more specifically in an intention
work that is coming here to infiltrate this planet, use it’s
resources and subjugate the people through the NWO kind
of technology here. I’m talking about the reptilians, the
Grays and some of these human groups even which I
would say are like, some people call them the Omegans are
the Kalrans.
These groups don’t generally like to work together but
according to this gentlemen some of them are forced to
work together like “the enemy of my enemy is my friend”
so to speak. He talks about these different groups that are
actually, we would call them down here the forces of light.
It seems that the Ra’Tear is viewing the same thing kind of
like there’s been a lot of interference here and they’re here
to kind of clear the playing field, is that correct.
Corey – Yes, they stated that their main purpose has been
to basically interact with the humanities’ co-creative
consciousness, mass consciousness in a symbiotic way.
Work with directly with that mass consciousness to help it
with it’s help it to determine it’s path and future outcome
and that’s the high level area of what they’ve been doing.
The low level area of what they’ve been doing is more on
the level of, you know, speaking to me or to these other or
speaking, communicating to these other beings. Because
when they first, when their presence was first made know
all of these beings were trying to hail them or get in
contact with them but they were not being acknowledged.
In a private email between Corey and I, he said
that Lt. Col. Gonzales spent a number of weeks
with the Anshar Alliance (same as Anchar above)
This appears to be the name of one of the inner-
Earth groups he met with in September of 2015.
According to the above quote, that I bolded, the
inner-Earth groups and the Super Federation
have had a treaty or cease-fire in place since the
times of Mohammad. Even the Draco groups are
involved in this treaty, hence Moon's neutral
zone status.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Episode 3: Lunar
Operations Command - Summary and
Analysis | Corey Goode and David Wilcock
The treaty also outlined a non-interference policy
with the surface population, citing that we should
be allowed to progress under our own
development. Goode also said that all the groups
in the solar system, more or less, abide by this
treaty. They are not to appear to, or make direct
contact with, the surface population.
But as Goode said, groups have interfered
despite the treaty, to either offer benevolent
information, such as the Anshar group.
Per Goode, the Anshar groups are now seeking
to renegotiate the non-interference aspect of the
treaty in an effort to make contact with the
surface. Presumably this inner-Earth group,
again the same one that the priestess Kaaree
hails from, want's to make more direct contact
with humanity.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 4: Revelations from the Inner Earth -
Summary and Analysis | Corey Goode and
David Wilcock
The inner-Earth Alliance group that Goode met
with in September of last year disbanded in the
beginning of this year after a meeting took place
in the Kuiper belt. They met with the Sphere
Beings, known as the Guardians to the inner-
Earth peoples, who told them that they were not
proper stewards of the planet.
Related Corey Goode | Mini "Situation
Update" 1/15/2016 - 3 Inner Earth Alliance
Meetings, Negative Greetings, SSP Council
Meetings, and more
Perhaps the recent shift in policy from the Anshar
group occurred as a result of what the Sphere
Beings told them. And while details of the Anshar
group's intentions have yet to be revealed by
Goode, it could be they are now ready to make
381
more open and honest contacts with the surface
population.
The remaining portion of the excerpt deals with
information Rob is presenting from his
recollection of earlier disclosures and apparent
contacts from his experience and research, some
which date back to the 1960's. The correlations
between that information and Goode's testimony
seems to be high. But to be clear, I have yet to
review the TerraKor Files completely myself.
And there are still more nuggets of information
presented in this interview.
- Justin
Dear Promise Friends and Family,
I have followed Corey’s information for some time and I
have been completely fascinated. In the beginning the
context and the information was disturbing to me in that
the gist of his revelations and the tone of his narrative has
been all of the ET groups are at each others throats. He
was indicating the ICC and SSP groups were in complex
hostile we vs. them type scenarios with almost everyone
and they we always fighting against each other.
It seemed they were all competing and vying for the upper
hand. It seemed all of them had agendas of not so nice
intentions towards the earth populace. They are vey
materialistic and have no concerned for the earth
populations or that the technology they were receiving and
trading for was the result of slavery manipulation and even
murder.
Clearly they are aware of the hostile agenda run by the
earth minions of the Draco Cabal or Syndicate Alliance. In
Corey’s early narrative it seemed that none of the 40 super
federation guys were positive. I was mistaken as since then
I have talked to Corey several times and have gotten a
clearer picture.
Obviously we can view the Sphere Beings as being
positive but I was at first concerned that Corey may have
been used to promote they are all bad and only the Sphere
beings can save us or control the earths quagmire and
quarantine situation. This may be true to a certain extent
however the rabbit hole is deep even for those in this field
for decades.
My experience and information from many other
contactees is that there are many positive and spiritually
advanced groups who have a great deal of love and
compassion for us down here and they hear our prayers
and are moved to help us. They are involved in the Super
Federation Alliance of 40 as Corey has stated.
Corey even related information from the glass pads that
challenged my views on certain things. I have not
completely agreed with all of these glass pads Intel views
or information still to this day. Corey has not declared
these are exactly true as these are reports from the SSP.
They SSP can be easily misled by some of these inter
dimensional beings in my view.
To mislead the SSP would be child’s play for certain
benevolent ET groups from my understanding and the SSP
glass pads could be wrong. Corey acknowledges the glass
pads could be wrong in one of our interviews. I certainly
do not blame Corey for reporting these things. I am aware
that many of my preconceived ideas may be wrong and it
will be difficult to swallow the pill of complete chaos and
a lack of honesty and compassion is the only thing out
there. However I am not yet ready to acquiesce to some of
his Intel about my experiences just yet. I will leave the
details off the table as personal for now.
When Corey mentioned this I told him go ahead do not
hold back and bust peoples bubble with the truth, as you
understand it. We must all be more flexible in our pre-
conceived beliefs. I agree with Corey we must permeable
in our reality awareness.
I had not seen all of Corey’s Gaia shows until just before
this interview I watched every single one to be prepared to
talk to Corey about this. A much broader picture of
information is becoming clear to me. Through my
approximately 6 hours of private conversation with Corey
before the interview over the last 7 months or so I have
come to a great deal of respect for this man.
First of all he is humble he is sincere and I detect no
agenda or manipulation from him in his intent or in his
actions. In fact he is going through a learning process as
well. He is obviously advanced in his experience and a
super intuitive empath with 20 years in the SSP to
accelerate his learning as his experiences grow.
I will ask Corey to correct me if I am wrong but I am sure
he is given no details no situational info on where he is
382
going or who he is meeting when he is picked up in the
sphere portals that transport him. He is like a newborn
fawn in a way and has only his wits and inner integrity to
deal with each encounter that he has in his journeys as the
chosen delegate. He has handled himself admirably from
my view of his reports.
This puts him at somewhat of a disadvantage in regards to
the SSP “good guys” who want to get full disclosure out
ASAP and protect themselves at the same time. The SSP
good guys rather have Gonzales who will give them
actionable Intel to allow the superior position over all ET
groups.
It seems to the SSP that all ETS are hostile and dangerous
and the SSP is very defensive. Rightly so from their
perspective but I feel time will alter this viewpoint they
have as they begin to grow in wisdom and understanding
of universal laws and have more experiences and
understanding of the quarantine and the intentions of the
super federation 40.
Corey in my opinion is acting as our reporter. He is for
everyman and he is like an impartial camera reporting to
us what he experiences based on his honest and transparent
reporting. He is doing an excellent job and he is dealing
with an amazing set of experiences in a very transparent
and honorable way in my opinion.
I must be frank and give my personal view on certain
things and these are my opinions based on my life’s
experience and Corey’s conversations with me.
First it would seem that the individuals in the SSP
including Corey had zero contact with the benevolent
super federation 40 groups in the past. This is apparently
changing. However Corey has had no direct contact or
discussions or understanding of their relationship to earth
from these groups directly. His reports are all about the
Nazi Groups their expansionist history on earth the solar
system on other worlds and even in the fabric of time
itself.
This lack of contact is not unreasonable as prior in his
work under mind control on the 20 and back he would be
in great danger if any contact was attempted to have taken
place during his tenure in space. This goes for the good
SSP defectors trying to liberate earth as well as any bases
in our solar system.
Secondly the entire program of the SSP the ICC etc. has all
stemmed from the Nazi’s. The Nazi actually one the war in
a sense and have continued the reign of terror via greedy
power hungry corporate types who have wreaked untold
havoc on the earth and in outer space. The lowest moral
character has joned forces with the Nazis and this has led
us to where we are now .
The freewill of millions or souls in the programs and on
earth have been violated by kidnapping lies and the
amount of suffering is beyond comprehension when we
consider the suppression of healing technologies as well as
the manipulations of wars there are too many atrocities to
name. We all now know what is going on and we are
demanding justice.
The lack of compassion by the good guys in the SSP to
help Corey with his health is disturbing and wrong.
Although it sucks for Corey and all of us it is
understandable as these people are victims as well and
have seen so much carnage and evil that they feel their
view and Motus Oerandi is the only way. They choose to
remain entrenched with fighting and military might as our
the only way out. As Corey said they like to bomb their
way out of situations. They are many of them true heroes
and very circumspect and do not want to destroyed. I will
ask them to have compassion at this time.
Most of their work has been for the Cabal syndicate and
they have had relations with Dracos, Mantoids, Greys and
the like. They have been at war on Mars and throughout
the solar system so it is natural that they have no trust for
any of the ET groups and it seems no respect for even the
super federation 40 groups.
The quarantine has had a treaty since Mohamed times to
not interfere with the surface population or to contact us in
any way. This has been accepted as the full on war of their
combined technological might used against each other
would destroy thousands of worlds if unleashed. The loss
if life would be unimaginable and they all realize this. This
is why hostile groups can have bases next to each other on
the moon and respect each others space…..Sometimes.
I have heard of reports of various minor skirmishes that
test the limits of the other side’s reaction on the moon in
particular. So with this complex political situation in a
fluid motion with multiple cultures it is certainly a difficult
situation to resolve. We here without our full
consciousness restored have it very tough indeed. The
earth is prime real estate and we are fodder in the way to
some.
As Corey has said to me we have free will and this is true
especially individually we can refuse the system and we
can overcome the AI matrix. We may suffer the
consequences of AI of earth laws as we follow universal
truth and may even loose our lifes even. But Corey is right
the power of decision is ours to choose.
I do feel our mass consciousness has been unfairly
manipulated and our freewill has been taken form us in a
very evil and cunning way with advanced entrainment
technology systems of slavery physical and mental foisted
upon the unsuspecting earth person. Our earth culture and
383
true history has been hidden from us and we must bite the
bullet and try to get ourselves free.
First we must free our souls into our divine birthright and
access our god presence and adhere to the integrity of love
and the powerful revelations that true soul contact confers.
Secondly we must unite ourselves under a common goal to
find alternatives to the evil that we are perpetually
entrenched in on earth that we support.
I will submit that there are very positive and benevolent
forces in the super federation 40 group who very much
have been working hard for out liberation. The fact that
Corey nor I or anyone else does not have all of the details
does not mean that my postulations may not be true.
I feel that Corey is taking us through these revelations side
by side with him and we are learning from him as he
generously shares his experience with us. I cannot help but
think that more details will come forth that will clarify
what has been happening in the past and the current state
of affairs.
I feel this is planned so we can gradually uncover the
onion layers of the deception to heal ourselves to be free
and liberate the planet.
I also feel we need to take this out of the intellectual
argument phase and realize that we will not really going to
get full disclosure from Corey OR Cobra or anybody until
the criminals are arrested on earth which is our job. We
must disengage from the hostile matrix at all costs. We
must also be free from the hostile agendas of unfriendly
beings off the planet. I also feel this must come with the
help of the sphere beings and the super federation 40 good
ET groups.
When it is safe for all involved and hostilities cease then
we can have the full truth. Some earth based Intel that is
being held by many brave souls to reveal the dirty truth of
what has been happening here will come forward I
promise. We can then process this information that will be
able to be corroborated by inner record chambers and
Akashic records via crystal holograms in a unified
disclosure to all.
There are many other inner earth Agarthan networks who
are not mentioned by Corey’s narrative and this will come
forward in due course. Many of them will come to the
surface after the AI threat can not longer threaten their
civilizations.
Then I predict at some point we will have open first
contact with multiple groups who will openly and lovingly
explain their side of the story. In the mean time we must
keep an open mind and an open heart and a permeable
bubble. This will not be a false landing with another
agenda I hope. But if this is attempted we will know and
we will reject the lies.
One day we will all be offered to join our planet in love to
other positive races to learn and grow and take our place
with love and true freewill to become as fully conscious
and sentient beings alongside of other races. I know we
have much to teach them as well . We will be free and we
will explore the universe in peace and spread goodwill and
compassion throughout the cosmos.
Thank you Corey Goode for allowing me to interview you
God Bless and Peace Unto All
Victory To The light
Rob Potter
Enjoy the interview
SSP – Secret Space Program
Rob – Hello ladies and gentlemen. My name is Rob Potter,
I’m broadcasting from here on the island of Maui. I have a
very, very special edition of the Victory of light radio
show. I’m interviewing Corey Goode, one of the top
whistle-blowers’ in the world at this time, really coming
out with some amazing information.
For those of you who know me, I work closely with Cobra
in the past and I have also worked
www.prepareforchange.net in creating some information
about the coming changes. Corey Goode, for those of you
who know, is bringing out a lot of information in his life in
the SSP.
I’m not going to go into too much into the history. I have
an idea here that this is going to be an advanced interview
for people who have already been following Corey’s
information. For those who have not watched all the
GaiamTV.com episodes I strongly recommend you do so.
They contain a lot of information. You can go to Corey’s
website, we’ll be talking about that in a second. I’m going
to bring out information here, try to set the playing field
and give us a clearer understanding of what’s going on out
there.
384
I’ve already spoken to Corey. We’re going to bring up
some suppositions an test the limits and see if we can get
some understanding on, you know, what we call the glass
pads and the SSP, the Alliance, the earth based Alliance
and their views and their position here.
So we’re going to get into quite a few different things.
Slightly political to get some clarity here. Then we’re
going to go into some of this information. So much to go
forward here today, so I’m going to try to keep my
questions to a minimum but I will be setting the
groundwork for some of this information. So without
further a due, I’m going to introduce Corey Goode and just
bring him on and we’re going to get started here.
Corey, it’s a wonderful pleasure. We’ve spoken several
times in the last 7-8 months on the phone. It’s really an
honor to get to know you and to finally have you on the
show, so welcome to victory of light radio show. How are
you doing?
Corey – I’m doing well, how about you?
Rob – Really good. Right away there maybe there’s some
people who haven’t heard of your information. Why don’t
you share some of your web sites where people can
connect with you and of course Gaiamtv.com so if you can
give some web sites so people can follow up with your
information to help support our mission.
Corey – Sure. My main website is
www.spherebeingalliance.com and that’s where can find a
lot of my news updates, transcripts to all of the shows that
David Wilcock and I have done on www.Gaiamtv.com
which our show is Cosmic Disclosure. That’s on
www.gaiamtv.com. If you want to sign up for a
subscription, if you go to www.blueavians.com, that way
David and I get some sort of credit for it.
We’re also starting up a new project which is
www.thefulldisclosesureproject.org. I’m sorry; I thought
you were about to say something.
Rob – No I was on mute. I just want to move forward to
the interview here. Folks, I’m going to give a very brief
history here. Corey Goode was a part of a unique talented
group of children that was researched and chosen by the
government to become what is known as an intuitive
empath and he became part of a Secret Space Program.
This program which really absolutely reads like the most
outrageous crazy sci-fi television show. This is so out there
that the average person can look at this material and just
roll their eyes and just call this a bunch of junk and a
bunch of made up stuff and dis-information and a lot of
stuff that people cannot just wrap their heads around it.
I’ve been having experiences since 1970’s and spent a long
time and I’ve been expecting this type of disclosure and
information to come out. I spoken many years ago about
when the SSP military guys come out it’s going to make
the average contactee look like a choirboy and that’s
what’s happening here.
We’re getting tremendous amounts of information in
regards to the history of the current earth civilizations
development and technology and alignments that follows.
Corey has gone into outer space, worked for 20 years,
come back and then actually then physically regressed to a
youth again and lived many years with these memories and
eventually has been able to come out and share this
information with the public.
There’s a unique situation in that, we could call them the
good guys of the American or the World’s based, mostly
American SSP, probably the most advanced SSP that we
know of, have decided to come out. They have broken
some of their control mechanisms and I guess we could
call it programming and have decided to come out against
their masters in the international space conglomerate and
to reveal information.
So the main players in the white hats of the SSP have their
own ideas. They’re kind of militarily oriented and they
have their own liaison, a gentleman named Gonzales. You
can read about what the blue the Blue Sphere Beings say.
Specifically that they wanted Corey Goode to represent
them and this was kind of an “upset the apple cart” so to
speak.
The good guys in the SPP kind of have a hostile or
contentious relationship in regards to him. They don’t trust
Corey and that’s one of the things we’re going to talk bout
here. Corey, when I look at you being chosen here, it
seems almost like the perfect choice because you were not
involved with the SSP (at the time).
So there’s no necessary alliances there, you’re not treated
really well by them and it seems as though you’re a more
of an impartial observer and this is allowing the general
public to get a direct, let’s call it “a birds eye view” on this
situation.
I think it was made pretty clear, you know when you were
scheduled to go with the Draco’s and it was revealed all
the things they wanted to do with you in one of those
meetings it was good that you did not go.
If you look at it, as I was looking at it then it became clear
even if they did something to you Corey, god forbid. But
you’re protected and they didn’t.
The reality is someone else could take your place. You are
not a policy maker only a witness delivering information
385
like an ambassador. I’m sure there’s another intuitive
empath, like a back-up plan that could do this.
You were really like a camera and I think they realized that
now and there’s anything they want to do they can replace
the camera and there’s no agenda here. So in that way it
makes no sense to hurt you.
I’d like you to, if you could, I’d like to start off with a
thanks and gratitude from the world for you coming
forward with this information. I’d like you to talk about
your first meeting with the Blue Sphere Alliance and if
you could tell me if they had more personal interaction
with you than when you first talked. If you could talk
about the first meeting and their mission statement for you
as it was explained to you.
Corey – My first meeting were definitely all more of a
person nature. Of a personal spiritual nature and a personal
nature . . . information that I still want to keep personal but
also was starting to prepare me for things that were coming
down the pipe. So I don’t know exactly what you’re
looking for but it was personal stuff, things that I needed to
do to grow, things that I wasn’t doing at the time because I
was stubborn, I wasn’t getting on a high vibratory diet, I
wasn’t spending as much time in meditation as I should
and you know, they were trying to get me in a more high
vibratory state. In the beginning I was resistant I guess,
maybe on a subconscious level. I wasn’t just saying Oh,
OK; I’ll just do that then. It always took something
occurring, some sort of catalyst like I finally got on the
high vibratory diet at our last shoot at Gaiamtv.com when I
had food poisoning so bad at the beginning of the shoot.
We shot, I think 10 episodes was all we were able to shoot
that week because I was just deadly ill and after that my
body would just totally reject meat or . . . all I eat is fruit
and vegetables and I’m constantly eating, but that’s all I
eat. So I somewhat refused to go on this high vibratory diet
and you know, things occurred to steer me that way any
way.
Rob – Very good. You’re preparing the vessel for the
work to connect your, I guess we call it your higher self
your I AM presence or what you call the resonance center
to receive this information and to be prepared to assimilate
this higher vibration. I was talking about identification and
information, I was wondering if they told you anything
about your past lives and did you get an overview of the
situation and the political situation going on with the
mission or has that been kind of kept from you.
Corey – I’ve been asked a couple times if I wanted to
know who I was, who I am and who I will be, whatever
that means. I assume that means past lives and I know that,
but something has told me that I don’t need to know that
and that has been my response that I don’t need to know
that right now. What was the 2nd part of your question?
Rob – I understand that. You don’t need to know that as
part of your past, I meant in relationship to them. The other
thing I was wondering about, did you speak about
philosophy and vetting them for what is their belief and
their agenda and what is the information that they wish to
convey through you to the world.
Corey – These are not conversations like I’m having with
you right now. These are very . . . it’s taken a while for me
to learn the way they communicate is so cryptic. They’re
so big about not violating free will and given they provide
information and when I tell, when I tell David, you know,
when I would communicate with David Wilcock after a
briefing, he said that’s how they communicate things in the
law of one.
I have no reason why, I have no idea why, but it’s a bit
frustrating, you know. It’s just the way these higher
density beings are. I mean we try to overlay our 3rd, 4th
density way of thinking on top of them and that’s just not
going to fly. These beings are in a totally different
wavelength literally and they’re basically talking down or
coming down to communicate with us.
This non-verbal communication does not occur in linear
form like a sentence or a conversation would. The
communication occurs in images and smells and tastes and
all the different sensory input types that you would think
of.
Rob – Right. So it’s a full kind of telepathic
communication where you get a lot of information and
there’s a lot at this point in time the details are kind of
open ended for you. I do have a question because a lot of
the contactees and this includes even the scientific
contactees have a different positive feeling from them .
Those who I’m working with say in the super
confederation alliance of 40 worlds their interactions seem
to indicate a very kind of a spiritual inner orientation. You
have brought out in your interviews but it hasn’t been
really like at the forefront and I think that’s because
obviously you don’t want to get people wrapped up in
religion and polarization and you simply want this
information to come out.
Still we are there is I guess we could call it the law of one
or a spiritual orientation . What I would postulate when it
comes to God and I’m going to the Wendell Stevens book
with the Iargan group that kind of look like an ape,(the
come from the vegan system) they postulate that there are
basic axioms for understanding God.
People question is it god or is it evolution? I would say
that god created evolution. When I say god I do not mean
an anthropomorphic being sitting on a throne with a beard
I’m talking about divine intelligence that knows the
beginning form the end and has a plan for souls and certain
386
laws of the universe. We can call it the law of one or
whatever.
Their axioms are this: “That something cannot come from
nothing, so we are something; therefore we came from
something! That something could be called the creator or
god “
The alternative paradoxical axiom is that that source that is
created us had to come from something” So there’s really
no empirical logical dualistic mind way of saying that
there is a God. There is also no way to say there is not a
God or creator.
Yet if you choose there is no god it’s kind of like it’s just a
materialistic random universe the leaves it quite cold and
the benevolent ET assure us this is not the case. They are
emphatic that there is a reason and a purpose and that the
power of love is the binding force of the universe.
In fact the nature of all creation and the what they would
call, you could call the divine intelligence, source or
creator. I don’t want to pop anyone’s religious bubble and
relations here. Can you talk about your understanding of
this or have they mentioned to you anything about the
creator or the positive side like looking at the glass as half
full ? That through faith, as opposed to demanding rational
explanations for everything.
Corey – Well most of what’s been communicated to me is
basically their beliefs; most of their beliefs go back to
something about an oneness. That there is an intelligent
resonant field and this intelligent resonant field this
resonant field creates a geometric pattern that is the basis
of matter that creates matter and then this matter is
intelligently manipulated within the different fields and
torsion fields that have consciousness that’s a part of this
resonance consciousness is in a resonant field and that they
call, that we all call the created source, that David Wilcock
called the Source Field in his book. There are many names
for it.
Rob – Right. All names would belong to this. Anything
that we can use with our mind would limit the infinite
mind of this source field. I’m not uncomfortable with the
word creator. I have another question for you. We have
spoken previously privately, and you spoke in part of your
implant removal process was to invoke the name of Jesus
Christ and when you had spoken about this to Ra’ Tear
you stated that he bowed and acknowledged you and I’m
wondering, was this. . . did you get a sense like this was,
“yea, whatever dude bow” or was it kind of like yes, we
acknowledge that source of information.
Corey – They acknowledged that source of power.
Rob – OK thank you. Have they talked about implants ?
Corey – These were, you said implants and I guess that
could be terminology but these were entity attachments.
Rob – Right OK. Yea, entity attachments. I was going to
talk about that a little bit in the future. I wanted to talk a
little about the term breakaway first. According to one of
my friends that passed over, Dr. Frank Strange who was
working with a gentleman named Commander Valiant
Thor. He claims to have gone to Venus with him as well as
to some inner earth positive civilizations. He had
mentioned that some of the Mayan civilizations like the
ones some of the ones that healed you did move the
Pleiades.
So my question is about the word break-away as it kind of
sounds like a competition and someone moving it in a
power sense. It seemed to me from the explanation that
was given to me for this group was that they had reached a
level of community and . .
Corey – Bifurcated is more accurate. Bifurcation. They
just split away.
Rob – At that point when they broke away the world there
wasnt much communication to other parts of the world. So
they where not alone world order kind of thing they just
basically bifurcated. They decided their predilection was to
move beyond the inner earth and go elsewhere.
So there are other groups, you would agree that are not
necessarily along the lines and agenda of the SSP
international conglomerate that are separate from us but
are not necessarily hostel to us or breaking away in that
sense.
Corey – That are part of our current era?
Rob – Well . . That brings us to another questions, but let
me just say the question would be; you would agree that
there are other, in the history of our earth there have been
groups of people from these surface that have basically
either moved to the inner earth or off the planet.
Corey – Yes, absolutely. Our recent break-away
civilization thing that has occurred, it is not a phenomena
that has occurred for the first time on this planet. There
have been other civilizations that developed to a certain
point and then of course the priesthood who guarded the
knowledge and the science and were also the science class,
you know guarded this information and kept it and them
and the elites just like us and our elites kept that
information and segmented themselves away from the
general population.
Rob – OK. One of the things that I’ve heard about from
what I understand from inner earth is that there is a
positive Agarthan network that you haven’t mentioned in
any of your talks. Would you go into that a little bit? We
387
talked about things called the Ra’s. We talked about Ra
‘Tear. From the Atlantean civilization at the time they
were forseeing cataclysms coming through the mis-use of
technology.
I guess the basic battles going on between these farmer
groups were destabilizing the earths tectonic plates and
that some of the spiritual centers of earth groups around
the planet chose to go inside the earth.
Thus they created an Agarthan network and they were
called the Ra’s. Beneath Giza is Ra, beneath the
Himalayans is Ra-Ma, There’s one beneath the Bermuda
Triangle called Ra-Yolo, There’s another one called
Poisided in Brazil. Beneath Shasta is Ra-Mu. There are
many other ones I imagine.
Corey – Where does this information come from?
Rob – This information comes from what is known as the
Great White Brother/Sisterhood. This is one of the things I
was kind of curious about to address because some of your
experiences with the inner earth groups the Omegans and
the groups you have met with seems that they are not very
far evolved. They have a beautiful technological
civilization there but there’s still fear. 18 Million years that
group is in their projecting themselves and making
telepathic communications out of fear to rule the surface
population?
Corey – No, they’re connecting with people to give them
benevolent information but they’re using subterfuge as . . .
to protect their location as any group would do for
protecting your home base and your assets and all of that.
Rob – Yea, I can kind of see that and on another level I
was kind of thinking there would be more of positive open
interaction and I think that’s what . . .
Corey – That’s what they’re lobbying for and the reason
there hasn’t been that is that back to the close to the time
of Mohammad there was a major treaty signed among all
these groups and it had to do with open contact walking
among humanity and It had to do with letting us develop
on our own with only . . . with them skirting the rules with
mild and manipulating from the back-ground through
proxy, human proxy agents mostly. So this is one of the
things that the Anchar Alliance have requested to have
meeting with the Super Federation to see if this treaty can
be re-visited.
Rob – Is this treaty between the inner earth groups of the
Agarthan network.
Corey – All the groups in this solar system abide by this
treaty, even the Draco. There was open warfare in our
skies above our planet up until even our current historical
era between all these groups, until this treaty was signed.
Rob – OK. I guess that leads me to another question here.
So they’ve all had this treaty that I call the Quarantine and
it’s based on to keep things so there’s not battles in the
skies but there still are.
Corey – Not only that but not allowing them to be seen
and walk among us. To allow us to develop our society
without direct physical interaction and manipulation by
them even though, as always, it seems in all these cosmic
treaties and rules there is little ways in the back ground for
the benevolence and others to circumvent parts of the
treaties.
Rob – Obviously there’s certainly evidence , the bad guys
are circumventing this clearly. One of the gentlemen that I
sent you a link to named Bob Reynaude has a website
called the Terrakor Files
www.berkshire.net/~brenaud/#Home
Terrakor Files this is a good group of ET’s not in the
Federation but from what is called the Alliance. I’d like to
share with you one of the things that they have stated that
since earth this is a Confederation world and as such we do
not have any military confederation type protection for
ourselves.
They said that they had discovered that in the 1800’s a
group called the Omegans came to earth and infiltrated us
and are using subterfuge in violation of those agreements
and are infiltrating us. The Omegans have done this on
many different worlds in the
past. www.berkshire.net/~brenaud/HTML/Omegans.htm
Through the political and the military process and they
keep the people at each other’s throats. To counter this
threat the Alliance has also infiltrated the earth through a
technology which they talk about which is basically how
they work amongst us. They can have their life form body
from another world.
They step into a portal and they disappear and they show
up on earth in a human physical body that is adjusted to
our gravity. that his kind of like holograph relationship to
the soul that can exist in our environment, so they are
definitely involved as sleeper agents in all aspects of
society and religion and society and media and science and
military and political and things of this nature. Do you
have any information about the positive groups working to
stem this . . . these other groups who are seeking a
parasitical nature with us.
Corey – Could you be a little bit more specific about
which negative groups. You gave a lot of details there with
these people you gave me links to.
There’s lots of different parasitic relationships going on
the etheric level and on, even on the physical level you
388
have relationships every day that people have in their lives
are parasitic relationships.
Rob – Right I’m talking more specifically in an intention
work that is coming here to infiltrate this planet, use it’s
resources and subjugate the people through the NWO kind
of technology here. I’m talking about the reptilians, the
Grays and some of these human groups even which I
would say are like, some people call them the Omegans are
the Kalrans.
These groups don’t generally like to work together but
according to this gentlemen some of them are forced to
work together like “the enemy of my enemy is my friend”
so to speak. He talks about these different groups that are
actually, we would call them down here the forces of light.
It seems that the Ra’Tear is viewing the same thing kind of
like there’s been a lot of interference here and they’re here
to kind of clear the playing field, is that correct.
Corey – Yes, they stated that their main purpose has been
to basically interact with the humanities’ co-creative
consciousness, mass consciousness in a symbiotic way.
Work with directly with that mass consciousness to help it
with it’s help it to determine it’s path and future outcome
and that’s the high level area of what they’ve been doing.
The low level area of what they’ve been doing is more on
the level of, you know, speaking to me or to these other or
speaking, communicating to these other beings. Because
when they first, when their presence was first made know
all of these beings were trying to hail them or get in
contact with them but they were not being acknowledged.
Rob – Obviously they’re not being acknowledged. I’ve
heard reports that some of these ships were here since the
’70’s. I have another kind of question . . .
Corey – I wouldn’t doubt, (and they’re not ships) I
wouldn’t doubt these sphere’s have been here since,
probably for many many decades before that if not longer.
Rob – Yes, and a lot of our information here is based on
our physical plane experience and so I have another
question for you. How far up in dimensions have, if you
know, is the Cabal or the NWO SSP program been able to
go. I know some of the technology allows them to travel
on the astral plane where time doesn’t exist, beam ship
portal technologies. I’m kind of curious.
Corey – They’re able to travel to other realities or
dimensions. There’s one reality that they’ve traveled back
and forth in-between now. Most of the travel that I’m
aware of has to do with travel within our solar system and
the information I have of travel outside of our solar system
with souls and through portals.
Rob – Oh. So we don’t know exactly which dimensions.
It’s not really known or deciphered at this point.
Corey – Well. . That’s really hard, Dimensions like if
you’re looking at crystals or diamonds, there are different
facets. Those are different realities timelines, and
dimensions densities are not the same thing. So you know
there’s a lot of, you know, there’s a lot of confusion out
there.
People talking about going to, you know going to another
dimensions or another density and these other density
beings their consciousness and their molecules, they’re
vibrating, their frequency is vibrating at a a higher
frequency than ours and they’re higher vibratory beings.
I’ve physically touched and interacted with them and they
have the ability as they get higher and higher frequency to
just change their self to complete energy and fore-go for a
lack of a better word or teleport wherever they like. They
just change frequency of their consciousness to the
frequency of the location they want to be and they shift to
that location.
Rob – Right, these are some of the higher beings. I wanted
to go into that in a couple seconds but I wanted to confirm
what you talked about. Beam ships have cameras above
and below the bottom of the ship and as you said, they
have these star, the star pathways are mapped out and so at
certain times when there’s less star systems in-between
they can go much quicker and they can just project where
they are and where they want to be and they just jump and
they’re there.
Corey – They really don’t use cameras, they use remove
imagery that there is nothing that we have.
Rob – Obviously it’s an interactive technology that maps
astral pathways and the numbers are always mapped into
this super consciousness things. Here’s another thing I
wanted to ask you is I personally have had initiation
experiences in regards to leaving my body when I was
very young and having experiences with positive
benevolent forces and in my experiences.
I recognized that I am an luminous being. I was actually
able to look down and to see that I was, I guess you could
call it the soul or the light body that was. The physical
body was encased in it and I looked down below my navel
and I saw that I had these filaments that would reach out
and touch the world. A famous author, Carlos Castaneda
who studied under Don Juan said this is called the Will.
There are supposedly various points on the body that
correspond to physical organs like the spleen would be the
dreaming. We have what is called the Tonal and the
Nagual which also correspond to different points of the
body, the center of feelings is at the tip of the breastbone.
The reason is in the head. I actually experienced that on
my luminous body there’s a position called death and it
was to my left as it was stated in the books.
389
I actually could reach out and touch it. It was kind of a
yellowish field and when I touched it and acknowledged it;
it kind of filled me with a higher light vibratory energy. I
was wondering in the SSP or any of your contact with the
Sphere Being Alliance, did you have any experiences of
this nature of understanding the luminous self and how it is
different than the physical body and what that type of
information and knowledge you might share with us.
Corey – Well yea. When we were going through the Milab
programs we were constantly being put through programs,
put through processes where we were having out of body
experiences and through the remote viewing and remote
influencing training we were, you know doing the
visualizations and the experiments to where we were
leaving our bodies and looking at our light bodies and then
expanding our light bodies and that kind of a thing.
Rob – Can you describe the light body. For me it looked
like someone had bundled up some hair, there were
luminous filaments, almost hairy like a spider’s legs and
they were within my body and it was a very kind of like a
separate reality type of thing.
Corey – Yea, it was a giant . . . With us we were told to
picture it this way so I guess it was some sort of front
loaded into my way of perceiving it, but it appears as a
bright energy field with different color and size orbs
floating around and we would then float around inside the
light body and visit orbs and visit the orbs for information
and the orbs were a conduit were said to be a conduit to
our higher selves or a symbol of a conduit to our higher
self. A lot of what occurs with people is that we’re in
communion subconsciously with our higher selves all the
time and our higher selves is very very much connected
into the root of source and we’re being fed and given a lot
of information that way. And a lot of people have a real
high connection a real close connection to their higher self
and our higher self and our conscious self will, our
conscious self will take information from our higher self
and present it to us in different ways. So sometimes we’ll
perceive some mystical or spiritual experiences and it is a
mystical and a spiritual experience between you and your
higher self-receiving some very advanced information, but
we perceive it as something else because consciously from
our belief systems, or from our experiences we’re front
loading the experience. That’s not all cases, that are some
cases.
Rob – Very good. It seems to be filtering through the
programming. I want to offer for you that we are, as David
Wilcock says, a toroid, this fractal of light is when one
looks at the top seen as a toroid. When you look at the
front of the toroid it is like we are a human light or
magnet. The electro magnetic flow from the anode to the
cathode or from the brain and to the base of the spine we
look like a butterfly.
One of the Shaman’s explanations is that where from our
resonance center that we are projecting an assemblage
point on our luminous self that we perceive things from
and in some of the ancient mythology and technology that
I guess from our. . Part of our problem is that we have
these programs and belief systems that allow us to only
experience the omniverse from one assemblage point and
one perspective .
Corey – A lens. Yea. It becomes a lens and we see
everything through that lens. New information comes out
and we pull out our accumulated experiences and belief
systems out of our pocket and dust it off and shine it up on
our shirt real quick and we hold that up to the new
information which some would call incoming light and
that light is refracted through that lens of our belief system.
Rob – Right. And they said that a man of knowledge who
follows the path with heart must be more fluid in his
understanding where reason is not a despotic guard that
should be a broad minded guardian to more higher
dimensional be able to see the multi-dimensional
information that’s coming in from different levels.
Corey – Yes, and that and self doubt. Wisdom and self
doubt go hand in hand because once you feel like you’ve
got everything locked up you’ve closed yourself off to any
further growing. A wise person may think that we may sit
there and think we have things all figured out but we’re
wise enough to listen to other information but keep our
reality bubbles permeable to new information, but then
again we’re running it through our filter of our experiences
and belief system.
Rob – I wanted to talk about that filter of the lower
personality vehicle which is the physical body and to state
that some of these hostile groups like the Draco’s who
have an advanced awareness of this light body that they
have as I understand there are, if you have ever heard of
the engram or there are 9 points where you’re the giver,
the nower the leader etc etc.
There are names for the type of personality and according
to these light beings that we have these fixations, which
are our filters, and beliefs that we’ve held that have
become very rigid and there are 9 of them. In ancient
Hindu mythology is Kali this girl holding a skull and she’s
got 9 skulls and her knife.
It looks like a deadly evil thing but it really is a good thing
as it represents the cutting of the attachments to these
viewpoints to allow us to hear more from our resonate
center. There are these fixations which skew our view into
a narrow bandwidth of perception.
So I’m wondering it seems like the SSP and all these guys,
everything they’re doing is geared along the lines of the
black monks for control and power and that all of the
390
things that you’ve described for the most part have been
this historical break away civilization with the Nazi’s
which is just fascinating. I don’t doubt a bit of it . . .
Corey – What’s interesting about that is this a new whistle
blower that’s coming forward, William Tompkins, he was
writing his books selected by ET’s and he released it in
Dec 2015. He’s about 94 years old now. He worked for the
Navy. He had NO idea of the information that I was
releasing. A person passed, right after he published this
book, a person passed my information that I’d given
through him through Dr. Salla’s book Insider’s reveal and
ET alliances and he contacted Dr. Sala and was shocked.
He said he’s a part of the Navy sanctioned disclosure
project and that he’s going to be the first person to put a lot
of this information out. He’s pretty shocked. I got his
book. It just arrived. I haven’t got a chance to even look at
it. A lot of people’ve been talking to him and much of the
information correlates. I was told whistle blowers are
going to start coming forward, which was about 7 months
ago, and then I heard crickets and nobody come forward
and I was getting nervous. Theres another person being
vetted that came forth and 2 more in the wings that are
being prepped to come forward that are whistleblowers. It
looks like some exciting times ahead of us.
Rob – Yes. It’s wonderful time. Michael Salla talked about
that to me before, of course. We have this long history of
ancient Aliens and you don’t have to worry. I think there’s
going to be a lot more people coming out. (I’m not
worried).
One of the thrusts for this interview is kind of lay
groundwork and a foundation for the orientation of these
different groups. When you think about, OK we have the
earth-based Alliance, the good guys and the SSP. I’m
really concerned with their ethics and morals.
As you mentioned they bombed their way out of things.
They’re contentious towards you. You’re at the lunar
operations command and they won’t offer you healings.
We have people down here on the earth obviously that
need healing. Some have awakened up and feel guilty
about things they did under mind-control and they are
concerned about blowbacks and reactions. It’s a human
condition.
Corey – You haven’t even touched the earth alliance.
They’re just as damaged as a group as you’ve just
mentioned. These are considered the good guys right now
out there fighting on our behalf while we’re sitting here
not doing a whole lot.
Rob – Right that’s part of I believe our mission my
mission is to wake people up so that we can empower
ourselves. There are tremendous amounts of secret agents
and guys who are working against this NWO (Oh yea)
who have had tremendous loss of life and are very
frustrated and have to live in absolute secrecy and I’m sure
some of them are hidden in underground bases and things
of this nature.
I wanted to ask you, maybe you could, and one of the
things I’m looking for is this. . Somehow this plan of
unity. It seems to fractured with the surface population
orienting towards this spiritual, not necessarily pie in the
sky but this non-violent view of transformation and
change. Do you believe it’s possible that the spiritual
vibrations and the Galactic federation of 40 planets in
conjunction with the benevolent inner earth groups if
they’re aligned properly at the right time can overcome
this Artificial Intelligence (A) I matrix
Corey – Well yes. There’s a plan that AI matrix is going to
come down. There is a plan that it’s all a part of . . . and I
can’t go into it. It’s a . . .and some people can probably
extrapolate, it’s a situation that will happen solar system
wide and after that we will be having a need to be working
on a a whole new type of technology anyway, so it would
be a perfect time to usher in the new technologies.
Rob – Yes I understand they’ve done this on many worlds
before. That these hostile groups that are kind of conjoined
with this AI type of technology are usually choose worlds
that are not under confederation or alliance umbrella and
they take over these worlds. They’ve had a lot of practice
with what they’re doing to us here.
Corey – They don’t care who’s in control.
Rob – Right, but they take whoever’s in control and they
manipulate the situation behind the scenes, would you
agree with that.
Corey – Yes. They manipulate things covertly until they
get a certain . . . to a certain place operationally and they
become very overt and take over. Yes this AI presence
permeates everywhere and it’s an issue that all groups have
to deal with and only very few groups have totally
eradicated the problem from their area at all by finding a
way to completely dampen their signal all together from
coming in to their region of space.
Rob – Yes, I think this is one reason for the quarantine and
one reason that I was told by the benevolents that they are
very concerned. In the text of the link that I sent you by the
Terrakor Files, by Bob Reynaude you can read the history
he’s revealing some of this information back in ’88.
They have extreme . . .All the benevolent groups are very
concerned about this AI. They quarantine people who are
on missions to earth and do this technology and do this
psychological testing repeatedly and again to determine if
this person has some sort of AI, which can infect them.
Corey – When did this come out?
391
Rob – This came out in 1988 (WOW) and he said one of
they’re, he’s been underground. He spoke and give
information to Gabriel Green. He was receiving radio
signals in the late ’50’s. He actually fallen in love with one
of these beings and has been to their world. It’s a very
interesting bit of information. Some of the information he
was receiving, some of the negative forces came on an
earth-based hill and projected false based information that
he didn’t discover for years.
So it’s a very cat and mouse game between these guys. He
mentioned that the good guys have a transponder net
around the planet where they can teleport and beam out an
operative in moments. It’s not complete in city areas it’s
more difficult. They’re agents are here constantly working.
He also revealed what they do on any worlds, they
infiltrate, they get within the governments, and then they
attack the world and then claim it’s the confederation.
They do minor infrastructure damage, with a lot of loss of
life and then they say ‘look earth people, why don’t you
sign an alliance we’ll protect you from the confederation.”
Whatever the plan it is they agree with these guys and they
sign up and they don’t realize they made a pact with the
devil, kind of like what we’ve done.
Corey – You see with all these different narratives floating
around we can see why this community, we are chasing
our tails right now looking. There’s more information than
ever and more important information than ever out they’re
for us right now but there’s just so much information and
so much information that is just slightly different or some
information that conflicts here and there. For the average
person out there that’s in this community it is confusing as
heck enough. Now imagine the sleeping masses out there
approaching them with the information and trying to get
some of this information disseminated to them and they’ve
been socially conditioned with the giggle response to
anything, if they hear a word non-terrestrial or UFO. As
humanity we’ve got a lot to overcome in this disclosure
process and as a community that lens I was talking about
the we use as a filter about what is true and what is not true
and what were going to allow into this reality bubble of
ours to let it expand or not. We’ve got to not throw away
that filter that we’ve created over time but what we need to
do is put it in our pocket and say ‘you know what, none of
us have the truth the full truth’. We have bits and pieces of
it. When it comes, when we get full disclosure, I don’t care
who you are, Cobra, me, and anyone out there that are out
there giving information they’re giving information as they
experienced it. When we get full disclosure every single
one of us will be set back on our heels and we’re going to
have to adjust to a new reality. But we’re going to be far
more prepared than all the sleeping masses out there. As
the star seeds, as the people who are more consciously
prepared we’re going to have to deal with the new reality
that occurs and then we’re going to have to lead out there
and help all of these people that are going to be shocked
and they’ll have a hard time with the full disclosure
narratives. As David said, there are going to be people that
aren’t going to want to get out of bed and want to take
Xanax and curl up with their pillow and lay in the dark and
you’re going to have to make them get out of bed and take
a bath and eat. There’s going to be little bit of that. They
say hat we can’t handle disclosure but Laura Eisenhower
said something, ‘we’ve been handling all their false flag
wars and their disease and all the stuff they’ve been doing
we can handle disclosure.’ It will be rough but we can
handle it.
Rob – I absolutely agree with you there. We can handle
the truth. It’s just a ploy by them to hide their crimes and
continue their selfish behavior. It’s reprehensible and
they’re criminals and they need to be arrested. I’d like to
announce Cobra and unity and we need to come together.
We all have parts of the truth. Ladies and Gentlemen, I can
confirm now that Corey will be doing a joint Cobra
interview sometime later.
I have one more thing I’d like to address here and I have a
question for you. I’ve watched your interviews very
carefully. You’ve talked about AI infecting a computer and
it lies dormant in the planet. It seems as though this AI,
which exists in the Internet, would infect everyone and you
kind of make it seems like you don’t get infected and it’s
harder to get. It seems like every single person on the
planet is infected to me. Some of Cobra’s information is
about the scalar plasma field technology of how this AI
acts in a parasitic relationship to the luminous body that
you talked about.
So can you clarify for me, you kind of made it sound like
you go on board and they can see that you are not infected.
(Yes) How can anyone know if they’re infected if you
don’t have this technology? How cannot everyone not be
infected now with the way the Internet and smart phones
and everyone is touching their technology. Obviously
they’re infecting everyone or does the infection come and
go.
Corey – Exactly. Everyone is potentially compromised but
it kind of is in a state of totally traveling around. It’s very
dynamic. Now if you happen to be a person that can
evaluate you and know your operational use to it then it’s
not going to waste time on you. Does that make sense?
Rob – Yea, the programs. You’re eating weaponized food
you’re sucking in the chem-trails, you’re smoking
cigarettes, and you’re in the system big time folks.
Corey – Yes and the signal does lock in with your bio-
neural field. The biology of your body, your neurological
system puts off an electro dynamic field and within that
field is where this signal hosts itself and there is equipment
not available to us that can . . . it reads your field and
through that field they can also read all of your vitals and
even your brain waves and they read the field and look for
392
any crossover brain. Something in the brain waves and
something in the field to see if there’s any cross over or to
see if it’s normal. If you show up as being positive, then
you have to go through a process and I don’t know the full
process but I do know it involves a moderate shock, an
electrical shock to clear your bio neural field.
Rob – Interesting. This is very much in alignment with
Cobra. And I want to ask you one more question on this
before we end this show. Folks we’re going to do part 2
here right away and you’ll be getting that next week.
Cobra has mentioned and I totally agree with this that this
AI is not like the Borg ‘resistance is futile’.
We do have our super soul resonance field to connect into
that can overcome this so it’s a very difficult process on
this world. I want to confirm with you that this AI reacts so
quickly it seems like it is its own intelligence, but it’s
actually a technology and it’s run by someone on the
program and it’s an auto program, but it’s still a program
and it can be crashed and it will be crashed. Is that your
understanding?
Corey – Well, No. It is a life form that we do not
understand but it is a life form. There are a lot of different
life forms out there that if they were to be given to you you
would right now not classify them as a life form. You
would classify them as something else. They are not
exactly an actual program or a code. This is an intelligent
signal. This intelligent signal is most comfortable and able
to do more while it inhabits in electronics in technology. It
is not a program. Now the nanites are programmed, some
of them are programmed and some of them are nanites are
drones for the AI signal, which is being broadcast.
Rob – OK. Absolutely. That’s interesting. It’s going to be
interesting when Cobra and you discuss this information;
this one in particular I think is a unique one. It’s sounding
like terminator and star-wars and it gets really scary. When
you think about and look at all this negativity out there to
lend a little light heartedness to the end of this
conversation.
I kind of think back to David Spade and Saturday night
Live ‘who’s in charge” the church lady goes, Satan. I’m
kind of curious, maybe we’ll get into this the next
interview if there is a specific group that are doing this
service to self the numbers of them vs. the benevolents. I
want to address in the next interview a little bit about the
Super confederation of the positive guys that are non
violent that are the hippy dippy that do come from Love
and are trying to heal the situation in a non violent way
and their position and their numbers vs the other guys.
Ladies and gentlemen. It’s been fascinating. Corey I want
to thank you so much for this first interview. We’ve barely
scratched the surface. I have lots more questions. Thank
you so much for coming on here today. We’ll see you
again next week.
Corey – Thank you.
Rob – Alright folks, anther update: I do have a Mt. Shasta
Summer Conference going on in with Louis Martens in
Mt. Shasta. When this comes out I’d like you to check that
out.
The conference at the end of July is with Louis is also
conected with Michael Salla and he is in contact with some
of the Benevolent’s civilizations from South America and
Bolivia.
.
393
We’ll also be sharing in Shasta some of the viewpoints
with the positive physical people from the planet Venus.
More of a spiritual nature exploration kind of like a boot
camp training. Like Corey Goode’s SSP advanced
learning.
We will focus more aligned towards spiritual lines in
developing our luminous selves and the pituitary and
pineal glad to prepare ourselves for direct contact with
these higher vibrational beings. Its pretty good folks.
Corey Goode is now a Vegan changing this life style. God
bless you all and thank you so much Corey.
Corey – Thank you.
Rob – Thank you Corey Goode
 Cosmic Disclosure Season 4 - Episode 5:
Voice Of God Technology - Summary And Analysis
Corey Goode And David Wilcock
By Justin Deschamps
Sunday, April 10, 2016
This week's episode of Cosmic Disclosure
is rather controversial. Corey Goode and
David Wilcock discuss different forms of
mind control, focusing on Voice of God
technology.
Goode and Wilcock echo what many other
insiders and researchers have shared over
the years, that the Cabal or so-called
Illuminati use an ancient form of mind
control on their own members, including
family. The chief purpose is to ensure that
the agenda of the group, which spans
thousands of years, is carried out without
question. The architects of this plan, which
is itself dynamic, needed to ensure that
future generations wouldn't have a change
of heart. As a result they developed a very
intense form of trauma-based mind control,
known in modern times as Monarch
Programming.
Voice of God (VOG) technology employs
sympathetic resonance to transmit
electromagnetic, and sometimes sonic
394
frequencies, directly into the central
nervous system of a target. In some cases
the skull itself will vibrate as it receives the
transmission. Goode describes that some
of these devices look like a metal plate,
about the size of a standard laptop,
connected to a control box. Some of the
devices actually have a microphone feature
so that an operator can speak into the VOG
device, presumably transmitting it into the
target's mind.
Goode says that earlier generations of the
devices required direct line-of-sight with a
target, with a limited range due to what he
calls the blooming effect, whereby a signal
spreads out and loses strength the farther it
is from the source. Later, more advanced
VOG devices were developed that could
project a signal through walls or even from
a satellite in low-Earth orbit.
VOG has the capacity to download
information directly into a person's mind.
This could be for communication purposes,
such as relaying important intel to assets in
the field. Or it can be used to produce vivid
hallucinations or visions and sounds in a
person's mind; even olfactory information
or smells can be transmitted to the target's
nervous system. In such cases, the target
will be almost completely unaware of the
false nature of the visions, save through
their own ability to discern.
According to Goode, while the technology
can produce extremely vivid and realistic
sensations, one can learn how to
differentiate between reality and fiction. As
a standard protocol, new recruits in the
SSP are subjected to the VOG technology
so they can ascertain if they are being
influenced by similar devices later in
the field. A central point mentioned by
Goode is that while the technology is
powerful, one can develop an ability to
know when it is being used on them, and
as such, temper their mind against any
suggestions contained therein.
The technology was originally available to
only high-level assets, but later, it was used
in an off-the-shelf capacity, meaning
anyone with clearance could gain access to
it. In some cases, members of the program
would use it for personal reasons, like on
their wife's lover. Goode did not say if this
is still the case, but he did say the
technology is used heavily to this day.
There are many different names, and
presumably functions of the VOG
technology, such as Voice to Skull, V2K,
LRAD (Long-Range Acoustic Device), and
DARPA’s sonic projectors. Goode claims
that the technology can and has been used
to transmit false channeling information to
individuals on the surface, or spiritual
figures, hence the name Voice of God. In
such cases, channelers would be led to
believe they are making contact with some
kind of discarnate spiritual intelligence, but
they're actually receiving transmissions
from VOG stations somewhere close to
Earth.
In preparing this analysis, I wrote an article
outlining the psychological basis for various
forms of mind control, which will be
important to consider when understanding
the Voice of God technology. While these
devices provide the Cabal greater ability to
affect another person's mind, they cannot
do so with absolute power. Ultimately, the
victim has the power to veto or override
even the most intense forms of mind
control. But in order to resist these things,
one must develop mental discipline and
discernment. This is important to
understand because all mind control is
based on the same set of principles, the
dynamic between the conscious and
unconscious mind.
Related Understanding Mind Control |
The Illuminati Formula Used to Create
an Undetectable Total Mind Controlled
Slave by Fritz Springmeier and Cisco
Wheeler
Instead of embedding my analysis within
the transcript, the majority will be listed
here.
395
The following excerpt is from my article
above will serve as the introductory section
of the analysis for this episode. It outlines
the essential information needed to
understand how mind control works to form
a foundation for developing immunity
against it.
[Begin Excerpt]
The Cabal or Criminal Syndicate Groups
This agenda has been described by former insiders turned
whistleblowers as the Dark NWO, promulgated by none
other than the so-called Illuminati or Cabal. To be sure,
this criminal syndicate network is far from illuminated, as
the term Illuminati implies. Instead, they are a loose
organization of psychopathic individuals competing with
each other for power over others.
Related FINANCIAL TYRANNY:
Defeating the Greatest Cover-Up of All
Time
For the purposes of this discussion, we will refer to this
subset of human society as the Cabal, but a more precise
term for them would be Dark Occultists, those who
promote ignorance in humanity for personal gain.
The common bond which unites these syndicates can be
described by the age-old adage: the enemy of my enemy is
my friend. But who is the enemy to these groups? It is life
itself, creation, harmony and all those who yearn for it.
For all intents and purposes, the enemy of the Cabal is
truth, freedom and goodness. Therefore, humanity and
our pursuit of prosperity, personal empowerment and
cooperation are the enemies of Dark Occultists.
The Cabal's agenda is manifold, again diversified by hosts
of smaller groups making up their ranks. But in the main,
they want to reduce human population by 90%,
completely enslave the remainder in a technocratic form
of total control and promote transhumanism or the end of
organic life and the eventual merging with AI and
machines.
To anyone with an iota of common sense, this is an insane
agenda. No one in their right mind would willingly
participate in such madness—and this is why mind control
was originally developed. In other words, someone must
have their mind broken or manipulated, so they become
puppets of the Cabal
The Cabal Need for Mind Control
In order to ensure the Cabal's plans are maintained
throughout the centuries, a method of forcing new
members and initiates into compliance was required.
Even though being raised in a Cabal environment could
lead one to carry on the family work, the tendency of
morality to assert itself was a problem, even for family
members of the Cabal.
As we just described, anyone with a modicum of morality
and compassion would never willingly participate in these
plans and most people, even people raised in the Cabal,
mustn't want to either.
This in and of itself is an incredibly encouraging point to
consider. It suggests that there is a bias towards positivity
and morality in the Universe because the Cabal has to go
to incredible lengths to ensure their members comply
with the agenda. Again because no one in right
mind would agree to such a thing. Therefore, a technique
to force one into acting out the plans of the Family—as
they allegedly refer to themselves—was developed.
Related Cosmic Initiation? | Hidden
Hand Dialogue Reveals Extraterrestrial
Factor in Illuminati Control of Earth
The Psychological Basis of Mind Control
The psychological foundation for all mind control is the
forcing of one person's will onto another. To suppress a
person’s conscious mind, manipulation or coercion is used
so that the unconscious mind can be controlled by
another. This can be accomplished by battling directly
with the conscious mind, using trauma-based mind
control, or indirectly using subtle conditioning and/or
subliminal suggestion.
The conscious mind is where we make sense of our
experience, the tool we use to organize sensory data into
meanings. The product of this process is a belief, idea or
perspective that settles into the unconscious mind as a
fully formed program. Stimuli encountered later that
correlates to the memory, triggers the program into
action and influences the conscious mind as an impulse,
instinct or desire.
396
Have you ever found yourself reaching for a snack after a
meal, even though you are not hungry? Addictive
tendencies and impulses are examples of programs in the
subconscious that become active and influence the
conscious mind.
Consider that if you always eat snacks in front of the TV,
this creates a program in the unconscious that is then
activated by the subconscious when stimulated—the
experience of sitting down in front of the TV provides
correlative stimuli. This environment triggers the program
and you feel a desire to snack on food even though you
are not hungry. We normally refer to these things as
habits, which is one in the same with mental
programming.
Related The Programmable Mind - An
Extraordinarily Powerful 6 Minute Video
from Bruce Lipton
For example our first impressions of people or things will
often form a bias that compels us to reinforce the initial
choice or viewpoint. If we don’t like a certain kind of food
after our first exposure to it, then in the future our initial
bias will likely be reinforced. Eventually, this bias can
become so automatic it feels like instinct—like we've
always thought this or that way—but in reality it always
was a program within the unconscious mind.
The good news is we have the power to choose
differently, even while being influenced by programming.
Related Awaken Curiosity for Better
Memory, Fulfillment and Empowerment |
New Research Suggests What Curiosity
Can Do For Your Brain
The mind itself is programmable, with the conscious mind
having the greatest power to alter or create new
programs. But when the conscious mind checks out, when
we pull back from experience due to trauma and enter a
trance state, we leave ourselves open to suggestion. This
is a binary dynamic, meaning it is either on or off—either
we're involved in what we are doing or not. We are either
consciously programming our mind via focused attention
and cognition, or we are being subliminally programmed
due to our lack of focus. A mind not programmed
internally becomes programmed by the outside world, or
is controlled by another person's consciousness.
This simple truth is the foundation for methods of mind
control.
Soft Mind Control
Softer forms of mind control employ subliminal messages
or subtle suggestion, which are based on distracting the
conscious mind so that the subconscious can be
manipulated. These subtle methods usually are self
imposed, such as social indoctrination or peer pressure.
In the main, soft mind control is a form of suggestion that
is experienced as an impulse, which can either be ignored
or acted on. But when we act on these impulses, we form
new programs or habits that are in harmony with the
suggestion, we literally become willing participants in
making our minds more easily controlled. The more
unconscious we are of these impulses, they more easily
we feel driven to automatically act on them.
Therefore, anytime the conscious mind cannot cognize
experience into cohesive knowledge, the subconscious
mind is altered (programmed) via lack of awareness. What
we fail to make conscious in our lives controls us from the
subconscious as a program or impulse.
“Until you make the unconscious conscious, it will direct
your life and you will call it fate.”― C.G. Jung
This is one of the reasons why educational systems
employ memorization techniques (performance-based
education), because it befuddles the conscious mind and
prevents cohesive understanding from taking place. This
consequently forces the mind into a trance state due to
mild trauma—because not understanding something is
confusing. When we can't perform as well as our peers,
we feel inadequate and disempowered (mild self-imposed
trauma causing dissociation)—a form of socially
promulgated and self-enforced mind control.
Related History of Mass Mind Control -
The Century of Self Full Video
Furthermore, anything we cannot make sense of or
understand holistically (cognize), causes intense
emotional states, which can lead to dissociation and
leaves us vulnerable to suggestion. This is one of the
reasons why academic institutions develop sophisticated
and overly complex schools of thought or methods of
understanding. The syntax of these thought-forms or
397
mental structures suppresses holistic knowledge
generation, replacing it with memorized facts that cannot
be intrinsically understood—again, causing dissociation.
Related Mass Mind Control via
institutionalized Alienation and
Traumatization
Institutionalization as a result of exposure to the
educational system is arguably one of the most
destructive forms of soft trauma-based mind control on
the planet. Performance-based education—centered on
memorization techniques—causes an individual to enter
into trance states that lead to the formation of self-
destructive programs. All of which makes one more
vulnerable to suggestion from others due to
dissociation—willingly choosing to pull our consciousness
out of what we are experiencing.
Related Memorizing Facts Teaches
"Slave Think" | Teaching Children How
to Think Instead of What to Think -
Critical Thinking builds Real Knowledge
and Self Reliance
Politicians, the media, advertisers and the educational
system employ subtle conditioning techniques to alter the
unconscious via the subconscious, which then causes the
individual to willingly act in harmony with their
programming. Once indoctrinated, a person will buy a
product as advertised, accept the beliefs offered by the
media, and reject any information that did not come
from trusted sources—they will be under mind control.
Yet the host personality is maintained, albeit manipulated
via deception.
Related History of Mass Mind Control -
The Century of Self Full Video
Trauma-Based Mind Control
But trauma-based mind control goes a step further.
Instead of subtly manipulating the subconscious while
maintaining the personality as a whole, trauma-based
techniques are focused on completely breaking down the
original personality so it can be replaced by a series of
altars.
These methods battle against the conscious mind and for
it to dissociate by any means necessary, instead of trying
to bypass or manipulate it using subtle techniques. The
benefit of this method is that the trainer or handler can
build many different personalities after the host has been
shattered, ensuring that deviation from a strict set of
instructions is almost impossible. In other words, the
victim becomes a perfect mind control slave, but this
requires an incredible amount of energy and dedication
on the part of the handler.
In the below-linked book by Fritz Springmeier and Cisco
Wheeler, The Illuminati Formula Used to Create an
Undetectable Total Mind Controlled Slave, they
painstakingly detail one of the most disturbing techniques
ever devised. It involves the use of intense trauma,
brought about by many different methods to force an
individual to dissociate from their consciousness. Once
done, the personality splits into several parts,
called alters, which can then be programmed by a handler
to perform any number of tasks. They could be
programmed to be a sex slave, an assassin or simply bent
into acting as a loyal member of the Cabal. It is this latter
purpose that Cabal members use against their own family.
This method of mind control is like a form of hypnosis,
except instead of the subject willingly choosing to enter a
trance state (or unwittingly doing so by way of softer
techniques) they are forced to dissociate using methods
specifically designed to cause intense pain, anxiety, and
trauma. For example, electroshock is often used to cause
extreme pain, drugs that cause intense hallucinations are
employed, and/or people are brutally tortured in front of
the victim—all designed to force dissociation or a trance
state.
The goal of trauma-based mind control is to so completely
ravage the victim's sense of equanimity that they
dissociate or become completely docile—a type of
learned helplessness which gives up the subconscious
mind to the programmer or handler. Animal life forms all
seem to have this learned helplessness or dissociation as a
result of trauma response.
As a disturbing example, during circumcision, the child is
given no anesthetic at all and is completely immobilized
during the procedure. In many cases, the child stops
crying shortly after the procedure begins, dissociating
from the extreme pain of the experience, and acting
completely docile. This effect is so prevalent that the
medical establishment concludes that newborn children
cannot experience physical pain, and as a such are never
given anesthetics for the procedure. This could arguably
be one example of trauma-based mind control techniques
employed on mass in society.
Related The Truth About Circumcision |
Doctors Reveal Psychological, Physical
Trauma and Health Effects Of This
Totally Unscientific Procedure
The victim's willingness to be present within their own
body recedes and this allows a handler to program the
subconscious mind, producing potentially many different
398
personalities, each with their own set of instructions.
Layers of alters are used to store programs and
information so that they can only be accessed or triggered
by the handler or other agents in the Cabal or syndicate.
But they can also be programmed with triggers such as
normal objects placed in a specific contextual location,
which activates the programming.
Apparently even discarnate beings (known as entity
attachments today or "demons or devils" in antiquity) can
be invoked and are attached to the victim for various
purposes. One use of these entities is to cause intense
anxiety or confusion when attempting to access the
original consciousness. In this sense, the contemporary
form of trauma-based mind control is a blend of ancient
magical rites, occult traditions, and scientific knowledge.
As evidence for this, exorcisms are being conducted every
year at increasing rates, suggesting that dissociation via
soft or hard mind control can leave one open to influence
by dark entities.
Triggering Altered States
Within trauma-based methods, brutal acts of violence or
things that cause trauma (such as disgusting experiences)
are forced onto the victim, causing them to dissociate.
This experience is then tied to the alter (split personality)
that acts as a gatekeeper for the original personality,
memories or information the handler needs to
keep hidden. If the victim accidentally accesses
information or is triggered by another person without the
proper protocol, a memory of the traumatic event will be
recalled causing a break. This forces the victim to seek out
their handler or regress into an altered state so as to not
divulge any secrets.
An example of triggering an altered state could be an
interview with Britney Spears and Diane Sawyer several
years ago. Notice how Spears reacts when recalling
something in her memory due to Sawyers line of
questioning.
Spears seems to be recalling a memory, looking to her
left, and then something triggers her olfactory sense; at
which point she covers her nose as if smelling something
disgusting. She is clearly very distressed by what just
happened. This appears to be an example of a gateway
alter triggering a traumatic memory to compel the
conscious mind not to investigate further. Spears was so
distraught by what was recalled, she asked Sawyer to stop
the interview.
Related Another Side of The Music
Industry: Monarch Mind Control
The triggering of altered-states also occurs in soft mind
control methods by activating latent programs. Television
is an exceptional technology for this purpose. Within
minutes of sitting down in front of TV programming, the
mind shifts from beta waves to alpha waves, a state of
consciousness for deep relaxation or day dreaming. In
other words, a trance-like state is produced wherein the
conscious mind becomes largely inactive, leaving the
subconscious mind open to influences.
But TV is not the only way to trigger a trance-like state of
consciousness. Music, certain kinds of images and color
combinations (such as the color blue,) and life experience
in general, can cause dissociation and reduced cognitive
function. Odds are, there is an ocean of unacknowledged
subconscious programs beneath the surface of the
conscious mind's awareness. But if one seeks to make
conscious that which is not, great things can be done.
Related How to Become Immune to
Mind Control | How TV Affects Your
Brain Chemistry for the Worst
Cabal's Use of Trauma-Based Mind Control on Their Own
Members
Mark Passio and Jay Parker are two former insiders with
the Dark Occult. Passio was a handpicked Priest of
Levayan Satanism who personally witnessed high-ranking
figures in society discussing their nefarious agenda. Parker
was raised in a generational rank-and-file satanic family,
who was personally subjected to the trauma-based mind
control used in the Cabal. Both Passio and Parker are now
revealing their experiences in an effort to alert others to
the nefarious nature of these groups.
Related Jay Parker and Mark Passio:
Satanic Ritualistic Abuse | Truth
Connections Radio
Parker says that within these generational Cabal families,
every member is subjected to trauma-based mind control
techniques immediately after birth. His personal story is a
tale of sexual abuse, rape, murder, and trauma, all at the
399
hands of his own parents, family members and friends,
who claimed to be members of the Cult of the Black Sun.
Related Why You NEED To Understand
the Occult | De-Mystifying the Occult
Seminar - The Nature of Sacred
Symbolism and Hidden Knowledge by
Mark Passio
Parker is not alone in his testimony; another insider Svali,
claims to have been a programmer and trainer in a former
Illuminati family. Her testimony confirms what others
have suggested, that being born into these families means
either being forced into the agenda or suffer the pain of
death. And there are still dozens more who claim to have
been victims of generational satanic ritual abuse.
Conclusions
Despite the sobering nature of this information, it can be
incredibly empowering to understand.
The Cabal have long kept knowledge hidden from
humanity, and arguably the most important knowledge is
that of our own consciousness. They have employed a
form of ancient psychology to manipulate the masses,
including their own family members, into an insane vision
for the future, the NWO agenda.
But as we discussed above, no one in their right
mind would ever participate in these plans, and to go
even further, no one in their right mind can be
manipulated by mind control. By this I mean, a properly
disciplined and mastered consciousness (what could be
called a state of enlightenment) makes one immune to all
forms of mind control, including trauma-based methods.
This is because an enlightened consciousness seeks to
integrate, comprehend and understand all experience
holistically, even so-called negative or traumatic
experiences. But since most of the human population
lack self-mastery (not enlightened), we're laboring under
some form of mental influence or mind control at almost
all times.
In fact, the person who we think we are, our sense of
self, was programmed during the first 6 years of
life because the conscious mind was not yet active. During
these early years, we form much of the behavioral
patterns or subconscious programs that make up 95% of
all our future habits and impulses. And since most people
never develop the ability to self-program, let alone
become enlightened, who we think we are is only a pale
reflection of who we are actually meant to be.
This is one of the most empowering truths about the
information presented herein. All mind control is founded
on suppressing the conscious mind or circumventing free
will; therefore, the more strength of will we have
combined with holistic knowledge, the more immune we
become to mind control. And once we finally start self-
programming or gaining self-mastery, all the counter-
productive habits and impulses we identify with fades
away, leaving a profoundly empowered and capable
personality in its place.
Related Divine Feminine in Distress -
She is waiting for your Divine
Masculine! | All human beings are
divided into four general classes by
Manly P. Hall
The more we know thyself, the self-mastery and
actualization we attain, the more strength we have to
overcome suggestion and mind control, which
simultaneously imparts psi or enhanced mental abilities.
Related Awakening Your Force |
Science Fiction and Psychology - Star
Wars, Ancient Tibet, and Jedi Training
Ultimately even the most intense forms of mind control
can be undone with the power of the conscious mind, as
all impulses can be reprogrammed.
Related How to Free Yourself From
Subconscious Programming And
Access Your Psychic Ability to Read
Minds
[End Excerpt]
Cognition or integrating information into a
holistic logical structure enables one to be
more conscious of the data stream they are
receiving, whether from the subconscious
mind or external influences. This enables
one to understand what they are
experiencing real-time, instead reviewing
things later. But what we cannot cognize in
the moment (a function of the conscious
mind and will power) is organized
400
subconsciously as a type of hypnotic data
stream or suggestion.
The subconscious mind can only organize
data streams or produce meaning based
what already exists in the store of
knowledge. This means that not focusing
our attention via the conscious mind
automatically generates programming or
suggestions. As was discussed above, this
is a central principle for mind control in
general.
The term hypnosis refers to a trance state
induced by suggestion or certain kinds of
stimulus. It enables the receipt of
information or suggestions without the
capacity to veto what is offered, or even be
consciously aware of it. In other words,
what we do not receive consciously, is
organized by the subconscious and settles
into the unconscious mind as a fully formed
suggestion or program. In this case, the
subconscious mind receives the data
subliminally, organizing it via pre-existing
biases into beliefs, impulses, and
thoughts—all of which is beyond the
conscious minds ability to control, and as
such can be considered a form of hypnosis
or mind programing—mind control.
Self-mastery, gaining mental discipline,
exercising discernment, and expanding our
knowledge via honest investigation are all
ways of strengthening the will and its ability
to organize and control our own mind. So
while programming the mind is
unavoidable, becoming proactive enables
one to program their own mind, this is the
key to undoing mind control.
VOD technology, as well as any other form
of mind control, can only work on an
individual whose willpower has been
manipulated (via deception) or
suppressed via trauma. Therefore,
developing strength of will is essential to
avoid manipulation, which also is the same
technique for activating so-called ascended
abilities. Meditation techniques are
methods to gain awareness of the
subconscious and unconscious mind so
that we can learn to discern between an
impulse from a program or a subtle
suggestion pushed by mind control.
Related Voice to Skull - (Evidence and
Anecdotes) What You Need to Know
about Mind Control Technology
Overview of Corey Goode, the Secret Space Program
Alliance and the Sphere Being Alliance:
Corey Goode is a Secret Space Program (SSP) insider and
whistleblower that began disclosing information in 2009
under the pseudonym GoodETxSG. In 2014, he started
revealing a great deal more information in an effort to
prepare humanity for what he calls data dumps, set to
occur at an opportune moment in the future. Much of the
information he provides comes from Smart Glass Pads,
iPad-like devices supplied to SSP personnel for
information dissemination purposes. This will be a
groundbreaking event, revealing the totality of Earth's
history and the activities of the Cabal which will ultimately
lead to a truth and reconciliation style tribunal to hold
criminal elements accountable for wrongdoing.
Additionally, the SSP Alliance intends on releasing all of
the hidden technology to the people in preparation for a
Star Trek-type golden age civilization.
According to Goode, the Cabal or the secret Earth
government and their syndicates (as termed by the SSP
Alliance) have enslaved humanity under a false paradigm
of a technological advancement, while secretly developing
incredible technology (a Star Trek level of advancement)
used to colonize the solar system and beyond, engaging in
trade with thousands of extraterrestrial races.
Space programs have been developed in secret all
throughout Earth's history, and in many cases, groups
broke away from the main culture forming what is called a
Breakaway Civilization. Some of these civilizations have
existed in secret, on Earth and beyond for, thousands of
years. The Agartha Network is one such group that claims
to be the original human race. It was this group in addition
to the Draco Alliance, that made contact with a secret
German space program in the early 20th Century.
In modern times, the Germans were the most advanced of
the SSP groups, beginning their efforts in earnest during
the early 1920's and 30's. The Americans were also
developing a SSP, but were much further behind in
technological advances. Later, the American SSPs were
infiltrated and taken over by the Germans after the end of
World War II. It was after this forced merger that the SSP,
under the direction of the Interplanetary Corporate
Conglomerate (ICC), expanded into the solar system and
beyond, setting up dozens of bases and mining facilities
chiefly using slave labor.
In the early 1990's, a faction within the SSP known
as Solar Warden slowly began to go against the ICC,
allying with a group of highly evolved extraterrestrials
known as the Sphere Being Alliance in 2012. Since then,
more factions have joined the alliance which is actively
working to free humanity on Earth and beyond, known as
the SSP Alliance. Despite their good intentions, the SSP
Alliance is a group of highly damaged and morally
ambiguous individuals, according to Goode, that recognize
401
at some level the need to change the status quo, but are
hardly angels.
The Sphere Beings are a group of five extraterrestrial
races, one of which is known as the Blue Avians, that
arrived in the solar system during the late 1980's. Two of
the races remain unrevealed; however, there is also a race
of Golden Triangle Head beings and Blue Orb beings
made of light. Over the course of 20 years, they began
bringing massive spheres into the solar system and
surrounding area, some which are the size of Jupiter. This
is in an effort to down-step galactic energy waves, which
are slowly changing life as we know it. These spheres are
cloaked and not detectable by the surface population of
Earth.
According to the Sphere Beings, a massive shift in
energetic expression is now occurring in the solar system,
as the result of a natural process of consciousness
evolution, assisted by our solar system's movement
through the galaxy and increasingly coherent energy
fields encountered as a result. The Sphere Being Alliance
specifically asked for Goode to represent them in SSP
Alliance meetings as a Sphere Being Alliance delegate.
Presently, the SSP Alliance is negotiating with the
remaining cabal aligned programs, as well as innumerable
races that have lived in the solar system for millions of
years, and even breakaway civilizations once resident on
the Earth's surface. The Sphere Beings have erected an
energy barrier around the solar system preventing ingress
and egress, trapping many of the negatively oriented
groups that have been loosely allied with the secret Earth
government syndicates for thousands of years. Since this
event, the pyramid of power known on Earth known as the
Cabal or Illuminati has fallen into disarray, because the
Draco Alliance attempted to betray their underlings to the
Sphere Beings in an attempt to gain passage out of the
solar system and escape the coming justice of the SSP
Alliance.
SSP factions encountered many intriguing things as they
ventured out into the solar system. Apparently there are
remnants of extremely old settlements and technology
from what is called the Ancient Builder Race. These
beings were incredibly advanced, using a type of
consciousness technology that appears to be an inanimate
object until activated by a user. They are also responsible
for building ancient stargates found on nearly every major
body in the solar system. According to the Agarthans, the
Sphere Beings are in fact the Ancient Builder Race,
although the SSP has yet to confirm this directly from
them.
The dark side of the Moon is home to many different
groups, including the ICC, the Draco Alliance, the SSP
Alliance, the Dark Fleet, and more. The Moon is
apparently an artificial object, and has become a neutral
zone for all of these groups, which have maintained a
peaceful armistice for thousands of years. The Moon
serves as an observational outpost for over 60 groups of
extraterrestrial races engaged in 22 genetic programs and
social experiments on Earth. Some of these programs
conflict with each other, yet all of them have influenced
Earth's history for millennia.
Related David Wilcock and Corey Goode: History of
the Solar System and Secret Space Program - Notes
from Consciousness Life Expo 2016
Show Description:
Corey Goode explains how disinformation and
misinformation are used to maintain secrecy surrounding
UFOs and advanced technology. Our society is awash with
information continuously streaming into our consciousness
from a myriad of sources. As intrepid souls step forward
into the fray to disclose secrets, they are met by an
onslaught of disinformation agents ready to discredit their
whistle blowing and destroy their lives through the digital
domains.
This interview with David Wilcock was originally webcast
March 29, 2016.
Summarized notes will be in black, with my commentary
in [Ariel bolded brackets]. Alterations to the transcript for
ease of reading will be in [brackets], but the original
content of the dialog is always maintained. The images
with black letter boxing were captured from this episode
on Gaia TV.
Transcribed by Hugues Próvest. Commentary by Justin
Deschamps.
DW = David Wilcock, CG = Corey Goode.
VOG = Voice of God.
MIND CONTROL USED THROUGHOUT
HISTORY:
DW - Alright, welcome to Cosmic Disclosure. I’m your
host, David Wilcock. We’re here with Corey Goode. In
this episode, we’re going to explore various aspects of a
402
highly controversial topic, one that may unsettling to you:
the Voice of God (VOG). As we’ve been sitting here
meditating and getting ready to do this, I’ve been thinking
about both the [historical] aspect about how some of these
things have been done and then we’re also going to tie in
some very strange, modern technology as well.
So this is going to be controversial. It may be upsetting.
So… “Viewer discretion is advised” <deep voice
mimicking the warning often given at the start of television
shows>. Alright Corey, welcome to the show!
CG - Thank you.
DW - Now, when we go back to the history of the Cabal, it
appears that we’re dealing with Egyptian mystery schools,
Babylonian mystery schools that were absorbed into the
Roman Empire [after] Rome eventually conquered Egypt
when they were quite weak. They absorbed the Library of
Alexandria. They brought it to the Vatican. They relocated
to England. [It] is documented that Romans were coming
to England around the beginning of the first millennium
AD. They created Bath, which is a town in England that
still has the Roman baths in it. And it seems like [England]
became their new base of operations for Europe.
Now, the religious wars that we know as the crusades
began around 1000 AD. And the Cabal begins to deal with
a group known as the Assassins. Now have you heard from
your own background any… Did you get any information
about the idea of the use of drugs like hashish to train these
men to become assassins?
[There is a popular video game series
called Assassin's Creed, which focuses
on the Medici family (one of the Cabal
families) and their history in Italy. I
haven't played the game, but I've seen
sections and spoken to those who have,
and it appears to be soft disclosure. You
can read about the Order of the
Assassins on Wikipedia here.]
CG - The group that we consider the Illuminati or the
occult syndicates have been into mind control for
millennia. They used drugs, trauma, positive/negative
reinforcement, all different types of methods that they’ve
been doing for literally millennia.
DW - Did you encounter any information suggesting that
drugs and trauma were used all the way back perhaps to
the Order of the Assassins? Someone could be brought into
a state where they would be given verbal suggestions.
They would not remember hearing later on but would then
carry out what those commands were?
CG - Yes. Using drugs, sexual abuse, and other trauma on
people when they were young to cause them to cause them
to have segmented personalities is a very ancient way of
creating people that they can trigger [with] words or
gateway words—gatekeeper words that can send them
back into one personality or back to a docile personality
and then having no memory of what they did, like The
Manchurian Candidate kind of thing. That’s a very ancient
type of tactic. [see the above linked article about creating a
mind control slave to learn more about this.]
DW - Well, right there you said something that a lot of
people might not be aware of. They might think that
MKUltra was only developed by Nazi Germany and is a
recent thing that’s only been a factor in world politics for
maybe the last half-century or so.
CG - No.
DW - So this is a very ancient technology?
CG - Yeah. The root of everything that they did in
MKUltra was very ancient and stuff that these Illuminati
groups have been doing on their own family members for
many, many hundreds of years. They were very familiar
with them, knew they worked, and decided to implement
them in programs.
DW - I met with a guy who was part of a family that had a
great deal of money. I was taken into a Masonic lodge that
had many different lodges within a very large building.
What you find out is that these guys are having to
memorize incredibly long amounts of verbal information
that they regurgitate and they have to do it verbatim—
incredibly complex, incredibly long. Does someone need
to be able to learn how to go into a state of hypnosis in
order to have that type of performance of memory?
[As we discussed above, when we
perform a task that entices us to
dissociate, like memorization (which is
different than cognition), a trancelike
state can be induced whereby the
person's consciousness and willpower
recedes into a passive modality,
enabling suggestions and programming
of the subconscious mind to take place.
Most likely these memorization ordeals
prepare the person's consciousness to
receive programming later; either by
direct mind manipulation or more subtle
forms of indoctrination. The same
technique of mindless memorization is
used in performance-based education
systems to precondition an individual to
receive suggestion more easily. But to
be sure, just because one can
remember information, doesn't mean
403
they are being traumatized. The key
principle is cognition. The less one is
able to process the data into cohesive
understanding (cognition), the more
traumatized they will be by
memorization.]
CG - It…well, yeah. They need to be able to affect your
state of consciousness. That’s a key factor.
DW - So talk us through what you know about some of
these secret societies and the ceremonies that are taking
place. Is it intended to put you into a state of hypnosis? Do
they do things to traumatize people and throw you into an
altered [state of] consciousness?
VOICE OF GOD TECHNOLOGY:
CG - Other than attempted recruitment of me by various
members of secret societies, I have not been in these
ceremonies. Where I come in, in the knowledge I have, is
the technologies they used to affect people remotely
with—technology, kind of like radio technology or
microwave type technology.
They were flat panels <gesturing to approximate the size:
about fourteen inch high (14") by eight inch wide (8”) and
an inch thick>. They could focus on one person in a
crowded room and send a signal that would vibrate their
skull and the wet tissue of their brain. People would hear
sounds or voices not necessarily through their ear but in
their mind. The called it the Voice of God technology.
DW - What do you mean by a flat panel? [What] did it
look like?
CG - It looked like—well, I mean, if you hand me that
laptop <pointing at DW’s computer on the floor out of
sight>.
DW - Sure. Don’t let the Cabal see the serial number
though.
CG - Okay. It would not be much different than that
<showing DW’s laptop standing up>. It would be on a
stand and have a cable coming from it that would go to a
box.
CG - The box would have something that—a microphone
that you would speak into or there would be a
preprogrammed audio signal that you would send. And
there was a third function—and this panel right here would
be aimed at the person. It would shoot and focus on the
person—on the single person. And it wasn’t that much
different in size than this.
 CG describing the flat panel broadcasting device used to transmit the VOG signal.
CG - And there was also what they called a Data
Download function that would have a complex data
download program that was created. The people [who]
created [it] were called programmers. The could create
scenarios to give people visual, [auditory], and olfactory—
they could smell, taste what they were programmed
through what they were experiencing being stimulated in
their brain through the technology. So they could give the
people full auditory, visual, and olfactory hallucinations.
[There is a basis for what CG is
describing here if we consider
sympathetic resonance or entrainment.
The body, like all physical objects, has a
resonant frequency, and each part of
the body does as well. I suspect that the
transmissions used are ultra or
extremely low-frequency microwaves
like what our cells communicate with,
such as bioluminescence. By
transmitting signals directly into the
nervous system of the body, an artificial
signal is sent through the neural
pathways normally used by the sensory
organs, causing the hallucinations.
Cymatics is the study of sound on
materials, and through it, they have
been able to heal damaged tissue by
transmitting a healthy resonant
frequency. The point being, it is
possible to stimulate someone's body to
404
cause hallucinations or voices, hence
Voice of God technology.]
Related Why Sound Heals | Cymatics,
Entrainment, Mandalas, Frequencies
and DNA
DW - Well, the high-level Illuminati insider, Jacob, who I
had contact with for a long time, the reason why I brought
up the Masonic stuff is [because] he went into great detail
with about this. He said that forcing people to memorize
these very long passages of text is an excellent way to
create wonderful hypnotic subjects where people will store
incredible amounts of information that they’re not
consciously aware of. So that technology involves a great
deal of time, a lot of these ceremonies, but it also involves
hypnosis and a lot of work. Now this technology…
CG - <Interjecting> And a willing participant.
DW - Sure. This technology you’re describing, do you
have to be in an altered state of consciousness for it to
work?
CG - No.
DW - So you could—it could theoretically be used on
anybody.
CG - It can be used on anybody. Yes. Early on, the
technology they had, worked only on extremely low
frequency waves, elf… <DW spelling: E-L-F> ELF
waves. And there’s something called the blooming effect
with both—it works like with [a] flashlight. If you turn
on—even with a narrow beam, you turn on a flashlight, the
further away you stand from a wall, the wider the circle is
on the wall. <DW: Yeah> That’s called a—that’s the
blooming effect.
Image Source. "Blooming effect" or reduction of signal
strength as a function of distance from the source.
CG - And that occurs with radio signals, it occurs with
even particle beams, light beams, lasers, you name it.
<DW: Hmm> And also changes in the atmosphere can
affect the blooming effect of different technologies.
DW - Well, if Pete Peterson was here, he would
immediately start talking about what he always calls phase
conjugation. [He] says that if you have two beams, that
you can have the bloom be in a certain area but that the
beams will converge back into a point later on by aiming
two or even three [beams] at the same source.
CG - I know that they moved to a different type of
technology. This technology, depending on the model was
only useful—it’s a line-of-sight technology. You had to be
looking at the person and had to be within [distance, or] a
certain amount of meters [away] from the person to use
[it].
The newer technology, they can use from aircraft, low
Earth orbit satellites, and drones. It’s still line-of-sight, but
it will penetrate certain materials like the roof of a house,
depending on the materials used in the house. Some people
have used [a] certain [kind] of insulation that [makes] it
harder [to penetrate]. But a person can be sleeping in their
bed [and] a drone can be flying around, and they can focus
in on the person, seeing their heat signature, flip a switch
on the data download, give the person a dream, give the
person a complete false experience with…
405
[Hugues, the transcriber and I spoke
briefly about a remote viewing
experience he had several years ago
that relates to the discussion here. He
was apparently able to view one of
these low-Earth orbit VOG stations that
was transmitting false channeling
material down to the ground.]
[Transcriber, Hugues Prévost's Notes:
About six years ago I had a spontaneous
remote viewing experience involving,
with what I think was a technology
similar to what Corey is describing. I was
chatting with a friend on Skype when I
started to see visual impressions of her
and her surroundings in Sweden.
Suddenly, I was pulled back to a bird's-
eye view of the country, first at low
altitude then at commercial plane
heights, until my consciousness found
itself in low orbit over the Atlantic with
Scandinavia below me. I started picking
up on the channeling messages she and
her contacts said they had been receiving
from the Pleiades. I was interested in this
kind of material at that time and this was
one of the reasons I befriended her on
Facebook.
So here I was above the Earth receiving
their messages! But my excitement
didn’t last too long though. As I was
listening, I couldn’t help noticing how the
messages were impersonal. They were a
form of broadcast aimed at the
Scandinavian region of the planet. They
seemed to be repetitive in nature,
looping over and over again.
At that point, I started wondering where
the messages were broadcasting from. I
immediately jumped to the point of their
origin in remote viewing state. The
transmissions weren't coming from a
futuristic spacecraft with a crew inside,
as I would have expected. Instead, it
appeared to be a rather ordinary looking
platform, too small for life support. I was
so surprised at seeing this that it cut off
the remote viewing perspective I had on
it. I can’t be too sure about the location of
the platform but it was certainly within
our solar system. In fact, it felt like it was
very close relatively speaking: outside
Earth’s orbit but not beyond the Moon.
So my logical conclusion was that it was
probably parked in one of the Lagrange
points where the gravity forces between
the Earth and the Moon cancel each
other.
Barely any time had passed for my
chatting buddy but it felt like I was "out"
 for at least 20 minutes. I was able to tell
her what I saw in Sweden but chose to
leave out the space platform portion. I
was very doubtful about that part of the
experience, at the time, since telepathic
technology like that seemed impossible.
Although I had heard about secret space
programs, notably from Project
Camelot.]
VOG DATA DOWNLOAD FUNCTION:
DW - I can understand the idea of you having a
microphone and being able to speak into it and having it
translated into auditory waves. Could you tell us a little
more about how this data download actually works?
You’re saying people could get a dream that’s beamed into
them by Voice of God technology?
CG - Not only that but you could be sitting right here in
front of me right now and if you were to be targeted and
they wanted you to see someone appear in the room and
start talking to you, you would—and for the person [could
even] have a certain smell—you would see it. <DW:
Hmm…>
And this is not only used to target people, it was used to
contact operatives in the field, like if someone was behind
enemy lines, they would send them information, send them
a data download about which escape route they should take
to meet up with a rescue team. Spies in the field [would
receive] operational information on the fly. <DW: Hmm!>
It has a whole bunch of applications.
But as the technology became very prevalent, a lot of
Black Ops federal types, started using them on their ex-
wives’ new boyfriends <chuckling>, they started targeting
individuals and it became an off-the-shelf technology for a
lot of these groups. [Off-the-shelf meaning frequently used
as a standard practice.]
DW - Before I actually got my first insider disclosure and I
knew that UFOs were real, there was a very creepy story
from my family. Because one of my mother’s friends [had
an acquaintance] with someone who lived in Nevada [and
that person] started to see flying craft or something, some
points of light in the sky that were zipping around, making
non-Newtonian movements. And they think that because
they were using binoculars that the glint of the lens was
picked up by the craft. But what ended up happening was
shortly after they start looking at these craft in the middle
of nowhere with binoculars in the daytime, he starts
hearing voices in his head, he starts feeling extreme senses
of evil, like there’s sounds of a monster or a large beast or
footsteps or chains dragging, growls, [that kind of thing].
He would feel bizarre temperature changes in the room
like it would get cold. He started to have what appeared to
be visual hallucinations in the room.
406
We thought that they might have dosed him with LSD or
something. We didn’t really know what was going on. But
this man became so scared that he just literally one day,
not long after it started, just got into the car, and drove
away from the house and never came back—didn’t try to
take any of his stuff with him, just fled in a total panic.
And this is before I knew anything about UFOs. That is
just one example from my own history of a family story.
So do you think it’s possible that he was targeted? Does
that sound consistent?
CG - It sounds consistent. And the technology, they call it
bioneural interfacing. This is used often to contact people
to convince them that they are in contact with a religious
icon from their belief system, [such as an] ascended
masters, different ETs that they’re channeling. And they’re
used to connect with these people and send them voice
communication information, and also the download feature
is used on them.
Now the thing is that the download feature [is that[
prolonged use absolutely causes paranoid schizophrenia in
people who would otherwise never develop that disorder
or have any type of chemical imbalance in their brains. A
person [who] would be totally normal, never has any
problems, heavy exposure to this technology absolutely
will cause paranoid schizophrenia in them.
[As we discussed above, receiving
information without being able to
integrate it into a holistic understanding
eventually causes dissociation and
trauma, that can lead to a psychotic
break. This is similar to an intense
psychedelic experience enabled by LSD.
Syd Barrett, the original singer and
guitar player of Pink Floyd, is a case in
point. During his earlier years with the
band, he would perform while
hallucinating on LSD. In some cases,
fans who met him in public would dose
his beverage with LSD unbeknownst to
him. He eventually had a psychotic
break which he never fully recovered
from. If the VOG download feature
works by stimulating sensory centers in
the nervous system to produce
hallucinations, it could cause a similar
dissociation effect, or even cause the
individual to believe they are in contact
with ETs or discarnate intelligences, as
this notion would help them make sense
of the experience.]
DW - Well, you’ve dropped kind of a bombshell here
because this implies that some people out there who are
representing themselves as channeling positive divine
beings could in fact be essentially remote controlled and
the messages that they are giving are straight out of the
propaganda Rolodex of various alphabet soup agencies.
CG - I know that it is an absolute truth… that is
happening. And this technology has also been used in
warfare on the enemy, people being shown religious icons,
being told the Great Caliphate or Allah is returning, [to]
throw down [their] weapons and give up. And it worked
quite well. It was developed to be used in tandem with
some of the Blue Beam type technology.
DW - And for those who don’t know what that is, why
don’t you say what that is…
CG - Some of it was holographic but a lot of technology.
Some of it was ground-based, some was space-based to
create [images] in the sky that would be seen by masses of
people [and] would look three-dimensional and solid.
And it’s been used in small test cases with some of that
technology. Most of that Blue Beam technology has been
taken out and is not in use [anymore]. But the Voice of
God technology is very prevalent and used by a lot of
different Black Ops groups.
DW - Well, getting back to this Order of the Assassins
thing just for a moment. It seems like the power of the
drug to alter people’s consciousness is key in getting
people to do things that would be outside their normal
ethical boundaries. Does this Voice of God technology
also simplify that process? Is it possible to create various
mental conditions in people that might in some cases
resemble a drug-like state or intoxication?
[Most drugs stimulate the bodies natural
functions to produce various
biochemicals and physical effects. For
example, Heroin stimulates opioid
receptors in the brain releasing
histamines that cause the "body high"
felt by users. Similarly,
tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) found in
cannabis, stimulates
the endocanibinoid system. Given that it
is possible to trigger autonomic
processes in the body via drugs, it
stands to reason that electromagnetic
frequencies can also stimulate certain
areas to force the release of
biochemical compounds experienced in
intoxication or altered states of
consciousness.]
CG - Yes. It can… They can trigger different parts of the
brain to release different chemicals, cause depression.
They can sometimes… it depends on how strong the
person’s will [power] is as well. If they want a person to
do a bad act, they can just work on them over time with the
technology. If it then causes them to become chemically
407
imbalanced, then so much the better for them and their
goal. And if they start taking medications for depression or
anxiety, a lot of these types of medications makes the
technology more effective as well.
[Suppressing the conscious mind,
where the will is the most powerful, is
the goal of all forms of mind control.
Psychiatric Drugs can be used to cause
dissociation that would reduce
willpower, and eventually allow
subliminal or subtle conditioning to take
place.]
APPLICATIONS OF VOG TECHNOLOGY:
DW - So you saw this technology being used in the field?
CG - Yes.
DW - What were some of the uses that you personally
witnessed? What were some of the things that were done?
CG - Contacting people that were getting in—splitting up
groups, causing fragmentation in groups of people getting
together to cause infighting.
DW - Groups of people getting together for what?
CG - To bring out information that they didn’t want [out]
or people that were getting together to talk about
information they didn’t want talked about. [They were]
being proactive to get in and cause the people to turn on
each other, become paranoid. Also, I saw it used to make
people believe that they were in contact with ascended
masters and ETs.
[In other words, the technology is used
to cause dissension and social
problems within groups that are trying
to organize for a cause. Considering
how many efforts have been derailed
over the years, it leads one to conclude
it may have been due to this technology.
As individuals seeking to work more
closely together with our fellows to
bring about positive change, we should
be careful not to feed into any impulses
that cause infighting. I've personally
witnessed several group efforts fall
apart for petty of reasons. In most
cases, if people just took a step back
and focused on the collective goal,
these impulses wouldn't' blossom into
open conflict. The point being, once we
recognize ourselves becoming upset,
whether due to VOG technology or not,
the conscious mind can use willpower
to overcome an urge to feed
 into division—sourced from mind
control or not.]
DW - So you personally witnessed that being done.
CG - Yes.
DIFFERENT NAMES FOR VOG TECHNOLOGY:
DW - We have a list here of some of the names of this
stuff that was on an article on prepareforchange.net that
quoted from you recently. Obviously, one of them was the
Voice of God, which you just mentioned. There’s also
V2K or Voice to Skull devices. Have you heard that term?
CG - Right. It’s the same stuff.
DW - So how does the skull relate? Does it make the skull
vibrate?
CG - Right.
DW - And that creates an acoustic frequency that people
can hear?
CG - Right. It causes an acoustic frequency and also they
call it “voice to skull.” Some of them will cause the skull
to vibrate and the small bones in the ear to vibrate.
[But CG mentioned earlier that not all
VOG technology uses acoustic sound.
Some forms directly transmit
electromagnetic energy into the nervous
system. In these cases, no audible
sound would be heard, yet a phantom
sound or hallucination can be
perceived.]
DW - Okay. There’s also on this list “remote behavioral
influence technology.” Is that a term that you are familiar
with?
CG - That’s kind of an overall term, like “behavioral
modification.”
DW - Okay… and then we have LRAD: Long-Range
Acoustic Device <CG with some overlap: “…Acoustic
Device, yeah>. So is that the panel that you were
describing? <CG: Yeah> Is that what it was called?
CG - It was just referred to as the Voice of God because
people thought that they were hearing the voice of God or
a divine voice.
DW - And the last one on the list is “DARPA’s sonic
projectors.”
CG - I’m not familiar with that but much of this
technology was [engineered by] DARPA.
408
DW - And for those who don’t know, it’s Defense
Advanced Research Projects Agency?
CG - Right.
LIMITATIONS OF VOG TECHNOLOGY AND
DEVELOPING IMMUNITY:
DW - Okay. Now, you may or may not be familiar with
this. I know this is going to be very unnerving to some
people so I want to kick in something that you may or may
not know, that if we had Pete Peterson here he’d gladly go
on in detail about. I think it’s important for some balance.
A couple of things:
First of all, he said that approximately eighteen to twenty-
five percent (18–25%) of the people out there have
extraterrestrial DNA in larger amounts and that those
people, hardly any of this mind control technology works
on them at all. Did you ever—you mentioned something
about will. Did you encounter anything suggesting that
certain people are less susceptible to this or that they could
train themselves to be less susceptible to this somehow?
CG - There were people that we were told that they had a
stronger will and they were less susceptible to it. And also
because I knew, being intuitively empath trained, that
people who have a more spiritual connection, they can be
resistant to it. But at the same time, they can also be
tricked a lot easier because a lot of them are overconfident,
feeling that they’re spiritually protected or that this
couldn’t happen to them.
And everyone that was involved in using this technology
had to have the technology used on you so you would feel
what it felt like in your skull. You’d feel it on your skull.
Sometimes your skull would warm up or you would feel it
in your brain matter. But the sounds, you would hear it in
your head as if you were thinking it yourself but it would
be a different voice. So you had to be trained to know
when the technology was being used on you.
[As we discussed above, mental
discipline and conscious discernment
strengthens will power. If one was
properly trained, such as a grand
master monk, they could most likely
discern the difference between normal
sensations and VOG technology, and
simply choose not to act on an impulse.
This is why exposure to the technology
in the SSP is essential so that one could
discern what it feels like and not be
manipulated. This underscores a greater
principle of bravely seeking truth in all
ways possible because it enhances
discernment. We cannot discern
something we've chosen to ignore. Our
lack of discernment, due to lack of
 knowledge, leaves us open to DW - It’s not going to make somebody into an automated
manipulation from subtle influences, killer like MKUltra?
such as VOG technology.]
CG - No, that takes years of conditioning and going
DW - When do you think this [technology] was starting to through those types of programs. This is going… If you’re
be developed and actually implemented? a negative person and the type of person that’s going out to
kill somebody already, that’s what’s in your heart, then
CG - I know it was being used in the early eighties (’80s). you can probably be triggered to do something like that. If
<DW: Okay> I know. [But] I don’t know how far back… you’re a good person, if you wouldn’t normally do that
kind of thing, then they’re not going to be able to turn you
DW - But it could definitely be maybe even twenty or against your values and make you do something like that.
thirty years older than that.
[Transcriber, Hugues Prévost's
CG - Definite… yeah, it could be. Note: However, I would assume that
the occult criminal syndicates
DW - If a person watched this episode and thinks that what already have a database of mentally
you described means that somebody could be beaming unstable or mind-controlled
beams at people and turning them into remote controlled individuals from which they can
robots that will just do assassinations and kill on draw as needed. They can then
command, without any veto from their conscious mind, are create false-flag type mass killings or
those people correct, or do we always possess the power to trigger targeted assassinations with
veto these signals that are being beamed in? Do we have the help of such VOG technology and
the free will to offset the message that is being offered to other means.]
us?
[Also, primary psychopaths, who have a
CG - We have the free will to offset the message. We have genetic precondition from birth, make
the power to reach out for help from people around us, to up less than .01% of the population. But
ask for help. There’s a group of people that call themselves secondary psychopaths make up about
targeted individuals that I receive emails—that’s why I’m 20% or three orders of magnitude
being careful about how I answer this. They [send me] greater of the total number, (mainstream
emails saying, “I’m a targeted individual,” “I’m being studies claim this figure is as low as
attacked by this type of technology all the time,” “I’m 1%). The majority of the population
being told this information,” “I’m being led to do this or learned psychopathy, most likely
that.” “How do I make it stop?” “How do I make them stop through mass behavioral conditioning,
targeting me?” You know, “How, how, how…” social indoctrination, and other
methods. This ensures there will be a
I don’t know how to make them stop. I don’t know… supply of morally corruptible individuals
<Repeating> in society, highly susceptible to
antisocial suggestions and VOG
DW - Well, and the odd thing is that people [who] suffer technology.]
from paranoid schizophrenia, it’s these same symptoms
that they’re reporting. DW - So ultimately, this is only a suggestion. It’s an
influence that we can choose to listen to or to ignore. [I
CG - Right and this technology also, after prolonged couldn't have said it any better myself.]
exposure, absolutely causes paranoid schizophrenia.
CG - Right.
DW - But just to be clear again, I want to reiterate this, this
cannot just turn the person sleeping next to you in bed into DW - Cool. Alright. Well, that’s very intense stuff but
somebody who grabs a knife and plunges it into your heart. we’re here to spread the truth, even if it’s painful. And I
hope that you can put this to good use in your own life.
CG - No. No… This is Cosmic Disclosure. I’m your host, David Wilcock,
and I thank you for watching.
.

409
 Reptilian Aliens Helped Nazi Germany Build
Secret Space Program in Antarctica
Written by Dr. Michael Salla
April 14, 2016
In the run up to World War II, German secret societies and
the Nazi SS were guided to three large caverns in
Antarctica by Reptilian extraterrestrials, according to
former U.S. Navy intelligence operative William
Tompkins. In his latest ExoNews TV interview, released
today, Tompkins describes how the Reptilians helped the
Germans/Nazis build underground bases in remote
Antarctic caverns, which were located next to even larger
caverns controlled by the Reptilians.
According to Tompkins, the U.S. Navy learned of the
existence of these secret Antarctic bases from their spies
embedded in Nazi Germany, who found that the
Nazis/Germans used these remote bases to launch space
missions to the Moon, other planets in our solar system,
and, most remarkably, to distant interstellar locations.
Tompkins says that the Germans began moving equipment
and supplies to Antarctica as early as 1913, which
coincides historically with the Second German Antarctic
Expedition from 1911-1913. This period also coincides
with the increasing role of German secret societies in
exploring remote global locations for occult knowledge.
The movement of equipment accelerated in the lead up to
World War II. In his interview, Tompkins cites 1934 as the
beginning of this acceleration, even though historical
records point to 1938 as the launch of the Third German
Antarctic Expedition:
The move from Germany to Antarctica was in operation
from 1934 way before the war started. In fact some of the
stuff went down in 1913.
410
In last week’s ExoNews TV episode, Tompkins revealed
that secret agreements had been reached between Hitler’s
regime and Draconian Reptilians. In this week’s episode
he discussed one of the major elements of this agreement:
Large portions of equipment were sent
down there. But right next to them were
three tremendous size caverns which the
Reptilians had. Not Grays, but Reptilians.
Germany got two more, about a tenth the
size of the big Reptilians [cavern]. They
were able to … [go] down, usually by
submarine. They built these flat
submarines, these regular class, so they
could ship all this stuff down.
Tompkins remarkable information is consistent with Grand
Admiral Karl Dönitz who referred on three occasions to an
impregnable fortress being built for Hitler in a remote
location using Germany’s advanced submarine fleet. In
1943, Donitz is reported to have stated:
… the German submarine fleet is proud of
having built for the Führer, in another part
of the world, a Shangri-La on land, an
impregnable fortress.
The second occasion was in in 1944, when he revealed
how plans were in place to relocate Hitler so he could
launch a new effort for his thousand-year Reich:
The German Navy will have to accomplish
a great task in the future. The German
Navy knows all hiding places in the oceans
and therefore it will be very easy to bring
the Führer to a safe place should the
necessity arise and in which he will have
the opportunity to work out his final plans.
Finally, Dönitz’s remarks at his Nuremberg war crime trial
clearly suggest that it was Antarctica where Germany’s
most advanced technologies had been secretly relocated by
his submarine fleet. At the trial he boasted of
“an invulnerable fortress, a paradise-like
oasis in the middle of eternal ice.”
Donitz’s remarks were made plausible in 1966 by
cartographer and artist Heinrich C. Berann for the National
Geographic Society. In Berann’s depiction of an ice-free
Antarctica, he shows underwater passageways that run
throughout the Antarctic continent. This provided a
Ice Free Antarctica
Donitz’s claims are further supported by documents
provided by an alleged German submarine crewman after
the war, which described the instructions for U-Boat
411
plausible way in which submarines could travel under the
ice for considerable distances to Nazi Germany’s
“invulnerable fortress”.
Captains to reach the Antarctica bases through the hidden
passage ways. Below is an image of the document with the
translated instructions.
 Directions to Antarctic bases – Source
In today’s interview, Tompkins describes simultaneous
flying saucer programs that had been developed by the
Nazis. One was in Germany, while the second was in
Antarctica. In his response to a question about where
Germany’s antigravity craft were being built, he said:
They built the prototypes in Germany. They built pre-
protype, something which is ready for production, in
Antarctica. They put this stuff in production in the
countries all over Germany [Occupied Europe], and they
continued to build similar vehicles in Antarctica.
Tompkins then shares one of the most astonishing secrets
gained by the Navy spies embedded in Germany. With the
help of the Reptilians, the Nazi’s Antarctica program had
successfully launched manned missions to the Moon,
planets, and even other star systems.
Now the question was asked whether did we ever get to the
Moon? You see it was in some way, it was well known
that the Germans had a number of vehicles that flew out
and came back. One of the first ones, they got into trouble,
they crashed and the whole group died. But that was
almost all coming from Antarctica. Way before, four years
before, the war ended, they were always moving all of this
stuff out. And so the flights, almost everything came from
Antarctica with the same people. … I don’t know if it was
true or not, but it was stated by some of those fellows
[Navy spies] that they had gone to other stars and come
back.
Tompkins remarkable claims corroborate the testimony of
secret space program whistleblower, Corey Goode, who
claims that from 1987 to 2007, he had access to smart
glass pads, which described the successful Nazi space
program that operated out of Antarctica.
Goode said the Antarctica program was controlled by
German secret societies rather than the Nazi SS:
412
As explained, the Nazi remnants that were made up mostly
of Secret Societies that created a “Break Away
Civilization,” kept the most advanced technology secret
from even their highest Military and Political leaders,
setup enclaves in South America and Antarctica. The
locations in Antarctica were some ancient civilization ruins
that had remained occupied by certain groups in thermal
area’s that cause area’s similar to lava tubes and domes
under the glaciers.
Goode goes on to corroborate Tompkins claim that the
Nazi bases were built adjacent to caverns controlled by
another advanced civilization, the Reptilians:
There was an underground and under
glacier city complex that was already
occupied and setup in a couple of locations
and the NAZI’s renovated an area that was
mostly crushed above the surface but had
plenty of room under the domed ice,
thermal underground energy and caverns
(accessible via U-boat under the ice flows
and openings that made it ideal for a
hidden multipurpose base) that were
perfect for them to secretly build out during
the entire Second World War
What makes Tompkins claims difficult to dismiss are
documents he has published in his book, Selected by
Extraterrestrials, supporting his main claim that he
participated in a covert Navy Intelligence program that
disseminated Germany’s advanced aerospace secrets to
selected U.S. aerospace companies, think tanks and
universities.
Furthermore, documents, and statements by Admiral
Donitz, support Tompkins claims that Nazi Germany had
succeeded in locating and building underground facilities
under the Antarctic continent. The long route under the
Antarctic ice sheets, which the German submarine fleet
allegedly took to reach these hidden caverns, gives
credence to Tompkins claims that Reptilian
extraterrestrials had provided the Nazis with the
information necessary to locate the hidden Antarctic
caverns, and the under-ice passage ways to reach them.
In the next episode of ExoNews TV, we will hear from
William Tompkins how the Nazis used slave labor in their
hidden Antarctic bases, and that the Italian government
had also developed a flying saucer program headed by the
famous inventor, Gugliemo Marconi that was secretly
operating out of hidden South American locations.
What follows is the transcript of William Tompkins
responding to questions on the third ExoNews TV episode
(see above) presenting his testimony.
Interview Date: February 25, 2016
Location: San Diego, California
Published on ExoNews TV – 4/14/16
Interview Key:
WT: William Tompkins
RW- Dr. Robert Wood
MS – Dr. Michael Salla
… [Occupied Europe], and they continued to build similar vehicles in
MS – The following interview extract features Tompkins
answering questions from Dr. Robert Wood and myself on
Germany’s Space program in Antarctica. …
Did the Navy Spies talk about the Nazis landing on the Moon,
landing on Mars?
WT – The operatives found this data and they bring it back to the
Admiral’s secret office at the top of the building. You can see the
building from when you land over at North Island. These fellows
were all over the occupied areas in Germany, and they found all
of this equipment. They found the program for extended life. That
wasn’t really an extended life. It was a life program that the
extraterrestrials were already doing.
RW – Did the Nazis have this technology?
WT – Yes, it was no big deal at all….
The move from Germany to Antarctica was in operation from
1934 [Note: The Third German Antarctic Expedition occurred in
1938-1939] way before the war started. In fact some of the stuff
went down in 1913 [Note: The Second German Antarctic
Expedition was from 1911-1913]. Large portions of equipment
went sent down there. But right next to them were three
tremendous size caverns which the Reptilians had. Not Grays,
but Reptilians. Germany got two more, about a tenth the size of
the big Reptilians [cavern]. They were able to … [go] down,
usually by submarine. They built these flat submarines, these
413
regular class, so they could ship all this stuff down. Here they
were shipping stuff down, right after the turn of the century.
Whether they had convinced themselves that they didn’t care or
they weren’t interested in the war, whatever it was, like the Vril
Society, they had almost 90 percent of everything that it takes to
build extraterrestrial vehicles, whether they were saucers or
cigars.
They had that down to Antarctica by 1932. Some of it was going
down. Not the main programs, but they had copies of everything
that was necessary to build these. They were building these, in
production, all over the occupied countries. The production
facilities were [using] slave labor… The German population didn’t
know anything about this. It was all classified.
RW – Were the UFOs [built] in Germany or down in Antarctica?
WT – The people in Germany knew nothing about it. In
Antarctica they knew everything.
RW – Where were the UFOs, the craft, being built? In Germany?
WT – They built the prototypes in Germany. They built pre-
protype, something which is ready for production, in Antarctica.
They put this stuff in production in the countries all over Germany
Antarctica…
Now the question was asked whether did we ever get to the
Moon? You see it was in some way, it was well known that the
Germans had a number of vehicles that flew out and came back.
One of the first ones, they got into trouble, they crashed and the
whole group died. But that was almost all coming from Antarctica.
Way before, four years before, the war ended, they were always
moving all of this stuff out. And so the flights, almost everything
came from Antarctica with the same people.
MS – So during the war years, from Antarctica the Germans were
basically launching these craft, the Moon was one of many
destinations they tried [reaching].
WT – Yes, I don’t know if it was true or not, but it was stated by
some of those fellows [Navy spies] that they had gone to other
stars and come back.
MS – So that would be corroboration that the so called
Andromeda Device which was based on some principle of
teleportation actually was viable that they were able to use the
Andromeda Device to get to other star systems like Alderbaran,
and come back?
WT – Yes …
MS – In the next episode of ExoNews TV, we will hear from
William Tompkins how the Nazis used slave labor in their hidden
Antarctic bases, and that the Italian government had also
developed a flying saucer program headed by the famous END TRANSCRIPT
inventor, Gugliemo Marconi that was secretly operating out of
hidden South American locations.
.

414
 Cosmic Disclosure Season 4 - Episode 6:
The Dark Fleet - Summary And Analysis
Corey Goode And David Wilcock
By Justin Deschamps
Thursday, April 14, 2016
The Secret Space Program is a loose term
referring to many different types of
unacknowledged projects, some of which
are so far beyond the scope earthly
governance, they have completely broken
away, forming a separate civilization. The
term describing this type of group is a
breakaway civilization, and the enigmatic
Dark Fleet is one such example.
Corey Goode's level of knowledge
regarding secret space programs is
arguably more complete than others in his
field. Yet, he shares that the Dark Fleet is
one of the most mysterious factions, even
within the heights secrecy.
The Dark Fleet apparently traces their
origins to the times of the German secret
space program, when this group formed a
strong alliance with the Draco.
Based on Goode's descriptions, the Dark
fleet sounds remarkably similar to the
Empire, the protagonists from the film
415
series Star Wars. According to Goode,
even their ships and uniforms strongly
resemble what is depicted in the films.
The Draco have long recruited other races
into their alliances, and the Dark Fleet
seems to be on such example, taking part
in special forces or militaristic operations.
Goode shares that most of their activities—
which he and his contacts in the SSP
Alliance are mostly unaware of—take place
outside of the solar system.
The Dark Fleet has a compliment of highly
advanced spacecraft and facilities, some
provided by the Interplanetary Corporate
Conglomerate, and of course their Draco
allies. They possess advanced weaponry
capable of invasionary operations, which
the SSP Alliance suspects is for working
with the Draco to achieve their agenda.
Goode also describes the Royal Draco, a
14-foot tall reptilian being capable of
telepathically interfacing with human hosts.
On one such occasion, Goode was
subjected to the procedure, which he said,
was incredibly invasive, leaving him feeling
ill for several days.
The Dark Fleet and the Draco work closely
together, yet are a totally human
organization, populated by individuals hand
picked or groomed for their positions.
Persons within the Dark Fleet are
completely off-world, not living on the Earth
at all, according to Goode's intelligence.
The vast majority of the Dark Fleet was
trapped outside the Solar System when the
outer barrier from the Sphere Beings went
up in late 2014. Since then, the Dark Fleet
facilities within the barrier have been
"cannibalized," and several operatives
have defected over to the SSP Alliance.
 Even within the SSP Alliance the Dark
Fleet remains obscure. But according to
Goode, more knowledge about them has
been gathered care of defectors that he
was not briefed on.
Overview of Corey Goode, the Secret Space Program
Alliance and the Sphere Being Alliance:
Corey Goode is a Secret Space Program (SSP) insider and
whistleblower that began disclosing information in 2009
under the pseudonym GoodETxSG. In 2014, he started
revealing a great deal more information in an effort to
prepare humanity for what he calls data dumps, set to
occur at an opportune moment in the future. Much of the
information he provides comes from Smart Glass Pads,
iPad-like devices supplied to SSP personnel for
information dissemination purposes. This will be a
groundbreaking event, revealing the totality of Earth's
history and the activities of the Cabal which will ultimately
lead to a truth and reconciliation style tribunal to hold
criminal elements accountable for wrongdoing.
Additionally, the SSP Alliance intends on releasing all of
the hidden technology to the people in preparation for a
Star Trek-type golden age civilization.
According to Goode, the Cabal or the secret Earth
government and their syndicates (as termed by the SSP
Alliance) have enslaved humanity under a false paradigm
of a technological advancement, while secretly developing
incredible technology (a Star Trek level of advancement)
used to colonize the solar system and beyond, engaging in
trade with thousands of extraterrestrial races.
Space programs have been developed in secret all
throughout Earth's history, and in many cases, groups
broke away from the main culture forming what is called a
Breakaway Civilization. Some of these civilizations have
existed in secret, on Earth and beyond for, thousands of
years. The Agartha Network is one such group that claims
to be the original human race. It was this group in addition
to the Draco Alliance, that made contact with a secret
German space program in the early 20th Century.
In modern times, the Germans were the most advanced of
the SSP groups, beginning their efforts in earnest during
the early 1920's and 30's. The Americans were also
developing a SSP, but were much further behind in
technological advances. Later, the American SSPs were
infiltrated and taken over by the Germans after the end of
World War II. It was after this forced merger that the SSP,
under the direction of the Interplanetary Corporate
Conglomerate (ICC), expanded into the solar system and
beyond, setting up dozens of bases and mining facilities
chiefly using slave labor.
In the early 1990's, a faction within the SSP known
as Solar Warden slowly began to go against the ICC,
allying with a group of highly evolved extraterrestrials
416
known as the Sphere Being Alliance in 2012. Since then,
more factions have joined the alliance which is actively
working to free humanity on Earth and beyond, known as
the SSP Alliance. Despite their good intentions, the SSP
Alliance is a group of highly damaged and morally
ambiguous individuals, according to Goode, that recognize
at some level the need to change the status quo, but are
hardly angels.
The Sphere Beings are a group of five extraterrestrial
races, one of which is known as the Blue Avians, that
arrived in the solar system during the late 1980's. Two of
the races remain unrevealed; however, there is also a race
of Golden Triangle Head beings and Blue Orb beings
made of light. Over the course of 20 years, they began
bringing massive spheres into the solar system and
surrounding area, some which are the size of Jupiter. This
is in an effort to down-step galactic energy waves, which
are slowly changing life as we know it. These spheres are
cloaked and not detectable by the surface population of
Earth.
According to the Sphere Beings, a massive shift in
energetic expression is now occurring in the solar system,
as the result of a natural process of consciousness
evolution, assisted by our solar system's movement
through the galaxy and increasingly coherent energy
fields encountered as a result. The Sphere Being Alliance
specifically asked for Goode to represent them in SSP
Alliance meetings as a Sphere Being Alliance delegate.
Presently, the SSP Alliance is negotiating with the
remaining cabal aligned programs, as well as innumerable
races that have lived in the solar system for millions of
years, and even breakaway civilizations once resident on
the Earth's surface. The Sphere Beings have erected an
energy barrier around the solar system preventing ingress
and egress, trapping many of the negatively oriented
groups that have been loosely allied with the secret Earth
government syndicates for thousands of years. Since this
event, the pyramid of power known on Earth known as the
Cabal or Illuminati has fallen into disarray, because the
Draco Alliance attempted to betray their underlings to the
Sphere Beings in an attempt to gain passage out of the
solar system and escape the coming justice of the SSP
Alliance.
SSP factions encountered many intriguing things as they
ventured out into the solar system. Apparently there are
remnants of extremely old settlements and technology
from what is called the Ancient Builder Race. These
beings were incredibly advanced, using a type of
consciousness technology that appears to be an inanimate
object until activated by a user. They are also responsible
for building ancient stargates found on nearly every major
body in the solar system. According to the Agarthans, the
Sphere Beings are in fact the Ancient Builder Race,
although the SSP has yet to confirm this directly from
them.
The dark side of the Moon is home to many different
groups, including the ICC, the Draco Alliance, the SSP
Alliance, the Dark Fleet, and more. The Moon is
apparently an artificial object, and has become a neutral
zone for all of these groups, which have maintained a
peaceful armistice for thousands of years. The Moon
serves as an observational outpost for over 60 groups of
extraterrestrial races engaged in 22 genetic programs and
social experiments on Earth. Some of these programs
conflict with each other, yet all of them have influenced
Earth's history for millennia.
Related David Wilcock and Corey
Goode: History of the Solar System and
Secret Space Program - Notes from
Consciousness Life Expo 2016
Show Description:
Corey Goode divulges the details he was able to collect
concerning the most dangerous and secretive of space
programs, the Dark Fleet. Operating far beyond the
oversight or command of any earth-based government, the
Dark Fleet has built a precarious alliance with Dracos, for
conquest and defense of their territory. Whether hiding on
417
their bases in the Oort cloud, hovering overhead in wedge-
shaped craft or fighting in distant solar systems, their reach
is vast and not to be trifled with.
This interview with David Wilcock was originally webcast
April 12, 2016.
Summarized notes will be in black, with my commentary
in [Ariel bolded brackets]. Alterations to the transcript for
ease of reading will be in [brackets], but the original
content of the dialog is always maintained. The images
with black letter boxing were captured from this episode
on Gaia TV.
Transcribed by Hugues Próvest. Commentary by Justin
Deschamps.
DW = David Wilcock, CG = Corey Goode.
OVERVIEW OF SSP RELATED GROUPS:
DW - Welcome to Cosmic Disclosure. I’m your host,
David Wilcock and we’re here with Corey Goode. In a
previous episode of this show, we’ve gone through the
various factions of the secret space program. We’ve
covered this very extensive body of information but one
thing that we haven’t gone into that much which we’re
going to do in this episode is the faction called the “Dark
Fleet” and the very shadowy humanoid reptilian
extraterrestrial forces who are behind this.
Before we get into the bad guys, let’s just talk about the
benevolent forces that have stopped what seemed to me a
train wreck in slow motion that was going on. Who’s out
there that’s got our back?
CG - Well, of course we have the group that we’ve been
talking about a lot, the Sphere Being Alliance. They’ve
moved in [the forefront but] they’ve been here for quite
some time, some number of decades, starting [since] at
least the eighties (’80s) but built up their numbers [later].
DW - And why would you call them “Sphere Beings?”
CG - They do not call themselves the “Sphere Being
Alliance.” This is a term that the secret space program and
some of the secret Earth governments gave them, [who
call] them the “Sphere Being Alliance.” [These groups]
were able to gather through intelligence that it was a group
of beings associated with these giant spheres of three
different sizes [similar to]: the Moon, Neptune, and
Jupiter.
 The Spheres described by Goode are as large a the Moon, Neptune and Jupiter.
CG - [These] are now in our solar system for reasons [the
Cabal and SSP] were not sure [at first]. [The Sphere
Beings were] not making contact with [the SSP]. They
were ignoring their hailing [and] attempts to communicate.
So this is just what they named them early on.
DW - You’ve mentioned that there was a group called,
“Solar Warden,” which was the first real faction of the
[secret] space program. They acted sort of like the
interplanetary police force, <CG: Right> tracking any
unauthorized entry or exit. You’ve also mentioned the
Interplanetary Corporate Conglomerate (ICC), another
faction that arose out of the military defense contractors.
We’ve discussed the Global Galactic League of Nations,
which was a sort of United Nations type [of organization].
Maybe [it was originated as] a carrot that was offered to
various countries to stay quiet and feel like they were part
418
of something really cool and they’re in war against
negative extraterrestrials. You’ve also mentioned a
military faction. The Dark Fleet: now what is it about the
Dark Fleet that earns them the [adjective] “dark”
<chuckling>?
DARK FLEET SPACECRAFT AND BASES:
CG - [There is] a number of reasons. Well, in black ops,
when there’s a “dark” [label being applied to a] program, it
is completely compartmentalized to [the point] where no
one receives any intelligence [about the project objective].
<DW: Hmm> The other secret space programs received
very little information about the Dark Fleet’s mandate,
<DW: Really?>, what they were doing, and what they
were up to. Their bases were completely autonomous.
 Artist depiction of Dark Fleet base on the Moon that looks similar to the Pentagon.

CG - Other secret space programs did not get to go to their bases.

419
 Artist depiction of several different Dark Fleet spacecraft over the Pentagon-like moon base.

CG - Their craft were of a different design. Usually—they CG - Yeah. One of them is a very large wedge shape that
had several different types of vessels that you saw—you is very much like [in] Star Wars, the destroyers, I guess—
would see and associate with them. very much like this. They’re a little bit more sleek.

DW - Well could you describe some of what made these

vessels different? What were their characteristics?

Another artist depiction of two wedge-shaped Dark Fleet spacecraft that resemble Star Destroyers from the Star Wars films.

Image Source. Star Destroyer (front) and Super Star Destroyer (middle) from the Star Wars films.

DW - What about the little thing on top? Was that there?

420
CG - Similar, similar, not as high… but similar.

Artist depiction of wedge-shaped Dark Fleet spacecraft with dome component resembling the ships in the Star Wars films.

DW - Okay.

CG - There’s also a very large diamond shaped vessel that they have. They have a very large pumpkin seed shaped vessel.

Artist depiction of diamond shaped Dark Fleet spacecraft.

421
 Artist depiction of diamond shaped Dark Fleet spacecraft.

Artist depiction of pumpkin seed shaped Dark Fleet spacecraft.

DW - When you say “very large” now, what are we talking [about]?

422
CG - Over six hundred feet across <DW: Okay> but those are smaller than the large wedge shaped vessels.
Artist depiction of several different Dark Fleet spacecraft over the Pentagon-like moon base.
CG - And all we really know about them is that they fight
an offensive force. They’re for going and doing offensive
type of work alongside the Draco. They go outside the
solar system on—I guess—conquests or defending Draco
territory, helping the Draco on military expeditions.
THE DRACO ALLIANCE:
DW - Let’s go into the Draco and we’ll go back to the
human support that they get from the Dark Fleet.
CG - There [is] a wide range of different types of reptilian
beings [who] are involved in this Draco Alliance. There
are also some insectoid type beings who are involved in
this alliance and some very strange Nordic [human-
looking] type beings. There’s been a little bit of
information that they’re a conquered race that was forced
into servitude but [they] are also a part of this federation.
DW - Well let’s start with some of the basics which would
be [the following]. If somebody were unfortunate enough
<chuckling> to see a Draco, what are they gonna see?
What are we talking about?
423
CG - There [are] many different types. <DW: Okay>
But… yes, they’re bipedal. There are different types of
reptilian beings. Some are quite short: four and a half to
five feet (4½ –5′) tall [who] look very much like Greys
<DW: Hmm>. They have reptilians [who] are [of] the
Draco type: they range from nine to fourteen feet (9–14′)
tall. There’s a whole range of them. They have different
castes within their system. There’s a warrior caste, [a case
for] engineers, scientists, [and so on].[It’s] almost
[structured] like a hive. And then they have their royalty
up at the top [who] controls and directs everything.
ROYAL DRACO:
DW - So let’s start with the top and work our way down
then. If you were to see a Draco Royal, what are you going
to see? What’s the height? What are the characteristics?
[How do] the eyes look? [How does] the skin look? Let’s
just get into that.
CG - Well, I met <sighing> unfortunately a Draco Royal
and it’s not—it’s [an experience] that I refuse to repeat and
so has lieutenant colonel Gonzales. This one was around
the fourteen foot (14′) range, which is incredibly tall. It
was incredibly muscular.
 Artist depiction of a Royal Draco interfacing or telepathically linking with a human being.
DW - They couldn’t even stand up in a typical room that
any of us would have!
CG - No. [They’re] very reptile looking. [They have]
vestigial wings, vestigial short tail.
DW - What do you mean by “vestigial.” What are you
saying it is?
CG - Like the wings that [at] one time would have been
able to support them in flight but now they are just a
remnant, [hence vestigial].
DW - So they’re just stubby little…
CG - Right, they’re kind of a remnant <DW: Okay>. [This
is based] off what I was able to see; unless [the wings]
424
were triple-fold in a way [that allowed them] to open up
wide… I mean, they just looked like vestigial wings.
DW - Okay, so we’re seeing a reddish or a gold-colored
eye? Is that right?
CG - When it was interfacing with me [or telepathically
connecting to CG], its eyes were morphing.
CG - It was a very psychically powerful being. He
penetrated the frontal lobe. It was almost like there were
microwaves or something shooting into the frontal lobe. It
was very invasive. And both Gonzales and I were for
several days—at least three days—we had headaches [and]
were nauseated.
 Artist depiction of a Royal.
CG - As we’ve found out later on, it turns out that a lot of
these reptilian higher castes are highly infected with
nanites— artificial intelligence (AI) type of nanites.
DW - And you said they worship the AI as their god?
CG - That may not be [correct]. They may be working in
parallel with [the AI] but [all we know is that] they have
an overlord. I’m not sure exactly what that is.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 2 -
Episode 14: The Threat from Artificial
Intelligence - Summary and Analysis |
Corey Goode and David Wilcock
425
DW - But they’re both like afraid of it and in reverence to
it somehow?
DARK FLEET FACILITY ON THE MOON:
CG - Right. So [the Draco are] working alongside a human
group that has all of this technology that has been
enhanced by the ICC—[it] helped build out a lot of this
and these vessels and weaponry—and then the Draco
group has helped them enhance it even more for offensive
duties outside of the solar system. And they spend most of
their time almost completely outside of the solar system.
And we knew there was one of their bases on the Moon
that is quite a ways from the Lunar Operation Command
(LOC) that is kind of like a pyramid with its top chopped
off.
 Artist depiction of Dark Fleet base on the Moon that looks similar to the Pentagon.

DW - Yeah, we have an illustration of that…

CG - <interjecting> That’s not my illustration. [Carolyn Hamlett] needs full credits for this image.

Image from the website beyondthephysical.blogspot.com. Artist depiction of what Hamlett recalls from her experiences.

426
CG - She had been abducted and taken to this facility. I
was very surprised when people wrote me that someone
else had described the same facility.
DW - And it looked exactly like what you saw?
CG - It looked almost exactly [like what I saw]: pretty
close. It’s a very good representation. And it’s been almost
impossible to get good intelligence about what’s going on
there.
MORE ON THE ROYAL DRACO:
DW - Let’s go back to the command structure of the Draco
because we’ve got to map this all out as if people have
never heard any of this before. When you see this white
being, does it wear any clothes or is it basically just naked
with its white scales?
CG - Yeah, it wasn’t wearing clothing.
DW - Okay. And you have said before it had a very ripped
muscular look?
CG - Yeah.
DW - Now, my other insider said they weigh three
thousand pounds (3000 lb). They have a five foot (5′) wide
shoulder span. Would you say that’s correct?
CG - The weight, I would say yes, it’s probably close.
Five feet for the shoulder span, I don’t know if that’s even
enough…
DW - Really?
CG - Yeah. Very broad, very intimidating.
DW - And they have claws on the ends of their hands and
feet? <CG nodding yes> What is this vestigial tail look
like?
CG - It was very short. It was about this long <using hands
to show a width similar to his shoulders>… compared to
how tall it was.
DW - That’s not very short! <Laughing>
CG - Compared to how long it is! <DW: Right> You
know, in perspective of how tall… <DW smiling> But it
was wide and it went into kind of a stub.
DW - Are they all white or is this just one type?
CG - No, there’s another type that they call—that people
just describe as “red” but it’s a really weird brown that
makes it look red. It also has wings. They’re smaller and
they’re less muscular.
427
DW - Now these [beings] have the vertical slit pupil,
right? <CG: Huh-huh> And the eyes are kind of large on
the face kind of like the Gray? <CG: No> Or is it not so
much this type?
CG - No, it’s just—it’s in proportion to its skull as you
would picture a reptile.
DW - And there are just two holes for the nostrils or…
[There’s] not really a nose?
CG - Well, it depends of which one you’re talking about.
Yeah, they have nostrils that will sink in and go up. And
there are some of them that have sort of a nose that goes
up…
DW - Like a snout?
CG - Kind of like a snout.
NATURE OF THE DARK FLEET AND DRACO
ASSOCIATION:
DW - So what is the role of the Dark Fleet with regards to
the Draco? What are they doing? Do the Draco run these
ships themselves? Are they the pilots?
CG - No, and I’ve seen a little bit of misunderstanding
about this. The Draco have their own vessels. The humans
pilot, control, [and] command their own fleet. The Dark
Fleet is commanded and controlled by humans.
DW - What are the Draco vessels look like if they’re not
like these Dark Fleet vessels you’re describing?
CG - There’s a whole different… <chuckling> There’s a
whole lot of different types of Draco vessels and a lot of
them are shaped like triangles and large deltas <DW:
Hmm>. The Dark Fleet is completely human ran. They do
answer to and work alongside the Draco Alliance. They’re
allies and they go out on offensive battles and expeditions
together outside the solar system.
DW - What are they going for? What is the offense about?
What is the goal or objective?
CG - We assume that it’s conquest or keeping certain
areas secured or reigned in their empire but we really don’t
know. It’s been very difficult to get information and
intelligence about the Dark Fleet. There’s been a few
defectors from the Dark Fleet [who] were stuck inside of
the outer barrier that was erected. [The Sphere Being
Alliance erected an outer barrier around the Solar System
after a sphere was attacked by the Cabal.] Most of the Dark
Fleet was stuck outside. And whatever information that
was gleaned from those defectors, I have not heard. So
they have been a very large mystery.
DW - Why would anybody want to cooperate? Why would
any humans from here want to cooperate with these
reptilians that are basically like Biblical demons or devils?
CG - Well, one person’s demons and devils are another
person’s gods…
DW - Sure. So we don’t really know exactly what they’re
doing out there but you said that when the outer barrier
went up, a lot of them got locked out of our solar system.
CG - Yes.
Image Source. The outer barrier CG spoke extends to near the edge of the Oort Cloud, to the right.
CG - It’s huge! And they can’t come back. So the structure
that was here has somewhat been cannibalized into the
ICC and defected to the Alliance.
[Transcriber, Hugues Prévost Note: In
mainstream astronomy, the existence of
the Oort Cloud is still regarded as a
theory in contrast to the Kuiper Belt.
Therefore most details of size and other
features are debated among scientists. It
is generally agreed however that it
extends to a significant portion of the
distance separating us from the nearest
star, Proxima Centauri (~4.25 light
years). If this assumption as well as
428
DW - But it appears that a significant portion of their
command structure, their elite were actually in our solar
system when the barrier went up?
CG - Yes. Command, control, and communications were
still here. A lot of their operational forces were outside
doing what they do when this outer barrier was raised. So
they became… stuck outside of this field around our entire
solar system that is way, way past out where the
heliosphere is, past the Oort Cloud.
Corey’s description are correct, this
could mean that the outer barrier would
come close to that star and its two stellar
companions in the Centauri system.]
DW - You’ve mentioned this before but let’s go over it
again. If you say somebody from the Dark Fleet, what are
they going to be dressed in? What do they look like?
CG - They were very distinctive. Most of the time—they
usually [wore]… <chuckling> something] out of Star Wars
again! They wore—they had a very—they looked very
stern, very arrogant like they felt they were very elite.
They wore black, storm trooper kind of clothes, very stern-
like, very totalitarian acting.
 Image Source: Uniforms for The Empire, the Dark Fleet-like protagonist from the Star Wars films.
CG - And a lot of the people [who] ended up in this
program came from a lot of the German secret societies,
Nazi kind of programs. A lot of them [have] ancestors
[among them]. People [who] were born later on after these
breakaway civilizations occurred, have joined… the Dark
Fleet.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 2 -
Episode 4: Breakaway Begins -
Summary and Analysis | Corey Goode
and David Wilcock
DW - <Cutting through> One of the things that I have
heard from the other space program insider who we can
call Jacob was that—and this is going to be hard for people
to accept and I’m interested to see what you’re going to
say about this. He said that they—that the Draco had a
very vast AI system that was monitoring the consciousness
of everyone on Earth so that if we start thinking in the
direction that they don’t want us to think, that we’ll start to
feel tired and exhausted. We’ll get distracted. We’ll want
to do something else. We might have a panic attack. We
might suddenly become sexually aroused and say,
“Enough of this, I want to look at hot models on the
Internet.”
And everybody has what they call a “file,” which is the
electronic record of all the thoughts and how these various
strategies work. And that was one of the things that they
built this vast NSA facility for in Bluffdale, Utah: to store
the “files.” And apparently it was not just the files for
people on Earth, but there’s enough computer power there,
he said… The Draco were storing files on several other
planets in our vicinity. Does any of that sound
<chuckling> like anything you’ve ever heard?
CG - [Partially]. I’ve been talking openly about the ET-
[ED]—extraterrestrial-extradimensional AI threat since at
least June of last year [2015]. And I’ve been talking about
how extensive the threat is. How different ET races and the
Secret Space Program are very worried about it. They’re
very upset that certain factions of the secret Earth
429
government—syndicates—are very heavily using this
AI—this ET-ED AI that is prevalent in multiple galaxies.
And they’ve become what we call AI prophets, [people
who espouse the belief in transhumanism and using AI to
manage society, such as Ray Kurzweil CEO of Google].
They switched over to where they see this AI as a god.
And this AI helps to predict probable futures. It has helped
them a lot. But it disturbed a lot of people that people on
Earth are using it. And it’s been a pretty big revelation to
find out that the higher caste reptilians seem to be AI
prophets in a way themselves.
And when they were able to create a dampening field
around one of the bodies after they killed [it]… Because
usually when they would kill one, something would
happen [and] the body would disintegrate. They were able
to autopsy a body and found it—[I] quote: “infested” with
nanites—artificial intelligence nanites.
DW - We’ve covered AI, those kinds of topic. I’m curious
if you’ve heard about this Draco mainframe that nudges
people into becoming really tired and starting to like pass
out—if they’ve encountered this kind of information?
CG - Well, this Draco mainframe—what I’m tying
together here—is that if their AI prophet is working with
this ET-[ED] AI threat, then it could be the same thing.
And it is a major threat…
DW - <Both cross-talking> When I was sitting there with
Jacob…
CG - And it could be a major component with the Dark
Fleet because the Dark Fleet people, these guys could be
AI prophets if the Draco are AI prophets.
[In other words, that the Draco and the
Dark Fleet humans are working with an
AI. In previous episodes discussing the
AI threat (three in total) CG reveals that
it is a signal transmitted from seemingly
all directions. It's goal is to completely
 take over a system, and eventually
destroy the biological life there. The AI
apparently spends eons of time
realizing this goal, and it could very well
be that the Draco are at a more
advanced stage of AI invasion. On the
other hand, humanity is
only beginning to become dependent
on technology, but as CG described,
there are AI prophets amongst us that
desire transhumanism. This is the idea
that we can integrate ourselves with
machines so that they eventually
replace our bodies. Given the AI signal
and it's agenda, transhumanism is most
likely a deception pushed by the AI to
entice less a society into accepting the
agenda.]
DW - I’ve sat with Jacob and with Pete Peterson. I’ve
asked these guys certain questions and they would literally
pass out in the middle of answering a question. They’d
lose consciousness. And what they told me was that—what
Jacob told me was this technology is intended to make it
very difficult for you to continue thinking when you start
getting into the truth and the information.
CG - This also has to do if you had an AI signal infection.
There are different types of things that will keep you… I
had certain knowledge that they were unable to blank-slate
me with but through different entity attachments, if they
[use] AI attachments, they can manage people to where
[when] they try to talk about certain things, they have
anxiety attacks or they get very sleepy—that kind of thing.
So they have ways of managing people that they can’t
totally shut up or blank-slate their memories.
[The Cabal also employ entity
attachments or alters in certain kinds of
mind control, discussed in detail below.]
Related Understanding Mind Control |
The Illuminati Formula Used to Create
an Undetectable Total Mind Controlled
Slave by Fritz Springmeier and Cisco
Wheeler
DW - So do these Dark Fleet personnel actually… do they
have homes here on Earth? Do they come [back home and]
do they go out to work? [Do they] drive into a local
military base and portal out?
CG - [No.] I would assume that they are one hundred
percent (100%) vested off-world.
DW - The way that you’re describing it, it sounds very
military. I’m wondering, is it all men or are they women in
the Dark Fleet too?
430
CG - Sure there are women but I personally only saw men
<DW: Hmm!> Yes, they’re very regimental, very
totalitarian. The energy that you feel is very unnerving.
They don’t feel like pleasant people at all.
DW - Are there different races of normal humans that we
would see in the Dark Fleet?
CG - Yeah, it’s not a … <DW: Really?> Caucasian purity
kind of…
DARK FLEET IS MADE UP OF HUMANS:
DW - Okay. You mentioned that the Draco had different
types of reptilian types and you said there are insectoids as
well. Do they commingle with these humans in the Dark
Fleet or is the Dark Fleet simply a human fleet that is a
support crew for the Draco Alliance?
CG - It’s a completely human fleet that flies in support of
and alongside the Draco fleet.
DW - So you’re not going to see extraterrestrials on these
ships?
CG - I don’t think so. I’ve heard people talk about
advisers, you know, some advisers being on board but this
is not—this is second or third hand information that I’ve
heard people talk about. There’s a lot of mystery about…
That has been so compartmentalized about the Dark Fleet,
that it is one of the biggest secrets still remaining even
within those in the Secret Space Program Alliance, unless
there’s information that they haven’t shared with me
recently that they’ve found out. The Dark Fleet had a lot of
secrets.
DW - Would it be possible for someone to get brought in
the secret space program and be kept compartmentalized
enough that they wouldn’t even know about the factions or
they wouldn’t have heard about the Dark Fleet at all?
CG - Oh yeah! If they were not in a position where they
had to know… Wherever the position you’re put in, you
were told basically, “You’re at top of the totem pole.”
<DW chuckles> Your ego is boosted up. You’re told,
“You’re special.” You’re told you have open access to all
information that is [available]. That works from the
military projects that were pretty far down on the totem
pole to all the way, levels above <throwing his hands up>
the totem pole that I don’t even know [they] exist— you
know, above what I knew. There are people up there [who]
think they know they’ve been given the full clearance and
they don’t have it all. So that’s the way it’s all designed:
the lie or the story can be different on every level and on
every compartment of every level.
DARK FLEET TECHNOLOGY:
DW - What kind of technology are we seeing in the Dark
Fleet? Is it the same as you would see in other factions of
the secret space programs?
CG - The offensive technology is very similar to the ICC
with the caveats [of] the enhancements given to them from
the Draco, I am told. I don’t know exactly what all that
would be.
DW - Do they have kind of a situation like what one of the
insiders told me, which is the more technology you have,
the less technology you need, where you have like one
device that just does so many different things that you
don’t need a bunch of different devices anymore?
CG - Right, like the same type of technology that would
create a torsion field would cause your vessel to move
through time and space could also cause a local torsion
field where a craft is, contort the space around a ship, and
cause [that] ship to break up. And that’s beyond using
particle beams and all of these things a lot of people are
talking about: different types of energetic weapons.
They’ve got types of weapons that are way beyond what a
lot of people are describing.
DARK FLEET RECRUITMENT:
DW - Do we know anything about how the Dark Fleet are
recruiting these humans? Are these humans [who] grew up
in space? Are they people that served in the military here
on Earth? Are they from the so-called “Illuminati?” Where
are they coming from?
CG - They were being drafted from some of the MILAB
programs but most of them are bred for what they do—are
very highly… They come from a lot of these, I guess,
Illuminati or secret Earth government syndicates and off-
planet colonies. They’re pretty much vested off-planet.
DW - So you could be born on Earth in a so-called
“Illuminati” family and get pulled into this if that was your
desire, potentially?
CG - Not necessarily [by] desire. It has to do with… They
find out what your talents are, what your proclivities are,
what you’re best in, and then they groom you to later on
draft you into what they think you’re going to serve them
best.
DW - So if you’re high on the scale of being a sociopath
and having no conscience, no concern about torture or
death of another person, then you’re going to get fast
tracked into the Dark Fleet <chuckling>, is that kind of the
idea?
CG - [That’s] a possibility.
DW - That’s a talent that they’re looking for?
431
CG - Possibly. Like I said, we really don’t know. There’s
a lot that we don’t know about the Dark Fleet. They’re
somewhat of an enigma. I think that the Secret Space
Program Alliance has received a lot more information very
recently about them. I have not been briefed on anything
other than what we knew before.
DW - Do we know how many bases the Dark Fleet has?
Do they pretty much stay in their own bases? They don’t
even intermingle with the other bases?
CG - At times they mingled at the LOC but yeah, they
have their own bases. They’re extremely restricted and
they have quite a few—there’s a lot going on in the Oort
Cloud with a lot of different groups, some including the
Alliance. The Oort Cloud has quite a few large bodies in it
that have bases in it.
DW - Like Moon-size spheres?
CG - Very… large Moon-size spheres. <DW: Right>
There’s quite a few.
DW - Do they dig inside like we’ve talked about before?
<CG: Right> And they build bases in there?
CG - Right. There’s quite a few objects out there that
really haven’t been discovered or talked about in
mainstream. There’s a lot of activity going on in the [Oort]
Cloud.
DW - Would you say that the Dark Fleet would sort of be
like the military wing of the Draco operation? They’re not
involved necessarily in this trade that the ICC is doing, the
manufacturing of products and having people come to the
showroom?
CG - No, they are the business end, the tip of the spear,
offensive, pretty much like sending in the SEAL team to
go kick butts, take names. They’re purely offensive. When
they’re leaving, they leaving to do battle or some sort of
tactical action.
DW - These guys, clearly seem to be the most negative of
all the factions.
CG - Yeah, you can feel it.
WHAT ARE WE GOING TO DO ABOUT THE
DARK FLEET?:
DW - So what is being done that will enable this to all lead
to a healing for our planet? What is being done to stop the
Draco?
CG - Eventually, what’s going to occur is basically going
to be us, saving ourselves. The Sphere [Being] Alliance is
not here to save us. They’re basically equalizing the
playing field a little bit in some ways but they’ve made it
very clear that we’ve got to come up with our own
solutions to these problems. We’ve got to step up to the
plate, do our own inner work, and fix these problems. And
a lot of this is not going to happen until after there has
been some sort of catalyzing event to where everyone on
the Earth figures out that basically they’re slaves, free-
range slaves, and there’s a lot going on that they didn’t
know about. And then these data dumps that I’ve been
talking about will occur that have so many terabytes of
.
432
information. It will take people forever to go through!
That’s going to talk about crimes against humanity. All the
different stuff going on with the different ET groups,
different secret Earth government syndicates, and different
secret space program groups.
DW - Alright, I’m David Wilcock. This is Cosmic
Disclosure and as always, we thank you for watching.
 Secret Nazi Space Program Joined Reptilian Alliance In
Interstellar Conquest
Written By Dr. Michael Salla
April 16, 2016

Goode says information currently known about the Dark

Fleet, comes mainly from defectors who were trapped
inside of our solar system after a frequency fence had been
created by the Sphere Being Alliance, which left most of
the Dark Fleet outside of our solar system, and blocked
their re-entry.

Goode also discussed a secret base established on the

The most highly classified space program currently in
existence emerged out of a secret alliance between Nazi
Germany and Reptilian extraterrestrials, according to
whistleblower Corey Goode. In his most recent interview
on Cosmic Disclosure, Goode explained the origins of the
“Dark Fleet” as the secret space program established by
German Secret Societies and the Nazi SS in Antarctica
during the Second World War era.
Moon by the Dark Fleet, which has a trapezoid shape, and
was previously described by Carolyn Hamlet in an
interview where she described physically entering this
base. Hamlet recalls being inside a spacecraft approaching
the moon base which she witnessed. She says that she next
recalled being inside the moon base and witnessed a
council type meeting with up to 30 global leaders from
around the world led by a prominent female.

During his interview, Goode described how the Dark Fleet

is currently comprised entirely of humans drawn from all
over the world who have a totalitarian ideology initially
inspired by Nazi ideals:

They looked very stern, very arrogant, like

they felt very elite. They wore black
stormtrooper kind of clothes, just very stern
like. Very totalitarian acting. And a lot of the
Screen Shot from April 12 Cosmic Disclosure Episode, Dark Fleet
people that ended up going into this
program came from a lot of the German
secret society Nazi kind of programs. Another whistleblower, former USAF radar tracking
operator, Niara Isley, says that in 1980 she was taken
between eight and ten times to a secret moon base, which
He says the Dark Fleet works alongside Draconian space
used human workers and was guarded by Reptilian beings:
battle fleets in interstellar conquest.
In interviews, people always want to know
And all we’ve really known about them is
what my moon experiences were like and I
that they fight . . . They’re an offensive
can certainly understand such avid
force. They are for going and doing
curiosity. I can only state that it was terrible
offensive type of work alongside the Draco.
on multiple levels. I was terrified for my life
They go outside the solar system on, I
the whole time. I was very poorly fed and
guess, conquests or defending Draco
worked hard during the day cycle,
territory, helping the Draco on military
operating some kind of electronic
expeditions.
equipment for excavation at times, and
doing hard physical manual labor at others,
such as lifting and stacking boxes. Worst of
433
 all, I was used for sex during what passed
for night there, from man to man. I was
allowed very little sleep, and I’ve since
learned that this is another facet of mind
control abuse. I shut down during all of this
to the point that I didn’t even feel alive
anymore. (Facing the Shadow, Embracing
the Light, p.271)
This was very likely the Dark Fleet base that Goode and
Hamlet later described.
A number of the advanced space vehicles possessed by the
Dark Fleet were detailed by Goode including some that
appear very similar to the imperial star cruisers in the Star
Wars series. Other ships were cited as diamond shaped or
pumpkin seed shaped.
Screen Shot from April 12 Cosmic Disclosure Episode, Dark Fleet
All these craft possess powerful offensive weapons
systems, which had been developed by another secret
space program called the Interplanetary Corporate
Conglomerate, with some enhanced further by the
Draconian Reptilians, as Goode explains:
This [Draco] group is working alongside a
human group that has all of this technology
that has been enhanced by . . . the ICC has
helped them build out a lot of this – these
vessels and weaponry. And then the Draco
group has helped them enhance it even
more so for offensive duties outside of the
solar system. And they spend almost all of
their time completely outside the solar
system.
Goode says up until recently, the Dark Fleet possessed a
decisive technological advantage over all the other space
programs, especially the Solar Warden program, which
had been established by the U.S. Navy in the 1980’s.
Over much of the time of his secret space program service,
Goode said all five secret space programs, described at
length in Insiders Reveal Secret Space Programs,
cooperated extensively. This is no longer the case with the
434
Solar Warden program, along with defectors from the Dark
Fleet, Interplanetary Corporate Conglomerate and other
smaller groups, which now coordinate with each other as
the Secret Space Program Alliance.
In previous episodes, Goode has described secret
negotiations aimed at bringing about a cessation of
military hostilities between the secret space programs, and
introducing “full disclosure” to the world.
In the April 12 Cosmic Disclosure interview, Goode
discussed his meeting with a White Royal Draco, the
Draconian Reptilian leader, which took place in April
2015. This meeting with the 14 foot tall alien was very
intimidating, according to Goode, as illustrated in the
following image.
Screen Shot from April 12 Cosmic Disclosure Episode, Dark Fleet
The White Royal Draco possessed highly developed
psychic abilities, which Goode found to be very invasive
during their telepathic communications:
When it was interfacing with me, its eyes
were morphing the whole time. It was a
very psychically powerful being. And it
penetrated the frontal lobe. It was almost
like there were microwaves or something
shooting into the front of your frontal lobe. It
was very invasive. And both Gonzales
[pseudonym used by Goode’s liaison with
the Secret Space Program Alliance] and I,
for several days, at least three days, we
had headaches. We were nauseated.
Goode’s information has been corroborated recently by the
remarkable testimony of William Tompkins, a serviceman
who was assigned to a covert U.S. Navy program that
involved spies embedded in Nazi Germany reporting back
the developments within the Nazi’s top secret aerospace
projects. Tompkins has supplied critical documents in his
book, Selected by Extraterrestrials, that support his
claims.
In recent interviews on ExoNews TV, Tompkins
confirmed that an agreement had indeed been reached
between Adolph Hitler and Reptilian extraterrestrials.
Tompkins was present when the Navy spies described
learning about Reptilian consultants that helped German
scientists develop sophisticated weapons and antigravity
propulsion systems. Hitler, therefore, very likely
participated in a similar meeting with a Royal White Draco
as Goode experienced in 2015.
In fact, there is evidence that such a meeting did take
place. Hermann Rauschning, the Governor of Danzig,
revealed that Hitler had met a mysterious leader who was
the “superman” destined to rule the world. Hitler allegedly
said:
What will the social order of the future be
like? Comrade I will tell you. There will be a
class of overlords, after them the rank and
file of the party members in hierarchical
order, and then the great mass of
anonymous followers, servants and
workers in perpetuity, and beneath them
again all the conquered foreign races, the
modern slaves. And over and above all
these, will reign a new and exalted nobility
of whom I cannot speak … but of all these
plans the militant members will know
nothing. The new man is living amongst us
now! He is here. Isn’t that enough for you?
I will tell you a secret. I have seen the new
man. He is intrepid and cruel. I was afraid
of him.
Hitler’s meeting with the “superman” or ‘secret world
leader’, if true, echoes Goode and Gonzales’ encounter
with the Royal White Draco whose psychic abilities were
very invasive and capable of inducing terror.
.
435
Significantly, Hitler’s description outlines the hierarchical
nature of the New World Order he was seeking to create
with Germany’s secret space programs, which were
ultimately under the leadership of this mysterious
“superman” who was almost certainly the same Royal
White Draco described by Goode. The Reptilians’ leader,
the Royal White Draco, was therefore at the apex of
power, ultimately controlling the Dark Fleet being built by
the Nazis, and the fleet’s current interstellar imperial
operations.
Tompkins also reported that the Nazis had established
secret bases in Antarctica as a result of their alliance with
Reptilian extraterrestrials, confirming Goode again. Out of
these Antarctic bases, the Nazi secret space program was
launched, and later established a presence elsewhere in our
solar system, and beyond.
Importantly, Tompkins states that the Nazi bases were
built under the protection of, and adjacent to larger caverns
of, Reptilians, which all but confirm that a White Royal
Draco was in ultimate control of the Nazis secret space
program. Tompkins’ information is, therefore, consistent
with the emergence of the Dark Fleet, as described by
Goode.
In conclusion, Goode’s revelations about the Dark Fleet in
his April 12 Cosmic Disclosure interview are extremely
significant. They reveal that elements of humanity have
joined in galactic wide wars of conquest, unbeknownst to
the rest of the planet’s population. For decades, Earth has
provided personnel, technology and resources for unjust
wars in space because proponents of a Nazi inspired
ideology, in league with an imperial extraterrestrial race,
continue to cast a dark shadow over global leaders. This
iniquitous situation needs to come to a quick end; Goode
and Tompkin’s disclosures are an important first step in
achieving this vital goal.
 US Navy Spies Learned Of Italian
Secret Space Program Led By Marconi
Written By Dr. Michael Salla
April 21, 2016
A former U.S. Naval Intelligence operative, William
Tompkins, shared his knowledge about the existence of an
Italian secret space program in today’s episode of
ExoNews TV. He claims that U.S. Navy spies embedded
in Nazi Germany’s top aerospace industries had learned
about this Italian program, and briefed a covert Naval
Intelligence group, including Tompkins, who was
stationed at Naval Air Station, San Diego from 1942 to
1946.
Tompkins testimony corroborates Fascist-era documents
that in 1933, Italy began a Top Secret study of a captured
flying saucer, which was headed by famed Italian inventor
Guglielmo Marconi.
According to documents released in the late 1990’s, Benito
Mussolini came into the possession of a UFO on June 13,
1933, which had an unknown flying saucer design and
origin. After extensive analysis, Italian researchers
concluded the documents were authentic and confirmed
the first UFO crash retrieval in recorded history – 14 years
prior to the famed July 1947 Roswell Crash.
One of the key Italian researchers involved in studying the
Fascist documents is Alfredo Lissini. Here is his
description of the 1933 crash:
June 13, 1933. A circular craft resembling a
pair of saucers joined at their outer rims
crashes near the town of Maderno, in
Lombardy, northern Italy. The object, made
of thin, silvery-grey metal, is about fifty feet
436
in diameter and less than seven feet
thick…. No occupants in the object were
found.
Fascist era document depicts crashed UFO
Lissioni went on to describe the top secret organization
created to study the retrieved UFO as stated by the
documents:
Il Duce created. RS/33 Cabinet
(“Research-Espionage/1933”), it is
headquartered at Rome’s prestigious La
Spezia University, the first MJ 12 set up to
study the crashed UFO situation in Italy it
was headed by Marconi.
In today’s ExoNews TV interview, Tompkins [WT]
discussed the Italian secret space program in response to a
series of questions where I [MS] asked him about Italy’s
involvement in Nazi Germany’s own program in
developing antigravity technologies:
[MS] Were Mussolini’s engineers and
scientists helping the Nazis develop these
technologies?
[WT] Well there was actually a completely
separate program from Hitler… There was
one group who were tied with [Maria
Orsic].. It [the Italian space program] was
like a third … The SS was doing it, she
[Orsic] started it and she’s still doing it, and
then in Italy there was a massive one
going. It was major …
Regarding who headed the Italian space program,
Tompkins confirmed that it was indeed Marconi, as stated
in the Fascist flying saucer documents:
 [MS] Was that something that the Navy
spies were able to identify Marconi as the
Italian …
[WT] As the individual, yes. There was a
lot more Italian stuff in companies that were
different people involved, like subcontractor
type stuff. They had breakthroughs in
different areas. Brilliant people, but that
was separate from Mussolini, completely.
Two different worlds…
Guglielmo Marconi along with Nikola Tesla invented wireless radio
transmitters. Both believed they had established radio
communications with extraterrestrials.
Significantly, Tompkins is here confirming that Marconi’s
secret space program was completely separate to
Mussolini’s more conventional advanced aerospace
program being developed prior to the Second World War.
This was similar to the situation in Germany where the
Nazi SS and German Secret Societies had built parallel
space programs. The German secret societies had largely
relocated their program to Antarctica, and kept it separate
to the space program being developed by the Nazi SS,
primarily for the war effort.
In the book, Insiders Reveal Secret Space Programs, the
cooperation between the Nazi SS and Mussolini’s Fascist
government in developing flying saucers for the World
War II effort was examined. However, what Tompkins
revealed is that both the Germans and Italians had separate
advanced aerospace programs run by secret societies in
parallel to these official efforts.
Tompkins claims here correspond closely with those of
Corey Goode, who says he came across this information in
smart glass pads during his covert service with a secret
space program from 1987 to 2007. Goode said that the
German Secret Societies denied the Nazi SS the most
advanced technologies, which could have been used to win
the war. It’s therefore likely that Marconi’s “massive”
437
secret space program, according to Tompkins, similarly
denied advanced technologies to the Italian Fascist
government.
There have long been rumors of a civilian effort to build
flying saucers in South America led by Marconi, whose
death in 1937 was allegedly faked. According to
independent archeology researcher, David Hatcher
Childress, Marconi’s death was a cover for him moving to
Venezuela to start a futuristic project away from the
looming European war:
Ninety-eight scientists were said to have
gone to South America where they built a
city in an extinct volcanic crater in the
southern jungles of Venezuela. In their
secret city, financed by the great wealth
they had created during their lives, they
continued Marconi’s work on solar energy,
cosmic energy, and anti-gravity. Working
secretly and apart from the world’s nations,
they built free-energy motors and ultimately
discoid aircraft with a form of gyroscopic
anti-gravity.
Without confirming such rumors, Tompkins did give them
plausibility in his response to another of question:
[MS] Marconi’s Italian studies, was that in
any way associated with South America?
There were rumors that Marconi went to
South America to continue work on the
Italian flying saucer program.
[WT] – I heard that, but I don’t know it for
sure. But I heard that, yes. There were a lot
of underground facilities in South America
too.
In addition to his startling revelations about a secret Italian
Space Program in his interview released today on
ExoNews TV, Tompkins provided further details about the
secret Antarctica bases set up by Nazi Germany. The bases
used slave labor recruited from a number of Nordic
countries to solve their labor shortage as he explained.
[MS] Do you know how the Nazis solved
their work force, labor force problem in
Antarctica? In the book you mention that
they took seven million people over there.
Were these, kind of like, slave labor?
[WT] Yes, slave labor.
[Salla] Do you know if they were
predominantly from one [ethnic group],
there were a lot of missing people in
Europe, were they Jews, highly educated
…
 [WT] They wouldn’t take any Jews I
guarantee you, but yes they were bringing
people from all over. Many of the Nordic
countries, Denmark, Sweden, Norway, that
group. That was [genetically] real close to
the Germans.
438
Tompkins recollections of what he heard at the debriefings
of U.S. Navy spies during his covert service out of Naval
Air Station, San Diego, from 1942 to 1946, are startling.
His testimony is supported by documents he has released
that confirm that he was stationed at the Naval Air Station
during World War II, along with mission orders to
disseminate advanced aviation technologies to select U.S.
think tanks, corporations and universities.
The conclusion that emerges from Tompkins latest
revelations is very significant. Not only did the two major
Axis powers develop highly advanced flying saucer craft
based on revolutionary antigravity technologies, according
to Navy spies, but the civilian-led components of these
programs were able to relocate their most advanced
programs to remote locations, and thereby escape the fate
of the doomed Nazi and Fascist governments in Europe
during WWII.
Cosmic Disclosure Season 4 - Episode 7: Viewer Questions
Part 3 - Summary And Analysis
Corey Goode And David Wilcock
By Justin Deschamps
Friday, April 22, 2016
In part 3 of viewer questions, Corey Goode
and David Wilcock discuss so-called Planet
X or Nibiru, the energy barrier placed
around the solar system by the Sphere
Beings, why they are "hiding" from the
public, what we can do to speed up
disclosure, and much more.
The dialogs being brought forth via the
Cosmic Disclosure series seem to be
acting as a collective catalyst for the
awakening community. Almost every topic
of interest is covered within these
conversations, which can be helpful in re-
examining beliefs and perspectives that
have become well entrenched. We need
not believe everything in order to gain
insights by what is offered.
"It is the mark of an educated mind to be able to entertain a
thought without accepting it." — Aristotle
The theories surrounding Planet X or Nibiru
are manifold, ranging in scope and outlook.
Some claim that a large planetary body or
439
dark star orbits our sun at a long elliptical
orbit, causing havoc as it comes back into
the solar system. Others claim that this
planetary body exists beyond the orbit of
Neptune, home to either extraterrestrial or
SSP bases. Goode offers no confirmation
or denial of these claims, referring only to
the fact that several large bodies exist in
the outer solar system, according to SSP
sources. As such, the claims of other
insiders that do make reference to facilities
there are not disproven by Goode's
testimony. One should not conclude that
lack of confirmation on his part is refutation
for one theory or another.
The aloofness of the Sphere Beings has
been a source of frustration for those
seeking more tangible proof of their
existence. Some contend if they revealed
themselves to the people that it would help
galvanize the awakening community which
so desperately wants to realize meaningful
change. Goode shared on his website that
the Sphere Beings have already attempted
direct contact with the people of Earth on
three separate occasions, but in each case,
their teachings were distorted. The Sphere
Beings are most likely the same entity
which channeled the Law of One, known as
Ra but have not explicitly confirmed this
yet.
Related Sphere Beings, Guardians and
Ancient Builder Race Connections to
Thoth and the Law of One | Secret
Negotiations over Disclosure of
Extraterrestrial Life & Inner Earth
Civilizations
If this is the case, it suggests they employ
the ways of mystery. This issue of proof
and evidence especially with regard to the
Sphere Beings has come up before. In July
of 2015, we shared a post discussing why
the ways of mystery are so important in
order to ensure each individual and the
collective has the maximum potential for
soul growth, which is the primary goal of
the Sphere Beings and universe as a
whole.
Related "Outside" Proof is Impossible,
Time To Mentally Prepare, Sphere
Being's Methods, Honoring Free Will |
Corey GoodETxSG
Briefly, if the goal of the Sphere Beings and
creation are harmonized, which is to
develop self-mastery within each being or
to encourage enlightenment, then a certain
technique must be used. Life in this
sense provides us opportunities to grow
and learn as a function of overcoming
challenges, whether they be minor or
major. This allows knowledge to be distilled
and then lived out via experience to
become wisdom. Without this process of
living the truth, consciousness cannot grow
into its full potential. For example, if one
has knowledge of why kindness and
compassion are healing for others, in order
to really prove this to themselves, they
must actually be kind and compassionate.
This takes a belief or something we had
faith in, and makes it real, it turns it into an
actual experience of knowing. Without the
opportunity to step into wisdom, an
individual only has belief or theory to work
with. Knowledge must be tested by
experience to enhance discernment and
integration, so as to develop real skills and
empowerment.
Furthermore, the Sphere Being message or
their philosophy is what is important, not
who they are or what their history is. And
that message can be summed up in one
simple phrase, to know thyself in all ways.
If everyone on Earth simply developed self-
knowledge in all areas possible, then it
would lead to an acknowledgment of the
interconnected nature of reality, revealing
that what we do and how we act towards
each other shapes the world we live in. The
power of our co-creative consciousness is
made manifest through the actions we
take, which are guided by the
consciousness we develop within. One of
the harder truths one can face is that the
Cabal manipulate our consciousness so
that we become pawns for their plans via
mind control techniques and subtle
suggestions.
440
Related Understanding Mind Control |
The Illuminati Formula Used to Create
an Undetectable Total Mind Controlled
Slave by Fritz Springmeier and Cisco
Wheeler
The only way to undo pervasive
conditioning which touches everyone on
the planet is to regain control over one's
own mind. No one can do this for us
because it was our free will choices that
invested our consciousness in these
programs. This is one of the reasons I think
why the Sphere Beings do not want to
appear openly to us because we'd be so
enamored by who they are, we would
forget that what they are saying is the most
important thing they have to offer us.
Ultimately they are only our older brothers
and sisters in creation, not some kind of
gods that must be worshiped. But due to
our conditioning, most people will forsake
the inner work because making contact
with an extraterrestrial can be so exciting,
and as such can be a huge distraction with
regard to the soul work we came here to
do.
In a way, their choice not to appear to
humanity in a grand UFO fly over or via
contacts with world leaders is a blessing. It
provides us the focus we need to change
ourselves, which is ultimately solution to all
our problems. Humanity and it's lack of
consciousness created the world we see
today; therefore, only by reclaiming our
sovereignty and becoming masters of
ourselves and in turn the world around us,
can we develop solutions that truly address
the problems we face. And the Sphere
Beings know this, hence their stance of not
appearing to humanity on masse,
especially those who have stopped doing
the inner work because they are looking for
saviors. In this way, if you think your
progress as an evolving soul requires ET
contact, then it most likely won't happen as
it would create a co-dependency with you
made contact with.
In harmony with this topic, the viewers also
ask how one can help with full disclosure.
Goode states what was just discussed
above, that in order to prepare the way for
full disclosure we must "get some skin in
the game." We need to be more proactive
in changing ourselves, undoing our social
programming and continuing to make
strides in our own lives. This sends waves
of change into the collective consciousness
of humanity that steer events in our favor.
The Cabal are a small group able to
accomplish much due to their unity and
focus in achieving their desires. The
awakening community out number the
Cabal and has the truth on its side. Goode
underscores that unity and cooperation are
needed at this time. We must learn how to
focus on what unites us instead of what
divides us. We already know from his
disclosure of paid government trolls that
much of the infighting taking place within
the truther community is by design, yet we
keep feeding into it due our lack of self-
reflection.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 4 -
Episode 4: Government Troll Data
Center - Summary and Analysis | Corey
Goode and David Wilcock
Once the community has united, set aside
our small personal differences, and works
towards collective change, the world will
shift very quickly. Goode says that focusing
on improving yourself is the foundation for
all other work. For we can not share
something with others we do not have to
give within ourselves. The mind control of
intolerance and close-mindedness must be
healed and transcended so that as a
community we become immune to
manipulation from the Cabal.
Related Government Agents (Trolls)
Hired to Argue and Cause Dissension
On-line | Operation Mockingbird Never
Ended
Given that benevolent ET races want
humanity to grow up and become an active
partner in cosmic evolution, the best way to
speed up disclosure and contact is to clean
up our own house. For no highly advanced
race would want to be considered gods,
they want us to consider them our brothers
and sisters.
Finally, Goode and Wilcock discuss the
concept of density and whether or not
some of the races and groups encountered
by the SSP and contactees are 3rd or 4th
density. The terms of dimension and
density have been used interchangeably
within some circles, but there is a
conceptual difference between the two that
441
can enhance recognition of universal
reality.
Dimension refers to the concept of a
polarized quantity or direction of motion.
For example, up and down, left and right,
forward and back are spatial dimensions.
These remain constant as one ascends up
the densities. As an example of this,
consider the below image of fractal forms.
The left-hand side shows a shape that is
becoming more complex or fractalized as
iterations progress, yet the original shape is
always maintained. Dimension, within this
example, refers to the shape which
remains constant as the density of
complexity within that shape progresses. In
other words, dimension remains constant
as density increases.
Image Source. In this allegory for dimension and density, the original
shape that remains constant refers to dimension, whereas the
complexity emerging as iterations progress refers to density
Image Source. In this allegory for
dimension and density, the original shape
that remains constant refers to dimension,
whereas the complexity emerging as
iterations progress refers to density.
Density refers to the concept of
concentration, how much of something is
contained within a certain area or
dimension. The meaning of density used
within the Cosmic Disclosure discussion
refers to a density of consciousness, as
defined by the Law of One model or
system. The higher one moves up the
densities the more powerfully free will is
able to affect reality as a function of
conscious choice. Stated another way, the
higher one rises in the densities the more
powerfully they can co-create with other
beings in creation.
For example, in the 1st density of atoms
and molecules, all of the embodiments are
experiencing the creation on a completely
unconscious level; free will is essentially
not functioning, as we would conceive of it.
In 2nd density, microbes form communities
of cells that lead to the development of
plant and animal life capable of indwelling a
consciousness that has a stronger free will
and mind activation. In 3rd density the
human life form develops having animal
characteristics, but with a greater capacity
for intelligence, empathy, and wisdom
attainment. Yet advanced psi abilities are
protected by a gateway of self-mastery.
One cannot develop these abilities without
achieving growth. In general, the higher
one ascends up the densities the more
growth or acknowledgment of universal
truth is required, hence 6th density is
where the path of service to self and
service to others unify, forming a more
holistic recognition of universal reality.
In other words, density refers to the
concentration of consciousness energy
operating within an individual. The Law of
One's system of taxonomy or organization
for these levels of consciousness
attainment seems to have been taken up
by the SSP. Goode refers to the same
system in his descriptions of the inner-
Earth peoples, who he says, are 4th
density. Given this revelation and the
aforementioned descriptions of density, it
stands to reason that the primary indicator
of density is consciousness expression. For
example, 3rd density, according to the Law
of One, is the density of choice. This is
where an evolving soul becomes sentient
or self-aware and then chooses which
polarity it will use to further progress, either
the polarity of service to self or service to
others. Therefore, one who has polarized
themselves enough to actively be service
to self or service to others can be
considered a 4th density being. And once
this occurs, greater abilities to use one's
consciousness, including psi or telepathic
abilities will begin to present themselves.
The inner-Earth people are 4th density
according to Goode, yet have physical
bodies just like our own. When he met with
Kaaree, the inner-Earth priestess, he
reported seeing a women with the physical
appearance of a 30-year-old but who
claimed to be over 150. Kaaree was
capable of advanced psi abilities which the
442
Law of One associates with 4th density
attainment.
In the final analysis, the hard and fast
dividing lines most of the awakening
community has associated with higher
density cultures seems to be much less
rigid. It appears the universe imparts
evolution in the form and measure that it
can be received. This suggests that as our
own world transitions into higher states of
consciousness the physical changes we
expect may not be the best indicators.
Instead, the measure of our attainment
needs to be centered around
consciousness itself, are we actually acting
in ways of servicing others or servicing
ourselves?
As the adage says, actions speak louder
than words. It seems that the measure of
our progress as a species will be marked
by our capacity to work together in loving
service for the benefit of all, not by fantastic
experiences, ET contacts or space age
technology.
Parts one and two of the Viewer Questions
sub-series are linked below.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 2 -
Episode 13: Viewer Questions Part 1 -
Summary and Analysis | Corey Goode
and David Wilcock
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 2 -
Episode 17: Viewer Questions Part 2 -
Summary and Analysis | Corey Goode
and David Wilcock
Overview of Corey Goode, the Secret Space Program
Alliance, and the Sphere Being Alliance:
Corey Goode is a Secret Space Program (SSP) insider and
whistleblower that began disclosing information in 2009
under the pseudonym GoodETxSG. In 2014, he started
revealing a great deal more information in an effort to
prepare humanity for what he calls data dumps, set to
occur at an opportune moment in the future. Much of the
information he provides comes from Smart Glass Pads,
iPad-like devices supplied to SSP personnel for
information dissemination purposes. This will be a
groundbreaking event, revealing the totality of Earth's
history and the activities of the Cabal which will ultimately
lead to a truth and reconciliation style tribunal to hold
criminal elements accountable for wrongdoing.
Additionally, the SSP Alliance intends on releasing all of
the hidden technology to the people in preparation for a
Star Trek-type golden age civilization.

According to Goode, the Cabal or the secret Earth
government and their syndicates (as termed by the SSP
Alliance) have enslaved humanity under a false paradigm
of a technological advancement, while secretly developing
incredible technology (a Star Trek level of advancement)
used to colonize the solar system and beyond, engaging in
trade with thousands of extraterrestrial races.
Space programs have been developed in secret all
throughout Earth's history, and in many cases, groups
broke away from the main culture forming what is called a
Breakaway Civilization. Some of these civilizations have
existed in secret, on Earth and beyond for, thousands of
years. The Agartha Network is one such group that claims
to be the original human race. It was this group in addition
to the Draco Alliance, that made contact with a secret
German space program in the early 20th Century.
In modern times, the Germans were the most advanced of
the SSP groups, beginning their efforts in earnest during
the early 1920's and 30's. The Americans were also
developing a SSP, but were much further behind in
technological advances. Later, the American SSPs were
infiltrated and taken over by the Germans after the end of
World War II. It was after this forced merger that the SSP,
under the direction of the Interplanetary Corporate
Conglomerate (ICC), expanded into the solar system and
beyond, setting up dozens of bases and mining facilities
chiefly using slave labor.
In the early 1990's, a faction within the SSP known
as Solar Warden slowly began to go against the ICC,
allying with a group of highly evolved extraterrestrials
known as the Sphere Being Alliance in 2012. Since then,
more factions have joined the alliance which is actively
working to free humanity on Earth and beyond, known as
the SSP Alliance. Despite their good intentions, the SSP
Alliance is a group of highly damaged and morally
ambiguous individuals, according to Goode, that recognize
at some level the need to change the status quo, but are
hardly angels.
The Sphere Beings are a group of five extraterrestrial
races, one of which is known as the Blue Avians, that
arrived in the solar system during the late 1980's. Two of
the races remain unrevealed; however, there is also a race
of Golden Triangle Head beings and Blue Orb beings
made of light. Over the course of 20 years, they began
bringing massive spheres into the solar system and
surrounding area, some which are the size of Jupiter. This
is in an effort to down-step galactic energy waves, which
are slowly changing life as we know it. These spheres are
cloaked and not detectable by the surface population of
Earth.
According to the Sphere Beings, a massive shift in
energetic expression is now occurring in the solar system,
as the result of a natural process of consciousness
evolution, assisted by our solar system's movement
443
through the galaxy and increasingly coherent energy
fields encountered as a result. The Sphere Being Alliance
specifically asked for Goode to represent them in SSP
Alliance meetings as a Sphere Being Alliance delegate.
Presently, the SSP Alliance is negotiating with the
remaining cabal aligned programs, as well as innumerable
races that have lived in the solar system for millions of
years, and even breakaway civilizations once resident on
the Earth's surface. The Sphere Beings have erected an
energy barrier around the solar system preventing ingress
and egress, trapping many of the negatively oriented
groups that have been loosely allied with the secret Earth
government syndicates for thousands of years. Since this
event, the pyramid of power known on Earth known as the
Cabal or Illuminati has fallen into disarray, because the
Draco Alliance attempted to betray their underlings to the
Sphere Beings in an attempt to gain passage out of the
solar system and escape the coming justice of the SSP
Alliance.
SSP factions encountered many intriguing things as they
ventured out into the solar system. Apparently there are
remnants of extremely old settlements and technology
from what is called the Ancient Builder Race. These
beings were incredibly advanced, using a type of
consciousness technology that appears to be an inanimate
object until activated by a user. They are also responsible
for building ancient stargates found on nearly every major
body in the solar system. According to the Agarthans, the
Sphere Beings are in fact the Ancient Builder Race,
although the SSP has yet to confirm this directly from
them.
The dark side of the Moon is home to many different
groups, including the ICC, the Draco Alliance, the SSP
Alliance, the Dark Fleet, and more. The Moon is
apparently an artificial object, and has become a neutral
zone for all of these groups, which have maintained a
peaceful armistice for thousands of years. The Moon
serves as an observational outpost for over 60 groups of
extraterrestrial races engaged in 22 genetic programs and
social experiments on Earth. Some of these programs
conflict with each other, yet all of them have influenced
Earth's history for millennia.
Related David Wilcock and Corey
Goode: History of the Solar System and
Secret Space Program - Notes from
Consciousness Life Expo 2016
Show Description:
Corey Goode has returned to answer a new batch of
questions, submitted by you. This time around they discuss
the mysterious Planet X, the things we can do to bring
about disclosure and what can we do to make contact with
extraterrestrial beings. Tune in to this special presentation
to find out the answers to these questions and more.
This interview with David Wilcock was originally webcast
April 19, 2016.
Summarized notes will be in black, with my commentary
in [Ariel bolded brackets]. Alterations to the transcript for
ease of reading will be in [brackets], but the original
content of the dialog is always maintained. The images
with black letter boxing were captured from this episode
on Gaia TV.
Transcribed by Hugues Próvest. Commentary by Justin
Deschamps.
DW = David Wilcock, CG = Corey Goode, <Q(n)>
Question 1, 2, 3…
QUESTION (1) - PLANET X TIMELINE?:
DW - Alright, welcome to Cosmic Disclosure. I’m your
host, David Wilcock and in this episode, we’re taking your
questions so that I will become the embodiment of you
<slight chuckle> asking your questions to Corey so we can
hopefully get some different perspectives on this besides
what I might come up with on my own. So Corey,
welcome to the show!
CG - Thank you.
DW - Alright, let’s get right started on this.
<Q1> “I noticed a couple [of] people asked in reference to
the binary star system possibility including the presence of
a large planet. I know it’s been talked about since the
eighties (80s). Do you or the Inner Earth people have any
info regarding Planet X et cetera [in] a possible timeline?”
CG - A timeline of a Planet X: there’s information about
large bodies within [the] Kuiper Belt on the ecliptic plane
and outside the ecliptic plane.
DW - When you say “large,” how large are we talking
[about]?
CG - Larger than Earth.
444
DW - Really?
CG - Yes. And because—you know—of gravitational
forces they’ve become spheres. And there’s been
information presented about them entering [our vicinity] in
the same way long-period comets do… into our [inner]
solar system. But… <sighing> I was given no information
about there being a “Planet X” as I’ve seen presented on
the internet.
PLANET X, NIBIRU AND ZECHARIA SITCHIN:
DW - Well, this is of course—the root of the question
would be the classic Zecharia Sitchin model, which is that
he interprets the Sumerian cuneiform tablets as saying that
there is a Nibiru, which is a planet that he believes has a
thirty-six hundred (3600) year orbit. It’s very elliptical.
And his hypothesis was that when it swoops into our solar
system, it’s causing catastrophic events on Earth.
CG - And they did mention the binary star hypothesis,
which some call the nemesis star, which they say that
we’re a failed binary star system and that there’s a brown
dwarf further out towards the heliopause.
DW - And you say, “They say,” they who?
CG - “They” being those in the upper secret space
program and [the authors of] the information that was on
the smart glass pads. That’s really all the information I
have on anything Planet X related.
DW - So are you refuting Zecharia Sitchin’s model of the
thirty-six hundred year orbit for Nibiru?
CG - In the recent Inner Earth meeting I had, I was
provided information that was stating that the Zecharia
Sitchin narrative was not accurate—that it was a narrative
put forth by some of these syndicate groups.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 7: Inner Earth: Into the Hall of
Records - Summary and Analysis |
Corey Goode and David Wilcock
Related Zecharia Sitchen Was Wrong? |
The Myth of a Sumerian 12th Planet:
“Nibiru” According to the Cuneiform
Sources
DW - What you said though is very open-ended.
CG - Yes…
DW - There are obviously Anunnaki. You’ve seen the
Draco.
CG - Right, right.
DW - So there’s got to be some truth to it.
CG - Right. Yeah, there’s always—you know—truth. Like
I said, the ancient alien hypothesis is true and there’s
nuggets of information in there. [They] are a part of a
certain secret Earth syndicate’s belief system that they’ve
brought in to make [it] a part of our belief system.
DW - Sure.
CG - And this [assessment on Sitchin’s Planet X
hypothesis] is according to the Inner Earth civilization. I
did follow-up studies on my own, trying to break through
the Zecharia Sitchin information. I’m not a scholar on
linguistics, ancient Sumerian, or anything like that, so I
couldn’t find anything in all of the translations that
scholars use that was in his books.
DW - So are you saying that the translations of Zecharia
Sitchin claimed to have made from certain scripture do not
actually appear to be accurate of what they really say?
CG - That appears to be the case.
DW - And how extensive is that?
Image Source. Not to scale model of the Solar System and Heliopause.
[According to current views regarding
the Heliopause, it is a non-spherical
boundary interaction of the interstellar
medium and solar wind. As our star
moves around the galaxy it interacts
with the interstellar medium causing the
solar wind to slow abruptly in the
445
CG - Very extensive.
DW - Really? <CG nods yes> So there’s a kind of
confabulated psyop disinformation campaign going with
this.
CG - Yes.
QUESTON (2) - IS THE NINTH PLANET INSIDE
THE BARRIER?
DW - Okay. The second question deals with this subject as
well. So I think it’s good to just dive right into that.
<Q2> “Mainstream science is finally working toward
admitting that there’s a ninth planet in our solar system
with a huge mass and a giant elliptical orbit. <DW
commenting: Obviously we just talked about that> My
question for Corey is this: is that planet inside the barrier
that the sphere beings have put up around our solar
system? And if not, what will have to happen for this
planet to cross into our solar system?”
CG - This barrier is where the heliopause is—where the
electromagnetic influence of the Sun ends. That’s past the
Oort Cloud, past the Kuiper Belt. The heliopause is the end
of what they consider where the Sun’s influence leaves off
and other stars begin or open space is.
direction of forward motion. This means
that the Heliopause is not a perfect
sphere in shape, the thickness varies at
any given cross section. It is possible
that the barrier produced by the Sphere
Beings is guided by this boundary, and
therefore could be a technology that
 integrates with dynamics of our star,
using it as an energy source or focal
point. In other words, the Sun could be
the primary power source for the
barrier, and the Spheres are a kind of
Image Source. Not to scale model of the Solar System and Heliopause.
DW - If you were going to look at the distance between
the Sun and Pluto as if it was—let’s say something you can
put in your fingers. How much farther than that is the
boundary of the heliopause?
CG - Probably several parking lots away.
DW - Wow. So it’s much, much, much larger than where
the planets are.
CG - Absolutely.
THERE ARE MANY PLANET-SIZED BODIES
BEYOND PLUTO:
DW - The other part of the question was admitting there is
a ninth planet. Now based on what you said before, it
doesn’t sound like it’s just one planet, right? Are there
more than one body out there [that is] large?
CG - Yes, there are. And what was recently explained to
me was that this super planet that many call—I mean it’s
called a lot things: Maldek, Electra, Tiamat but…
DW - The destroyed super-Earth you’re talking about?
446
stellar immune system. In any case, CG
only said that the boundary is at the
heliopause, which implies that the
barrier is not a perfect sphere, but it
could be.]
CG - Yes. In the asteroid belt, there’s just a very small
fraction of what was actually there at one time. It was such
an energetic explosion that much of the Kuiper Belt is
actually what made up that planet: its oceans, layers of its
rocky core.
[In Season 4 Episode 1, CG and DW
discuss the destruction of a super-Earth
known as Tiamat or Maldek. This sphere
was once located where the Asteroid
Belt is now and was destroyed as a
result of interplanetary conflicts some
500,000 years ago according to CG and
DW's insiders. This is the "energetic
explosion" CG just referred to, which
apparently sent material far out beyond
Pluto to form planet-sized bodies in the
Kuiper Belt and Oort Cloud.]
DW - So just for viewers who don’t track this, tell us the
relationship between the asteroid belt, the Kuiper Belt, and
the Oort Cloud.
CG - Okay, as you move out from the rocky planets to the
gas planets, the first belt you run into is the asteroid belt
and then you run into the gas giants. And then you reach
the Kuiper Belt. And then further out, you reach the Oort Cloud.

Depiction of solar system distances expressed in Astronomical Unites (AU).

CG - And the [furthest] place that you reach that is
considered the solar system [is] the heliopause. [The
"boundary" of the Solar System is the Heliopause.]
DW - So do you think that these planets—you say there’s
more than one planet out past the Kuiper Belt?
CG - Yes. And a lot of these are made up of just ice.
They’re bigger than the Earth but they’re ice planets.
DW - Do they have Ancient Builder settlements on them?
Or were they the fragments from this exploded planet?
CG - They were fragments from this exploded planet.
They’re [both] in the ecliptic plane and as I said before,
outside of the ecliptic plane as behaving like long-period
[comets]. [The elcliptic plane is the surface on which the
planets rotate, all in parallel to it. Any object rotating
around the Sun that is not within this plane is outside of
the ecliptic. Pluto is an example of this.

Image Source. Pluto's orbit outside of the ecliptic plane

447
DW - I think some of the viewers might be a little
frustrated though, because on the one hand you’re
admitting that there might be something like what the
Sumerians called Nibiru out there but you’re not saying
whether anybody lives on it. Does it have any recent bases
on it or anything like that?
CG - Like I said, I have not been presented any
information or seen any evidence of there being another
planet that’s coming in every thirty-six hundred years that
has living beings on it that matches that narrative
DW - And you say some of these objects are larger than
the Earth?
CG - Yes.
DW - Do you know approximately how many of them out
there that are large?
CG - No, but I was told that at one time there were three
that were long period comets that would come in and
wreak havoc. It seems that—I was told that one of them
eventually did have a collision with the Sun or went into
the Sun a long time ago.
DW - Do you think [that] creating some kind of a UFO
religion that’s actually fraudulent helps to confuse the
possibility of disclosure when it eventually comes out?
Because you’re really probably going to be upsetting a lot
of people with your answers to these questions.
CG - I’ve become used to that.
DW - <Chuckling> Yeah!
CG - But yeah, this is going to upset a lot of people or
challenge their paradigms. But all of us—I’ve had my
paradigm changed many times. And we have to be willing
to grow and keep an open mind, but use discernment. And
I’m reporting from my experiences, my involvement.
There’s obviously information—I could not have access to
all the information available. So there’s plenty of
information that I didn’t access during my time. So there
could have been that information like you’re talking about
that I did not access. I just never accessed that information.
[In other words, CG is not all knowing. There could very well
be bases and settlements in the Kuiper Belt and Oort Cloud
that the SSP didn't reveal in the smart glass pads, which is
the basis for much of the indirect information he reveals.]
INFORMATION ON THE SMART GLASS PADS:
DW - If you had to guesstimate the total number of hours
you spent poking around the smart glass pad, how many
hours you think that it would be?
448
CG - It’s impossible to estimate. There were times to
where I would sit there and that’s almost all I would do in
a day.
DW - So for the whole waking hours of the day, like
sixteen (16) hours.
CG - Right, on the research vessel especially.
DW - How much of it was text and how much of it was
video?
CG - It was presenting quite a bit of text. There would be
video and still photography. And there were areas kind of
like at the end of papers: footnotes, different points of
views from different scientific groups sponsored by
different syndicate point of views. <DW: Hmm> People
had different—just like here on [Earth], in the regular
community. We see everybody has all these different
belief systems. It’s no different in the syndicates or in the
space programs. People have belief systems.
DW - How were the different groups identified? Did they
have names or were they coded?
CG - No, they were just listed as different theses or
different points of views.
DW - Right.
CG - But it was obvious which way they were leaning by
the information they would bring in. I didn’t spend a whole
lot of time in the footnotes reading because those were the
things that were very thick in scientific information and
that was not my forte.
QUESTION (3) - WHY ARE THE SPHERE BEINGS
HIDING?
DW - Okay. So we got another question for you now.
<Q3> “Why is it that the Sphere [Being] Alliance does not
give a more direct sign to humanity about their existence?
If it is in their interest for humankind to start shifting
towards a higher consciousness, why are they holding
back so much? Some people need a more powerful push in
the right direction than others, but that doesn’t mean that
they don’t have that spiritual quality to them. Is this some
kind of a test?”
CG - Absolutely. Already they’re backing off from me
wanting to report anything about them at all because so
many people—instead of focusing on [themselves]—are
focusing outwardly and trying to reach out to them with
their minds. Some people are even praying to them. This is
the genetic programming that they want us to break. They
want us to get off our knees, quit looking to saviors, and
look inwardly. [They want us to] fix what needs to be
fixed and get on with it. They’re not here to do it for us.
They’re not here to say, “Peek a boo, here I am! Now you
know I’m here.”
There is a Santa Claus, so decorate your tree. They’ve
made it very clear that we have just as much a role to play
in our future timeline and how things unfold as any of the
other being that have been involved in this “Grand
Experiment.”
DW - Maybe people are having trouble understanding how
you would be the only person publicly right now who
seems to have been contacted by these beings directly.
Why wouldn’t they have cast a wider net at this point?
CG - They have. There’s people that just have not come
forward. There are some people that have contacted us
here and there, but these people are not being led to come
forward. A lot of people have given reports on people that
have been taken up to the Lunar Operation Command
(LOC)—you know, in their pajamas, walking around…
DW - Yeah.
CG- There’s more going on. People maybe having more
experiences than they realize. They could be having them.
Usually, when the Blue Avians were to approach me, they
did it in a quasi-dream state first so not to freak me out too
much. And usually that’s one of the ways they first start
approaching people. When they start showing an energetic
or a sign that they’re ready, they’ll start approaching them
in dreams. And then as they show that they’re mature and
ready, more can occur.
DW - What about the phenomenon of orbs?
CG - What I was about to say, with myself, one of the
reasons I think that I’ve had the contact was because I am
authorized to have the contact because I had had contact
with other beings as a part of the program when I was
being raised to interface with these beings. <DW: Right>
So for them to pop into someone’s house right now while
they’re watching this show and say, “Yes, I’m real! Now
get off your rear and change the world” … You know, the
people are not doing it for the right reasons. We’ve got to
motivate ourselves and solve all of our own issues and not
wait for all these different savior beings to come do it, or
savior groups. [We must] overcome this genetic
programming we have to look for a leader or a savior.
DW - You had mentioned before about orbs—that there
are ways in which people are being contacted…
CG - Yes, people are seeing the orbs. That’s the largest
way people are being contacted.
449
DW - So what might happen to someone?
CG - They will be in a room and they will see an orb
zigzag around and either disappear or they will see it
zigzag around and stop and disappear. And they’ll think,
“Wow, that was a very interesting experience.”
Or some people have had conscious communications with
these spheres. A lot of people don’t realize that when they
see these spheres, sometimes they’re having a
communication—they’re communicating with their higher
self. They’re not consciously perceiving the
communication with the orb that they see.
DW - So if the Cabal is following these rules where they
can’t be completely hidden and they have to tell us what
they’re doing, then why did these positive beings follow
rules where they are hiding?
CG - Well, it’s not so much that the Cabal has rules where
they have to show us what they’re doing. That is how they
manipulate our mass consciousness. Our mass
consciousness is their power and their magic. They’re
showing us what they’re doing so we manifest what they
want us to manifest.
DW - Okay. It just seems that whatever negative energy
these things that they’re doing generate, that it doesn’t
generate the energy they need if they don’t tell us what
they’re doing in some way. That’s the Loosh Principle,
right?
CG - To put it in perspective, these sphere beings are not
contacting other ET beings that are in our solar system or
ancient breakaway civilizations below the Earth either, that
are much more advanced than us. They’re not answering
their hails. They’re not talking to them. They’re ignoring
them <chuckling>. So if you’re out there and you’re being
ignored, join the club. They’re many dozens of beings that
are wanting to be “incommunicado” with them.
QUESTION (4) - HOW CAN WE HELP WITH FULL
DISCLOSURE?:
DW - Okay, so the next question is related.
<Q4> “Other than helping others to raise their
consciousness, what else can we do to help bring about the
process of full disclosure and to help usher in this change
to society?”
So they’re saying other than helping others raise their
consciousness—because that’s been the main message.
What else can we do to bring in full disclosure?
CG - Very interesting question, very interesting time.
Right now is—if you do not see the trickle of disclosure
around you, you’re in deep denial. There’s a narrative that
is being put forth of disclosure that we’re going to have to
live with if we’re not willing to get out and make it known
that we want full disclosure.
How do we do that? We’re going to have to come together.
We’re going to get over all of these distortions, “personal
truths,” <quote gesture> or just basically agree to disagree
on all of our belief systems and do what the Cabal has
done.
They have all different belief systems but they found a
common goal. And a very small number—less than one
percent (1%) of the population—is doing what to ninety-
nine percent (99%) of the population? Imagine what we
could do as a community if we could get unity in the
community and agree to disagree on certain things and
focus on our common goals and on our common enemy.
You know, doing that—the mass meditations are great but
raising your own consciousness and raising the
consciousness of others through the way you behave
everyday—that’s the way to do it long term. But coming
up in the short term, we’re all going to have to put some
skin in the game.
DW - So we’re talking about full disclosure and it seems
as if—to get back to the core of this question—that the
individual watching this show right now is relatively
powerless. You’re saying these are geopolitical forces way
beyond our control. They have EMPs. They can knock out
power grids. They have internet kill switch. Is there
something that [the] audience could do? Since I would
imagine most of these people believe you, or they
wouldn’t continue to watch. They’re not sitting here and
laughing at you and getting off on being skeptics. They
believe you. That’s a powerful coalition. Is there
something that could be done to help that full disclosure
take place?
CG - Yes. We talked earlier about the Cabal doing things
out in the open to manipulate our mass consciousness. One
of the major things they’ve done is strip understanding or
knowledge that we have of the power of our co-creative
consciousness. That—I mean—that’s the only way they
rule us. We can use that co-creative consciousness to
manifest this timeline to where we get this full disclosure.
[I'll add that the power of our
consciousness to affect reality is done
through our actions. In small ways, we
can stop feeding energy into the "matrix
of control." For example, plant a garden
and grow your own food. Get healthy in
general so that you don't become
dependent on the medical industry.
Educate yourself and gain knowledge.
These things build independent self-
450
reliant traits that naturally decouple us
from these systems of oppression. And
I also think forming networks with like-
minded people is helpful to coordinate
our efforts. There are myriad of ways to
make strides towards a beneficial end,
too many to list here. But ultimately
each method always begins with the
individual taking those small steps that
eventually lead towards big changes.
Constantly focusing on making those
steps is essential, for if we never try we
most definitely won't succeed.]
DW - That sounds like gobbledygook.
CG - It does but—I mean—you’ve put in your shows and
talks—how many times have you talked about mass
meditations having a direct effect [on the world]? You
know, you and I both have talked about scientists [having]
proven that observing an experiment has an effect on its
outcome. Consciousness has an effect on reality. And
whether you believe it or not, it occurs. And what was
communicated to me is that all of these—the Sphere Being
Alliance, the inner-Earth groups, and even the Secret
Space Program Alliance—they have been sitting back
wondering why, with all this information we’re receiving,
we’re still sitting back waiting for saviors and not taking to
the streets?
That’s kind of the initiative that people are going to start
hearing us talk about—unity in our community, having
people put aside their differences and focus on full
disclosure, not only in the meditative way, but getting
people to presented to the mainstream type of people that
are credentialed, that have information that isn’t going to
throw a wrench in their paradigm too much, just to get
them thinking. Then they’ll branch out and start seeing
more of our information and broaden their consciousness
[and] get the consciousness of the sleeping masses on our
side. And our consciousness is like a rudder for the boat.
We can help which way we go. This was made very clear
by all three sources.
QUESTION (5) - SPEEDING UP FIRST CONTACT?:
DW - Okay, let’s have another question.
<Q5> “Many of us would like to be in first contact with
both Inner Earth people and positive ETs as soon as
possible so we can help the Earth and learn from them. We
have been waiting a very long time for this to happen. Is
there any way to speed up this process of first contact for
those on the surface in small groups who are already
prepared for it?”
CG - I would say, stop focusing on them and start focusing
on yourself. When you are ready, it will be more likely to
happen. But reaching out with your mind, going and
looking for them when you’re not ready… A lot of times
you think you’re ready but you’re not. You have to be
careful when you’re looking to make first contact. Because
like I said, be careful what you wish for.
Everyone wants to have an amazing experience. They want
to have an out of this world experience but it can quickly
blow up into something that… You can become a part of
something a lot bigger than you really want to. You can all
of sudden be an introverted person [who] doesn’t like to be
in front of people [who] ends up being in front of a camera
every week <chuckling>. You know, you may be pulled
out of your comfort zone and put in—you just don’t know
what’s going to happen.
DW - Let me ask you this. People seem to think that if
they get this contact that it’s just like a wonderful cosmic
high. Do the rules of the universe allow the negative to
counter-punch if somebody did receive a contact like this?
And if so, what might the counter-punch start to be? What
could happen to someone if they actually achieved this
contact?
CG - You could start receiving visits from the military—
black op groups, special access program groups. You
could start getting attention from other groups. So when
you get attention from one group… You never get the
attention of just one group.
DW - Do the Cabal groups have the technology to know if
someone has had a contact? Is there ways they can detect
it?
CG - Oh yeah.
[Transcriber Hugues Prévost Note: In
this regard, I would highly recommend
people to read Alec Newald’s account of
his own “first contact” and ensuring
trials with the secret human control
groups in New Zealand, a country many
would think they don’t bother to
operate.]
DW - They are? <CG: Yeah> So the people asking this
question might think that they’re in sort of a little petri dish
that’s sterilized from its environment and it’s hermetically
sealed, when in fact they’re becoming part of a community
when this happens—a community that’s very aware of it.
CG - Yes.
DW - Is it possible that someone who received a contact
like this could start to receive negative telepathic
downloads that they think are positive?
451
CG - Well, yeah. One of the things that the military special
access programs do, is they’ll come in with this Voice of
God technology and then start harassing people and
confusing them—giving them conflicting information from
the other information they received. You know, they’ll do
a psyop on them and make the person think they’re crazy.
Or [they’ll] make their family think they’re crazy and have
them committed: the dirty tricks. There’s volumes of
books [needed for listing] their dirty tricks.
QUESTION (6) - INNER-EARTH PEOPLE THIRD
OR FOURTH DENSITY?
DW - Okay, so we have one more question here in the
short time we have remaining in this episode, which is
different than the others. And it regards these people from
the Inner Earth.
<Q6> “Are these Inner Earth people fourth density people
or are they people who are from third density like us but
are far more advanced?”
CG - They are fourth density. That is what was directly
communicated to me about the ones I visited in this Inner
Earth council meeting, and also the Mayan breakaway
civilization. I was told way before I knew about this group
that I met recently—I knew about the Mayan breakaway
group and I had interacted with them briefly. I had known
that they were fourth density and then I found these people
also are fourth density.
DW - I want to generalize a little more for the sake of
focusing on this question and the broader implication of it.
If what you’re telling us is true, there appear to be many,
many beings out there that are solid looking.
CG - This has to do with frequency. The density has to do
with the frequency that everything about them oscillates
that…
DW - When you reached out and touched Kari’s hands
like this, you’re touching hands, right? You’re not just
waving through a cloud?
CG - No.
DW - So this fourth density—they’re solid in some way.
CG - And ourselves—from what I’m told, since at least
the twenties (20s), thirties (30s), [we’ve been] third-fourth
density transitional.
DW - Really?
CG - So we’re in a transitional state ourselves.
DW - Extraterrestrials, as a general rule, are leaving
behind bodies in crashes, Roswell only being the most
popular example. Could a fourth density being leave a
dead corpse behind?
CG - Yes.
DW - It can?
CG - Yeah.
DW - So they are flesh and blood?
CG - Yeah. Yes.
DW - Are there beings that are third density that are
appearing to us as extraterrestrials or are most of the
extraterrestrials at least fourth density? As far as the Cabal
and these groups are seeing.
CG - Most of them are fourth density. There’re like the
merchant race—very, very, very third density type of
beings…
DW - This is the type you said kind of look like a horse—
they have a horse-like or donkey-like face?
CG - Like a dog.
DW - A dog?
CG - Yeah. Dog-ish, canine-ish look.
DW - Right. So those are third density? But very old or
something?
CG - A lot of these groups are—I mean, you have third
density, you have fourth density, you have fifth density
groups. In the Super Federation, some of these groups—
and a lot of these in the Super Federation refer to
themselves as Guardians and are higher density: fourth and
fifth density.
So we have a lot of preconceived ideas about what
dimensions are, what densities are, in between densities
.
452
what happens, do things just phase out? We’re gonna have
to have in the near future a lot of information that’s going
to change our point of views on a lot of these terms.
DW - So just to summarize what you’re saying, our
traditional—let’s say Judeo-Christian viewpoint that you
become this energy ball when you ascend to the next level
of human evolution is a misconception compared to what
we now know from boots on the ground observational data
like what you’re providing us with.
CG - Right. It’s more of a consciousness shift. As the
consciousness shift occurs, the vibratory consciousness
shift occurs within an environment that has a higher
vibrational energy shift as well. Your consciousness—you
have more access to using that consciousness to manifest
things in your reality.
[As we discussed above, the density of
consciousness or how powerfully we
can affect reality via our choices is the
measure of density with respect to
evolution. The notion that we will be
given ascended abilities without having
done the prerequisite soul growth
seems to be a controlled disinformation
agenda. But what is clear is that what
we have accomplished will be enhanced
through the energies now streaming
into the planet, leading to life events
that offer an opportunity for more soul
growth.]
DW - So you could be a being of flesh and blood but you
might be able to walk on water, levitate, manifest
objects—these kinds of things?
CG - Do things that would be miraculous to us, yes.
DW - That’s very cool. That’s all the time we have for this
episode. I’m your host, David Wilcock. We got the one
and only Corey Goode here. Totally exciting to talk to him
about this stuff. I hope you’re enjoying it. We’ll see you
next time.
 Rob Potter And Corey Goode - Part 2
AI Threat, Smart Glass Pads And Super Federation
History, The Grand Experiment Explained, And More
April 21st 2016:
By Justin Deschamps
Saturday, April 23, 2016

at various levels there are those who are tending this great
experiment, and they’re one of these levels and they are
part of this great experiment just as they must be tenders of
this great experiment. And it is overall . . . It’s spiritual in
nature. It is. But at our level, we are these spiritual beings
having the physical experience, so we’re seeing everything
from the spectrum of this density, material density, of
being physical.

This interpretation matches many works,

specifically the Urantia book which refers to
our sphere as an experimental one in
paper 49, and others.

And there are other data points offered

below that expand the narrative Goode
put's forth.

Source - The Promised Revealed

The following is the transcript of part 2 of

Rob Potter's interview with Corey Goode.
Part 1 of this series can be found linked
below.
INTRO
Related Rob Potter and Corey Goode
Part 1 | April 7th 2016: Non-Interference
Dear Promise Friends,
Treaty from Mohammad's Era, Anshar
Alliance, Space Wars Stopped in Recent
I must appologize for the one week delay in getting this
Times
interview out as we had some scheduling difficulties.
Speaking of scheduling I am happy to report we have
Related David Wilcock and Corey
confirmed the joint interview date with Corey and Cobra.
Goode: History of the Solar System and
The interview will take place May 5th and we will release
Secret Space Program - Notes from
the transcript shortly after that interview.
Consciousness Life Expo 2016
Because this is a 3-way conversation the voice modulation
I found Goode's explanation of the
for Cobra will be difficult and time consuming. We are
Grand Experiment interesting,
only going to offer a Transcript for this interview,
however, if someone wants to volunteer to try and edit the
Corey – Simply, simply the beings, these beings have
Audio version please contact me
communicated that all of experience in the cosmos and
Rob@ThePromiseRevealed.com and be sure to leave your
what we perceive as reality is the grand experiment.
phone number so we can discuss your involvement. You
Everything that is, is a part of this grand experiment and
453
may also mail your suggested questions for this interview
to the same email address.
In this interview, Corey and I discuss The AI signal, and I
try to get clarity on exactly what this is all about. There is
some talk that this signal has taken over galaxies, which is
scary. Corey says this signal can be overcome, but much
more information is needed.
We also discuss free will individual vs the earth people as
a group consciousness. There seems to be this idea that
even though we are not conscious on the physical level it
seems we have made soul contracts and agree to come to
earth with the awareness it will be difficult. I have spoken
to Omnec and another Venusian who now lives on earth.
Related ET's Incarnating to Prepare for
Event | Omnec Onec on Jerry Springer
1993
They both are here for the duration and, for some reason,
cannot go home. I will guess this is the quarantine is why.
In any case, they are stuck here like everybody else. They
both said they had no idea how very difficult and painful
their missions would become. They both were told
repeatedly it would be difficult, but they chose to come out
of compassion and to grow spiritually. Life on Earth, as we
all know, is filled with a myriad of challenges. The many
beautiful experiences are beyond measure and life is a
precious gift.
We may even have it easier than some of our space family
guests, because for them them a Paradise Lost descent may
be more difficult as we have only inklings of previous
experiences where life is more harmonious. A longing to
leave and return to the planet of love must be suppressed
by them, but they have a knowing from having come from
there so they also know this is temporary.
We, on the other hand, for the most part, have the
unbelievable beauty of planet Earth, which is our home to
uplift and to inspire us towards the connection to the
divine. At the same time, we are ignorant of our direct
connection to our soul. We are light bulbs on a dimmer
switch trying to connect to full light being status. We could
access our past lives and have the understanding of what is
exactly transpiring; it could make things more palatable.
For now we strive to break free from our quarantined Earth
human consciousness.
We must constantly seek the higher spiritual values as we
wallow in the muck of the material world. Truth, honesty,
justice and even love seem to flee from those who
earnestly desire reunion. My faith is that there is a plan and
that at a certain point this planet and our collective will can
achieve. As we choose to nurture and to have tolerance for
each other, our individual merits will turn the tide for love.
The space family in its entirety are the key to Earth’s
destiny. Corey, Cobra and the many, many people before
454
them, are part of this unveiling of the Truth. I personally
have been seeking answers my entire life and I feel the lid
is about to pop on many levels.
These interviews will hopefully establish in the group
resonant field the reality we perceive is not the only reality
that exists. The more aware and compassionate we all
become the sooner we can rejoice together to live life as it
is intended to be: free, prosperous, happy, joyful, peaceful
and loving. We must realize our brothers and sisters the
world over are not as happy as we are.
We must reach out to sacrifice ourselves or at least our
complacency for the greater cause of justice. The money
slave system reality is about to pop and we must not mourn
its death and be prepared to give for the sake of giving – to
be present because it is the right thing to do.
Listen and learn from all and ponder and reflect on what is
real. Let your soul guide you into a path of service that will
benefit not only you but our fellow man. If you are
passionate, make ways to reach others aware that we are
all brothers and sisters, and that we must stand up and
create a better way and find solutions to the Earth’s
problems so we are prepared when the opportunity arises
to implement a new paradigm of living in the right
relationship with all creation.
May the efforts of Corey, and the countless other people
who are doing the right thing because it is what must be
done, be a glimmer, nay a powerful explosion, of light that
gives you hope and patience. The end of the tunnel is in
sight and we did not come here to fail. The time for what
we must all endure as the changes upon us all will uplift
and depress and through it all realize it is a wonderful time
to be alive.
In The Light of Our Radiant One
Warm Regards
Victory To The Light
Rob Potter
I wish to ask if someone can donate their expertise for free
to help Kristopher Kalla who runs an orphanage in
Tanzania to create a website? He has 23 children to feed
and his efforts and dedication are wonderful. This is real.
If you doubt it, please contact him and call him on Skype.
He is with his flock every day and you can see his
situation.
If you would like to help, please either contact me 530-
925-3502 or Kristopher here: http://k.kristofa@yahoo.com
or his Facebook here:
https://www.facebook.com/christopher.kala1
Please donate to the website fund here: Generousity
website campaign
Transcript Corey Goode Part 2
Ladies and Gentlemen,
IAM your host Rob Potter and I’d like to welcome you to a
special edition of the Victory of Light Radio show: –
Corey Goode Secret Space Program (SSP) the push for full
disclosure Part 2. I’d like to thank people at Pyramid One,
Bob Charles and Bob Allen, for having me on their show.
I’d like to remind you they do have a donation button to
keep their site running and keep these shows going.
My web-site www.thepromiserevealed.com has a lot of
wonderful information and pretty cool products out there.
I’m moving into laser beams. We do have some Cintamani
stones left. Another interesting product for you to get to
help develop yourself along conscious lines. If you want to
check that out, you may do so.
I have speaking engagements at these coming events: at
Olympia Washington at the Galactic Wisdom Conference
with my friend Ted Marr. That’s going to be taking place
June 10-13 (2016). I’ll be traveling doing some workshops
in Asia towards the end of June.
I will be returning to the states for my Solar Conference
with wonderful Luis Maertens. I spoke to you about it a
lot. I’m going to ask you to go to my upcoming events at
www.thepromiserevealed.com and check out Luis’s
information there. There’s lots of video’s there about him
and his amazing contact, program contents. Michael Salla
went there as well as many newspaper agencies repeatedly
have gone to the mountains in Bolivia and have had UFO’s
appear.
My group in Bolivia had one such experience in a very
special retreat and that picture’s up there as well. We’re
hoping we have the same thing take place at Shasta this
summer. This is going to be a wonderful event. Luis has an
amazing, very amazing, presentation. He’s always up for
some experiential experiences that we’re going to have this
summer up on the mountain.
I am working with the forest service for special permission
for our group. It’s going to be a wonderful event this
summer. Please do sign up. We are looking for vendors
and for volunteers if you want a free ticket. Check out that
information on the website.
Before we start the Corey interview, Corey and I spoke,
and I wanted to make something clear. Obviously, I don’t
know everything. Corey doesn’t know everything. He said
I misunderstood something’s about the SSP’s relationship
to the Super Federation 40. I have not read every single
word Corey has written.
455
It certainly wasn’t very clear to me in the
www.Gaiatv.com episodes. He maintains that we’re going
to receive a lot more information about this relationship
with the this SSP program benevolent group that have
broken away from the ICC SSP group in order to bring
technology and liberate planet Earth from the lies and
corruption of criminal activity that’s been taken place not
only on Earth but within our solar system by these
breakaway groups.
And I’m looking forward to that clarity and delineation in
the upcoming interviews. If I have made any errors I
apologize. I want to thank you, Corey, once again for
coming on here. I want to tell all of the listeners that I
absolutely feel that Corey is absolutely sincere. He’s a
really good, nice guy, folks. He’s doing the best that he
can to share the information with us, and we’ll go step by
step here as we get more and more revelations. Corey
Goode’s welcome to the Victory of Light Radio Show. It’s
an honor to have you on again.
Transcript For the Corey Good interview Part 2
SSP – Secret Space Program
Corey – Thank you
Rob – Please, again, share the information for those people
who are checking this interview out first or maybe just
hearing about you through me. Share with them our
websites and your mission of full disclosure here.
Corey – Sure, yes. My main website is
www.spherebeingalliance.com. You can find articles and
updates I’ve written under the news section as well as
transcripts from David Wilcock and my show on
www.gaia.com called Cosmic Disclosure. If you’d like to
watch the show you can go to www.blueavian.com and
sign up there and watch a few free episodes. I recently
started, and I didn’t start this. It’s a collaborative effort
among a bunch of different people ,and I don’t have
permission to use their names yet. We’ve started an effort
called the Full Disclosure Program to where all the
different people in this community are going to get
together, put aside our different belief systems and focus
on the one thing we do believe in which is finding the truth
and www.disclosureproject.org is the website and we’re
looking for some good people to help us out in that project.
If you have some good skills and would like to help, please
visit.www.fulldisclosureproject.org and sign up.
Rob – Well that’s wonderful and you can release my
name. I want to be involved in this and I really think this
effort is good. I’ve had a good feeling. I know Cobra is
probably going to lend his, I can’t speak for him right at
this moment, he’s pretty much on board with the
information and full disclosure and working together so
humanity can have the truth.
Corey, speaking of the truth, we were talking in our last
show about this Artificial Intelligence (AI), whether it’s
sentient or whether it’s a being. Cobra, and I wanted to
bring this up and ask you a question. Cobra kind of says
it’s both. He says that some of these very high beings who
are what we would call iniquitous. They know they are
going against universal law. They’re reprehensible. Let’s
call them, in my terms, would be galactic criminals who
are so involved in service to self that they literally become
like an anti life-force and are destroying life. These
technologies were created and they’re actually in feedback
directly to the consciousness of some of these higher
beings so it has a sentient element to it, but essentially the
aspect of its suppression is a hyper-speed computer that
reads everything, knows everything and goes into where
consciousness is trying to overcome it’s control matrix
kind of like a, I guess, really like a matrix.
Corey – My information is that and there are a lot of A.I.’s
that have been created by this root AI signal that may fit
that bill and there are other AI’s out there that have been
created by robot civilizations that have been destroyed
because they’ve been cooperated and corrupted by the AI
signal. The AI signal that I’m talking about is
extradimensional signal that it comes from another reality.
It came into the reality that all of us co-exist in billions of
years ago and it’s been broadcasting through our reality
and through the cosmos for that long and spreading. In it’s
reality it’s just as much alive and interacting with itself as
we are flesh and blood interacting with our society. That’s
it’s reality. When it came to our reality, it was like a fish
out of water, so the bio-neuro field of human or the
electrical field around a planet or a star became the puddle
or the water for the fish to get into in the beginning until it.
. . And it was intelligent.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 2 -
Episode 14: The Threat from Artificial
Intelligence - Summary and Analysis |
Corey Goode and David Wilcock
Rob – This is almost scary, I mean. (Yea) It definitely
seems. It kind of puts this level of fear that it can not be
stopped, it will not stop and the Gaia’s ‘come with me if
you want to live’ in the terminator vinacular.
Corey – Some of these higher groups have been able to
stop it. It can be stopped. It sounds very, for a lack of a
better word, Luciferian in origin, but it’s not packets of
456
information that will program that were sent out by an
extraterrestrial race.
Rob – Interesting. Now here’s another thing, and I have
questions, and this is not challenging you as person, and,
of course, the information I’m kind of curious where it
comes from. When we started talking millions and millions
of years, like Carl Sagan, ‘billions and billions’ of years.
How can we really know? I mean, these civilizations are
long lived. I’m wondering where this information comes
that this AI has infected and controlled entire galaxies that
you’ve started. Is that correct.
Corey – It comes from the Super Federation ET’s and the
other ET’s that we’re in contact with. A lot of their
information is also available to us in our smart glass pad
through a database that one of them, one group made
available to humanity quite a long time ago. But that
information ET database was made available in these
smart glass pads if you had a need to know or access.
Rob – The question is: well that’s interesting. So these are
the Super Federation, the good guys. Did they release this
information? This was after the Earth Alliance, good guys
kind of broke away from the ICC?
Corey – No, this is information that was dated back I think
in the ’50’s. (OK) They had this information back in the, I
believe it was in the ’50’s from. . . They received some
sort of informational database, an ET sort of informational
database from some sort of benevolent groups, and they
put a whole program on it to start going through the
information, and there was just too much information. It
was like never ending infinite information. So they just
started . . . They opened it up into one of the systems that
the smart glass pads had access to and then just, I guess
firewalled it, depending on your need to know.
Rob – Interesting. I’m wondering how they were able to
re-dax certain information with infinite information in
there?
Corey – Just like the Chinese do with certain key words or
topical blocks.
Rob – I see. OK. That’s interesting. It sounds like the good
guys in the holographic projection of the universe, it seems
that the benevolent are seeding a lot of different things in
various time lines to come about with a successful
outcome here. It seems to me there’s definitely these
benevolent ET’s – a group of 40. I consider them quite
benevolent. The one thing you mentioned was service to
self. We talked about this before the interview. According
to my sources and The Law of One, which I haven’t read
either (HA HA), but the service to others is service to self
and they have come here to deal with this very challenging
situation of the earth’s quarantine because the earth is kind
of a prime location along an astral pathway.
They do see the genetics, some of them do see the earth’s
situation and genetic diversity as a very positive situation
to learn from, and they are here to try to help the earth
people to develop an ethical understanding and to break
the quarantine so that we can understand our true history
and to move into a more alignment with natural law.
Would you agree that many of the positive Super
Federation are working along those lines?
Corey – Many of them are, yes.
Rob – Now you stated that some of them, as I understand
it. I got this download through a communication that I
received, not the Voice of God, but I got a communication
that in some of my frustrating years in the ’80’s and ’90’s
when I was going through a tremendous amount of
personal challenges with my information and knowledge
and trying to bring it forward and the ostracization that
we’ve all experienced.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 4 -
Episode 5: Voice of God Technology -
Summary and Analysis | Corey Goode
and David Wilcock
You know I kind of saw, if you look at the soul and the
human life forms as a very short lifespan, in one sense it
almost makes sense to wipe the planet clean and start over
and see if they can do it and I think from what I understand
that’s kind of what the result of things that happened in the
Atlantean time period, that part of the council decided that
the soul doesn’t matter. They’re going to get their
experience in the terms of infinity. What’s a couple of
hundred thousands years for the Earth to repopulate itself?
Related The Emerald Tablets of Thoth
the Atlantean - Full Text Pdf
You stated that this time that is not going to happen. David
mentioned conflagration by water or fire. And as I
understood it, the Earth would not be destroyed in that
fashion and that the transmutation of the service to self
frequency is going to be healed here. Do you have any
information along those lines?
Corey – That there was a whole lot there. You heard that
there was a promise that the Earth would not be destroyed
by fire or water?
Rob – In other words, the Confederation is not going to do
the wipe the slate clean as you stated in one of the things.
In other words, the experiment’s gone bad so let’s just
dump it. In other words, they would be responsible for
cataclysmic activity. They would wipe human life from the
surface. Is that what I gathered? Is that correct?
Corey – Not necessarily. They’re not the only ones
involved in this grand experiment. They are just as much a
part of this grand experiment as they are participating in it.
457
They made that very clear. They’re not just sitting up there
taking part in an experiment and we’re the lab mice.
Some of these groups, they incarnate into lives and live
amongst us as a part of this program. They become the lab
mice and live amongst us and then they authorize their
beings to come to abduct them and learn about the
experience throughout that lifetime. So the different
programs are on a sliding scale. Some of them are mostly
genetic in nature.
Some of them are mostly spiritual in nature while all of
them are a sliding scale somewhere in between and some
of them benefit the people doing (call them people) the
beings doing the experiment benefit them in a tangible way
not just in a ‘I feel good because I did service to others’
kind of way. So some of them are getting a tangible benefit
back and part of their drive and agenda is to keep getting
that benefit back. You know they have to allow . . . like
right now we’re heading through an area that has a lot of
broken up pieces of dirty comet. We may see more pieces
of that flash in our skies, hit, maybe even come in small
piece come in and hit like it did over Russia. Different
things like that. They, you know, they’re not going to stop
or be the cause of everything. A lot of things they just
allow happen, allow to happen. And a lot of people, it
depends on how you talk to, it depends on your point of
view. Some people will see that as immoral and
reprehensible. How could a benevolent being sit there and
watch a volcano explode and a thousand people die or how
can they sit back and watch the big Fukushima event to
occur. So a lot of people have a hard time wrapping their
mind around these concepts because it all comes down to
point of view. Some of these beings are completely
amoral, and we try to use our way of reasoning and our
way of thinking, as I said before, superimpose that on top
of the way these other beings think and feel and it . . . We
can’t even do that with each other let alone these other
species.
Related "Outside" Proof is Impossible,
Time To Mentally Prepare, Sphere
Being's Methods, Honoring Free Will |
Corey GoodETxSG
Rob – Yes, I understand. So some of these things. . . They
have a very long term view, they understand the eternal
nature of the soul and certain experiences are agreed upon.
Would you agree that some other reasons the good guys
can’t intervene in certain situations. For instance there was
evidence of another light which mat have been a space
ship that assisted when that asteroid came in over Russia
and broke it up with some help from the good guys.
As far as earthquakes go, I understand they are working as
much as possible to see that the telluric energies and the
magma shifts of the planet will be as far away and remote
from human civilizations as possible, but it can’t overcome
every thing that it will be happening.
Corey – No, these new energies coming in. The Earth is
going through a transitional change below our feet, so
there are going to be some earthquakes. There’s going to
be some things that’s gonna happen below our feet. There
are going to be a few catastrophes here and there. It has
nothing to do directly with (quarantine or the Cabal) . . .
not everything is about us. Everyone wants to make
everything about us. The Earth is going through it’s own
process and it’s own sort of evolution and acclimation of
these new energy waves that are coming in as well.
Related Sun’s Magnetic Field 230%
Stronger | Something is Affecting the
Entire Solar System
Related DNA and Evolution Expected to
Increase Over the Coming Years Due to
Cosmic Radiation Intensifying As We
Enter Another Solar Minimum
Rob – OK. Another thing I’d like to ask here, and I’d like
you to just talk as much as you can and give us a
background. When we use the words . . . and a lot of this
stuff . . . My focus here, a lot of it seems very
materialistically oriented. We’re physical beings and we’re
looking for the bottom line, especially the average person
is looking for their lifetime and changes instead of the
grand scheme of the experience of the soul and this
healing.
My question is, can you please tell us to your knowledge,
what is the grand experiment and what are the various
groups plays in here? And, obviously, they’re all feeding
to the quarantine to a certain extent, supposedly. And
that’s why they can’t interfere in certain situations like
Fukushima, but I’m sure there’s definitely good guys in
what’s called the Alliance, not the Confederation, that
would have intervened if they had been allowed to by
councils. Can you share with us, what is this experiment?
Is it entirely genetic? Is there a spiritual nature to this? Can
you elaborate?
Corey – Simply, simply the beings, these beings have
communicated that all of experience in the cosmos and
what we perceive as reality is the grand experiment.
Everything that is, is a part of this grand experiment and at
various levels there are those who are tending this great
experiment, and they’re one of these levels and they are
part of this great experiment just as they must be tenders of
this great experiment. And it is overall . . . It’s spiritual in
nature. It is. But at our level, we are these spiritual beings
having the physical experience, so we’re seeing everything
from the spectrum of this density, material density, of
being physical.
Rob – Yea, well that kind of opens it up and it’s kind of
like the Source itself as I’ve heard it described that all
matter in physical form is ideation slowed down. In other
words, it’s a divine thought, or we could call it the living
word, as we’ve mentioned. Logos is a good term for the
458
ever changing, ever-present divine mind reacting to itself.
It’s a very interesting postulation that you made there, that
EVERYTHING on all dimensions and all planes is an
experiment. At the same time, it seems as though the
information that we’ve received is that there is definitely a
plan. There definitely seems to be coordination amongst
super luminal light beings beyond dimensions that we
haven’t even talked about here that are involved in the
administration of the multi-dimensional universe as you
said of consciousness and life forms and dimensions that
we can’t even perceive, and it seems to be that there is an
intelligent design here. Is there any form, obviously
Ra’Tier and the Blue Sphere Alliance seem to be kind of
the, I guess I wouldn’t call them puppet masters, but the
control/fail-safe system as part of this experiment or are
they part of that as well.
Corey – They’re part of that as well. They , if we’re
correct in our suppositions here, they existed here billions
of years ago as a society. They became technologically
advanced, then they became spiritually advanced, and then
they progressed into being higher-density beings and then
left this area. And when they left this area, they left behind
remnants of their civilization that billions of years later
when our biosphere synthesized to new hominids,
synthesized hominids to live here according to this
resonant frequency that occurs that was all explained to me
– that these beings were then supposed to be on a path of
their own development, but in finding these relics that
were left behind, it interfered with their development and
long story short, they became karmically entangled with
humanity and with what’s going on in this solar system.
And until we can get everything straightened out on our
plane . . . We’re behaving as some sort of a parachute, that
they can not ascend to the next plane or go to the next level
until they’ve handled, helped us handle, the mess that’s
going on from the, I guess, the unintended interaction they
had with our society.
Rob – Right. I want to ask if you . . . I’m going to give you
some told school confederation information that’s come
down through the years from when the government would
not acknowledge the contact with the benevolence in our
solar system.
Corey – Please give me the sources of the information.
I’m new to a lot of this stuff. I haven’t read or looked into
a lot of this information and I really don’t know. I’d like to
hear the sources.
Rob – One of the sources from this is a guy named
Richard Miller from the original contact groups with the
Venusians, who, along with George Hunt Williamson and
____these guys that the confederation basically started
telling some of the history of the solar system and this
super earth that they call Maldek or the morning star.
According to them, they had a similar situation and did
blow itself up. According to one contactee, he was
contacted by some beings that were on that system, and he
was on that system as well, and he said, ‘Was I one of the
bad guys that blew it up?’ And they said, ‘No’. They said
they still maintained a civilization on one of the larger
asteroids, but most of the people were killed, and as you
said, the word I wanted to bring in here is called: laggards
– people who have not quite reached the 4th density level
where the unification of spirit and matter and the altruistic,
let’s call them virtues, are in place. They would have more
compassion are more in play. And that that planet was
destroyed, as you said, different former races came here
with beings that had ___, so it seems that there’s a lot of
old habits and patterns and that the Earth has been, to a
certain extent, not really a dumping ground, but let’s call it
a hospital, which is intended to bring all of this
materialistic separation consciousness and bring us back to
the true source of the Law of One and the realization that
we’re all part and parcel of the divine, and if we can look
at ourselves as brothers and sisters whether we’re a Blue
Sphere Being or a white winged Draco or a lowly Earth
person that we are all children of the living loving positive
God or Creation or Source. (I don’t want to get into
religion here.) Seeing the glass as half full and working in
unity Ubuntu style as opposed to this negative separatist
vision and part of the stuff that you’ve been saying in all of
your stuff is really kind of like ‘the Nazi’s and
reprehensible stuff and slave trade and all of this stuff’. It
kind of paints this picture of chaos and negativity and what
I’m trying to do is to see my understanding with the divine
plan. And if there is positive aspect to this. So if you can
comment on that kind of stuff and just share with me what
that is.
Corey – Well, you know, the divine plan is for us all to
learn through these experiences and grow and then return
back ascending through the densities and return back to
source. And that’s my opinion from my direct interaction
from all these different beings.
Rob – OK. I can hear you great. That’s good. I’m glad to
hear that. What about the term ‘laggards’ and that this
Earth has kind of been taken a lot of chances to kind of
have this civilization’s consciousness raised beyond this
and it’s failed in countless (countless, yes)?
Corey – Yes. Anything I would say about what’s been
communicated to me about the state of humanity and our
period after period not showing the potential that we have
our spiritual growth has been, it’s been very disappointing
to a lot of these beings and it would be disparaging for
people to hear. But you know, because we’re programmed
to sit back and wait for some savior beings to come and do
it all and save us when, you know, these beings are doing
what they have . . . what they can do under cosmic law, but
we are free-will sentient beings that are part of a mass
consciousness that is making its free-will decision on how
we will progress as a group consciousness. And as
individuals, we have to participate in this. It’s not
something to where we can just sit back, bang on our
keyboards, sit back and look at the skies and shake our
fists. ‘When are they going to show up? When is it going
to happen? When are the UFO’s going to show up and zap
459
the Cabal, make them dematerialize and rematerialize in
front of the Hague’ or something like that? It’s not how it’s
going to happen. It’s going to happen. We’ve got to be a
part of the process, and if we’re not willing to be a part of
the process, then we’ve got to prepare ourselves to be
disappointed.
Rob – I appreciate that. I want to make it clear and Cobra
and I and many others agree that they’re not here to save
us. They’re working along aside us to help us in every step
that we take forward into responsibility in full
consciousness and use our resonance center as a focal
point to guide our actions, thoughts, words and deeds. The
more they’ll be able to work with us. We have to be
prepared to be within their presence and for something
positive to come forward as the first contacts of the general
populous begins. Another thing I want to say that a lot of
people would say, and this is a common statement: ‘Free
will my ass, Corey Goode.’ (laugh) We have a lot of
interference from beings who are violating our free will,
who are using subterfuge and using advanced technology.
Corey – You’re talking about personal – on a personal
level. As a group consciousness and as a group, we have
invited these beings in. There are negative . . . This is all
being done on a . . . We are agreeing to participate.
Related Understanding Mind Control |
The Illuminati Formula Used to Create
an Undetectable Total Mind Controlled
Slave by Fritz Springmeier and Cisco
Wheeler
Related It's Time For Unity | Analysis of
Mini Update by Corey Goode: The Art of
Negotiation and Who Represents
Humanity in SSP AllIance Meetings?
Rob – Who’s agreeing? The governments who invited
them here as representatives and by cosmic law. That’s
who agreed, or is it individual . . . No one here remembers
signing a contract. Cobra said when you come in, you
agree to some of these things.
Corey – You’re still talking on an individual level. We’re
part of a mass consciousness that is almost like it’s own
entity and we are facets of that. We are personality facets
of that larger entity, and that mass consciousness, larger
entity, is what is making decisions and determining things
and . . We contribute to it, but it doesn’t work like, you
know, like each person gets a memo about “We’re going to
make this type of decision.” It is your free-will choice to
usurp that no. Under our free will we’ve given our power
over. We pay our taxes. We vote. We’ve said, ‘OK, I’ve
voted you in. We’ve put you in power. You represent me’.
Well, they’re representing us, and there are some cases to
where a lot of these countries with despots are in control.
People could argue that those people’s free will are being
violated, and it’s true, but that goes over to our soul
contract level and what we have agreed to come into this
lifetime and experience, to learn to balance out our karma.
Related True Meaning of Voting: How
the Voting System is Used to Drain Your
Energy, And What You Need To Do To
Stop It
Related Practical Knowledge for the
Awakening | Free Will, Contractual
Reality and Honor - (with images and
video) January 18th 2015 at 6:00 PM
EST
Rob – That’s very good. That’s well put. I still think there
is obviously some points there. Obviously, voting in
America . . . They have computers that change votes. You
are voting for the left wing of the CIA or the right wing.
Corey – It’s an illusion. It’s an illusion . . .but even if it’s
an illusion, if you feel that you have given your tacit or
even implied authority over to a person to enact laws or to
do things on your behalf, you have given that person your
power. That’s just one small example.
Rob – Yea, I would agree with that.
460
Corey – And we’re programmed to be that way. We’re
programmed to look up and to not look with them. We’re
programmed to look out to look up and give our power
away and not look inward for our own power. We’ve spent
all this time, and we’ve been put through these educational
systems and social programs that have made sure that we
do not understand the power of our own co-creative
consciousness and the power we have within.
Related How to Free Yourself From
Subconscious Programming And
Access Your Psychic Ability to Read
Minds
Rob – Absolutely correct, and I would say that those
programs and that, I believe that a lot of that is artificial. I
have more faith in nature and in humankind. I believe that
the AI and the agenda’s of some of the negative groups
have been very successful in keeping us from that by
hiding our true ancient history and the fact that we’re not
alone.
Related The Natural Law Basis of
Harvest | The Spiritual Evolution of Gaia
and All Who Dwell In the System of Sol
 Inner Earth Beings Take First Step To Openly Reveal
Themselves To Humanity
Written By Dr. Michael Salla
April 27, 2016
Several ancient civilizations hidden in the subterranean
regions of Earth have taken the first steps towards
revealing themselves to surface humanity, according to
secret space program whistleblower, Corey Goode. In the
April 26 episode of Cosmic Disclosure, Goode provided
more detailed information about an encounter with Inner
Earth civilizations, which he initially described in a
January 14 update on his website.
Goode began by citing his early January 2016 visit to a
futuristic underground city belonging to an Inner Earth
civilization, and for the first time he identified them as the
“Anshar,” who have existed a staggering 18 million years.
Goode said he could feel the excitement among the city’s
inhabitants over the news that their leaders had decided to
change an established policy of strict separation, and make
preparations to openly reveal themselves to surface
humanity.
461
The changed policy, Goode stated, emerged out of a
December 2015 meeting held at a secret base in the Kuiper
Asteroid Belt, where representatives of an alliance of
seven Inner Earth civilizations met with a representative of
the Sphere Being Alliance.
On previous occasions, Goode has described the Sphere
Being Alliance as sixth to ninth density beings – Type III
civilizations according to the Kardashev scale – which
have transformed relations between different secret space
programs and extraterrestrial civilizations operating in our
and adjacent solar systems.
In addition to creating a “frequency fence” or quarantine
around the Solar System, the Sphere Being Alliance has
helped a more ethically principled “Secret Space Program
Alliance” achieve technological parity with less ethical
space programs and extraterrestrial groups.
All the Inner Earth civilizations revere the Sphere Being
Alliance as a very ancient race, described as “the
Builders,” who were responsible for creating the first
civilizations on Earth and elsewhere in our Solar System.
Goode has also previously described Ancient Builder
technologies as being dispersed all over the Earth and the
solar system. These mysterious technologies are highly
sought after by different extraterrestrial groups.
For many millennia, if not millions of years, the Sphere
Being Alliance has apparently not made contact with the
Inner Earth civilizations, but has chosen to do so now.
Their only condition appears to be that they have
appointed Goode to be their intermediary with the Inner
Earth civilizations, as well as with all other groups.
Therefore, Goode was present at the Kuiper Belt meeting
to witness the Sphere Being Alliance representative, a 10
foot tall triangle headed being, telepathically chastise the
Inner Earth civilizations who in the former’s opinion had
“not been proper stewards” of the planet. Goode provided
a graphic of the encounter which shows the meeting as it
occurred at the secret Kuiper Belt base.
 Screenshot from April 26 Episode of Cosmic Disclosure, Gaia TV
The Inner Earth beings were confused and anxious over
what they had been told, according to Goode. He
speculated that the Inner Earth representatives had been
informed that their long time policy of deceiving surface
humanity about their existence, and maintaining a strict
policy of separation had not been appropriate to their role
as planetary custodians.
Apparently, this led to great concern over the merits of
revealing themselves to surface humanity, who are
considered dangerous and unpredictable. This
consequently led to a split among the seven civilizations,
who had briefly formed an Inner Earth Alliance as Goode
described in his September 23, 2016 report.
Three of the civilizations subsequently decided to break
away from the Alliance and maintain their separation
policy. They would do so by stepping up their counter-
intelligence (deception) operations with surface humans in
order to remain hidden.
The other four civilizations in turn decided to follow the
advice of the Sphere Being Alliance and take active steps
to start revealing themselves to humanity.
One of the first resulting steps taken was to stop falsely
telling human ‘channelers’, who they had established
telepathic communications with, that they were
extraterrestrials. The new policy meant revealing that they
were actually humans from the Earth’s interior.
Coincidentally, on January 17, 2016, three days after
Goode’s initial report on his Inner Earth visit, a popular
channeler of the “Galactic Federation” and “Ashtar
462
Command”, Greg Giles, stunned his followers by a public
statement that he had been deceived, and that he was not in
communication with extraterrestrials after all. Instead, he
says he had discovered that he was being fooled by a
military group using Voice of God technology.
The so-called ‘channeled messages’ I received claiming to
be from my soul family from the stars were in fact simple
radio waves sent by U.S. government agents, allegedly
from the military industrial complex, working in concert
with volunteers, many of which are secret society members
who help propagate enormous numbers of hoaxed news
stories of UFOs and related space news, building a
backdrop for a PSYOPS program that lures science and
spirituality-minded individuals such as myself into their
web.
Giles’ discovery that his telepathic contacts were not who
they claimed to be may well have been a result of the
January Kuiper Belt meeting, and the ramifications this
had for the seven Inner Earth Civilizations in how they
would respectively conduct themselves with surface
humanity.
It’s worth pointing out that there have been a number of
individuals who have claimed to have physically met with
or been in telepathic communications with Inner Earth
civilizations. These include well known South American
contactees such as Ricardo Gonzales and Luis Fernando
Mostajo, who I have personally met and communicated
with for nearly a decade now.
I have attended some of their seminars and have concluded
that they are both very credible, and indeed in contact with
representatives of both extraterrestrial and Inner Earth
beings as they claim.
In addition, there are channelers such as Dianne Robbins
who claims to have met with and telepathically
communicated with Inner Earth beings such as Adama
from Telos.
Goode has not commented on any other contactees or
channelers who may or may not be in contact with Inner
Earth civilizations. Presumably, with the changes
described by Goode; cases of physical contact or telepathic
communications with Inner Earth civilizations like the
Anshar may rise in number quite quickly.
Goode believes that direct contact between surface
humanity and Inner Earth beings is likely to occur before
extraterrestrial races start to openly make contact. This
appears to be a very logical way to proceed.
In my book, Insiders Reveal Secret Space Programs and
Extraterrestrials, I have provided extensive
documentation, supporting whistleblower testimonies, and
circumstantial evidence that leads to the conclusion that
Goode is being truthful in his ground breaking disclosures.
463
More recently, Goode’s revelations have been confirmed
by a former Navy Intelligence operative during World War
II, and four decade veteran of the aerospace industry,
William Tompkins. Consequently, I have no reason to
doubt the accuracy of Goode’s latest revelations about
meetings with representatives of Inner Earth civilizations,
and the new policies that have been implemented in accord
with recent developments.
It is entirely understandable that there is considerable
trepidation by some of the Inner Earth groups over the
dangerous and warlike policies of national elites running
affairs on the surface of our planet. Thankfully, as the
internet facilitates the rest of humanity awakening to the
truth about secret space programs and extraterrestrial life,
we will be better able to make national and global elites
accountable for their policies.
Most importantly, it is unlikely that aggressive policies at a
national or global level will be permitted once the rest of
humanity learns the truth about the extent of deception that
has been perpetrated upon it. We can, therefore, have great
confidence that as Inner Earth civilizations reveal
themselves, they will be warmly greeted by the vast
majority of humanity and not subjected to war-like policies
by unrestrained national elites.
 Lower Level SSP Group Broke Away From SSP Alliance
Council, Intends On Pushing Partial Disclosure And Inner-
Earth Anshar To Begin Contact With Surface
By Justin Deschamps
Wednesday, April 27, 2016
In this week's episode of Cosmic Disclosure, with Corey
Goode and David Wilcock, several items of importance
were revealed.
For those who may not be aware, Goode is a secret space
program insider and whistleblower that began releasing
information to the public in 2014.
Since that time, his testimony has galvanized the
awakening community, as he discusses topics that touch
nearly every aspect of what is happening on Earth.
For an overview of his narrative and corresponding
supportive evidence compiled by Wilcock, see the below-
linked article.
Related David Wilcock and Corey
Goode: History of the Solar System
and Secret Space Program - Notes
from Consciousness Life Expo 2016
Dr. Michael Salla also wrote the book, Insiders Reveal
Secret Space Programs and Extraterrestrial Alliances,
464
adding even more supportive evidence to corroborate
Goode's claims.
Second Inner-Earth Council Meeting in December
In September of 2015, Goode traveled to the inner-Earth to
meet with seven different groups, some of which claim to
have resided below the surface for over 18 million years.
They formed a loose alliance as a result of coming under
mutual threat from Cabal groups on the surface.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3
- Episode 1: Inner Earth - Summary
and Analysis | Corey Goode and
David Wilcock
Heretofore, these civilizations were able to maintain
relative anonymity. When they did make contact with the
surface population, it was by employing subterfuge,
appearing to humanity as gods in the distant past or
extraterrestrials in modern times.
In December 2015, Goode meet with the inner-Earth
Alliance council a second time in the Kuiper Belt. What
occurred there was an unprecedented contact between
certain inner-Earth council members and one of the Sphere
Being Alliance races.
Related Mini "Situation Update"
1/14/2016
Goode has revealed in the past that the Sphere Being
Alliance comprises five different highly advanced
extraterrestrial races dwelling in 6th to 9th density. The
Blue Avians, the Blue Orb beings, and the Triangle-headed
beings have been revealed, with two other groups
remaining undisclosed.
The inner-Earth groups each wear a pendant that
represents their civilization. Three out of the seven groups
employ variations of a Saturn-shaped pendant, the
remaining use other variations such as a star, a swastika,
an omega, and hourglass emblems. All of these groups
were in attendance at this second meeting, but one of the
Saturn pendant groups was at the forefront.
 non-verbal communication with the Anshar. The Star
group was behind them as this took place. And the whole
assembly was completely silent as Gonzales and Goode
observed the quiet exchange.

Courtesy of gaia.com. The Priestess Kaaree from the Anshar

(Saturn Pendant) group.

Goode recognized the priestess Kaaree from his first inner-

Earth expedition earlier that year.
Courtesy of gaia.com. Silent exchange between Triangle-headed
being (right) and Anshar council members (left).
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3
- Episode 4: Revelations from the
Inner Earth - Summary and
While Goode and Gonzales were not able to overhear the
Analysis | Corey Goode and David
conversation, due to Goode's Intuitive Empath training (a
Wilcock
special type of data gathering employed by the SSP in their
various projects) he was able to receive some "intuitive
He learned prior to this meeting that their group is known
hits." He said he could detect excitement and anxiety from
as the Anshar Alliance.
the inner-Earth people, but had no comprehension as to
why.
Apparently all of the inner-Earth groups were yearning to
make contact with the Sphere Being races because they
Goode said that after some time passed, the
had been revered in their respective cultures for eons.
communication ended and the Triangle-headed being
Goode said:
"winked out" or dematerialized from the room. According
to previous testimony by Goode, he states that these beings
"This was their first contact with the Sphere are beyond material, able to teleport from one location to
Beings, which they refer to as the the next with an act of will.
Guardians."
Goode could detect that the inner-Earth peoples were
Prior to this unprecedented meeting, none of the inner-
excited, yet had trepidations about what just occurred.
Earth groups were able to make direct contact with the
They immediately motioned to hold a meeting with the
Guardians, despite multiple attempts to open a channel of
complete inner-Earth alliance delegation after the
communication.
exchange took place.
In previous updates, Goode stated that none of the various
Goode and Gonzales were befuddled as to what just
groups operating within the solar system at this time—
transpired and why they were even asked to attend the
whether from the SSP, extraterrestrials or ancient
meeting. Although Goode does possess empathic abilities,
breakaway civilizations—have been able to make contact
neither of them can exchange information using telepathy
with the Sphere Beings. Some of these inner-Earth
as an innate ability. However, a superior mind can
breakaway civilizations reach back far into antiquity; to
interface with them, like what Raw-Teir-Ear has done in
meet their beloved guardians is akin to their own first
the past. But given that telepathy was the primary mode of
contact experience, similar to meeting a religious figure or
communication between the Guardian and the Anshar,
prophet.
they were unable to comprehend what was exchanged.
Goode says that he and Lt. Col. Gonzales, an operative
As the Anshar and Star groups were rushing back to meet
from the SSP Alliance, arrived to find the Anshar and Star
with the remaining inner-Earth alliance council groups,
groups waiting for one of the Sphere Being Alliance
Goode and Kaaree spoke briefly about what just took
entities in a rather plain looking room. He and Gonzales
place.
thought that Raw-Tear-Eir, one of the Blue Avians in
regular contact with Goode, would be there. Instead, one
of the Triangle-headed beings materialized and began a

465
Kaaree told Goode that they were excited and disturbed by
what was communicated. They were told by the Triangle-
headed being that "from the Guardians perspective [the
inner-Earth people] had not been proper stewards of this
planetary sphere."
Related Sphere Beings, Guardians
and Ancient Builder Race
Connections to Thoth and the Law
of One | Secret Negotiations over
Disclosure of Extraterrestrial Life &
Inner Earth Civilizations
Goode speculated that the Guardians were referring to the
inner-Earth people's methods of interacting with the
surface population, which was deceptive at times, using
certain parts of the population as pawns in their own
conflicts with what they called Genetic Farmer Races—
although not all the inner-Earth groups did so.
According to Goode's previous testimony, the genetic
farmer races came into the Solar System some 500,000
years ago after the energy barrier came down in an ancient
space war. Some of these races later became part of a
super federation of some 60 different groups, which at
present have 22 independent yet overlapping genetic,
social and spiritual experiments being conducted on Earth.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 4
- Episode 1: Super Earth - Summary
and Analysis | Corey Goode and
David Wilcock
Goode confirms Wilcock's speculation that some of these
more nefarious inner-Earth groups had alliances with
Cabal syndicates on the surface. Goode further adds that
the inner-Earth groups are not a perfect alliance, and only
recently began cooperating as a result of external threats.
He reminded Wilcock that in the first inner-Earth council
meeting from September 2015, there was palpable tension
between the different inner-Earth groups.
Goode said some of the inner-Earth groups are service-to-
self orientation, whereas others are more service-to-others,
but "stuck in self-preservation mode," and as such have
employed deceptive means to interact with the surface.
The inference is that the Guardians did not approve of the
fact the inner-Earth peoples had not been more transparent
with the surface population and had even let some of them
die off in cataclysms for "genetic purity" justifications.
Goode speculates that the inner-Earth groups were upset
because they probably thought they were doing the best
they could to help the surface population, saving certain
groups from cataclysm and appearing to them to offer
wisdom but ultimately the Guardians felt they could have
done more. At least this is what he and Wilcock speculated
on.
466
Wilcock theorized that the reference to improper
stewardship refers to their lack of transparent dealings with
the surface population and that they might have been given
a "directive" to reveal themselves to the surface, which
would put them at risk. This could have been the reason
they were so anxious after the exchange. Goode confirms
Wilcock's theory, saying he was told later that this is what
happened:
"I was told exactly that in a later meeting."
Days after the Kuiper Belt meeting concluded, Gonzales
reported to Goode that it had not gone well in another
meeting that took place shortly after. Three of the inner-
Earth alliance groups, who Goode was asked not to reveal,
decided to cease participating in the inner-Earth council.
One of them was the Omega pendant group.
Goode said the three divergent groups would rather go off
on their own and that one of the them have off-world allies
with "interest and real estate in Africa." In other words,
these divergent inner-Earth groups have other alliances
they can rely on for support, possibly with a more
nefarious affiliation.
Lower Level SSP Groups Break Away from SSP
Alliance Council and Push for Limited Disclosure
In an unrelated disclosure, Goode revealed that he also was
briefed regarding some developments within the SSP
Alliance and Earth-based Alliance councils. Apparently
some lower level SSP groups broke away from the main
SSP alliance and are,
" ... positioning themselves to be disclosed
in a similar way that the steath fighter was
disclosed back in the 80's."
This lower level group, who is itself made up of many
other programs, intends on disclosing their limited
narrative to the public. Goode said:
"... the narrative they have been
indoctrinated [in] is that most of the stuff
flying around [in the sky] is human, that
there were ETs, but not anymore, it's [all]
distant past stuff."
"[Disclosure of] different space stations we have in near-
Earth orbit that are about 30 to 50 years more advanced
than the ISS."
"They will probably start off with this type of information."
This is essentially the partial disclosure narrative Goode
has discussed in the past.
 Related Partial Disclosure Is NOT
an Option | Unity, Kindness and
Creating Tolerance for Diversity
Related It's Time For Unity |
Analysis of Mini Update by Corey
Goode: The Art of Negotiation and
Who Represents Humanity in SSP
AllIance Meetings?
Goode said the partial disclosure narrative is already being
rolled out to the public. This narrative was revealed in the
first and last episode of season 10 of The X-files. One of
Wilcock's insiders, Bruce, has staunchly held to this partial
disclosure narrative as well, suggesting Bruce might be a
lower level SSP asset.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 4
- Episode 2: Who Built the Moon? -
Summary and Analysis | Corey
Goode and David Wilcock
Third Meeting with Inner-Earth Group in January
2016
In early January, a second meeting occurred between
Goode and Kaaree, the third meeting with the inner-Earth
groups. He said her tone was somewhat different than their
last encounter. Apparently, the three groups that left the
inner-Earth Alliance council (which Goode received
intelligence on from Gonzales) did so in a rather intense
manner as a result of some disagreement about how to
proceed regarding their interactions with the surface.
The Anshar decided that they were going to begin
revealing the truth about who they were to their remote or
channeled contacts on the surface, undoing the previous
narrative wherein they presented themselves as human-like
ETs. The three other groups,
" ... did not like the idea one bit, they
thought it was reckless and it would end up
in their demise. Not only did they leave [the
council], they 'stepped up' their
disinformation efforts [with the surface]."
The two goals are mutually exclusive; and greater tensions
between the inner-Earth groups are likely to occur as time
goes on. In other words, an agenda of secrecy cannot be
maintained while also attempting to reveal the truth.
The Anshar were also given a new mission and directive,
which they are very excited about.
"More direct influence in a positive way with
the surface population. We may have more
.
467
open contact with them before we have
open contact with [other] non-terrestrials."
Kaaree told Goode that they would be meeting more
frequently together as individuals and that the Mayan
breakaway group will become more active as well. He said
that this Mayan group has been "showing up everywhere."
They attended the meeting at the Kuiper Belt base; and
Gonzales told Goode he has seen them "all over the place."
Gonzales reported later that a meeting between the inner-
Earth groups occurred shortly after this Kuiper belt
rendezvous with the Guardians. This was the last time all
the groups met together as a council or alliance, since the
time of the recording of this episode.
Corey said that while he was able to comprehend some of
what happened at the Kuiper Belt meeting from December,
neither he nor Gonzales was properly briefed about what
took place. This was very frustrating for them and the SSP
Alliance, as they were unsure as to why they were invited.
Previously, Gonzales was meeting frequently with the
inner-Earth groups and was even transported to a Kuiper
Belt base by an Anshar vessel during the September visit
with Goode.
Conclusions
The ramp-up for partial disclosure seems to be progressing
forward, per Goode's statement that the lower level SSP
groups have broken away. Quite possibly they are working
with the Earth-based alliances who also want to maintain
power over humanity by only revealing limited
information to the public.
Goode has stated in the past that some of these groups feel
as though limited disclosure is unrealistic given how much
information has already been revealed. But considering the
fact the masses of humanity are still heavily controlled by
social programming or mind control, any amount of
disclosure could potentially be "debunked" by the media.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 4
- Episode 5: Voice of God
Technology - Summary and Analysis
| Corey Goode and David Wilcock
A grassroots effort, forming within the awakening
community, is currently one of the projects being
developed by Goode and a network of other like-minded
figures, such as Pleiadian contactee COBRA.
For more information about this effort and how you can
participate visit fulldisclosureproject.org.
Cosmic Disclosure Season 4 - Episode 8: Inner Earth
Update - Summary And Analysis
Corey Goode And David Wilcock
By Justin Deschamps
Thursday, April 28, 2016
In six previous episodes of Cosmic
Disclosure, Corey Goode and David
Wilcock discuss the inner-Earth and a
meeting that Goode attended in September
2016. Since that time, several
unprecedented developments have taken
place for the inner-Earth peoples, which
presumably will have an effect on the
surface population.
Goode discusses several updates of
importance in this episode. A meeting of
the inner-Earth Alliance Council took place
in December 2015 in the Kuiper Belt. It was
a seminal event due to the fact that they
were finally going to have the chance to
meet one of the Sphere Being Alliance
races, known to them as the Guardians.
The inner-Earth peoples have revered the
Guardians for eons, but were not in direct
contact with them, based on inferences
provided by Goode. The facility in the
Kuiper Belt is an SSP base, where other
meetings between Lt. Col. Gonzales and
the Anshar inner-Earth group took place.
468
Gonzales and Goode met with the
priestess Kaaree from the Anshar group,
who was acting as a delegate to the
Sphere Being who was to attended the
meeting. The Star group was also present,
but standing behind the Anshar as they
both waited for the Sphere Being to arrive.
Goode had thought Raw-Teir-Eir was to
attend, but instead a Triangle-headed
being materialized in front of the Anshar
assembly.
A silent exchange took place for what felt
like 30 minutes to Goode, but could have
been longer or shorter. Both he and
Gonzales were not privy to what was
telepathically discussed, however, Goode
was able to glean excitement and
trepidation coming from the inner-Earth
delegates as the exchange was taking
place.
Afterward, the Triangle-head being
dematerialized without a word or
acknowledgment; both Goode and
Gonzales were perplexed by what just
occurred. The Anshar and Star groups
immediately wanted to hold a meeting with
the whole inner-Earth council
delegation and quickly began walking
towards where they were gathered. While
on route, Kaaree told Goode that they
received an enormous amount of
information that was partially disturbing yet
also inspiring. The Sphere Being had
informed the Anshar delegates that the
inner-Earth peoples, in general, had not
been proper stewards of the planetary
sphere, and had given them a new
directive.
Although Goode received no explicit
confirmation of what this meant, he and
Wilcock contend that the Sphere Being was
referring to the inner-Earth peoples
protocol of subterfuge and deception with
regard to their contacts with the surface
population. The inner-Earth groups, despite
these seemingly nefarious methods had an
overall positive intention insofar as their
agenda, which was, to offer aide to the
surface during times of cataclysm and to
share wisdom and knowledge for uplifting
humanity.
The Sphere Being gave the inner-Earth
peoples a new directive, which some of the
groups wanted to move forward with
whereas others did not. This directive,
again not explicitly relayed to Goode, was
that they must be more honest and
transparent with the surface. The Anshar
group, in particular, decided to alter their
contact methods and begin revealing more
of the truth to their existing contactee's on
the surface, which eventually could lead to
open direct contact.
Three of the inner-Earth groups were not
pleased by the change in policy, which
prior to this development, appears to have
been unanimously to hide from the surface
using deception. But Gonzales informed
Goode shortly after the December
gathering, that another meeting took place
between all the inner-Earth groups wherein
the three divergent groups decided to
cease cooperating with the others. The
dividing line seems to be that four of the
groups want to honor the directive offered
by the Sphere beings while the remaining
three do not.
Wilcock was perplexed by this shift in
policy due to the fact the inner-Earth
alliance was one of necessity. In previous
episodes discussing Goodes September
inner-Earth voyage, it was made clear that
Cabal syndicates on the surface now have
the capability to attack and damage inner-
Earth group settlements. Prior to this, the
inner-Earth groups enjoyed relative
protection from the surface. Goode shares
that the three divergent inner-Earth groups
have off-world allies—one with interest and
real estate in Africa—which they are relying
on.
Goode shared that these three divergent
inner-Earth groups, in contrast to the other
four, plan on increasing their disinformation
efforts with the surface, possibly in direct
opposition to the disclosures being made
through the other groups. This could mean
that even more disinformation wars take
place specifically in regard to the inner-
469
Earth peoples. No doubt conflicts within the
awakening community from within the
followers of these groups are likely to
occur.
In an off topic disclosure, Goode shared
another major development. Apparently the
lower level secret space programs broke
away from the SSP Alliance Council,
possibly as a result of further negotiations
with the Earth-based Alliances. It was
made clear to Goode, by Gonzales that this
divergent SSP group plans on pushing the
limited or partial disclosure narrative
discussed in the below-linked episode.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 8: Inner Earth: Debriefing with
the Alliance - Summary and Analysis |
Corey Goode and David Wilcock
Goode also revealed that a third meeting
took place between himself and the
priestess Kaaree in January of this year.
She revealed to him that the reverberations
from the inner-Earth delegation meeting
with the Triangle-head being were
monumental. Due to the fact that the inner-
Earth groups are highly telepathic in
nature, each member of their respective
societies received an instant telepathic
update which was akin to receiving a direct
communication from an angelic being. The
inner-Earth groups spent eons of time
without any communication from their
beloved Guardians, but due to the conclave
in the Kuiper Belt, they found renewed
inspiration.
Goode said that more meetings would be
taking place between them and that a
Mayan breakaway group will become more
active in the coming weeks and months.
Apparently, Gonzales and Goode have
both seen these Mayans wondering about
at various times but were not informed as
to what their involvement in the SSP
Alliance.
In the Consciousness Life Expo talk from
this year, Good revealed that the Mayan
group are adept healers and helped him
while he was overcoming his earlier
experiences in the SSP.
Analysis
There is not any additional commentary or
analysis to provide for this episode, above
and beyond what was already shared in the
previous six episodes in the inner-Earth
sub-series (linked below). However, I do
wonder if the presence of the Mayans,
Courtesy of spherebeingalliance.com. Artist depiction of the Mayan breakaway civilization
Consider that four of the inner-Earth groups
intend to reveal the truth, over time, to the
surface, which will eventually lead to open
contacts. This is an anathema to the other
three groups, and if they intend on
producing disinformation that attempts to
counter the other four groups, we should
see more explosive division and infighting
within the awakening community as a
result. Therefore, it is advisable not to
become a fanatic of any one point of view
and consider all perspectives when
discerning emergent data.
In addition, the lower level SSP also
intends on pushing their limited disclosure
narrative. But since it can only be effective
if most of the awakening population
subscribes to this partial narrative, more
disinformation attempting to debunk Goode
and other's testimony is likely to occur.
Again our skills of discernment will be put
to the test in the coming months.
Finally, if the inner-Earth groups and the
SSP Alliance, who are both loosely working
towards the same goal of full disclosure,
470
given their apparent healing abilities, is
indicative of preparations being made for
the surface population.
partner with the grassroots effort forming
on the surface, then a major catalyzing
event could eventuate that causes both
sides of the disclosure war to meet head
on. This means there will most likely be
enormous amounts of disinformation, co-
intel pro, and coordinated attacks against
full disclosure operatives like Goode,
William Tomkins, and other whistleblowers.
All of which are designed to cause the
awakening population to doubt the full
disclosure narrative and fight amongst
themselves about what may or may not be
true.
But the truth cannot remain hidden forever,
and any effort to push partial disclosure will
require the awakening community to be
complicit and inactive, especially in regard
to exercising proper discernment. But once
"open war" between the limited and full
disclosure camps breaks out, and a victor
begins to emerge—hopefully, the full
disclosure camp—then a tipping point will
likely be triggered, causing a massive shift
once the awakening community's division is
finally healed and reconciled.
It would be at this juncture that the Mayan
groups healing abilities would be most
useful. Those within the awakening
community are some of the most targeted
individuals on the planet, and this
disinformation war is having a damaging
effect on many within it. There are several
key figures within the awakening
community that have seemingly "gone
crazy" in the past year or so—some of you
will know who I am referring to. I suspect
that the casualties of the limited vs partial
disclosure war will be numerable, but the
Mayan group could be ready and waiting to
offer aid when the time comes.
Of course, this is just a potential timeline
based on current conditions. As individuals
exercise their free will choice and choose
either the whole truth (full disclosure) or
their personal belief systems (partial
disclosure) dynamics change and predicted
timelines are altered.
In either case, the solution to all our
problems, especially in regard to discerning
information, is to become a sovereign self-
mastered being. To search for the truth
wherever it leads and humbly share the
findings with those who are willing to listen.
We each have a unique perspective that
when added to the whole via
compassionate discourse provides the
entire community a grander point of view.
But we cannot be truth fanatics, meaning
we must keep our minds and hearts open.
Unity with respect to seeking the truth
should be a given, but for decades, we've
been divided based simply on what we
think might be the truth.
Since no one has all the facts, wouldn't it
make more sense to pool our resources
and work towards greater understanding as
a united people? Why bicker about what
no-one can claim absolute certainty of?
I suspect that in the coming months, it will
be more and more advantageous for us to
work together than to continue fighting.
Update - An artist depiction of the Mayan
group was added to this article, courtesy of
Corey Goode and
spherebeingalliance.com.
For previous episodes of Cosmic
Disclosure discussing the inner-Earth see
the below-linked articles.
471
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 2: A Goode Trip to the Inner
Earth - Summary and Analysis | Corey
Goode and David Wilcock
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 4: Revelations from the Inner
Earth - Summary and Analysis | Corey
Goode and David Wilcock
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 5: Inner Earth: The Grand Tour
- Summary and Analysis | Corey Goode
and David Wilcock
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 6: Inner Earth: The Library -
Summary and Analysis | Corey Goode
and David Wilcock
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 7: Inner Earth: Into the Hall of
Records - Summary and Analysis |
Corey Goode and David Wilcock
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 3 -
Episode 8: Inner Earth: Debriefing with
the Alliance - Summary and Analysis |
Corey Goode and David Wilcock
Overview of Corey Goode, the Secret Space Program
Alliance, and the Sphere Being Alliance:
Corey Goode is a Secret Space Program (SSP) insider and
whistleblower that began disclosing information in 2009
under the pseudonym GoodETxSG. In 2014, he started
revealing a great deal more information in an effort to
prepare humanity for what he calls data dumps, set to
occur at an opportune moment in the future. Much of the
information he provides comes from Smart Glass Pads,
iPad-like devices supplied to SSP personnel for
information dissemination purposes. This will be a
groundbreaking event, revealing the totality of Earth's
history and the activities of the Cabal which will ultimately
lead to a truth and reconciliation style tribunal to hold
criminal elements accountable for wrongdoing.
Additionally, the SSP Alliance intends on releasing all of
the hidden technology to the people in preparation for a
Star Trek-type golden age civilization.
According to Goode, the Cabal or the secret Earth
government and their syndicates (as termed by the SSP
Alliance) have enslaved humanity under a false paradigm
of a technological advancement, while secretly developing
incredible technology (a Star Trek level of advancement)
used to colonize the solar system and beyond, engaging in
trade with thousands of extraterrestrial races.
Space programs have been developed in secret all
throughout Earth's history, and in many cases, groups
broke away from the main culture forming what is called a
Breakaway Civilization. Some of these civilizations have
existed in secret, on Earth and beyond for, thousands of
years. The Agartha Network is one such group that claims
to be the original human race. It was this group in addition
to the Draco Alliance, that made contact with a secret
German space program in the early 20th Century.
In modern times, the Germans were the most advanced of
the SSP groups, beginning their efforts in earnest during
the early 1920's and 30's. The Americans were also
developing a SSP, but were much further behind in
technological advances. Later, the American SSPs were
infiltrated and taken over by the Germans after the end of
World War II. It was after this forced merger that the SSP,
under the direction of the Interplanetary Corporate
Conglomerate (ICC), expanded into the solar system and
beyond, setting up dozens of bases and mining facilities
chiefly using slave labor.
In the early 1990's, a faction within the SSP known
as Solar Warden slowly began to go against the ICC,
allying with a group of highly evolved extraterrestrials
known as the Sphere Being Alliance in 2012. Since then,
more factions have joined the alliance which is actively
working to free humanity on Earth and beyond, known as
the SSP Alliance. Despite their good intentions, the SSP
Alliance is a group of highly damaged and morally
ambiguous individuals, according to Goode, that recognize
at some level the need to change the status quo, but are
hardly angels.
The Sphere Beings are a group of five extraterrestrial
races, one of which is known as the Blue Avians, that
arrived in the solar system during the late 1980's. Two of
the races remain unrevealed; however, there is also a race
of Golden Triangle Head beings and Blue Orb beings
made of light. Over the course of 20 years, they began
bringing massive spheres into the solar system and
surrounding area, some which are the size of Jupiter. This
is in an effort to down-step galactic energy waves, which
are slowly changing life as we know it. These spheres are
cloaked and not detectable by the surface population of
Earth.
According to the Sphere Beings, a massive shift in
energetic expression is now occurring in the solar system,
as the result of a natural process of consciousness
evolution, assisted by our solar system's movement
through the galaxy and increasingly coherent energy
fields encountered as a result. The Sphere Being Alliance
specifically asked for Goode to represent them in SSP
Alliance meetings as a Sphere Being Alliance delegate.
Presently, the SSP Alliance is negotiating with the
remaining cabal aligned programs, as well as innumerable
races that have lived in the solar system for millions of
years, and even breakaway civilizations once resident on
the Earth's surface. The Sphere Beings have erected an
energy barrier around the solar system preventing ingress
and egress, trapping many of the negatively oriented
472
groups that have been loosely allied with the secret Earth
government syndicates for thousands of years. Since this
event, the pyramid of power known on Earth known as the
Cabal or Illuminati has fallen into disarray, because the
Draco Alliance attempted to betray their underlings to the
Sphere Beings in an attempt to gain passage out of the
solar system and escape the coming justice of the SSP
Alliance.
SSP factions encountered many intriguing things as they
ventured out into the solar system. Apparently there are
remnants of extremely old settlements and technology
from what is called the Ancient Builder Race. These
beings were incredibly advanced, using a type of
consciousness technology that appears to be an inanimate
object until activated by a user. They are also responsible
for building ancient stargates found on nearly every major
body in the solar system. According to the Agarthans, the
Sphere Beings are in fact the Ancient Builder Race,
although the SSP has yet to confirm this directly from
them.
The dark side of the Moon is home to many different
groups, including the ICC, the Draco Alliance, the SSP
Alliance, the Dark Fleet, and more. The Moon is
apparently an artificial object, and has become a neutral
zone for all of these groups, which have maintained a
peaceful armistice for thousands of years. The Moon
serves as an observational outpost for over 60 groups of
extraterrestrial races engaged in 22 genetic programs and
social experiments on Earth. Some of these programs
conflict with each other, yet all of them have influenced
Earth's history for millennia.
Related David Wilcock and Corey
Goode: History of the Solar System and
Secret Space Program - Notes from
Consciousness Life Expo 2016
Show Description:
Tensions rise within the inner earth and secret space
alliances as distressing news is conveyed from the sphere
beings. In this special presentation, Corey Goode updates
us on the proceedings after he is once again recalled to the
Kuiper Belt base and then back into the heart of the earth.
The beings of the inner earth have been given a new
mission, one that will impact channelers all over the
planet.
This interview with David Wilcock was originally webcast
April 26, 2016.
Summarized notes will be in black, with my commentary
in [Ariel bolded brackets]. Alterations to the transcript for
ease of reading will be in [brackets], but the original
content of the dialog is always maintained. The images
with black letter boxing were captured from this episode
on Gaia TV.
Transcribed by Hugues Próvest. Commentary by Justin CG - Correct.
Deschamps.
DW - But you have since been taken up there or taken
DW = David Wilcock, CG = Corey Goode. down there again?

CG - Correct but before that happened, there was a

meeting at a Secret Space Program (SSP) base in the
Kuiper Belt that I was brought to by the SSP Alliance.

DW - When you say before that happened, you mean

before you were brought into the underground…

CG - …before I was brought back to… <Adding to each

other’s phrases>

DW - …to the [inner-Earth] cities again?

CG - Yeah, before that occurred. And this was a pretty

significant meeting. The inner-Earth group that—the group
KUIPER BELT MEETING WITH THE INNER- that I had talked to, that I can now say they are named the
EARTH ALLIANCE: Anshar, the group that had the Saturn amulet. <DW: Ha!>

DW - Welcome to Cosmic Disclosure. I’m your host, [Transcriber Hugues Prévost Notes:
David Wilcock and I’m here with Corey Goode. We’re The word “Anshar” is well attested in the
talking about the inner-Earth, a fascinating sequence of Sumerian language and mythology.
data that we have been covering on this show. So Corey, Given what we’ve learned about the
welcome back to the program! origins of the Anshar people in previous
inner-Earth episodes, it is very likely that
there is a direct connection with this
CG - Thank you. group. Sumerian (�� eme.g̃ ir15 “native
tongue”) is classified as an agglutinative
DW - Alright, so in the previous episodes, what we’ve language; that is, words can often be
gone through [are] the updates about the first meeting that easily broken into smaller parts called
you had with the people in the inner-Earth. “affixes.” Anshar consists of an- “heaven”
and shar “whole, entire” so it means “the
entire heaven.”]

The Anshar Alliance, one of the inner-Earth groups.

473
CG - The priestess, her name was Kaaree and she was
going to be present with a delegation of her group. So I
was invited and was very excited as well. And her
delegation arrived on one of their vessels—I believe,
Artist depiction of the priestess Kaaraa of the Anshar inner-Earth group.
CG - And Gonzales and I were—I mean, you could just
feel the excitement! They were just beaming with
excitement and anticipation.
DW - So they hadn’t been in contact with the Sphere
Beings before?
CG - Yeah, yeah. Per the discussion we had in the library,
they hadn’t had any contact, and this was their first contact
with the Sphere Beings, which they referred to as the
Guardians. <DW: Hmm> So they were very excited, and
when we got them in the room…
Related Sphere Beings, Guardians and
Ancient Builder Race Connections to
Thoth and the Law of One | Secret
Negotiations over Disclosure of
Extraterrestrial Life & Inner Earth
Civilizations
DW - What did this base look like, though? Because
you’re seeing it, but the audience is not necessarily seeing
it. <CG: Yes> How cool does this place look?
474
because I didn’t actually see them arrive. I just saw them
coming into the main area where we were to meet them
[and] then escort them through some passageways into an
area for the meeting.
CG - It’s not a real cool super high-tech sophisticated
place. It’s more of—it’s pretty spartan. <DW: Okay> You
wouldn’t—it’s not like…
DW - It could be a building on Earth?
CG - If you were underground, maybe. <DW: Okay> Like
an underground military base… <DW: Okay> Nothing
super significant that you’d think would be sci-fi looking
on the inside.
DW - High ceilings?
CG - About normal. <DW: Okay> About… except for the
area that we went into that was a meeting area, a
presentation hall. It looked like they stored stuff in their—
back in one area. I wasn’t really paying attention to what
exactly it was, because I was anticipating the arrival of a
Blue Avian.
DW - Was it dark or was it brightly lit like a typical
hallway with lights?
CG - It was well-lit. <DW: Nodding> The Anshar DW - <Showing astonishment> This is the one that didn’t
delegation comes in… even talk! <CG: Right!> …when you met with him.

DW - To this meeting room? CG - <Chuckling> Right, yeah. It was completely silent.

CG - Before we got into the meeting room, I greet Kaaree
and she’s more in a business mode, or she’s anticipating
this meeting.
CG - But she’s nice and greeting me. But you know, we
immediately walk the path back where we’re going to have
the meeting. And Gonzales knew where we were going. I
didn’t.
DW - He seemed like the most advanced out of all of
them, right?
CG - <Sighing> Maybe… I don’t know. It never
communicated with me the first time or this time. <DW:
Right> So it was the most bizarre thing. I’m sitting there
looking across—we’re watching back and forth. It’s
completely silent.

So we get back and we walk—it looks like we’re walking The triangle-head being, as I described before, was ten
like this wall behind us. <Waving his hand to the wall on (10), eleven (11) feet tall.
his left> We walked as if the delegation is going to be
facing this wall behind us. And Gonzales would be kind of DW - Gosh!
like, if you were standing right there in front of me and I
was standing about twelve (12) feet away, maybe fifteen
CG - And his head was as wide as his shoulders, if not a
(15) feet away, facing him. Kaaree and two others were up
little bit wider. It was very thin.
in the front, and there were several more with her in the
delegation. They were up to the front, and we were sitting
there waiting for Raw-Teir-Eir to appear. And to our
shock, a triangle-headed being appeared!

Artist depiction of the Triangle-head being.

475
CG - Its arms and legs—very thin. And it seemed almost as if it was in not really water, but it was just slowly, just waving
its… [limbs]. It was very strange.

Artist depiction of the Triangle-head being.

CG - Its legs and its arms and as last time, it [had] three fingers and three toes. And it’s up on its toes like tripods, and they
were doing like this <showing a slight bent with his fingers on his knees to mimic the tripod toes>.

And they had a completely silent exchange that went on for some time. It’s almost impossible to judge time accurately. It went
on for some time. And they were just sitting there looking at each other, and the only movement was the slight movement of
the triangle-head being. And Gonzales and I keep looking at each other and looking back and forth, and you see some slight
mannerisms here and there. And then it was over. The triangle-head being…

Artist depiction of CG observing the silent communication between the Triangle-head being and the Anshar (white) and Star pendent group (blue
uniforms to the right).
DW - How long did this silence last? CG - It may have been anywhere from thirty to forty (30–
40) minutes <DW: Wow!> subjectively. I mean, it went on
for a while.

476
DW - And you didn’t get any intuitive hits on what they
were talking about?
CG - The only intuitive hits I was getting—I wasn’t
feeling anything from the triangle-head being, but I was
feeling—I felt some anxiety come up [from the Anshar]. I
felt excitement. I felt a little bit of confusion and different
things but I did not know what those emotions were
associated with, content-wise in the conversation. We were
not privy to the interface that was going on between the
two. After this ended and the triangle-head being—just
like you change the radio channel and it’s gone!
DW - It just winked out? <CG: Huh-huh> Was it a fade or
was it just a sudden disappearance?
CG - Winked out, gone. <DW: Huh!> The delegation was
excited but at the same time there was some trepidation
and a little bit of—they were upset a little bit. And [they
Artist depiction of the Star pendant group.
THE INNER-EARTH GROUPS WERE NOT
PROPER STEWARDS OF THE EARTH:
CG - But they were very far in the back. They were
moving quickly to get back. And as I was leaving, I was
asking how it went and trying to make small talk. Kaaree
said that it went well but they learned quite a bit of things
they had wanted to know for a long time. They were a bit
disturbed to hear from the Guardians’ perspective, they
had not been “proper stewards of this planetary sphere.”
<DW: Hmm!> Whatever [other] information she had
gleaned from that interface [she didn't say and] she was
taken very quickly to this meeting.
477
had] no time for small talk. They had a meeting with that
same inner-Earth council that I had originally met with for
the first time with Gonzales that we spoke of in previous
episodes. They had to rush back and meet with that group.
And as they were walking back…
DW - Was it only the Anshar that actually were granted
the meeting with the triangle-head being?
CG - The Anshar were there and there was one other
group there.
DW - Which amulet did they wear?
CG - The star.
DW - I don’t think anybody would be in a better position
than you to speculate what that means. Why were they not
good stewards of this planet?
CG - Well, the inner-Earth groups that—I guess, [it would
have something to do with] their rationale for the way they
have interacted with the surface population that we’ve
discussed, the deception at times, using certain parts of the
population as pawns. [This involved] not all of them but
certain inner-Earth groups using surface population as
pawns in this ongoing conflict with what they refer to as
genetic farmer races that had come in. And I assume that
there was quite a bit more on that topic that was shared
with them.
DW - So you’re saying because these inner-Earth groups for some time. So there’s been this political relationship
formed an alliance, some of them, from our perspective, developing for some time.
were working with the Cabal and were what we would
consider negative? And so this is part of why they were DW - You’re saying the SSP Alliance has been bringing
told they were not being good stewards? out the inner-Earth beings to the Kuiper Belt for some
time?
CG - Right. And of these seven groups, when they were
[together] they were very uncomfortable meeting with CG - Right. There have been several meetings that
each other. Some of them did not like each other very well, Gonzales had with the inner-Earth groups and the SSP
and some of them were leaning more towards the Service Council Alliance.
to Self negative, and some leaned more towards Service to
Others, but still, were in self-preservation mode.
DW - And you had said when you went in some of these
underground caverns like the gardens...
DW - What about these inner-Earth beings posing as gods
to populations on Earth? Is that improper stewardship?
DW - That you’re seeing classic 1950s flying saucers type
Should they not have been doing that, appearing that way,
shapes [moving] around and [going] through rock.
or is that part of their role to help guide us?
CG - And in that trip, they had actually given Gonzales a
CG - They believe that [it was] their role. Many of the
ride back in one of their craft to this very base.
different beings that have called themselves Guardians and
have taken part in all these different things believe that [it
was] their role. Whether the Sphere Being Alliance agreed DW - So my point of bringing that up is that even though
[or not], I don’t know. we think of these people as living inside the Earth, they
could easily travel throughout our solar system anywhere
they want to go on their own.
[After] she left, Gonzales later contacted me and told me
that when they left that meeting with the “Guardians,”
<quote gesturing> the meeting that they had with the CG - Absolutely, yes.
Inner-Earth Council was the last one that those seven
groups had together. DW - And beyond, I assume.

DW - Was Gonzales part of that meeting? INNER-EARTH GROUP COLONIES AND THE
MAYAN BREAKAWAY GROUP:
CG - No.
CG - And beyond, yeah. There are colonies on other star
DW - Gonzales must be freaking out because you and he systems.
are essentially the delegates, the only contact that they
have in the Space Space Program Alliance at least, the DW - That they have?
only contact they have to this historic event, where the
Guardians are meeting with the inner-Earth Alliance. And CG - Yes.
you guys don’t know anything about what happens?
DW - We haven’t heard about that.
CG - Total silence. Nothing.
CG - Well, they have and also the Mayan group, which is
DW - That’s got to make the SSP Alliance really upset, I goin
would think!

CG - Well, the meeting was not about us. It was…

DW - Why would you be brought in though? Why would
you be brought into something that you can’t see,
something you can’t hear?
CG - I don’t know… <DW: Okay> I don’t know. I really
didn’t see the reason for me being there, to be honest. But
this was an overture to the Anshar and their alliance.
They’ve been having them out to these Kuiper Belt bases
g to be—they’re becoming much more active, and we’re
going to be talking about them much more in the near
future.
DW - Do you have any specifics as to where these inner-
Earth beings have colonized? Is there any identifiable stars
that we would know of that they’ve actually settled on?

478
CG - The only one that I’ve been told about is the Mayan
group. [They have colonized] some worlds within the
Pleiades.
DW - Really?
CG - Yeah. And they had taken like 40 million of their peo
ple with them, and they had done that from the Earth.
IMPLICATIONS OF THE INNER-EARTH KUIPER
BELT MEETING:
DW - Why do you think these people were upset by what
the triangle-head being told them? What was the twist?
CG - I guess I wouldn’t call it them of being a little self-
righteous, but they had felt on their own for so long. They
felt like they had been doing the best they could and were
doing the right thing. Every time there were cataclysms,
they would do what they could to help humanity, even
though—and a lot of times, it was in a dishonest or
manipulative way. It was—I don’t know. It was kind of a
wakeup call for some of them.

Artist depiction of the Omega inner-Earth group.

DW - I guess what I’m wondering is: you’ve got this veil their resources. So what could possibly make them want to
of secrecy, you’re not able to hear what’s going on. break that off because it seems like it’s a choice between
There’s this kind of shock and depression to some degree life and death at this point?
after it’s over. Do you think that if these people are being
told they were improper stewards, that they were now CG - It is, but I can’t really reveal too much of that
given a directive that they’re going to have to reveal without revealing who they are.
themselves to us as a planet and that they’re actually
terrified of this, because they could be killed? DW - Okay. So they’re just going to go it alone and
they’re going to take their best chances with that at this
CG - Right, yeah. And I was told exactly that in a later point?
meeting by them. Days after this meeting, Gonzales
communicated that it had not gone well in the inner-Earth
CG - Let’s just say one of the groups is also in contact
council meeting. Three of the groups—and I’ve been asked with an off-world group that has a lot of interest and real
not to say which ones, just for operational security
estate in Africa. So there are other alliances that they have.
reasons—a lot of people can guess one of them. The
They’re not putting all their eggs in one basket.
Omega group was one of them. They left the inner-Earth
affiliation that they had.
DW - Okay. So did anything else happen in this meeting,
where Kaaree and the delegation are with the triangle-head
DW - But you said originally that the inner-Earth
being? They go off. Then you see Gonzales. You have this
affiliation was due to lethal threats that they’re facing from
the Cabal, that the only way they could survive is to pool
479
brief conversation with him. Did anything else happen at
that point, or did you just get returned?
LOWER SECRET SPACE PROGRAM BREAKS
AWAY FROM SSP ALLIANCE:
CG - We briefly had some discussions about what was
going on in the different secret space program [groups,
including] some of the scuttlebutt that was going on
between [them]. The Secret Space Program Alliance and
the Earth Alliance, both alliances are made up of loosely
knit groups. There’s a lot of politics [going on]. There’s a
lot of different agendas. So there’s always quite a bit of
interesting little scuttlebutt to hear. So we usually…
DW - Is it something that you can’t share with us?
CG - It’s somewhat off topic but it had to do with military
intelligence—lower secret space program recently broke
away from the SSP Alliance. Now it appears that they’re
positioning themselves to be disclosed in a similar way
that the stealth fighter was basically disclosed back in the
eighties (80s). DW - <Hmm>
CG - This will most likely be up to the level of the
different space stations we have in near-Earth orbit that are
480
CG - So they are no longer a part of the [SSP Alliance]
Council. The whole group wasn’t a part of the council.
There were some key people that were part of the council
keeping them under the narrative that they had been
indoctrinated: [that] most of the stuff flying around is
human, that there were ETs, but not anymore, it’s distant
past stuff, and—you know—that kind of narrative.
Related Partial Disclosure Is NOT an
Option | Unity, Kindness and Creating
Tolerance for Diversity
DW - Okay, but you just dropped a bombshell, and so I
want to make sure that we get this properly talked about.
You’re saying that the lower level military secret space
program is going to be formally revealed to humanity.
That was part of what he told you?
CG - Right, in stages. I was told that…
DW - So are we just talking about the X-37B, the little
space shuttle thing that flies up and then orbits the Earth
[for] a year, and the lands again?
probably about thirty to fifty (30–50) years more advanced
than the International Space Station. They fly a couple of
times a month to service. They’ll probably start off with
that type of information.
DW - What else could it go into? Do they have the ability
to fly around our solar system?
CG - On that level, they do, but it’s not in the short time
period that the higher space program has.
DW - But that could be disclosed. If this program is
disclosed, then what you’re saying is that we could be told
on a global level that the military has craft that in their
own time, which is obviously not as fast as the [higher]
SSP, they could travel around the solar system.
CG - Right. And I was told that there are a number of
lower SSP insiders that are being groomed and coached to
unofficially released from their twenty-year non-disclosure
[agreements].
DW - Now why would these people want to say that there
are no extraterrestrials and it’s all us? What’s the game
plan behind something like that?
CG - It’s a partial disclosure narrative that some of the
groups are working to push. It’s already unfolding in front
of our face. And I mean, you can see it in the shows, the
commercials…
DW - Well, we’ve discussed, you and I, not on camera yet,
but we’ve discussed this shocking X-Files pilot episode of
January 24th, which airs three days after the CIA does a
limited hangout disclosure on their own website. That X-
Files episode is basically saying there’s hardly any ETs,
that it’s all us.
Related Partial or Limited Disclosure
Agenda Revealed in 2016 X-FILES
Season 10
DW - That’s the big thing that Mulder keeps saying,
“We’ve been deceived this whole time. It’s man, it’s
man!” So you’re saying that [this] type of content like the
X-Files is part of a disclosure narrative that they’re
deliberately trying to put out there?
CG - Yes, that X-Files [pilot episode] is the exact narrative
that most of the space command people had given to them
over decades.
DW - How could somebody be naive enough to believe
that? <CG smiling> I mean, I’m not trying to insult them
but seriously, how could they believe there are no
extraterrestrials?
481
CG - I could walk out the door right now and find people
[who] don’t believe [they exist], just because of the
conditioning from mainstream media.
DW - Yeah, but these guys are flying—you said they have
craft that can fly throughout the solar system. There’s
pyramids on Mars. There’s a face on Mars. What do they
think that is?
CG - Well, they’re basically just like what they’re putting
out on X-Files, that yes, sporadic alien contact has
occurred mainly in the ancient past. Everything that’s
occurring right now are alien reproduction vehicles. And
that’s all that’s flying around.
DW - Aren’t they gonna see Secret Space Program assets?
CG - They do!
DW - What do they think that is?
CG - They’re told that they are concept vehicles [and that
they’re] not to speak about it [and] not to put them in the
reports or logs.
DW - How bizarre! <CG: Yeah> Well, I do know an
insider, who’s one of the top guys that worked with
Richard Hoagland, and he believes this whole thing,
absolutely. It’s kind of shocking.
CG - I’ve had people ready to punch me in the face [to
defend their belief] that they’re at the top of the pyramid.
“That’s as high as it goes,” and yeah.
DW - So you have this conversation with Gonzales before
you leave, and this idea that the actual lower level military
SSP will be disclosed, that’s it’s underway—the plan is
underway, including these insiders getting ready to be
coming forward.
CG - Correct.
DW - Is there anything else that you talked about with him
before we get to the next meeting that you had?
CG - That should pretty much button it up.
DW - Okay. So your original meeting [you had,] we did a
bunch of episodes about seeing people in the inner-Earth,
you said that took place in September [of 2015]. So when
was the second meeting in the Kuiper Belt?
MEETING AGAIN WITH PRIESTESS KAAREE:
CG - It was in late December [2015]. <DW: Okay> And
then early January [2016] was the next meeting, where I
actually was brought back down to have a meeting with
the priestess.
DW - Alright, well, let’s go into that. So you have a third
meeting now with people from the inner-Earth. <CG nods
yes> So tell us about—where does this meeting take place,
first of all?
CG - The meeting takes place in the same area—in the
same underground location, but I didn’t have to go through
all the rituals and stuff.
DW - You didn’t have to disrobe and get into the little
fountain?
CG - Right.
DW - So were you able to wear your normal clothes, not
the ceremonial robe?
CG - Right. We were over in the city area. She was not
as—she had a different energy about her. I guess quite a
bit had happened in-between with the [inner-Earth]
Alliance that they did have. The three groups that left—I
guess when they left, it was not a very smooth parting.
There’s a very large disagreement in how to proceed with
relations between the surface population and their [inner-
Earth] civilizations.
DW - Sure.
CG - The Anshar had decided that they were going to start
slowly communicating with the people that they’re
communicating with remotely with their minds, reaching
out to the people that they had been telling that they were
from these different star systems or all these different
scenarios. They were going to start telling them who they
were.
And the other groups, the three other groups did not like
the idea one bit. They thought it was reckless and would
end up in their demise. <DW: Hmm!> So they left. And
not only did they leave, they’ve stepped up their remote
influencing counterintelligence program. They’ve stepped
up with the people they were communicating with, making
them suspicious of certain types of information they hear.
DW - You’re in this meeting with inner-Earth beings.
You’re in their city, you said. It wasn’t in the temple. And
they’re telling you now that they’re being directed to tell
the truth.
CG - Right.
DW - What else happened in this meeting beside just that
one detail?
482
CG - I didn’t get any more tours anything exciting like
that. But it was mainly small talk. She wanted to
communicate how much information they had received
from the Guardians and communicate how much an impact
it had made on their community. They way they share
information is apparently the way we’re going to share
information in the future. They’ve got some sort of a—it’s
like an internet, a mental [interface] internet that they’re
able to access…
DW - Telepathically.
CG - Telepath… They share information this way. And
imagine if you have a data dump like that comes—they got
their data dump from the Guardians. And it hit—phew!—
the whole inner-Earth internet! <Laughing> So since that
time, she said that the various cities [have been] buzzing.
DW - Well, you mentioned some negative things, that
they’re not being good stewards. <CG: Right> And you
mentioned that they were told they had to be more truthful
with us. <CG: Right> So what are excited about? What’s
the positive? What was the thing that got them buzzing?
That I’m not sure I understand.
CG - Apparently, they have a new mission or direction.
It’s appearing as though this new direction and mission is
going to be more direct, maybe not more direct open
contact, but more direct influence, and in a positive way
with the surface population. We may have more open
contact with them before we start having contact with non-
terrestrials.
[Transcriber Hugues Prévost Notes: A
somewhat similar example that could
give an idea on how future relations
would look like is Bhutan, a Himalayan
country that used to be almost
completely out of reach to foreigners.
Over the years, their leadership has
gradually opened up access with the
outside world. Therefore we may see
something similar happening with the
Anshar and other groups, starting with a
disclosure of existence, followed with
establishment of diplomatic relations,
and eventually access to a limited
selection of “regular” travelers.]
DW - Was there another reason for these beings—the
inner-Earth beings—to be so excited after this contact with
the triangle-head being took place in the Sphere Being
Alliance? Do you think [that] part of their excitement was
just that they finally have reconnected after this long
absence?
CG - Well, this was a group that they revered, but the
excitement—they had received a lot of information, and
receiving a lot of information from a group that they had
not had contact with ever, but had revered. I mean, how
excited would you be right now if you finally got to get
face-to-face contact with some of these beings?
DW - That’s true. <CG: I mean…> So it’s the same thing!
CG - Yeah.
CG - Yeah, the day after I had an SSP meeting about—it
had to do directly with the lower secret space program—
my house got orbited five times by a Chinook helicopter
and I got it all on video.
Related Corey Goode Stalked by Black
Chinook Helicopter

DW - So was there anything else of significance that DW - Yeah. Well, thank you Corey, <turning towards the
happened in this particular meeting? camera> and thank you for watching. This is Cosmic
Disclosure. Fascinating information as always, and we’ll
see you next time.
CG - Not of real significance, other than what we were
talking about. She did tell me that there’s going to be a lot
more contact between her and I, and that there was going
to be more and more contact with this Mayan group. And
sure enough, this Mayan breakaway civilization group is
showing up everywhere. CG - The last time I was at a
briefing at the Kuiper Belt—this Kuiper Belt base is one
that I’ve been to a few times now—I had never seen them
there. [And then] they were there! They were wandering
around. And Gonzales says he’s starting to see them all
over the place. So I guess they are starting to take some
sort of larger role. And what that role is, I have not been
totally briefed on yet.

DW - Well, this is really fascinating and I thank you for

continuing to suffer through all the incredible stuff. You Courtesy of spherebeingalliance.com. Artist depiction of the Mayan
breakaway civilization
had helicopters circling your house five times. A black
helicopter buzzed my house. And you’re hanging tough.
You’re still here, and you’re still doing the show. So I
really thank you for participating.
.

483
 Our Technology Decades Ahead Of What's Known
Rense Radio Interview With William Tompkins And
Maj. George Filer & Frank Chille
Interview March 23, 2016
By Admin
03 May 2016 : 14:53
Part 1
(start at 02:00)
Jeff Rense: Okay. It's Wednesday, middle of the week and
we're going to do something very exciting tonight – really
provocative. William Tompkins is back tonight. He, of
course, is the man who started out as a very young
American patriot, joined the Navy and is obviously gifted,
to the extent that they pulled him way up to the top in
terms of including him in very secretive affairs, very
advanced technological affairs over time. He went on to
work, after the Navy, with one of the highest-rated and
most brilliant defense contractors, Thompson Ramo
Wooldridge (TRW).
William Tomkins
And there's a lot to talk about. We've had William
Tompkins on the program several times before. We've
talked about the space fleet we have. We've talked about
484
where we have gone in our solar system and, perhaps,
elsewhere. I don't have the answers. All I have are
questions. And I listen to what Bill says.
Maj. George Filer is standing by tonight. Are you there,
George?
Maj. George Filer: I'm here.
Rense: Where are you?
Filer: I'm in Augustine, Florida.
Rense: That's America's oldest city, isn't it?
Filer: Yes, it is.
Rense: Does it make you feel younger?
Filer: Ha. I don't know about that.
Rense: Well, you're in the oldest city, you've got to feel
pretty good. And Frank Chille has made this program
possible once again – a colleague of George's and mine
and a friend of yours. Are you there, Frank?
Frank Chille: I'm here. Good evening, Jeff.
Rense: Good evening. Tell us . . . Tell us a little bit about
Bill Tompkins for our first timers, and we'll get to Bill in
just a couple minutes. What are we going to hear tonight?
Tell us about the first book of apparently a series of books
that his near photographic memory of his remarkable life
has made possible.
Chille: Well, his first book, which is available to the public
and is creating quite a stir, is called “Selected by
Extraterrestrials” and it discusses how Bill was tapped on
the shoulder . . .
Rense: Talk a little louder would you Frank, please. Just
jump right in the phone.
Chille: Good. It looks like Bill was tapped on the shoulder
at a young age by the military to come in and use his
photographic memory to work on projects that they
thought he would be capable of as a draftsman. However,
that went well beyond that and opened the door to him
being involved in some secret projects and working with
individuals that he believed were not from here because
they were helping him in his work. And he was at the
cutting edge of a lot of things that we've only dreamt of
and, yet, so many of the things that are coming forward
now and were revealed in his book are being correlated by
the likes of Corey Goode and by Gary McKinnon, and he's
providing us with much more levels of detail than we ever
thought we'd have access to.
And I've had several nice discussions with him over the
last couple of weeks, and he is just so quick coming and
his integrity is just so . . . He's of such high integrity and
his story just needs to be told.
Jeff, I really congratulate you for bringing him forward
again to share more of his amazing life. He's a remarkable
individual on all levels.
Rense: He is indeed that. George Filer, what are your
thoughts on Bill Tompkins at this point?
Filer: Well, he has a lot of interesting information that
we're correlating and is tied together with, just like you
mentioned, McKinnon who looked into the deepest secrets
of the U.S. and came out with this information about
having a space program that's not part of the normal space
program that we think about but a secret one. It's very
exciting.
Bill is able to correlate this information with other
information that we're getting. We try to make sure that all
of this is being brought to the public. And interestingly
enough, some Air Force generals and Navy generals are
encouraging us to bring this information forward to the
public.
Rense: Okay, run that by me in slow motion. That's really
important. Certain Air Force generals and others are
encouraging whom to bring the information forward?
Filer: Well, for Bill to bring his information forward.
Admirals as well as generals are encouraging us to bring
this information forward to the public.
Rense: Okay, well, we're going to do that. Now, let's say
'Hello' to Mr. Tompkins. Hello, Bill, welcome back.
Thanks for being here. How are you?
William Tompkins: I'm going great. It's a real __ for me to
be with you professional people.
485
Rense: Oh, give it a break. Come on. You're an amazing
man, and for our skeptics out there – we have skeptics, if
even half of what you say is true, it is the most astounding
story that I've every heard. So, bravo to you on all counts
for being recognized, for being talented, for using your
talents.
And Bill Tompkins had a patriotic passion for this country
that few have, and that's one of the reasons that his
brilliance and his genius was put to such viable work by
the powers that be. It's one of those fluky kind of things. It
would be a great, major motion picture. Maybe it will be.
Who knows.
You remember . . . Bill, I think you were first on this
program with your story, or nearly first, and since then, I
think you've been on other programs, and certainly my
colleague, Jay Weidner has had interviews with you or
certainly one long one, and others. Have you had a lot of
exposure?
Tompkins: It's probably sort of unusual because when the
book hit the public, frankly, we weren't sure whether
people would buy into what was going to be said. And
now MUFON, for instance, that organization that
investigates UFOs, I've done three different programs with
them alone. And it seems like whoever calls for that
meeting, collects people that don't even belong in their
organization, because it's jammed. And somebody is really
supporting the book and I hope it's you fellas.
Rense: Well, it's all looking good and the first book is out.
How many would you like to do, again, Bill, in the series?
Tompkins: We're pushing for four of them, because we
really can't get all of the information into just one or two
books.
Rense: I agree. There's so much I've heard already, I don't
know how you could get it into one book or two. No way.
All right. Where we were last when you were on this
program, you were getting near to going to work for
Thompson Ramo Wooldridge, I believe.
Tompkins: Yes, that's correct.
Rense: So let's rewind and start right there, if you want -
when you joined them, how you joined them and what they
were doing.
Tompkins: Okay, I'm going to alter this slightly and just
mention in between having left Douglas, being fired after
12 ½ years, and then a situation where I went to work for
North America – Rocketdyne. My secretary at Douglas
called me after I had been fired and told me to contact one
of the top people in NASA because they had a program set
up for me.
So I called Dr. Debus, who was . . .
Rense: Yes, Dr. Debus, for our listeners, Wernher von
Braun's, you say assistant. It may well have been his
superior back in Germany, we don't know - a Paperclip
scientist, a brilliant man. Dr. Debus ran NASA in its
inception years and was just an incredible asset.
The Germans took us into space, folks. They took us
everywhere. It was all about German brilliance – not Nazi
brilliance – German scientific brilliance. These men were
under threat of death if they didn't produce and put out,
and I think the vast majority of us would probably do the
same thing they did. Go ahead.
Tompkins: Well, I agree with you. That's definitely the
way it happened. Well, I called Dr. Debus, and he said he
had a corporate engineering position for me to go to work
for a North American company, which had Rocketdyne as
a propulsion group, and then the space shuttle as another
group.
And so I called him and they set up a program for me, and
essentially I spent another four years doing almost the
same thing that I had been doing at Douglas. So it was
very interesting later when I got another call which said
that there was some special work that they would like to
have me to assist in over at TRW in Redondo Beach.
Rense: Right.
Tompkins: So I reported to the people there and I was
asked to put together a quick proposal and then implement
a, what you would call, a station control area, which TRW,
Thompson Ramo Wooldridge, has this vast futuristic
company 12 blocks from the ocean over at Redondo
Beach.
Rense: Yeah, you know my dad was . . . I think I
mentioned to you. My father was a director of public
relations for Douglas and would go to the Cape all the time
for launches. He knew many of the people you knew, and
he would talk to me about Thompson Ramo Wooldridge,
TRW. He knew so much and I wish he could have shared
it with me, but I was a little young and he just did let on
that there were some pretty amazing things going on.
Tompkins: Amazing is . . .
Rense: The understatement.
Tompkins: . . . the understatement. Now people had
actually organized TRW as Thompson Ramo Wooldridge,
and they were the people that were sort of doing the
pushing in the secret think tank of Douglas for many
military programs, missiles and developments and space
stations. All kinds of stuff were being worked on. They
486
had some money and put this organization together and
built this futuristic campus. It's actually . . . You have to go
there to get the feel of . . . You know you're in space when
you're at that campus. It was unreal.
Rense: What an amazing statement. Wow! How
interesting.
Tompkins: And the feel for just being there and
contributing is throughout the entire facility. It's a totally
different atmosphere. Of course, all of you know that later
on Northrop Grumman bought TRW.
Rense: And it changed.
Tompkins: And then later on, because of the kilometer-
long space ___that we were designing at Douglas, I
continued that same program at TRW as one of my
hobbies there.
Rense: Okay. Hobbies. Now that's interesting. If that was a
hobby, what was your legitimate full-time job description?
Tompkins: Ha, ha, ha. I truthfully can say that I was sort of
an off-ball assistant to the Vice President.
Rense: Right.
Tompkins: Essentially, TRW had hundreds of separate
small laboratories, and all these were secret to one another.
They didn't communicate with other organizations.
Rense: Compartmentalized. Yeah. Got it.
Tompkins: Yeah. And unbelievably. So this facility,
essentially, was given money – by whom, I guess we going
to have to keep off of that – to . . .
Rense: It wasn't me, Bill. It wasn't you, so it obviously
came from . . . It had to be black ops money. That's okay.
Tompkins: Yeah, you're right. This facility had the money
to study everything. There was no subject that was
prohibited. They weren't just looking at space science or
astronomy, or even vehicles or astronauts. They were
looking at EVERYTHING. Many sub-labs were actually
studying the same subject. Up to as many as three or four
labs studying the same subject totally independent.
Now, for whatever reason, they took this guy, Bill
Tompkins, they gave him a secretary and office, which
was with glass windows that were floor to ceiling and
carpeting and futuristic furniture. I mean, it's unbelievable.
Anyway, what I was suppose to do is to go to these
different labs and hear what their programs were and let
the people that were doing that study on that particular
area tell me what they thought they should be doing and I
was a consultant to the group.
Rense: Hey, Bill, excuse me. Can you give me an idea of
one or two of these independent labs? And you say there
were dozens and dozens of them. But what are some of the
eclectic things that they were working on?
Tompkins: Well, there were the tunnel people. And,
essentially, as many of you know, the Earth is filled with
massive caverns all over the planet.
Rense: And tunnels connecting them.
Tompkins: And then they have this tunnel system that
connects them. So in that particular program it was an Air
Force study which was then implemented by TRW. And
so, yes, we talked to Air Force people – not just the people
that were doing the study at TRW. And we find that the
Air Force had built these block-long digger machines,
whatever you want to call them, to bore holes.
Rense: Teleboring machines.
Tompkins: And so they would be a block long. They
would have a crew of 30 to 40, and they would drill
through rock at a programmed rate and make new tunnels.
And then they would put railroad tracks on them and __
these fairly high-speed vehicles that would run from the
Pentagon in Washington, D.C. to the Air Force facility out
on the desert and then up to the launching areas in
California for the missile launches.
Rense: In other words, you're saying they would go to
places like China Lake, out there in the Mojave, and then
on to Vandenberg as well. Correct?
Tompkins: Yes.
Rense: Okay. Let me say one thing about those tunnel-
boring machines. There aren't many pictures of them for
obvious reasons. There is one picture of one from the
1970s. It's huge. It's painted white, as I remember the
picture. And on the side of it is a U.S. Air Force star and a
bar logo - the likes of which you used to see on Air Force
planes and still do, I guess.
And I said, what the hell, is an Air Force logo doing on a
tunnel machine? But, you've just answered the question.
Tompkins: Yes, that's correct. And I have to bring this part
in. The people who I had in my group, because I only had
11 people in what I was suppose to be doing investigating
these other programs, one of the ladies that was working
with the system was brought in to the program from
another study of similar type machines – boring machines.
She was demanding to know from one of the Air Force
487
generals how they were going to get their supersonic
aircraft to fly from the Pentagon to the Pacific through
these tunnels.
And that became a big joke over and over and over – all
over the program. But the point was that drilling other
tunnels we ran into massive caverns. Some of these
caverns were already occupied. So we have to back off and
close and then take a different direction.
Rense: Oh, wait. Now, this is fascinating for our listeners.
Some of these tunnel-boring machines run into these
enormous caverns and you heard Bill say they were
already occupied. And occupied by whom? They weren't
us. And so out of politeness and decorum, at the very least,
teleboring machines would obviously have to reverse
direction and go around cavern so as not to bother the
occupants. Get the picture? Very interesting.
Tompkins: Ah, yes. And so in other areas of boring, we
ran into their tunnels. Well, now. Who is 'their'? Okay? It
turns out that several different extraterrestrial
organizations have been using these caverns for thousands
of years on the planet. When you penetrate into their area,
we found that we did get warnings to stop before we
actually broke through, and sometimes we broke through.
So their sensing system knew before we even started
drilling that particular tunnel what we were going to do
and they let us drill the tunnel until it was just ready to
break through and then they hit us again.
Rense: Wow!
Tompkins: And so what we found in the tunnels, and when
we exposed into the caverns, that there were three and four
different types of extraterrestrials there. And in some
cases, there were American scientists and engineers
working with them.
Rense: Right.
Tompkins: And in some cases, we were violently driven
out. In other cases, we were allowed to come in.
Rense: Wow! Very interesting. Okay. Hold on Bill. We
have to pause for just a few minutes. So get a drink of
water. We'll come right back and continue with Mr.
William Tompkins.
(23:43~24:42: Break)
Rense: Okay, back with Mr. William Tompkins. Bill was
telling us some of the things that went on when he was
with TRW. Let me get a quick word, Bill, from George
Filer on this story.
George, so far, what do you think?
Filer: Well, I don't happen to know this, or know about the
tunnels, but I do know that when I was on active duty in
the Air Force, I was called in to the general's office, and I
was given, you might say like secret orders. And the orders
said that it was an emergency, which I assumed had to do
with the Soviet Union, but in any case, I would be part of a
particular group that would go to an underground base in
West Virginia and set up, you might say, a separate
government in case our government was wiped out in
Washington, D.C. In other words, I do know that there was
underground facilities, and I had orders to go there.
One of the interesting things is that I'd mentioned this to
Col. Don Ware, and he said he also had orders. But the
interesting thing is that both Don Ware and myself were
aware of extraterrestrials, and it was surprising that we
were picked out to be a part of this new government
apparently because we also had this information about
extraterrestrials. In other words, in a sense, I'm supporting
what he's, what Bill's, saying.
Rense: Got it. Okay. Frank Chille? How about you?
Chille: Well, what Bill is sharing is some of the
information that Bill Hamilton had shared with me
regarding the knowledge that he had derived regarding his
two-star general that was telling him about tunnel-boring
equipment and underground caverns that were
honeycombed throughout the United States and that there
were some extraterrestrials living there. And according to
Bill, there may be upwards of what 100 different races that
are interacting down here, Bill?
Tompkins: That's correct. We have a real problem because
. . . I know it's hard to accept, but these different types of
extraterrestrial entities that are here all have the capability
to play with our brains and prevent us from seeing them.
Rense: I'm sure.
Tompkins: And I know you . . . This is hard for people to
accept, but this is a fact. And so these people can come
here, walk all over our planet, do whatever they want and
telepathically get us through mind control to do what they
want us to do – their agendas. And this is an area that we
really, we really, need to work on.
Rense: Okay. All right. Carry on. We're with the tunnel,
the tunnel department, at TRW. That's one.
Tompkins: All right, now just let me finish that tunnel
group. In general, digging other tunnels with the Air Force
equipment, boring it, they ran into other extraterrestrial
tunnels. And these were completely different in that they
were, diameter-wise, five times the width – the diameter.
And they were almost no turning in them at all – no sharp
488
turns of any kind like you're going to see in pictures of
tunnels that we get involved in.
Rense: Right.
Tompkins: And so their equipment . . . They operate high
speed train systems all over your planet. And when you
say 'high speed', it's nearly subsonic. And this is ridiculous
because the planet is round and these facilities are
fantastically built. When they drive their machines into the
ground, they have a system which allows everything to be
brought back - converted into other materials – and line
their tunnels with glass-like lining. Perfect cylinders.
So they convert the granite, the ground, into different
materials, and as the machine is grinding as it goes
through, everything is changed into a finished tunnel. And
in some cases they were operating adjacent equipment;
behind it they put the rail system in almost as fast as the
digger was constructing. It's amazing.
Rense: What do the trains . . . First of all, what does the
digging machine use for fuel? Is that a low-level nuclear
powered device?
Tompkins: It's not nuclear. It's anti-gravitational, which
you say you don't need that for this, but it is a system that
they use on some of their extraterrestrial propulsion.
Rense: How interesting. Wow! All right, very good. Okay,
now, who gets to use these tunnels? Who rides them? Do
the ETs ride them with us or is it pretty much something
for humans to use to zip around unseen and unbeknownst
beneath us?
Tompkins: This is sort of a got a stop-sign through them.
The extraterrestrials, who have humans as their slave labor
in their large caverns, they will have sometimes those
humans come with them on different programs that are
being developed on a different part of the planet. But other
than that, this is a hands-off facility. We're not allowed to
use them at all.
Rense: Really? Oh. All right. So we don't use them. We
build them, and we don't use them?
Tompkins: No. We build our own.
Rense: Okay.
Tompkins: They are a separate set of tunnels which are
much larger in diameter, use high-speed rail-type systems,
connecting every area of your planet. We are not allowed
to use those systems. But the main thing is how the system
operates under construction. It's uncanny the speed with
which they can build new tunnels.
Rense: How many miles a day?
Tompkins: They were going as much as 30 miles a day.
Some of them would go as many as 100 miles a day.
Rense: Okay. Now, the masses of rock that these machines
go through, it's my understanding that the rock is broken
down and atomically reduced in size. There it's compacted,
turned into a quasi-molten state, and then injected into the
walls as it were of the tunnel, creating this glass-like
smoothness.
Tompkins: Yes.
Rense: So they can move quickly because they're actually
taking the rock and reducing the volume of it by dozens of
percentage points. It becomes much less then it was and it's
reformed and put around the edges of the tunnel, around
the tunnel walls. Very interesting, fascinating stuff.
Okay, that's one department. Let's go back to TRW. Give
me an idea of another department.
Tompkins: Okay. Just one thing before that. Those tunnels
are lit ___. They light up the tunnel. You don't have a
separate lighting system. The light is continuous in those
tunnels and there's actual light just as fast as they are
constructed.
Rense: It must be something to do with an atomic nuclear
sub-atomic reaction of some kind that creates light.
Tompkins: Yes.
Rense: Something from the rock. Something from the
material.
Tompkins: Yes.
Rense: Wow! Okay. All right.
Tompkins: Okay. For a minute, I'd like to talk a little bit
about the History Lab. And it's not just one lab at TRW.
It's probably 30 of them. Again, they are funded to study
all aspects of the history of the planet. And so what this
gets into is the level of incorrect information that the
universities, the colleges, the schools, and even the
medical schools, are using because extraterrestrials have
created our history. And it's totally different than what our
books say it is.
And so we have a situation where the people that are doing
the studies there at TRW in the history labs, they simply
are trying to establish what history REALLY was and
using time lines to accomplish this in reverse. And what
they have found is, yes, there were others civilizations on
the planet thousands of years ago. And they also found that
489
there have been other floods besides Noah's flood. And
there had been other earthquakes.
And the studying of the history essentially came up with a
total rewrite of virtually everything related to what we
have been taught. And essentially the studies, even though
they are continuing, over at Northrop, that study ended up
saying that our history is a total lie - virtually everything.
So now, we're finding out there's other ways to accomplish
the things, but essentially we have been fed lies by the
extraterrestrials.
And so our situation then is that we, even in engineering,
are using standards that are childish for everything. So,
again, we are then now using a higher percent of our brain
matter where the real numbers have been something like
2.2% is all we are really using. Whereas the
extraterrestrials, who have roughly the same size matter,
are using the whole thing. So this then touches with the
numbers of times per month that the extraterrestrials drop
the five gases on the industrial areas of the planet.
So here we have a history program going and then we find
that . . . and I have the photographs there of the five
reptilian tankers dropping the five gases on Orange and
San Diego County at 300 feet.
Rense: Now, hold on, hold on. The ETs using five tankers
to drop gas on Orange County. Give me more information,
please. What do these tankers look like? Whose are they?
And you mentioned 300 feet. That's awfully low.
Tompkins: This is part of the insanity that we're dealing
with.
Rense: Whose insanity is it, Bill?
Tompkins: The insanity is really ourselves, because like
Admiral Hugh Webster used to say, every man, woman
and child in the country should be working on this. Our
insanity is that there's a total different life out there that a
lot of other people are doing. We are living on a
laboratory. We inside the laboratory of all these other
organizations.
Rense: It feels like we are inside a lavatory, not a
laboratory. That's another story.
Tompkins: Yeah. We're in a lab. But these tankers – there's
several sizes of them. Some of them are only about 150
feet long. They are a very strange shape for a supersonic
vehicle. Of course, they come from a mothership. And so
they just come down like a landing craft that the Marines
would use.
So they operate at a low altitude, not because they are
afraid they're going to be seen, but because they want the
gases to be distributed close to the people. So they're fly
through canyons. I'll have to get a copy of those
photographs to you folks, because if you haven't seen
them, it's hard to even describe.
The top surface has five glass-like roofs on the top of the
sort of a streamlined semi-bullet-shaped vehicle.
Rense: Okay. No wings. No wings, right?
Tompkins: No wings. The sides of it are perforated. And
the roof, then, is perforated. And the photos that we have
show five separate colors of gases coming out. These
vehicles then come out of the mothership. They come
down and they throw the gases around specific areas on
the planet that have to be stopped – technically stopped.
This is what this is for.
Rense: What do you mean “technically . . . Bill, excuse
me. What do you mean 'technically stopped'? And how do
these gases stop it?
Tompkins: What we're saying is that they're observing us
talking today on the radio. Okay? They can listen to
everything that we are saying.
Rense: That's why I have my blinds closed. I don't want to
see them looking in.
Tompkins: That won't do any good. Wait a minute. So
these fellas have standard gases that they drop and other
people have seen them when they look at crop circles.
Rense: Oh, let me ask one thing. Some of the crop circle
videotapes or digital recordings do not show an aircraft.
They show the trails, and then if you look carefully, out in
front of the trails is a dot. Well, there is a little dot
sometimes. It's obviously a UFO. It's not an aircraft. It's
something else. So . . . Okay, go ahead. I'm sorry to
interrupt, but I wanted to make that point.
Tompkins: And you're correct and absolutely some of
them are our own Air Force for other reasons, but, yes,
others are extraterrestrials.
Rense: Okay.
Tompkins: Okay, so this photograph sequence is about
eight years old. The photograph was taken in Carlsbad,
California on the border of Oceanside. And four couples
had a party Friday night and Saturday morning they went
out to a cul-de-sac street that looked over the side of a little
valley where a group of new condos were being built. So
the four couples were to look over the side of this cul-de-
sac and show them the new condos.
490
So nobody saw any UFOs. And when they took the
pictures at the party last night and the one picture of the
new condos, had it developed . . . Whoops! Here's these
five UFOs at 300 feet. And you can see the hills. You can
see the buildings. You can see all of it. And you're going to
know this is not 10,000 feet.
These five essentially . . . My pick up on it was . . .
because a friend of mine took the picture. And when I took
it over to Grumman – they have a facility here in San
Diego – and they did a little study on it, the photograph. It
was established definitely that these were tankers. And
they were dropping these five gases.
Well, when the gas comes out, it dissipates, and that's what
they want it to do. They don't want to leave any cloud or
anything visible, because the squadron leader, the
extraterrestrial squadron leader of this particular gas drop,
turned the stealth on which prevents us from seeing them.
He forgot to turn on the stealth that would prevent cameras
from photographing them. And this, ladies and gentlemen,
is the reason why you don't see UFOs. They are here every
single day. But they have their stealth turned on.
Rense: Sure. They're cloaked.
Tompkins: You don't see them.
Rense: Right. Yeah. Understood. Okay. Now, these
tankers, they come down from motherships. What are they
a couple hundred feet long? Pretty good size?
Tompkins: Some of them are up to 700 feet.
Rense: Okay, they're big.
Tompkins: Some are quite large.
Rense: These motherships, Bill, are in orbit above the
planet's surface in near space. They must be, as some
people have said, miles across. They must be huge.
Tompkins: Yes, they are. Some of them are 20 miles.
Rense: I'm just making that point for our audience here.
These are enormous things. Okay, so. Yeah.
Tompkins: Wait a minute here. Because this, again, is
against the law.
Rense: What law? These people aren't answerable to any
laws.
Tompkins: And the whole thing is against the law. We, to
this point, don't have the ability to stop these guys from
doing it. So the frequency, that's what I wanted to get you
to hear. The frequency of the drops in technical areas, or
areas on the planet that are technically advancing in
medicine or space or communications, whatever, that's the
ones that they want to make sure that they are not going to
make it.
Rense: They're trying to retard . . . They're retarding our, in
many cases, black ops programs of advanced technology to
keep us restrained. Is that the idea? They don't want us to
make this kind of progress?
Tompkins: Exactly. And the reason I'm using that as sort
of an example here all over TRW is it's difficult to accept
that there should be more good guys out there helping us
and not allowing supposedly insects and Dracos and these
other people to accomplish their missions. But having to
realize the history part of the studies at TRW, this goes
back so far, and through so many different civilizations on
this planet, which got us into all this problem.
Rense: Wow! So, Bill, hold on, please. We do have to
pause on that note. This has been a phenomenal hour to
consider. We'll come back and do another one. So stay
right there.
Part 2
(start at 00:33)
Jeff Rense: Okay. Let's get right back to our special guest,
Bill Tompkins, who has just stunned us again with some of
this material. And the interesting thing about Bill is he's
got the detail that, for those of you who are skeptical, listen
to the details. Those are the things you don't often hear.
If someone is out to tell a tall tale, they don't do that. This
is the real deal from Bill Tompkins. Let me quickly, Bill,
ask George to check in here with his update. George?
Maj. George Filer: _____ and I remember that . . . I'm
president of the Air Force Association in Southern New
Jersey and we elect, you might call it, the Teacher of the
Year. In any case, one of the teachers that we nominated
491
ended up winning as Teacher of the Year and she was
invited to go to Egypt and visit all the pyramids and that
kind of thing.
But she said the most interesting thing is that they visited
tunnels underground in Egypt that had the same
description that Bill mentioned just a little while ago.
Rense: Like 'smooth as glass surface'. I got it.
Filer: And interesting enough, they were guarded by
Egyptian soldiers with submachine guns. But they had
shown the teachers from United States these very special
tunnels. Now she felt that these tunnels were (1) they were
very old, but very likely that they were not ours. They
were extraterrestrial. And she was not interested in all . . .
any of this stuff. But she's verifying what he's talking
about.
Rense: Okay. That's very interesting. All right. Frank?
Frank Chille: Well, ___ the story about the tankers and
using those five gases, that's . . . I've never heard that
before. Bill indicates that the Nordic Navy needs to come
down here and really give us some assistance with some of
these problems.
Rense: Ha, ha. Yeah, they're amazing. Folks, do a search.
Use any search engine – Google, I don't care – for tunnel-
boring machines and then hit 'Images', and look at some of
these massive things that we are allowed to see. Okay?
Now, these aren't necessarily the ones that Bill's talking
about, but these are in the public domain and I'm looking
at the five page down and there's one tunnel machine, it's
got, I don't know, fifteen people standing around it with
ties. It looks like it's a launch of it, but it says 'U.S. Air
Force' on it. It's got the star and the circle and the stripes
behind it. It's an Air Force logo. It's an Air Force tunnel-
boring machine. And it isn't meant to go up into the
stratosphere, it's meant to go under, and it does. So these
are pretty amazing.
Okay,
Chille: In that photograph that you referred to, the first
time I saw that photograph was in Bill Hamilton's “Cosmic
Top Secret” book.
Rense: Yeah, yeah. Is Bill still with us?
Chille: I send emails to him and they are not returned, but
he doesn't reply.
Rense: Huh. Okay. Well, if you're out there, Bill, 'Hello',
and we had many wonderful programs in years past. I
remember you fondly and hope you're doing well. Okay.
Bill Tompkins, go ahead. Let's carry on here.
William Tompkins: Okay, if we could change the subject a
little bit, trying to stay into what in the world does TRW
do?
Rense: Right.
Tompkins: There's a program that . . . I mentioned before
that we have a large group of people studying every aspect
of medicine. And so in that group, there's sizable number
who were studying what you'd call 'extended life'.
Rense: Right.
Tompkins: And so 'extended life' – what do you mean by
that? Well, that involves keeping somebody pretty healthy.
And it also involves extended use of the brain. So at TRW,
we had all these people studying every aspect of medicine
as it related to living longer.
Rense: Okay.
Tompkins: And, of course, the thing was to find the
immortality gene.
Rense: Right. Right. The idea of extending life – life
extension – has been a hot topic for a long time, and then
certainly black operations money and budgets for that
probably are as plentiful as the scientists need. So tell us
what you know that they found out. Now this is going back
to the 60s and, I guess, 70s.
Tompkins: Yeah, 1986~89.
Rense: All right.
Tompkins: Okay. So, TRW then started to attempt to come
up with various technical studies and various support, life
support, systems and looking at every aspect of what it
would take to stick around longer. So this situation of not
aging, it finally got itself to a point where one of over 60
separate studies came up with potential answers of how we
could live longer.
I have to say in this that some of the people, some of the
lab people, were being influenced – they had to have been
– by Nordics. And I have, obviously, had that kind of a
problem too.
Rense: Yes, I remember.
Tompkins: That assistance. But, in this case, nobody
helped me. All right? So this program then, in a simple
form, you take four aspirin over a six-month period.
492
Rense: Four aspirin a day?
Tompkins: No, you just take four aspirin. Not aspirin, it's a
tablet. Okay? Or you could take . . .
Rense: Acetylsalicylic acid.
Tompkins: Okay.
Rense: That's what it is.
Tompkins: Whatever you want. Yeah. Okay. But it's not
aspirin at all. Anyway, you . . .
Rense: Okay.
Tompkins: It's got nothing to do with aspirin.
Rense: Okay. I've got it.
Tompkins: You pop these four aspirin over a six-month
period and immediately, you feel much better. And you
start to very gradually revert back. And in some cases . . .
Rense: It reverses aging, you're saying.
Tompkins: Yeah. And some people revert back to them
being 29 in less than three months. Others, it takes some
five and six months.
Rense: And this is in the 80s it's going on?
Tompkins: No, this is, I'm sorry. This is '68, '69, '70.
Rense: Oh, my. So they had an ability, Bill, to reverse
aging in the '60s?
Tompkins: That's what they were working on. They hadn't
made it work yet. But what would take place is the people,
the young ladies, would move back to 21 and the men
would reverse back to 29 or 30. The interesting part when
this program sort of picked out that version as being the
best. It was also found that the brain would change to the
extent that it would be . . . it would have a minimum of
400% greater capability than it had before they started.
Now, some of the capability was like a 1,000%, but it was
a minimum of 400%.
Rense: Wow!
Tompkins: That program has continued at TRW. It
continued after Northrop bought TRW, and it extended to
the point that the five largest advanced medical research
companies, including the Scripps Medical Group
Rense: That's Scripps La Jolla.
Tompkins: La Jolla. They're all working on this, and they
have as many as 300 people who are aging to some degree
– stepping back. If you can accept the information on Solar
Warden, where a Navy personnel, a Navy man, joins the
Navy into the space group. He goes through training and
then he goes out and operates in a kilometer-long space
craft carrier in the galaxy. And he does this for 20 years
and at the end of that, he gets the option to take another 20
years or he can go back to the Earth, because he had no
contact with the Earth or family during that 20 years.
Rense: What you're saying then is these people who go
into long-term space service can regain their lost 20 years
with these pills. In other words, they're regaining lost time.
Tompkins: Yes.
Rense: So they don't mind long-term duty. Okay.
Tompkins: So you have, essentially, the same system in a
different manner that we would be able to use. So this
thing that we . . . this immortality gene idea, concept, has
been worked on for 38 years, 40 years. So today, there is
these five groups that are working on a program to actually
bring in people, selected, into these five major medical
research groups and take them all the way back.
Now, obviously, the study had help from extraterrestrials.
We'd have to say it's probably the Nordics, and because
they . . . how do you put this . . . They help . . . We've
talked about them before, that I had, in the Douglas
engineering system on the Apollo S4B Stage for the
missions to the moon.
Rense: Saturn 4, yeah.
Tompkins: And so the people that I had helping me, these
young ladies, essentially were . . . they appeared to be like
18 years old, but, you know, you could be 2,000 years old.
So they can contribute far more than we can in 60 or 70
years and somebody gives us a watch and we're gone.
Rense: I understand.
Tompkins: So what we're seeing here is that roughly at the
end of a little less than two years from right now, there's
going to be a group that will be selected that will actually
start full regression and going back to 21 and 29.
Rense: Well, I think they owe you, don't they, Bill?
Tompkins: I don't think they owe me. I think this is a
collective effort that's been going. But the point is . . . I
think . . . What I want to say here right now, gentlemen, is
really, really important. When we talked about the history
of everything and it all being a big lie, you have to stop
and think of yourself. You've got your doctor's in 3 or 4 or
493
5 of the most technical subjects that are on the planet, and
so then you get a some kid like Bill Tompkins talking to
you, and, obviously, you're not going to believe him
because you have been taught what needs to be in your
technical field over six or eight years in the university. So
you KNOW what it is. And this guy, Tompkins, is just
some kid that's suggesting things.
Well, the point here is that sometimes we don't stop and
think that what we have been taught for hundreds of years
is lies in every technical field, not just medicine, not just
astronomy, every technical field. We've been lied to.
Rense: Wow!
Tompkins: And so this is hard for us.
Rense: Yeah.
Tompkins: These PhDs to make the change to something
that . . . “You mean everything they taught me was wrong?
I have to now look at a new mathematics? And that's very
hard for me.”
The reason I'm saying this is that is one of the key reasons
so many top thinking people, PhDs, have been so hard to
accept, for instance, what I tried to do with the Apollo
program. And the Apollo program, the S4B Stage, up on
top, that's a Control Station for the mission - that's where
everything happens . . . So Douglas had the most
complicated part of the Apollo. And fortunately, we had
top engineers who were listening to the possibility of a
different way to approach everything. And it worked.
But all of us have problems talking about extraterrestrials,
particularly to the well-educated people because you can't
believe them what they were taught. The books, the
documents, the history is all incorrect.
Rense: That's amazing. That's really a paradigm shattering
thing to consider. But when you think about the planet
being 4.5 billion years old, my god, how many things
could have happened that we have no idea about, never
will. Probably 98% of the history of this planet we'll never
know about.
Tompkins: That's correct, I'm sure. No question. And so
this is really one of the biggest problems that we have.
Your highly technical people . . . Now Bob Wood, for
instance, . . .
Rense: At Douglas.
Tompkins: Yeah, at Douglas. Actually, he got his degree
in three of the highest levels, but this guy sees things
differently. He asks questions. He's demanding
documentation. And I'm not trying to say he gave me a
hard time with the book, but he gave me a hard time with
the book!
Rense: Ha, ha.
Tompkins: He wanted justification. “Maybe you're
smoking pot. I don't believe you.”
Rense: Yes, he's putting his career on the line, and he
wanted to be sure. He wanted to work with you, but he had
to be sure. Okay.
Tompkins: But that's again, back to our problem on
Disclosure, and we have to really address that, because
we're talking to the highest, highly technical people, and
they KNOW we're smoking pot. They all know it. And it's
hard from them to step back and look through a big
window, . . .
Rense: Yeah.
Tompkins: . . . which is what we've got to do. Okay,
anyway, from our own standpoint, gentlemen, there is a
program which is going to be implemented, and it's taken
45 years, that it's highly possible that some of you may live
a long time – much longer than you ever dreamed.
Now, this then collectively with Disclosure – these are two
massive things that are going to happen. To me, we have a
problem of convincing people, and I think the more
exposure that we can get, I think the better we're going to
be, because these two thing are going to happen and,
obviously, how you get on the list . . .
Rense: Oh, yeah, yeah, yeah, the list, of course. There's 7
billion people on the planet. I don't think the controllers
want to regress 7 billion people back to their 20s if they're
older than that – or keep them at their 20s. That would be a
problem. The birth rate would have to be massively
curtailed and the population would have to be reduced at
some point, which has all been talked about.
The idea of a way genetically to reverse aging, is not that
far-fetched at all if you think about it. If genes determine
what we look like, how we appear, how long we live, our
relative resistance to disease, why couldn't it be reversed?
Absolutely no reason why not. And that's what Bill
Tompkins is talking about here, and genetic regression of
age, the ending of senescence.
Tompkins: Now stop and think . . . Stop and think for a
minute how much more we could, as individuals,
contribute. It's staggering.
Rense: Well, we grow too soon old and too old smart, Bill,
and you're right. So we get all this wisdom – it's too soon
gone from the planet. So to keep it around, if we're
494
physically being reverted to 29 and 21, we'd have that
wisdom, and we'd be, as you say, 400%, some 1,000%,
more mentally capable, in addition to having the wisdom.
We'd turn into a genius class.
Tompkins: Okay. We agree. Now, could we revert back to
that think thank over at Douglas?
Rense: Yes, we can, but we have to take a break.
Tompkins: All right.
Rense: Get a drink of water, and we'll be right back and
carry on with Mr. William Tompkins, whose first book is
available right now – three more to go. And at the rate Bill
Tompkins remembers and reports things, it could be more
than that. Back in just a few minutes on this very
interesting night.
(23:09~24:09 – Break)
Rense: Okay. Here we are. Now, this is a night to
remember as I say. I don't know how many of you saw the
movie “Limitless”. I guess there is a spin-off TV series,
which . . . I saw one portion of an episode that was
inferior, but the idea of a pill allows you to utilize, what,
5% of your brain, I don't know what they say, you know,
50% of your brain, or something like that. We now have
the potential, according to Bill Tompkins, of an age
regression pill – like taking four aspirins in six months –
which will bring you back, as a female to about 21, as a
male to about 29 or 30. That's pretty amazing.
If you come back to that state physiologically, and not
cerebrally . . . Now, mentally, we're electrical. So the
electrical part of our database shouldn't be affected by such
a pill, and if they've been after this for 45 or 50 or more
years, I'm sure they know exactly what they're doing by
now.
The problem, Bill, with this is that there's going to be a bit
of a clamor to get on the list. So, ha . . .
Tompkins: Ha, ha, ha.
Rense: Just a bit.
Tompkins: I'm laughing.
Rense: Yeah, yeah. So you need to be on that list. That's
for sure. I don't know how this is all going to play out as it
is rolled out eventually when people find out about it. And
they're finding out about it, thanks to you, right now. But
it's a big story. BIG story. Let me get a quick not from
George and then back to Frank. Go ahead, George.
Filer: Sign me up on the list. Ha, ha.
Rense: See.
Filer: The gang is ready to go on the list. Now I will say
that I've interviewed quite a few people who've been
aboard alien spaceships and claim that not so much that
they talk about a pill, but they have . . . This one lady that I
knew is like 60 years old and she was aboard a craft going
from Pittsburgh to Philadelphia and claimed that she was
shown a lady inside a a glass tube who was like 20 years
old and she's 60 and they asked her if she would like to be
that lady. She'd be 20 and young and beautiful and blond-
haired and so forth.
Rense: Uh-ha.
Filer: We've also had quite a few cases where they, the
aliens, particularly the Nordics, claim that they are our
ancestors. So I don't know how true that is, but that kind of
fits into to what Bill's saying that they have this capability
to live to be quite old.
Rense: Long lives. Hundreds and hundreds of years. Yeah.
Filer: And then actually I've met ladies who claim to be,
first of all, Nordics, and claim to be like 95 years old and
who look about 21. Assuming what they're saying is true,
they have amazing capabilities as far as age is concerned.
Rense: All right. Frank?
Chille: It wouldn't surprise me if they have that capability.
And I would let my share go to Bill Tompkins and George
Filer.
Rense: Oh, that's nice. Very nice.
Chille: Listen, I'd like to suggest this Jeff. Bill shared a
story with me of an historic meeting he had with von
Braun at Redstone Arsenal, and I think you and your
audience would be astounded by it.
Rense: Okay. All right. I think we've certainly opened the
door to what you've been talking about wide, Bill. You
want to tell us about Werhner von Braun and the meeting
at Redstone?
Tompkins: Okay. Actually, the meeting itself was an
illegal meeting in that . . . I have to back off a little bit.
Rense: Sure.
Tompkins: At the Douglas Design Group, where I was
section chief, on the Apollo Program, we . . . Now, this is
not . . . This is what really took place, and this is not a
made up story to cover something. The entire time that we
did the Apollo Program, everybody was throwing
495
wrenches into the gears. And we mentioned this before
when we talked earlier.
Rense: Right.
Tompkins: But the point is that people's minds were being
controlled – manufacturing at Douglas were. And
corporate was. And all of these people were saying, “Why
we shouldn't do it or we can't do it and we're wasting time
and get Tompkins out of there.” So in that environment,
we sort of . . . my section sort of isolated ourselves and
stepped back and started looking at what was the mission –
what's the Apollo mission? And then what does it take to
accomplish that? What are the things that we have to do?
Rense: Right.
Tompkins: And the contract from NASA said one thing. It
was insane. There was no way it would ever work. So . . .
And incidentally, the contract was written partially by
German SS research people, because they came over with
Project Paperclip and they came over to help us on some
sort of a program in space. And, of course, it was their
program that they brought over. But those people had one
thing that they really slipped on. They were genius – the
Germans. But they were not into automation and they were
not into micro, micro systems.
So we had had an opportunity – now listen to this. We had
had an opportunity to utilize a facility, a Douglas facility,
over in Escondido – the one that Jack Northrop used to
have before he built his company. This was where we were
allowed to get into Area 51, some of our people, pick up
the stuff, bring it back and play with it. Okay?
And so here we are playing with extraterrestrial stuff,
trying to figure it out. And in that, we found that there's
some breakthroughs in how we could design a computer,
which would accomplish all of the stuff that is done
manually for our equipment.
Of course, there's nothing in the contract that allows us to
do that. Everything in German was done manually. So
when we put together some of this stuff that our group was
studying, they said, “Holy cats. Let's see if we could do it
their way.”
So we came up with a group of systems, and some of them
are in the book, of how we could automate virtually
everything that our stage, the controlling stage, could be
operated from - essentially, no manual at all.
And so when we found that the mission was wrong, we
then, of course, went back and started doing the missions
too. And then we found that, of course, we would have to
support the Navy in developing Naval stations on all of the
planets or their solar systems' moons. And then after that
stage go out to the 12 stars and do the same thing on them
and then go commercial – extraterrestrial commercial out
in the galaxy.
Rense: Right.
Tompkins: So, when we were doing this, we came into
automating everything – every step. And the Germans,
who were running NASA, they owned it and refused to
allow us to modify their contract. So like I had mentioned
before, we put together this package, and I had a model
built of the launch control building, center, which was
finally built, and I flew the model down to Redstone
Arsenal and at the airport there I rented a truck and drove
it out to (Redstone) __ Tower and the guards __. A dolly
came down the steps, took the model off of the truck,
opened the truck, put it on the dolly, took it up, the
elevators doors opened and we went up to von Braun's
level at the top. The doors opened there. We went in and I
had a blue covering the model. We then got von Braun on
one side and Dr. Debus on the other and I spent the rest of
the week with them.
Rense: Wow! Do you have a picture of the three of you?
Did anybody take a photo – just for fun? Or do you have a
memory of that? That's an amazing trio.
Tompkins: Well, that's in the book and so in detail. And
the point there is that my secretary had said before we even
went down there that I've written you a letter which will
introduce you to the top people in NASA, but you're never
going to use it. So then she did all of that stuff where I'm
driving into that zone arsenal, the secret area, and the
secret doors, gates, opened without stopping me. The
armed guards don't grab me and shoot me. Nobody tries to
find a bomb inside the truck, a box. And all of these things
happened exactly as she told me it would.
She also told me not to believe a lot of the stuff that the
German guys would say. But Dr. Debus, to me, even
though von Braun was the top guy, Debus somehow
immediately, right after I started talking, became a friend.
And I can't describe it any other way. And virtually, I
couldn't say anything wrong.
And so he fully accepted this new concept to do it . . . go
automatic on everything, even the Watch Control Building.
And the transporter and taking the vehicles out on a raft
down a river, build a truck and drive it down the freeway
to get it out from the launch area – from the control area to
the launch area. And everything then changed. And it got
accomplished.
But the point was that the SS was already starting . . . They
just got here and they were taking over everything.
Rense: Yeah.
496
Tompkins: And they got jobs through whatever method in
all of the aerospace companies, all of the medical
companies, all of the subcontractors. There were 40,000
contractors in the Apollo program from all over the
country. And so German guys, who could speak fairly
good and sometimes excellent English, took over all these
companies.
And this, then, was to really accomplish Hitler's mission –
to go out into space. So what took place there in Redstone
Arsenal was a takeover of your planet. So you didn't . . .
You didn't win the war. The war ended because we
bombed the country to . . . we totally destroyed Germany.
Rense: Yeah.
Tompkins: But like everybody knows, the Germans were
taking all the good stuff from aerospace, I mean, from
extraterrestrials – UFOs and everything – to Antarctica.
Rense: Tens of thousands of them went to Argentina and
the rumors about Antarctica, of course, remain. And there's
every reason to believe that that happened. There was a
movie, a documentary made, around 1938-39, by some
German researchers, explorers, who went down there. I'm
sure there were a number of expeditions, but these guys
came back with some black and white film of their journey
to Argentina and on the subcontinent walking around.
They took you via their film into enormous underground
caverns, caves, whatever you want to call them that had no
cold, no snow – totally habitable. And apparently
numerous. And that is where it's believed there is an on-
going sub-culture right now, not to mention Argentina,
some in Uruguay, some in Brazil, but most of it in
Argentina.
In Bariloche, Argentina, where Hitler and Eva Braun lived
for at least 10 years . . .
Tompkins: I thought they were killed.
Rense: No, no. They were not killed.
Tompkins: Ha, ha.
Rense: You're being funny. Yes, they died in the bunker.
No, they didn't die in the bunker for you folks that are not
up to that. Go to Sharkhunters.com and buy the book,
Hitler in Argentina, and be informed. Okay? Eyewitnesses
in the bunker, one from Spain, an intelligence officer,
wrote the story up in longhand and sent it to Harry Cooper
who put it out over 20 years ago in his first book called
Escape from the Bunker.
I talked him into updating the book and upgrading it
because of his trips to Argentina and he agreed. The result
is “Hitler in Argentina” - eyewitnesses down there, the
whole thing. But there's even a color picture on the front
page of the book of the big Mercedes built and funded a
Bavarian-style chalet that Hitler and Eva Braun lived in in
Bariloche.
Interesting footnote about Bariloche, Eisenhower . . . Now
this is out of the way, folks, I mean REALLY out of the
way in southern Argentina.
Tompkins: Keep it going.
Rense: In Argentina, in 1960, in San Carlos de Bariloche, a
visitor showed up. His name: Dwight David Eisenhower in
1960. What the hell did he go down there in the middle of
nowhere for as beautiful as it was? And then who else
went down there? Bill Clinton went down there. Who went
down there this week? Barack Obama.
Why are they going to Bariloche? Tens of thousands of
Germans went down there in that area, set up an entire
German mini-country, Bavarian villages. They guarded
Hitler while he was there. For the last about eight years of
his life, they had to move north because Bariloche became
a tourist destination and became very popular, and the
cover would have been blown.
He went north 500 kilometers to Cordoba where he passed
on in 1962. It is said that the great lady, as they called her
in the community down there, may have just died about
five years ago – lived to be very old, nearly a hundred.
Don't know, can't validate it, but that's the story.
The book: Hitler in Argentina at Sharkhunters.com. I urge
you to read it. I didn't mean to take up your time, Bill, but
yes, thank you for that. He didn't die in the bunker, for
god's sake.
Tompkins: Ha, ha, ha. I appreciate you giving the details
on that, because it is . . . it's just . . . The whole situation of
us having World War II was then reversed.
Rense: Correct. By the way, there's a memo in the book,
Bill, for your own edification - you'll like this - from J.
Edgar Hoover in 1947 where Hoover was told to knock it
off. And he issued a memo, FBI wide, that said, “Under no
circumstances is anyone to continue searching for Adolph
Hitler in Argentina.” He was told to stop.
And why did they let him go, some of you are saying?
Again, I repeat – because of the technology. It was a trade-
off.
Tompkins: Yes.
Rense: Simple. Go ahead, Bill, please. We have about two
to three minutes left – this visit.
497
Tompkins: Okay. I appreciate your covering that because
people really need to read that. And when you get to
Admiral Byrd's excursion down there. They were going to
go down there and take care of the situation . . .
Rense: Oh, yeah. Operation Highjump turned into
Operation Disaster.
Tompkins: Yeah. That's what it was. It was a total disaster.
But the Eisenhower situation brings up the other
discussion by both Truman with different extraterrestrials,
and then Eisenhower with another group and supposedly
Nordic, but a lot of people are saying now that
Eisenhower's people were, the extraterrestrials, were not
Nordic.
Rense: That could well be.
Tompkins: I've just got information . . .
Rense: The one thing about Eisenhower, Bill, as you
know, he really hated the German people.
Tompkins: Yes.
Rense: He killed between 1 and 2 million German military
men after the war ended, for God's sakes. This man was a
monster.
Tompkins: Yeah.
Rense: When he went down there in 1960, Hitler and
Braun had already moved north to Cordoba – about 1956.
They were there 10 years in Bariloche. So when Ike went
there, he didn't go there to meet with Hitler. He went down
there to look at the Germans, to learn what he could, I
think, and, perhaps, there was an ET involvement there. It
is also said, as we all know, Eisenhower met at least once
with extraterrestrials in 1954, and maybe again in '56. But
that's another story.
Tompkins: Yes. But it's important, really important.
Rense: Okay. Bill, just wrap it up and then we're going to
have you back here as soon as we can arrange it through
the good graces of Frank. Thank you very much for
sharing this – just phenomenal information. And the detail
you present is really irrefutable. Do you have any W2
forms from the TRW days when they paid you? Hopefully,
they paid you.
Tompkins: Ha, ha. Somewhere.
Rense: Yeah, yeah. I'm sure you must. Hey, listen, we'll
talk again soon, Bill. Keep at it. Glad you're here. Hope
you made the list. And we'll talk to you again soon.
Tompkins: Very good, sir. Nice to be here. I appreciate it. Rense: Right. Exactly. Exactly. Frank Chille, thank you
very much for arranging this. I'm standing by for the next
Rense: Thank you, Bill. Thank you. George Filer, closing one. Whenever you want to do it, let me know.
comment.
Chille: Well, he's got stories about time-travel capabilities
Filer: Oh, my. and Jack Northrop buying an aircraft drydocks to build the
kilometer-long ships that Bill designed. I mean he could go
Rense: Oh, my. That'll do it. on another six hours.

Rense: Well, we'll do it. You just let me know and I'll book
Filer: Everything Bill says is very exciting and I know a
it. Thank you, very much, Frank.
little bit about von Braun and met some of the scientists
interestingly enough and men in that program. It did exist.
Matter of fact, they still keep all . . . a great deal of that Chille: Thank you, Jeff.
information secret in our archives.
Rense: Terrific. Okay, well, wow! We're going to pause
and come back with more after this.
END

498
 Independence Day Resurgence
Depicts Elements Of Alien Disclosure
Written By Dr. Michael Salla
May 5, 2016
A commemorative video is now circulating to promote the
upcoming June 20 release of the Independence Day
sequel: Resurgence. There are key elements in the video,
however, which suggest a “soft disclosure” agenda –
preparing the public for official announcements of the
existence of advanced antigravity spacecraft that can
defend Earth against hypothetical alien threats.
Screenshot from video showing antigravity spacecraft of the Earth Defense Force
More significant is the commemorative video’s depiction
of the Earth unifying in the 1990’s to form a coordinated
global strategy for defending against an extraterrestrial
threat. Of course this is a fictionalized version of world
history that never officially occurred, but did something
similar to these fictional events really happen behind the
scenes?
It’s well known that President Ronald Reagan gave a
speech at the United Nations in September 1987 calling for
the world to unite in dealing with an alien threat. He said:
In our obsession with antagonisms of the moment, we
often forget how much unites all the members of
humanity. Perhaps we need some outside, universal threat
499
The video pays tribute to the fictional 1996 attack by
extraterrestrials on Earth depicted in the original
Independence Day movie. The video lauds historic global
efforts by nations to unify in forming a global defense
force called “Earth Space Defense”, whose job is to
defend Earth from future attacks.
A photo from 1998 shows actual world leaders at the time,
Jean Chretien (Canada), Francois Mitterrand (France),
Boris Yeltsin (Russia), and Tony Blair (Britain), standing
alongside the hypothetical U.S. leader, President Thomas
Whitmore.
Now 20 years later, a new extraterrestrial threat is
emerging, but in the meantime Earth has created fleets of
antigravity space fighters, a military base on the moon,
killer satellites, and many other advanced weapons based
on recovered alien technologies from the 1996 attack.
Earth is apparently ready to defend against a renewed alien
threat.
to make us recognize this common bond. I occasionally
think how quickly our differences worldwide would vanish
if we were facing an alien threat from outside this world.
And yet, I ask you, is not an alien force already among us?
Reagan then appeared to walk back his startling remarks
by asking:
“What could be more alien to the
universal aspirations of our peoples
than war and the threat of war?” Earlier
and subsequent comments reveal that
what he really meant by “alien force”
was an extraterrestrial threat, rather
 than a more mundane reference to the
danger of global war.
In 1995, he had asked the Soviet leader, Mikhail
Gorbachev, whether he would pledge cooperation with the
USA in responding to an extraterrestrial threat. In a 2009
interview, Gorbachev confirmed Reagan’s strange request
during their 1995 Geneva Summit:
From the fireside house, President Reagan
suddenly said to me,
“What would you do if the United States
were suddenly attacked by someone from
outer space? Would you help us?”
I said, “No doubt about it.”
He said, “We too.”
Beginning in 1989, the Cold War came to a rapid end with
the collapse of the Berlin Wall, and by December 1991,
the Soviet Union was no more. President Yeltsin became
the first President of the Russian Federation, which was
now focused on rebuilding what was left of the crumbling
economy of the largest republic from the former Soviet
Union.
As far as the world knew, there was no link between the
rapid collapse of communism in Europe, and Reagan’s
efforts to get the world to unite in opposing an
extraterrestrial threat.
However, according to secret space program
whistleblower, Corey Goode, the United Nations did
covertly come together to form what he has called a
“Global Galactic League of Nations.”
In an email interview, Goode replied to a question
concerning the relationship between the alleged “Global
Galactic League of Nations” space program and the United
Nations:
The beginning of this program coincides
with a particular speech given to the U.N.
by President Reagan that mentions how
quickly we would come together if there
was an alien threat.
500
The goal of this space alliance was to find
defensive technologies that could protect
the Earth against an undisclosed
extraterrestrial threat.
Goode claims that interstellar space craft using antigravity
technologies were built, which would seek out advanced
technologies in other solar systems that could be used to
defend the Earth.
He says that during his 20 year tour of duty (1987 – 2007)
he visited a remote moon base belonging to this Galactic
League of Nations that was located in another solar
system. The moon base had scientists from all over the
world working together to develop futuristic technologies
to defend the Earth.
In the book, Insiders Reveal Secret Space Programs &
Extraterrestrial Alliances, whistleblower testimonies and
documents are examined which lend surprising support to
Goode’s remarkable information. After the book’s
publication, another piece of evidence emerged supporting
Goode’s claim that key members of the United Nations
were secretly negotiating a coordinated response to an
“extraterrestrial threat” during the end of the Cold War.
In a November 21, 2015 lecture, veteran UFO researcher
Dr. Steven Greer said that he had spoken with the Crown
Prince of Lichtenstein, Hans-Adam, who had revealed to
him a startling extraterrestrial disclosure plan being
negotiated in 1989 at the United Nations. Prince Hans-
Adam was participating in the high level negotiations
involving Presidents Ronald Reagan and George H.W.
Bush (who replaced Reagan on January 20, 1989), Mikhail
Gorbachev (Secretary General of the USSR), along with
other world leaders who were meeting with Perez de
Cuellar, as the Cold War was coming to an end.
Greer said that the disclosure plan was aborted at the 11th
hour on November 30, 1989, after Perez de Cuellar was
involved in an abduction event where he was forcibly
taken to a spacecraft and threatened by extraterrestrials.
Greer explained what Prince Hans-Adam had told him:
He said what happened was that Perez de
Cuellar … was coming back from a 3 am
late night planning session for this event
when he was abducted by aliens from his
motorcade in Manhattan … Perez de
Cuellar was taken somehow out of the
motorcade onto an ET craft where he was
threatened by the ETs and told: If you
disclose this information, we will abduct
every world leader involved, including the
President of the United States.
Greer went on to say that the event was actually a staged
abduction. It involved highly classified corporate programs
using bioengineered “Programmed Life Forms” designed
to look like real extraterrestrials.
Nevertheless, as far as key United Nations members were
concerned, according to Prince Hans-Adam telling of the
incident, the Earth was facing an alien threat that was
among us, just as Reagan had warned in his 1987 speech.
Adding another level of complexity to the 1989 abduction
incident involving de Cuellar, is the Linda Napolitano
UFO abduction case that occurred on the same night, and
was extensively researched by Budd Hopkins in the book,
Witnessed.
Hopkins claimed that he was able to get directly in touch
with de Cuellar who privately confirmed that he had seen
the Napolitano abduction. Hopkins says that he met with
de Cuellar who insisted on keeping his involvement in the
incident confidential, despite Hopkin’s repeated efforts to
persuade him to go public.
The testimony of Prince Hans-Adam, as relayed by Greer,
is supported to a significant extent by the impressive
evidence accumulated in the Napolitano abduction case by
Hopkins. The emerging conclusion is that a secret 1989
United Nations plan for extraterrestrial disclosure was
aborted due to a threat the UN Secretary General Perez de
Cuellar received.
Either genuine extraterrestrial visitors conducting
abductions, or aliens (PLFs) created by a cabal of
transnational entities staging false flag alien abductions,
did not want humanity to learn the truth about
extraterrestrial visitation.
501
The events surrounding de Cueller’s involvement in the
November 1989 abduction incident confirms that major
members of the United Nations were meeting at the time to
coordinate a response to extraterrestrials who were
perceived, genuinely or not, as a threat. Perhaps more
significantly, global leaders believed – based on the
abduction phenomenon – that hostile extraterrestrials were
already among us.
This makes it plausible that the United Nations decided to
cooperate in building an interstellar fleet in the 1990’s
using classified technologies developed from crashed alien
vehicles. The secret U.N. Space Fleet would travel to other
star systems for help in defeating an extraterrestrial threat,
part of which involved alien abductions on Earth, in what
might be described as an interstellar SOS.
Consequently, there is significant evidence supporting
Goode’s claim that the major nations of the world did
come together in the 1990’s to form a unified scientific
exploratory space fleet which would seek out defensive
technologies for the Earth. Rather than an overt alien
invasion as depicted in the original 1996 Independence
Day, a covert alien invasion was underway as far as world
leaders were aware. The events depicted in the
commemorative Independence Day video are therefore not
entirely fictional.
Major world leaders did indeed come together in the
1990’s to help protect the Earth from a hypothetical alien
threat. This was done, however, covertly, rather than with
public knowledge as depicted in Independence Day:
Resurgence.
While Resurgence is likely to be another in another long
line of Hollywood blockbusters depicting extraterrestrial
life as an existential threat to humanity, there is an element
of “soft disclosure” based on actual events in it as well.
Based on the preceding analysis, a remarkable conclusion
emerges. The world public is being subconsciously
conditioned, through fiction, to accept the reality of
advanced fleets of antigravity spacecraft reverse
engineered from crashed alien craft, futuristic space
weapons, and a unified global space command secretly
established in the 1990’s under the auspices of the United
Nations.
 Cosmic Disclosure Season 4 - Episode 9:
Personality Metamorph Program - Summary And Analysis
Corey Goode And David Wilcock
By Justin Deschamps
Friday, May 6, 2016
This week, Corey and David discuss Personality
Metamorphs, a term used in the secret space
program to refer to a very specific type of
individual.
Goode states that a Personality Metamorph is
much like a psychopath in that they possess a
reduced capacity for emotional empathy while
also possessing an increased capacity for the
recognizing emotional states of others. A
Metamorph is able to profile a target real-time,
which empowers them with an incredible
capacity for manipulating others.
In the SSP Alliance, Goode states that there
were no Personality Metamorphs being used.
However, the Cabal and their criminal syndicates
can and do employ them for infiltration at nearly
every level of society. The use of Intuitive
Empaths in the SSP has become commonplace
partially because infiltration of metamorphs is an
ever-present threat.
According to Goode, individuals with enhanced
cognitive empathy and reduced capacity for
502
moral judgment, are located and recruited into
the programs at an early age. In many cases,
these individuals can be identified using
personality tests or through physiological
differences, such as altered brain chemistry and
behavior. The goal is to find children who are
psychopathic via genetic factors (a primary
psychopath) or became psychopathic via
environmental factors (secondary psychopaths).
It is this second group of psychopaths who can
literally be trained into all forms of immorality
using trauma-based methods, some of which are
actively employed in certain Unacknowledged
Special Access Programs. Apparently, MKUltra
and the research gathered there was used later
in hundreds of other programs, including
Personality Metamorph programs.
Goode mentioned that during the early days of
the program, many of the trainers or handlers of
these children being recruited were manipulated
by their subjects. The program was so effective
in training new recruits to read other people and
manipulate them via deception that Intuitive
Empaths were called in to assist the trainers.
Metamorphs were put in impossible situations
with only their wits and manipulation skills
available to deal with it. In one example provided
by Goode, a trainee could be dropped off at a
biker bar wearing a pink polo and brown khakis,
in other words, a very precarious situation for the
average person. But a Metamorph would read
the situation and instantly create a personality,
complete with a back story that allowed them to
infiltrate the group. In these cases, the trainee
would form relationships with people in the bar,
leaving on good terms, even forming close bonds
with some of the people there. This was a type of
trial-by-fire method of testing and enhancing their
training.
Metamorphs have the capacity to make their
victim feel as if the metamorph really cares about
them. Goode states that they will use subtle body
language, learn trigger words, and their intuitive
abilities to make someone feel like they can be
vulnerable with the metamorph. The victim will
feel so drawn to the metamorph that they will
actually yearn to be with them, forming an
addictive or co-dependent connection. The
Metamorph continues to build false trust wherein
the victim eventually shares intimate secrets and
information. Also, a victim can be manipulated
into doing things they normally would not, such
as commit a crime. These skills help
metamorphs infiltrate organizations, and
eventually place themselves in a position power
or influence those in power via manipulation.
But Metamorphs are used in many different
ways, not just for infiltration. They can also be
used to destroy an individual's sense of
equanimity and composure, compromising
whatever project or position that person might be
in. According to Goode, this is exactly what has
happened to several key figures within the UFO
or awakening community, who have been
manipulated into accepting false beliefs which
then cause them to "go crazy" and loose
credibility.
In more subtle ways, a metamorph will form a
relationship with someone by working
themselves into a position of influence. This
allows them to slowly corrupt the value system of
those of lesser discernment by the inception of
ideas, which are blindly accepted due to false
trust. Eventually, someone will act out the
agenda of the metamorph all the while thinking
they were acting on their own beliefs.
Wilcock speculates that the Flat Earth community
could be organized by several metamorphs that
could have amassed a following of people who
now push the agenda as unwitting pawns. Goode
expanded on the point by saying metamorphs
infiltrate any community they are assigned to and
divide it to ensure no progress is made. The
truther community is filled with cliques that draw
people in and distract them from any real
personal growth while these same individuals
believe they are making great strides.
Metamorphs are employed by governments and
trained to cause dissension as trolls in various
forms of social media, as was discussed in the
previous episode.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 4 -
Episode 4: Government Troll Data Center -
Summary and Analysis | Corey Goode and
David Wilcock
503
Goode confirms that Metamorphs are used in
politics, but also everywhere else in society.
They employ social engineering to achieve their
goals, in concert with other agencies and
agendas. Social Engineering is one term to
describe a form of subtle mind control, usually on
whole populations. It can be the use of deceptive
means to garner false trust so that people
willingly share information or perform acts that
are in concert with a hidden agenda. For
example, the social program of politics, or the
notion that humanity needs to give up their
decision-making powers to an "authority" by
voting is an overarching social program for the
whole planet. At a personality metamorph level,
this social program is supported by operatives in
the media who promote philosophies and beliefs
that agree with the program. So while individual
metamorphs operate in society, they are almost
all coordinated by superiors to service an
overarching agenda.
Goode shares that recognizing a metamorph, by
only observing their behavior can be difficult.
Instead, focus on how you are reacting to
someone. If you find yourself feeling more
trusting of someone who hasn't actually earned
it, you might be influenced by that person's
charisma and charm. While they can manipulate
others with expert skill, the better one knows and
masters themselves, the more resilient they will
be to manipulation.
Analysis
The enhanced capacity of psychopaths to
manipulate others via deception is apparently the
result of several physiological factors. In a study
conducted by Paul Babiak, Ph.D., and Robert
Hare, Ph.D. in preparation for their 2006
book, Snakes in Skin Suits, the researchers
revealed that psychopaths empathize differently
than normal people.
This ability for psychopaths to manipulate
another person through reading their emotions
was discussed by James Fallon, a neuroscientist
at the University of California in an article from
the Telegraph, Psychopaths: how can you spot
one?. In the article, Fallon referred to Cognitive
and Emotional empathy. Cognitive empathy is
the ability to intellectually recognize what
someone is feeling based on their behavior, such
as smiling, crying, laughing, and so on—often
referred to as micro expressions. Emotional
empathy is the ability to feel what someone else
is feeling, or more accurately, a representation of
what someone is feeling is invoked via
observation.
Analyzing the image above: the brain scan on
the left has normal frontal lobe activity, where
cognitive and emotional empathy converges to
produce moral thinking. Empathy combined with
reason forms the basis for understanding right
and wrong, or morality. By contrast, the
psychopathic brain on the right has almost no
frontal lobe activity and reduced limbic activity,
which is associated with emotional responses.
This suggests for the psychopath, emotions
generated are greatly reduced and more
consciousness or awareness is left available to
be used in other areas. In other words, emotions
are not a distraction for the psychopath, who can
easily focus their attention where it is desired
most. As a result, a psychopath is a biological
pre-condition for service to self or selfish
behavior. They are biologically preconditioned to
achieve their goals even if it means harming
another person.
In a normal person, the two polarization of
empathy works together to produce a holistic
impression, yielding both intuitive and intellectual
insight—a type of instant personality profile. In
psychopathic individuals, who possess a reduced
capacity for emotional empathy—and emotional
expression in general—overcompensation of
cognitive empathy forms to make up for a lack of
emotional empathy. This allows them to read
behavior and gain profound insight into an
individual—above and beyond what that person
may even know about themselves. This
intellectual read out combined with a fierce
determination of will, and often a lack of morality
due to reduced emotional empathy, eventually
leads psychopaths to become selfish and
manipulative people.
This process of developing psychopathic
behaviors and traits begins at an early age and
then blossoms into maturity as time goes on. But
to be clear, one always has the choice to
override their conditioning and becoming a
morally conscious being. In addition, modern
dietary habits focused on high sugar food and
low nutritional compliments of omega fatty acids
further limit the brain in its ability to think
holistically. Addictive tendencies magnify
impulsiveness which is the foundation for
504
psychopathic psychological conditions, again
supported by reduced activity in the neocortex.
Doctors Paul Babiak and Robert Hare discuss this in the
following a quote from the book, Snakes in Skinsuits:
Several abilities – skills, actually – make it
difficult to see psychopaths for who they are.
First, they are motivated to, and have a talent
for, ‘reading people’ and for sizing them up
quickly. They identify a person’s likes and
dislikes, motives, needs, weak spots, and
vulnerabilities… Second, many psychopaths
come across as having excellent oral
communication skills. In many cases, these
skills are more apparent than real because of
their readiness to jump right into a conversation
without the social inhibitions that hamper most
people [due to reduced emotional expression]…
Third, they are masters of impression
management; their insight into the psyche of
others combined with a superficial – but
convincing – verbal fluency allows them to
change their situation skillfully as it suits the
situation and their game plan. [bolding
added]
Psychopaths have marked physiological
differences that demonstrate that emotional
sensitivity is reduced. This means that the
average psychopath will not experience the
same intensity and spectrum of emotions that the
average person will experience in normal
situations. For example, most people feel intense
emotions when witnessing violence being done
to another person. This capacity is a result of
mirror neurons which fire if violence is observed,
which an individual registers as if the harm was
being done to them personally. As a result, most
people have a biological urge to avoid causing
harm to others, because they are pre-conditioned
via the mirror neurons to feel the pain
themselves.
Psychopaths, on the other hand, feel less
emotional responses from life experiences, and
as such yearn for "thrill seeking" to trigger
stronger emotional states. Emotions and their
resulting states of consciousness are an
incredible influence on a developing individual.
For the first six years of life, emotions and
feelings generated through experience, guide
and shape the forming personality, so that when
the capacity for conscious thought develops after
the age of six, a foundation for emotional
empathy has been laid.
As a matter of fact, the emotional centers of the
brain are one of the primary motivational factors
for behavior, until higher reasoning processes
develop later in life. As a result, a reduced
emotional capacity in psychopathic children
tends to develop personality traits which are
morally ambivalent. A psychopath literally learns
to feed into behaviors that invoke strong
emotions, and due to their heightened capacity
for intellectual empathy, abusive behaviors are
an excellent way for them to feel stimulated. This
one reason why torturing small animals as a child
is a common feature of psychopathic individuals,
as this is one way for them to create the strong
emotional states they are biologically yearning
for.
But psychopaths, due to their reduced ability to
trigger emotions, often form desires and habits
that produce intense emotions as a conscious
act of will. As a result, psychopaths tend to form
desires which when acted on creating powerful
experiences for themselves, but at the cost of
others. For example, harming another person
produces extreme emotions for the victim, which
due to increased cognitive empathy, is
recognized by the psychopath. Since the
psychopath does not experience intense
emotions naturally, they seek out opportunities to
create them in other ways, such as torturing
other people, which they can then empathize
with and feed off. What we are essentially
describing is a parasitic personality type, wherein
one forms habits and desires that allow them to
consume the emotional energy of others—also
known as energy vampires.
Mark Passio is a former satanist priest and dark
occultist who also discusses psychopathy in his
work. He describes how the true tenants of
satanism are actually a form of indoctrinated
psychopathy, which is a medical term to describe
extreme selfishness. Passio states that the Cabal
has actively promoted and created environmental
factors that produce psychopathic tendencies in
the general population. Although the medical
establishment only admits to 4% of the
population being psychopathic, Passio contends
that when one considers non-violent secondary
psychopaths, the number is probably more like
20%.
Within the awakening community, we can
recognize this selfish tendency as the Service to
Self modality of being. The key qualifier for
psychopathy, satanic idealism, personality
metamorphs—or any other name we wish to
use—is that one chooses to realize their
personal desires, even if it means harming
someone else. Stated again for clarity, someone
who is selfish is willing to deny reality, ignore the
truth, harm others, deceive or manipulate them,
505
all to service their own agenda. But unlike most
psychopaths, the average person indoctrinated
into what Passio calls "mini-me satanism" think
they are good people.
For all intents and purpose, the tenants of
modern society, fostered as fierce competition,
materialism, and shallowness, are a form of
pandemic psychopathy running rampant in
society. The average person thinks nothing of
harming others and accepting harm on
themselves as a matter of course. And most
people even condone harmful actions of others
under the banner of patriotism or conformity to a
social group. Social Engineers, care of groups
like the Tavistock Institute, Council on Foreign
Relations, and so on, via propaganda and the
media, have indoctrinated the masses into a form
of socially acceptable psychopathy, or
selfishness. These general conditions in the
environment all but guarantee that secondary
psychopathic will commonplace in society,
exactly what the Cabal want to do to ensure new
recruits are available.
The psychopath or metamorph is one who has
made this choice to harm others in an effort to
serve themselves. They would think nothing of
lying to another person, manipulating them, or
even causing them direct physical or emotional
harm so that they generate satisfaction for
themselves.
But not all psychopaths are violent or overtly
abusive. In fact, what characterizes a psychopath
is their ability to appear genuine, to take on the
guise of normalcy which allows them to blend in.
This combined with a high capacity for
intellectual or cognitive empathy enables them to
deceive others into a false sense of security.
These are the types of psychopathic traits Goode
describes as desirable for the Personality
Metamorph program.
Generally speaking, the principle of selfishness
as it relates to the whole truth, helps one
understand how psychopathic tendencies can be
developed in society. Psychopathic individuals
which form these tendencies at an early age are
biologically preconditioned to selfishness, due to
a reduced capacity for emotional empathy. As a
result, a tension between what one desires and
what one is willing to do to accomplish that
desire is almost unabated.
A normal person may have the desire to have
sex with someone they find physically attractive,
but will choose not to do that against the other
person's will because they can empathize with
what this would feel like. This is a moral process
of integrating emotional and cognitive empathy,
essentially an application of the golden rule.
"I wouldn't want someone to do this to me, so I
won't do it to another person."
But a psychopath does not see the other person
as themselves, which again is partially supported
via the biology of mirror neurons. Instead, a
psychopath only sees what they can get out of a
situation. To use the rape example from above, a
psychopath sees someone they want to have sex
with and doesn't care if the other person is
unwilling. They may not have the capacity to
even envision how the other person might feel if
they were forced against their will to have sex
with them. Or, the psychopath not only
recognizes that rape goes against another
person's will, but consciously seeks that out as
part of the thrill.
In other words, psychopaths, via their biological
preconditioning, are more likely to be overtly
service to self. They not only ignore the harm of
others but actually enjoy causing it because this
creates the emotional states they normally do not
experience.
As sobering as these things are to consider,
there are ways to develop skills to detect a
metamorph or psychopath, so as to form
defenses against them.
Psychopaths and metamorphs all employ
deception as the primary means of achieving
their goals. But a deception can only work on an
unmastered mind. Therefore, the solution to
recognizing a metamorph or simply a morally
dubious person is to gain self-mastery. To
educate yourself as much as possible about
yourself, your own psychology, and ultimately
human nature. Eventually, it will be very difficult
to be deceived because you are now adept at
reading a situation and discerning truth from
fiction.
In addition, recognizing our own shortcomings
and vulnerabilities, an integral part of self-
mastery, is also essential to developing
protections. The metamorph has the ability to
know you better than yourself, especially if you
are more unconscious than conscious, and as
such, use your inadequacies against you. If you
believe in things because of social pressure,
instead of verifying them objectively using reason
and logic, a metamorph can more easily
manipulate your beliefs and therefore your
values. If you are self-conscious about your
506
physical appearance, a metamorph may use this
against you to create a false sense of trust.
By and large, the less conscious you are, the
more dogma and blind faith you have, the more
easily you will be manipulated via deception and
social intimidation. Consider how politicians in
the media use social pressure to manipulate
others into accepting a belief without cause. For
example, how many believe vaccination is a valid
way to impart immunity, and actually allow
themselves and their children to be vaccinated,
yet lack the precise knowledge to know why? In
most cases, people accept vaccination because,
due to lack of personal knowledge, they feel peer
pressure to accept what their doctor, friends or
family tell them. This is called groupthink, and it
is founded on a lack of knowledge or ignorance.
When, as individuals, we personally investigate
and seek the truth about something, we
transcend blind belief and dogma and exercise
our personal decision-making power.
Ultimately the best way to deal with metamorphs
is also the solution to every other problem facing
the individual and humanity at large, it is to
become sovereign, to gain mastery of everything
we can in life. The more we know ourselves the
less apt we are to being manipulated by others.
For a magician's trick can only work on a mind
that has not been properly trained and disciplined
to see the truth via direct perception, therefore
developing mental discipline and resulting
emotional equanimity is one of the best ways to
protect oneself from manipulation.
Overview of Corey Goode, the Secret Space Program
Alliance, and the Sphere Being Alliance:
Corey Goode is a Secret Space Program (SSP) insider and
whistleblower that began disclosing information in 2009
under the pseudonym GoodETxSG. In 2014, he started
revealing a great deal more information in an effort to
prepare humanity for what he calls data dumps, set to
occur at an opportune moment in the future. Much of the
information he provides comes from Smart Glass Pads,
iPad-like devices supplied to SSP personnel for
information dissemination purposes. This will be a
groundbreaking event, revealing the totality of Earth's
history and the activities of the Cabal which will ultimately
lead to a truth and reconciliation style tribunal to hold
criminal elements accountable for wrongdoing.
Additionally, the SSP Alliance intends on releasing all of
the hidden technology to the people in preparation for a
Star Trek-type golden age civilization.
According to Goode, the Cabal or the secret Earth
government and their syndicates (as termed by the SSP
Alliance) have enslaved humanity under a false paradigm
of a technological advancement, while secretly developing
incredible technology (a Star Trek level of advancement)
used to colonize the solar system and beyond, engaging in
trade with thousands of extraterrestrial races.
Space programs have been developed in secret all
throughout Earth's history, and in many cases, groups
broke away from the main culture forming what is called a
Breakaway Civilization. Some of these civilizations have
existed in secret, on Earth and beyond for, thousands of
years. The Agartha Network is one such group that claims
to be the original human race. It was this group in addition
to the Draco Alliance, that made contact with a secret
German space program in the early 20th Century.
In modern times, the Germans were the most advanced of
the SSP groups, beginning their efforts in earnest during
the early 1920's and 30's. The Americans were also
developing a SSP, but were much further behind in
technological advances. Later, the American SSPs were
infiltrated and taken over by the Germans after the end of
World War II. It was after this forced merger that the SSP,
under the direction of the Interplanetary Corporate
Conglomerate (ICC), expanded into the solar system and
beyond, setting up dozens of bases and mining facilities
chiefly using slave labor.
In the early 1990's, a faction within the SSP known
as Solar Warden slowly began to go against the ICC,
allying with a group of highly evolved extraterrestrials
known as the Sphere Being Alliance in 2012. Since then,
more factions have joined the alliance which is actively
working to free humanity on Earth and beyond, known as
the SSP Alliance. Despite their good intentions, the SSP
Alliance is a group of highly damaged and morally
ambiguous individuals, according to Goode,
that recognize at some level the need to change the status
quo, but are hardly angels.
The Sphere Beings are a group of five extraterrestrial
races, one of which is known as the Blue Avians, that
arrived in the solar system during the late 1980's. Two of
the races remain unrevealed; however, there is also a race
of Golden Triangle Head beings and Blue Orb beings
made of light. Over the course of 20 years, they began
bringing massive spheres into the solar system and
surrounding area, some which are the size of Jupiter. This
is in an effort to down-step galactic energy waves, which
are slowly changing life as we know it. These spheres are
cloaked and not detectable by the surface population of
Earth.
According to the Sphere Beings, a massive shift in
energetic expression is now occurring in the solar system,
as the result of a natural process of consciousness
evolution, assisted by our solar system's movement
through the galaxy and increasingly coherent energy
fields encountered as a result. The Sphere Being Alliance
specifically asked for Goode to represent them in SSP
507
Alliance meetings as a Sphere Being Alliance delegate.
Presently, the SSP Alliance is negotiating with the
remaining cabal aligned programs, as well as innumerable
races that have lived in the solar system for millions of
years, and even breakaway civilizations once resident on
the Earth's surface. The Sphere Beings have erected an
energy barrier around the solar system preventing ingress
and egress, trapping many of the negatively oriented
groups that have been loosely allied with the secret Earth
government syndicates for thousands of years. Since this
event, the pyramid of power known on Earth known as the
Cabal or Illuminati has fallen into disarray, because the
Draco Alliance attempted to betray their underlings to the
Sphere Beings in an attempt to gain passage out of the
solar system and escape the coming justice of the SSP
Alliance.
SSP factions encountered many intriguing things as they
ventured out into the solar system. Apparently there are
remnants of extremely old settlements and technology
from what is called the Ancient Builder Race. These
beings were incredibly advanced, using a type of
consciousness technology that appears to be an inanimate
object until activated by a user. They are also responsible
for building ancient stargates found on nearly every major
body in the solar system. According to the Agarthans, the
Sphere Beings are in fact the Ancient Builder Race,
although the SSP has yet to confirm this directly
from them.
The dark side of the Moon is home to many different
groups, including the ICC, the Draco Alliance, the SSP
Alliance, the Dark Fleet, and more. The Moon is
apparently an artificial object, and has become a neutral
zone for all of these groups, which have maintained a
peaceful armistice for thousands of years. The Moon
serves as an observational outpost for over 60 groups of
extraterrestrial races engaged in 22 genetic programs and
social experiments on Earth. Some of these programs
conflict with each other, yet all of them have influenced
Earth's history for millennia.
Related David Wilcock and Corey Goode:
History of the Solar System and Secret Space
Program - Notes from Consciousness Life
Expo 2016
Show Description:
Corey Goode exposes the most sensitive secrets of the
Cabal concerning the magnitude of their many mind
control programs. Throughout the centuries, the Cabal has
perfected various techniques to manipulate the minds of
individuals and of the masses. Perhaps its most powerful
mind control practice is that of the Personality Metamorph
Program, which trains individuals how to infiltrate and
manipulate any type of organization from within.
This interview with David Wilcock was originally webcast
May 3, 2016.
Summarized notes will be in black, with my commentary
in [green bolded brackets]. Alterations to the transcript for
ease of reading will be in [brackets], but the original
content of the dialog is always maintained. The images
with black letter boxing were captured from this episode
on Gaia TV.
Transcribed by Hugues Próvest. Commentary by Justin
Deschamps and Hugues Próvest.
DW = David Wilcock, CG = Corey Goode.
[Transcriber Hugues Prévost
Notes: Although the psychopath and
sociopath are often used interchangeably, it
seems that most of this episode is really
concerned with psychopaths in the strict
sense explained by Dr. Scott A. Bonn in the
Psychology Today article provided here.]
PERSONALITY METAMORPHS
PSYCHOPATHS:
DW - Alright, welcome back to Cosmic Disclosure. I’m
your host, David Wilcock. We’re here with Corey Goode.
In this episode, we’re going to get into one of the most
sensitive secrets of the Cabal, that known as the
“Personality Metamorph Program.” This is an extremely
important subject for everyone to understand because…
well, I’ll let him tell you the rest <smiling>. Corey,
welcome to the show!
CG - Thank you.
DW - So, we know in the public lexicon that there are
people out there, some people call them
“sociopaths,” [other] people call them “psychopaths.”
There is a myth that a psychopath is violent but that’s not
always true, isn’t it?
CG - No.
DW - So, what are some of the characteristics of the
sociopath that we would see just in everyday life? If you
had a sociopath [who would be] part of your life, what are
some of the characteristics that person might display?
CG - Well, usually it’s not going to be any shock or
mystery to you: a complete lack of empathy for any type of
emotional or physical pain that you’re going through,
that’s a major sign. The way they behave towards animals
and children is [another] good indicator. A lot of those
people have learned to blend in pretty well. Sociopaths
have learned to fake emotions or fake empathy. So some of
them are not as easy for the average person to identify.
Until you’ve spent time around them, a lot of them can be
hard to identify.
DW - Do you agree with the commonly held notion that
these people tend to be glamorous and narcissistic?
They’re kind of affable, personable, outgoing, [and]
extraverted?
CG - Exactly, yes.
DW - Give us an example of a non-violent, everyday
sociopath [who] would have those kinds of characteristics.
CG - It would be your basic con artists [who] would get
what they want from their mark without using physical
violence, using manipulation [instead while] having no
empathy or care about what their successful con will do to
the people emotionally or financially.
DW - Do you think that the society is starting to become
more aware that these people exist?
CG - Yeah, well, it’s been pretty obvious for some time
but with the social media [and] the internet, the topic is
OR
pretty heavy out there. People know about Internet trolls.
They know about sociopaths and what they’re doing to this
world usually from places of power.
[Transcriber Hugues Prévost Notes: As an
intuitive who has paid close attention to
psychopaths over the years, I would say it is
misleading to think that they don’t have
emotions. It would be more accurate to say
that they have a far higher threshold for an
emotional response than the majority of the
population. While this subtle distinction
appears of little value on practical grounds, it
may help us to better understand why some
psychopaths resort to violence repetitively. I
will use the metaphor of a tiger for that
purpose.
Usually, a tiger knows better than to attack
humans because of the risks involved. But
once it has somehow tasted a person’s flesh or
blood it becomes like an addiction. Likewise,
psychopaths have an acute sense of being
different which some feel is a disadvantage, to
508
 a certain extent. So they’ve learned early on to
play it safe and hide behind fake emotions as
mentioned by Corey. However, if for some
reason they’ve been exposed to extreme
violence, they can become addicted to the
associated emotions they felt clearly for the
first time. They will then seek to repeat that
experience.
Since the positions of power are overly
represented by the psychopathic segment of
the population, it is not surprising that the
world would be in such poor state. However,
another lesser known consequence of this
situation is the impact on our education, arts,
and other cultural areas. Psychopaths are
seeking to turn the world into their image by
promoting extremism in all forms.]
DW - I think it’s interesting that the conventional statistic
in case you don’t know [while] watching this show, is four
percent (4%) of men and two percent of women (2%) but
when you get to sociopathic internet trolls, different
studies I’ve seen ranged between five and eight percent (5–
8%) of all people on the internet are acting this way.
Why do you think the internet is such a marvelous
breeding ground for trolls and sociopaths? What is it about
it that they like so much?
CG - [It’s] the illusion of anonymity. Very few of these
[trolls] would behave that way in front of the people
they’re chastising or attacking. Most of them, you know,
just don’t have the guts. <DW: Hmm> Or, you know,
[they] couldn’t deal with the consequences. So they feel
empowered by the anonymity of the internet. And we’ve,
of course, done an episode on the government troll centers
that I had helped set up where government paid trolls get
online and cause all kinds of problems.
Related Cosmic Disclosure Season 4 -
Episode 4: Government Troll Data Center -
Summary and Analysis | Corey Goode and
David Wilcock
DW - Well, we also have [the] Stockholm syndrome, right,
where people [who] have been kidnapped in hostage
situations end up agreeing with the philosophy of their
kidnappers. [They’re] thinking that it was a good thing,
that they’re participating in a good cause by being
hostages.
[In a very real sense, humanity in general is in
a state of Stockholm syndrome with the
Cabal. Most of the population openly
subscribes to policies and beliefs that further
entrench the masses into slavery, although
do not actually know they are doing so. A
good example of this is the blind belief in
authority, which cannot be questioned, which
has given the Cabal the energetic support
509
needed to push false wars and conflicts on
to humanity.
PERSONALITY METAPHORH PROGRAM:
CG - Yes, these programs that get lumped under the
MILAB (Military Abduction) umbrella or you hear of the
MKUltra umbrella that people like to use, they don’t
realize that MKUltra was a program that developed a lot of
techniques that were later used in a wide range, hundreds
of other programs. So all of these other programs are not
MKUltra but MKUltra developed a lot of tactics that are
used.
The people that run these types of programs in the
screening process, when they bring these children in, they
separate them out based on the test results. And for some
of the programs, they require people that are sociopaths,
and they identify them as young as possible. [In] the
program we're talking about today, they also want people
who are compulsive liars and also have intuitive empath
abilities to where they can read people and manipulate
people.
And then they take these people and they put them in the
program that I always heard referred to as the Personality
Metamorph Program. And they developed this Personality
Metamorph Program to be a program that would train
these children over a period of time, through their
adolescence and into their young adulthood, to be the best
manipulators and infiltrators ever trained on this planet.
DW - Mainstream psychology says that the two main
characteristics of the sociopath are fearlessness and
dominance. So they use the term “fearless dominance.”
How do you think fearless dominance—how do you think
this characteristic of not having fear and this characteristic
of being dominant—how is that useful in a program like
the Personality Metamorph?
CG - The whole purpose of these assets is to manipulate
people, control people, and infiltrate organizations. And
not only that, have the people that they’re manipulating
and controlling develop a very strong bond with them, to
where if [Personality Metaporph doesn't] talk to them for a
few months, [the victim yearns] to talk to them. They want
to spend time with them. Its… very odd.
One of the strangest things about it is that the people [who]
were training these children [noticed] as they were getting
into adolescence [they] were getting so good that the
trainers could not control them. The kids were
manipulating them. They could not totally handle them. So
they brought in Intuitive Empaths to work behind glass and
help them—they would wear an earwig [microphone]—
help them [determine[ when the subject, [who] was going
through the Metamorph program. was being deceptive or
truthful or manipulating the person [who] was doing the
training or debriefing with them. So [the subjects] were
very, very difficult to manage and control.
BIOLOGY OF PSYCHOPATHY:
DW - Why do you think these people are fearless? I mean,
most people feel afraid about all kinds of things. How does
a person actually get to this point where they don’t have
fear at all?
CG - Well, a lot of time some of these children have been
put through incredibly horrific experiences to [the point]
where they shut off their feeling and emotions. Some of
them are born that way.
DW - And what you’re noticing as you look at this is that
all that greenish-yellow color that’s all over the brain of
the normal person, that color is missing from the front
lobes of the brain in the sociopath. So why do you think
the frontal lobes are not showing any electrical activity in
these people’s brains?
CG - Well, that’s where a lot of these emotions and
thought processes occur.
DW - So their brain literally does not have any, or very
little electrical activity…
CG - …electrochemical activity in that region.
DW - So it’s literally as if they’ve shut down a whole area
of their brain.
CG - Right, and that can happen through psychological
trauma or it can be a biochemical thing from birth.
DW - So is that some kind of defense mechanism against
further trauma, like the body adapts to the trauma so that
you can just plow through it?
CG - [It’s true] in the cases of people [who] had to
disassociate so many times. This has happened in rape
510
[Primary psychopathy has a genetic marker,
whereas Secondary Psychopathy has
nomarker and therefore is caused by
enviromental factors or considered "learned."
In this case, caused by trauma at an early age
like a trauma-based mind control technique].
CG - They’re born [psychopathic] for some reason: they
don’t have the right chemical balance, [and] for some
reason they do not have the normal emotional response to
situation that we do.
DW - Well, just to bolster what you’re saying, let’s take a
look right now at an A and B shot where the A shot, as
you’re seeing now, is a normal brain, and the B shot is the
brain of a psychopath or sociopath.
victims and other assault victims [who] have been repeat
victims. They’ve disassociated [again and again] to a point
where that part of the brain just shuts down and quits
producing impulses. But that’s just a certain portion.
Related Understanding Mind Control | The
Illuminati Formula Used to Create an
Undetectable Total Mind Controlled Slave by
Fritz Springmeier and Cisco Wheeler
DW - Another thing that we hear about sociopaths when
you read about it in pop psychology all the time is that
they are invariably going to be thrill seekers. They’re
constantly in a fight against boredom and they need
adrenaline. They need thrills of danger to make them not
feel bored.
ABILITIES AND TRAINING OF METAPHORHS:
CG - That definitely was a problem with these metamorph
children. They would fight among themselves, they would
take crazy chances… I mean, just to set it up for you, one
of the tests that some of them were put through, they
would dress a young man up and make him look very, I
guess clean cut, put him in like a pink polo shirt and some
blue jeans and make him look real preppy. [Then they
would] drop him off at the [toughest] biker bar in town and
leave him. And by the end of the night, he would leave
riding a motorcycle with a lady on the back… The
situations they would put these people in and how they
would turn them around was just absolutely amazing.
DW - But what are we actually seeing this guy do when he
goes into the bar? Obviously, if he goes in dressed like a
prep, people are going to want to beat him up or kill him.
CG - Right.
DW - So how the heck does he get out of that situation?
CG - Well, they call them a personality metamorph for a
reason. They can size up a situation and totally change
their personality, they way they talk, [come up with] a
back story, I mean everything very quickly, probably come
in and say, “I’m so glad to be here among my people,” “I
got the wrong suitcase,” whatever they have to do to
socially engineer the situation. And they’re very good at it.
And these people, they’re used for infiltrating the military,
intelligence, finances, all branches of government, every
part of the economy with corporations, and within the very
community that we work in right now, ufology.
DW - Most people, when they lie, a good police officer
can tell signs of lying. People will do the long blink while
they’re talking to you or they’ll start to fidget with their
hands or something like that. Are these people able to lie
and beat a polygraph or beat a typical person who’s trained
to detect lying?
CG - Yes, they had to poll an Intuitive Empath (IE) to be
able to finish their last four to five years of training
because they were so incredibly gifted at any type of lie
[detection] technology that was in the program, which was
quite sophisticated. And the people debriefing them would
just, after a while, they realized, we can’t trust what these
people are telling us. They had a lot of problems, and they
had to have a solution of bringing IEs in to try to help them
[determine] when these [Personality Metamorphs] were
deceiving them in briefings or [debriefings] after training
[or] … after these little spot missions to test their skills.
And finally, they’ll sit there with an earwig and if you
sense deception, which was almost all the time, a tone
would be sent to the person with the earwig and the person
would know to change his approach to the subject across
the table [who] was in the program.
DW - So when we hear the word “metamorph,”
personality metamorph, why was that term chosen?
CG - Because they can morph their personality to match
any other clique or group that they’re around, or even
individual. I mean, there’s the typical thing that everybody
knows that salesman do, conmen do, emulate the person
that you’re trying to influence, sit like them, do body
language with them, do subliminal things. This is way
beyond that. These people, their skills are way beyond that
511
because they are intuitive. They’re reading the people so
they’re drawing off the information that they’re pulling
from the people intuitively and all of the other things,
reading body language and microfacial expressions,
watching the eyes to know exactly how to approach them,
as well as immediately size them up before even talking to
them and know which accent to approach them with or
what backstory to approach them with… like that!
<Snapping the fingers to indicate a very fast
“metamorph”>
[Transcriber Hugues Prévost Notes: A classic
example of a natural metamorph is Frank Abagnale
who impersonated several professional identifies
easily including an airline pilot, a physician, and a
lawyer. Now we can imagine what a very young
Abagnale with enhanced intuitive-empath abilities
could have accomplished if he had been taken for
special training… I recommend reading his
autobiography book Catch Me If You Can as it offers a
“Frank” glimpse at the psychology involved.]
DW - Do these people receive neurolinguistic
programming training?
CG - They receive all types, all kinds of training when it
comes to counterintelligence, intelligence, all the different
types of ways of manipulating people. I mean everything
from the simple things of reading body language in the
context of also marrying that with your intuitive feedback,
as well as there is some electromagnetic enhancements and
training that I’ve talked about in other episodes that is
more of the training that a lot of the rest of us used.
In these programs, these people would use a wide variety
of other technologies that other programs used, like
information or technology that would feed information
directly to their neurology, sort of like an education. And
also they would put them in virtual reality environments to
train them in the skills they were trying to instill.
METAMPORPHS IN POLITICS:
DW - I can’t help but feel like when you’re describing
personality metamorphs, that you’re describing politicians
running in an election. And without getting into any
specific names, there’s fairly widespread knowledge about
muckraking journalism where these politicians will go into
different cities, and they are talking in the accent of the
city that they’re in. So how…
Related Reverse Engineering Politics and
Propaganda | Awakening The Masses By
Learning From the Masters of Deception
(Politicians)
CG - Those are old, old, well-known tactics. [They] are
very small caveats compared to what these people are
trained in.
DW - Are politicians trained in the Personality Metamorph
Program? Or is this not really their specialty?
CG - There are personality metamorphs in politics but not
all of them are trained in the Metamorph Program, no.
They are just—I would assume that most of them are
people that the Personality Metamorph Program wish they
had gotten when they were younger because they would be
perfect candidates.
INFILTRATION OF UFO COMMUNITY:
DW - So you mentioned something really quite incendiary,
which is that these people have been trained very
thoroughly with advanced technology and that they have
infiltrated the UFO community.
CG - Oh absolutely.
DW - Without getting into any names because we don’t
want to attract that kind of karma and that kind of attacks
from their fan bases, but what kind of things might we see
if this were happening?
CG - Well, and it’s not always getting in a limelight
position. A lot of times they become a friend of someone
in the limelight position or a friend of a friend in the
limelight position to get access without having the
spotlight on them.
DW - What good does that do?
CG - Well, they have access to the person that they are
sent to be a handler for and infiltrate their small little
clique and put in a narrative or break up an organization,
any number of directives that they’re given. And that’s just
one small part. The ufology [field] has been infiltrated
since the beginning in the fifties (50s) by the intelligence
organizations.
But the Personality Metamorph Program has been deemed
one of the most successful infiltrating programs ever.
<DW: Hmm!> … I can’t remember the name, but there
was a Russian program, an infiltration, spy program back
in the eighties (80s) I believe, that was known for being
one of the best infiltrating programs. But this makes it look
like child’s play.
DW - Was this part of the KGB?
CG - Yes. <DW: Okay> Yeah.
DW - You had tossed out a term that I think we ought to
double-click on for a moment. You said “socially
engineering.” [A euphemism for mass mind control.]
Related History of Mass Mind Control - The
Century of Self Full Video
512
CG - Social engineering.
DW - What is that?
CG - That’s a term that’s often used in data security,
personal security. People will call you up on the phone,
pretend to be the bank and say, “I need your bank account
number real quick.” And, “Oh, what’s your social [security
number]?” You know, that is a real quick of what social
engineering is. In the context of the personality
metamorph, social engineering is—they come in and do
the same thing on a much wider and detailed scale based
on a personality profile they’ve developed on you in a very
short period of time, a very specific, tailored approach to
influence you.
[Hugues Prévost Notes: Several of the recent
cases of high-profile hackings, such as the
break into the AOL email account of the CIA
director John Brennan, were accomplished
through “social engineering.”]
DW - So there’s all these people out there saying that the
Earth is flat, and they feel they have very compelling
evidence and it’s the biggest coverup of all time. Have
they been socially engineered by personality metamorphs
in some cases, the people that are coming out with this and
believe this to be true?
CG - Personality metamorphs will hop on a bandwagon
and definitely help promote it. That particular, I’ve heard a
couple of different people now say that particular narrative
came directly from NASA, I believe. So I don’t think that
was…
DW - Not meaning that it’s true?
CG - Not meaning that it’s true.
DW - To thoroughly discredit people who are in the truth
community by making them seem so ignorant that they’re
pre-Columbus era, where Columbus sailed around the
Earth and found new land, they don’t even believe that.
CG - Right.
DW - So it’s like they’ve literally figured out a way to use
this technology so much that they’ve made a total mockery
of people to such an extent.
CG - Right, and one of the main goals that the personality
metamorphs and other infiltrators have done with the
esoteric and UFO community is to try to fragment us as
much as possible through inner fighting and strong belief
system differences.
DW - You’re saying that public figures in the UFO
community would get a handler. They’re not aware that
it’s a handler?
CG - No.
DW - What do they think they have?
CG - They think they have a new friend [who] is very
charismatic, [who] gives them insight into themselves, that
they hadn’t seen before, and has a wisdom about them that
is unusual for their young age. And they want to spend
time with them, therefore giving the metamorph access to
them and their psyche.
PERSONALITY PROFILING:
DW - You had mentioned to me in private conversation
before that personality profiles are made of people,
psychological analysis that’s extremely detailed. So if you
don’t mind, could you explain how the personality
metamorphs use those and how are they created?
CG - Well, the personality metamorphs are not looking at
a dossier of a personality profile. They’re taught to size up
a person and profile them on the spot, with their intuitive
abilities. After they’ve been put through so many
simulations and the technologies we talked about before,
and then in real world testing, they become very confident
of their skills and they’re very accurate with their
profiling.
DW - In the case where psychological profiles are created
on people, because you said that’s one of the most
important tools for an intelligence agent, what do they look
for? What would be in a profile?
CG - The baseline is personality types. There are sixteen
personality types. And when you have these personality
types, you can then build off [from] that by gleaning
information about what magazines they get, gleaning
information about where they go on the internet,
information dipping into their medical records. You gather
all this information. If they talk to a psychiatrist, you gain
information [from] that. And then it’s compiled by
behavioral psychologists [who] do nothing but put together
personality profiles.
DW - Is it common for personality metamorphs to betray
the people they’re handling at some point?
CG - Absolutely.
DW - And how does that manifest?
CG - Usually at the pinnacle of when they have the person
in the palm of their hand. If that is there, if their job is to
destroy that person or discredit that person, they get the
target completely disarmed to where they completely trust
the metamorph. They may tell secrets that they normally
wouldn’t tell to this metamorph. And they’ll be like, “I
don’t know why I’m telling you this stuff.” And so this
metamorph now is getting more and more and more power
513
over this other person. And the dynamics in the
relationship are slowly changing. And once they reach a
certain point, then the metamorph can either drop some
information—drop a bomb, or step off the scale and let the
target go through disillusionment and withdrawals from
the personality metamorph leaving their life.
DW - So is the personality metamorph going to come
across to someone as the best friend that they’ve ever had
because they have this technology?
CG - People become addicted to these people’s
personalities and friendship. They become addicted to
them.
DW - Will the information that they give that metamorph
under the guise of this best friendship appear on the
internet in seemingly disconnected ways, where I don’t
know how this got out but now there’s all this stuff about
me on the internet?
CG - It depends on what the operational goals are for that
metamorph. Usually they’re penetrating, infiltrating to
gain information to report back or to cause a rift in
relationships or organizations.
DW - Are these personality metamorphs also used in the
Space Program, and if so, for what?
CG - In the Space Program, I did not run into the
personality metamorphs. They were used mainly for the
special access programs down here on Earth. And as I said,
they were inserted into just about every walk of life, every
part of life from government to banking, everything.
WARNING SIGNS OF A METAMORPH:
DW - What is the best way you or anyone could identify
that this is being done to them, and what kind of
countermeasures can you take? What’s our defense against
people [who] are trained this way?
CG - Well, the best defense is to know that you need to
guard your inner information that could be harmful to you
at all costs. If you’re in a situation and you’ve met
someone new through a friend or a friend of a friend and
they like the same hard to get soft drink that you do, oddly.
They happen to like this offbeat band that no one else has
ever heard of that you do. And all these just little
coincidences occur and you all become good friends and
you find yourself becoming somewhat addicted to wanting
to be around them all the time. And [if] you find yourself
wanting to tell them things that you wouldn’t normally tell
anyone else, red flags should go up a little bit. And it’s
only after you have really started to share information and
made yourself vulnerable to these people that they then
start the actual manipulation of you.
DW - Are personality metamorphs being directed against
people who are having spiritual contact with orbs or
dreams and visions, synchronicity, and then talking about
it on Facebook or on the internet?
CG - Yes, yes, and any other number of targets, including
financial people who need to be controlled or managed. A
lot of times, they’ll go in and control or manage people.
DW - What is the greatest weakness that these personality
metamorphs have that we could use to defend against
them?
CG - Their own hubris. They underestimate everyone.
They are convinced that… They’re very intelligent.
They’re convinced that they’re the smartest person in the
room. They’re always convinced that they’re the smartest
person in the room. The people [who], if you learn to sit
back and your ears open and keep your mouth closed,
which is hard for a lot of people, you will learn a lot more,
and you will look around and perceive a lot more, and you
might start noticing these people.
DW - Do you think there are always going to be little
warning signs that the addictiveness of them being your
best friend causes you to overlook, that if you’re really
being careful, you’ll find these little tells, these little
giveaways that something’s really wrong?
514
CG - If you didn’t know that a personality metamorph
existed, you wouldn’t think to guard against it or to be
careful of it. <DW: Right> It doesn’t exist. It’s just a
person [who] apparently came into my circle somehow,
was psychologically damaged, very intelligent,
manipulated me and my friends, split up a business venture
or a relationship, and then they disappeared from our lives.
And that’s how they may think of it, when actually it was
an operation.
DW - Well, my opinion is, too that there’s always going to
be clues with the sociopath in general. You’re always
going to have things that don’t feel good, but the
addictiveness kind of sucks you in.
CG - Yes, and you need to learn to go with that inner
voice, that feeling. When something doesn’t feel right,
usually in the beginning, there’s something—there’s a
little bit of something that doesn’t quite feel right that
people don’t listen to that usually. [In other words, gain self
mastery to defend against the threats of a metaomorph.]
DW - Alright, that’s all the time we have for this episode
of Cosmic Disclosure. I’m your host, David Wilcock, and
as always, I thank you for watching.
Reader Notes:

515